Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 in 2016 with funding from 
 
 University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign AlteVnates 
 
 https://archive.org/details/scientificresult02yark 
 
i HERTZBERG - NEW METHOD, INC. EAST VANDALIA ROAD, JACKSONVILLE, ILL. 62650 
 
 rJt^^YX TITLE NO ACCOUNT NO. LOT AND TICKET NO. 
 
 ' -0000*0000 0/200-Z44 2 33 
 
 ' SC I ENT IF 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 1 ISM i: 
 
 CLOTH COLOR 
 
 ’ 00^1 F’U'^ 
 
 ■TC«RESULTS»DF THE«SECDNB•5<•YAF<KANr^»H];:.■;9;l;('i'* 
 
 t (\K 
 
 50a*3«St68ss« » 
 
 <N0 CODE) OIS{> 
 
 HEIGHT 
 
 :■ IN PHASE BDX^^OERY BRITTLE# <><> OCv' 
 
 SPECIAL WORK AND PREP. 
 
 STUBBING 
 
 1 FRONT COVER 
 
 
 HAND ADHESIVE 
 
 1 MAP POCKET PAPER 
 
 
 j HAND SEW 
 
 1 NO TRIM 
 
 
 LENGTHWISE 
 
 1 MAP POCKET CLOTH 
 
 
 ' THRU SEW 
 
 1 PAGES LAMINATED 
 
 
 FOREIGN TITLE 
 
 1 SPECIAL WORK 
 
 
 > THRU SEW ON TAPE 
 
 EXTRA THICKNESS 
 
 
 LINES OF LETTERING 
 
 1 REMOVE TATTLE TAPE 
 
 
 , HEIGHT 
 
 PICA 
 
 WRAP 
 
 !!|i 
 
 II 
 
 llllllillllllliiil 
 
 
 
 
1 
 
SCIENTIFIC EESULT8 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINA^H) STOLTCZKA, PhD. 
 
 LEPIDOPTERA, 
 
 BY 
 
 .FREDERIC MOORE, F.Z.S., etc., 
 
 ASSISTANT CUBATOB, INDIAN MDSEUM, LONDON. 
 
 fublifiltcb bg ovbcr of the ^obcrmitcnt of Inbw. 
 
 CALCUTTA: 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OP GOVERNMENT PRINTING 
 
 1879 . 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OP 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. 
 
 LEPIDOPTERA, 
 
 BY 
 
 PREDEUIC MOOEE, E.Z.S., etc., 
 
 ASSISTANT CUEATOE, INDIAN MUSEUM, LONDON. 
 
 I3ublisltcb btj orbcr of the ^obernment of Inbiii. 
 
 CALCUTTA : 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1879. 
 
\ 
 
 CALCrTTA : « 
 
 FEINTED BY KHE SUEEEINTENDBNT OF GOTEBNMENT FEINTING, 
 8, HASTINGS STEEET. 
 
s 
 
 q 
 
 1 Sit C8 
 
 N s, 
 
 SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 LEPIDOPTEEA. 
 
 By FREDERIC MOORE, F.Z.S., etc., Assistant Curator, India Museum, London. 
 
 Tribe-PAPILIONES. 
 
 'E&mily—NYMPHALID^. 
 
 Sub-FamUy-;S^ TYRING . 
 
 1. Hippaechia lehana. Plate I, fig. 4, <J . 
 
 Hipparchia lehana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 227. 
 
 Allied to jff. baldiva, Moore, from Upper Kunawur, the upperside being paler in colour, 
 the discal transverse ochreous band broader on both wings, and its inner border, in the male, 
 inwardly oblique. Both sexes above and beneath are without the small oceUus on the discal 
 band above the anal angle. The underside is also very much paler, and the transverse sinuous 
 lines wider apart. 
 
 Expanse ^ 2, ? inches. 
 
 Habitat . — Leh (September 6th, 1873), Kharhu, 13,000 feet, both in Ladak. 
 
 2. Hippaechia cadesia. 
 
 Hipparchia cadesia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 565, pi. 66, fig. 7. 
 
 Hab. — Leh, September 8th. 
 
 3. Epinephile cheena. 
 
 Epinephile cheena, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 501, pi. 30, fig. 6. 
 
 JB.ah. — Gaganghir, Kashmir. 
 
 3S0389 
 
2 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 4. Atjlocera swaha. 
 
 Satyms swaha, Kollar, Hugel’s Kasclimir, iv, p. 444, tab. 14, figs. 1, 2 (1844). 
 
 Satyrus brahminus (part), Blanch., Jacq. Voy. dans I’lnde, iv. Ins. p. 22, t. 2, figs. 5, 6, $ . 
 
 Hah. — Gaganghir, Kashmir. 
 
 5. Aulocera brahmina. 
 
 Satyrus brahminus, Blanchard, Jacq. Voy. dans Tlnde, iv. Ins. p. 22, t. 2, fig. 4 (1814), ^ . 
 Aulocera weranga, Lang, Ent. Monthly Mag. iv, p. 247 (1868). 
 
 Hab. — Mataian, Dras VaUey, 11,200 feet. 
 
 SMam^j—NYMFEALIN.^. 
 
 6. Vanessa ladakensis. Plate I, fig. 2. 
 
 Vanessa ladakensis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 227. 
 
 Nearest allied to V. rizana, Moore, from Cheeni, but is somewhat smaller, less angled 
 below the apex of fore wing and at middle of the hind wing ; the black markings on the upper- 
 side are much less prominent, the black oblique bands on forewing merging into the red and 
 thus appearing somewhat confluent ; the outer transverse discal yellow band on fore wing is 
 also broader ; other markings similar. On the underside the interspaces between the markings 
 on fore wing are very much paler. 
 
 Expanse If inch. 
 
 Rah. — Gogra, Changchenmo, 15,000 feet, October 1873 ; Karatagh Lake, on snow, 
 midday temperature 33°, October 11th, 1873. 
 
 7. Pyrameis cardui. 
 
 Fyrameis cardui, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 276 (1761). — Esper, Schmett. i, t. 10, fig. 3. — Eversmann, Ent. 
 Imp. Ross. V, p. 107, t. 12, figs. 1, 2. — Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 15. 
 
 Rah. — Karghalik, November 11th, seen also south of Sanju and at Sanju, all in Eastern 
 Turkestan. 
 
 8. Argynnis jainadeva. 
 
 Argynnis jainadeva, Moore, Ent. Monthly Mag. i, p. 131 (1864) ; Proc. ZooL Soc. 1865, p. 495, pi. 30, 
 
 fig. 1. 
 
 Hah. — Leh, September Gth. 
 
3 
 
 LEPIDOPTEEA. 
 
 ^&-aA\y^PAPILIONID^. 
 
 Sub-family— PZE’igZiY^. 
 
 Genus Baltia, Moore. 
 
 Baltia, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 228. 
 
 Pore wing very short ; costa considerably arched from the base, apex and posterior angle 
 rounded, exterior margin oblique, costal vein short, subcostal vein arched to end of the cell, 
 six-branched, first and second branches arising at equal distances apart before the end of the 
 cell and terminating on the costa before the apex, third branch bent near its base, middle, and 
 immediately before its termination before the apex, the fourth, fifth, and sixth branches start- 
 ing below from each of these angles, the fourth branch being very short ; cell broad ; dis- 
 cocellulars of nearly equal length, bent inwards ; median vein three-branched, branches at equal 
 distances apart ; submedian vein curved : hind wing long, somewhat oval, slightly broader than 
 fore wing, apex and exterior margin very convex, abdominal margin long ; costal vein short ; 
 subcostal three-branched ; cell broad ; discocellulars oblique, upper the shortest ; median vein 
 three-branched ; submedian nearly straight. Body small, abdomen short, thorax and front of 
 head clothed with long lax hairs. Palpi very long, slender, densely hairy beneath. Legs short, 
 femora fringed beneath with long lax hairs. Antennae short, club large and spatulate. 
 
 Type. Baltia sJiawii (^Mesapia shawii). Bates, in Henderson and Hume’s Lahore to 
 Yarkand, p. 305 (1873). 
 
 9. Baxtia shawii. Plate I, fig. 5, <? . 
 
 Mesapia shawii, Bates, Henderson and Hume’s Lahore to Yarkand, p. 305, $, 1873. 
 
 Baltia shawii, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 228. 
 
 Male. Upperside white ; base of both wings densely black-speckled : fore wing with 
 the costal edge ochreous and slightly black-speckled ; a large black triangular oblique spot 
 at end of the cell ; a short discal transverse subapical black band, and a marginal row of 
 black decreasing triangular spots : hiud wing minutely and sparsely speckled with dark grey ; 
 a slight black streak at end of the cell, the speckles dense across the disc, and there forming 
 a curved sinuous indistinct band. Body black. Palpi ochreous above and fringed with black 
 beneath. Underside : fore wing with markings as above ; costa and exterior margin tinged 
 with ochreous : hind wing black-speckled, the speckles thickly disposed at the base, and also 
 forming a narrow curved discal band ; a slight black streak at end of the cell. Antennae 
 black, stem black-ringed. Abdomeu beneath yellow. Legs black above, white beneath. 
 
 Female differs above in having the markings less prominently black, and the subapical 
 band on fore wmg continued across the wing on both upper and underside. 
 
 Expanse inch. 
 
 Rab. — Aktagh, north of the Karakoram Pass (15,590 feet), June 14th, 1874. 
 
 The male insect only was captured by Dr. Stoliczka ; the female was taken on tlie Chang 
 Lung Pass (18,000 feet) by Mr. R. B. Shaw during the expedition of 1870. 
 
4 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 10. Synchloe brassic^. 
 
 Pieris brassiccB,limii.,'Fa.vca. Suec. p. 269 (1761); Syst. Nat. i, p. 759.—Esper, Schmett. i, t. 3, 
 fig. 1. — Ersehofi) Lep. Turkestan, p. 4. 
 
 Pieris nipalensis, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, pi. 6, fig. 1 (1846). 
 
 JIah. — Leh, September 6th. 
 
 11. Synchloe bap^. 
 
 Pieris rapes, Linn., Faun. Suec. p. 270 (1761); Syst. Nat. i, p. 759. — Esper, Schmett. i, pi. 3, 
 fig. 2. — ErschofF, Lep. Turkestan, p. 5. 
 
 Sah. — Yangihissar, April, Aktalla, May 17th, both in Eastern Turkestan. 
 
 12. Synchloe dapledice. 
 
 Pieris daplidice, Linn., Syst. Nat. i, p. 760 (1767) ; Esper, Schmett. i, figs. 414, 415. — Erschoff, 
 Lep. Turkestan, p. 5. 
 
 Hab. — Gond and Sonamarg, both in Kashmir. 
 
 13. Synchloe chloredice. 
 
 Pieris chloridice,'Q.\ihneT,'K\xx. Schmett. i, figs. 712, 713 (1803-1818).— Esper, Schmett. i, pi. 90, 
 
 fig. 1. 
 
 Hah. — Sarikol, May 2nd and 8th. 
 
 14. COLIAS hyale. 
 
 Colias hyale, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 272 (1761) ; Syst. Nat. I, p. 764. — Esper, Schmett. I, pi. 4, fig. 2. 
 
 Hab. — Gaganghir, Kashmir ; Sanju, October 30th ; Sarikol, May 2nd ; Yangihissar, April. 
 
 15. Colias fieldii. 
 
 Colias fieldii, Menetries, Catal. Lep. Mus. Petrop. i, p. 79, t. 1, fig. 5 (1855). — Gray, Lep. Ins. of 
 Nepal, pi. 5, fig. 2. 
 
 Hab. — Sonamarg, Kashmir, August 10th. 
 
 16. Colias stoliczkana. Plate I, fig. 1. 
 
 Colias stoliczkana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 229. 
 
 3Iale. Upperside pale chrome-yellow, base of costal and abdominal borders greenish- 
 yellow ; base of wings speckled with blackish-brown ; both wings with a broad yellowish- 
 
LEPIDOPTEEA. 
 
 brown marginal band ; a light narrow dusky-brown lunular streak at end of the cell in the 
 fore wing. Underside: fore wing pale yellow; costal border and outer margin greenish - 
 yellow ; a dusky black-speckled lunular spot at end of the cell, and discal row of indistinct 
 speckled spots : liind wing greenish-yellow, with darker green speckles ; an ochreous-hrown 
 patch at end of cell, enclosing a white triangular mark and small spot ; a discal series of 
 dusky-hrown dentate spots. Antennse and legs reddish. 
 
 Expanse If inch. 
 
 Kah . — North of Changla (17,000 feet), Ladak. 
 
 Differs from C. eogene, Eeld. (Novara Eeise, Lep. t. 27, fig. 7), in being smaller, and in 
 having the wings, including the cilia, pale chrome-yellow instead of orange-yellow ; the dis- 
 cocellular mark is less prominent and lunular, not oval ; the broad marginal band is of a much 
 yellower colour. On the rmderside, the discocellular mark on the fore wing is also lunular and 
 is not pale-centred. 
 
 Sab-Family— PILIONINJE. 
 
 17. Parnassitjs charltonius. Plate I, fig. 3, ? . 
 
 P. charltonius, Gray, Catal. Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. i, p. 77, pi. 13, fig. 7, $ , (1853). 
 Rab . — Kharbu (13,000 feet), Ladak. 
 
 18. PARNASSIUS JACQUEMONTn. 
 
 P. jacq^uemontiij'Rois,^., Spec. Gen. Lep. i, p. 400 (1836). — Blanchard, Jacq. Voy. dans Tlnde, iv, 
 Ins. p. 16, t. 1 , figs. 3, 4. — Gray, Catal. Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. i, pi. 13, figs. 1, 3. 
 
 Sab . — North of Changla (17,000 feet), Ladak. 
 
 Sub-Family— Z YOWNINM. 
 
 19. POLTOMMATUS KASHGHARENSIS. Plate 1, fig. 7. 
 
 Polyommatus kashgharensis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 330. 
 
 Male. Uppersidepale blue, with narrow black exterior-marginal line ; costal edge white. 
 Cilia white, with dark inner border. Underside slightly pearly- grey, base of wings pale 
 metallic green : fore wing with a white-bordered black spot in middle of the ceU, and a 
 curved discal series of five spots ; a very indistinct spot at end of the cell, and a less distinct 
 marginal series of spots : hind wing with three sub-hasal and a curved discal series of six 
 small white-circled black spots ; an indistinct spot at end of the cell, and marginal row of 
 spots with slightly ochreous interspaced upper dentated line. 
 
 Expanse If inch. 
 
 Sab. — Yangihissar, Eastern Tm’kestan, April 1874. 
 
 Allied to P. semiargus. 
 
 B 
 
6 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.. 
 
 20. POLTOMMATUS LEHANUS. Plate I, fig. 6. 
 
 Polyommatus lehanus, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 230. 
 
 Male. Upperside violet-blue, somewhat brownish-blue at the margins. Cilia white. 
 Underside leaden grey, palest at the apex and on hind wing : fore wing with a white-bordered 
 black spot at end of the ceU and a transverse discal oblique series of five spots : hind wing 
 Avith a large triangular greyish-white spot at end of the cell, and a series of eight small 
 round spots recmwing from near base of costa across the disc to anal angle. 
 
 Expanse inch. 
 
 JIah. — Leh, 8th September 1873. 
 
 Allied to P. pheretes. 
 
 21. POLYOMMATUS YAUKANDENSIS. Plate I, fig. 8. 
 
 Polyommatus yarhandensis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. H^st. 1878, p. 229. 
 
 Allied to P. icarius. Upperside dark blue, anterior and exterior borders dusky-brown : 
 an indistinct streak at end of the cell on fore wing : hind wing with a marginal row of indis- 
 tinct ochreous-bordered black spots. Cilia cinereous-white. Underside ochreous grey ; 
 fore wing with a white-circled black spot in middle of the ceU, another below it, one at end of 
 the cell, and a curved discal series of seven spots; a marginal row of indistinct spots 
 bordered above by a dentated line with pale ochreous interspaces : hind wing with three 
 white-circled black subbasal spots and a curved discal series of seven spots ; a marginal row 
 of prominent spots, bordered above by ochreous-interspaced dentated line. 
 
 Expanse If inch. 
 
 Mah. — Yarkand, 23rd May 1873. 
 
 22. POLYOMMATES ARIANA. 
 
 PolyommaUis ariana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1865, p. 504, pi. 31, fig. 2. 
 
 Hah. — Mataian, Dras valley (11,200 feet), Leh, September 6th and 8th. 
 
 23. POLYOMMATUS GALATHEA. 
 
 Polyommatus galathea, Blanchard, Jacq. Voy. dans binde, iv. Ins. p. 21, pi. 1, figs. 5, 6, $ , (1844). 
 Hah. — Sonamarg, Kashmir, 10th August. 
 
 24. Dipsas odata. 
 
 Pipsas odaia, Hewitson, lllustr. D. Lep. p. C6, pi. 30, fig. 13-4. — Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 507. 
 Hah. — Gagangliir, Kashmir. 
 
LEPIDOPTEEA. 
 
 7 
 
 Tribe-SPHINGES. 
 
 25. Leucophlebia bicolok. 
 
 Leucophlehia hicolor, Butler^ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 16, pi. 2, fig.- 5. 
 
 Sah. — Haiti, July 21st, Uri, July 23rd, both in Jhilam valley, on the road from Miirree 
 to Kashmir. 
 
 Tribe— BOMBYOES. 
 
 'Es.xmly—ABCTIIDM 
 
 26. Hypebcompa principalis. 
 
 Euprepia principalis, Kollar, in.HiigePs Kaschmir, iv, p. 465, tab. 20, fig. 2 (1844). 
 
 Hab . — Gaganghir and Gond, in Kashmir. 
 
 27. Arctia orientalis. 
 
 Arctia orientalis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 230. 
 
 Similar to A. caja, hut differs, above, on the fore wing, in the general form of the bands, 
 these being enthe and transversely continuous, not broken longitudinally as m. A. caja. 
 On the hind wing the spot at the end of the cell is absent ; this wing also has a yellowish- 
 white narrow marginal line above, and brown cilia both above and beneath ; the dorsal black 
 band is on each segment and is moreover longer. 
 
 Expanse 2|- inches. 
 
 Sab. — Sonamarg, Kashmir, 8th August 1873. 
 
 This species has also been taken at Allahabad. 
 
 28. Euproctjs karghalika. Plate I, fig. 18. 
 
 Euproctis karghaWca, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 231. 
 
 Male and female. Pore wing creamy- white, veins greyish- white ; a large brown- 
 speckled ochrey discocellular spot and submarginal row of spots : hind wing white. Thorax 
 creamy- white ; abdomen of male golden-yellow, of female grey slightly ringed with black, 
 and tipped with large glossy golden-yellow tuft. Shaft of antennae wliite, pectinations brown. 
 Underside glossy white, costa of fore wing in male broadly suffused with brown. 
 
 Expanse, $ l/o, $ IjV i^ich. 
 
 Sab . — Karghahk Eastern Turkestan, May 29th and 30th. 
 
 29. Euproctis lactea. 
 
 Euproctis lactea, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 231. 
 
 Uniform creamy- white, without markings. Abdomen tipped with pale yellow. Under- 
 side paler creamy-white ; costal border of fore wing ochreous-brown. Palpi ochreous-brown. 
 Antennae pale ochreous-brown, shaft white. Pore tibiae with ochreous-brown tuft. 
 
 Expanse If inch. 
 
 Sab. — Karghalik, May 29th, 1874. 
 
8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Family— AOrOZ) ON TIB M. 
 
 30. Ptilophoea kashghaea. Plate I, fig. 19. 
 
 Ftilophora kashghara, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 231. 
 
 Male. Pore wing dark grey, irrorated with brown scales, crossed by three indistinctly 
 defined narrow zigzag brown bands, which are slightly dentated on the veins. Cilia alter- 
 nately pale grey and brown ; hind wing pale grey, sparsely sprinkled with brown scales. 
 Thorax greyish-brown. Abdomen brown ; three anterior segments with dorsal row of blackish 
 tubercular scales ; tip also black. Antennse yellowish-testaceous. Underside grey, sparsely 
 brown-speckled ; long pubescence of abdomen brown and black. Legs pale brown. 
 
 Expanse inch. 
 
 Rab. — Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan, March 3rd, 1874. 
 
 31. OxiCESTA MAEMOREA. Plate I, fig. 17. 
 
 Oxicestamarmorea, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 231. 
 
 Male. Upperside greyish-brown : fore wing with a pale yellowish irregular streak along 
 middle of ceU to costa near apex, and a small spot beyond the cell, an indistinct pale streak 
 below the cell ; apical margin of costa and outer margin pale testaceous alternated with a 
 short black streak, which extends through the cilia: hind wing uniform pale greyish-brown, 
 slightly yellowish at base. Body and legs greyish-brown. Antennse brown. Underside uni- 
 form greyish-brown ; cilia of fore wing with black streaks. 
 
 Expanse inch. 
 
 Rab . — Sasak Taka, Eastern Turkestan, May 16th, 1874. 
 
 Differs from O. geographica in being longer in the wings, of a different colour, and 
 without the two transverse zigzag white bands on the fore wings. 
 
 F&mWj—SATUBNIIBuB. 
 
 32. Neoeis shahidula. 
 
 Neoris shadulla, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 577. 
 
 Rab. — Shahidula, Kuenlun (R. B. Shaw, 1870). 
 
 A distinct species from that figured by Pelder (Nov. Reise, pi. 87, fig. 3), and named 
 Saturnia stoUczkaiy from Ladak. 
 
 Tribe— NOCTUES. 
 
 Family— A 0 MB YCIDM. 
 
 33. Aceonycta kaeghalika. Plate I, fig. 9. 
 
 Acronycta Jcargalika, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 232. 
 
 Female. Pore wing pale silvery brownish-grey ; reniform and orbicular marks whitish, 
 brown-bordered, and contiguous ; a longitudinal streak from the base, a contiguous trans- 
 
LEPIDOPTEEA. 
 
 9 
 
 verse snbbasal recurved line, a discal transverse lunular line (crossed near posterior angle by a 
 short streak), some short costal marks, and a streak on cilia between each vein, brown : hind 
 wing glossy greyish- white, outer borders and veins pale greyish-brown. Thorax and abdomen 
 dark grey. Antennae grey. Underside greyish- white : fore wing with greyish-brown costal 
 streaks and hinder margin : hind wing with brown basal costal streak and discocellular spot. 
 Palpi brown at sides. Legs grey, femur tipped, tibia longitudinally streaked, and tarsi banded 
 with black. 
 
 Expanse IjV inch. 
 
 Hab. — Karghalik, May 29th, 1874. 
 
 Nearest alhed to tridens, but differs in being darker; the markings are somewhat 
 similar, but the basal longitudinal streak is shorter, which givfes a wider interspace between 
 the two transverse lines. 
 
 YumWy^APAMIDJj:. 
 
 34. HvDRiEciA TiBETANA. Plate I, fig 21. 
 
 HydrcBcia iihetana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 232. 
 
 Male. Pore wing pale reddish-testaceous, crossed by two pale brown narrow lines with pale 
 inner border, the first line snbbasal and outwardly oblique, the other discal ; a submarginal 
 row of blackish dots and pale marginal line ; orbicular and reniform marks indistinctly defined 
 by a brown border : hind wing and abdomen paler. Underside palest on middle of wings, 
 discal fine on both wings and discocellular spot on hind, wing slightly perceptible. Antennae, 
 palpi, and fore legs reddish-testaceous. 
 
 Expanse inch. 
 
 Mob. — Leh, September 1st, 1873. 
 
 35. Mamestra canescens. Plate I^fig. 13. 
 
 z' 
 
 Mamestra canescens, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 233. 
 
 Male. Eore wing brownish- grey : orbicular and reniform marks greyish-white with narrow 
 black border ; a short double black streak below the base of the cell, and a quadrate mark 
 below the orbicular spot ; an indistinct pale submarginal irregular fascia and black marginal 
 lunular line with whitish inner border : hind wing pale greyish-brown. Antennye brown. 
 Underside glossy pale greyish-brown, each wing with indistinct short transverse discocellular 
 streak. 
 
 Expanse 1| inch. 
 
 Mab. — Karghalik, Eastern Turkestan, May 30th, 1874. 
 
 36. Mamestra brassic.e. 
 Phal. noct. hrassica, Linn., Syst. Nat. i, p. 516. 
 
 Mab. — Srinagar, Kashmir, August 9th. 
 
 c 
 
10 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Family— AO 
 
 37. Agrotis segettjm. 
 
 Noctua segetum, Scbiff.j W. V. p. 252 (1776). — Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural, p. 196. 
 Agrotis segetum, Steph., Haust. ii, p. 115. — Ersclioff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 41. 
 
 Hob. — Tankse, Laclak ; Karghalik, Eastern Turkestan, May 29th. 
 
 38. Agrotis aquilina. 
 
 Noctua aqjiilina, SchifF., W. V. p. 80 (1776). 
 
 Hah. — Tankse, 13,000 feet, Leh, August 29th, September 8th. 
 
 39. Agrotis tibetana. Plate I, fig. 16. 
 
 Agrotis tihetana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 233. 
 
 Upperside : fore wing greyish-brown, with indistinct dusky transverse subbasal double 
 sinuous line, discal dentate lines, and pale outer-bordered wavy narrow submarginal band, 
 speckled orbicular spot, and quadrate reniform mark. Cilia with narrow white marginal line : 
 hind wing brownish-white, veins and outer margin brown ; cilia white. Antennse and body 
 greyish-brown, tip of abdomen yellowish. 
 
 Underside : fore wing greyish- white, dusky-brown basally along the costa and hind margin, 
 speckled on outer margin : hind wing whitish, an indistinct dusky spot at end of the cell, a 
 spot medially on each vein, and narrow lunular marginal line. Legs greyish-brown, femora 
 and tibiae streaked, and tarsi banded, with black. 
 
 Expanse If inch. 
 
 ^a6.— Leh (August 8th, 1873). 
 
 40. Spa:lotis undflans. Plate I, fig. 10. 
 
 Spcelotis iindulans, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 233. 
 
 Male and female. Pore wing grey-brown, irrorated with darker scales, crossed by sub- 
 basal and ante and post-medial double pale-bordered undulated brown bands, each ending on 
 the costa in a darker spot ; a submarginal pale outer-bordered brown wavy fascia, and small 
 black marginal lunules ; hind wing glossy greyish-white with brownish-tinged borders, brown 
 veins and lunular marginal Line. Thorax grey-broTvm, abdomen greyish-white. Antennae and 
 palpi greyish-brown. Underside glossy greyish-white. Tibite streaked, and tarsi banded, with 
 black. 
 
 Expanse inch. 
 
 Hah . — Ak Masjid, June 2nd, south-east of Chiklik, June 5th, 1874, both south of 
 Yarkand. 
 
 AUicd to Spcelotis pyrophlla. 
 
LEPIDOPTEEA. 
 
 11 
 
 ^nmi\Y—0RTH08IBM 
 
 41. T^niocampa chiklika. Plate I, fig. 11. 
 
 Tceniocampa chilcliJca, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 234. 
 
 Male. Upperside grey : fore wing densely brown-speckled. Cilia with a brown-speckled 
 line ; orbicular and reniform spots pale ; an indistinct transverse subbasal sinuous pale- 
 bordered line : hind wing minutely brown-speckled, and with a pale brown cilialline. Under- 
 side paler ; both wings uniformly speckled, and with a very indistinct sinuous discal band. 
 Antennse blackish, shaft grey. Body, palpi, and legs brown-speckled. 
 
 Expanse If inch. 
 
 Hab. — South-east of Chiklik, June 6th, 1874. 
 
 F amily — EABENIDvE. 
 
 42. Hadena STOLICZEA.NA. Plate I, fig. 12. 
 
 Hadena stoliczJcana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 234. 
 
 Male. Pore wing pale greyish-brown, crossed by three indistinct narrow brown zigzag 
 double bands ; orbicular spot pale, reniform mark very indistinct ; two black spots below the 
 apex ; a double narrow marginal blackish lunular line ; some short streaks on the costa : 
 hind wing with the veins and a broad marginal band fuliginous-brown. Cilia white. Body 
 pale greyish-brown. Antennse brown. Underside greyish- white ; both wings crossed by 
 a distinct curved discal brown band : fore wing with a discocellular brown lunule, and 
 hind wing with a spot ; a marginal ■ lunular dotted line. Legs grey ; tarsi banded with 
 black. 
 
 Expanse If inch. 
 
 Sab . — Kufelang (14,810 feet), June 6th, 1874. 
 
 Family— THIDM. 
 
 43. Heliothis scutosa. 
 
 Heliothis scutosa, Sehiff., Wien. Verz. p. 89 (1776). — Guen., Noct. ii, p. 182. 
 Sab. — Gagangliir, Kashmir. 
 
 44. Heliothis dipsacea. 
 
 Heliothis dipsacea, Linn. S}’st. Nat. ii, p. 866 (1776). — Guen., Noct. ii, p. 181. — Eversm., Fauna 
 Volgo-Ural, p. 327. — ErschofF, Lep. Turkestan, p. 48. 
 
 Sab. — Posgam, near Yarkand, in lucerne-fields. May 28th. Yangihissdr, April. 
 
12 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 45. Heliothis htbl^oides. Plate I, fig. 20. 
 
 Heliothis hyhlceoides, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 234<. 
 
 Upperside : fore wing grey, minutely brown- speckled ; an indistinctly apparent brown 
 curved streak at end of tlie cell, and a submarginal pale zigzag line : hind wing brownish- 
 white, with a broad greyish-black medial transverse band (which is confluent with a curved 
 discocellular black streak) and a large black oval spot on middle of outer margin ; abdominal 
 border tinged with brown ; cilia white. Body grey, beneath whitish ; legs greyish-white, 
 brown-speckled. 
 
 Underside greyish- white : fore wing with a dusky -black transverse broad apical band 
 and an outwardly-oblique medial band ; hind wing with a dusky-black dentate streak at end 
 of the cell, slight medial band, and oval marginal spot. 
 
 Expanse If inch. 
 
 Sah. — Chiklik, south of Yarkand, June 3rd, 1874. * 
 
 Family— J CONTIWM. 
 
 46. Agrophila stjlphuralis. 
 
 Agropliila sulplmralis^ Bergstr., Ins. Suec. i, p. 16. — Guen., Noet., ii, p. 206.— Eversm., Fauna Yolgo- 
 Ural., p. 461. 
 
 Th. trahealis, Scop., Ent. Cam. p. 40. 
 
 Agrophila trahealis, Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 52. 
 
 Hah. — Yarkand. 
 
 47. Acontia luctuosa. 
 
 Aconiia luctuosa, SchilE, Wien. Verz. p. 90 (1776). — Guen., Noct. ii,p. 223. — Eversm., Fauna Volgo- 
 Ural, p. 331. — ErschofF, Lep. Turkestan, p. 50. 
 
 Hah. — Yangihissar, April. 
 
 Family — ERAS TBID.^. 
 
 48. Bankia argenttjla. 
 
 Banhia argentula, HUbn., Beit., i, p. 9, t. 2, fig. F. (1786). 
 
 Hah . — Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand. 
 
 Family — CA TO CALIDjE. 
 
 49. Catocala pudica, n. sp. 
 
 Allied to C. Euerpera. Differs from Southern Em’opean specimens in the fore wing being 
 ])i’olonged at the apex and having its exterior margin more oblique ; this wing is also much 
 paler in colour, and has the two bands of the underside visible from above ; the ante-and 
 
LEPIDOPTERA. 
 
 13 
 
 postmedial transverse sinuous lines and reniform mark are very indistinct, and the marginal 
 row of black spots nearly obsolete ; on the bind wing the inner black band is narrower and 
 less irregularly angled in the middle. 
 
 Expanse 2| inches. 
 
 Sab. — Pasbkyum, Ladak, 10,870 feet. 
 
 This species is described from a specimen taken by the late Mr. R. B. Shaw in 1870, and 
 now in my own collection. A single wing only of a specimen of what appears to be this 
 species, is preserved in the collection made by Dr. Stoliczka, having been taken at Sanju, 
 30tb October. 
 
 Y2.mi\y—T0X0CAMFIDjE. 
 
 50. Apopestes phantasma. 
 
 Noctua phantasma^ Eversm., Bull. Mosc. 1843, p. 546. 
 
 Spintherops phantasma, Guen., Noct. ii, p. 422. — Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 58. 
 
 Sab. — Yarkand, 12tb November. 
 
 Tribe — PYRALES. 
 
 Family — B OTYBM. 
 
 51. Botts plavalis. 
 
 Byralis flavalis, ScbiS., W. V. p. 121 (1776). 
 
 Sab . — Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand, Sarikol, 2nd May. Yangibissar, April. Posgam, 
 in lucerne- fields, 28tb May. 
 
 Family— 
 
 52. Pyrattsta ctiprealis. Plate I, fig. 26. 
 
 Byrausta cuprealis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 235. 
 
 Epperside dark cupreous-brown : bind wing with a broad medial discRl yellow band. 
 Underside paler, basal two-tbirds of both wings yellow, with brown-speckled subbasal 
 patch. Antennae black. Body beneath cupreous-black speckled with yellow. Palpi yellow 
 beneath. Legs yellow, with cupreous speckles. 
 
 Expanse f inch. 
 
 Sab . — Gagangbir (near Sonamarg), Kashmir. 
 
 Family — 8C0BABIJ)M. 
 
 53. Eudorea granitalis. Plate I, fig. 25. 
 
 Eudorea granitalis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 235. 
 
 Upperside : fore wing pale brown, crossed by several irregular wavy grey-bordered black 
 lines ; cilia grey, alternated with black : bind wing greyish- white, traversed by numerous 
 
 D 
 
u 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 short brown striae somewhat regularly disposed between the veins, the wing being suffused 
 with brown along exterior margin. Cilia grey, with dusky line. Body grey, brown-speckled. 
 Palpi brown at apex, greyish at base. Legs grey, speckled with black. Underside as 
 above ; markings paler. 
 
 Expanse inch. 
 
 Jlab. — South-east of Cliiklik, hills south of Yarkand, 5th June 1874. 
 
 54. Eudorea transversalis. 
 
 Eudorea transversalis, Moore, Arm. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 235. 
 
 Male. Upperside : fore wing grey, speckled with brown, crossed by an oblique subbasal 
 and a recurved discal black speckled band; exterior margin black-spotted; some black 
 speckles at end of the cell : hind wing pale brown, with darker marginal border. Cilia grey, 
 with brown border. Body grey, brown-and black-speckled. Palpi speckled with black 
 and white above. Antennae dark brown. Underside pale ochrey-grey. Legs speckled with 
 grey and black, fore and middle legs with black bands. Eemale paler, the bands across 
 the wings broader and more distinct. 
 
 Expanse inch. 
 
 Hab . — Ighizyar (5,600 feet), 18th May 1874, Yangihissar (4,320 feet), April 1874, both 
 in Eastern Turkestan. 
 
 Tribe-GEOMETRES. 
 
 r amil y — B OABM IBM. 
 
 55. Htpochroma pseudoterpnaria. 
 
 HypocJiroma pseudoterpnaria, Guen., Phal. i, p. 276. 
 
 Mob. — Uri, Jhilam vaUey, 23rd July. 
 
 56. Gnophos obtectaria. 
 
 Gnophos oltecfaria, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. 35, p. 1597. 
 Hab. — Sonamarg, Kaslunir. 
 
 57. Gnophos stoliczkaria. Plate I, fig. 22. 
 
 Gnophos stoliczkaria, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 235. 
 
 Upperside pale ochreous-grey, minutely brown-speckled, the speckles forming more or 
 less numerous short transverse striae ; both wings with an indistinct oval brown spot at end of 
 the cell, and marginal lunular dotted lino : fore wing with a subbasal and discal, and hind 
 
LEPIDOPTERA. 
 
 15 
 
 wing with a discal, series of dentate brown points. Cilia white. CJnderside paler ; speckles 
 sparsely apparent ; cell-spot less distinct. 
 
 Expanse If inch. 
 
 Rah . — Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand, 2nd June 1874. 
 
 'Esmily—GEOMETRIDM 
 58. Geometra dispartita. 
 
 Geometra dispartita. Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xxii, p. 520. 
 Rah. — Beshterek, south of Yarkand, 31st May. 
 
 Yami\Y—LARENTID^. 
 
 59. Eupithecia saturata. 
 
 Eupithecia saturaia, Guen., Phal. ii, p. 269. 
 
 ^ah. — Chiklik, hills south of Yarkand, 3rd June. 
 
 60. Thera kashghara. Plate I, fig. 23. 
 
 Thera kashghara, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 236. 
 
 TJpperside pale brownish-cinereous ; fore wing crossed by three equidistant pale-bordered 
 blackish lines, the basal line nearly straight, the second slightly waved, the outer irregu- 
 larly undulated, each darkest at costal end, the interspace between the two outer ones darker 
 cinereous-brown ; a slight short sinuous spot at apex ; indistinct paler transverse undulating 
 lines on outer margin ; a distinct darker marginal narrow line. Underside paler ; transverse 
 lines very indistinctly visible. Legs dusky-brown above. Antennae brownish. 
 
 Expanse If in. 
 
 Rah. — Chiklik (3rd June 1874), 14,480 feet. 
 
 Tribe-CRAMBICES. 
 
 Family— PiZrC/Z>^. 
 
 61. Homgeosoma venosella. Plate I, fig. 24. 
 
 Hommosoma venosella, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 236. 
 
 Upperside: fore wing pale greyish-ochreous, minutely brown-speckled, the speckles 
 sparsely disposed along the veins ; having a transverse pale discal indented line and an indis- 
 tinct space at end of the cell ; hind wing cinereous- white with pale brown marginal line. Cilia 
 white. Body and palpi above greyish-ochreous, paler beneath. Underside whitish-cinereous. 
 
 Expanse | inch. 
 
 .Rah. — Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand (8,870 feet), June 2nd, 1874. 
 
16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 62. Mtelois rNDTJLOSELLA. Plate I, fig. 27. 
 
 Myelois undulosella, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 236. 
 
 Male and female. Upperside oclireous-grey : fore wing speckled with, brown, crossed by- 
 two medial oblique undulating pale-bordered blackish lines, both of which are sinuous at the 
 costal end ; a dark pale-centred streak at end of the cell ; middle of hinder margin and the 
 outer border grey, the latter with an indistinct pale sinuous line slightly black-speckled ; 
 cilia whitish, alternated with two dark marginal lines : hind wing pale brownish-cinereous 
 externally ; cilia white alternated with one dark marginal line, and having a dark patch 
 situated at the middle of the margin. Body ochreous-grey. Underside pale cinereous. 
 
 Expanse If inch. 
 
 Hub. — Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand (8,870 feet), June 2nd, 1874; Aktala, west of 
 Yarkand (7,342 feet). May I7th, 1874. 
 
 63. Mtelois geiseella. Plate I, fig. 15. 
 
 Myeloii griseella, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 236. 
 
 Upperside cinereous-grey : fore wing densely irrorated with brown, crossed by two medial 
 undulating very indistinct speckled lines ; an indistinct streak at end of the cell ; both wings 
 with an outer marginal narrow brown lunular line : hind wing whitish, with a very pale 
 cinereous-brown marginal and an indistinct narrow submarginal band. Cilia whitish, with 
 a narrow marginal dark line. Underside paler cinereous. Head and thorax brownish. 
 Abdomen cinereous-brown. 
 
 Expanse If inch. 
 
 Sab. — South-east of Chiklik, south of Yarkand (June 5th, 1874). 
 
 Tribe-TORTRIOES. 
 
 64. CoNCHTLis STOLiczKANA. Plate I, fig. 14. 
 
 Conchylis stoliczkana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 237. 
 
 Upperside : fore wing white, with three transverse outwardly oblique ochreous-brown 
 bands, two inwardly oblique discal bands, and a spot at end of the cell ; a brown-speckled 
 marginal band : hind wing cinereous- white, with a narrow brown marginal band. Body 
 white and black-speckled, with white segmental bands. Legs white. Palpi white, brown- 
 speckled. Underside cinereous-white, outer bands on fore wing indistinctly visible. 
 
 Expanse f inch. 
 
 Sab. — South-east of Chiklik, (June 5th, 1874). 
 
 Tribe-TINEINES. 
 
 Family—riAA'AD^. 
 
 65. Adela sulzella. 
 
 Tinea sulzella, Schiff., W. V. 143 (1776). 
 
 Sab. — Gaganghir, Kashmir. 
 
LEPIDOPTERA. 
 
 n 
 
 Family— GELECIIIBM. 
 
 66. Depressaria stigmella. 
 
 Bepressaria stigmella, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 237. 
 
 Eore wing pale brownish-oclireous, greyish along the apical portion of the costa, inter- 
 spersed with a few dusky speckles ; a dusky- grey short straight streak at end of the cell, 
 and a few speckles on outer margin. Legs pale ochreous. Hind wing pale ochreous- white. 
 Underside of both wings paler. 
 
 Expanse inch. 
 
 B-ob. — Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan, (March 3rd, 1874). 
 
 This species is nearest allied to the European 2>. suhpropinquella. 
 
 Tabular List showing geographical Bistrihution. 
 
 Kashmir. 
 
 Localities where captured. 
 
 Geographical Distribution. 
 
 Epinephile cJiena 
 
 Gaganghlr .... 
 
 W. Himalayas (Pangi (Basahir) ; Kunawur). 
 
 Aulocera swaha 
 
 Gaganghir .... 
 
 Ditto 
 
 (Simla), 
 
 Synchloe daplidice 
 
 Gond, Sonamarg 
 
 W. Asia ; Europe. 
 
 Colias hyale 
 
 Gaganghir .... 
 
 W. Himalayas (Masuri) ; W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe. 
 
 Colias fieldii 
 
 Sonamarg .... 
 
 Ditto 
 
 (Masuri) ; Punjab. 
 
 Polyommatus galathea 
 
 Sonamarg. 
 
 
 
 Bipsas odata ...... 
 
 Gagangtir .... 
 
 Ditto 
 
 (Upper Kunawur). 
 
 LeucopMebia licolor 
 
 Hatti TJri .... 
 
 Ditto. 
 
 
 Sypercomya princiyalis .... 
 
 Gond, Gaganghir 
 
 Ditto. 
 
 
 Arctia orientalis, n. sp. 
 
 Sonamarg .... 
 
 Ditto 
 
 H. W. Provinces of India (Allahabad). 
 
 Mamestra hrassicce 
 
 Srinagur .... 
 
 Ditto 
 
 India; W. Asia; Europe. 
 
 Seliothis scutosa 
 
 Gaganghir .... 
 
 Ditto 
 
 W. Asia ; Europe. 
 
 Pyrausta cuprealis, n. sp 
 
 Gaganghir. 
 
 
 
 Hypochroma pseudoterpnaria 
 
 Uri 
 
 Ditto 
 
 Punjab. 
 
 Gnophos ohtectaria 
 
 Sonamarg .... 
 
 Ditto 
 
 (Simla). 
 
 Adela sulzella 
 
 Gaganghir .... 
 
 W . Asia ; Europe. 
 
 Ladae. 
 
 Sipparchia lehana, n. sp 
 
 Leh; Kharbu. 
 
 
 Hipparchia cadesia 
 
 Leh 
 
 Kashmir. 
 
 Aulocera hrahmina ..... 
 
 Dras Valley 
 
 Kashmir (Margan Pass). 
 
 Argynnis jainadeva . . . ... 
 
 
 Kashmir; Upper Kunawur. 
 
 Synchloe hrassicce 
 
 
 Kashmir ; W. Himalayas ; W. Asia ; Europe. 
 
 Parnassius charltonius .... 
 
 Kharbu. 
 
 Runang Pass, 13,000 feet. 
 
 Polyommatus lehanus, n. sp. ... 
 
 Leh. 
 
 
 Polyommatus ariana 
 
 Dras Valley 
 
 Sanga (Puspa Valley) ; Kashmir ; W. Himalayas ; 
 Pangi (Basahir). 
 
 Mydnroecia tibetana, n. sp 
 
 Leh. 
 
 
 Agrotis aquilina 
 
 Leh 
 
 W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe. 
 
 Agrotis tibetana, n. sp 
 
 Leh. 
 
 
 E 
 
18 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Tabular List showing geographical BisirihuHon — coutiuued. 
 Mountain Range between Ladak (Leh) and Plains of Yaekand. 
 
 Kashmir. 
 
 Localities where captured. 
 
 Geographical Distribution. 
 
 Vanessa ladakensis, n. sp 
 
 Gogra, Karatagh Lake. 
 
 
 Baltia shawii 
 
 Aktagh .... 
 
 Chang Lung Pass. 
 
 Colias stoliczkana, n. sp 
 
 N. of Changla. 
 
 
 Pamassius jacquemontii .... 
 
 N. of Changla . 
 
 Mountains of Ladak. 
 
 Parnassius acco ...... 
 
 Lupsang or Lak Zung, 17,537 
 
 Ditto. 
 
 Neoris shahidula ...... 
 
 Shahidula. 
 
 
 Hadena stoliczkana, n. sp. . 
 
 Kufelang. 
 
 
 Agrotis segetum ...... 
 
 Tankse .... 
 
 N. W. India ; W. Asia; Europe. 
 
 Agrotis aquilina 
 
 Tankse .... 
 
 ^Y. Asia ; Europe. 
 
 
 Plains of Yaeka'nd. 
 
 Pyrameis cardui ..... 
 
 Sanju ; Karghalik 
 
 Asia ; Africa ; Europe ; N. America. 
 
 Synchloe rapes 
 
 Yangihissar 
 
 W. Asia ; Europe. 
 
 Colias hyale 
 
 Sanju; Yaugihissar . 
 
 W. Asia ; Europe. 
 
 Polyommatus kasgharensis, n. sp. 
 
 Yangihissar. 
 
 
 P. yarkandensis, n. sp. 
 
 Yarkand. 
 
 
 Euproctis karghalika, n. sp. ... 
 
 Karghalik. 
 
 
 Euproctis lactea, n. sp. 
 
 Karghalik. 
 
 
 Ptilopliora kashghara, n. sp. . . . 
 
 Yangihissar. 
 
 
 Acronycta karghalika, n. sp. ... 
 
 Karghalik. 
 
 
 Mamestra canescens, n. sp 
 
 Karghalik. 
 
 
 Agrotis segetum 
 
 Karghalik .... 
 
 N. W. India ; W. Asia ; Europe. 
 
 Meliothis dipsacea 
 
 Posgam ; Yangihissar 
 
 W. Asia ; S. Europe. 
 
 Agrophila sulphur alis ..... 
 
 Yarkand .... 
 
 W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe. 
 
 Acontia luctuosa 
 
 Yangihissar 
 
 W. Asia; S. and C. Europe. 
 
 Catocala pudica, n. sp 
 
 
 Paskyum, Ladak, 10,870 feet (Shaw). 
 
 Apopestes phantasma ..... 
 
 Yarkand ; Bora (Shaw) 
 
 W. Asia. 
 
 Potys flavalis ...... 
 
 Yangihissar ; Posgam 
 
 W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe. 
 
 Endorea transversalis, n. sp. 
 
 Yangihissar ; Ighizyar. 
 
 
 Geqmetra dispartita 
 
 Beshterek .... 
 
 N. W. India. 
 
 Bepressaria stigmella, n. sp. ... 
 
 Yangihissar. 
 
 
 Hilly Country west and south-west of the Plains of Yaeka'nd. 
 
 Synchloe chloridice 
 
 Sarikol .... 
 
 W. Asia ; S. Europe. 
 
 Colias hyale 
 
 Sarikol .... 
 
 W. Asia; Europe. 
 
 Oxicesta marmorea, n. sp. . 
 
 Sasak Taka. 
 
 
 Spodotis undulans, n. sp 
 
 Ak Masjid ; Chiklik. 
 
 
 Tceniocampa chiklika, n. sp 
 
 Chiklik. 
 
 
 Eeliothis hyblceoides, n. sp 
 
 Chiklik. 
 
 
 Pankia argentula ..... 
 
 Ak Masjid .... 
 
 W. Asia ; Europe. 
 
 Potys flavalis ...... 
 
 Ak Masjid ; Sarikol . 
 
 W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe. 
 
 Eudorea granitalis, n. sp 
 
 Chiklik. 
 
 
 Gnophos stoliezkaria, n. sp. ... 
 
 Ak Masjid. 
 
 
 Eupithecia satyrata 
 
 Chiklik .... 
 
 W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe. 
 
 Thera khasgharia, n, sp 
 
 Chiklik. 
 
 
 SomcBosoma venosella, n. sp. ... 
 
 Ak Masjid. 
 
 
 Myelois undulosella, n. sp 
 
 Ak Masjid ; Aktala. 
 
 
 Myelois griseella, n. sp. 
 
 Chiklik. 
 
 
 Conchylis stoliczkana, n. sp. 
 
 Chiklik. 
 
 
 Erratum. 
 
 In the names at foot of plate for “ Myelois giiseola,” read “ Myelois griseella.” 
 
Yarkund Mission. 
 
 Lepidoptera Plate I. 
 
 A.&.Butler 3^,1 etliti M.ntemBros.jmp. 
 
 I, CoHas Stoliczkana. 2,\^TiessaLadal;ensis. 3,Pamassius Charltonius. 4?,Hipparchia Lehana. 5,Baltia SKawii. 
 
 6,Polyoinmatus Lehanus. 7. P.Kashgliarensis. S.P.Yarkundensis, 9.Acronycta Kargalika. 10, Spaglotis undulans. 
 
 II. Taeniocampa Chiklika. 12,Hadena Stoliczkana. 13, Maine stra canescens. 14, Conchylis StoPczkana 15,Myelois griseola. 
 ISjAgrotis Tibetana. 17. Qxycesta marmorea, IS.Exiproctis Kai-galika. 19.PtilophoraKashgliara. 20,HeliotHs Hybleeoides. 
 
 21,Hydracia Tibetana. 22, Gnoplios Stoliczkaria. 23,TlieraKa6h^ara. 24,HomaeosomavenoseUa. 25,Eudorea granitalis. 
 
 26,Pyrausta onprealis . 27,Myelois nndnlosella. 
 
/ 
 
 ; 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION; 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, Ph.D. 
 
 COLEOPTERA, 
 
 GEbDEPHAGA and LONGICORNIA. By H. W. Bates, P.R.S. {,Pp. 1—23, with one Plate.) 
 PHYTOPHAGA. By J. S. Baly, F.L.S. [Pp. 25—36.) 
 
 HALIPLID^, DYTISCID^, GYRINID^, HYDROPTILID^, STAPHYLINID^, and SCAR- 
 AB^IDiE (except CETONIINI). By D. Sharp, F.R.S. {Pp. 37—53.) 
 
 CETONIID^. By Oliver Janson. (P. 54.) 
 
 HETEROMERA. By Frederick Bates. {Pp. 55—79, with one Plate.) 
 
 iublifihcb bg orbcr of tlu Sobatimtttt of Ittbia. 
 
 CALCUTTA: 
 
 OFFICE OF SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING, INDIA. 
 
 1890. 
 
j^foTE. — For the groii]) CuKi'ULioNurE. see n piiper by Dk. Faust in the 
 Stettiner Em’Omologisohe Zeitung. Band XIjVIT., ]»p. 129-157, entitled 
 Ye'T'/j id ! 'Alins’ nvf <‘hier n<idi Kiishgiir ^n sdnwidft r iJiirru]%of)'uia\ 
 
 V 2U0.— 5/9]. 1.978. 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YAKKAND MISSION. 
 
 COLEOPTERA. 
 
 GEODEPHAGA and LONGICORNIA. 
 
 By H. W. bates, E.R.S., F.L.S. 
 
 Introductory Eemarks. 
 
 T he Coleopterous insects of the two great tribes which form the subject of the present 
 memoir were collected chiefly during the winter months. It is on this account, probably, 
 that the collection contains so few species of Longicornia, which ought to be abundant in 
 summer on flowers in the elevated valleys, as they are in Northern Europe, in Siberia, and in 
 the Eocky Mountains. A similar remark may be made with regard to the Cicindelidcs family 
 of Geodephaga, 4 species only of which were collected, three being Indian, taken in the Jhelam 
 Valley, and one north of the Himalaya, which proves to be a new species, alhed to a species of 
 Palaearctic type found in the Altai. The Carabidce are more numerous, the species of this 
 family wintering generally in the imago state and being found readily in their usual haunts 
 in the autumnal and early spring months. They afford occasion, however, for only one general 
 remark, namely, that all the species without exception from the region north of the 
 Himalaya are of European types, eight out of the 63 species collected being identical with 
 European species, and the remainder either new species of European genera, or species of similar 
 type previously described from the neighbourhood of the Caspian, or from Western and Northern 
 Asia. The few that were found at Murree, in the Jhelam Valley, or in Ladak are either Indian 
 and subtropical {e.g., Colpodes ovaliceps, FristomachcBrus chalcocephaluSy ITypolithus perlucenSy 
 &c.), or North Indian modifications of Palsearctic types {e.g., Carabus caschmirensis et stoUcz- 
 kanus, Sypsineplms ellipticus)^ or well-marked and distinct species of Palsearctic genera, e.g., 
 Brady tus compactusi Acinopus striolatus, Harpalus japonicus, Anchomenus politissimus, 
 Molops piligerus, 
 
 GEOBEPHAGA. 
 
 1.— CiCINDELA STOLICZKANA. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 713. 
 
 C. Burmeisteri {Fisch.) affinis, sed minors thorace brevioriy etc. Nigra corpore subtusy 
 pedibuSy antennarumque basi chalybeo-violaceiSy elytris lunula humerali et apicali {hac antice 
 
2 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 in maculam roiundatam dilatata) fascioque mediana, lata, ahhreviata, recta, Jlavo-albis ; 
 f route inter oculos concava, subtiliter strigosa, albo-hirta ; thorace brevi, lateribus j ere rectis, 
 supra subtilissime granulatim-strigoso : etytris minute, liaud confertim granulatis ; palpis 
 nigris, albo-setosis : labro albo, convexo : antice medio rotundatim producto, unidentato : 
 corpore subtus pedibusque sparsim albo-pilosis. 
 
 Long. 6 — 7| lin. 
 
 In colour, sculpture, and form of labrum closely resembling C. burmeisteri (Eiscber), 
 but of shorter and less convex form ; the thorax also being relatively smaller and the elytra 
 more obtusely rounded at the apex. The white marks of the elytra are more numerous and 
 much larger. They are variable in extent and sometimes all blended together along the 
 lateral margin ; but the characteristic feature of the non-flexuous, but broad and only slightl 
 oblique, median belt remains constant. The apical lunule always forms a narrow border at 
 the apex of the elytra, but expands into a large rounded spot at its anterior extremity. 
 
 B.ab. — Without locality. Taken by Stoliczka shortly before his decease, probably on 
 the northern slopes of the Kuen-lun. My specimens of G. burmeisteri came from the 
 Tarbagatai Mountains. 
 
 2. — CiCINDELA INTERMEDIA. 
 
 Chaudoir, Bull. Moscou, 1852, i. p. 6. 
 
 iTaS.— Jhelam Valley. 
 
 3. — CiCINDELA LIMBATA. 
 
 Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. ii, i. (182b), p, 64. 
 
 jEfttS.— Jhelam Valley. A single example. 
 
 4. — COLLTRIS ORTYGIA. 
 
 Buquet, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1835, p. 604. 
 
 Chaud., Monogr. Collyr. p. 502, t. 7, f. 6. 
 
 ;S^ab . — Jhelam Valley. The single specimen of this species presents scarcely any points 
 of difference from others with w^hich I have compared it taken near Calcutta. 
 
 5. — Nebria psammophila. 
 
 Solsky, Fedchenko’s Turkestan, Zool. tom. ii, v, Coleoptera i, p. 12. 
 
 Differs from Solsky’s diagnosis only in the clearer-red head and thorax, these members 
 according to him being “ picescentibus.’* 
 
 jPab. — “ Dras, Kargil, and Leh ” ; many examples. Eedchenko took it in Kokand, near 
 the river Kizil-su. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 3 
 
 6. — Nebria limbigera. 
 
 Solsky, Fedchenko’s Turkestan, l.c. Col. i. p. 13. 
 
 Hah. — One example, same locality as the above. Differs from N. psammophila by its 
 larger size and black abdomen. Eedcbenko found it in Kokand, “ near the Kizil-su and in 
 the bills near the river Ispbavia.” 
 
 7. — Carabtjs caschmirensis. 
 
 Carahus caschmirensis, Kollar & Redtenb acker, in Hiigel’s “ Kasmir, etc.” iv. 2 (1844), p. 499, t. 23, f. 4. 
 
 ■ ■■ -■ lithariophorus, Tatum, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, xx (1847), p. 14. 
 
 Hah. — Murree. One example, 9 . 
 
 8. — Carabtjs stoliczkantjs. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 713. 
 
 C. casbmirensi {Koll.) affinis. Maxime elongatus^ angustus, niger suhnitidus : thorace 
 late mh -cor data- quadrate, angulis posticis retrorsum productis, acutis : elytris anguptis, post 
 medium perparum rotundato-dilatatis, dorso tuherculorum triplici serie, inter se carina uniea 
 separatis. Menti dente verticaliter exstanti^ valde compresso ; lahro medio triangulariter 
 emarginato. 
 
 Long. 14 — 15 lin. 
 
 Resembles (7. caschmirensis in the form of head, labrum, and tooth of mentum. The 
 thorax is also similar in shape, but scarcely so broadly rounded on the anterior part. 
 The elytra are very different both in shape and sculpture ; they are narrower and more 
 parallel in outline and much less convex, and the sculpture, instead of a triple row of narrow 
 elongate tubercles, each row separated by a triple line of granules, consists of three distinct 
 rows of larger, oblong tubercles, separated by a single continuous elevated line. There are, 
 however, only two of those lines, between the 1st and 2nd and the 2nd and 3rd rows ; the 
 Sutural border being an irregularly-crenated elevation, and the margin, exterior to the 3rd 
 row, consisting of a confused coarse reticulation, with traces of a 4tb row of minor tubercles. 
 
 Hah. — Murree, Two examples. 
 
 9. — Calosoma orientals. 
 
 Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent.Trance 1869, p. 368. 
 
 Syn. P C. orientale, Hope, Trans. Zool. Soc. i. p. 92. 
 
 Hah. — Kogyar: Sind Valley: “ Dras, Kargbil, and Leb.’* The specimens vary a little 
 in the degree of regularity of the fine cross-strise of the interstices.; but there is no other 
 character to indicate that they form more than one variable species. 
 
 10. — Scarites inconspictjus. 
 
 Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1855, i. p. 82. 
 
 Jhelam Valley. One example agreeing precisely with Baron Chaudoir’s descrip- 
 tion above cited. 
 
4 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 11. — SCARITES ARENARITJS. 
 
 Bonelli, Obs. Entom. 2, p. 40. 
 
 Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1855, i, p. 86. 
 
 JSad. — Yangihissar. A widely-distributed species, tbroughout the basins of the Medi- 
 terranean and the Caspian; but not hitherto recorded from regions further east. Solsky 
 includes the allied species, Sc. persicns (Chaud.), among the insects taken by Eedchenko 
 in Turkistan. The Yangihissar examples agree better with Sc. arenarius^ having two 
 denticulations above the digitation of the anterior tibiae ; they are, however, rather more 
 elongated than specimens from Algiers and Imeritia with which I have compared them. 
 The size is 8^ — 9| lin. 
 
 12. — Dyschirius orbinatus. 
 
 Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 240. 
 
 Hah. — Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. I see no definite character to separate this 
 small species from D. ordinatus, hitherto known only from Japan. 
 
 13. — Brosctjs punctatus. 
 
 Dejean, Spec. Gen. Col. iii, p. 431. 
 
 Hah. — No locality, probably near Yarkand. A widely-distributed Oriental species, being 
 recorded from Egypt, Mesopotamia, Nepaul, and China. 
 
 14. — Pristomach^rbs chalcocephaltjs. 
 
 Wiedm., Zool. Mag. ii, i, p. 57. 
 
 Hah. — Jhelam Valley. One example, differing from the original Hongkong specimen 
 only in the squarer form of both the yellow elytral spots. 
 
 Closely allied to HristomaclicBnis messii of Hongkong (Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, 
 p. 324). It differs a little in colour and' the form of the anterior elytral spot from Wiede- 
 mann’s description. 
 
 15. — Chl^nius spoliates, var. inderiensis. 
 
 Chlcenius spoliatus, Rossi., var. inderiemis, Motschulsky, Bull. Mosc. 1864, ii, p. 346. 
 
 Hah. — Yangihissar. One example, agreeing perfectly with the above-cited description 
 of a remarkable variety of this widely-distributed species, hitherto recorded only from the 
 borders of lake Indiersk. The type-form occurs throughout nearly the whole Palaearctic 
 region, from the western shores of Europe to Japan. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 5 
 
 16. — Chl^nius tenuelimbattjs. 
 
 Ballion, Bull. Mosc. 1870, ii, p. 326. 
 
 Solsky in Fedchenko’s Turkestan, Zoology, tom. ii, v. Coleop., p. 62. 
 
 Ckaudoir, Monogr. Cklsenius., p. 263 (1876). 
 
 Rah. — Ladakh. Pound also near Samarkand and Kodjend. I have compared the 
 numerous examples in Stoliczka’s collection with a specimen received from Russia, as taken 
 in “ Turkestan,*’ and find no essential difference : the Turkestan specimen has a rather 
 broader thorax, but otherwise of the same shape, so distinct from that of the following species 
 which is suhcordate with prominent and acute hinder angles. 
 
 17. — Chl^nius l^titjsculus ? 
 
 Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1856, ii, p. 248, id., Monogr. CUffinius, p. 264. 
 
 Hah. — Ladakh. Also in Northern Hindostan. 
 
 18. — Acinopus striolatbs ? 
 
 Zoubkoff, Bull. Mosc. 1833, 317. 
 
 P. d. 1. Brulerie, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1873, p. 256. 
 
 Hah. — Sind Valley. A much damaged example, which I refer doubtfully to this species 
 as a small variety. It is 6| lines long and of narrow cylindrical form, and the elytral 
 striae, although fine and with perfectly plane interstices, are more strongly impressed 
 than in striolatus. The species occurs in the basin of the Caspian, and was taken near Tash- 
 kend by Pedehenko. 
 
 19. — Daptus vittatbs. 
 
 Fischer, Ent. Russ, ii, p. 38, 46, f. 7. 
 
 Dej., Sp. Gen. iv, p. 19. 
 
 Yangihissar. One example. 
 
 20. — Dichirotrichbs alticola. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 713. 
 
 D. amplipennis {Bates) proxime afHnis,diff^ert colore pallidiori et thoracis angulis posticis 
 rotundatis. Ohlongus, supra testaceo-fulms, capite {maoulis rujis exceptis) thoracis disco 
 macula alteraque postico-discoidali elytrorum, nigro-ccneis : palpis apice acuminatis : capite 
 et thorace grosse suhsparsim punctatis, hoc postice angustato, angulis posticis oblique rotun- 
 datis, margine postice arcuato : elytris striatis, interstitiis medio leviter culminato-convexis, 
 biseriatim punctatis : corpore suhtus nigro : antennis fuscescenfihus. $ tarsi duo antici 
 articulis 1 — 3 ovatis, 4 hiloho. 
 
 Long. 2^ lin. 
 
 Agrees with 2). amplipennis (China), I>. tenuimams (Japan), I), discicollis, Dej., and 
 others in its acuminate palpi, in which these eastern species differ from their West European 
 
6 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 congeners. The three basal dilated joints of the $ anterior tarsi are not triangular, but 
 ovate, their angles being perfectly rounded. Underneath, the dilated male joints are clothed 
 with long ragged scale-hairs, loosely arranged ; but this is the case with the European species 
 of the genus ; and the statement of Schaum and others is therefore erroneous, that they are 
 “ spongiosi ” and bring the genus within the Anisodactylin(B sub-family. The genus is, in 
 fact, allied to Ophonus. The upper surface of D, alticolus is light tawny or reddish-brown, 
 redder on the thorax and a large spot on each side of the head. The rest of the head is 
 brassy-black. The disk of the thorax has a dusky spot, sometimes indistinct. The disk of 
 the elytra has, posteriorly, covering interstices 3 and 4, an elongate black spot. The 
 species is closely allied to the South Russian and Turkestan D. discicollis, Dej., differing 
 chiefly in the obliteration of the hinder angles of the thorax. 
 
 Sab. — Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. 
 
 21. — Haepalus c^etjleattjs. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 714. 
 
 Mongato-ohlongus, glaber, tliorace transversim quadrato, postice distincte angustato, 
 lateribus arcuatis, angulis posticis rotundatis, basi utrinque late subcrebre punctato, margine 
 basali bisinuato : elytris apice for titer sinuatk, supra striatis, interstitiis planis impunctatis, 
 ertio unipunctato. 
 
 $ . Supra capite tlioraceque nigris politis, elytris caeruleis^ subviolaceis, nitidis ; antennis 
 nigris, articulo basali rufo : corpore subtus nigro, pectore medio pedibusque rufopiceis ; abdo~ 
 mine medio nitido. Immaturo toto corpore castaneo-rufo, nitido, elytris violaceis. 
 
 V . Nigro-vel rufo-castanea, raro obscuro-nigra ; elytris opacis interdum violaceo-tinctis, 
 apice fortius {ut in H. aeneo ? ) sinuatis. 
 
 An elongate species, similar in form to S. hospes (Sturm), but without its punctuation. 
 Thorax slightly narrowed behind, with hinder angles, but blunted or rather rounded at their 
 apices. The elytra are destitute of punctuation, except the usual marginal row, and their 
 apices are rather deeply sinuate in both sexes, but most so in the ? , The sexual diversity 
 in colour is constant in mature individuals, the male having the head and thorax glossy 
 black, with violet blue elytra ; the female being chestnut-red or brown, with elytra sometimes 
 tinged with violet. Terminal spur of the anterior tibise lanceolate, simple. 
 
 Sab. — Yangihissar and Kogyar. 
 
 22. — Haepalus melaneus. 
 
 Bates, Proc.|Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 714. 
 
 H. calceato {Dufts.) forma coloreque similis^ at tliorace fere impunctato anguUsque posti- 
 cis obtusis. Oblong us, modice elongatuSy nig er nitidus, elytris 2 opacis ; antennis et palpis 
 nigris, articulis omnibus apice piceo-rufis : tliorace transversim quadrato, postice leviter 
 angustato, angulis posticis obtusis lateribus antice modice arcuatis, basi utrinque vage vix 
 punctato, fovea lineari impresso : elytris apice paullulum sinuatis, supra convexis, simpliciter 
 siriatis, interstitiis modice convexis, tertio unipunctato. 
 
 Long. 6 lin. 
 
COLEOPIERA. 
 
 7 
 
 Similar in size, form, and colour to the European S. caleeatus ; convex, posterior part of 
 elytra most so. Colour in the $ deep shining black above and beneath, in the ? the elytra 
 opaque. The legs are more or less piceous, especially the tarsi. The antennae and the palpi 
 are pitchy-black, the joints in all tipped with dull rufous. The thorax is very moderately 
 rounded anteriorly, and gradually and slightly narrowed behind to the base, the hind angles 
 being not quite rectangular and obtuse at their apices. The base on each side is very faintly 
 roughened and not distinctly punctured, and the fovea is rather distinct and linear. 
 Terminal spur of the anterior tibim laneeolate-acute, simple. 
 
 Mab. — Sind Valley. Murree. Near Leh. 
 
 23. — Haepalxjs turcultjs. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool, Soe. 1878, p. 71A 
 
 Ohlongus, niger, ^ nifidus, $ sericinitens, antennis articulo primo rufo, palpis apice 
 Jlavis : capite modice angusto^lcevi : thorace quadrato, antice prope angulos rotundato-angustato 
 postice lateribus exacte parallelism elytris multo angustiori, angulis posticis rectis, sup7-a im- 
 punctato : elytris utroque sexu apice fortiter subrecte sinualis, supra subtiliter striatiSm interstu 
 tiis planis, iertio unipunctato : metasterno grosse sparsim punctato. 
 
 Long. 4 lin. 
 
 Very similar in colour in both sexes to H.. liodes ; hni differing in the smaller sizej 
 narrow thorax, and strongly- sinuated apices of the elytra. The head is not notably wide, 
 the eyes are only slightly projecting, and the forehead is remarkably even and smooth. The 
 antennae reach the base of the thorax ; they are black and have the basal article constantly 
 red. The thorax is parallel-sided from the base to the middle ; it is then gently arcuated 
 and nearer the head much narrowed. The elytra have the same silky gloss, plane interstices, 
 and fine strise as S. liodes. Terminal spur of anterior tibiee long, curved, lanceolate. 
 
 Mab. — No locality. Probably near Yarkand. 
 
 24. — Harpaltjs jAPONicrs. 
 
 Morawitz, Bull. Ac. St. Petersb. v. 1863, 327. 
 
 Bah. — Murree. Many examples differing in no material respect from those of China, 
 Japan, and Formosa. 
 
 25. — Harpalijs — ? 
 
 A single specimen ? ; indeterminable. 
 
 26. — Harpalus indicola. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 7l4. 
 
 El ngato-ohlongus, angustior, nigerrimus, $ magis, ? minuSm nitiduSm palpus et antennis 
 fulais : thoi'ace quadratOm lateribus leniter arcuatiSm postice long e et modice angustato, angulis 
 posticis paullo obtusis ; basi toto subsparsim punctato et paulo rugoso, fovea utrinque obliqua : 
 elytris convexis, apice modice sinuatis, supra striatis {^fortius), interstitiis vix convexis, tertio 
 puncto conspicue impresso : sternis et veutro lateribus grosse haud profunde punctatis. 
 
 Long. 5 lin. 
 
8 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Smaller and narrower than H. melaneus ; head also much smaller or narrower. In form it 
 approaches the European M. tenehrosus (Dej.), hut the thorax is different in shape, the 
 sides being more arcuated and contracted gradually behind to the base which they join at an 
 obtuse angle. The colour is the same as in S. melaneus, except that the antennae and palpi 
 are reddish-tawny ; hut this is liable to variation. The elytral striae are sharply impressed, 
 and become deeper at the apex. The terminal spur of the anterior tibiae is moderately long, 
 with the basal half dilated hut not dentate. 
 
 Rah. — Murree. 
 
 27. — Harpaltjs masoreoides. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 715. 
 
 Tarvms, niger suhsericeus, Icevis, partibus oris antennisque fiavo-testaceis, pedibus magis 
 rufescentibus : thorace transverso, elyUds vix angustiori, antice gradatim paullulum angustato, 
 angulis posticis rotundatis, Icevi, foveola basalt utrinque oblonga, marginibus rufescentibus ; 
 elytris oblongis, apice late obtusis leniter sinuatis, supra striatis, striis minutissime punctulatis, 
 interstitiis vix convexis, marginibus refexis et epipleuris piceorufis : menti dente triangulari, 
 acuto. 
 
 Long. lin. 
 
 The obtuse-angled thorax and apex of elytra, with the general form and smoothness, give 
 this little species the appearance of a Masoreus. The head is small, obtuse, smooth, and 
 polished ; the eyes very slightly prominent ; the frontal fovea is round and well-defined. The 
 antennae are rather longer than the head and thorax taken together; they are yellow, with 
 more or less dusky on their pubescent joints. The spur of the anterior tibiae is obtusely 
 lanceolate, not dilated ; the external angle of the apex of the tibiae has three short and very 
 stout, obtuse spines. 
 
 Rab, — Pamir Steppe, between Sirikol and Panga. 
 
 28. — Harpaltjs liodes. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 715. 
 
 Ovatus, latus, mediae convexus, niger, $ serici-nitens, ? serici-opaous, aniennis palpisque 
 piceo-rufis, illis nigromaculatis, tarsis picen-rufis : capite lato, Icerigato, oculis minus promi- 
 fiulis ; thorace valde transverso, antice angustato, postice multo latiori, angulis posticis rectis, 
 fere impunctato : elytris ovaiis, apice paullulum sinuatis, supra sub tiliter striatis, interstitiis 
 plants, tertio minute unipunctato ; tibiis intermediis utroque sexu arcuatis. 
 
 Long. 5 — lin. 
 
 Resembles much large species of the genus Amara. Thorax shorter in relation to the 
 width than in R. brevicornis (Germ.), or any other species of the genus known to me. The 
 head is broad and the forehead flattened and smooth. The thorax is narrower at the apex 
 than at the base ; hut the sides from the slightly dilated anterior part are slightly rounded, 
 or nearly parallel to the hind angles, which latter are rectangular hut blunt at their apex : 
 the disc is obscurely wrinkled and there are a very few punctures in the shallow basal fovese ; 
 otherwise the surface is impunctate. The antennee are short and far from reaching the base 
 
COLEOPTEE.A. 
 
 9 
 
 of the thorax. The elytra are ovate not wider at the base than the thorax, very slightly 
 sinuated near their apex ; the striae are very fine, faintly punctulate, and the interstices flat 
 and impunctate throughout, except the marginal one and the customary one on the third- 
 The colour is deep black, with a bright silky gloss in the s , but nearly opaque in the $ . The 
 abdomen is impunctate. The metasternum has a few large punctures. Terminal spur of 
 anterior tibiae long and lanceolate. 
 
 Hab, — No locality. Probably near Yarkand. 
 
 29. — Hypolithus perltjcens. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 715. 
 
 Piceo-niger, Icete iridescens, glaber, antennis, palpis, et pedihus fulvio-testaceis : capite 
 Imvissimo, post oculos angustaio, mandihulis magis rectis et acutis piceo-ntjis ; fovea froyitali 
 lineari versus oculum curvata : tliorace quadrato, lateribus leniter fere cequaliter arcuatis, 
 angulis posticis Yulde obtusis, margine postico late sinuato supra limbo toto crebre subtiliter 
 punctulato, disco sparsim punctulato^ polito, marginibus rufescentibus : elytris fortiter striatis^ 
 interstitiis paullulum comexis, politissimis, tertio [prope striam secundam) multipunctato. 
 
 Long. lin. $ . 
 
 Agrees with certain species of South Africa, in the curved linear frontal fovea, and with 
 such species as E. glaber (Boh.) in its naked surface. The undersurf ace of the insect is irides- 
 cent and glabrous, as well as the upper ; the ventral segments and the deflexed margins of the 
 elytra being more or less rufescent. The metasteruum has a few shallow punctures. The 
 legs are naked, with the exe'^uBon of a few stout spines on the outer side of the tibite and a 
 few setae on their inner side and underneath the tarsi. The tooth in the emargination of the 
 mentum is very short, but distinct. 
 
 Eab. — Jhelam Valley. 
 
 EYPSINEPHUS, nov. gen. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 715. 
 
 Generi Selenophoro proxime affine. Corpus elongato-ellipticum gen. Calatho hand 
 dissimile, supra glabrum. Caput antice liaud obtusum, labrum et mandibulce modice elongata. 
 Mentum rotundato-emarginatum, edentatum. Palpi elongati ; maxillarii articulo terminali 
 penultimo breviori, subfusiformi sed apiee distincte truncato. Thorax quadratus. Elytra 
 glah'a, interstitiis tertio, quinto, et septimo {apiee) pluripunctatis. Pedes elongati, validi : 
 tarsi ^ , articulis anticis 4 dilatatis, cordatis, squamigeris, primo basi gracili apiee subito dila- 
 tato, quarto breviter bilobo. Tibice intermedice $ areuatce. 
 
 A new genus is necessary for the reception of a species in Dr. Stoliczka’s collection which 
 agrees with the American Selenophori in its chief characters, but differs wholly in facies 
 from that numerous group. The totally different form of the dilated tarsal joints in the male 
 affords a good distinguishing character ; the other features enumerated above having only a 
 minor importance. The species described below has doubtless many Asiatic congeners ; one I 
 have found among the Rarpali collected by Dr. Maack in Eastern Siberia. 
 
 B 
 
10 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 30. — Htpsinephtjs elliptictjs. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 716. 
 
 Ficeo-niger vel castaneus, nitidus, $ sericeo-opacus, partibus oris, antermis pedibus- 
 que testaceo-fulvis : capite mox pone oculos angustato, foveis frontalibus rotundatis ; thorace 
 quadrato, elytris angustiori, laieribus postice explanatis, arcuatis angulis posticis obtusis, 
 supra impimctato, fovea utrinque hasali vage impressa : elytris elongato-ovatis, apice modice 
 sinuatis, striatis, interstitio tertio punctis parvis 5, quinto prope basin 2, septimo apicem versus 
 plurimis impressis, punctis mar ginalibus parvis. 
 
 Long. 6 lin. 
 
 Elongate elliptical, varying from pitchy black to castaneous. The lateral margins of 
 the thorax are gradually more and more explanated from the anterior to the posterior angles, 
 and the base has no distinct punctuation. The punctures of the elytra are somewhat variable 
 in number and position : there are 5 or 6 on the third interstice, mostly close to the second stria, 
 and 2 or 3 on the fifth near the base ; hut in some examples the fifth interstice has a row of 
 punctures near the apex, like the seventh. The margin has a number of minute faintly 
 impressed punctures. 
 
 Hab. — Eour examples, two without locality, one marked « (from the Knen-lun ?), and the 
 fourth from the Pangong Valley : this last has the thorax distinctly more dilated behind and 
 more rectangular hind angles than the others. 
 
 31. — Harpalus qtjadricollis. 
 
 Selenopliorus quadricollis, Kollar & Eedtenb. in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv, 2, p. 502. 
 
 jpab. — Between Dras and Leh. The authors above cited placed this species in the genus 
 Selenophorus from the simple emargination of the mentum. M. Putzeys, in his recent mono- 
 graph of the genus Selenophorus, has riglitly restricted it to those Harpalince which have the 
 alternate interstices of the elytra pluripunctate and other characters in addition to the simple 
 mentum, and which belong all to America. S. quadricollis very closely allied to the typical 
 Harpali, but probably a separate genus will eventually be formed for the species with edendate 
 mentum. 
 
 32. — Stekolophtjs morio. 
 
 Mendtries, Catal. Raisonnd (1832), p. 136. Id., Insectes rec. p. Behmann i, 25. 
 
 Solsky in Fedchenko’s Turkestan, Zoology, tom. ii, v, Coleop. i, p. 88. 
 
 Hab. — Yangi Hissar ; one example. The species occurs in the neighbourhood of the Cas- 
 pian and in Mesopotamia near Bagdad. The Yangi Hissar specimen has a smaller and rounder 
 thorax than is presented by Bagdad examples with which I have compared it. 
 
 33. — SpHODRIJS INDUS. 
 
 Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1852, i. p. 67. 
 
 Rab. — Murrcc ; one example. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 11 
 
 Resembles specimens from Northern India in every other respect, except that the hind 
 trochanters are long and furcate at the apex, with one branch of the fork very short. The 
 specimen is a female. 
 
 34. — Sphodrus cordicollis. 
 
 Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1854, i, p. 43. 
 
 Hah. — Murree ; one example. 
 
 Differs from Syrian specimens* by its slightly broader and more ovate elytra. 
 
 35. — Calathus melanocephalus. 
 
 Lin., Fauna Suec. No. 795 : Putzey’s Mon. Calath., p. 58. 
 
 Hah. — Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. 
 
 Many examples ; differing from the ordinary type of Western Europe by the rather nar- 
 rower and more parallel- sided thorax and elytra. According to Putzeys, alpine varieties occur 
 which are modified in the same manner. 
 
 Hah.— ? 
 
 36. — Calathus angustatus. 
 
 Koll. & Redtenb. in Hugel’s Kaschmir, iv, ii, p. 500 (1844). 
 Syn. C. Kollari, Putz., Mon. Calath, p. 56. 
 
 37. — Calathus — ? 
 
 Hah . — A single example, in imperfect condition, ticketed “ Sind Valley it would pro- 
 bably range in the section Pristodactyla. 
 
 38. — Anchomenus ladakensis. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1878, p. 718. 
 
 A. parumpunctato {Lin.) prcxime ajffinis, sed gracilior, thorace longiori, etc. JElongato 
 omtus, gracilis, supra suhfusco-cupreus, capite thoraceque magis aeneis, inter dum toto viridi- 
 aeneus ; corpore suhtus nigro nitido ; femorihus nigropiceis, tihiis tarsisque rufo-piceis ; anten- 
 nis piceo-fuscis, articulo hasali rufo : capite Icevi, post oculos magis suhito quam in A. parum- 
 punctato angustato'. thorace suhquadrato, laterihus le niter arcuatis, angulis posticis rotundatis 
 ihique margine explanato-rejiexo, toto limbo alutaceo : elytris elongatis, margine hasali utrinque 
 fortiter sinuato, laterihus par allelis, supra acute striatis, inter stitiis plants, tertio 5-punctato. 
 
 Long 3| lin. 
 
 Closely allied to the common European A. parimipunctatus. At first sight it seems to diff e r 
 only in its more slender, narrower form, and rather duller colour ; but on closer examination 
 
12 
 
 SECOND YADKAND MISSION. 
 
 several minor structural differences are perceived. The head is more suddenly narrowed be- 
 hind the eyes. The thorax is longer, its outer borders alutaceous and rugose, and the basal 
 line, instead of forming a regular gentle curve, is nearly straight in the middle and obliquely 
 arcuate on each side towards the hind angle, which is more distinct than in A. parumpuncta- 
 tus ; this outline giving the appearance of a broad sinuation in the middle of the base. The 
 striae of the elytra are not so distinctly punctulate, and the interstices rather coarsely alutace- 
 ous or granular. 
 
 Mab . — Taken between Tangtze and Chagra in the Pangong Valley, altitude probably 
 between 13,000 and 15,000 feet. Some specimens from the Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. 
 A. pammpunctatm is found throughout Europe and the Caucasus, and also in Western Siberia. 
 
 39. — Anchomenus politissimtjs. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 3878, p. 719. 
 
 A. fuliginoso {'Panzer) forma suhsimilis,nigro-aeneus, poUtissimus : capite hreviter ovato, 
 oculis vix prommulis ; palpis minus elongatis, articulis ultimis acuininatis : thorace postice 
 angustaio, angulis posticis oblique rotundatis, ma,rgine prope angulum valde reflexo : elytris 
 apicem versus valde sinuatis, supra obsolete striatis, disco utrinque baud conspicue bipunctato ; 
 pedibus aeneis^ tibiis rufotestaceis. 
 
 Long 2^ lin. 
 
 Belongs apparently to the genus Oxypselaplius (Chaud.), which is not admitted by modern 
 authors. The antennte, however, are longer than in that group, being much longer than the 
 head and thorax ; the third joint is not pubescent and is a little longer than the first and the 
 fourth ; the basal joint is slightly rufous in front. The maxillary palpi are rather less sharply 
 pointed at the apex than the labials, and all are pale at the tip. The thorax is quadrate-cordate ; 
 being a little ronnded immediately after the anterior angles, and then gradually narrowed to 
 the base ; the lateral margin near the hind angle is remarkably and sharply elevated, and 
 the upper edge of elevated rim has a slight notch. The striae of the elytra are most visible at 
 the apex, the marginal one being entire. The whole insect is highly polished, having the 
 appearance of being varnished. 
 
 Sab. — Murree. 
 
 40. — COLPODES OVALICEPS. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 719. 
 
 Minus elongatus, nigro-clialybeus nitidus, elytris ampliatis, ovatis : capite parvo, ovato^ 
 oculis baud prominulis; menti dente apice sidcato-emarginato : tliorace ovato capite dimidio 
 iatiori, margine laterali cequaliter explanato, subreflexo, angulis posticis subrotundatis : 
 elytris convexis, late ovatis, apice vix sinuatis, bumeris rotundatis, striatis, interstitiis planis, 
 tertio tripunctato: metasterni episternis brevibus ; antennis, palpis, pedibusque rufopiceis, 
 femorihus nigris. 
 
 Long. 5 lin. 
 
 Differs from the great majority of the genus by a combination of peculiarities,— 
 
 notched tooth of mentum, short metathoracic episterna, and simply but deeply sinuated fourth 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 13 
 
 joint of anterior and middle tarsi. The head appears ovate and small, owing to the unsalient 
 eyes and the continued width and fulness far behind the eyes, the short neck close to the 
 thorax only being contracted ; the upper surface also at the neck is depressed. The palpi 
 are not notably elongated, and the apical joints are hut slightly narrowed to the apex and 
 briefly truncated. The third antennal joint is naked and of the same length as the fourth. 
 The thorax is widest a little before the middle and the sides are there slightly angulated ; 
 the anterior angles are prominent, the posterior very obtuse, almost rounded. The tarsi are 
 clothed beneath with long soft hairs, longest on the fourth joint as characteristic of the 
 genus Colpodes. 
 
 B.ah. — Murree. 
 
 41.— Aegutoe, dieeicilis? 
 
 Chaudoir, Enum. Carab. Caucas, p. 136. 
 
 Hah , — A single example of an Argutor, from Sanju, closely alhed to the common 
 European A. strenuus (Panzer). Erom its somewhat larger size, I think it likely to he the 
 species, or variety, above-named. 
 
 42. — Molops pilieeeus. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 718. 
 
 Niger, nitidus ; tJiorace late cor data, post medium^ subsinuatim angustato, angulis posticis 
 rectis; antice juxta marginem lateralem punctis decern longe piliferis Uneatim dispositis : 
 elytris elongato-ovatis, convexis, prope apicem fortiter sinuatis, supra exarato-striatis, 
 striis 7 — 8 valde approximatis, 7ma uninterrupte punctatis, punctis longe piliferis, inter stitiis 
 dorsalihus planis, tertio et quinto apice pilfer o-punctatis. 
 
 Long. 6 — 7 lin. 
 
 Distinguished from all its European congeners by the remarkable row of punctures along 
 the seventh elytral stria, each hearing an extremely long stiff hair : a similar row of hairs ac- 
 companies the lateral margin of the thorax, at the rounded anterior part, and a group of the 
 same is situated near the inner margin of each eye. The general shape of the insect is 
 similar to that of M. elatus ; hut the thorax is more fully rounded anteriorly and more 
 narrowed posteriorly, the hind angles being rectangular and not abruptly prominent. The 
 striae of the elytra are more sharply impressed, not distinctly punctured, and the interstices 
 are plane. 
 
 Rab. — Murree, 
 
 43. — Amaea teivialis. 
 
 Gyllenhal, Fauna Suec. vi, 240. 
 
 Rab. — Two examples : Sind Valley ; agreeing tolerably well with West European speci- 
 mens. 
 
14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 44. — Amara bamidtjny^. 
 
 Bates Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 716. 
 
 A. triviali {Bufts.) affinis. Ovata, subtus viridi-aenea, supra aenea, antennis articuUs 2 
 basalibus mjis, pedibiisnigro-vel aeneo-piceis : thorace quaminK. triviali et A. spreto breviori, 
 basi impunctafo, foveoUs interiori oblonga, exteriori parva obliqua subobsoleta : elytris striis 
 subtilibus, apice hand profundius impressis, distincte punctulatis, interstitiis planis. 
 
 Long. 3^ — 4 lin. 
 
 Partakes of the characters of three species — trivialis^ spreta, and famelica, having the 
 shorter thorax of the last, the basal coloration of antennae of the second, and the size and 
 colouring of the first. But it is distinguished from all by the peculiarly fine striation of the 
 elytra, in which the punctures are generally more conspicuous and broader than the striae 
 themselves. Another character is the less polished surface ; owing to the minute striation, 
 especially of the elytra, even in the male. In matured individuals the undersurface of the breast 
 and epipleurae of the elytra is polished brassy green, the abdomen and femora brassy black. 
 The scutellar stride lies between the first and second striae, arising from near the base of the 
 latter. 
 
 B. ab. — Pamir ; between Sirikol and Panga. A large number of examples. 
 
 45. — Amara ambigena. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 716. 
 
 Breviter ovata, nigro-aenea polita, ventris apice rufo ; palpis, antennis basi, pedihus, 
 elytrorumque epipleuris, rufis, elytris interdum castaneis : thorace brevi, antice gradatim 
 rotundato-angustato, apud basin elytris paulo angustiori, margine basali jiexuoso, angulis 
 posticis subacutis ; foveolis basalibus utrinque dudbus latis, sparsim grosse punctatis ; elytris 
 brevibus, punctulaio-striatis, interstitiis planis : menti dente elongate triangulari sed apice 
 anguste fisso. $ Tibiae posticce intus pauciter pilosce. 
 
 Long. 3^ lin. 
 
 Approaches the genus Leiocnemis, the hind tibiae of the s having only a few soft hairs 
 on their inner edge and the thorax being narrower than the elytra and parallel- sided for a 
 short distance from the base : the facies is also that of Leiocnemis taidarice. The frontal 
 foveae are narrow, deep, and flexuous. The sides of the thorax are explanated gradually after 
 the middle. The elytral striae are fine and equally impressed from base to tip, the scutellar 
 stride being united to the first stria. The sterna are smooth. 
 
 Rob. —Between Tanktze and Chagra, Pangong Valley. 
 
 46. —Leiocnemis himalaica. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 716. 
 
 Elongato-ovata, rufo-picea vel castanea supra aeneo^tincta ; partibus oris, antennis, pedi- 
 b usque Jlavotestaceis ; thorace brevi, transverse, lateribus fere cequaliter arcuatis, antice 
 paulo magis quam postice angustato, angulis posticis obtusis, lateribus paululum explanatis. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 15 
 
 foveoUs hasalihus grosse sparsim punctatis, interiori rotundata^ exth'iwd vage impressa cari- 
 naque ohsoletissima vel nulla : elytris acute et simpliciter striatis, interstitiis plants : corpore 
 subtus Icevi, nitido. 
 
 $ . TibioB intermedicB subtus medio sinuatce, deinde paulo dilatatce et denticulatce. 
 
 Long. 3| lin. 
 
 The rudimentary bidentate undersurface of the middle tibiae of the 3 show a tendency 
 towards the genus Curtonotus, but the facies of the species is totally unlike that group ; 
 the general appearance of the insect being that of a moderately robust Calathus. There 
 is scarcely any trace of the oblique carina at the posterior angles of the thorax, and the sides 
 of the latter form a tolerably regular curve from base to apex, without the slightest sinu- 
 ation near the hind angles. 
 
 Sab . — “ Dras, Kargil, and Leh.” 
 
 47. — Leiocnemis tartaric. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool, Soc. 1878, p. 716. 
 
 Oblongo-ovata, modice convexa, nigra poUta, supra aenescens ; partibus oris, antennis, 
 pedibusque piceo-rujis : thorace valde transverso, lateribus fortiter arcuatis, antice et postice 
 fere cequaliter angustato, angulis posticis distinctis sed obtusis, basi utrinque foveis duabus 
 modice impresses for titer punctatis : elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis plants : prosterni 
 apice late rotimdato, marginato, meso-et metasternis punctatis ; menti dente lato, magno, 
 bifido. 
 
 Long. 3 1 lin. 
 
 The whole surface of the body is polished, beneath black, sometimes piceous and red- 
 dish, with the elytral epipleurse also reddish ; above tinged with greenish-brassy, the elytra 
 sometimes bright brassy-green. The frontal foveae are sharply impressed and linear, as in 
 many other Leiocnemis. The thorax is transverse, distinctly narrower than the elytra, very 
 strongly rounded on the sides, so as to give it an almost rounded appearance ; the widest 
 part is the middle, whence it narrows almost equally towards the apex and the base, the 
 sides joining the base without any sinuation and forming an angle which is more obtuse 
 than rectangular ; the basal fovese are never deep and in some examples scarcely apparent 
 except from their coarse punctuation. 
 
 Sab . — Between Yangi Hissar and Sirikol. 
 
 48. — Leiocnemis frivola. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 717. 
 
 Parva, oblonga, subtus rufo-castanea, supra nigro-aenea, vel aenea, elytris interdum 
 castaneis aeneo-tinctis ; partibus oris, antennis, pedibusque rufotestaceis : foveis frontalibus 
 linearibus extus acute exaratis, antice supra epistomaten continuatis : thorace transversim 
 quadrate lateribus leniter arcuatis ; postice minus quam antice angustato, mox ante basin 
 paullulum sinuato, angulis posticis fere rectis ; foveis basalibus grosse punctatis; elytris 
 punctulato-striatis ; menti dente bifido, piano. 
 
 Long. 2^ lin. 
 
16 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 This small species has the general appearance of a Bradycellus. The thorax at first 
 sight appears quadrate, hut the sides are gently arcuated and just before the hind angle 
 very slightly incurved, so as to make the hind angles rectangular ; but there is some little 
 individual variation in this respect. The frontal fovem are linear and cross the suture to the 
 epistome which they invade for a short distance ; their outer edge (towards the eye) is 
 deepest, and the line is there so sharply incised that their border is vertical, in some lights 
 appearing cariniform. 
 
 Hah. — No locality. Taken in the latter part of the journey; on the Pamir or near 
 Yarkand. 
 
 49. — Amathitis badiola. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 717. 
 
 A. rufescenti {Bej.) proxime offinis, at angiistior, corporeque infra nigro. Oblonga, 
 depressa, subtus nigra, supra capite tlioraceque rufo-castaneis {illo ohscuriori) elytris sub- 
 fusco-badiis, interdum aeneo-nitidis, striis obscurioribus : capite minus elongate, oculis multo 
 minus quam in A. rufescenti prominulis : thorace elytris angustiori, ante mediimi modice 
 rotundato-dilatato, pr ope basin angustato, ibique lateribus obliquis, angulisque posticis vix 
 rectangulis {sed apice acutis) ; basi toto discrete punctate, foveis modice impressis, carinaque 
 vix elevata : elytris punctidato-striatis, interstitiis planis ; corpore subtus nigro-nitido ; 
 pariibus oris, antennis, pedibusque fulvo-testaceis. Menti dente prominulo, triangulari. $ 
 tibiis posticis intus parce breoiter pubescent ibus. 
 
 Long. 4 lin. 
 
 Nearly allied to A. rufescens, hut abundantly distinct. Its smaller head, much less 
 prominent eyes, and relatively smaller thorax, distinguish it at once, independently of the 
 light brown colour of the elytra. The distinct equilateral triangular tooth of the mentum 
 distinguishes it from A. suhplanata of Putzeys, 
 
 Hab. — One of Stoliczka’s latest captures. The majority of the specimens hear no 
 locality ; hut one example clearer in the colour of the elytra is ticketed as from the neigh- 
 bourhood of Sanju. 
 
 50. — Amathitis khenlhnensis. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 717. 
 
 Valde elongatus, modice convexus, pallide ferrugineus, antennis pedibusque graeilibus, 
 illarum articulo tertio cceteris multo longiori : thorace elytris multo angustiori, late cordato, 
 laterihus antice fortiter arcuatis, postice sinuatim angustato, angulis posticis acutis ; supra 
 impunctato, foveis basalibus latis, vagis, carinaque prope angulum indistincte elevata : elytris 
 elongato-ovatis, apice paulo sinuatis, striis Icevibus modice impressis. 
 
 Long. 5 lin. ? . 
 
 A species remarkable for its very slender antennae and long legs, apparently allied to 
 A. longipennis (Chaudoir) and allies from the Altai, none of which I have seen. The mentum 
 is scarcely toothed in the middle of its emargination, and the horny ligula is very broad and 
 truncated at the apex. The anterior tibiae are much dilated and compressed towards the 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 17 
 
 apex, which is armed with only one long spur and is fringed, as well as the outer edge, 
 with short, strong bristles ; the middle and hind tibiae are clothed all round with long, fine 
 bristles. The episterna of the metathorax are elongated. 
 
 Rah . — Neighbourhood of Sanju. 
 
 51. — Bradytus apricarius. 
 
 Carabus apricaritis, Payk., Monogr. Carab. p. 77. 
 
 Amara apricaria, Dej., Spec. Gen. iii, 506. 
 
 Braiytus apricarius, Stephens, 111. Brit. Ent. i, p. 136. 
 
 Rah. — Sind Valley, Dras, Kargil, and Leh : Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. 
 
 The Pamir and Ladakh examples agree closely with the West European form of the 
 common Palsearctic species. One of the Sind Valley specimens is rather more elongate, and 
 is probably the var. parallelus (Chaudoir) from Lenkoran on the Caspian. 
 
 52. — Bradttus compactus. 
 
 Bates, Proc, Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 717. 
 
 Breviter oblong o-ovatus^ latus, suhaeneo-niger^ convexus ; capite hrevti et crasso, ocuUs 
 parum convexis, epistomatis margine antico transversim sulcato ; thorace elytris hand angus- 
 tiori, postice modice angustato, anguUs posticis acutis, foveolis basalibus parvis punctafiSy 
 carinaque ohsoleta : elytris simpliciter striatisy interstitiis planis : palpiSy antennis, pedibusque 
 rufopiceis : episternis parumpunotatis : menti dente magno apice inconspicue emarginato. 
 
 Long. 4 lin. 
 
 Of short, broad, oblong form. Distinguished from all other species by the smooth 
 furrow accompanying the arcuated front margin of the epistome, which itself forms a 
 thickened rim. A further important distinctive character is the absence of the usual carina 
 of the thorax near the hind angles, in the situation of which there is a scarcely perceptible 
 obtuse elevation. The hind angles of the thorax are acute, the arcuated lateral margin 
 being slightly and briefly sinuated just before the angle, and the hind margin being incurved 
 on each side. The elytral striae are not perceptibly punctured. Prosternum with a long 
 smooth longitudinal furrow. Posterior tibiae of the male on the inside with a sparse clothing 
 of soft hairs. 
 
 Rab. — Murree. 
 
 53. — CURTONOTTJS PAMIRENSIS. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 717. 
 
 Elongato-oblongus, angustus, rufo-castaneus, supra olivaceo-aeneusy thoracis elytrorumque 
 marginibus rejlexis, rufescentibus : capite Iwvi, mox pone oculos angustato ; thorace trans- 
 versim quadrato ante basin subfortiter constricto, ibique lateribus parallelis et margine 
 laterali hand interruptOy angulis posticis rentis ; base grosse subsparsim punctate, foveis 
 utrinque linearibus ; elytris striatiSy striis (versus apicem exceptis) punctatis : metasterno et 
 ventri basi sparsim punctatis. 
 
18 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Tihiis intermediis post medium angustatis et acute hreviter bidentatis. 
 
 Long. 4| — 5 lin. 
 
 In form this species is narrow, with remarkably elongate elytra. The undersurface is 
 constantly chestnut-red, together with the epipleurse of the elytra and prosternum, the legs, 
 antennae, parts of the month, epistome, and narrow lateral rims of the elytra and thorax. 
 The rest of the upper surface is dark, hrassy-olivaceous. The thorax is of the same width 
 anteriorly as the elytra, but is much narrowed near the base, nearly as in C. fodince, hut the 
 hind angles do not at all project. The elytral interstices are plane ; the punctuation of the 
 striae is strongest in the striae nearest the suture, and the edges of the interstices are there 
 crenulated ; it disappears towards the apex and becomes very faint towards the sides. 
 
 Mah. — The Pamir Steppe ; between Sirikol and Panga. 
 
 64. — Bembidium (Pertphijs) pamirense. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1878, p. 718. 
 
 Ohlongum, depressum^ capite thoraceque viridi-vel aurato-aeneis, politis, elytris fulvo* 
 testaceis, vitta suturali {ante apicem abhreviata) fasciaque pone medium {interdum quoque 
 margine et apice) aeneo-Juscis ; antennis^ palpis, pedibusque Jlavo-testaceis : thorace breciter 
 cordato, antice fortiter rotundato, anguUs posticis rectis, basi rugato, fovea utrinque profunda 
 carinulaque obliqua : elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis plants . 
 
 Long. lin. 
 
 Of the flattened form of B. andrece, B. femoratum, and allies ; elytra scarcely so elongated 
 and rather more ovate than in B. andrece. Elytral striae sometimes scarcely impressed, the 
 exterior ones much fainter hut visible, all punctate and interstices plane or slightly convex. 
 The apical joints of the antennae and penultimate joint of the maxillary palpi are faint ashy- 
 brown. The dusky cruciform mark on the elytra is very variable and is never very dark or 
 clearly defined. As in the allied species, the sutural border is dilated where the transverse 
 fascia joins it. When the lateral margins are dusky, the colour only covers the marginal 
 interstice. 
 
 jPab. — Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. 
 
 55. — Bembidium (Peryphus) punctulipenne. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. ]878, p. 718. 
 
 Subdepressum, aeneo-nigrum politum, mandibulis piceo-rufis : thorace antice leniter ro- 
 tundato, postice usque ad angidos angustato, his fortiter refiexis, obtusis, margine basali 
 utrinque prope angidum vatde obliquo ; supra basi et margine rugulosis, fovea oblonga : elytris 
 pmictato-striatis, strds 1 — 4 solum impressis, 6 — 7 obsoletis, interstitiis plants, minutissime 
 sparsim punctatis. 
 
 Long, vix 2 lin. 
 
 Distinguished from all the species of the group known to me by the form of the thorax. 
 This member is moderately elongate and subquadrate, widest near its anterior angles, where 
 its sides are gently rounded, and after this narrowing moderately to its hind angles; but the 
 lateral margin near these latter becomes flattened-out and reflexed, and the angle itself 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 19 
 
 (which is obtuse) is a little in advance of the apparent angle, the interval between the two 
 being oblique and curved. The basal fovea lies against the false angle, and the surface 
 between jt and the true angle is convex. The punctuation of the elytral interstices is 
 extremely minute and in a single row ; visible only in certain lights. The species has the 
 general form of the Peryphi allied to atrocoenileum. 
 
 B.ah . — No locality. Most probably the Pamir. 
 
 56. — Bembidium (Peeyphus) tibiale. 
 
 Dufts., Faun, Austr. ii. 209. 
 
 Sab.-rA. single example from Ladak, closely allied to, if not a variety of, this European 
 species. 
 
 57. — Bembidium sp. 
 
 Hah. — A single specimen from Kogyar, in immature condition and indeterminable. It 
 is a Peryphus, with strongly rounded thorax and pale apical spot to elytra. 
 
 58. — Bembidium 4-pustulatum. 
 
 Dej., Spec. Gen. Col. v. p. 186. 
 
 Bah. — Between Yangi Hissar and Sirikol. A single specimen, with much enlarged 
 anterior elytral spot. 
 
 59. — Anthia orientalis. 
 
 Hope, Coleop. Manual ii, p. 163, pi. 6, f. 14. 
 
 Hah. — Jhelam Valley, one example. Agrees with Hope’s description and figure and with 
 Chaudoir’s subsequent description, so far as concerns the depressed elytra and smoother thorax 
 but differs in the anterior spot of the elytra being transverse-oblong. It forms probably 
 another of the numerous local forms of the A. sexguttata. 
 
 60. — MeTABLETUS TARTARUS. 
 
 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 719. 
 
 M. truncatello (Lin.) paullo major ^ magis elongatus^ suhaeneo-niger, nitidus, antenniset 
 pedihus fusco-piceis : thorace quam in M. truncatello postice magis angustato, angulis posticis 
 obtusiorihus, deinde usque ad basin magis obliquis ; elytris elongatis, apice obtuse subsinuatim 
 truncatis, obsolete striatis, impunctatis. 
 
 Long. If lin. 
 
 Closely allied to the European Metabletus truncatellus, but larger and the elytra relative- 
 ly longer. The colour is a little more metallic, and the thorax differs in being more narrowed 
 behind, with the hind angles much more obtuse and the margin thence to the base more 
 
20 
 
 SECOND TAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 oblique. The elytra are equally smooth, sometimes only the sutural stria is visible, and in 
 all examples this stria is the only one sharply impressed, most so towards the apex. 
 
 Hab . — Between Yangi Hissar and Sirikol. One example, much the most feebly striated, 
 Sind Valley. 
 
 61. — Ctmindis glabrella. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 719. 
 
 C. andrese {Menetr.) affinis ; at gracilior, oculis minus prominuUs, elytrisque fusco-casta- 
 neis, jlavomarginatis. Gracilis^ glaberrima, castaneo-rufa, abdominis margine picescent% 
 capite obscuriori, partibus oris, antennis,pedibus, elytrorumque margine fulvo-testaceis : capite 
 angusto, sparsim punctulato : tliorace capite hand latiori, anguste cordato lateribus postice 
 leniter sinuatis angulis posticis fere rotundatis, spar sissime punctulato : elytris basin versus 
 angustatis, humeris rotundatis, subpunctulato-striatis, interstitiis sparsim punctulatis : palpis 
 labialibus apice modice dilatatis, triangularibus. 
 
 Long. 4 — 4|- lin. 
 
 Allied to C. andrem. Upper surface naked and shining, labial palpi moderately dilated, 
 triangular. Eyes scarcely prominent, and punctuation of the whole upper surface very sparse 
 and minute. General colour castaneous, but the thorax redder and the head slightly darker, 
 the margins of the elytra (extending to the 8th striae) are pale testaceous-fulvus, the ante- 
 nnae, legs, and parts of the mouth being of a similar hue. 
 
 The species seems to be closely allied to C. pallidula (Chaudoir) from Lenkoran ; but in 
 that species the elytra are not wider at the base than the base of the thorax; in C. glabrella 
 they are (taken together) nearly double the width. 
 
 Hab. — Ladak. 
 
 62. — Cymindis mannerheimii. 
 
 Gebler, Bull. Acad. Petrop. 1843, 1. p. 36. 
 
 Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1850 ; Suppl. Panne Carab. d. 1. Russie, p. 22. 
 
 Sab. — Pamir; between Sirikol and Panga : also the Pangong Valley and between Dras 
 and Leh. By the Russian entomologists recorded as from the Tarbagatai Eange. The elvtral 
 interstices are of equal breadth and punctured each in more than one row. The Pangong 
 specimens are generally more shining in colour and with more convex and more strongly 
 punctured elytral interstices ; ‘^—rufipes, Gebler. 
 
 63. — Cymindis altaica. 
 
 Gebler, Bull. Mosc. 1833, p. 264 ; id., 1847, p. 276. 
 
 Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1850 ; Suppl. Faune Carab. d. 1. Russie, p. 21. 
 
 Mab. — Between Dras and Leh ; one example agreeing with the description given of the 
 elytra by Baron Chaudoir, 1. c., viz., alternate interstices narrower and with one row only of 
 punctures. 
 
COLEOPTEEA. 
 
 21 
 
 64. — Cyminuis sp. 
 
 Hab , — One specimen from the route between Leh and Yarkand ; without legs and ap- 
 parently immature. 
 
 LONGICOBNIA. 
 
 1. — Peionus coeptjlentus. 
 
 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 720. 
 
 Magnus^ elongatus, nigro-castaneus, supra omnino coriaceus vix nitidus : thorace parvo, 
 utrinque acute trispinoso : elytris basin versus parallelis, compressis, deinde modice dilatato- 
 rotundatis qpice late obtusis, utrinque lineis elevatis trihus vix conspicuis : pectore toto dense 
 fulvo hirto ; abdomine politissimo : antennis 12-articulatis grosse punctatis, articulis 3 — 11 
 serratis, 5 — 12 apice foveo porosa,8 — 12 irregulariter strigosis. ? . 
 
 Long. 2 unc. 
 
 Eemarkahle for the great length and hulk of the after-hody (including the elytra) 
 relatively to the head and thorax. The palpi are also longer, and their apical joint less dilated 
 than in other species. The posterior thoracic angle is rather more produced and spinif orm than 
 in P. asiaticus (Palderm.), making the lateral armature 3-spinose; the middle spine is very long 
 and acute. The thorax is narrow as well as short, and is coarsely sculptured, with the excep- 
 tion of a discoidal convex area, which is more sparsely punctured ; anteriorly the thorax is 
 rather abruptly declivous. The elytra are throughout vermiculate-rugose, without mixture of 
 punctures. The legs are long and compressed, and the tarsi, especially the claw-joint, remark- 
 ably long. 
 
 Murree. Two examples, ? . 
 
 2. — Hespeeophanes ceibeicollis. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 720. 
 
 Cylindricus,fulvus,pilis incumbentibus cinereo-fulvis, apud elytros maculatim, vestitus ; 
 thorace rotundato, elytris multo angustiori, maquali, lateribus medio subtuberoso, supra 
 crebre alveolato-punctatis : scutello cinereo ; elytris omnino discrete punctatis baud conspicue 
 bicarinatis, apice gradatim angustatis, subacuminatis. 
 
 Long. 8 — 9 lin. 
 
 Closely allied to the European R. griseus, but distinguished by its smaller and more 
 coarsely reticulate-punctate thorax, and by the elytra tapering towards the apex causing the 
 sutural angle to be very acute. The fourth antennal joint is only a little shorter than the 
 third and the fifth. The tawny-gray, laid pubescence is very even on the antennae, the whole 
 undersurface, and the legs. 
 
 Rah. — Murree. 
 
 TRINOPHTLUM, nov. gen. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 720. 
 
 Gen. Hesperophanes affine, sed femoribus abrupte clavatis, oculisque minus forte granu- 
 laiis. Corpus elongatum, suhdepressum, breviter suberecte pubescens, crebre punctatum. 
 
22 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Caput brevissimum palpis parvissimis. Thorax rohindatus, inermis. Elytra apice obtusa. 
 Acetabula antica extus hand elongata. Frost ernum angustum : mesosternum latum, subcon- 
 vexum. Antennce jili formes, corpore paullo breviores, articulo 4 to paullo obbremato. 
 
 The facettes of the eyes are intermediate in size between those of the Eesperophanince 
 and the CallidiincB. The structure of the sterna and acetabula is very similar to that of the 
 genus Zamium ; but the clavate femora resemble those of Callidium and allied genera. 
 The scarcely elevated antenniferous tubercles are again those of Zamium rather than Ees^ 
 perophanes, 
 
 3. — Teinophtliim cbibeatum. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 720. 
 
 Castaneo-fuscum, subnitidum, omnino suberecte fusco-pubescens, crehre sed discrete punc- 
 tatum : thorace supra antice et postice paidlo depresso, linea dorsali Icevi : elytris lineis dua~ 
 bus indistinctis Icevihus. 
 
 Long. 6| lin. 
 
 The general colour is brownish-chestnut, and shining, notwithstanding the rather close 
 slantingly-erect pubescence with which the whole body is clothed : the underside, antenna, 
 and legs are of a lighter and more reddish hue. The thorax has regularly rounded sides and 
 is but slightly unequal on its upper surface. 
 
 JELab. — Murree, Two specimens. 
 
 4. — LePTUEA EUBEIOLA, 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc.'1878, p. 720. 
 
 L. sanguinolentse {Lin.) afflnis. Nigra, subtus sparsim fulvo-pilusa, thoracis plaga 
 magna discoidea elytrisque rufo-opacis : capite et thorace crebre reticulato-pmnctutis, illo id 
 in L. sanguinolenta paullo post oculos subito et fortiter constricto t thorace medio hand con- 
 spicue dilatato modice convexo, angulis posticis modice productis .* elytris sub-crebre punctu- 
 latis, apice recte truncatis, angulisque breviter dentatis $ . 
 
 Long 7 lin. ? . 
 
 Closely allied to the European L. sanguinolenta, differing (?) in the upper surface of 
 the thorax being dark red like the elytra; a narrow anterior border and a spot in the middle 
 of the hind border, like the whole undersurface, black : the surface of the thorax and elytra 
 is clothed with a short erect pubescence. The elytra are wholly red, without a trace of 
 black. 
 
 $ . Tak n in the same locality are two $ examples, which probably belong to this 
 species : they are 5,^ lines long. One is wholly black, and the other has the basal half (and a 
 little more) rufo-testaceous, the rest black. 
 
 llah. — Murree. 
 
 5.— Clytanthus ignobilis. 
 
 Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 721. 
 
 Cl. 4-punctato (i^.) proxime affinis. Nigro-fuscus^ tomento cinereo-Jlavo restilus, elytris 
 utrinque niaculis 5 nigris, quam in Cl. 4-punctato majoribus, scilicet f curvata post scutellum, 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 23 
 
 1 parm humpralU 1 antico^discoidall, 1 mediana mojori transversa^ et 1 huic proxima longi- 
 tvdiuali ohlonga. 
 
 Long. 6 lin. 
 
 Very closely allied to the Mediterranean Cl. 4-punctatus (F.), the only apparent difPer- 
 ence being the larger size of the dark elytral spots. The thorax, however, appears to be a 
 little more cylindrical and less convex both above and on the sides, and is furnished with 
 a number of large scattered punctures (besides the close general punctuation), most conspi- 
 cuous on the sides. The spot behind the transverse median spot of the elytra is further 
 removed from the apex than in Cl. 4-punctatus. 
 
 Rah . — Miirree. Two examples. 
 
 Explanation op the Plate. 
 
 Geodephaga. 
 
 Fig. 1. Harpalus cmrnleaf.tis. 
 
 2. „ liodes. 
 
 3, „ indicola. 
 
 4). „ melaneus. 
 
 6. „ masoredldes. 
 
 R. Dichiroirichus alticola. 
 
 7. Colpodes ovaliceps. 
 
 8. Cicindela stoliczkana. 
 
 9. Hypsineplms ellipiicus. 
 
 10. Amathitis hienlunensis, 
 
 11. „ badiola. 
 
 12. Molops piliferus. 
 
 13. Car aims stollczlcanus. 
 
 14. Leiocnemis iartarice. 
 
 15. Curtonoius pamirensis. 
 
 Ifi. Ancliomenus polUissimns. 
 
 17. Cymindis glabrella. 
 
 Longicoknia. 
 
 18. Prionns corpulentus. 
 
 19. Trinophylum cribralunu 
 
 20. Clytanthus ignobilis. 
 
 21. Leptura rubriola, $ ? 
 
 22. „ V ? • 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 25 
 
 PHYTOPHAGA. 
 
 By JOSEPH S. BALY, E.L.S. 
 
 The Phytophagous Coleoptera collected by Dr. Stoliczka, although few in number, and 
 containing no striking novelties, are extremely interesting in relation to geographical distribu- 
 tion. The 25 species contained in the collection belong to no less than 21 genera, out of 
 which Nodostoma, Enneamera, CJiarosa, Macrima, Mimastra, Merista^ tmA Leptorthra (one- 
 third of the whole) are exclusively Asiatic ; Earia has its metropolis in America, but is spar- 
 ingly represented in Japan, China, and Eastern Siberia; Luperodes is largely spread through- 
 out the Asiatic continent, and is also found (according to v. Harold, whose accuracy cannot 
 be doubted) in South America and Abyssinia ; of the twelve others, five are cosmopolitan, 
 and the rest occur abundantly in Europe. Out of the 25 species, one only, Elagiodera versico- 
 lora^ Laich. {armoracicB, Auct.), is found in Europe ; seven, Lema coromandeliana, Clytra 
 palliata, Enneamera variahilis, Galleruca indica, Gallerucella placida, Merista interrupta^ 
 and Leptarthra collaris, occur in various parts of British India ; two, Ealtica ccerulescens and 
 E. viridicyanea^ have been described by myself from Japan ; and one Chrysomela angelica^ 
 Reiche, is not uncommon in Syria ; the fourteen others have not as yet been found in any 
 other locality, and seventeen species are described for the first time in the present paper. 
 
 1. — Lema. coromandeliana, Eabr., var. pr^usta. 
 
 Crioceris prtBusta, Fabr., Ent. Syst. i, 2, p. 8 ; Lema prceusta, Lac., Mon. Phyt. i, p. 310. 
 
 Eab. — Jhelam Valley. A single specimen. 
 
 2. — Clytra palliata. 
 
 Clythr a palliata, Fabr., Syst. El. ii, p. 30. 
 
 Mah . — Jhelam Valley ; also various parts of India. 
 
 3. — COPTOCEPHALA DUBIA. 
 
 Baly, Cyst. Ent. ii. 1875-82, p. 370. 
 
 Suhelongata, suhcylindrica, nitida, suhtus nigra, argenteo sericea, prothorace pedibnsque 
 fulvis; supra fulm, capitis mrticenigro ; thorace Icevi ; scutello piceo ; elytris tenuiter punc- 
 tatis, fascia, communi baseos, extrorsum abbreviatd, alterdque vix pone medium nigris. 
 
 Long. 2^ lin. 
 
 Vertex black, impunctate, lower face fulvous, a ray of the same colour extending upwards 
 on the vertex ; front deeply excavated between the eyes, irregularly punctured ; anterior 
 
26 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 margin of clypens concave-emarginate. Thorax rather more than twice as broad as long ; 
 sides rounded, converging from behind the middle to the apex ; the anterior angles obtuse, the 
 hinder ones rounded ; disc transversely convex, shining, impunctate, excavated on either side 
 near the lateral margin. Scutellum trigonate, piceous. Elytra scarcely broader than the 
 thorax, parallel, very finely punctured ; the black markings on their surface extend from the 
 base nearly to the middle of the disc, and again from the middle itself nearly to the apex, 
 leaving only an irregular flavous transverse hand across the middle, which sends a narrow 
 ramus along the suture nearly to the base. 
 
 Hab. — Murree. 
 
 4. — COPTOCEPHALA DIMIDIATIPENNIS. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 371. 
 
 Suhelongata, subcylindrica, flava, nitida, corpore inferiori^ capite, elytrorumque limbo 
 injlexo, fulvo hirsuUs, thorace Icevi ; elytris tenuiter punctatis, nigris, a basi ad paulo ante 
 medium jlavis. 
 
 Long. 3 — 3^ lin. 
 
 Head clothed with long, erect hairs, minutely punctured ; clypeus not separated from the 
 face, its anterior margin angulate-emarginate ; apex of jaws black ; antennse equal in length 
 to the head and thorax, the basal joint thickened, pyriform, the second also thickened, short, 
 nodose, the third small, not longer than the second, the fourth trigonate, scarcely longer than 
 the third, the rest to the apex dilated, the fifth to the ninth transversely trigonate, the tenth 
 and eleventh ovate ; eyes large, oval, notched on the inner margin. Thorax nearly three times 
 as broad as long ; sides obtusely rounded, slightly converging in front, the hinder angles 
 rounded, the anterior ones very obtuse ; basal margin sinuate on either side the median lobe, 
 the latter slightly reflexed, very obtusely rounded ; upper surface transversely convex, remotely 
 and very minutely punctured, a concave transverse space on and immediately in front of the 
 basal lobe, coarsely and closely punctured. Scutellum longer than broad, subtrigonate, its 
 apex obtuse. Elytra scarcely broader than the thorax at the base, slightly dilated posteriorly, 
 convex, rather distantly and finely punctured. Body beneath and legs clothed with long, 
 erect fulvous hairs. 
 
 I possess two specimens of this species, both labelled India, but without precise locality ; 
 in one of them the head is more coarsely punctured and suhrugose, in all other respects it 
 agrees with the type. 
 
 Bab . — Jhelam Valley ; also India, my collection. 
 
 5. — Crtptocephalps inteejectijs. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 372. 
 
 Elongato-oblongus oblongus S, convexus, nitidus, snljhis niger, pedibus nigro-pieeis ; 
 supra jlavus, capite hie illic paree fortiter pimctato, f route sulco longitudinali impresso ; ver- 
 tice, maculis duabus inter oculos, labro, antennisque nigris, his basi, sulco longitudinali, mandi- 
 bulisque piceis ; thorace Icevi, limbo angusto et utinnque macula subrotundatd nigris ; scutello 
 subcordato, nigro ; elylris jortiter punctato-striatis, punctis piceis, apicem versus minus 
 
COLEOPTEIIA. 27 
 
 fortiter inipressis ; interspatiis convexis, transversim rugulosis ; utrisque limbo angusto^ extern 
 no ante medium excepto, macuUsque quinque 2, 2, 1 dispositls nigris. 
 
 Long. 2| lin. 
 
 Var. A. Fygidio corporeque subtus Jlavis, illo macula cuneiformi, pectore, abdominisque 
 disco nigris. 
 
 Var. B. Corpore nigro, antennarum basi, clypeo, faciei signaturis, tJioracisque lined 
 longitudinali sordide flams. 
 
 Head rather coarsely but not closely punctured, the puncturing varying in degree in 
 different individuals ; front impressed with a distinct longitudinal groove ; clypeus broader 
 than long, trigonate ; antennae three-fourths the length of the body in the ? , rather longer 
 in the $ , the three lower joints pale piceous, the rest black. Thorax rather more than twice 
 as broad as long at the base ; sides moderately rounded and obliquely converging from base 
 to apex ; basal margin concave-emarginate on either side, the outer angles produced back- 
 wards, acute ; above convex, minutely but not closely punctured. Elytra slightly broader than 
 the thorax, oblong- quadrate, convex, rather strongly punctate-striate, the punctures piceous, 
 finer, and less strongly impressed towards the apex ; interspaces faintly but distinctly convex, 
 transversely wrinkled ; each elytron with the extreme outer limb (interrupted on the lateral 
 margin before its middle) and five large patches black ; these spots are arranged as follows : 
 two transversely below the base, the outer one oblong, covering the humeral callus and 
 attached to the basal margin, the inner one subrotundate, placed on the inner disc ; two just 
 below the middle also placed transversely, both subrotundate, the outer one usually attached 
 to the lateral margin ; and, lastly, one apical, transversely oblong, either free or attached to 
 the apical border ; these patches are often more or less confluent, and occasionally, as in 
 var. B, cover the entire surface of the elytron. Pygidium and body beneath clothed with 
 griseous hairs. Apical margin of prosternum obliquely produced, deflexed, slightly emar- 
 ginate, the hinder margin concave, armed on either side with a deflexed, obtuse tooth ; 
 mesosternum transverse, its apical border angulate-emarginate. Apical segment of abdo- 
 men in the $ impressed with a shallow fovea ; the same segment in the ? deeply excavated, 
 the fovea large, rotundate. Basal joint of the four anterior tarsi in the <J dilated, elongate- 
 ovate, longer than the following two united. 
 
 The form of the prosternum will separate this species from any nearly allied species. 
 
 BLab, — Murree. 
 
 6. — Nodostoma concinnicolle. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii., 1871—85, p. 373. 
 
 Oblong o-ovatum, convexum, pallide piceum, niiidum, pedibus antennisque fulvis ; thorace 
 transverso, lateribus ante basin acute angulatis, disco crebre foveolato-punctato ; elytris 
 nigris, fortiter punctato-striatis, interspatiis plants. 
 
 Long. 2 lin. 
 
 Var. A. Elytris piceofulvis, punctis piceis. 
 
 Head coarsely and deeply punctured, the punctures on the extreme vertex crowded ; 
 clypeus not distinctly separated from the face; antennae slender, filiform, the second joint 
 
28 
 
 SECOND TAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 ovate, three-fourths the length of the third, the latter two-thirds the length of the fourth. 
 Thorax more than twice as hroad as long ; sides abruptly diverging and acutely angled just 
 in front of the base, thence obliquely converging to the apex, just before reaching the latter 
 abruptly incurved, the apical angle obtuse, the hinder one armed with a lateral tooth ; disc 
 closely covered with large, round, deeply-impressed punctures ; on either side are a few short, 
 suherect griseous hairs. Scutellum longer than hroad, cuneiform, its apex obtusely ungu- 
 late. Elytra convex, transversely depressed below the basilar space, strongly punctate- 
 striate ; on the transverse depression, and also below the shoulder, the puncturing is confused ; 
 interspaces plane, irregularly wrinkled on the sub-hasilar depression. All the thighs armed 
 beneath with an acute tooth. 
 
 Hub . — Jhelam Valley. 
 
 7 . — Nodostoma plagiosum. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii„ 1875—82, p. 373. 
 
 Oblongo-matum, piceum, nUidum, pedibns antenmsque piceofulvis, his extrorsum piceis ; 
 thorace profunde et crebre pmictato, lateribus pone medium obtuse angulatis ; elytris fortiter 
 punctato striatis, striis apicem versus fere dele tis ; sordide fulvis, limbo angnsto, striarum 
 punctis et utrinque plagd irregulari mognd, a basi ad paulo pone medium extensd, ad mar- 
 ginem lateralem afjixd^ piceis. 
 
 Long. 1^ lin. 
 
 Vertex and front suh-remotely punctured ; clypeus coarsely and irregularly punctured, 
 not distinctly separated from the upper face, its anterior border deeply excavate-emarginate, 
 the emargination produced and forming two sub-acute teeth ; lahrum fulvous ; antennae 
 slender, filiform, the second and third joints nearly equal in length, the fourth very slightly 
 longer than the third, four or five lower joints obscure fulvous, the rest piceous. Thorax 
 nearly twice as hroad as long ; sides diverging at the base, obtusely angled behind the middle, 
 thence obliquely converging and very slightly rounded to the apex ; disc transversely convex, 
 very coarsely and deeply punctured. Elytra oblong, sub-acutely rounded at the apex, convex^ 
 strongly punctate-striate, the punctures near the apex much finer and nearly obsolete, inter- 
 spaces plane, impunctate ; the irregularly piceous patch on each elytron covers the outer disc 
 (the humeral callus excepted) and extends from the base to just below the middle of the 
 disc. All the thighs armed beneath with a small tooth. 
 
 Kab. — Murree. A single specimen, also India, without precise locality, my collection. 
 
 8. — Paria cuprescens. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii., 1875-82, p. 374. 
 
 Anguste ovata, snbtus cum capite picea, pedibus antennarumque basi pallidis ; supra 
 cuprca, thorace stib-conico, vage punctate ; elytris regulariter punctatostriatis^ interspatiis 
 planis, impunctatis. 
 
 Long. 1:^ lin. 
 
 Vertex swollen, shining, impunctate ; clypeus transverse, its anterior border emarginate ; 
 antennte, rather more than half the length of the body, piceous, the two lower joints paler. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 29 
 
 Thorax broader than long at the base ; sides straight and obliquely converging from base 
 to apex, the hinder angles very acute ; basal margin oblique on either side, the median lobe 
 obtusely rounded ; disc subcylindrical, impressed, but not closely, with very shallow punc. 
 tures. Elytra ovate, attenuated at the apex, regularly punctate-striate, the interspaces plane, 
 each impressed with an irregular row of minute punctures ; humeral callus thickened. 
 
 Hab . — Jhelam Valley. 
 
 9. — Plagiodera versicoloka. 
 
 Chrysomela versicolora, Laicharting, Verz. Tyrol. Ins. i, p. 148 (1781). 
 
 Chrysomela armoracicc. — Fabr. 
 
 Sab . — Jhelam Valley. 
 
 10. — Chrysomela afgelica. 
 
 Chrysomela angelica, Reiche, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1858, p. 33, tab. i., fig. 8 ; Fairm., 1. c. 1865, p. 80. 
 
 jBTaJ.— Sind Valley; also Syria. I do not detect the slightest difference between 
 specimens brought from Syria and those contained in the present collection. 
 
 11. — Phratora abdominalis. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii., 1875—82, p. 375. 
 
 Elovgata, parallela, nigro-aenea aut nigrO’Cyanea, nitida, pedibus abdomineque nigro- 
 piceis, hujus segmentis ultimis duobus piceo-fulvis ; tliorace transverso, sat fortiter iy-re- 
 gulariter punctato, utrinque leviter rugoso ; elytris tliorace latioribus, parallelis, sat fortiter 
 punctatis, punctis subseriatim dispositis, interspatiis planis, subremote^ tenuiter punctatis, 
 infra callum humeralem transversim rugulosis. 
 
 Long. 2| — 3 lin. 
 
 Head short, transverse ; vertex impressed, but not very closely, with large deep punctures, 
 lower face more closely, but less coarsely, punctured than the vertex, sub-rugulose; in the 
 middle, between the encarpge, is a short longitudinal sulcation, which extends upwards from the 
 apex of the clypeus ; the latter depressed, broader than long, its upper margin obtusely angulate, 
 its surface closely punctured, subrugose ; antennae scarcely more than half the length of the 
 body, filiform, slightly thickened towards the apex, the basal joint thickened, the second 
 slender, equal in length to the first and also to the fourth joints, but slightly shorter than the 
 third ; two lower joints fulvous, stained above with piceous, the third to the sixth obscure 
 piceous, the five others slightly thickened, black. Thorax nearly one half broader than long ; 
 sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to the middle, thence obliquely converging 
 to the apex, the hinder angles produced laterally into a large acute tooth, the anterior ones 
 subacute; apical margin concg,ve; upper surface irregularly punctured, the interspaces 
 smooth and shining on the middle disc, finely rugulose on the sides. Elytra broader than 
 
so 
 
 . SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 the thorax, parallel, rather strongly punctured, the punctures arranged irregularly in ill- 
 defined longitudinal rows, which, on the inner disc below the middle, approximate in pairs ; 
 interspaces plane, sparingly and very minutely punctured on the anterior disc, rugulose on 
 the outer one below the humeral callus. Basal joint of anterior tarsus dilated, suhcordate. 
 
 Hab. — Murree. 
 
 12. — Haltica ccertjlescens. 
 
 Haltica ccerulescens, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 190. 
 
 Sab. — Murree; also China and Japan. 
 
 13. — Haltica viridictanea. 
 
 Haltica viridicyanea, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 191. 
 
 Hab . — Sind Valley, apparently common. I possess this species from Japan ; it is prob- 
 ably found in the intermediate localities. 
 
 14. — Enneamera variabilis. 
 
 IdonartJira variahilis, Baly, Joum. of Entom, i, p. 456, tab. 21, fig. 1. 
 
 Hab. — Murree. This species is also found in Northern India. 
 
 Charcea, n. gen. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 376. 
 
 Corpus elongato-ovatum. Caput exserhim, facie perpendiculari ; oculis rotundatis 
 integris, prominentibus ; encarpis tranversis, contiguis ; carina oblongo-elongatd, apice, 
 acuta ; antennis filiformibus. Thorax transversus, dorso modice convexus. Elytra tliorace 
 latiora, confuse punctata, limbo inflexo fere ad apicem extenso. Pedes, femoribus posticis 
 non incrassatis ; tibiis simplidbus, apice spina acuta armatis ; ioxs,\s, posticis articulo basali 
 sequentibus tribus longitudine fere cequanti, unguiculis appendiculatis. Prosternum angustum, 
 coxis/ere cequialtuni ; acetahulis anticis apertis. 
 
 This genus at first sight bears in its facies a strong resemblance to A'pUhora, hut the 
 slender hinder thighs at once separate it and place it amongst the Gallerucinse. 
 
 15. — Charcea flaviventris. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 376. 
 
 Elongato-ovata, convexa, subtus picea, aeneotincta, abdomine flavo ; supra viridi-cyanea^ 
 antennis nigris ; tliorace lateribus rotundatis, disco Icevi, modice convexo ; elytris tenuiter 
 confuse punctatis. 
 
 Long. 1| lin. 
 
 Vertex and front shining, impunctate ; encarpae transverse, contiguous ; antennae half the 
 length of the body, second and third joints equal, the fourth nearly twice the length of 
 
COLEOPTEEA. 
 
 31 
 
 the third ; three loirer joints nigro-piceous, stained with aeneons, the rest black. Thorax 
 broader than long ; sides converging from the middle towards the base ; the anterior angles 
 slightly produced, obtuse, the hinder ones rounded, armed with a very small acute tooth ; 
 disc moderately convex, very minutely punctured, the punctures only visible under a very 
 strong lens. Scutellum trigonate. Elytra broader than the thorax, parallel, finely but not 
 closely punctured, the interspaces obsoletely wrinkled. 
 
 Hab. — Murree. 
 
 Macrima, n. gen. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Eat. ii, 1875—82, p. 377. 
 
 Corpus anguste ohlongnm, convexum. Caput exsertum ; antennis filiformibus, articulo 
 primo duobus seguentibm conjunctis (squali, his brevibuSy longitudine fere cequalibus ; oculis 
 sub-rotundatis, prominentibus ; encarpis medio contiguis ; carina obsoletd ; palpis maxillaribus 
 articnlis diiobus ultimis conjunctim anguste ovatiSy ultimo apice acuto. Thorax transversus, 
 disco leviter excavatus. Scutellum trigonatum. Elytra thorace latiora, oblonga, confuse 
 punctatuy limbo inflexo fere integro, concavo. Pedes mediocres, coxis anticis elevatis, obtri- 
 gonatiSy contiguis ; tibiis apice mucronatis ; tarsis posticis articulo primo tribus sequentibus 
 fere cequilongo ; unguiculis appendiculatis. Prosternum medio angustissimum ; acetabulis 
 anticis integris ; episternis posticis a basi ad apicem angustatis. Type, Macrima armata. 
 
 Macrima may be separated from Aulacophoruy which genus it strongly resembles in 
 outward form, by the closed anterior acetabula and by the appendiculated claws. 
 
 16 .— Macrima armata. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 377. 
 
 Anguste oblong ay convexUy pallide flavay subnitida, pectorey abdominis segmentis anticis 
 tribus basiy scutelloque nigris ; thorace tenuiter punctatOy utrinque leviter excavato ; elytris 
 distincte subcrebre punctatis, punctis pallide fuscis, utrisque super marginem basalem nigro 
 maculatis. 
 
 Long. 3^ lin. 
 
 S . Facie tridentatdy dente intermedio compresso, nigrOy apice defexo ; clypeo utrinque ad 
 apicem foveolato. 
 
 ? . Facie tridenlatdy dente intermedio non compressoy apice acuto. 
 
 Head exserted ; vertex smooth, impunctate ; face excavated between the eyes, clothed 
 with hairs, tridentate, the middle tooth compressed and deflexed in the s , conical in the ? ; 
 clypeus transverse, impressed at the apex on either side in the S with a deep fovea; apex 
 of jaws nigro-piceous ; antennae slender, clothed with coarse suberect hairs, second and third 
 joints nearly equal in the S , the third one-half longer than the second in the $ . Thorax 
 about three times as broad as long ; sides parallel and slightly sinuate behind the middle, 
 obliquely converging from the middle to the apex, the anterior angles slightly produeed 
 
32 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 obtuse, the hinder ones obtusely ungulate ; upper surface moderately convex, the lateral 
 margin rather broadly reflexed, disc irregularly excavated; finely but not very closely 
 punctured, interspaces minutely granulose-strigose. Scutellum trigonate, shining black. 
 Elytra broader than the thorax, oblong, moderately convex, faintly excavated below the 
 basilar space, more strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctures pale fuscous. 
 
 Sab. — Jhelam Valley. 
 
 17. — Mimastra gracilis. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875-82, p. 378. 
 
 Elo7igata, attenuata, pallide flava, nitida, antennis {hasi exceptis) fuscis, oculis nigris, 
 genubus tarsisque piceis ; thorace h^ansverso, basi emargiuato, disco wregulaidter excavator 
 lateidbus late margmatis, ante medium angulatis, elytris pa^^allelis, tenuiter punctatis. 
 
 Long. 3 lin. 
 
 Head strongly exserted ; encarpse and clypeus thickened, the former bounded above by a 
 transverse groove, trigonate, contiguous for their whole length ; antennae very slender, fili- 
 form, nearly equal to the body in length, second joint about half the length of the basal one, 
 nearly a third shorter than the third ; three basal joints pale flavous, the rest pale fuscous. 
 Thorax transverse ; sides broadly margined, nearly parallel, distinctly angled just beyond the 
 middle, thence obliquely converging to the apex ; disc broadly and irregularly excavated, 
 impunctate. Scutellum trigonate. Elytra broader than the thorax, parallel, elongate ; disc 
 very minutely punctured, very faintly wrinkled. Outer edge of knees, together with the 
 tarsi, pale piceous. 
 
 Sab. — Murree. 
 
 18. — Agelastica orientalis. 
 
 Balj, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 379. 
 
 Elongato-ovato, convexa, metallico-ccerulea^ nitida^ antennis nigris\ thorace elytrisque 
 creh^e punctatis, illo later ibus rotundatis. 
 
 Long. 3^ — 4 lin. 
 
 Encarpte and clypeus thickened, the former pyriform, contiguous, separated from the 
 front by a deep transverse groove ; antennte filiform, half the length of the body, the second 
 joint short, the third one-half longer than the second, more than half the length of the 
 fourth. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long ; sides rounded, slightly converging in 
 front ; the hinder angles rounded, the anterior ones obtuse ; disc closely punctured. Scutel- 
 lum trigonate, shining, impunctate. Elytra rather broader than the thorax, oblong, closely 
 punctured. 
 
 Sab. — Neighbourhood of Sanju, apparently common. 
 
 Closely allied to A. ccerulea, it may be known from that insect by the relative lengths 
 of the second and third joints of the antennae. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 33 
 
 19. — MaLACOSOMA I'LAVIVENTRE. 
 
 Balj, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875-82, p. 379. 
 
 Elongatum, convexum^ obscure viridi-aeneum, nitidum, abdomine Jlavo, antennis ( basi 
 exceptis ) nigris ; tJiorace transverso, minute, subremote punctato ; elytris oblongis, infra 
 basin transversim excaratis, tenuiter punctatis. 
 
 Long. 4 lin. 
 
 Head trigonate ; vertex and front smooth, impunctate, the latter separated from the 
 encarpse by a deep groove; encarpae transverse, contiguous above, separated below by the 
 narrow wedge-shaped carina, the surface of which is coarsely punctured ; antennae more than 
 half the length of the body, moderately robust, filiform, the second joint short, the third 
 twice the length of the second, the fourth about one-third longer than the preceding one. 
 Thorax about one-half as broad again as long ; sides moderately rounded, the anterior angles 
 armed with an obtuse tubercle, the hinder ones acute ; disc moderately convex, finely but 
 rather distantly punctured ; lateral margin reflexed. Scutellum smooth, impunctate. Elytra 
 much broader than the thorax, oblong, convex, transversely excavated below the basilar 
 space, the latter slightly elevated ; surface finely but not very closely punctured, very spar- 
 ingly clothed with short hairs : on the apical half of each elytron is a number of broad, 
 ill-defined, longitudinal sulcations. Abdomen flavous, the apex of the terminal segment 
 emarginate. 
 
 Eab. — Murree. 
 
 20. — Ltjperodes ertthrocephala. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. 1875—82, p. 380, 
 
 Anguste oblongo-ovata, conrexa, nigra, nitida, capite rufo-testaceo, ore, antennis, pedi- 
 busque piceis ; thorace crebre punctato, disco utrinque leviter transversim excavato ; elytris 
 sat crebre punctatis. 
 
 Long, 2 lin. 
 
 Head exserted, vertex and front shining, impunctate ; encarpse transverse, contiguous ; 
 lahrum piceous ; jaws and palpi rufo-piceous ; antennse filiform, three-fourths the length of 
 the body, second and third joints short, conjointly about equal in length to the first. Thorax 
 twice as broad as long; sides rounded, slightly converging at the base; all the angles distinct, 
 the anterior thickened, suh-tuberculate ; disc closely punctured, distinctly excavated on 
 either side. Elytra oblong, less closely punctured than the thorax. 
 
 Hab. — Murree. 
 
 21. — Galleruca vittatipennis. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 380. 
 
 Elongato-oblonga, convexa, nigro-picea aut nigra, nitida, vertice rufo-piceo, abdominis 
 segmentorum margine apicali pallide rufo-piceo ; thorace excavato, rude foveolato ; elytris 
 abdomine multo brevioribus, fortiter substriatim punctatis, sordide fulvis, utrisque tinea 
 
 E 
 
34 
 
 SECOND YAKKAND MISSION. 
 
 suturali elevatd, vittisque elevatis quatuor, utrinque ahbreviatis, \md et Ma, 2dd et Slid 
 apice per paria conjunciis, nigro-piceis instructis. 
 
 Long. 4| lin. 
 
 Head sub-rotundate, vertex and front deeply and coarsely foveolate-punctate, impressed 
 in the middle with a deep longitudinal groove, which extends downwards between the en- 
 carpse as far as the apex of the clypeus, where it terminates in a triangular fovea ; encarpse 
 thickened, trigonate, smooth, impunctate; clypeus very short, thickened and forming a 
 transverse ridge, its anterior border narrowly edged with rufous ; antennae robust, the second 
 joint ovate, rather more than half the length of the third, the third and fourth joints equal. 
 Thorax rather more than twice as broad as long ; sides sinuate and parallel from the base to 
 beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging to the apex, the anterior angles slightly pro- 
 duced, somewhat recurved, obtuse ; disc excavated on either side, the middle disc impressed 
 with a broad longitudinal sulcation which extends from base to apex ; the whole surface 
 covered with large, deep, round fovese. Scutellum semirotundate, piceous, impunctate. 
 
 Sab . — On the road across the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panga. 
 
 22. — Galleruca indica. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875 — 82, p. 381. 
 
 Ovata, postice paulo ampliata, modice convexa, nigra, subtus nitida, griseo-sericea, 
 supra opaca ; capite thoraceque rude rugoso-punctatis, hoc transverse, utrinque foveolato, 
 medio longitudinaliter sulcato, lateribus rejlexis, ante medium obsolete angulatis ; elytris 
 vage rufo-piceo limbatis, rugoso-punctatis, utrisque vittis elevatis quatuor, duabus intermediis 
 interruptis, interdum fere omnino obsoletis, instructis. 
 
 Long. 5 lin. 
 
 Head very coarsely rugose-punctate. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides parallel, 
 slightly sinuate, obtusely angled just before the middle, thence obliquely converging 
 to the apex, the anterior angle moderately produced, its apex rounded ; disc very coarsely 
 rugose-punctate, the middle portion with a longitudinal sulcation which extends from base to 
 apex, either side impressed with a large fovea. Scutellum coarsely rugose-punctate. Elytra 
 broader than the thorax, ovate, slightly dilated towards the apex, moderately convex, rugose- 
 punctate, but less coarsely so than the head and thorax ; black, sometimes tinged with 
 piceous, the outer margin obscure rufo-piceous ; each elytron with four raised vittae, the two 
 intermediate ones interrupted, and sometimes almost entirely obsolete ; the suture also 
 thickened. 
 
 Sab. — Murree; also Northern India, my collection. 
 
 23.— Galerucella* placida. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 381. 
 
 Anguste oblonga, griseo-hirsuta, subtus picea, nitida, prothorace fulvo ; supra sordide 
 fulva, subnitida, antennis, verticis plaga, thoracis maculis tribus transversim positis, scutel- 
 
 * Oalerucella, Crotch, Proc. Acad. Philnd. 1873, p. 55. 
 
COLEOPTEKA. 
 
 35 
 
 loque basi piceis; thoTcice tTansvcrso, lateribus ante basin dente subacuto armatis, ante dentem 
 concavis, ante medium ampliatis, disco rude rugoso, bifoveolato ; elytris prof unde confuse punc- 
 tatis, interspatiis granulosis. 
 
 Long. 2 lin. 
 
 Vertex and front finely rugose-punctate, clothed with appressed griseous hairs, the mid- 
 dle with a large ill-defined piceous patch ; encarpse thickened, contiguous, pyriform ; antennse 
 moderately robust, filiform, the second joint nearly equal in length to the first, about two- 
 thirds the length of the third. Thorax more than half as broad again as long ; sides diverging 
 at the base, and armed at the apex of the diverging portion with a subacute, setiferous tooth, 
 immediately in front of which, before the middle, they are deeply sinuate, in front they are 
 broadly dilated, the anterior angle armed with a subacute tooth ; disc coarsely rugose-punctate, 
 broadly excavated on either side, and again more deeply, hut to a less extent, on the anterior 
 half of the middle disc ; the piceous patches, placed transversely on the disc, are large but ill- 
 defined, and cover nearly the whole of the surface. Scutellum narrowed from its base towards 
 the apex, the latter obtusely truncate. Elytra oblong, nearly parallel, deeply and coarsely 
 punctured, densely clothed with short suberect griseous hairs. 
 
 Sab. — Jhelam Valley, one specimen; I also possess this insect from India. 
 
 24 — Merista interrupta. 
 
 Galleruca interrupta, L. Redtb. in Hugel’s Kaschmir, iv, p. 553, tab. xxvii, fig. 4 (1844). 
 
 Sab. — Murree, a single specimen. 
 
 The transverse black patch differs greatly in extent in different individuals, in some 
 being entirely obsolete ; in the specimen before me it is reduced to two small fuscous points 
 placed transversely on the middle disc. 
 
 In tliis species, of which I possess many specimens from various parts of India, the 
 second and third joints of the antennae vary in relative length in the sexes : in the <? these 
 joints are very short and nearly equal ; in the $ the third joint, though short, is distinctly 
 longer than the second. 
 
 25. — Leptaktha collaris. 
 
 Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 382. 
 
 Ovata, postice ampliata, nigra, nitida ; thorace transfer so, fulvo ; elytra fortiter sat 
 crebre punctatis, castaneis, punctis piceis, utrisque macula basali juccta suturam nigro-aened 
 notatis. 
 
 Long. 4^ — 5 lin. 
 
 Vertex shining, impunctate ; encarpse thickened, contiguous, semilunate; antennae 
 nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, tapering towards the apex, second and third 
 joints very short, equal. Thorax transverse, sides constricted behind the middle, dilated in 
 front, the anterior angles produced, their apices obtuse; apical border concave-emarginate ; 
 disc smooth, impunctate, thickened on either side near the anterior angle, impressed on each 
 
36 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 side the middle with a faint transverse groove. Scutellum trigonate. Elytra broader than 
 the thorax, dilated behind the middle, moderately convex, deeply punctured, the punctures 
 piceous, arranged without order over the general surface, placed in ill-defined longitudinal 
 striae near the base of the suture ; on the anterior disc are several short ill-defined obsoletely 
 raised vittae ; at the base of each elytron, close to the suture, is a small nigro-aeneous patch. 
 Last two segments of abdomen bordered with fulvous. 
 
 In the specimen from Murree, the sides of the thorax are less dilated anteriorly, the 
 anterior angles being less produced and at the same time more acute ; the transverse depres- 
 sions on the middle disc are also obsolete ; in this specimen the antennae are unfortunately 
 broken, but the fourth and fifth joints (which remain) are slightly compressed, and are rather 
 more robust than in the insect from Northern India ; it is probably the other sex. 
 
 Hah. — Murree; in my own collection from Northern India. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 37 
 
 HALIPLIDtE, DYTISCIDJE, GYRINID^, HYDROPTILIDiE, STAPHY- 
 LlNIDiE, AND SCARABiEID^ (except CETONIINI). 
 
 By D. sharp. 
 
 HALIPLID^. 
 
 Haliplus (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Haliplus maculipennis, Schaum. 
 
 A single individual found in the Jhelam Valley, July 1873. Differs a little from the 
 Egyptian specimens of the species by being rather smaller, and by the punctuation of 
 the elytra being rather less coarse and deep. 
 
 DYTISCIDJE. 
 
 Htdkopoeus (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Dytiscus griseo-striatus, Degeer. 
 
 A series of this species, which is in Europe alpine and boreal, was found in the Pan- 
 kong Valley in September 1873. The specimens show more variation in markings than 
 I have observed in European individuals. 
 
 Agabus (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Agabus abnormicollis, Ballion. 
 
 This interesting species is allied to the Corsican A. cephalotes ; it is represented in 
 the collection by a very mutilated female specimen, without indication of locality or date. 
 
 2. — Dytiscus nitidus. Pah. 
 
 Dras, Kargil, and Leh, 15th August to 9th September 1873. Three individuals. 
 
 3. — Agabus am(enus, Solsky. 
 
 A single female of an Agabus found in the neighbourhood of Sanju I refer to this species, 
 although it differs from Solsky’s diagnosis (Eedchenko’s, Turkestan, Coleoptera, p. 142) 
 in having the ventral segments entirely black. The species has an elongate and acuminate 
 prostemal process, which projects far back, between the middle legs. 
 
38 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 4. — Agabus dichrous, n. sp. 
 
 Oblongo-omlis, nitidus, suhtus niger^ supra testaceus, vertice nigro, rufo himaculato 
 antennis pedihusque testaceis, femorihus in medio late nigris ; scutello fusco ; elytris 
 apicem versus vix fusco-nehulosis. 
 
 Long. 8 mm., lat. 4 mm. 
 
 This species is closely allied to the European conspersns, Marsh., hut is compara- 
 
 tively narrower and more parallel, and the colour of the upper surface is more purely yellow 
 and much less infuscate : the dark mark on the head is much less extended towards the fronts 
 and is deeply divided in the middle by a backward prolongation of the yellow colour. 
 The male has the front tarsi moderately thickened, and their anterior claw is little 
 thickened or toothed in the middle. The female I have not seen. 
 
 A single male individual was found on the road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panga, 
 22nd April to 7th May 1874. 
 
 Iltobius (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Ilybius cinctus, n. sp. 
 
 Ovalis, angustulus, parum convexus^ suhtus ferrugineus ; supra fusco-aeneus, prothoracis 
 elytrorumque lateribus late testaceis, suhnitidus subtilissime reticulatus. 
 
 Long. 8j mm., lat. vix 4^ mm. 
 
 This is one of the smallest species of Ilybius, and is allied to the Japanese I. apicalis ; it 
 is, however, smaller and narrower than that species, and the yellow lateral stripe is continued 
 at the extremity to the suture, and close to the suture it has one or two angular prolonga- 
 tions. The male has the front and middle tarsi a good deal incrassate, and their claws 
 are nearly simple. 
 
 Two individuals (in bad preservation) from Yangihissar, April 1878. 
 
 Rhantus (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — COLYMBETES PULVEROSUS, Sturm. 
 
 A female individual found at Sanju seems to be referable to this species ; it has 
 not, however, the small central mark on the thorax that exists in the European specimens of 
 the species, and it is possible that a knowledge of the male would show it to be a 
 distinct species. 
 
 Trogus (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Dytiscus rgeselii, Eab. 
 
 A female specimen of this common European species was found at Yarkand, 21st to 27th 
 May 1874. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 39 
 
 GYRINID^. 
 
 Dineutes (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Dineutes indices, Aube. 
 
 This species is represented by two very large male individuals found in the Jhelam 
 Valley, July 1873. 
 
 HYDROPHILID^. 
 
 Htdrophilus (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Hydrophiles picees, Eab. 
 
 Sanju, and Yarkand. 
 
 Hydrobies (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Hydrophiles bicolor, Payk. 
 
 Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. Three individuals. 
 
 Philhydres (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Philhydres maritimes, Thoms. 
 
 Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. Two individuals. In Europe the species is found 
 only in brackish waters. 
 
 STAPHYLINID^. 
 
 Tachypores (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Staphylines chrysomelines, Lin. 
 
 On the road across the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panga. Three individuals. 
 
 Tachines (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Tachines stoliczk^, n. sp. 
 
 Farvulus, subdepressus, niger, elgtris castaneis vel piceo-castaneis, antennis pedibusque 
 sordide testaceis ; prothorace fere impumtatOy elytris parce punctatis, obsolete strigosulis- 
 abdomine sat crebre subobsolete pmctato. 
 
 Long. 6 mm., lat. If mm. 
 
 This species is closely allied to the European T. fimetarius, but is rather larger. The 
 
40 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 antennae are formed as in that species, but are rather longer and paler in colour. The punctua- 
 tion of the elytra is fine and very scanty, and the fine scratches are less distinct than in T. fime- 
 tarins : the abdominal punctuation is rather denser than it is in the European species. In the 
 male, the dorsal plate of the last segment ends in four short stout teeth as in T. Jimetarius ; 
 the ventral plate of the same segment is also almost similar in the two species ; the ventral 
 plate of the preceding segment has a broad notch in the middle ; this is fringed, except in the 
 middle, with very distinct pectinations, and in the middle, where the pectinations are absent, 
 the margin has a rough or spongy appearance ; the termination of the notch on each side is 
 not acuminate : the chief differences from T. Jimetarius are the less produced and less acumi- 
 nate terminations of the notch, and the greater development of the pectinations of its margin. 
 The dorsal and ventral plates in the female are formed as in T. Jimetarius, except that the 
 teeth of both plates are very much longer. 
 
 Eour individuals found on the road across the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panga, between the 
 22nd April and 7th May 1874. 
 
 Creophilus (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1.— Staphylinus maxillosus, Lin. 
 
 Kogyar, 1st June 1874. 
 
 Philonthtjs (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Philonthus cyanelytritjs, Kr. 
 
 Murree. One individual. 
 
 2. — Philonthus rotundicollis. Men. 
 
 Sanju, Pamir, Yarkand. A large series of this species exhibits considerable variation in 
 colour. 
 
 3. — Staphylinus sordidus. Gray. 
 
 A single individual, without locality or date, has the elytra darker coloured than 
 usual. 
 
 4.— Philonthus stoliczk^, n. sp. 
 
 P. rubido Er. similis et affinis : angustulus, subparallelus, niger, elytris rujis, antennis 
 fuscis, basi cum pedibus testaceo, abdominis segmentis ferrugineo-marginatis ; thorace angus- 
 tulo, subparallelo, serie discoidali punctorum 5, et punctis lateralibus sat numerosis ; elytris 
 rujis basi summo paulo obscuriore, crebre,fere fortiter punctatis ; abdomine dense, cequaliter 
 suhtilitergue pwnctato, opaco. 
 
 Long. 5 mm. 
 
 Antennae moderately long, second and third joints rather long, sub-equal, tenth about as 
 long as broad. Palpi yellow. Head sub-oblong, with rather numerous coarse punctures, which 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 41 
 
 are wanting along the middle in front. Thorax narrower than the elytra, not narrowed in 
 front ; the punctures coarse, the lateral series at the base mixed with the dorsal series. 
 Hindbody throughout densely and very finely punctured. Front tarsi of male a little dilated, 
 and last ventral segment with a moderately large excision. 
 
 This seems to be a very distinct little species, and resembles in some respects the species 
 of the genus Actobius, Fauvel. It is rather similar to P. ruhidus, Er., hut has the hindbody 
 much more finely and densely punctured, and the thoracic lateral punctures, as well as those 
 of the head, more numerous. 
 
 Yarkand, November 1873. A single specimen. 
 
 5. — Philonthxjs pamirensis, n. sp. 
 
 Ex a^nitate Staphylini tenuis, Fab. Angustulns^ hand parallelus, niger, elytris rujisy 
 antennis pedibmque posterioribus fuscis, illarum basi pedibusque anterioribus testaceis ; abdo- 
 mine subtiliter punctata. 
 
 Long. 6 mm. 
 
 Antennae stout, distinctly thickened towards the apex ; the basal joint yeUow. Palpi 
 blackish. Head oval, narrow, finely punctured at the sides behind the eyes. Thorax nar- 
 rower than the elytra, a little narrowed in front, black, very shining, the dorsal series consist- 
 ing of five fine punctures ; the lateral punctures few and fine. Elytra about as long as the 
 thorax, red, rather finely punctured. Hindbody narrowed towards the apex, the segments 
 finely punctured. 
 
 The male has the front tarsi rather strongly dilated. 
 
 Though closely allied to Staphylinus tenuis. Fab., this species is readily distinguished 
 from it by its black thorax. 
 
 A single individual was found on the road across the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panga, 
 between the 22nd April and 7th May 1874. 
 
 P^DERUS (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1 . — P^DERUs FUSCiPES, Curtis. 
 
 Jhelam Valley. 
 
 OxYTELUS (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — OxYTELTJS NiTinuLTJS, Grav. 
 A single individual, without date or locality. 
 
 SCARAB^IDiE (Munich Cat.). 
 Sisyphus (Munich Cat.). 
 
 1. — Sisyphus hirtus, Wied. 
 Jhelam Valley, July 1873. Three individuals. 
 
42 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Gtmnopletjrtjs (Municli Oat.). 
 2.— Gymnopleurtjs mundtjs, Wied. 
 Jhelam Valley, July 1873. A single individual. 
 
 3. — CoPRis CYANETJS, Eab. 
 
 Jhelam Valley, July 1873. 
 
 Harold (Col. Hefte V, p. 56) thinks G. indieus. Cast., a distinct species from the Fabrician 
 Copris cyaneus ; but it appears to me more probable that Gymnopleurus indicus, Cast., and 
 Gymnopleurus impressus^ Cast., are merely varieties of the variable Copris cyaneus. Fab. 
 
 Catharsius (Munich Cat.). 
 4.— Copris sab^eus, Fab. 
 
 Jhelam Valley, July 1873. 
 
 One female specimen. 
 
 Copris (Munich Cat.). 
 
 5. — Copris sinicus, Hope. 
 
 Murree. — The two individuals which represent this species are a very small undeveloped 
 male, and a female ; they are undoubtedly conspecific with an individual from Chosan in ray 
 own collection. 
 
 Onthophagus (Munich Cat.). 
 
 6. — Copris gazella, Fab. 
 
 This abundant and widely-distributed species was found in the Jhelam Valley, July 1873. 
 
 7. — Onthophagus reflexicornis, Reiche. 
 
 A single individual of an Onthophagus found at Kogyar, 31st May — 2nd June 1874, seems 
 to be a variety of a species from Northern India, named as above in my collection. 
 
 8. — Onthophagus armiceps, Reiche. 
 
 A single individual of an Onthophagus found in the Jhelam Valley, July 1873, seems to be 
 . probably a very undeveloped male, of a species bearing the above name in my collection. 
 
COLEOPTEIIA. 
 
 43 
 
 9. — Onthophagus concolor, n. sp. 
 
 Niger, fere nudus, supra opacus, suhtus sat nitidus ; prothorace peropaco, parcius suhti- 
 liter punctate, lateribus ad angulos anteriores evidenter sinuatis ; elytris subtiliter striatis, 
 interstitiis parcius et subtiliter punctatis, punctis hand perspicue setigeris. 
 
 Long. 7-9 mm. 
 
 3Ias. — Qapite vertice medio breviter tuberculato, prothorace fere mutico. 
 
 Fern . — Capite medio lineacurvata sat elevata, vertice medio lamina elevata {ad apicem 
 plus minusve emarginata) bremssima. 
 
 Antennae black, with the intermediate joints marked with red. Clypeus broadly, but very 
 lightly, emarginate in the middle in front, its anterior part coarsely and rugosely punctured. 
 Thorax quite sparingly punctured, the punctures most numerous near the front in the middle, 
 quite wanting at the anterior angles. The punctures of the elytra are inconspicuous, but are 
 rather less indistinct on the external interstice, and are there seen to be fine granulations. 
 The pygidium is very opaque and sparingly punctured. The ventral segments are almost 
 impunctate, the breast is sparingly punctured, and bears a few black hairs. The tarsi are pitchy. 
 
 This species has the appearance of the South African O. giraffa, but is readily distin- 
 guished therefrom by the diminished punctuation, and by the sinuation of the sides of the 
 thorax near the front angles. The thorax is very slightly prominent in the middle quite near 
 the front, and the prominent part is slightly emarginate : this thoracic development is, how- 
 ever, quite slight in all the specimens before me ; and although it is variable, it seems to be 
 unconnected with the sex of the individual. 
 
 Sind valley, Aug. 5 — 13, 1873, and Murree. 
 
 Aphodius (Munich Cat.). 
 
 10. — SCARAB^US SUBTERRANEUS, Lin. 
 
 A single individual of this common European species was found on the road across the 
 Pamir, 22nd April to 7 th May 1874. 
 
 11. — SCARAB^US GRANARIES, L. 
 
 Of this species (which is now found in most parts of the world) a single individual was 
 found on the road across the Pamir, 22nd April to 7th May 1874. 
 
 12. — Aphodius ^ger, n. sp. 
 
 Scarabseo granario, Lin., similis ; oblongus, leviter conrexus, nitidus, niger, elytris piceis 
 vel fere nigris, pedibus rufis ; clypeo medio emarginato, f route fere mutica, prothorace subtili- 
 ter punctate, latera versus punctis majorihus crebribus, margine basali integro, angulis 
 posterioribus sinuatis ; elytris vix subtiliter striatis, striis indistincte crenatis, 7° et 6° ante 
 apicem conjunctis, humeris longius ciliatis. 
 
 Long. 5-5^ mm., lat. 2^ mm. 
 
 Though rather similar to Scarabceus granarius, this species is readily distinguished from 
 it by the sinuate hind angles of the thorax, and the conspicuous pale cilia of the sides of the 
 
44 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 thorax and the basal portion of the elytra. The half dozen individuals before me show no 
 sexual differences, and are perhaps all females. If this be the case, and the male should prove 
 to have the head trituberculate, the species may then be satisfactorily placed in Erichson’s 
 Section E., for it has all the characters assigned to that section except the sexual ones. 
 The clypeus is much emarginate and depressed in the middle in front, the sides of the emar- 
 gination are rounded, the head is coarsely and closely punctured in front, more finely on the 
 vertex, there is an excessively indistinct transverse line on the vertex, and on the middle 
 of it a slight gibbosity or prominence of the surface, not worth calling a tubercle. The 
 scutellum is rather narrow and parallel-sided, and is punctured except at the apex. The 
 striae of the elytra are quite as distinct at the apex as they are at the base : the sides of 
 the wing cases bear numerous white setae, which are long and conspicuous at the shoulders, 
 behind which they become gradually shorter and disappear altogether from the apical 
 half. 
 
 The specimens are marked “ a,” indicating that the exact locality is unknown ; two 
 small specimens were, however, found at Yangihissar in April 1871. 
 
 13. — Aphodius parvtjltjs, Har. 
 
 A single individual found in the Jhelam Valley, July 1873, agrees exactly with speci- 
 mens from Abyssinia of this species recently described by Baron von Harold. I have in 
 my own collection some specimens of this species from Ajmere. 
 
 14. — Aphodius kashmirensis, n. sp. 
 
 Niger, rdtidus, sat convexus, pedihus rufo-piceis, antennis rujis clam fusca; clypeo 
 anterius latius emarginato, et utrinque subacute prominulo ; prothorace punctis magnis pro. 
 fundis sat numerosis, aliisque minutis, margine basali distincto ; sulculo ante earn, crenulato ; 
 elytris for titer crenato-striatis, interstitiis subtilissime, sparsim punctatis. 
 
 Long. 6-6| mm., lat. 3| mm. 
 
 I have seen only two specimens of this species ; they seem both to be females. I believe it 
 is an Aphodius belonging to the Section E of Erichson, although the form of the front of the 
 clypeus suggests rather that it may prove to be an Ammsecius when the mouth can be exam- 
 ined. It is almost as large as Scarabceus scybalarius, Eab., and somewhat similar in form to 
 that species. The head bears no distinct tubercles, but has an obsolete curved elevation some 
 distance behind the front, and on the middle of the vertex traces of an obsolete tubercle ; 
 its punctuation is moderately coarse and close, but irregular and rather indistinct. The 
 sculpture of the thorax consists of very large and very small punctures, the basal margin 
 is coarse and distinct, and the groove which precedes it is coarsely punctate so as to appear 
 crenulate. The scutellum is small and coarsely punctured ; the striae of the elytra are deep 
 quite to the apex, the middle ones being joined together, or not extending quite to the apex. 
 
 Dras, Kargil, and Leh, 15th August to 9th September 1873. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 15. — Aphodius tenuimanus, n. sp. 
 
 45 
 
 Aphodio melanosticto Er. persimilis ; oblongus, subconvexus, nitidus^ infuscato-testaceus, 
 capite thoraceque nigris, hoc lateribus iestaceis, elytris luteis, maculis dorsalibus 4 vel 5 
 strigaque sublaterali nigris^ pedibus metasternoque medio testaceis ; fronte medio mx 
 tuberculato ; tibiis anterioribm tenuibus^ intus conspicue ciliatis. 
 
 Long. 5-6 mm. 
 
 This species is so similar to A. melanosticticus that it will be easily recognized by compa- 
 rison with that species and by noticing the points in which it differs; these are that the 
 base of the thorax is less sinuate on each side, makes in fact scarcely any deviation from 
 a gentle rounding of the base ; the front tibiae are long and much more slender, and have 
 the cilia on their inner edge more numerous. I have seen only three individuals; they 
 show no sexual difference, so that I am not quite sure whether they are males or females ; 
 but I believe the former, and in that case an important point of difference will be found 
 in the tubercles of the head, for these specimens show only a very obsolete central tubercle 
 and no lateral ones. 
 
 The specimens are labelled “ a,” which indicates that the exact locality where Stoliczka 
 procured them is unknown. 
 
 Rhtssemtjs (Munich Cat.). 
 
 16. — SCARAB^US ASPER, Eab. 
 
 Jhelam Valley, July 1873. 
 
 This common European species is apparently plentiful in Northern India. The Indian 
 specimens are usually a little smaller and more shining, and have the imbricate granula- 
 tions on the elytra rather finer than European specimens, but I can find no characters of 
 specific value to distinguish them. There are several allied, but as yet undescribed, species 
 found in India. 
 
 Geotrupes (Munich Cat.). 
 
 17. — Geotrupes orientalis, Hope. 
 
 Murree, two specimens. 
 
 18.— Geotrupes foveatus, Har., var. 
 
 I refer two females of a Geotrupes from Sanju to the above European species, from 
 which however they differ by being as large as G. stercorariust Har., and by having the 
 under-surface of a beautiful golden green colour, and clothed with a long rufous pubescence. 
 These points would not justify me in considering the specimens as specifically distinct; more- 
 over, I have great doubts whether G. foveatus is more than a small form, with diminished 
 male distinctions, of G. stercorarius ; and if this be so, it is probable that these Sanju indivi- 
 duals may really prove to be only a variety of the widely distributed and abundant Geotruyes 
 
46 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 ater cor anus, Har. ; it will not, however, be possible to consider this conclusively established 
 until the male has been found and examined. 
 
 19. Geotrupes kashmirensis, n. sp. 
 
 G. stercorario (Haroldi) per similise sed elytris longioribus; ohlongo-ovalis, supra virides- 
 centi-niger, niiidus,suhtus purpureus^ fulvo-puhescens ; antennis piceo-rufis ; mandihulis extus 
 rotundatis, ad apicemleviterunisinuatis; elytris striis 14, minus distincte punctatis ; ahdomine 
 etiam in medio punctato, sed illo minus puhescente ; tihiarum posticarum carina tertia 
 {ab apice) omnino carente. 
 
 Long. 24 mm., lat. 13 mm. 
 
 This species is closely allied to G. stercorarius, Harold, hut is rather more elongate, so as to 
 look at first sight like G. mutator, Er. It is readily distinguished, however, by the characters 
 mentioned in the above diagnosis. The front tibiae of the male have a carina-like swelling 
 on their lower face, which bears a broad tooth below the knee, and after that is continued in 
 a straight line, till it terminates in a sharply-elevated tooth opposite the third marginal tooth. 
 
 Dras, Kargil, or Leh, 15th August, 9th Septemer 1873. Two individuals. 
 
 Obs. — Jekel, in his classification of Geotrupes (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1865), gives as one of the 
 most important characters of his sub-genus Anoplotrupes that there are only two entire carinae 
 on the posterior tibiae, while in the suhgenus Geotrupes (pr. d.) he states that there are three 
 entire carinae. In this, however, he was mistaken, for I find that in G. spiniger, Har., there 
 are truly three entire carinae ; in G. spiniger, Har., the upper carina is less entire, for it suffers 
 a slight double interruption, which is still more conspicuous in G. foveatus, Har., while in 
 G. mutator, Er., only the lower half (or less) of this carina exists, and in G. kashmirensis 
 it is entirely wanting. The species comprised by Jekel in his subgenus A noplotrupes are 
 hut little concordant : thus his Anoplotrupes G. vernalis differs much more widely from Ano- 
 plotrupes G. sylmticus than this does from Geotrupes (pr. d.); the suh-genus Anoplotrupes 
 should therefore be entirely suppressed, for it is much less natural than the other suhgenera 
 established by M. Jekel in the able and satisfactory memoir to which I have alluded. 
 
 20. — ScARAB^TJS STLVATicTJS, Panz., var. 
 
 The two individuals of this species differ considerably from any European specimens 
 I have seen ; they are proportionally narrower, on the upper side are of a black colour a little 
 tinted with brassy, on the under side are entirely black, and the club of the antenna is black. 
 These characters do not, however, seem to me to be of such a nature as to warrant their 
 specific value. 
 
 Sind Valley. 
 
 Trox (Munich Cat.). 
 
 21. — Trox procerus, Har. 
 
 Jhelam Valley, July 1873. A single individual. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 47 
 
 Hoplia (Munich Cat.). 
 
 22. — Hoplia concolor, n. sp. 
 
 OUonga, sat elongata, ferruginea squamulis palUde griseis^ magnis, fere cequaliter 
 cestifa ; tarsorum posticorum unguiculo mutico. 
 
 Long. 8 mm., lat. 4|- mm. 
 
 The head, except in front, is rather darker than the rest of the surface ; the scales it bears 
 are pale, sub-depressed, and narrower than on the rest of the surface, and on the front part 
 where they are scanty are setse rather than scales. The thorax is of the same form as in 
 MelolontJia grammicola,'^QJo., but it is evenly clothed with closely set, coarse, pale ochre-eoloured 
 scales, and bears also a very few erect fine setae. The elytra are long, and are clothed in a 
 similar manner to the thorax, the scales being very nearly circular in form. The pygidium, 
 propygidium, and ventral segments are also closely covered with scales but little different from 
 those of the elytra. The legs are of a uniform reddish colour scarcely different from the 
 elytra. 
 
 The only individual I have seen is a female ; it has the antennse 9- jointed, and the front 
 tibise with two moderately prominent teeth, and an emargination above the upper one ; the 
 front claw seems quite single and without tooth ; the claw of the middle foot has a very 
 minute division some distance before the apex, while the posterior claw seems to be quite 
 simple. 
 
 The species seems to me more allied to Melolontha graminieola^ Eab., than to any other 
 I know ; but it is of a more elongate and parallel form, of a paler and more uniform colour, 
 and is clothed with larger scales. 
 
 Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. 
 
 Serica (Munich Cat.). 
 
 23.— Serica l^ticula, n. sp. 
 
 Ohomta, connexa^ nitidula, tantum abdamine opaco, lata, brunneo-ferruginea ; prothorace 
 fortiter puvwtato, elytris seriatim punctatis, seriebus leviter depressis, inter stitiis planis, 
 tantum juxta series punctatis ; antennis lO-articulatis, jiabelli articulo primo apice 
 emarginato. 
 
 Long. 8| mm., lat. 4 mm. 
 
 Similar in form to Serica mutata, except that it is much broader and only a little longer ; 
 the whole of the upper surface quite shining ; clypeus emarginate in front, the whole of its 
 anterior part coarsely and rugosely punctured, the hinder part sparingly but distinctly 
 punctured. Thorax strongly transverse, evenly and coarsely punctured. Sscutellum coarseiy 
 and closely punctured, with a smooth longitudinal space along the middle. Elytra with rows of 
 punctures, which are so little depressed as scarcely to amount to strise ; the interstices hardly 
 at all convex, and their punctures confined to the neighbourhood of the rows of punctures. 
 Pygidium rather obsoletely punctured, shining ; outer edge of hind coxa scarcely twice as Iona* 
 as the outer edge of metasternum, its hind margin slightly sinuate near the outer ano-le, 
 which is hardly at all rounded ; the punctures of the hind coxae coarse and ocellate. 
 
48 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Lachnosterna (Munich Cat.). 
 
 24. — Lachnosterna stridtjlans, n. sp. 
 
 Testacea, capite^ thorace, scutelloque fere ferrugineis, supra opaca, opalescens, subtus 
 abdomine inflato nitido, pectore minus dense villoso ; capite brevi,fortiter punctato ; prothorace 
 sparsissime punctato, fortiter transverso, margine laterali Integra^ sinuato^ anguUs posteriori- 
 bus obtusis ; elytris sat crehre parum prof unde punctatis. 
 
 Long, 15| mm., lat., 8 mm. 
 
 Head very short ; margin of clypeus strongly reflexed, not emarginate ; the transverse 
 suture nearly twice as distant from the vertex as from the clypeal margin ; the part of the 
 head behind the suture rather sparingly punctured with punctures of different sizes, and 
 hearing some long erect setae ; in front of the suture the punctures are deep, and are closer 
 together, and all of one size, and there are no setae. The thorax is very short, the sides not 
 greatly dilated in the middle, the hind angles obtuse, but not departing greatly from right 
 angles ; the punctuation is distant and not coarse. The scutellum is rather sparingly punc- 
 tured. The elytra are finely and irregularly, and not closely, punctured, and have only 
 indistinct traces of longitudinal impunctate spaces. The propygidium is densely and finely 
 punctured aeross the middle, but coarsely punctured behind ; the pygidium is shining, and 
 coarsely punctured. The membranous border of the elytra is very small and indistinct ; the 
 epipleural line is sharply elevated in its anterior portion, and when examined with a powerful 
 lens it is seen to be densely and finely crenulate, from the middle of the sternum to the 
 hind margin of the first ventral segment ; by strongly flexing the hind femur, and rubbing it 
 against this line, a considerable stridulation is produced. 
 
 Murree. A single individual. 
 
 Obs. — I am acquainted with only one other species closely allied to this ; it is as yet 
 undescribed, and is labelled in my coUeetion Ancylonycha pulvinosa, Reiche, India bor.” 
 It has the same appearance as L. stridulans, and has, like it, the epipleural line finely crenulated, 
 but it differs considerably in the structure of the antennae and of the claws ; in Lachnosterna 
 stridulans the flabellum of the antennae is rather long, and composed of five joints ; the first 
 leaf is, however, very short, not half the length of the second, which itself is a good deal shorter 
 than the three following ones ; the claws are divided into two rather divergent portions of 
 equal length. In the undescribed Reicheian species, the flabeUum is short and composed only 
 of three joints, and the claws of the feet are strongly dentate in the middle. 
 
 I add a short diagnosis of this insect ; — 
 
 Lachnosterna pulvinosa, n. sp. 
 
 Ferruginea^ elytris dilutioribuSy supra opaca^ opalescens, subtus abdomine inflato, medio 
 nitido, pectore parcius villoso ; capite brevi, dense rufoso-punctato ; prothorace sparsim 
 punctato, punctis in margine anteriori magnis, fortiter transverso, lateribus valde sinuatis, in 
 medio per dilatatis, angulis posterioribus valde obtusis, margine laterali subcrenulato ; elytris 
 sat crehre subtiliter punctatis. 
 
 Long. 16 mm. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 25. — Lachnosterna stoliczk^, n. sp. 
 
 49 
 
 Ohlonga, picea, nitida^ pectore prosternoque griseo-villosis ; capite hand parvo, clypeo 
 fortiter rejiexo-marginato, anterius vix emarginato ; prothorace laterihus rotundatis^ anterius 
 quam posterius magis angustato, crebrim punctato, angulis posterioribus obtusis, margine 
 laterali serrato ; elytris crebrim fortiter punctatis, areis longitudinalibm parcim punctatis^ 
 hand argute elemtis. 
 
 Long. 15 — 16 mm., lat. 8 mm. 
 
 Head coarsely, but not rugosely, punctured, the clypeal margin greatly reflexed, the 
 clypeus of the same breadth as the vertex, so that its elevated side margin is continued 
 directly backwards in a straight line along the inner margin of the eye as an elevated space 
 which extends as far as the portion of the head which forms the summit of the vertex ; this 
 upper part of the vertex is placed on a different plane from the middle part of the head and 
 is impunctate except at the sides ; there is no trace of any transverse carina. The membra- 
 nous border of the elytra is very fine, but is distinct throughout. 
 
 The male has the flabellum of the antennse a little longer than the female ; in this latter 
 sex the front tibiae are evidently tridentate, while in the male they are only bidentate, and 
 even the upper of the two teeth is not very distinct : the tooth of the claws is placed quite 
 near the base in the male, but in the female it is rather nearer the middle of the claw, and 
 is also a little larger. The species will be readily identified by the structure of the head and 
 the claws. I have only one allied species in my collection; it is also from Northern India 
 and is still undescribed. 
 
 Murree. Three individuals. 
 
 Beahmina (Munich Cat.). 
 
 26. — Beahmina calva, Blanchard. 
 Murree. A single individual. 
 
 Ehizoteoghs (Munich Cat.). 
 
 27. — Rhizoteogus bilobus, n. sp. 
 
 Antermis 10-articulatis ; oblongm^ colore variabilis^ ferruginem vel piceus^ sub-typacuSi 
 prothorace in medio scepim nitido, ad later a albido-pruinoso ; clypeo in medio prof unde emargi- 
 nato ; prothoracis lateribm anterius crenulatis ; elytris indistincte et inequaliter punctatis^ 
 lateribus dense ciliatis ; pygidio ventreque pruinosis ; pectore prosternoque dense villosis. 
 
 Long. 17^ — 20 mm., lat. 9-10 mm. 
 
 The head is small and very densely punctured ; the clypeal suture consists of an extremely 
 fine elevated line, the part in front of which is reddish, while behind the line the colour 
 approaches black ; the clypeus is divided into two lobes by a very deep medial incision. 
 The thorax is without hairs on its upper surface ; it is moderately closely, and hardly coarsely, 
 punctured ; it is much narrowed towards the front, and the anterior angles are not in the 
 least prominent ; the hinder angles are rounded and a little obtuse. The elytra are dull, and 
 their surface is uneven, from some longitudinal elevations ; their punctuation is irregular and 
 
60 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 indistinct ; they bear no hairs, hut under a good lens are seen to possess some extremely short 
 setse ; and their sides are densely ciliate. The pygidium is of a whitish colour, that is to say> 
 the surface is very pruinose ; it is finely punctured. 
 
 The male has the flabellum of the antennae twice as long as the female, it being quite as 
 long as joints 2 to 7 together ; the front tibiae do not show much difference in the sexes ; they 
 are rather stout and distinctly tridentate. The ventral segments in the male are not impres- 
 sed along the middle, hut are a little flattened, and almost free from punctuation. 
 
 The species is remarkable on account of the divided front of the head ; a trans-Caucasian 
 species which I received some time ago from M. Deyrolle as M. porosus agrees with it in 
 this respect, hut has the ventral segments densely pubescent, while in R. bilobus these same 
 parts are hare. The species is variable in colour and size. 
 
 Yangihissar, April 1874. About twenty individuals, mostly much injured, and probably 
 picked up dead. Also Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June. 
 
 Rhintptia (Munich Cat.). 
 
 28. — Rhinyptia dorsalis, Burm. 
 
 Jhelam Valley, July 1873. Two specimens. 
 
 Anomala (Munich Cat.). 
 
 29. — Anomala striolata, Blanchard. 
 
 A single individual of an Anomala found at Murree differs from the description of 
 Blanchard’s A. striolata only by some details of colour, the most important of which is that the 
 under-surface and legs are purple. Specimens in my own collection, labelled India, are prob- 
 ably conspeciflc with the Murree individual, though they do not quite agree in all details* 
 In a genus like Anomala, where many species are so extremely variable in colour, it is not 
 advisable to make new specific names on the evidence of such slight differences. 
 
 30. — Anomala* stoliczk^, n. sp. 
 
 Omta^ minus convexa, lostissime viridis, nitidissima^ elytris subopacis, antennis nigris ; 
 capite thoraceque Icevigatis ; elytris seriebus dupUcatis punctorum tribus, et inter eas sat 
 crebre punctatis. 
 
 Long. 12| mm., lat. mm.. 
 
 Of a very beautiful, brilliant, golden-green colour, with the elytra pure green and but 
 little shining. The thorax is narrowed towards the front, with the anterior angles acute and 
 prominent, the posterior ones well marked and slightly obtuse ; the raised margin is very 
 distinct, and is wanting only from the middle both in front and behind. The scutellum is 
 impunctate and shining, like the thorax. The punctuation of the elytra is rather fine and 
 scanty ; they have some irregular and unsymmetrical black spots, which are probably only 
 accidental. The propygidium is rugose; the pygidium is rugose at the base, and is elsewhere 
 
 Genus Callistethus, Blanchd. 
 
COLEOPTEEA. 
 
 51 
 
 sparingly punctured, but close to tbe sides there is also a narrow rugose band. The meta- 
 sternum, except in the middle, and the hind coxae are coarsely punctured, and sparingly 
 pubescent ; the ventral segments are smooth in the middle and very shining; at the sides 
 each has some coarse punctuation bearing a row of coarse setae ; the side of each segment 
 at the base is purple. The legs are brilliant green, with the tarsi approaching to purple. 
 Of this beautiful species a single individual was found at Murree. 
 
 PoPiLiA (Munich Cat.). 
 31. — POPILIA CTANEA, Hope. 
 Sind Valley, August 1873. A dozen individuals. 
 
 Adoretus (Munich Cat.). 
 
 32. — Adoretus plagiatus, Burm. 
 
 The species of Adoretus at the present moment are excessively difficult to name with 
 certainty : the specimens I here call A. plagiatus agree with Burmeister’s description, but are 
 four-and-a-half or five lines long, instead of three-and-a-half. The species may readily be 
 distinguished from A. nudiusculus by the deeply serrate margins of the labrum ; the two species 
 are also a little different in colour, punctuation, and pubescence. 
 
 Jhelam Valley, July 1873. 
 
 33. — ^Adoretus nudiusculus, n. sp. 
 
 Testaceus, clypeo fermgineo, fronte fusca^ nitidula, parcius brevissimeque setosus ; 
 prothoracefortiterpunctato, lateribus subcrenulatis^ angulis posterioribus omnino rotundatis ; 
 elytris obsolete costatis,fortiterpunctaUs. 
 
 Long. 9^ mm., lat. 5|- mm. 
 
 A short and moderately broad species. Head moderately large, rather coarsely and closely, 
 but not deeply, punctured. Labrum with narrow, but elongate, appendage, which is very 
 finely carinate along the middle ; the margins of the lahrum are only indistinctly crenu- 
 late, the basal portion is punctate, and bears short hairs. The thorax has the hinder angles 
 much rounded, the basal margins fine, but quite even throughout, being neither more nor less 
 strongly elevated at the sides than in the middle ; the side margin is indistinctly crenulate ; 
 the surface is rather coarsely, but not closely, punctured, the punctures are evenly distributed, 
 being about as numerous and distinct on the middle as at the sides. The elytra have three 
 indistinct longitudinal spaces free from punctures, and between these are moderately coarsely 
 punctured. 
 
 This species is remarkable from the very slight development of the pubescence : it is 
 perhaps more nearly allied to A. nigrifrons than to any other species, but it is much smaller, 
 and the pubescence is much slighter. The only individual I have seen is no doubt a female ; 
 it has the legs quite short, the anterior tibise stout and tridentate. 
 
 Jhelam Valley, July 1873. A single individual. 
 
62 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 34. — Adorettjs simplex, n. sp. 
 
 Angustulus, parallelus^ sat elongatuSy testaceus, densius albidosetosus, subopacns, subtus 
 parcius setosus, nitidm ; clypeo rotundato, in medio alte rejlexo ; prothorace basi cequaliter 
 et tenuiter marginatOy angulis posterioribus rotundatis; elytris obsoletissime costatiSy crebrius 
 punctatis. 
 
 Long. 10 mm., lat. 4^ mm. 
 
 The labrum is shining, the basal part is rather large, and has a series of small tubercles 
 arranged at a distance from the rather deeply serrate edge ; the appendicular portion is broad, 
 but is not distinctly carinate along the middle. The punctuation of the head seems close, 
 but is quite obscured by the conspicuous depressed white setae or hairs. The thorax is not 
 very short (for the genus Adoretus) ; the raised margin is fine, and is not more strongly elevated 
 at the base near the side than elsewhere ; the hinder angles are rounded, but not broadly so ; 
 its punctuation is only moderately close and coarse. The elytra are rather closely punctured, 
 and have only indistinct longitudinal costae. 
 
 The specimen described is no doubt a male ; it has the legs moderately long, and the 
 anterior tibiae tridentate. 
 
 I am unable to point out any near described ally for this species, although I have several 
 closely allied undescribed Indian species in my collection. 
 
 Jhelam Valley, July 1873. 
 
 Pentodon (Munich Cat.). 
 
 35.— Pentodon truncates, n. sp. 
 
 Nigro-pieeuSy nitidus, capite anterius truncato, angulis inter se distantibus tuberculo 
 longitudinali acutOy fronte in medio tuberculis duobus minutis ; prothorace fortiter punctatOy 
 basi ad angulos posteriores tenuiter marginato ; elytris sat crebre hand profund punctatisy 
 seriebus duplicatis hand distinctis. 
 
 Long. 19 — 20 mm., lat. 12 mm. 
 
 Head finely and densely rugose, in the middle with two minute tubercles, in front trun- 
 cate and not margined; the unmargined part terminated on each side by a distinct longitudi- 
 nal tubercular elevation ; lateral portions of head with a thick elevated margin. Thorax with 
 the hinder angles completely rounded, and the fine lateral margin continued along the base till 
 the commencement of the slight sinuation on each side ; the surface is shining ; the punetua- 
 tion is moderately fine and not close about the base and the middle ; it is closer about the 
 front and sides, and quite dense and coarse towards the anterior angles. The sutural stria of the 
 elytra is very distinct, but only indistinctly punctured ; of the three double longitudinal series 
 of the elytra only the inner one is distinct ; the punctuation of the elytra is moderately close, 
 the surface completely shining. The pygidium is sparingly punctured, but is rugose at each 
 side angle, and there are some obscure, fine, transverse rugae quite at the base. 
 
 The species is similar in form and appearance to the European Scarabceus punctatuSy but 
 it is smaller ; the punctures of the elytra are more numerous and finer, and it is rendered very 
 distinct by the distant tubercles of the front margin of the head. 
 
 Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. Two individuals, which are no doubt both males. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 36. — Pentodon ptjmiltjs, n. sp. 
 
 53 
 
 Nigro-piceus, nitidus, capite anterius truncato^ anguUs inter se distantibus tuberculo 
 longitudinali acuto^ fronte in medio tuherculis duohus minutis ; prothorace fortiter punctato^ 
 basi ad angulos posteriores tenuiter marginato ; elytris fere dense, subrugulose punctatis, 
 seriebus duplicatis hand distinctis. 
 
 Long. 14| — 15^, lat. 9 — 10 mm. 
 
 This species is so extremely similar to P. truncatus that a repetition of the description of 
 that species is unnecessary. P. pumilus is, however, scarcely half so large as P. truncatus, and 
 has the thorax rather shorter and the punctuation of the upper surface closer. The female 
 has the teeth of the front tibiae much longer than the male, and the sculpture of the pygidium 
 more diminished. 
 
 Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. Two individuals. 
 
 Orcytes (Munich Cat.). 
 
 37. — ScARAB^us NAsicORNis, Linn. 
 
 Yangihissar, April ; Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. 
 
 38. — Oryctes grypus. 111. 
 
 Jhelam Valley, July 1873. A single male. 
 
54 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 CETONIIDiG. 
 
 By OLIVER JANSON. 
 
 1. — Clinteria confinis, Hope. 
 
 A single specimen of this common Indian species was taken in the Jhelam Valley in 
 July 1873. 
 
 2. — Cetonia orientalis, G. & P. 
 
 Dr. Schaum has regarded this species as identical with C. aerata, Er., and as only a 
 variety of C. speculifera, Swartz ; they are, however, three quite distinct species, and have been 
 indicated as such by Blanchard. In the Munich Catalogue aerata is given as a synonym 
 under specuUfera. 
 
 Two specimens in the collection were taken at Kogyar between 31st May and 2nd June 
 1874. 
 
 3. — Cetonia dalmanni, G. & P. 
 
 Three specimens of this variable species were taken at Murree ; it appears to be generally 
 distributed over the central and northern parts of India. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 55 
 
 HETEEOMEKA. 
 
 By EREDERICK BATES. 
 
 Y&mWj—TENEBRIONlD^. 
 
 ^xxh-Y&mW^—TENTYRIIN^. 
 
 Gionp-GNATEOSUDES. 
 
 Stachis, n. g. 
 
 Intermediate between Ascelosodis and Capnisa. At once to be separated from the former 
 by its having the outer apical angle of the anterior tibiae not dentiform, and from the latter 
 by its having the antennary orbits more convex and more rounded in front ; prothorax wider 
 and more deeply emarginate in front, the sides rounded and decidedly contracted behind ; 
 elytra shining black and more or less strongly punctured, the epipleurae being sometimes 
 muricately punctured; prosternal process horizontal and pointed behind; mesosternum decli- 
 vous and concave in front. 
 
 The lateral teeth of the suhmentum are long and pointed : the mentum is strongly trans- 
 verse, almost flat, hexagonal, the apex triangulately notched in the middle, coarsely punctured : 
 the last joint of the labial palpi is robust, more or less semi-oval (broadly truncated at the 
 apex) : the outer lobe of the maxillce is furnished with a long, curved claw ; the last joint of 
 ih.Q palpi is elongate-oval and broadly obliquely truncated at apex {picicornis), or triangulate 
 with the apex a little oblique {himalaicus) : the mandibles are stout, notched at apex, and 
 are furnished on their upper edge, before the apex, with a stout horizontal tooth, which clasps 
 the sides of the labrum, and is sub-acute {himalaicus), or obtuse {picicornis), and is always, 
 more strongly developed on the right mandible than the left : the head is short, robust, more 
 or less wrinkled above the eyes, almost obsoletely so in picicornis ; throat transversely im- 
 pressed : epistoma more or less prominent, more or less distinct from the antennary orhits, 
 rounded or truncated in front, and is, in himalaicus, hollowed out at the sides, leaving the 
 mandibles almost completely exposed : the antennce are short, slender, a little thickened apically, 
 joint 3 much longer than 2 or 4 : the prothorax is strongly transverse, convex, decidedly wider 
 in front than the head, sides more or less rounded, apex more or less deeply emarginate, base 
 more or less feebly sinuately rounded : elytra convex, more or less abruptly declivous behind, 
 wider at base than base of prothorax : epipleurse moderately broad, the fold expanding at the 
 base and reaching the humeral angle, narrowly, but very distinctly, attaining the apex : tibice 
 hispid, or spinulose, elongate-triangulate, the anterior most strongly so and finely denticulate 
 on the outer edge, the apex simple ; tarsi sparsely ciliate, with short spiniform hairs, the first 
 joint of the posterior as long as the last : intercoxal process moderate, a little contracted 
 anteriorly and broadly rounded at apex ; prosternal process horizontal, a little produced and 
 pointed behind : mesosternum declivous and a little concave in front : episterna of metathorax 
 slightly curvedly contracted posteriorly. 
 
 I have failed to discover any really distinctive sexual characters in this and cognate 
 genera of the old world ; there are differences of degree in the punctuation, &c,, of the abdomen, 
 
56 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 which may he sexual, the more strongly punctured, &c., being the male. In the North American 
 representatives of these genera the male is distinguished by having on the first ventral segment 
 a round patch of short, silky-golden hairs ; at least it is so in the genera Triorophus and 
 Stihia, To this latter genus Dr. Horn denies the presence of a tooth on the upper surface of 
 the mandible. This is evidently a lapsus, as so keen and accurate an observer could not have 
 failed to detect it. With some remarkable exceptions (hereafter noticed), I have found this 
 tooth existent in all the numerous genera I have dissected, and, I believe, it will be found all 
 but universally present in this sub-family. 
 
 Syachis himalaictts. 
 
 Black, moderately shining ; underside and legs reddish-brown, antennae and palpi paler : 
 labrum entire in front : head rather strongly but not closely punctured ; strongly wrinkled 
 above the eyes, the wrinkles extending nearly to the crown ; epistoma prominent, strongly 
 separated from the antennary orbits, slightly hollowed out at the sides, broad and truncated 
 at apex ; superior tooth of right mandible sub-acute : prothorax transverse, a little narrower 
 in front than behind, subangulately rounded at the sides, front angles prominent and acute ; 
 strongly and rather closely punctured at the sides, more feebly so on the middle : elytra briefly 
 oval, convex, abruptly declivous behind, produced at apex, shoulders rounded ; the surface a 
 little uneven, covered, but not densely, with rather large but more or less shallow punctures, 
 the epipleurse rather strongly muricately punctured : underside rather densely covered with 
 large rounded punctures : flanks of prothorax very coarsely longitudinally rugose and con- 
 fluently punctured : epipleural fold more or less, but never strongly, muricately punctured. 
 
 Length 3^ to 4 lines. 
 
 Dras, Kargil, and Leh. 
 
 Syachis picicoknis. 
 
 Black, moderately shining ; underside of body black, legs and antennae piceous : labrum 
 feebly emarginate in front : head moderately, not closely, and uniformly punctured, not 
 wrinkled at the base, the punctuation a little coarser and confluent above the eyes ; epistoma 
 feebly separated from the antennary orbits, being almost continuous with them, broadly rounded 
 in front ; superior tooth of right mandible obtuse : prothorax narrower in front and more 
 feebly emarginate than in the preceding, front angle not so prominent ; sides rounded behind 
 the middle ; very finely and sparsely punctured on the disc, more strongly and closely so at 
 the sides : elytra oblong, shoulders not rounded, gently declivous behind, the punctuation 
 feebler than in the preceding, the epipleurse not muricately punctured : epipleural fold 
 smooth ; punctuation of underside much feebler and less dense than in the preceding. 
 
 Length to 4 lines. 
 
 Dras, Kargil, and Leh. 
 
 Ascelosodis, Redtenb., Reis. Novar., p. 117. 
 
 Prothorax and elytra more or less ciliate at the sides. 
 
 Base of prothorax not lobed in the middle. 
 
 Elytra densely rugose punctate. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 57 
 
 Head and prothorax with mixed punctures, i.e., there are minute punctures 
 scattered between the regular punctuation, 
 
 Antennary orbits feebly separated from sides of epistoma : punctuation on 
 back of elytra not muricate — assimilis, n.s. 
 
 Antennary orbits strongly separated from sides of epistoma : punctuation 
 on back of elytra finely muricate — ciliatm, n.s. 
 
 Head and protborax simply punctured — serripes^ Eedtenb. 
 
 Elytra thinly and feebly rugos'e punctate. 
 
 Sides of epistoma well separated from antennary orbits — concinnus, n.s. 
 Sides of epistoma nearly continuous with antennary orbits — Raagi, n.s.* 
 Base of protborax distinctly broadly lobed in the middle — grandis^ n.s. 
 
 Protborax and elytra not at all ciliate at the sides — intermedins^ n.s. 
 
 Ascelosodis serripes, Eedtenb. 
 
 The series of examples of this species in the collection were taken by Dr. Stoliczka at 
 Yanktze, Chagra, and Pankong Valley. Specimens have been very kindly compared with the 
 type by Dr. Eogenbofer of the Imperial Museum of Vienna. 
 
 Ascelosodis assimilis. 
 
 Very close to A. serripesy Eedtenb., from which it differs in having the head distinctly 
 wrinkled above the eyes ; the punctuation on the bead and protborax mixed, that is, there 
 are scattered minute punctures on the spaces between the larger punctures ; the hind angles 
 of the protborax and the humeral angles of the elytra are distinct. 
 
 Length 2f to 3| lines. 
 
 Dras, Kargil, and Leb. 
 
 These differences are rather slight, but they are constant in a large series of examples. 
 
 Ascelosodis ciliatus. 
 
 Very near to the preceding, and perhaps only an extreme variety of it : it differs by its 
 larger size, more prominent epistoma, the antennary orbits being separated from it and from 
 the front by a deeply impressed line ; the elytra entirely, though much more coarsely on the 
 sides and epipleurae muricate punctate, and the hairs that fringe the sides of the prothorax 
 and elytra much larger and fuller. 
 
 Length 4 lines. 
 
 Dras, Kargil, and Leh. A single example. 
 
 Ascelosodis concinnus. 
 
 Dark brown, shining ; underside reddish-brown ; legs, antennae, palpi, labrum, and front 
 half of the epistoma, red : head finely but not closely punctured, feebly wrinkled above the 
 
 • This species was not found by Dr. Stoliczka. A single example exists in Dr. Haag’s collection. 
 
68 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 eyes : prothorax strongly transverse, front angles prominent, sides gradually expanding fram 
 apex to behind the middle, thence strongly rounded to the base ; hind angles very open and, 
 being depressed, appearing to be broadly rounded (or obsolete) when viewed from above ; 
 sparsely punctured on the disc, more closely so at the sides ; side margins reflexed : scutel- 
 lum distinct : elytra somewhat oval, squarely truncated at base, humeral angle very open ; not 
 densely, and but little rugosely, punctured, the epipleurse muricately punctured, sides fringed 
 with hairs, longest at the shoulders. 
 
 Length 3 to 3^ lines. 
 
 Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. 
 
 Ascelosodis grandis. 
 
 Broadly ovate, convex, black somewhat nitid, underside of body black, legs piceous, tarsi 
 and antennae paler : head strongly wrinkled above the eyes : prothorax densely punctured, 
 confluently so at the sides, base considerably wider than apex, front angles not prominent ; 
 sides gradually curvedly expanded to near the base, whence they curve inwards to the hind 
 angles, which are very obtuse ; base rather strongly sinuate at each side, broadly lobed in 
 the middle : elytra convex, humeral angles distinct ; rather closely and regularly and slightly 
 rugosely punctured, the epipleurse strongly muricately punctured : margins cfliated. 
 
 Length 5^ lines. 
 
 Dras, Kargil, and Leh. 
 
 AsCELOSODIS INTERMEDITJS. 
 
 Ovate, black, a little shining, legs pitchy brown, antennae and palpi rufescent : labrum 
 distinctly notched in the middle of fore margin and shortly ciliate : head rugosely punctured, 
 most strongly so above the eyes : prothorax rounded at the sides, more contracted in front 
 than behind ; apex not deeply emarginate, front angles not produced ; base feebly sinuate, hind 
 angles distinct but obtuse ; finely not densely and somewhat uniformly punctured, the punc- 
 tures largest and slightly rugose at the sides : elytra broadest behind the middle, uniformly 
 but not closely or deeply punctured, and faintly rugulose : epipleurae muricately punc- 
 tured ; sides not ciliate ; base feebly emarginate at the middle, thence sloping to the humeral 
 angle at each side ; humeral angle distinct but open. 
 
 Length nearly 4 lines. 
 
 Dras, Kargil, and Leh. 
 
 By its habit, style of punctuation, and non-ciliated sides of prothorax and elytra, this 
 species approaches the genus Syachis. 
 
 Anatolic A montivaga. 
 
 Habit of genus Colposcelis. Head and prothorax finely, not closely, but uniformly, punc- 
 tured : epistoma rather prominent, a little hollowed out at the sides, broadly truncated in 
 front ; mandibles without superior tooth : prothorax as long as broad, contracted behind, 
 widest anteriorly, apex feebly emarginate, front angles depressed and rounded ; hind angles 
 very open, not prominent ; basal margin gradually sloping downwards at each side from the 
 angle to the centre, the point opposite the scutellum is consequently on a lower level than the 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 59 
 
 angles : elytra more or less elongated and acuminate behind, sutural region more or less 
 depressed ; minutely, sparsely, and irregularly punctulate ; smooth, or slightly irregularly 
 wrinkled, or feebly costate ; base rather strongly arcuately emarginate, but with the fold 
 entire and continuous from the humeral angle to the scutellum : humeral angle rather 
 strongly produced : flanks of prothorax and prosternum finely and not closely punctured, 
 the latter very strongly thickened at each side between the coxae ; base of mesosternum very 
 strongly and densely punctured ; base of metasternum and of first abdominal segment rather 
 coarsely, but not closely, punctured, the rest of their surface, as well as the other abdominal 
 segments, very finely and remotely punctured. 
 
 Length to 5| lines. 
 
 Yangihissar, Kogyar. 
 
 This species has completely the aspect, and many of the characters, of the genus Col- 
 poscelis. The third joint of the antennae, however, is but little longer than the second ; the 
 antennary orbits are not separated from the epistoma by a broad, deep impression, this 
 latter being less prominent, and exhibiting no tendency to become umbonate, as it does in 
 Colposcelis. The form, &c., of the eye is completely that of Colposcelis. The prothorax 
 is as long as it is broad in its widest part, and is slightly angulately rounded at the base. 
 The elytra are as deeply emarginate at the base, and the humeral angle is as strongly pro- 
 duced, as in Colposcelis. The middle and hind tibiae are distinctly hispid, the latter being 
 also elongated and feebly flexuous in the . 
 
 It is in the genus Anatolica that we find species with mandibles edentate on their upper 
 margin : in some species the mandibles are thick, and provided with a distinct tooth above, 
 which is always the most developed in the right mandible : in others (in both sexes) they 
 are more slender, and the tooth is either but faintly indicated, or is entirely wanting : the 
 present species is in this latter case. 
 
 Miceodera laticollis. 
 
 Approaching Jf. gracilis^ Esch., in habit, but more robust. Black, shining : head moder- 
 ately, prothorax closely, elytra sparsely and minutely, punctured. Prothorax moderately 
 convex, transverse, widest before the middle, well rounded at the sides, strongly contracted 
 behind to the base ; base broadly margined, rounded, a little sinuate at each side ; apex feebly 
 sub-sinuately emarginate; all the angles depressed, the anterior rounded, the posterior obtuse ; 
 elytra elongate, oval, and rather sharply produced at apex ; epipleural fold uninterruptedly 
 continued round the shoulders : the parapleurse entirely, the sides of all the sterna and of 
 the abdomen coarsely, closely, and confluently punctured, finely and remotely so on their 
 middle. 
 
 Length lines. 
 
 Kashgar, Yangihissar, Kogyar. 
 
 Miceodera paevicollis. 
 
 In habit approaching M. convexa, Tausch, but prothorax more rounded anteriorly, 
 broadest before the middle, thence gradually contracted to the base, which is much mere 
 strongly margined, and the elytra more broadly oval. 
 
60 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Head, prothorax, and elytra, minutely and sparsely punctulate : prothorax nearly as 
 long as broad, sides well rounded anteriorly, thence rather strongly contracted to the base ; 
 base slightly rounded, its margin broad and very convex; apex very feebly emarginate; 
 all the angles depressed and obtuse : elytra oval, the apex rather strongly produced : epipleural 
 fold uninterruptedly continued round the shoulders : inner side of the flanks of the prothorax, 
 and the prosternum, rugosely punctured ; sides of metasternum, and of the two first abdominal 
 segments, with a few coarse punctures ; rest of the abdomen smooth. 
 
 Length 4| lines. 
 
 Kogyar. 
 
 Sub-Family — ARISING . 
 
 Cyphogenia. plana. 
 
 Narrow, elongate, flattened above; black, more or less obscure. Mentum notched (but 
 not deeply) in middle of fore margin, disc more or less plane. Head-rhomboidal, more 
 or less sparsely punctured ; epistoma transversely convex, widely and sub-triangulately 
 emarginate in front, completely exposing the labrum and its attachment, front angles 
 more or less acute; front transversely, sometimes triangulately, depressed; supraorbital 
 ridge more or less distinct ; cheeks (immediately behind the eyes) prominent and coarsely 
 rugosely punctured. Prothorax quadrate, apex wider than base, front angles produced, 
 sub-acute ; sides more or less feebly sinuous (sometimes a little angulate at the middle), 
 and with a narrowish flattened margin; base squarely truncated, or feebly — sometimes 
 sinuately — emarginate ; hind angles more or less produced (scarcely outwardly directed) and 
 obtuse ; disc irregularly foveate, more or less finely and sparsely punctured, the punctuation 
 stronger at the sides. Elytra elongate-oval, moderately produced and rounded at apex, 
 faintly (sometimes obsoletely) irregularly and minutely muricate punctate, the unpunctured 
 intervals more or less faintly reticulately rugulose ; keeled from behind the shoulders to the 
 apex ; this keel is not completely marginal, being placed a little within the outer edge, which 
 is rounded, the epipleura being strongly indexed. Last three or four joints of antennae 
 usually bright ferruginous, the last acutely pointed at apex. 
 
 Length 7 to 9| lines. 
 
 Dras, Kargil, Leh, and Pankong Valley. 
 
 Cyphogenia hijmeealis. 
 
 In habit approaching C. aurita^ Pall. Black, obscure ; mentum very deeply notched in 
 front, the disc very convex. Head and prothorax very finely and dispersedly punctured, the 
 former with a longitudinal elevated line down the middle, and depressed at each side ; supra- 
 orbital Carina very distinct : epistoma widely emarginate in front in the ^ , more deeply (and 
 sub-angulately) in the 3 ; front angles broadly rounded. Prothorax transverse, disc convex, 
 median line lightly impressed, and with a short transverse depression across the middle near 
 the base, apex broadly emarginate, front angles not produced, but somewhat acute ; base 
 feebly emarginate, hind angles acute and outwardly directed ; sides well rounded anteriorly, 
 rather broadly margined, a little reflexed, and finely transversely rugulose. Elytra depressed, 
 gently declivous behind, the apex rather strongly produced and narrowly rounded ; widest 
 behind the middle ; obsoletely punctured, and showing some faint smooth reticulations ; shoul- 
 
COLEOPTEEA. 
 
 61 
 
 ders keeled, this keel slightly obliquely extending down the elytron, hut never for more than 
 one-fourth its length. The is smaller than the ? , and has the abdomen much more dis- 
 tinctly punctured. Antennae with joints 9-10 shorter, triangulate, 11 rather small, acutely 
 pointed at apex. 
 
 Length 10 to 12 lines. 
 
 Yangihissar. 
 
 Sub.Family-j5Z^Pr/iV.E. 
 
 Blaps stoliczkana. 
 
 Approaching B. mortisaga, Linn., in habit. Elongate, depressed, acuminate behind, 
 black, underside shining black, antennae and palpi pitchy brown ; labrum rufescent, coarsely 
 punctured : head more or less coarsely (never densely) punctured, the base densely and finely 
 muricate, becoming granulous : epistoma trapeziform, widely and feebly emarginate in front : 
 prothorax slightly transverse, sides rounded anteriorly, gradually (sometimes feebly sinuately) 
 contracted posteriorly ; base closely applied to the elytra, feebly sinuate and wider than the 
 apex, which is broadly emarginate ; front angles rather broadly rounded ; hind angles obtuse, 
 slightly overlapping the shoulders, more or less coarsely punctured; the punctures more 
 crowded and more or less reticulately confluent at the sides, and with scattered very minute 
 punctures on the interspaces ; sides feebly guttered : elytra at base a little wider than base 
 of prothorax ; sides feebly rounded, attenuate behind, the apex gradually produced forming a 
 mucro, which, in the $ , extends beyond the abdomen by a length equal to the fourth ventral 
 segment ; depressed, more or less gently declivous behind ; more or less densely confusedly 
 covered with smallish, somewhat shining tubercles, which, except at the base, are flattened, 
 generally acute behind, and here and there run together, forming irregular, more or less 
 transverse, elevated rugosities : flanks of prothorax more or less strongly undulately striguloSe, 
 and, as well as the prosternum, parapleurse, &c., sparsely minutely tuherculate : three first 
 abdominal segments longitudinally rugose at the sides, and transversely rugose on the middle. 
 
 Length to 10 lines. 
 
 Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. 
 
 Blaps indicola. 
 
 Habit of $ , B. mortisaga, Linn. Dull black ; underside and legs shining black ; antennm, 
 labrum, and palpi brownish black : head and prothorax very finely and not densely punc- 
 tured ; the latter sub-quadrate, feebly hut regularly convex, widest before the middle, 
 strongly contracted in front, more gradually behind ; sides slightly sinuous before the hind 
 angles, very narrowly channelled ; front angles narrowly rounded, the hinder nearly forming 
 right angles, and reposing on the shoulders ; base feebly sinuously emarginate : elytra not 
 wider at base than base of prothorax, elongate, acuminate behind ; sides feebly expanded to 
 behind the middle, very gently declivous behind, the apex gradually produced, forming a 
 distinct but simple mucro, which is rather densely punctured ; uniformly minutely, but not 
 densely, granulose-punctate, a little stronger on the epipleurse and at the base, which is also 
 rugulose. 
 
 Length 12 lines. 
 
 Sind Valley. 
 
62 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Blaps peblonga. 
 
 Elongate, slender, acuminate behind, black, obscure : head and protborax finely and not 
 closely punctured; the latter gently convex, but little (not half a millim.) wider than long; 
 sides gently evenly rounded and very finely margined ; base but little wider than apex ; base 
 and apex truncated ; front angles rounded, the hinder forming right angles : elytra elongate, 
 widest behind the middle, attenuate behind, the apex produced, forming a distinct but not 
 elongate mucro, very gradually declivous behind, and with distinct trace of a short costa 
 within the apex ; finely, uniformly, and not closely muricate-punctate, and faintly transverse- 
 ly rugolose. 
 
 Legs very long, slender. 
 
 Length 10 lines, 
 
 Yanktze to Chagra, Pankong Valley. 
 
 Blaps ladakensis. 
 
 Black, elytra a little shining ; oblong-ovate : head rather closely punctured : prothorax 
 decidedly broader at base than at apex, transverse ; sides well rounded anteriorly, slightly 
 sinuously contracted posteriorly; apex feebly emarginate, with the angles rounded ; base feeb- 
 ly sinuously truncate, with the angles somewhat obtuse ; but little convex ; rather finely and 
 not densely punctured : elytra somewhat depressed on the back, not wider at base than base 
 of prothorax ; sides gradually moderately rounded, somewhat rapidly declivous behind ; apex 
 a little produced, but not mucronate ; disc irregularly, finely, and faintly muricately punc- 
 tured, and intricately rugulose ; apex and epipleurse somewhat intricately covered with irre- 
 gular flattened tubercles, which are pointed behind; legs and antennae rather short and 
 robust. 
 
 Length 7| to lines. 
 
 Yanktze to Chagra, Pankong Valley. 
 
 Blaps kashgabensis. 
 
 Elongate, black, elytra more or less nitid : head and prothorax finely remotely punctured, 
 sometimes becoming obsoletely so on the latter : prothorax regularly convex ; sides well round- 
 ed anteriorly, very gradually (and but little) contracted posteriorly, finely margined ; base de- 
 cidedly wider than apex, very feebly sinuately truncated ; hind angles somewhat obtuse ; apex 
 feebly emarginate, the angles well rounded ; median line faintly impressed on the disc : 
 elytra more or less elongate-ovate, somewhat rapidly declivous behind ; apex produced and ter- 
 minating in a very distinct, pointed mucro, which, in the <J , extends beyond the abdomen by a 
 length nearly equal to the third ventral segment ; convex, a little depressed down the suture ; 
 very finely (sometimes almost obsoletely) seriate-punctate, the punctures simple, the intervals 
 also finely punctured, and more or less feebly irregularly convex. Legs rather elongate. 
 Hind margin of first ventral segment in the ^ a little emarginate at each side, leaving in the 
 centre a more or less triangulate plate, and with a villose tuft of rufous hairs ; it is also more 
 or less (sometimes very strongly) coarsely transversely rugose (with traces of a callosity) in 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 63 
 
 the middle, and longitudinally rugose at the sides ; the second and third segments being 
 likewise rugose, but never so strongly. 
 
 The ? is relatively broader than the <? , the legs not quite so long, the punctuation a 
 little more distinct, the elytral mucro shorter, the abdomen finely rugose-punctate, hind 
 margin of the first segment entire. 
 
 Length 9 to 13 lines. 
 
 Kashgar, Yangihissar. 
 
 Prosodes tristjlcata. 
 
 ^ . Elongate, parallel, pitchy brown ; approaching castaneous on the prothorax, legs, and 
 antennee. Head and prothorax finely, irregularly, and sparsely punctured, the punctuation a 
 little stronger on the sides of the latter : prothorax gently convex, uneven at the sides, a well 
 marked rounded fovea near the hind angle, and several faint irregular foveate depressions on 
 the disc ; lateral margins faintly rugulose ; sides slightly rounded anteriorly, gradually and but 
 little contracted posteriorly, widest before the middle ; base truncate, hind angles forming right 
 angles ; apex very feebly emarginate, the angles depressed and narrowly rounded : elytra not 
 wider at base than base of pro thorax, elongate, sub-parallel, depressed on the back, gradually 
 attenuated, and gently declivous, behind, margins reflexed at the apex ; on each elytron two 
 dorsal, broad, nearly smooth, cost£e ; the suture is also thickened ; the lateral margin is likewise 
 somewhat costif orm ; the intervals, which are broader than the costse, form three shallow fur- 
 rows, which are somewhat densely irregularly granulous; both furrows and costse become effaced 
 at the base : the epipleurse are very broad, vertical, smooth and shining ; the fold is also smooth, 
 broad at base (where it attains the humeral angle), it gradually, obliquely, and sinuously 
 narrows to the apex, and has a slightly flexuous elevated line running down its centre : under- 
 side pitchy nitid : abdomen feebly longitudinally rugose at the sides : prosternal process termin- 
 ating behind in a small reflexed mucro: legs rather slender; femora finely muricately 
 punctured ; tibise more strongly and closely so, and shortly hispid ; hind tibiae feebly flexuous ; 
 first joint of hind tarsi as long as the last. 
 
 $ . Laro’er, more robust, less parallel, the punctuation, &c., stronger ; the sides of prothorax 
 slightly sinuate before the hind angle : elytra more abruptly declivous behind : hind tarsi 
 shorter. 
 
 Length ^ 8^, ? 10 lines ; width of elytra across the middle 2f, ? 4 lines. 
 
 Dras, Kargil, and Leh. 
 
 Prosodes vicina. 
 
 Very close to the preceding, from which it differs by its broader form ; the prothorax 
 underside, legs, &c., shining black; the apex of the prothorax distinctly emarginate; the 
 sides more narrowed anteriorly, the angles more broadly rounded : the elytra a little more 
 gradually declivous behind ; the dorsal costse more elevated, narrower, and, especially in the 
 ^ , punctured and rugose ; the epipleurse are also distinctly rugulose : the antenna? and legs 
 are stouter ; the middle joints of the former sub-moniliform ; and the prosternal process is more 
 feebly mucronate behind. 
 
64 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 Length 3 10 lines, $ 11 lines ; width of elytra across the middle 3 3^ lines, ? 4f 
 lines. 
 
 Sind Valley. 
 
 C(ELOCNEMODES, n. g. 
 
 Habit of C(Blocnemis, Mann. Submentum rather strongly [pedunculate ; the sinus very 
 open, exposing the base of the maxilla, its outer angle feebly dentiform : mentum broader than 
 long, nearly plane, contracted posteriorly, sides and front angles broadly rounded from near 
 the base, coarsely rugosely punctured, nearly covering the ligula, which is strongly transverse, 
 and, apparently, broadly emarginate in front : last joint of labial palpi ovoid and truncate at 
 apex ; that of the maxillary feebly securiform : mandibles very thick, notched at apex : 
 antenncB having the first seven joints coarsely punctured and hispid ; joint 3 elongate, equal to 
 4-5 united ; 4-7 equal, obconic ; 8-11 perfoliate, setose, clothed, except at the base, with a fine 
 silky yellowish pubescence ; 8-10 moniliform, scarcely wider than long ; 11 longer and tapering 
 to an acute point : head transverse, sub-quadrate, but little contracted behind the cheeks ; not 
 prolonged behind the eyes : antennary orbits sub-angulate, prominent : epistoma rather short, 
 gradually narrowed to the front, which is broadly emarginate with the angles distinct : labrunn 
 strongly transverse, pilose, nearly entirely visible, very feebly emarginate in front, the 
 angles rounded : eyes very narrow, flat, obsoletely faceted, anterior margin entire : prothorax 
 moderately convex, a little wider than long ; sides well rounded, somewhat abruptly contracted 
 near the base, narrowly but distinctly channelled and transversely rugulose, finely margined ; 
 base and apex not margined, the latter arcuately emarginate, the angles broadly rounded, the 
 former truncated, the angles distinct but not prominent, and reposing on the shoulders of the 
 elytra : scutellum broadly triangular, penetrating between the elytra : elytra regularly convex, 
 scarcely wider at base than base of prothorax ; oblong-ovate, rapidly declivous behind, the apex 
 produced but scarcely mucronate ; shoulders depressed ; sides a little sinuous near the base, 
 gradually expanding to behind the middle : epipleurce broad ; the fold attaining the humeral 
 angle, moderately broad, very gradually narrowed to the apex, which it attains : prosternal 
 jjrocess closely curved round the coxae, and broadly truncated behind : mesosternum declivous, 
 faintly concave : metasternum very short between the coxae ; the episterna narrow and but 
 little contracted posteriorly ; epimera distinct : intercoxal process broad, truncated in front, 
 angles rounded : legs moderate ; femora thickened outwardly, the 4 posterior a little com- 
 pressed, the anterior with a strong tooth on the upper edge near the apex ; all the tibiw 
 rounded, the anterior not denticulate at outer edge, and having a curved excision near the 
 base on its inner side; the intermediate the same but more feebly: tibial spurs short, but 
 stout : tarsi channelled and briefly spinose beneath, the first joint of the posterior much 
 shorter than the last, upper surface granulous. 
 
 Notwithstanding its peculiar habit, this genus unquestionably belongs to the Blaptides. 
 As in this genus, so in many species of true Blaps, the ligula is almost entirely concealed by 
 the mentum. The structure of the antennae is entirely that of the genus Blaps, and most 
 closely approaches the form as seen in B. mortisaga, Linn. The short epistoma, leaving the 
 labium almost entirely uncovered, the unmargined base and apex of the prothorax, the hind 
 angles reposing on the shoulders of the elytra, also manifestly approach this genus to Blaps. 
 
COLEOPTEEA. 
 
 65 
 
 The form, &c., of the elytral epipleurse and its fold is nearly identical with what obtains in 
 most of the species of Prosodes. The dentate anterior femora have their counterpart in the 
 genus Pila, which, however, is of so widely different a habit that one cannot institute even a 
 comparison between the two genera. The peculiar and exceptionally narrow, flattened, and 
 obsoletely faceted eyes are also found in the genus Pila. The emargination at the base of the 
 anterior tibise, and the abbreviated first joint of the hind tarsi, are the most exceptional 
 characters, and show certain afidnities in the direction of the Scaurides. 
 
 CcELOCNEMODES STOLICZKANUS. 
 
 Obscure brownish black : head uneven, coarsely, but not deeply, punctured, with smaller 
 punctures on the interspaces ; the punctuation finer and somewhat granulous behind and 
 confluent on the front : epistoma separated from the front by an impressed arched line : 
 labrum lightly punctate and, together with the palpi, rufescent : prothorax having a broad 
 transverse sinuate impression near the hind margin, and with two or three f oveated depressions 
 on the disc ; covered with small granules, the sides being confluently granulose punctate : 
 scutellum densely and minutely punctulate : elytra rather closely sub-seriately punctured, 
 fainly transversely rugulose, and granulose; the suture a little thickened and smoother: 
 epipleural fold sparsely muricately punctured : flancs of prothorax coarsely undulately rugose : 
 abdomen punctured: prosternal process finely sulcate down the centre: legs moderately 
 muricately punctured. 
 
 Length 10| lines. 
 
 Hurree. 
 
 Sub-Family— PJlffiZJJiVJB. 
 
 Trigonoscelis setosa. 
 
 Black, sometimes a little nitid ; more or less broadly oblong-ovate : head strongly trans- 
 verse, remotely punctured, briefly setose : epistoma and labrum more strongly and closely 
 punctured ; the former short, gradually obliquely contracted to the front, which is broadly 
 emarginate and with the angles distinct ; the latter feebly sinuately rounded in front, and 
 densely ciliate with longish bright rufous hairs : prothorax transverse, quadrate, more or less 
 gently convex, sometimes depressed on the disc (immature individuals ?) ; median line dis- 
 tinct, or not ; apex truncated ; front angles small, but prominent, acute, directed forwards ; 
 base, which is scarcely wider than the apex, sinuate, strongly so at the middle ; hind angles 
 a little outwardly directed ; sides more or less feebly rounded before the middle, very feebly 
 sinuate before the front angles, more strongly so towards the base ; near the base is a more 
 or less distinct, broad, transverse, somewhat sinuate, impression ; granulous, the granules not 
 densely placed, especially on the disc, where they are also smaller; each granule furnished 
 with a short black seta; everywhere finely margined: scutellum small, almost petiolate, 
 generally pubescent, or covered by the hairs which fringe the lower edge of the prothorax : 
 elytra more or less depressed above, more or less broadly oval, widest before the middle, or 
 not, more or less gradually declivous behind ; the apex rather strongly produced, and (con- 
 jointly) somewhat narrowly rounded ; base wider than base of prothorax, appearing more or 
 
66 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 less strongly emarginate at each side as the shoulder is more or less advanced, which, in some 
 examples, is as strongly so as in Diesia karelini, Eisch. ; usually with an angulate depression 
 behind the scutellum; variously granulose, each granule bearing a setiform hair, which is 
 longer or shorter, black or fuscous brown ; these granules are minute on the disc, larger 
 (almost tuberculiform) at the sides, more or less distinctly seriately arranged down the elytra, 
 moderately intervalled both longitudinally and transversely ; at two-thirds the width of the 
 elytron, from the suture, is placed a more or less distinct row of rather larger and more closely- 
 placed granules, with sometimes indications of two others, one between it and the suture, the 
 other between it and the margin ; the margin is closely, suh-serrately granulose, or tuberculose : 
 starting from the humeral angle a more or less flexuous elevated line obliquely traverses the 
 epipleura ; this line is always granulose at the base, and sometimes more or less minutely inter- 
 ruptedly so along its entire length ; above this line the epipleura is sparsely granulose, the 
 granules somewhat large at the base and apex, minute and more remote between ; the part of 
 the epipleura below the line is more or less smooth, except at the apex, where are a few small 
 granules. Underside and legs moderately, closely, and uniformly (a little largest on the femora) 
 granulose, and clothed with a fine cinereous pubescence : the four hind tibiae are hispid, and 
 outwardly fringed with long fuscous hairs ; the front tibiae are strongly triangular, the outer 
 apical angle dentiform, the outer edge finely numerously spinose or dentate^; tibial spurs long 
 and powerful, the inner one considerably longer than the outer : the four hind tarsi are fringed 
 with long fuscous (sometimes becoming a little rufescent) hairs at the sides, and with a tuft of 
 bright fulvous hairs at their tips beneath : antennae black, clothed with short hairs, the 
 last joints ferruginous and naked, except for a few long setae arising from near their base ; 
 last joint short, free, acuminate at apex : prosternal process horizontal, feebly convex, granu- 
 lose, more or less prominent and rounded behind. 
 
 Length 7 to 9^ lines ; width of elytra across the middle, 3^ to lines. 
 
 Kashgar to Kogyar. 
 
 A variable species, and showing affinities with the genus Diesia. 
 
 Trigonoscelis lacerta. 
 
 Ovoid, black : head large, strongly transverse, a little tomentose,^ feebly remotely punc- 
 tured, granulose behind : epistoma broadly emarginate in front, angles distinct : labrum black, 
 middle of front emarginate, angles rounded, distinctly punctured : prothorax rather strongly 
 transverse, quadrate, depressed on the disc, and rather broadly so down the median line, apex 
 very faintly sinuate, angles somewhat prominent and acute ; sides moderately rounded ante- 
 riorly, sinuately contracted behind, base not wider than apex, sinuate, moderately so at the 
 middle ; hind angles slightly outwardly directed ; irregularly covered (sparsely on the disc) 
 with rather large, round or oval, flattened tubercles, these largest on the disc, smaller and closer 
 at the sides, the interspaces having a few scattered minute pointed tubercles : scutellum triangu- 
 lar, sub-petiolate, placed on the mesonotum : elytra oval, regularly convex, gently declivous 
 behind, apex a little produced and (conjointly) rounded : on each elytron five irregular 
 
 ‘ It is really tubercled with spines arising from their summit ; and when these spines get rubbed or broken off the edge appears 
 to be dentate. 
 
 * Most probably, in fresh examples che entire surface is covered with a dull yellowish tomentum. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 67 
 
 rows of from seven to nine generally rather large rounded and flattened tubercles, with 
 scattered minute granules on the interspaces, the apex being more closely tubercled; the 
 margins rather closely set with smallish, oblique, pointed setiferous, tubercles ; the carina 
 which traverses the epipleura is tubercled at base and apex and minutely denticulate between ; 
 the upper portion of the epipleura is studded (especially on its upper edge) with setiferous 
 tubercles, which are largest at the apex ; the lower portion is sparsely minutely granulose ; 
 underside and legs densely tomentose ; four hind tihise hispid, not fringed outwardly with 
 long hairs ; front tibiae strongly triangulate, the outer edge irregularly shortly spinose ; hind 
 tarsi not compressed, and with a few longish hairs outwardly ; the first joint as long as the 
 last : inner spur of the four hind tihise nearly twice the length of the outer. 
 
 Length 7^ lines. 
 
 Yangihissar. 
 
 The following four species of Tterocoma form a distinct group in the genus, and are 
 distinguished by the third joint of the antennae much elongated ; the prosternum protuberant 
 in the front, leaving a more or less triangulate open space between it and the head ; its pro- 
 cess enormously produced, sometimes nearly entirely overlapping the mesosternum ; the elytra 
 have each three (with the exception of Ft. semicarinata) crenated, or tubercled, costae, besides 
 the marginal, the third uniting with the marginal just behind the shoulder.^ They all have 
 the true Fterocoma habit ; and the four hind tibiae are rounded. 
 
 Pteeocoma tibialis. 
 
 Black, somewhat nitid; the four hind tibiae distinctly rufescent : antennae slender, pilose, and 
 setose : legs also slender, spinose, and pilose : lahrum notched in the middle of fore margin : head 
 feebly punctured and pilose: antennary orbits reflexed, rounded anteriorly: pro thorax convex 
 slightly sinuately emarginatein front; the angles acute and prominent; base strongly sinuate, 
 the angles small and somewhat outwardly directed, sides feebly rounded ; fin ely, especially on 
 the disc, and sparsely tuherculate, the tubercles erect, pointed, and setiferous: scutellum 
 minute : elytra with a more or less strong depression behind the scutellum ; the first costa 
 distinctly continued along the base to the scutellum ; the intervals between the costm nearly 
 smooth, minutely remotely granulous, feebly concave, with a few long decumbent hairs : 
 epipleurse a little rougher, finely rugose granulate, the hairs shorter and denser : marginal 
 costa closely set with long pointed teeth : prosternal process coarsely corrugated. 
 
 Length to lines ; width of elytra across the middle 2f to 3| lines. 
 
 Neighbourhood of Sanju. 
 
 Pterocoma serrimargo. 
 
 Smaller than the preceding, dull brownish black: four hind tibiae not distinctly rufescent. 
 Antennae shorter and stouter : lahrum not notched in middle of fore margin : apex of protho- 
 rax not at all sinuate, the angles scarcely so prominent ; the base not so strongly sinuate as in 
 
 ' Lacerdaire has given the name of “ mentonniere ” to this form of prosternum. 
 
 * The same is found in Lasiostola pubescens, Pall. 
 
68 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 the preceding : seutellum larger : elytra not depressed behind the scutellum ; the first costa 
 not distinctly continued along the base to the scutellum; the intervals from near the base 
 clothed with a cinereous pubescence ; prosternal process relatively broader, sparsely granulose. 
 
 Length 5|- lines ; width of elytra across the middle 3^ lines. 
 
 Kogyar. 
 
 Pterocoma convexa. 
 
 More narrowly ovate, and more convex, than the preceding ; black, a little nitid ; thinly 
 clothed with fine cinereous pubescence and setose ; legs tomentose, finely setose, and pilose : 
 labrum entire in front : head and prothorax at bottom very finely, densely, and rugulosely 
 punctulate, and with scattered small setiferous tubercles, which are largest on the sides of the 
 latter; apex of prothorax truncated; the base sinuate : elytra not depressed behind the scutel- 
 lum ; base a little emarginate at each side, rapidly declivous behind ; the intervals with scat- 
 tered minute punctures mixed with very small setiferous tubercles ; the first costa strongly 
 continued along the base to the scutellum : underside more densely tomentose and studded with 
 small setiferous tubercles : prosternal process not quite so strongly produced, and more pointed 
 behind than in the preceding, and rugosely tuberculate. 
 
 Length 5 lines ; width of elytra across the middle, 3 lines. 
 
 No locality given. 
 
 Pterocoma semicarinata. 
 
 Very broadly ovate, the elytra being almost rotundate ; black, slightly shining : labrum 
 emarginate in front, the angles very broadly rounded : head with a few rather large, shallow, 
 scattered punctures, most perceptible on the epistoma, and with some small setiferous tubercles 
 clustered above the eyes ; and others, still smaller, flattened, and not setiferous, on the crown : 
 prothorax slightly sinuate in front, the angles acute and prominent ; the sides studded with 
 setiferous tubercles, the disc having a few flattened tubercles which are distinctly umbilicate : 
 each elytron with a single costa placed half-way between the suture and the shoulder, 
 and extending but little beyond the half the length of the elytron ; this costa is furnished with 
 tubercles which are a little flattened at top, clustered two or three together at the base 
 they gradually thin out into single ones, and become smaller, behind ; it is also strongly con. 
 tinned along the base to the scutellum, the tubercles here being largest of all ; between this 
 costa and the side are indications of two other costse, the outer one being decidedly the most 
 distinct, these are composed of distant, very small, setiferous tubercles, there are also a few 
 exceedingly minute tubercles scattered on the intervals near the base, each carrying a short 
 seta; the marginal carina is composed of a double row of closely-set hluntish tubercles, 
 which gives to the margin a finely-crenulated appearance : there is no trace of pubescence on 
 the upper surface; the underside is thinly pubescent, the abdomen neither granulose nor 
 tuberculate : prosternum very coarsely, deeply, and confluently punctured ; its process very 
 strongly produced, smooth and polished. 
 
 Length 6 lines ; width of elytra across the middle lines. 
 
 Yangihissar. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 OCNERA STJBL^VIGATA. 
 
 Habit of 0. imhricata, Eisch. Black, more or less obscure, legs, etc., fuscous, antennae and 
 tarsi sometimes rufescent and clothed with ferruginous hairs, palpi and labium usually 
 reddish. Head large, minutely and sparsely muricately punctured, and with minute simple 
 punctures on the interspaces ; epistoma with a few coarse punctures at the sides and front : 
 labrum coarsely punctured anteriorly : prothorax quadrate, a little transverse, front angles 
 slightly prominent, sides very feebly rounded anteriorly, slightly, and sinuously, contracted 
 posteriorly ; sparsely furnished with small, round, somewhat flattened umbilicate granules, and 
 with some minute punctures scattered on the interspaces : elytra not wider at the base (which 
 is sinuous) than the base of the prothorax, regularly oval and convex, gradually declivous 
 behind, the apex a little produced ; on each elytra are seven more or less conspicuous rows of 
 varying, but never large, granules, these being generally somewhat oblique, and pointed behind ; 
 the 2nd, 4th, and 6th rows are the most apparent (the 6th being the most distinct of all), the 
 others being more or less (especially at the base) confused with the granules scattered in the 
 intervals ; the 6th row is also the most continuous (and the tubercles are placed more closely 
 together), extending from the shoulder to near the apex; the others are abbreviated behind, 
 where they are represented by minute distant granules ; the 4th and 6th converge towards 
 the base and are united at the shoulder ; the extreme outer margin is finely serrate ; the inter- 
 vals are plain, sparsely and very minutely granulose : the epipleurse are loosely granulose ; 
 the flanks of the prothorax are sparsely granulose ; the pro- and meso-sterna are rather strongly 
 granulose ; the metasternum with its flanks, and the flanks of the mesosternum are very minute- 
 ly dispersedly granulose, and clothed with a flne cinereous tomentum : the abdomen, except in 
 the middle, is more or less coarsely punctured, and with scattered granules : the prosternal 
 process is broad, horizontal, and triangulate behind : the femora are rugose and granulous and 
 hispid ; the tibiae closely hispid, the posterior feebly sinuous ; the joints of the tarsi beneath 
 are furnished at the apex with a tuft of bright fulvous hairs. 
 
 Length 9 to 10 lines. 
 
 Kashgar, Yangihissar. 
 
 Sub-family— 
 
 Gronp—PLATTSCELIDES. 
 
 Bioramix, n. g. 
 
 ^ . Head strongly transverse, front declivous to the epistomial suture ; epistoma very short, 
 broadly rounded, or truncated, in front ; the angles distinct, or not ; marked off from the front 
 by a well-impressed arched line : third joint of antennae as long as 4-5 united, or a little shorter ; 
 prothorax variable, always transverse, not closely applied to base of elytra ; sometimes very 
 feebly convex and slightly narrowly depressed at the margins, or regularly convex direct from 
 the margins ; apex strongly emarginate with the angles prominent and loosely embracing the 
 head {asidioides) ; or very feebly emarginate, the angles depressed and more closely embrac- 
 jjug the head ; front angle sometimes acute, or more or less rounded ; base either truncate, 
 or feebly emarginate, or sinuate, the angles prominent, or not, and either rectangular, obtuse, 
 or rounded ; sides sometimes more or less regularly rounded, or rounded in front and sub- 
 
70 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 parallel, or sinuate {asidioides), behind: scutellum rather large; transverse; angulate, or 
 rounded, behind ; more or less exposed : elytra variable ; more, or less {asidioides) , elongate-oval, 
 regularly convex, or depressed on the back (asidioides), more or less strongly declivous behind ; 
 shoulders prominent, or not, the angles distinct, or rounded; diffusely, or seriately, punctured ; 
 in the latter case (asidioides) the punctures are rather large and somewhat ohlong, the inter* 
 vals being more finely punctured and alternately feebly costiform ; these punctures are more 
 (asidioides), or less (sometimes only to be detected at the apex), visibly setiferous, the setae 
 being very short, and erect only at the apex : epipleurae continuous with the sides, or (asidi- 
 oides) vertical and marked off from the sides by a well-defined costa, which extends from 
 the humeral angle to just within the apex ; epipleural fold more or less broad, always attaining 
 the humeral angle, which it sometimes reflects, and gradually somewhat curvedly narrowed 
 from the base to near the apex, which it does not quite attain : prosternal process more or less 
 horizontal, generally contracted and more or less vertical behind : intercoxal process truncate, 
 or rounded, in front. The legs are less robust, and much less scabrous, and more finely 
 pilose, than in Platyscelis : the outer apical angle of the anterior tibiae is not dentiform; the 
 hind tibiae are straight, or slightly curved (asidioides). The oral organs, and the tarsi (except 
 that the middle joints of the intermediate pair have the basal angles well rounded) do not 
 materially differ from the same parts in the genus Flatyscelis. 
 
 5 . All the tarsi simple. Eorm generally a little more robust and convex, the elytra more 
 rounded at the sides, less nitid, the punctuation, &c., fainter, and the antennae a little shorter 
 and stouter. 
 
 Bioramix pamieknsis. 
 
 $ . Elliptic oval, black, a little nitid, underside and legs brunneous, antennae and palpi 
 rufescent : head finely irregularly punctured in front, coarsely punctured behind the eyes, finely 
 closely muricate punctate and pubescent behind ; broadly rounded in front ; epistoma very 
 short, the suture arched and well impressed ; labrum strongly transverse, very feebly emar- 
 ginate in middle of front margin, the angles broadly rounded, finely and densely punctured ^ 
 third joint of antennae nearly as long as 4-5 united : prothorax finely, sharply, and somewhat 
 uniformly punctured, gently convex direct from the lateral margins, not closely applied to 
 base of elytra, truncated at base and apex ; sides contracted anteriorly, sub-parallel from before 
 the middle to the base and finely bordered, base and apex still more finely bordered, but only at 
 each side ; hind angles rectangular ; front angles depressed, slightly obtuse : scutellum strongly 
 transversely triangular, densely punctured : elytra scarcely wider at base than base of pro- 
 thorax, shoulders broadly rounded, leaving a distinct open angle between them and the 
 pro thorax ; sides very feebly rounded, attenuate and gently declivous behind ; moderately 
 but very distinctly punctured, and showing here and there slight indications of a longitu- 
 dinal seriate arrangement, faintly irregularly rugulose and alutaceous ; thinly hispid at the 
 apex and sides ; epipleurae very narrow, rounded ; the fold broad, gradually curvedly contract- 
 ed from humeral angle to near the apex ; the punctuation, &c., as on the elytra above, but 
 more closely and less cleanly : underside somewhat closely and very finely corrugated, and 
 a])pearing granulous on the flanks : abdomen finely imbricately rugulose, pilose, first segment 
 with a depression at the middle of its hind margin : intercoxal process rounded in front : front 
 and middle tibiae stout, moderately expanded outwardly, the front being also trigonal, the 
 outer edge sharp and a little sinuous ; hind tibiae larger than the others, and more feebly 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 71 
 
 expanded outwardly : three middle joints of intermediate tarsi broader than long ; hind 
 angles rounded. 
 
 Length 5 lines. 
 
 Pamir from Sirikol to Panja. 
 
 Bioramix ovalis. 
 
 Oval, less elongate, and relatively broader than the preceding : head more closely, and slight- 
 ly rugosely, punctured, not densely sub-muricately punctured, nor pubescent behind : prothorax 
 more transverse, a little less convex ; sides more rounded, distinctly, and slightly sinuately, 
 contracted behind, a little depressed at the margins, foveolate at each side the middle, the 
 punctuation not so clean, the angles distinctly more obtuse ; elytra more rounded at the sides, 
 more convex, more abruptly narrowed, and more strongly declivous behind; punctuation 
 much finer and little less regular, with sometimes faint indications of costae : epipleural fold 
 less distinctly (sometimes obsoletely) punctured; front tibiae a little more compressed, not 
 distinctly sinuate at outer edge : last ventral segment with a faint depression in the middle 
 of its upper margin. 
 
 Length 4^ to 4| lines. 
 
 Bras, Kargil, and Leh. 
 
 Bioeamix puncticeps. 
 
 Very near the preceding : differs in having the epistoma distinctly squarely truncated in 
 front, more densely punctate and rugose : prothorax still more strongly transverse, front angles 
 more obtuse, sides strongly rounded behind, effacing the hind angles : the elytra very faintly 
 punctured, the shoulders still more strongly rounded, consequently the middle of the base 
 of prothorax only impinges on the elytra : epipleural fold very finely rugulose, but not 
 visibly punctate: anterior tibise distinctly more compressed, more triangulate, the outer 
 apical angle a Kttle produced: front and middle tarsi (especially the latter) distinctly 
 narrower and more pilose. 
 
 Length 4 to 4^ lines. 
 
 Bras, Kargil, and Leh. 
 
 Bioramix asidioides. 
 
 Very distinct from the three preceding species by its larger size, broader and more de- 
 pressed form, distinctly seriately punctate elytra, etc. 
 
 Oblong, oval, black, slightly nitid ; head sub-angulate in front, somewhat coarsely, but 
 not closely, punctured and a little rugose, more finely and closely so, and pubescent, behind : 
 epistoma very short, but the sides are well distinguished from the antennary orbits, the 
 angles being very distinct and nearly rectangular, the apex squarely truncated : third joint of 
 antennae as long as 4-5 united : prothorax transverse, somewhat depressed, its base rather 
 closely applied to the base of elytra, moderately punctured, the punctures each bearing a 
 short decumbent hair ; apex arcuately emarginate, the angles sub-acute ; base considerably 
 wider than apex, sinuate, the angle sub-acute and somewhat outwardly directed, although 
 
72 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 reposing on the shoulders of elytra; sides gradually expanded from apex to the middle, 
 thence slightly and sinuately narrowed to the base ; margins irregularly depressed, and 
 transversely rugose ; a faint depression at each side the disc, and another within each hind 
 angle : scutellum small, triangular : elytra a little depressed above, more convex posteriorly 
 and somewhat rapidly declivous behind ; base a little wider than base of prothorax, slightly 
 sinuate, shoulders slightly rounded, sides gradually, but feebly, rounded to the middle, gra- 
 dually narrowed behind, on each elytron eight rows of punctures, more or less efPaced at base, 
 sides, and apex ; intervals finely punctured, faintly transversely rugulose, the alternate ones 
 a little convex, especially towards the apex ; very finely and shortly hispid, most distinctly so 
 at sides and apex ; lateral margins costiform : epipleurae distinct ; the fold broad, gradually 
 curvedly narrowed from humeral angle to near the apex, faintly rugulose punctate : last 
 ventral segment with a broad depression in middle of front margin : front tibiae trigonal, 
 gradually, but not strongly, expanded outwardly ; outer edge a little sinuate ; hind tibiae 
 slightly curved : middle tarsi moderately expanded : intercoxal process truncated in front. 
 
 Length 6 lines. 
 
 Sind Valley. 
 
 Chianaltjs, n. g. 
 
 Closely related to Bioramix ; differs in having the head longer and narrower, the epistoma 
 distinctly larger, and more produced anteriorly ; the elytra costate and clothed with short 
 erect hairs ; the epipleural fold continued to the apex ; the anterior tibiae finely denticulate 
 down the outer edge, the outer apical angle very strongly dentiform ; the intermediate tarsi 
 very feebly dilated, the joints being distinctly longer than wide. In both sexes the last ab- 
 dominal segment has a semi-circular depression in the middle of the basal margin. 
 
 Chianalus costipennis. 
 
 $ . More or less oblong-ovate, dark brown, head and prothorax still darker, and nitid : head 
 but little wider than long, rather strongly and somewhat closely (except on the crown) punc- 
 tured, finely densely granulose punctate behind ; the front is declivous to the epistomal suture, 
 which is well marked and sub-angulate ; epistoma distinctly produced beyond the base of 
 antennse, broadly rounded anteriorly ; labrum strongly transverse, closely punctured, nearly 
 entire in front, the angles rounded : prothorax transverse, but little convex, sides well rounded, 
 a little uneven ; the margins narrowly irregularly depressed ; finely and not closely punctured, 
 lightly (almost obsoletely) impressed down the median line, usually with a slight foveate 
 depression at each side, and a distinct depression at each side at the base, half-way bet'ween 
 the middle and the angles ; apex narrower than base, lightly emarginate, front angles strong- 
 ly depressed, lightly rounded ; base faintly sinuately truncate, hind angles obtuse : scutellum 
 small, transversely triangular : elytra more or less oval, sides more or less rounded, generally 
 widest at the middle, suture costiform, and on each elytron four stout prominent, rounded costae, 
 the second and third united before the apex and continued thence as but one; running down 
 each interval is also another costa, narrower and much less prominent ; both costae and inter- 
 vals are finely granulose-punctate, and transversely rugulose, and the entire surface is moder- 
 ately densely covered with short erect hairs : epipleural fold broad, very gradually narrowing 
 
COLEOFTERA. 
 
 73 
 
 in a curve from the shoulders to the apex, which it narrowly attains, regularly but not closely 
 covered with very minute granules, but without traee of hairs : flanks of prothorax rather 
 closely undulately rugose and sparsely granulose : abdomen punctured and finely imbricately 
 corrugated : third joint of antennae as long as 4-6 united : tibiae densely hispid, compressed, 
 triangulate (the four anterior most strongly) ; the posterior straight. 
 
 ? . More convex and robust ; the elytral costae all sub-equal. 
 
 Length S 6^ lines — ? 6| to 6 lines. 
 
 Width of elytra across the middle ^ 2^ to 2^ lines — ? 3 to lines. 
 
 Eras, Kargil, and Leh. 
 
 Mtatis, n. g. 
 
 In this genus the head is again very short and transverse ; the epistoma is excessively 
 short, very broadly and squarely truncated in front, almost on a level with the insertion of the 
 antennae ; the impressed line, or suture, arcuate : prothorax gently convex, somewhat variable 
 as to its form, &c. ; generally it is curvedly contracted in front, sub-parallel, or faintly sinuate, 
 behind ; the apex very feebly emarginate ; the front angles obtuse ; base slightly sinuately 
 truncate, the angles acute : elytra oblong, gently convex, sides very feebly rounded, narrowed, 
 and moderately declivous, behind ; shoulders more or less oblique, the angle more or less 
 acutely prominent, sometimes dentiform; epipleural fold moderately broad, gradually narrow- 
 ed behind, not reaching the apex of elytra : the legs are slender ; the outer apical angle of 
 the anterior tibiae acutely dentiform ; the first joint of the anterior tarsi is relatively longer 
 than in the preceding genera, and the three first joints of the intermediate tarsi are (although 
 provided with a small brush beneath) scarcely at all dilated : the intermediate tibiae in the s 
 are thickened outwardly, and, as well as the posterior tibiae, are densely fringed within 
 with silky golden-yellow hairs : the pro- and meso-sterna are not nearly so convex, or 
 protuberant, as in the other genera of the group : the prosternum between the coxae is 
 thickened at each side, and terminates behind in a short reflexed mucro : the elytra are 
 finely minutely hispid, most distinctly so at sides and at apex. 
 
 Mtatis humeralis. 
 
 Oblong, pitchy brown, head and prothorax nitid : the former rather finely punctured, 
 the punctuation a little closer, somewhat confluent, and pubescent at the sides and base ; 
 slio-htly irregularly foveolated between the eyes : epistoma broadly and squarely truncated, 
 and densely ciliate, in front ; the suture well marked : labrum rather closely punctured, 
 strongly pilose : third joint of antennse nearly as long as 4-5 united : prothorax gently convex, 
 very nearly as long as broad, finely evenly punctured, sides delicately margined, curvedly 
 expanded in front to before the middle, thence very slightly incurved to the hind angles, 
 which are prominent, sub-acute, and somewhat outwardly directed; apex truncated, front 
 angles a little depressed and rounded ; base a little sinuate at each side, broadly and very 
 gently rounded in the middle : scutellum strongly transverse, generally concealed by the short 
 dense hairs which fringe the base of the prothorax : elytra broader at base than base of pro- 
 thorax, oblong, sides feebly expanded to behind the middle, somewhat rapidly declivous be- 
 
74 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 hind, minutely and not closely granulose-punctate, with distinct indications of strise, intervals 
 very faintly rugulose, and run over with very delicate sub -reticulate lines ; very faintly hispid ; 
 humeral angle very prominent, dentiform : epipleural fold finely sparsely granulous ; under- 
 side and legs of a lighter brown : abdomen closely, finely, sub-muricately corrugated, and 
 thinly clothed with a long yellowish pubescence ; the last joint in the $ with a depression 
 at the middle of its upper margin. 
 
 Length 4|- to 4^ lines. 
 
 No locality given. 
 
 Myatis qxjadraticollis. 
 
 Brown, of a much lighter shade than the preceding : head somewhat strongly punctured, 
 more distinctly foveolated between the eyes : prothorax distinctly transverse, dull-reddish 
 castaneous, clouded with dark brown, less evenly convex, irregularly foveolately depressed at 
 each side near the border, sides more contracted posteriorly, the hind angles not produced nor 
 outwardly directed ; base not distinctly sinuate at each side ; the punctuation distinctly 
 coarser at the sides : punctuation of elytra a little less clean and less distinct ; distinctly his- 
 pid at sides and apex, this very fine, short, and of a golden-yellow colour ; humeral angle 
 prominent, hut not dentiform : underside and legs of a paler reddish brown. 
 
 Length 4^ lines. 
 
 Between Leh and Yarkand. 
 
 Myatis variabilis. 
 
 Varying from light reddish to very deep dark brown : head less distinctly foveolated be- 
 tween the eyes than in the preceding : prothorax distinctly less transverse, and more uni- 
 formly brown, the punctuation stronger, the median line nearly always distinct and quite 
 smooth, more regularly and evenly convex, more rounded at the sides ; the hind angles are 
 rectangular, or are a little outwardly produced : the elytra are more parallel ; the humeral 
 angle is more or less distinct, but never prominent, the punctuation, &c., is a little closer and 
 stronger ; they are also more distinctly and uniformly hispid : the underside and legs vary 
 from very dark to pale-reddish brown. 
 
 Length 3^ to 4^ lines. 
 
 Between Yangihissar and Sirikol, and Sirikol and Sanju. 
 
 These three species are very close to each other, and I strongly suspect they really con- 
 stitute but one intensely variable species. 
 
 Sub-Family— OP^ TRIN ^. 
 
 GrouTf—OPATRIDES. 
 
 Opatrum kashgarbnse. 
 
 This species has been submitted to M. Miedel, who returns it as a new species belonging 
 to the rusficum ( Oliv.) group. 
 
 Oblong, brown, little nitid : head broadly and sinuately rounded in front : epistoma 
 short, a little convex on the middle, notched, but not sharply angularly, in the middle of the 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 75 
 
 front margin, the angles being well rounded ; antennary orbits outwardly angulately produced 
 beyond the eyes ; finely granulose (the granules black), and thinly clothed with short scale- 
 like hairs of a golden-yellow color : prothorax gently convex, rather deeply curvedly emar- 
 ginate in front, front angles not produced, sub-acute ; sides a little reflexed, gently regularly 
 rounded ; base a little wider than apex, sinuate ; hind angles produced, acute, directed back- 
 wards ; the surface more distinctly and regularly granulose, &c., than the head : scutellum 
 semi-circular, finely granulose and pubescent : elytra a little wider at base than base of pro- 
 thorax ; oblong, slightly widest behind the middle ; shoulders distinct, very finely transversely 
 rugulose ; punctate-striate, the punctures being rather large ; intervals a little convex, very 
 finely and not at all densely granulose, each granule furnished with a short scale-like hair, as 
 in the prothorax, &c. : underside thinly clothed with a fine greyish-yellow pubescence : flanks 
 of prothorax rather strongly granulose, meso- and meta-sterna and their flanks more finely so : 
 abdomen finely granulose-punctate, and transversely rugulose : metasternum as long as the 
 first ventral segment : prosternum closely curved round the coxae : anterior tibiae expanding 
 outwardly, finely muricately punctured and shortly setose : last joint of all the tarsi elongate : 
 antennae reddish, thickening outwardly, joint 3 nearly as long as 4-6 united, 8-10 trans- 
 verse and gradually broader, 11 large, ovoid. 
 
 Length lines. 
 
 Kashgar. 
 
 Opatrum ochthebioides, Eauvel. 
 
 Eras, Kargil, and Leh. 
 
 Penthices (loboderus) gracilis. 
 
 I have submitted this species to M. J. Miedel, of Liege, who for the past five years has 
 been engaged on a critical examination of the Opatrides : he returns it to me as a species 
 distinct from the rvfescens of Mulsant, and has furnished me with the following differential 
 characters : — 
 
 Than rufescens — larger : prothorax more contracted posteriorly, the sides consequently 
 are sub-angulated in the middle, front angles more pointed ; the punctuation, &c., different ; 
 in gracilis the prothorax is somewhat closely, uniformly, and finely punctured on a very 
 minutely granulose ground, and at each side the disc are some irregular foveate depressions : 
 in rufescens the middle of the prothorax is somewhat sparsely covered with fine, but well- 
 marked, punctures on a smooth ground, the punctuation on the sides being stronger and 
 closer : the elytra in gracilis are more gradually {longuement) attenuated behind, but not 
 more pointed at the apex ; very faintly sulcated, the intervals somewhat sparingly covered 
 with very minute granules and showing a line of small shallow punctures ; there is also 
 a line of very minute punctures down by the suture : in rufescens the elytra are visibly 
 although very finely, punctate- striate, the intervals being finely, transversely, unequally ru- 
 gulose : the abdominal segments in gracilis are somewhat thinly covered with very small 
 granules, arranged in almost transverse lines ; whilst in rufescens they are well punctured : 
 the legs and antennae are similar in both species, except that joints 3 to 7 of the latter are 
 more elongate in gracilis. 
 
 Length of gracilis, 4| lines. 
 
 Length of rufescens 2f to 3f lines. 
 
 Kogyar. 
 
76 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Sub-Family— OT ARSINE. 
 Gionv—PHOBELIIDES. 
 
 Lyprops indictjs, Wiedm. 
 
 Jhelam Valley. 
 
 Sub-Family— OPIN^. 
 
 Group — ADELIIDES, 
 
 Lvena lacordairei, Marseul. 
 
 Sind Valiev. 
 
 Family— CISTE LID 
 Sub-Family— C'JSKE’ZJA'JS. 
 
 Gronp-CISTELIDES. 
 
 Allecula (dietopsis) costipennis. 
 
 Elongate, narrow, chocolate-brown, head and prothorax of a little deeper tint ; underside 
 with a reddish tinge, and shining : head closely and finely punctured, pubescent ; a foveate 
 depression between the eyes : epistoma long, convex, expanding anteriorly, apex squarely 
 truncated ; lahrum strongly transverse, entire and ciliate in front, with the angles rounded : 
 last joint of maxillary palpi very broadly cultriform : antennae sub-filiform, joints 3-11 of 
 nearly equal length, ohconic, apex of 11 narrowly rounded : prothorax convex, transverse, 
 narrowed in front, sides parallel, front angles broadly rounded, base lightly sinuate, the 
 angles obtuse ; finely and uniformly punctured, lightly impressed down the median line, a 
 foveate impression at each side the median line, broadly impressed at each side at the base : 
 scutellum large, rounded behind, closely punctured, and lightly keeled down the centre : 
 elytra at base broader than the base of prothorax ; shoulders well rounded ; strongly crenate- 
 striate, the intervals convex, sparsely and very minutely punetulate, each puncture bearing a 
 very fine, minute, pale decumbent hair : the sterna are all very finely and densely punctured 
 and transversely rugulose, their flanks rather closely punctured, the punctures rounded and 
 well marked : abdomen and legs very finely uniformly punctured and pubescent : tarsi with 
 the third and fourth joints of the two front pairs lamellated, the penultimate joint only in 
 the hind pair. 
 
 Length 5 lines ; width of elytra across the middle lines. 
 
 Murree. 
 
 Gronp-CTENIOPIDES. 
 
 Hypocistela, n. g. 
 
 Near Cteniopus, from which it differs in having the third joint of the antennae but little 
 more than half the length of the fourth, and, as well as joints 3-6, obliquely truncated at 
 apex ; the palpi slender, the last joint, both of labial and maxillary, elongate, oval, and not 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 77 
 
 truncated at tip : the eyes larger, more approximate beneath, and very coarsely faceted : the 
 prothorax not curvedly narrowed to the front, and decidedly narrower at base than the base 
 of the elytra- 
 
 Htpocistela tenuipes. 
 
 Pale testaceous, legs yellow, antennae palish brown, eyes and tips of mandibles black, 
 head fuscous behind. The entire upper surface is uniformly and very minutely punctulate 
 and rugulose, and finely pubescent : elytra delicately striated : flanks of prothorax, breast, 
 and abdomen, clouded with fuscous. 
 
 Length 3| lines. 
 
 Kogyar. 
 
 Y^ixaWj—LAGRIII)^. 
 
 Sub-Family— GEIIN ^. 
 
 Lagria indicola. 
 
 Eorm, size, and colour of L. glahrata, Oliv. The eyes are silvery grey with an oblique 
 fuscous spot above : antennae moderately stout, filiform, last joint elongate, straight, cylin- 
 drical, and pointed at apex : prothorax broader at base than at apex, very feebly rounded at 
 the sides, somewhat shining piceous, the front and hind margins reddish ; a broad transverse 
 impression before the base ; feebly punctate, and, together with the head, clothed with a 
 longish fuscous pilosity : elytra delicately striated, distinctly uniformly punctured, and irregu- 
 larly transversely wrinkled : underside, femora, and antennae, pitchy brown : tibiae and tarsi 
 paler. 
 
 Length 4^ lines. 
 
 Murree. 
 
 Family — MEL 0 1 J)M. 
 
 Sub-Family — MEL GINM . 
 
 Meloe servultjs. 
 
 Small, black, with a faint bluish tinge on the elytra: antennae shining black, compact, 
 a little thickened towards the apex, joints obconic, 5-6-7 shorter than 3-4 or than 8-10, 
 10 somewhat cylindric, 11 elongate and tapering to the apex : head large, convex, distinctly 
 and rather uniformly, but not closely, punctured : prothorax rather small, transverse, 
 quadrate, all the angles rounded, base arcuately emarginate, punctured like the head, and 
 with a distinct foveate depression at each side the disc : elytra faintly reticulately rugulose, 
 somewhat scrobitulate on the epipleurge; dehiscent from one-third their length, and some- 
 what gradually curvedly contracted to the apex, which is narrowly rounded ; base emarginate 
 at each side, shoulders obliquely rounded : abdomen above faintly transversely rugulose, and 
 very sparingly minutely punctulate. 
 
 Length 3f lines. 
 
 No locality given. 
 
SECOND YAEKANl) MISSION. 
 
 78 
 
 Sind Valley. Murree. 
 Murree. 
 
 Sub-Family — CA NT HA RIN^. 
 Gtovlv—MYLABRIDES. 
 
 Mylabris sid^, Fab., Marseul. 
 Mylabris macilenta, Marseul. 
 
 Gion-p—CANTHABlDES. 
 
 Cantharis antennalis. 
 
 Sind Valley. ” ’ . 
 
 Epicaeta haagi. 
 
 3 . Head dull red, with a large, smooth, blood-red callosity at the base of each antenna ; 
 strongly and closely punctured, a short, fine, elevated line running down the middle of the 
 crown ; scantily clothed with fine black hairs at the sides and behind ; epistoma more or less 
 clouded with black, broadly and feebly sinuately truncated in front, less densely punctured 
 than the head ; lahrum entirely black, sinuous in front, punctured like the epistoma : antennae, 
 excepting the two basal joints which are red above, black, strongly depressed, the joints 
 longitudinally excavated on their inner side; joint 3 elongate, triangulate, 4-6 much shorter, 
 and becoming gradually narrower, 3-7 more or less strongly obliquely emarginated at apex, 
 with the inner angle produced, 8-10 of nearly equal length, but becoming gradually narrower, 
 truncated at apex, 11 longer and narrower than 10, cylindric and rounded at apex, the outer 
 joints densely clothed with cinereous pubescence : prothorax black, a little nitid, slightly longer 
 than wide, convex, a strong depression at the middle of the base ; sides a little rounded before 
 the middle, strongly narrowed anteriorly from before the middle, very gradually, and but little, 
 contracted posteriorly ; closely and deeply punctured, and pilose ; sides, apex, and median line 
 usually clothed with dull yellowish-white decumbent hairs : elytra dull black ; base consider- 
 ably wider than base of prothorax, divaricate nearly from the base, the apex obliquely rounded ; 
 very finely and densely granulose and transversely rugulose, clothed with short decumbent 
 black hairs ; the margins entirely bordered with a line of dull yellowish-white interwoven hairs, 
 and there is also, in fresh examples, a dorsal stripe of the same : underside and legs shining 
 black, and, except the last ventral segment, more or less thickly clothed with hairs of the same 
 character as those that border the elytra ; last ventral segment triangulately excised at apex : 
 anterior femora with the usual sericeous hairy spot at the emargination near the apex ; the front 
 tibiae are also emarginated at the middle within and excavated down the inner side, this 
 is filled in with the like silky-golden pubescence : tarsi simple, the first joint of the anterior 
 swollen on the inner side. 
 
 ? . Smaller ; the callosities on the head feebler : antennae shorter, slightly attenuated out- 
 wardly , joint 3 elongate, 4-6 much shorter, 3-7 more or less slightly obliquely truncated at 
 apex, 8-10 equal, cylindric, 11 longer, rounded at tip : front legs as in the s but weaker : last 
 ventral segment more feebly excised at apex. 
 
 Length 3 9 to 10 lines, ? 7^ lines. 
 
 Murree.* 
 
 * Dr. Haag, who is at the present time engaged on a monograph of this group, has examined and pronounced this species to be unde- 
 scribed. Mr. C. O. Waterhouse of the British Museum also states that it is quite distinct from any species described by himself (in Trans. 
 Kilt. Soc. London 1871, pp. 405-8), or by Hope. 
 
COLEOPTERA. 
 
 79 
 
 ■ ■ ' Group — SITABIDES. 
 
 SiTARIS (CrIOLIS) PECTORALIS. 
 
 Shining testaceous, tips of mandibles, eyes, scutellum, meso- and meta-sterna, and their 
 flanks, black ; middle and hind coxae shining black : antennae filiform, last 7 joints fuscous 
 black, last joint elongate and tapering to a point : head broadly triangulate, convex, smooth, 
 faintly punctate : the epistoma is separated from the front by a deeply-impressed arched line, 
 and is in a lower plane than the front : labrum impressed on the disc, notched in front : eyes 
 st?k>ngly transverse, rather narrow, not prominent : prothorax convex, transverse, sides rounded, 
 and broadest, in the middle ; somewhat abruptly and strongly contracted anteriorly, less so 
 posteriorly ; faintly punctured : scutellum closely punctured, narrowly rounded behind ; tlie 
 part placed on the mesonotum is broad, faintly costate down the middle, and with a thickened 
 border at each side of a cinnamon-brown colour : elytra somewhat of a pale-cinnamon colour ; 
 tapering gradually behind, and dehiscent from about a third of their length ; thinly clothed 
 with a fine, silky, greyish pubescence, and with two or three slightly flexuous costse, the outer 
 one less distinct : upper division of the tarsal claws closely finely pectinated. 
 
 Length 4f lines. 
 
 Kogyar. 
 
 COLEOPTERA HETEROMERA. 
 
 Explanation op Plate II. 
 
 Fig. 1. Syaehis himalaicus.- 
 
 ,, 2. Ascelosodis ciliatus. 
 
 3. ,, grandis, 
 
 ,, 4. „ intermedius. 
 
 „ 5. Anatolica montivaga. 
 
 „ 6. Microdera parvicoUis. 
 
 „ 7. Cgphogenia plava, 
 
 8. „ humeralis. 
 
 „ 9. Blaps perlonga. 
 
 „ 1 0. „ indicola. 
 
 „ 11. Prosodes trisulcata. 
 
 „ 12. Ccelocnemodes stoliczkanus. 
 
 Fig. 13. Trigonoscelis lacerta. 
 
 „ 14. Plerocoma serrimargo. 
 
 ,, 15. ,, semicar inata. 
 
 „ 16. Bioramix asidioides $. 
 
 „ 16. Idem, anterior tarsus. 
 
 „ 17. Chianalus costipennis. 
 
 „ 18. Mgatis humeradis. 
 
 „ 19. Penthicus {Lobodems) gracilis. 
 „ 20. Hypocistela tenuipes. 
 
 „ 21. Meloe ser cuius. 
 
 „ 22. Epicauta haagi $ . 
 
 Government of India Central Printing 
 
 0*ce. -No. 16 D. G. S.— 13-11-90.-276. 
 
i 
 
 u -t. 
 
 
 * •» 
 
 
 ■ 4 . 
 
 A 
 
 % 
 
 n 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 > • ■ 
 
 
Purkiss.del etlith 
 
 Hinhart i£D|> 
 
COJLJEOIPTEMAs, Heteromera. 
 
 Plate ir. 
 
 Kdwin.'Wilsoii Ael.etlith. 
 
 I4int«m Bros . imp . 
 
iiR-ARr 
 
 . Of THE F 
 
 UN!VERF,iTV or jLuM)!S 
 
SCIENTIFIC KESULTS 
 
 OP 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OP THE LATE 
 
 FEEDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. 
 
 HYMENOPTERA. 
 
 BY 
 
 FREDERICK S All Til, 
 
 llublishcb bu crbct: of the Sobermnent of lubia. 
 
 CALCUTTA: 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPEEINTENDENT OF GOVEENMENT FEINTING. 
 
 1878 . 
 
SCIENTIFIC EESIJLTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. 
 
 HYMENOPTERA. 
 
 BY 
 
 FTLEDERICK SMITH, 
 
 |3ublishcb bij orbcr of the ®ol]ermncn:t of Ittbiit. 
 
 CALCUTTA ; 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OP GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1878. 
 
CALCUTTA : 
 
 FEINTED BT THE SUPERINTENDENT OF QOVEENMENT PBINTIN0, 
 8, HASTINGS STBEET. 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 HYMENOPTERA 
 
 By PREDEBICK SMITH, Zoological Department, British Museum. 
 
 HE collection made by Dr. Stoliczka while attached to the Second Yarkand Expedition 
 
 contains sixty-three species, only nine of which appear to have been previously describ- 
 ed; among them are species belonging to the families, Andrenidce, Apidce, Formicidce, 
 Myrmicidce, Scoliadce, Bompilidce, Sphegidce, Larridce, Eumenidce, Vespidoe, Tenthredinidce, 
 and Ichneumonidce. 
 
 Eemina. — P. atra,f route maculata, tihiis omnibus fiavo-annulatis ; abdominis segmentorwm 
 marginibus rufo-testaceis. 
 
 Black ; the head closely and finely punctured ; a yellow line on each side of the face 
 along the margin of the eyes ; the flageUum of the antennae fulvous, slightly fuscous above. 
 Thorax punctured above and shining ; the metathorax rugose in the middle of its base ; the 
 collar, tubercles, tegulse, the anterior tibiae and tarsi, the intermediate and posterior tibiae at 
 their base, and their tarsi, yeUow ; the wings hyaline and iridescent ; their nervures towards 
 the base pale testaceous, beyond, fuscous. 
 
 Abdomen shining, very finely and closely punctured ; the apical margins of the segments 
 rufo-testaceous. Eemale, length 2f lines. 
 
 Hab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 
 
 The genus Brosopis has a wide geographical distribution. Species occur both in the 
 Old and New World; in Europe not less than forty species are found. The genus also occurs 
 in Egypt, at Natal, and in the Cape of Good Hope; in Australia it is plentiful, and 
 
 Tribe-ANTHOPHILA (Latr.) 
 Division 1 — SOLITARIAl. 
 
 YamiXy—ANDRENIDA:. 
 
 1. Brosopis fervidus. 
 
2 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 it has been found in New Zealand. In the New World it appears to he most plentiful in the 
 United States, Mexico and California ; hut in tropical localities only two or three species 
 have, to my knowledge, been discovered. 
 
 The habits of these bees, as far as those of the European species have been observed, are 
 to form their burrows in dead sticks, in the pith of which they excavate their tunnels. 
 
 2. Lamprocolletes peregrines, Eig. 5. 
 
 Eemina. — L. capite thoraceque nigris, ahdomine chalybeo, alls fusco-hyalinis. 
 
 Head and thorax black ; the face with silvery white pubescence, as well as the thorax 
 anteriorly and posteriorly above ; the head beneath, a band between the wings, and the legs 
 covered with black pubescence; wings fusco-hyaline, the anterior wings darkest, and 
 having a violet iridescence ; at their base they are subhyaline. Abdomen ovate and of a dark 
 shining steel-blue ; the apical segments with black pubescence. Eemale, length 5 to 5^ lines. 
 
 Hah. — Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. Taken in April. 
 
 All the species of this genus, previous to that here described, have been from Australia ; 
 about twenty have been described. 
 
 3. Andrena familiaris, Eig. 3. 
 
 Mas. — A. atra, pallide villosa, abdominis segmentis tribus basalibus pallide rufo- 
 marginatis. 
 
 Black; the face and cheeks with a pale fulvous pubescence; the flagellum of the 
 antennse f usco-ferruginous beneath ; the thorax has a similar pubescence ; the coxse and 
 femora rufo-piceous ; the tibiae and tarsi pale testaceous yellow ; the wings hyaline and 
 iridescent ; the nervures and the stigma pale rufo-testaceous. Abdomen oblong-ovate, with a 
 thin short pale pubescence ; the apical margins of all the segments testaceous, those of the 
 three basal segments pale ferruginous ; beneath entirely pale rufo-testaceous. Male, length 
 lines. 
 
 Hah. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. 
 
 4. Andrena floridula, ^ Eig. 4. 
 
 Mas. — A. nigra, cinerascenti-pilosa, tibiis tarsisque posticis fulois; ahdomine nitido, 
 segmentorum marginibus testaceis. 
 
 Black ; the head, thorax and legs with long thin cinereous pubescence ; the flagellum of 
 the antennse fulvous beneath ; the mandibles ferruginous at their apex. Thorax ; the wings 
 hyaline and iridescent ; the nervures and stigma rufo-testaceous ; the legs dark rufo-piceous 
 the posterior tibise and tarsi fulvous, and clothed with silvery pubescence. Abdomen oblong ; 
 ovate ; the apical margins of the segments testaceous, and with a tliin fringe of whitish pubes- 
 cence ; the apex fulvo-testaceous. Male, length 4 lines. 
 
 Hab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, all in Ladak ; August to September. 
 
 This is a genus the geographical distribution of which is very extensive ; the species are 
 found in all parts of Europe, ranging north into Lapland. Numerous species have been found in 
 
 1 This name is misprinted on the plate. 
 
HYMENOPTERA. 
 
 3 
 
 the Azores, in Madeira, Cape de Verd Islands, and in Egypt; a few have occurred in Northern 
 India, China, and Japan. In Australia and New Zealand they appear to he very rare ; 
 no species has, to my knowledge, been found in South America, hut they are found in Mexico, 
 and are plentiful in North America. 
 
 All the species appear to construct their nests in tunnels excavated in the ground. 
 
 Family — A 
 
 5. OSMIA LABORIOSA, Pig. 6. 
 
 Eemina. — 0. nigra, puhe fulva vestita ; abdominis segmentis rnfo-margmatis ; pedibus 
 ferrugineis. 
 
 Black ; head shining and finely punctured ; the scape of the antennae, the anterior 
 margin of the clypeus, and the mandibles, ferruginous; the latter tridentate, the teeth black; 
 the face and the vertex with fulvous pubescence. The thorax has a fulvous pubescence, which 
 is usually more or less abraded above ; the mesothorax closely punctured, more strongly so 
 than the head ; the legs bright ferruginous, with the coxae black ; wings fulvo-hyaline at 
 their base, and fuscous beyond the base of the first submarginal cell ; the tegulae and nervures 
 at the base of the wings ferruginous, becoming nigro-fuscous beyond. Abdomen closely 
 punctured ; the basal segment above, and the apical margins of the second and third segments 
 broadly ferruginous ; all the segments fringed with fulvous pubescence ; beneath, densely 
 clothed with fulvous pubescence. Eemale, length 4^ lines. 
 
 Hah. — Taken in May, in the neighbourhood of Yarkand. 
 
 This genus is numerous in species, but it appears only to be found, in any abundance, 
 in temperate climates ; nearly one hundred species are known, about hah of these are European ; 
 several are found in North Africa, and they occur plentifully in North America. 
 
 6. Megachile hescindtjs. 
 
 Eemina. — M. pallide pubescens, abdomine subcordato, segmentorum marginibus pallide 
 fulvis, subtus fulvo-villosis. 
 
 Black ; the face covered with fulvous pubescence, that on the cheeks paler ; the man- 
 dibles with three ferruginous blunt teeth. Thorax ; the pubescence on the disk short and 
 thin, at the sides it is more dense, long and pale fulvous, that on the legs is very pale and 
 glittering above ; on the basal joint of the tarsi beneath it is bright fulvous ; the claws of 
 the tarsi ferruginous; wings sub-hyaline, the nervures fusco-ferruginous. Abdomen; a 
 little pale fulvous pubescence on the apical margin of the basal segment ; on the following 
 segments it is fulvous, and very dense and bright on the segments beneath. Eemale, length 
 6 lines. 
 
 Male. — Black, with the anterior legs ferruginous ; their coxae armed with an acute black 
 tooth ; a dark stain on the femora and tibiae behind, the tarsi dilated and fringed behind with 
 very pale curled pubescence. The face covered with dense yellowish white pubescence ; 
 on the thorax above it is thinner, shorter and brighter ; wings hyaline, with a faint cloud at 
 their apical margin ; the metathorax has a cinereous pubescence. Abdomen ; the segments 
 
4 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 fringed with pale fulvous pubescence ; the margin of the apical segment emarginate ; the 
 emargination denticulate. Length lines- In this species the head is a little wider than 
 the thorax, and narrowed behind the eyes. 
 
 Hab. — Taken in May, in the neighbourhood of Yarkand. 
 
 7. Megachile eelva. 
 
 Eemina. — M. atra, thorace ahdomineque hirsutis fulvo-aureis, pedibus ferrugineis. 
 
 Black ; the mandibles, scape of antennse, and the legs ferruginous ; the coxae, trochanters, 
 and tips of the mandibles, black ; densely covered with fulvous pubescence, sparingly so 
 on the vertex and basal margins of tlie intermediate abdominal segments ; the pubescence 
 on the legs is short and thin ; the anterior wings flavo-hyaline towards their base, beyond 
 which they are fuscous ; the nervures ferruginous at the base of the wings, beyond the stigma 
 they are rufo-fuscous ; the tegulae ferruginous. Eemale, length 7^ lines. 
 
 Taken on the Yarkand Expedition ; the precise locality not knowm.^ 
 
 8. Megachile dentiventris. 
 
 Mas. — M. pallide pubescens ; abdominis apice denticulato ; tarsis rufis. 
 
 Black ; the face densely covered with white pubescence, that on the cheeks is also white, 
 but shorter and less dense ; on the vertex it is pale fulvous ; the mandibles stout and bidentate 
 the teeth rufo-piceous, the apical one black at the tip. The thorax and legs with white 
 pubescence ; the anterior femora and tibiae in front, and all the tarsi bright ferruginous ; 
 the anterior coxae armed with a stout spine ; wings hyaline, the anterior pair faintly clouded 
 at their apical margin ; the nervures ferruginous ; the tegulae black. Abdomen ; the apical 
 margins of the segments fringed with very pale fulvous- white pubescence; that at the 
 sides, and beneath, is white ; the apical segment with four teeth on its margin. Male, length 
 5 lines. 
 
 Hab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. 
 
 9. Megachile serrata. 
 
 Mas. — M. pallide pubescens, abdomine oblongo, ano injiexo, spimiloso. 
 
 Black ; the face with pale fulvous pubescence, that on the cheeks cinereous ; the 
 antennae fulvous beneath. Thorax clothed above with pale fulvous pubescence ; at the sides, 
 beneath, and on the legs, it is cinereous ; the tarsi ferruginous, with the basal joint of the 
 intermediate and posterior pairs, black above ; the anterior coxae dentate ; wings hyaline, 
 the anterior pair slightly clouded at the apex, the nervures ferruginous, the tegulae black. 
 Abdomen oblong, obtuse at the apex ; the two basal segments with pale fulvous pubescence ; 
 the apical margins of the segments fringed with pale pubescence ; the apical segment clothed 
 with short pale pubescence, its margin serrated ; beneath, the apical segment is produced 
 into a large triangular process, acute at its apex. Male. Length 5 lines. 
 
 Hab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. 
 
 ' Probably, like some other specimens without labels, this may have been from the hills south of Yarkand. 
 
HYMENOPTERA. 
 
 5 
 
 10. Megachile vigil ans. 
 
 Eemina. — M. pallide pubescens ; ahdomine subtus argenteo-villosulo, segmentormn mar- 
 ginibus dorsalibus palUdo-fasciatis. 
 
 Black ; the face clothed with dense white pubescence ; the mandibles with four blunt 
 teeth. The puheseence on the thorax and legs whitish, that on the tarsi beneath fulvous ; 
 wings hyaline, the nervures black. Abdomen suhcordate, the basal segment deeply concave, 
 the metathorax rounded and fitting into the cavity, the abdomen curving upwards, the 
 apical margins of the segments with fasciae of white pubescence ; beneath, densely clothed 
 with silvery-white pubescence. Eemale, length lines. 
 
 B-ob. — Eras, Kargil, and Leh, all in Ladak. (August and September.) 
 
 This genus is perhaps the most numerous in species of all the genera of bees ; it is 
 also the most cosmopolitan ; about three hundred species are known ; they occur both in 
 temperate and tropical climates ; about fifty are known to inhabit India, China, and the islands 
 of the Eastern Archipelago ; they are abundant in Australia, also in both North and South 
 America. 
 
 A large number are, from their habit of lining their nests with pieces of leaf, popularly 
 called leaf-cutting bees, but their habits vary ; nests of Indian species prove that some 
 species belong to the section of mason-bees, their nests being constructed of agglutinated 
 particles of sand or mud ; of the habits of the Australian species, we are at present ignorant. 
 
 11. Anthidium vigilans, Eig. 7. 
 
 Eemina. — A. atrum, capite tJioraceque Jlam-variegatis ; abdominis maculis later alibus 
 jiavis. Mas. — A. abdominis inflexi lateribus fasciculato-pilosis, ano septemdentato. 
 
 Black; the head and thorax very closely punctured and suhopaque, the abdomen 
 shining and more finely punctured. The clypeus, base of the mandibles, and a line on the 
 posterior margin of the vertex, interrupted in the middle, yellow. A stripe on each side of 
 the thorax in front, and an interrupted line on the posterior margin of the scutellum 
 yellow ; the femora at their apex beneath, and the tibiae and tarsi outside, yellow ; wings 
 suh-hyaline, the marginal cell with a fuscous stripe at its anterior margin. Abdomen ; each 
 segment with a transverse yellow lateral macula ; beneath, clothed with bright pale fulvous 
 pubescence. Eemale, length lines. 
 
 The male is considerably larger than the female and is much more pubescent, but is 
 marked with yellow in the same manner, the yellow stripes on the abdomen being broader 
 and forming interrupted bands; the segments have at their lateral margins a floccus of 
 whitish glittering pubescence ; the apical segment is tridentate, the lateral teeth yellow, the 
 central one smaller and black ; there is also a tooth at the lateral margins of the fifth and 
 sixth segments. Male, length 7 lines. 
 
 Bah. — The locahty of the male is the neighbourhood of Yarkand, and although the precise 
 locahty of the female is not ascertained, there is a sufficient general resemblance between 
 the sexes to justify uniting them as one species. 
 
 The genus Anthidium has a wide geograpliical distribution ; species are found in Europe, 
 Arabia, Syria, Algeria, Cape of Good Hope, Sierra Leone. About six species are knovui from 
 
6 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 India, but I have not seen any from China, the islands of the Eastern Archipelago, nor from 
 Australia ; the known number of species is about one hundred. 
 
 12. Crocisa histrio, Eabr. 
 
 Nomada histrio, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, 345. 
 
 Melecta histrio, Latr., Hist. Nat. Crust, et Ins., iii. 
 
 Fabr., Syst. Piez., 385. 
 
 Spin., Ins. Ligur., i, 153. 
 
 Crocisa histrio, Latr., Gen. Crust, et Ins. iv, 172. 
 
 St. Farg., Hym., ii, 454. 
 
 Eversm., Bull. Mosc., xxv, 104. 
 
 Sab . — Taken in the neighbourhood of Yarkand, also at Yangihissar. Found also in 
 Southern France, Russia and Algeria. 
 
 13. Crocisa intrtjdens, Fig. 8. 
 
 Femina. — C. nigra, capite, thoraceque, pedihmque albo variegatis, scutello emarginato. 
 
 Black ; the face and cheeks covered with dense snow-wliite pubescence, on the vertex 
 it is shorter and tliinner ; the clypeus porrect, the mandibles ferruginous. The anterior 
 margin and sides of 'the thorax covered with white pubescence ; the mesothorax with three 
 spots anteriorly, the central one oblong, the other two ovate ; also two quadrate spots 
 posteriorly, of white pubescence ; the scutellum deeply emarginate and having a little white 
 pubescence in the emargination ; the tibiae white outside; wings hyaline, their apical 
 margins slightly clouded. Abdomen, a broad band of white pubescence at the base and 
 a narrower one on the apical margin of the segments, aU slightly interrupted in the 
 middle. Female, length lines. 
 
 Sah. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. 
 
 This genus of bees is not numerous in species ; only about twelve are at present known, 
 but their distribution is extensive; they have occurred in Europe, North Africa, Natal, South 
 Africa, Ceylon, India, in various islands of the Eastern Archipelago, China, and Australia. 
 
 14. Anthophora vigilans. 
 
 Mas.-— -^4. nigra, pallide villosa, thorace flavescente, abdominis segmentis palUdo-mar- 
 ginatis. 
 
 Black; the mandibles, labrum, anterior margin of the clypeus, and a central line 
 uniting with it, white ; the tips of the mandibles rufo-piceous, and two minute black spots 
 at the base of the labrum ; the pubescence on the face yellowish white, the thorax with 
 similar pubescence above ; the posterior tibiae and tarsi with white pubescence. Abdomen ; 
 the apical margins of the segments pale testaceous and having fasciae of white pubescence. 
 The wings clear hyaline. Male, length 5 lines. 
 
 Sab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, all in Ladak. 
 
HYMENOPTERA. 
 
 7 
 
 15. Anthophora senex. 
 
 Mas. — A. atra,pallide villosa, facie antice labroque Jlavis ; pedihus intermediis elongatis. 
 
 Black ; the face as high as the insertion of the antennae, the lahrum, and scape of the 
 antennae in front, yellow ; the pubescence on the head pale fulvous, whitish on the clypeus. 
 Thorax pubescent ; the puheseence faintly yellowish, that on the legs long and ragged ; 
 the tarsi testaceous, exeept the basal joint ; the intermediate legs elongate, the fifth joint 
 densely fringed with black pubescence, forming a thick brush ; the apieal joint of the tarsi 
 rufo-piceous. Abdomen thinly covered with pale puhescenee ; the margins of the segments 
 pale testaceous. Male, length lines. 
 
 Hah . — Neighbourhood of Yarkand and Yangihissar. Taken in April. 
 
 This genus is cosmopohtan, not less than one hundred and fifty species are knowm ; of 
 these twelve are from India. 
 
 16. Xtlocopa nitidiventris, ^ Eig. 10. 
 
 Eemina. — X. nigra., thorace supra puhe flava decorata, tibiarum posticarum apicibus tarsis- 
 que omnibus pube ferruginea vestitis, alis nigro-fuscis iridescentibus. 
 
 Blaek ; the puheseence on the head black ; very closely punetured and opaque. Thorax, 
 clothed above with bright pale yellowish puheseence ; on the sides, beneath, and on the 
 femora and tibiae, it is hlaek ; that at the apex of the posterior tibiae and on all the tarsi, 
 bright fulvo-ferruginous ; that on the anterior tarsi mixed with a little hlaek on the first 
 joint ; wings fuscous, palest towards their base, and having a violet irideseence in certain 
 lights. Abdomen very smooth and shining, and also very convex, being suhglohose; 
 beneath, the apical margins of the segments are narrowly ferruginous, the two sub-apical 
 ones being fringed with bright ferruginous hairs. Eemale, length 7^ lines. 
 
 Hab . — Taken in May, in the neighbourhood of Yarkand. 
 
 17. Xtlocopa dubiosa, Eig. 9. 
 
 Mas. — X. nigra, fulvo-pubescente ; facie antice labioque flavis ; abdomine ovato, con- 
 vexiusculo, segmentorum marginibus fulvo fasciatis. 
 
 Black; the head, thorax, and the base of the abdomen densely elothed with fulvous 
 pubescence ; the face below the insertion of the antennae and the lahrum, yellow ; the 
 anterior margin of the latter black ; the tarsi ferruginous; wings fulvo- hyaline, slightly 
 fuscous towards their apical margins ; the nervures ferruginous, the costal nervure blackish. 
 Abdomen ovate, truneate at the base, convex, shining and finely punctured; the apical 
 margins of the segments with a narrow fringe of fulvous puheseence, more or less interrupted 
 in the middle ; the sixth and seventh segments covered with fulvous pubescence. Male, 
 length 7| lines. Probably the male of X. nitidiventris. 
 
 Taken in April, at Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. 
 
 Represented on the plate as X. dubiosa- ? 
 
8 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 18. Xylocopa convexa. 
 
 Eemina. — X. nitida, nigra ; alls nigro-fuscis violaceo splendide micantihus ; abdomine 
 convexo. 
 
 Black and shining ; the head not closely hut rather finely punctured ; the front with 
 short dense black pubescence ; the margins of the clypeus raised and sliining, and with a 
 central shining carina ; the flagellum, except the basal joint, obscurely fulvous beneath. The 
 disk of the mesothorax and the base of the scutellum smooth, shining, and impunctate ; the 
 sides, beneath, and the legs, with black pubescence ; wings with a beautiful blue, violet 
 and green iridescence. Abdomen very convex, with fine distant punctures ; the sides 
 and apex with black pubescence. Eemale, length 9 to 10 lines. 
 
 E-tth. — Kugiar, 90 miles south of Yarkand. Taken in May and June. 
 
 Xylocopa has an universal distribution ; in my monograph of the genus, published in 
 1874, one hundred and twenty-three species are registered ; the number has been slightly 
 increased since that time. In India twenty species have been found. 
 
 Division 2— SOCIALES. 
 
 19. Bombus vallestris. 
 
 Operaria. — B. hirsutus, ater, thorace supra abdominisque fascia basali favis, segmento 
 secundo et apice f err ugineo-f aims. 
 
 Black; the head suh-rotundate, with black pubescence; the thorax above, the sides, and 
 beneath the wings, densely clothed with pale yellowish-white pubescence ; beneath and on 
 the legs it is black ; the four apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous ; wings fuscous, the 
 nervures black. Abdomen ; at the extreme base a fringe of pale yellowish white pubescence, 
 on the second segment and also on the three apical ones it is ferruginous. Worker, length 
 6| lines. 
 
 Eab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 
 
 The male exactly resembles the worker, having also black pubescence on the face. 
 
 20. Bombus longiceps. 
 
 Operaria. — B. hirsutus, ater, thorace dorso pallide fulvo ; abdominis segmentis analibus 
 tribus rufo-fulvis. 
 
 Black ; the head elongate, the clypeus smooth and shining ; the tips of the mandibles 
 rufo-piceous ; the flagellum of the antennae obscurely fulvous beneath. Thorax above, and 
 at the sides beneath the wings, densely clothed with bright fulvous pubescence ; beneath, 
 and on the legs, it is black ; the four apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous ; the wings hyaline. 
 Abdomen ; the three basal segments with black pubescence, usually more or less abraded 
 towards the base, which is smooth and sliining ; the apical segments fulvo-ferruginous. 
 "Worker, length 9 lines. 
 
 Eab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, Ladak. (August and September.) 
 
 The male of this species is clothed exactly the same as the female, the face having 
 also black pubescence. 
 
HYMENOPTEEA. 
 
 9 
 
 21. Bombus axtaicus. 
 
 Bombus celtaicus, Eversm. Bull, Mosc., xix, 436, tab. 4, fig. 1. 
 
 Hah. — Tankse, Pangkong valley, Ladak ; also in Asiatic Enssia. 
 
 22. Bombus bizonatus. 
 
 Eemina. — B. hirsutiis, ater ; tliorace antice, scutello, abdomineque basi jlama, medio 
 nigro-fasciato, apice pallido. 
 
 The head clothed with black pubescence, the lahmm fringed with fnlvons ; the 
 clypens naked, smooth and shining. Thorax clothed with pale fulvous pubescence and 
 having a black pubescent hand between the wings; the pubescence on the legs and 
 on the body beneath, black ; the apical joints of the tarsi with short pale pubescence, 
 that on the basal joint beneath rich fulvous; wings suh-hyaline, the nervures black. 
 The first and second segments of the abdomen with pale fulvous pubescence, the tlurd 
 with black, and the three apical ones with very pale fulvous. Eemale, length 7^ lines. 
 
 JLab. — No locality indicated, 
 
 23. Bombus oppositus, Eig. 11. 
 
 Eemina. — B. Jiirsutus, ater ; tliorace abdomineque supra fulvis. 
 
 Black ; the head clothed with black pubescence ; the clypeus naked, smooth and shin- 
 ing. Thorax, clothed above with rather short, rich fulvous pubescence, that on the sides, 
 beneath, and on the legs is black ; the pubescence on the apical joints of the tarsi is pale 
 fulvous, on their basal joint within it is bright fulvous, outside it is black ; wings subhyahne, 
 their nervures black. Abdomen, clothed above with rich fulvous, beneath with black 
 pubescence. Eemale, length 9 lines. 
 
 Hab. — No precise locality indicated. 
 
 The genus Bombus is widely distributed ; its number of species amounting to little 
 short of one hundred. Bombi are found both in the Old and New World, a few species 
 occurring in the Tropics ; the genus has not been observed to penetrate Africa beyond Algeria, 
 and it has not been found either in Madagascar, Australia or New Zealand. In the Old World 
 it has been found in Lapland, Siberia, Kamtschatka, China, Japan, India and Java. In great 
 Britain twenty species occur. In the New World, it has been found in Greenland, Boothia 
 Eelix, and at the Great Bear Lake, within the Arctic Circle. Mexico has produced some 
 of the most beautiful species of the genus ; North America is rich in species ; in South 
 America several fine ones occur. 
 
 Tribe— HETEROGYNA. 
 
 Family— 
 
 24. Camponotus basalis, Eig. 1. 
 
 Eemina. — C. niger, thorace subtus. pedibus abdominisque basi castaneo-rujts. 
 
 Shining black ; the anterior margin of the clypeus and the mandibles rufo-piceous ; the 
 flagellum of the antennse ferruginous. Thorax ovate ; the mesothorax and scutellum dark 
 
10 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 rufo-fuscous ; beneath, the pro-and metathorax and also the legs castaneo-rufous. Abdomen, 
 subglobose ; the scale and petiole, and the two basal segments castaneo-rufous, their apical 
 margins black, the second most broadly so ; beneath, these segments are entirely castaneous. 
 Eemale, length 5 lines. 
 
 Sab . — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 
 
 25. Camponottjs Bacchus. 
 
 Eemina. — C. capite abdomineque nigris, metatliorace pedibusque pallide ferrugineis. 
 
 Formica Bacchus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins., Pt. VI, Pormicidse, p. 21. $ 
 
 Gomponotus Bacchus, Mayr, Novarse Voy., Form., p. 27. 
 
 -fervens, Mayr, lib. cit., nec Smith, Cat. Hjm. Ins., p. 241. 
 
 In the same bottle in spirit a male ant accompanied the female ; its size and general 
 appearance justify me in considering it to be the male of C. Bacchus ; it is 4^ lines long, 
 black, with the antennse and legs pale furruginous, the scape being darker than the flagel- 
 lum ; the mandibles, palpi and post-scutellum are also pale ferruginous ; the wings flavo- 
 hy aline ; the nervures pale rufo-testaceous ; the stigma fuscous. 
 
 — Jhilam Valley, Punjab Hills. Ceylon, Calcutta, and Islands of the Eastern 
 Archipelago. 
 
 This genus is cosmopolitan ; its species are numerous, new kinds occmTing in almost 
 every collection made in little frequented places ; any attempt to calculate the number of 
 species would be an impossibility; until each species has been collected from its nest, and all 
 the different kinds of sexes carefully ascertained, the number of specific forms cannot be ascer- 
 tained ; workers of several sizes and forms occur in nests of many species, and if captured 
 at large, are doubtless described as distinct ; the number of species doubtless amounts to 
 hundreds. 
 
 26. Eormica simulata. 
 
 Operaria. — F. rufo-ferruginea, Iccvissime cinereo-micans ; fronte vertice et abdomine 
 nigrofuscis ; squama subtriangulariter rotmidata, mar ghie super o rotundato ; area 
 frontali opaca. 
 
 The head red, with the vertex and the front, as far as the insertion of the antennae, 
 more or less rufo-fuscous ; the clypeus with a longitudinal sharp carina in the middle ; its 
 anterior margin rounded and entire ; mandibles ferruginous, with their teeth black ; the 
 antennae ferruginous, with the flagellum, beyond the third joint, fuscous. Thorax and 
 legs bright blood-red. Abdomen covered with fine cinereous pile; in some examples 
 fusco-ferruginous at the base ; with a few scattered pale setae ; the scale of the peduncle red, 
 its superior margin rounded. Worker, length 3 lines. 
 
 Sab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panja ; also at Yarkand ; April 
 and May. 
 
 This species closely resembles the Formiea sanguinea of Europe, particularly small 
 workers of that species ; the specimens were collected in spirit ; therefore it is probable the 
 entire insect would, when living, be covered with a fine pile. 
 
HYMENOPTEEA. 
 
 11 
 
 27. Eormica praterna. 
 
 Operaria. — F. rnfo-fusca, sparse pilosula ; mandihulis, antennarum scapis, Jiagellornm 
 basi, pedibusque pallide rufescentihus ; area frontali opaca. 
 
 The insect covered with a fine grey pile; the anterior part of the head rufo-testaceous, 
 the mandibles ferruginous ; the scape of the antennae and a few of the basal joints of the 
 flagellum pale ferruginous ; the legs and scale of the peduncle entirely of that colour ; 
 the scale rounded above. The base of the abdomen in some examples more or less tinged 
 with ferruginous ; the abdomen with a few scattered pale setae. Worker, length 2f to 3 lines. 
 
 Hah. — No precise locality indicated. 
 
 This species very closely resembles the Formica cunicularia of Europe, but its pale legs 
 give it a different aspect. 
 
 28. Eormica deeensor. 
 
 Operaria. — F. rufo-ferruginea, Icevissime cinereo-micans ; fronte abdominequefusco-nigris; 
 squama subtriangulariter, margine supero rotundato. 
 
 Head, thorax, legs, antennae, and squama rufo-ferruginous ; the apical half of the 
 flagellum and the front above the insertion of the antennae, fuscous ; an impressed line 
 from the anterior ocellus to the clypeus, the latter with a sharp central carina ; the 
 frontal area opaque ; the teeth of the mandibles black ; the head and the flagellum with 
 fine cinereous pile. 
 
 The abdomen fusco-ferruginous at the base, and the extreme apex pale ferruginous ; the 
 abdomen covered with a fine cinereous pile; beneath fusco-ferruginous. Worker, length 
 2 1 lines. 
 
 JLab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sarikol to Panja. (April and May.) 
 
 29. Eormica Candida. 
 
 Eemina. — F. nigra nitidissima ; mandibulis, antennis, pedibusque rnfescentibus ; squama 
 lata, subtriangulariter, margine supra rotundato. 
 
 Shining black; the mandibles, antennse, and legs ferruginous; the latter slightly 
 fuscous above, as are also a few of the apical joints of the flagellum above. The head, the 
 width of the thorax ; the clypeus with a sharp central carina ; the frontal area semiopaque ; 
 the mandibles stout, and with longitudinal punctures. The metathorax semiopaque, and 
 with a fine cinereous pile, which also covers the squama, legs, and thorax on the sides and 
 beneath. Abdomen oblong-ovate, very smooth and shining, and with a sprinkling of pale 
 hairs at the apex ; the extreme apex pale testaceous. Eemale, length lines. 
 
 Hab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sarikol to Panja. (April and May.) 
 
 Y&im\j—MYRMICIDjF, (Sm.) 
 
 30. Mtrmica cursor. 
 
 Eemina. — M. sordide rubra; capite thoraceque longitudinaliter striatis ; abdomine fusco- 
 nigro, nitido ; mandibulis, antennis, pedibusque pallide ferrugineis. 
 
 Obscure ferruginous, with the head sometimes nearly black, or with the sides more or 
 less ferruginous ; the antennae with the scape and a few of the basal joints of the flagellum 
 
12 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 pale ferruginous, the rest fusco-ferruginous ; the head longitudinally hut uTegularly striated, 
 the striae at its sides formed of confluent punctures. Thorax longitudinally striated, oblong- 
 ovate, and having a longitudinal ferruginous space above, enclosed by a black margin ; the 
 sides and beneath ferruginous; the metathorax with two short, stout, acute, compressed 
 spines ; the legs pale ferruginous. Abdomen globose, smooth and shining ; the first node 
 of the petiole wedge-shaped when viewed sideways, and coarsely rugose, the second node 
 globose and suh-rugose. The scape of the antennse in this species is bent and slender at the 
 base as in the M. ruginodis of Europe, which it closely resembles ; it is, however, a rather 
 smaller insect. Eemale, length 2f lines. 
 
 Scih . — No precise locality indicated. 
 
 31. Myrmica ltjctuosa. 
 
 Mas. — M. niger, nitidmsculus ; mcmdibulis, antennis, pedibusque, necnon capite thorace- 
 que, sordide pallescentibus ; alis Jiyalinis^ nenis rtifo-palUdis. 
 
 Black ; head and thorax longitudinally striated ; the metathorax with transverse curved 
 striae, and with two stout compressed spines, its apex obscurely rufo-piceous ; the club of the 
 antennae paler than the rest of the antennae. The wings pale fulvo -hyaline and iridescent ; 
 the stigma and nervures pale ferruginous ; the legs long and slender, with the apical joints of 
 the tarsi pale testaceous. Abdomen smooth and shining, and with a few scattered pale hairs ; 
 the nodes of the abdomen rugose, the first oblong, the second globose. Male, length 2| lines. 
 
 Hob. — Murree (Mari), Punjab hills. 
 
 32. Myrmica breviceps. 
 
 Eemina. — Ji. sordide rubida ; mandibulis, antennis, pedibusque pallide ferrugineis ; 
 capite thoraceque longitudinaliter prqfunde striatis ; abdomine rufo-nigro, nitido. 
 
 Rufo-ferruginous ; the head strongly longitudinally striated; a small smooth shining 
 space at the base of the clypeus, wliich is deeply longitudinally grooved ; the mandibles 
 striated. Thorax above with a black patch on each side of the mesothorax, and another at 
 the anterior portion ; the metathoracic spines short, stout and acute. The first node of the 
 abdomen longitudinally rugose, the second transversely so ; the abdomen smooth and shining, 
 ferruginous at the base ; the rest dark rufo-fuscous, nearly black, and with scattered erect 
 pubescence. Eemale, length 2^ lines. 
 
 Hah. — No locality or date. 
 
 This insect very closely resembles two or three of the British species, particularly 
 Myrmica sulcinodis ; its head is, however, shorter than that of the British insect. 
 
 33. Crematogaster apicalis. 
 
 Eemina. — C. pallide castaneo-rufm,lcevis, nitidus ; abdomine apicem versus nigrescente i 
 alls hyalinis. 
 
 Rufo-castaneous, smooth, shining and impunctate ; the eyes, margins of the mandibles, 
 and the anterior margin of the clypeus narrowly black ; the clypeus finely longitudinally 
 
HYMENOPTEEA. 
 
 13 
 
 striated. The mesotliorax with a few longitudinal dark lines ; the scutellum convex, and 
 rounded behind; the metathorax truncate, not spined, and paler than the mesothorax; 
 wings clear hyaline, the nervures and stigma pale rufo-testaceous. Abdomen oblong-ovate, 
 the base castaneo-rufous, from thence becoming gradually darker to the apex. Eemale, 
 length lines. 
 
 Sab. — Jhilam valley, Punjab hills. Taken in July. 
 
 31. Dortltjs (Typhlopone) l^eviceps, Eig. 2. 
 
 Operaria. — T. rufo-testaceus, capite castaneo, mandibuUs nigris. 
 
 Head 'oblong, suhquadrate, rather wider anteriorly, the flagellum slightly fuscous ; 
 very smooth and shining, and with a very faintly impressed central longitudinal line, 
 and also a few delicate scattered punctures. Thorax oblong, divided in the middle by a 
 transverse suture, flattened above and having a few fine pmictures. Abdomen, the node of 
 the peduncle incrassate, subquadrate above; oblong-ovate. Worker, length 3^ lines. 
 
 Sab. — Jhilam valley. Taken in July. 
 
 The insects described under the generic name Typhlopone of Westwood are now dis- 
 covered to be the workers of Sorylus ; the late Dr. Jerdon observed them issuing from the 
 nests, in company with males of Dorylus ; Dr. Gerstaecker has described the female of 
 Dorylus in the Stett. Ent. Zeits. for 1863, under the generic name Dichthadia, pointing out 
 its afl&nities of structure with those of the male, upon which the genus was founded ; and 
 proving demonstratively the affinities of the genera. 
 
 35. Mutilla stjspiciosa. 
 
 Mutilla suspiciosa, Smith, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc., II, 84 $ (1857). 
 
 Sab. — Jhilam valley. Taken in July. 
 
 This species resembles the male of M. sexmaculata, but it differs from it by having the 
 wings entirely dark brownish-black ; the abdomen is red, with the base and apex black ; it 
 has been found in Borneo, Batchian, Celebes, Amboyna, and Bom*u. 
 
 36. Mutilla sexmaculata, Swederus. 
 
 Eemina. — 31. nigra., thorace supra rufo, abdomine utrinque serie trium macularuni 
 albklarum. 
 
 Mas. — 31. nigra, thorace antice cme7'eo, abdomme rufo, basi nigro, alis fuscis basi 
 hyalinis. 
 
 The male of this species was discovered by Sir John Hearsay, who captured the sexes in 
 coitu; it, as well as the female, varies greatly in size. I suspect it is the Mutilla rifogastra 
 of St. Eargeau. 
 
 M. Eadoszkovsky, in his Monograph of the Mutillidce of the Old World, says that 
 the insect I have named M. sexmaculata of Swederus is not that species ; I have care- 
 fully compared the insect with the descriptions given both by Swederus and by M. 
 Eadoszkovsky, and am quite satisfied that my quotation is correct, although it is said by 
 
14 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 the above author to he synonymous with a species described by him under the name 
 M. tretraops, with the description of wliich it in no way agrees. 
 
 Tribe— FOSSORES, (Latr.) 
 
 Family — SCO LI ABM, (Leach). 
 
 37. ScOLIA HAEMORRHOIDALIS. 
 
 Scolia haemonhoidalis, Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii, 230, Syst. Piez., 240. 
 
 „ „ Klug, Weber & Mobr, Beitr. i, 24. 
 
 „ „ Spin., Ins. Ligur., i, 74. 
 
 ,, ,, Latr., Gen. Crust, et Ins., iv, 105. 
 
 „ ,, Vand., Lind. Hym., Eur., 18. 
 
 „ „ Brulle, Exped. Sc. de Moree, iii, 370. 
 
 ,, ,, St. Farg., Hym., iii, 522. 
 
 „ ,, Burm., Mon. Scolia, 18. 
 
 „ „ Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins., Pt. iii, 110. 
 
 ,, ,, Sauss. et Sicb., Cat. des Espec. Scol., 50. 
 
 Hah. — France, Spain, Albania, Hungary, Russia, Siberia, Asia Minor, India. The 
 locality of Dr. Stoliczka’s specimens has not been recorded. 
 
 This insect belongs to the division of the genus in which the anterior wings have three 
 submarginal cells and one recurrent nervure, and is a “ Triscolia” of Saussure. 
 
 Family— 
 
 38. POMPILUS ARROGANS. 
 
 Eemina. — P. ater, abdominis hasi rufo-ferruginea, alis antiois fuscis. 
 
 Black ; the head subopaque and finely longitudinally rugulose ; the anterior margin of the 
 clypeus slightly rounded, the mandibles rufo-piceous at thefi apex. Thorax slightly shining 
 above, and having a thin grey sericeous pile ; the metathorax concave in the middle posteriorly ; 
 the anterior wings fuscous, palest at their base ; the posterior pair hyaline, with their apex 
 slightly clouded ; the second submarginal cell subquadrate, the third longer than the second 
 and slightly narrowed towards the marginal cell ; the tarsi thickly spinose, the tibise with a 
 few scattered spines ; the tips of the claws of the tarsi ferruginous. Abdomen ; the three basal 
 segments ferruginous, the apical margin of the third and the following segments black. 
 Female, length 6 lines. 
 
 HaL. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, in Ladak. Taken in August and September. 
 
 39. POMPILTJS ATRIPES. 
 
 Femina. — P. niger ; abdomine ferrugineo, apice nigro ; alis fuscis ; antennis crassis. 
 
 Black ; the head smooth and shining, very finely punctured ; the antennae much thicker in 
 the middle than is usual in the genus. Thorax finely pilose, shining and finely punctured 
 
HYMENOPTERA. 
 
 15 
 
 above ; the posterior margin of the prothorax angulated ; the metathorax smooth and shining, 
 with a central impressed line not quite extending to the apex ; wings fuscous, clearer towards 
 their base ; legs entirely black, as are also the spines and calcaria that arm the tibiae at their 
 apex ; tibiae only very slightly spinose. Abdomen smooth and shining ; the three basal segments 
 ferruginous. Female, length SJ lines. 
 
 Hab. — Murree, Punjab hills. 
 
 40. POMPILTJS DIVISUS. 
 
 Mas. — P. niger^ abdominis segmento secundo tertioque ferrugineis ; alia subhyalinis. 
 
 Black ; the head and thorax slightly pubescent, shining and punctured ; the antennae 
 obscurely fulvous beneath beyond the third or fourth joints. The posterior margin of the 
 prothorax rounded ; the metathorax, with four longitudinal carinae, two lateral and two approxi- 
 mating in the middle, strongly punctured ; wings fulvo-hyaline, the nervures ferruginous ; 
 the tibiae and tarsi ferruginous, the former slightly fuscous above, as are also the apical joints 
 of the posterior tarsi. Abdomen shining, the second and third segments ferruginous, and more 
 distinctly punctured than the following ones, which are very smooth and shining ; the apex 
 rufo-fuscous. Male, length 4 lines. 
 
 Sab. — Sind valley, Kaslimir. Taken in August. 
 
 41. PmOCNEMIS RUFO-FEMORATTJS. 
 
 Eemina. — P. niger, abdommis basi rufo ; femoribus posticis rubris ; alis apicibus fiiscis, 
 puncto albo ornatis. 
 
 Black ; the head slightly shining, and, as well as the mesothorax, very finely and very 
 closely punctured ; the metathorax with a central longitudinal impressed line not quite 
 extending to the apex, and having a fine transverse striation ; the wings fusco-hyaline, darkest 
 in the middle of the anterior wings, which have beyond the third submarginal cell a large 
 hyaline spot ; the posterior margin of the prothorax angular ; the posterior femora bright 
 ferruginous, the tibiae serrated exteriorly. Abdomen bright ferruginous to the apex of the 
 third segment ; the rest black. Female, length 4 lines. 
 
 Sab. — Bras, Kargil, and Leh, in Ladak. 
 
 This species in general aspect exactly resembles Priocnemis agilis of Europe, but its 
 transversely striated metathorax distinguishes it from that species. 
 
 42. Mtgnimia alecto. 
 
 Eemina. — M. nigra, alia nigro-fuscis violaceoque splendide micantibus. 
 
 Black ; the abdomen shining, covered with a changeable violet and purple pile observable 
 in certain lights ; the clypeus emarginate ; the mandibles shining, their apex rufo-piceous. 
 Thorax ; the posterior margin of the prothorax arched ; the sides of the metathorax rounded. 
 
16 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 its apex obliquely truncate ; the coxae greatly enlarged ; wings dark blackish-brown, with a 
 purple gloss. Abdomen smooth and shining. Eemale, length 10 lines. 
 
 Hob. — Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. Taken in April. 
 
 The Pompilidce are found in all parts of the globe ; little short of five hundred species 
 belonging to the various genera of which the family is composed have been enumerated. 
 
 Y&mi\j—SFEEGIDJi. 
 
 43. Ammophila spinipes. 
 
 Eemina. — A. nigra, alis fulvo-liyalinis, metathorace rugoso, ahdomine antice rufo. 
 
 Black ; the head wider than the thorax, shining and strongly punctured ; the mandibles 
 with a ferruginous spot in the middle, the palpi rufo-piceous. Thorax ; the pro and meso- 
 thorax shining and strongly punctured, as weU as the scutellum ; the mesothorax with a deeply 
 impressed line in the middle anteriorly, extending to the middle of the disk ; the metathorax 
 opaque and rugulose ; wings fulvo-hyaline, the apical margins with a slight fuscous cloud ; 
 the nervures and stigma ferruginous ; the tegulse rufo-piceous ; the tibiae and tarsi thickly 
 spinose, the claws of the tarsi ferruginous. Abdomen ; the first, second, third and base of the 
 fourth segment of the abdomen ferruginous ; the petiole not quite as long as the first 
 segment. Eemale, length 8 lines. 
 
 Hah. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, in Ladak. Taken in August and September. 
 
 This genus is one of universal distribution ; about eighty species are described ; some 
 twenty species are found in Europe, and about the same number are at present known from 
 Africa ; twelve are described from India; North and South America both possess numerous 
 species, but only three or four have been brought from Australia. 
 
 Family — LA BIUBJE. 
 
 44. Laerada aurulenta. 
 
 Sphex aurnlenin, Fabr., Fnt.' Syst., ii, £13, $ . 
 
 Fompilus auraius, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Supp., 250. 
 
 Liris aurata, Fabr., Syst. Piez., 228. 
 
 „ ,, Dahlb., Hym. Europ., i, 135. 
 
 Tachyies opulenta, St. Farg., Hym., iii, 246. 
 
 Lyrops auraius, Gner., Icon. Keg. Anim., iii, 440. 
 
 Larrada aurulenia, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins., pt. iv ; Sphegidse, Larridse and Crabronidae, p. 276. 
 
 Hah. — Yangihissar, in Eastern Turkestan; also Madras, Bombay (India); China; 
 Philippines ; Sumatra ; Borneo ; Java ; Celebes ; Bachian ; Bomm. 
 
 This genus is widely distributed ; Europe has five species at present known ; others 
 are found in India, China, Borneo, in most of the islands of the Eastern Archipelago, New 
 Guinea and Australia; species also occur in Africa; others are found both in North and 
 South America. 
 
HYMENOPTERA. 
 
 17 
 
 Tribe— DIPLOPTERA. 
 
 Family—^ UMENIDjE. 
 
 45. Pteeochilus albo-fasciatus, Eig. 12. 
 
 Eemina. — P. niger, cajpite thoraceque alho-variegatis-, abdominis segmentis albo-marginatis. 
 
 Black; head as wide as the thorax, strongly and closely punctured; the clypeus 
 porrect and rugosely punctate, its anterior margin truncate ; the mandibles tridentate, the 
 teeth obscurely rufo-piceous ; a small suhovate white spot above the eyes on the vertex. 
 The ptothorax white above ; the mesothorax and scutellum coarsely punctured ; a white 
 line crosses the post-scutellum and curves up towards the insertion of the posterior wings, 
 which are fusco-hyaline and darkest along the forehorder of the anterior pair ; legs black. 
 Abdomen suhovate ; the basal segment campanulate and having a broad white fascia on its 
 apical margin, which is slightly notched in the middle ; the second segment has also a broad 
 fascia, wliich is curved up laterally towards the base of the segment ; the three following- 
 segments have each a similar broad white fascia. Eemale, length 5^ lines. 
 
 Rab. — Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. Taken in April. 
 
 This is a genus of small extent ; about twenty species are described ; it occurs in Europe, 
 a single species being found in Russia, another in Germany, and one in Switzerland ; species 
 have been found in Algeria, the Cape of Good Hope, Chili, and the United States. 
 
 Family— VESFIDM 
 46. PoLiSTES CHiNENSis, Eabr. 
 
 Polistes cMnensis, Fabr., Syst. Piez., 270. 
 
 „ „ Sauss., Mon. Guepes Soe., 56, tab. 7, fig. 2. 
 
 Rob. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. Hong-Kong; Shanghai. 
 
 Specimens from Yarkand are frequently more marked with yellow spots than any 
 I have seen from China, whilst others exactly resemble Chinese ones, which do not appear 
 ever to have any yellow spots on the mesothorax, which the Indian examples usually have. 
 The genus Folistes is cosmopolitan, but no species has been found in the United Kingdom ; 
 species occur in South Europe, in India, China, Borneo, in the Islands of the Eastern 
 Archipelago, in Africa, Australia and Tasmania, Brazil, Central America, Mexico, and North 
 America ; from seventy to eighty species are known 
 
 47. Vespa germanica. 
 
 Vespa germanica, Fabr., Syst, Piez., 256. 
 
 „ „ Pauz., Faun. Germ., 49, 20, ? . 
 
 „ ,, St. Farg., Hym., i, 515. 
 
 „ „ Ratz., Forst. Ins., Bd. iii, 51. 
 
 ,, „ Smith, Zool., ix.. Append, clxxvii. 
 
 „ „ Sauss., Mon. Guepes Soc., 116, pt. xiv, fig. 4. 
 
 Rab. — Europe. Eound at Sanju, and in its neighbourhood ; also at Yangihissdr, Eastern 
 Turkestan. 
 
18 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 No specific difference can be found that will separate this insect from the European species ; 
 the sexual organs of the male are precisely the same as those of V. germanica. About fifty 
 species of this genus are known ; they are widely distributed, and are insects that are 
 almost universally known. Twelve species inhabit Europe ; twenty are Asiatic, and ten are 
 found in Mexico and North America. 
 
 Family — TENTHREDINIDM 
 
 48. Hylotoma fumipennis. 
 
 Eemina. — A. corpore Jlavo ; capite, mitermis, tarsisque nigris ; alisfuscis. 
 
 Head shining black, antennae pubescent ; abdomen paler than the thorax ; wings fuscous 
 and iridescent, nervures and stigma blackish-brown ; the legs pubescent, the coxae and femora 
 reddish-yellow, the tibiae fuscous, the tarsi black. Eemale, length lines. 
 
 Hah. — Jliilam valley, Punjab hills. Taken in August. 
 
 49. Allantus provides. 
 
 Eemina. — A. niger, capita thoraceque opacis, ahdomme nitido-, tibiis, femoribus posticis 
 ferrugineis. 
 
 Head and thorax opaque, and covered with strong confluent punctures ; wings suh- 
 hyaline, and having a fuscous cloud on the anterior pair that occupies the two marginal and 
 four suhmarginal cells ; the stigma and nervures black ; the posterior femora and tibiae 
 pale ferruginous ; the anterior femora towards their apex, and the tibiae in front, pale ; 
 abdomen glossy black. Eemale, length 6 lines. 
 
 Hub. — Murree, Punjab hills. 
 
 50. Allantus multicolor. 
 
 Eemina. — A. capite thoraceque cupreo-nigris, abdomine purpureo, corpore jiavo-maculato. 
 
 Head and thorax obscure brassy-black ; abdomen dark purple above ; the entire body 
 yellow beneath, the legs black with yellow markings. Head semiopaque, the cheeks, clypeus, 
 and mandibles testaceous-yellow; the teeth of the latter acute and black. Thorax 
 semiopaque; the scutellum, tegulae, and costal nervure, and the cell, yellow ; the wings hyaline 
 and iridescent ; the stigma and nervures blackish-brown ; the anterior and intermediate coxae 
 and femora yellow beneath ; the tibiae and tarsi yellow, the former with a dark stain at 
 or near their apex ; the posterior coxae beneath and the hasal half of the tibiae yellow. 
 Abdomen ; the lateral margins of the second segment, the apical, as well as the lateral 
 margins of the third segment, yellow ; the sixth, seventh and eighth segments narrowly 
 yeUow. Eemale, length 6 lines. 
 
 Rah. — Murree, Punjab hiUs. 
 
 This species resembles Allantus jlavomaculatus of Cameron, described in the “ Transac- 
 tions of the Entomological Society of London’' for 1876, but it is rather smaller ; the femora 
 are black, and the abdomen has a purple tinge. 
 
HYMENOPTERA. 
 
 19 
 
 51. Allantus simillimus. 
 
 Eemina. — A. niger, abdommis cingulo basali flavo, tibiis tarsisque palUde ferrugineis^ 
 alis fiavo-hyalinis, antice fuscis. 
 
 The scape of the antennse, the following joint, the lahrum, mandibles, and palpi pale 
 yellow. Thorax ; the posterior margin of the prothorax slightly interrupted in the middle, 
 pale yellow ; the wings pale fulvo-hyaline, a slight fuscous cloud occupying the marginal 
 cell and extending a little beyond into the submarginal cells ; the costa and stigma fulvous, 
 the nervures ferruginous ; the coxse black, the legs pale ferruginous, with the femora black 
 above. Abdomen with a whitish fascia at the base ; the fourth and fifth segments with 
 their apical margins narrowly whitish ; the two apical segments with their margins more 
 broadly yellowish white. Eemale, length 4f lines. 
 
 Hab. — Murree, Punjab hills. 
 
 The species resembles Allantus trochanterinus of Cameron, described in the “ Transac- 
 tions of the Entomological Society” for 1876, but it differs from it in having the scape pale, 
 independently of other differences. 
 
 52. Allantus terminalis. 
 
 Mas. — A. capite thoraceque nigris, abdomine purpureo nitido. 
 
 Head emarginate behind, covered with confluent punctures and subopaque ; the man- 
 dibles, labrum, and clypeus, also a triangular space above it, and a narrow line round the 
 lower margins of the eyes, white; the antennge fulvous beneath. Thorax black above and at 
 the sides ; beneath, the anterior and intermediate legs beneath and also the posterior coxae 
 beneath, white ; wings hyaline, their nervures black. Abdomen purple above ; the margins 
 of the segments beneath white laterally. Male, length 4 lines. 
 
 Hab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 
 
 53. Macrophya opposita. 
 
 Eemina. — M. nigra, capite thoraceque opacis, abdomine nitido, pedibus anticis pallidis. 
 
 Black ; the head wider than the thorax, covered with confluent punctures and opaque ; 
 the clypeus, mandibles, and labrum white ; the palpi testaceous ; the antennae fulvous beneath. 
 Thorax opaque and punctured, the same as the head ; wings fuscous, with a violet iridescence, 
 the nervures and stigma black ; the anterior and intermediate tibiae rufo-testaceous beneath. 
 Abdomen shining black. Eemale, length 5 lines. 
 
 Hab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 
 
 54. Tenthredo simulata. 
 
 Eemina. — T. nigra, abdominis medio, et tibiis tarsisque pallide ferrugineis ; alls hyallnis, 
 nervuris stigmatibusque nigris. 
 
 Black ; the clypeus, labrum, and mandibles pale reddish-yellow ; the teeth of the 
 latter black; the antennae obscurely fulvous beneath. Thorax; the wmgs hyaline and 
 
20 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 iridescent, the nervures and stigma black ; the tibiae and tarsi reddish-yeUow, the coxae 
 spotted with yellow. Abdomen ; the three basal segments black above ; the four following 
 segments reddish-yellow, the rest black. Eemale, length 5 lines. 
 
 Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 
 
 55. Tenthredo eallax. 
 
 Eemina. — T. luteo-testacea ; vertice, antennarumque hasi macuUs nigris ; alis hyalinis. 
 
 Pale ochraceous-yeUow ; the abdomen with a slight silky gloss ; a minute black spot 
 on the scape, another on the basal joint of the flagellum, and an oblong black macula 
 on each side of the ocelli on the vertex ; the wings hyaline and iridescent ; the nervures 
 fuscous, the stigma and costal nervure testaceous. Female, length 5 lines. 
 
 Sah. — Sind valley, Kaslimir, and Murree, Punjab hills. Taken in August. 
 
 56. Tenthredo nigro-maculatus. 
 
 Eemina. — T. lutea ; capitis vertice thoracisque maculis djorsalibus, necnon abdominis tinea 
 interrupta nigris ; alis hyalinis. 
 
 The insect pale luteous ; the antennse black above, with the apex of the joints, the 
 scape beneath, and the flagellum beneath beyond the third joint, luteous; the inner 
 margin of the eyes near their summit, and a large spot on the vertex, enclosing the eyes, 
 black. Thorax ; a triangular black spot anteriorly, an oblong one on each side opposite the 
 tegulse, and an oblique one on each side behind them ; the wings hyaline with the nervures 
 fuscous ; the costal nervures and the stigma pale testaceous ; the legs with a narrow black 
 line above. The longitudinal black line on the abdomen above is slightly interrupted by a 
 very narrow pale margin on each segment ; the enthe insect pale luteous and immaculate 
 beneath. Eemale, length 4 lines. 
 
 Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmh. Taken in August. 
 
 This insect closely resembles the Tentliredo scalaris of Europe, and probably, when 
 living, is green marked with black ; the European insect changes, more or less, from green 
 to pale yellow, particularly when collected in spirit. 
 
 Family UMONILj^. 
 
 57. Ichneumon bimaculatus. 
 
 Eemina. — I. niger ; pedibus, abdominis segmentis tribus basalibus ferrugineis ; metathorace 
 bimaculato ferrugineo. 
 
 Black ; the basal half of the antennse pale ferruginous ; a line on the face close to 
 the inner margin of the eyes, which is narrow above the insertion of the antennse, and 
 which expands into a large macula below it, a transverse line on the clypeus, and the 
 mandibles, ferruginous. Thorax ; two oblong spots on the mesothorax, a minute one on 
 the scuteUum, the tibise and tarsi, ferruginous ; the posterior tibise fuscous at their apex ; 
 
HYMENOPTERA. 
 
 21 
 
 wings subliyaline and iridescent ; the nervures and stigma black. The three basal seg- 
 ments of the abdomen ferruginous, the rest shining black. Eemale, length 5 lines. 
 
 Sab. — Murree, Punjab hills. 
 
 58. Crtptus insidiator. 
 
 Eemina. — C. niger, abdominis basi femoribusque rujis, alls fusco-hyalinis. 
 
 Head, antennae, thorax, coxae, trochanters, tibiae and tarsi black ; the femora and 
 three basal segments of the abdomen ferruginous ; the apical segments black, with a purple 
 gloss ; the wings fusco-hyaline, the anterior pair darkest ; the metathorax truncate 
 posteriorly, the margin of the truncation somewhat arched inwardly ; the lateral angles acute, 
 or subdentate. Eemale, length 7^ lines ; of the ovipositor, 4 lines. 
 
 Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 
 
 59. Campoplex longipes. 
 
 Eemina. — C. niger, abdomine pedibusque ferrngineis, scutello albo. 
 
 Black ; a line at the inner orbits of the eyes below the insertion of the antennae ; the 
 clypeus and mandibles yellowish- wliite, the latter ferruginous at their apex ; the antennae 
 ferruginous. The thorax opaque, with the scutellum white ; wings hyaline and iridescent ; 
 the nervures and tegulae ferruginous ; the costal nervure fuscous ; the legs ferruginous with 
 the coxae, and trochanters black ; ' the apex of the posterior tibiae fuscous. Abdomen 
 ferruginous, curved downwards, and petiolated ; a black spot on the petiolated segment near 
 its apex ; the ovipositor ferruginous. Eemale, length 5 lines. 
 
 Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 
 
 60. Panisces unicolor. 
 
 Eemina. — P. ferrugineus, antennarum apicibus fuscis. 
 
 Eerruginous ; the eyes, ocelli, and apical portion of the antennae fuscous ; the claws of 
 the tarsi black ; wings hyaline and iridescent ; the costal nervure and stigma pale ferruginous, 
 the other nervures ferruginous. Abdomen falcate, smooth, and shining. The areolet of 
 anterior wings oblique and triangular. Eemale, length 5 lines. 
 
 Sab. — Murree, Punjab hills. 
 
 61. Paniscus quadrilineatus. 
 
 Eemina. — P. rufus, capite thorace dorso quadrilineato. 
 
 Antennae, thorax, and legs rufo-fulvous ; the abdomen rufo-ferruginous. The head 
 yellow, fulvous behind ; eyes and ocelli black. Thorax smooth and shining, two longitudinal 
 lines on the disk of the mesothorax and a line at the lateral margins, yellowish ; the 
 scutellum triangular, with its margins raised ; wings hyaline and iridescent, the nervures 
 
22 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 ferruginous, tlie stigma yellow. .Abdomen darker than the thorax, becoming fusco-ferru- 
 ginous towards the apex. Eemale, length 7 lines. 
 
 Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. 
 
 The yeUow markings are much brighter in some . examples than in others, and the 
 abdomen also varies in brightness. 
 
 62. Ophion dentatus. 
 
 Pemina. — 0. rttfus, metathorace lineis elevatis transversiSf lateribusque unidentatis. 
 
 Pale ferruginous ; eyes, ocelli, and tips of the mandibles black ; wings hyaline and 
 iridescent ; the mesothorax smooth and shining, the metathorax with two arcuate transverse 
 carinse, the second being at the margin of the posterior truncation and terminating laterally in 
 an acute angle or tooth. Abdomen falcate, smooth, shining, and with a fine short 
 sericeous pubescence, or pile. Female, length 8 lines. 
 
 Sah . — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 
 
 63. Ophion albopicths. 
 
 Femina. — O. rufus, capite, scutello, lineis 4 dorsalihus macuUsque lateralibus albis. 
 
 Head white ; eyes and ocelli black, the antennse and mandibles, rufous. Thorax rufous ; 
 two central longitudinal lines, the lateral margins, the scutellum and numerous spots 
 on the sides beneath the wings, white ; the wings hyaline and iridescent, the nervures 
 ferruginous, the stigma pale rufous. Abdomen rufous, with some pale whitish spots at the 
 sides towards the apex ; the two basal segments beneath white. Female, length 6 lines. 
 
 Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. 
 
II YM E N O P T E R A. 
 
 1. Camponotus beusalis. [Smith) 
 
 2. Dorylus laeviceps. 
 
 3. Andrena familiar^is. 
 
 4. ■ flDricula. 
 
 5. Lampiroconeljes peregrinus. ’ 
 
 6. Osmia laboriosa. 
 
 Mintem Bros iinp. 
 
 7. Anthidium vigilans. fS-rnith.) 
 
 8. Crocisa inLr'udens. " 
 
 9. Xylocopa dubiosa.i 
 
 10. " , » ^ 
 
 11. Bombus oppositus. 
 
 12. ' Pterochilus albo-fasciatus. 
 
SCIENTIFIC EESIJLTS 
 
 THE SECOND YAEKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 or THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. 
 
 NEUROPTERA. 
 
 BY 
 
 ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S. 
 
 
 iublifiheb by orbcr of the ^obevnment of Inbiit. 
 
 CALCUTTA: 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1878 . 
 

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OP THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. 
 
 NEUROPTERA. 
 
 BY 
 
 ROBERT McLACHLAN, E.R.S., E.L.S. 
 
 JPublifihcb bp orbcr of the Sobernment of Inbia. 
 
 CALCUTTA: 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1878 . 
 
CAXOTTTTA ! 
 
 r-EINTEr BY THE STJBEBINTENDENT OE GOYEEKMENT PEINTING, 
 8, HASTINGS STEEKT. 
 
SCIENTIFIC EESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 NEUEOPTEEA. 
 
 By EOBEBT McLACHLAN, E.E.S., E.L.S. 
 
 PSEUDO-NEUEOPTEEA. 
 
 Family — OBONATA. 
 
 Sub-Fam. — Libellulina. 
 
 Libellula qtjadeimaculata, L. 
 
 Two males of rather small size (expanse of wings 65 — 69 mm.), from Yarkand, 22nd 
 May ; indicated as “ very common on the jheel (marsh) Both pertain to the var. prcenuhila, 
 Newman, in which the apex of the wings has a fuscous spot or band ; also 1 male and 1 female 
 of the typical form from Yangihissar, in April. 
 
 The insect is spread over all the temperate and cold regions of the Northern Hemisphere, 
 and is occasionally of migratory habits. 
 
 Sub-Fam. — AIschnina. 
 
 Anax paethenope. Be Selys. 
 
 One ? from Srinagar, 28th July. 
 
 A widely-distributed, hut probably not very abundant, species. In Europe it extends 
 northward to Paris, and is found also in Central Germany, Austria, Hungary, Italy, Turkey, 
 &c. ; also in Asia Minor and Western Turkestan, and in Algeria. 
 
 This female has the wings tinged with smoky in the middle, as in the form from Algeria. 
 
SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 Sub-Fam. — Agrionina. 
 
 Sympycna pusca, Van der Linden. 
 
 One $ from Yangihissar, I8tb April. 
 
 Occurs also over the greater part of Europe (hut not in the British Isles), and in Siberia, 
 Asia Minor, Western Turkestan, Algeria and Morocco. 
 
 Agrion pulchellum. Van der Linden. 
 
 5 $ and 4 ? from Yarkand, 22 nd May. 
 
 Distributed over the greater part of Europe ; occurs also in Asia Minor, Mingrelia, and 
 Western Turkestan. 
 
 There is also (in spirits) a larva of some species of Libellulidce, together with larvae and 
 ‘ nymphs ’ of a species of Agrionidce, all from Yarkand, taken in November. 
 
 Family — EPEEMERIBJE. 
 
 Ephemera, sp. 
 
 There is a fragment of a male imago of a species of this genus in spirits, from the 
 Jhelum valley, not determinable. 
 
 Family — PERLIBjE. 
 
 Of this family there are 3 males and 1 female of a large species of Ferla, and four or 
 five of a small species (with two ocelli) in spirits, from the Jhelum valley — from Kohala to 
 Baramula ; a small pinned Ferla (nearly destroyed) from Tankse, Pankong valley, to Chagra, 
 and a Nemoura, in spirits, from Murree, in the Punjab. 
 
 It is useless to attempt to describe these with any chance of success. The $ of the large 
 Ferla (in very had condition) has a deep triangular notch on the margin of the egg-valve ; 
 the head and thorax without markings. 
 
 PLANIPENNIA. 
 
 Family— MYRMELEONIB^. 
 
 Myrmecj^lurus punctulatus, Steven. 
 
 One $ from Leh, 6tb September. 
 
 Occurs also in Hungary and South Kussia. The example from Leh does not materially 
 differ from others in my collection from Sarepta. Possibly the black markings on the head 
 and thorax (always variable) are rather less pronounced. 
 
 YfixaWy—CHRYSOPIBAl. 
 
 Chrysopa vulgaris, Schneider. 
 
 One $ from Igbiz Yar, Eastern Turkestan, 18th May, appears to belong here. 
 
 It differs from ordinary examples in the dividing veinlet of the third cubital cellule in 
 the anterior wings being interstitial ; but this is a not infrequent aberration in Em’opean 
 examjfies. 
 
NEUROPTEEA. 
 
 8 
 
 The species is of very wide distribution in Europe, and is also known from Asia Minor 
 and Western Turkestan. I have seen individuals from the islands of MadeEa and St. Helena 
 that did not appear to differ. 
 
 Chrtsopa bipunctata, Burmeister. 
 
 One example, either from Yarkand or Kugiar, appears to pertain to this Japanese species, 
 which is probably nothing more than a local form of the common Em’opean C. septempunc- 
 tata, Wesmael. 
 
 Chrysopa, sp. 
 
 One 6 from Karghalik near Yarkand, 29th May. 
 
 Allied to C. vulgaris, but distinct. It would be injudicious to describe it as new from 
 this single example, especially as it belongs to a section of the genus in which the characters 
 are so little obvious. 
 
 TEICHOPTEEA. 
 
 Family— Z IMNOPHILIB^. 
 
 Stenophylax micratjlax, n. sp. 
 
 3 i , 4 $ , Leh, in August. 
 
 Brownish-testaceous above, yellowish-testaceous beneath. Head small ; eyes very pro- 
 minent; ocelli very large, those of the disk encircled with fuscous, with which colour the anterior 
 margins of the disk are bordered ; hairs blackish ; the posterior warts not prominent : on the 
 face the raised lateral margins have two large, oval, prominent warts, fm’nished with blackish 
 bans, and there are four smaller warts forming the comers of a quadrangle on the median 
 portion ; labrum very long (for the genus) ; maxillary palpi ordinary, the basal joint very 
 short, the two others ( $ ) gradually clavate ; a large and prominent triangular horny lobe 
 at the base of the maxillae ; labial palpi small, the second joint broadly triangular. Antennae 
 rather shorter than the wings, moderately slender, testaceous, with rather broad, brownish 
 annulations on the upper side. Pronotum well developed, its anterior edge semi-circular 
 with a median excision ; the disk is concave, but the edges are thickened and raised and 
 clothed with long fuscous hairs. Meso- and metanota broadly fuscous or blackish at the 
 sides. Legs testaceous, moderately stout ; spines deep black ; anterior and intermediate tibiae 
 with a conspicuous fuscous semi-annulation in the middle and at the apex externally ; tarsal 
 joints slightly fuscescent at the tips externally. Abdomen fuscescent above, testaceous 
 beneath. Anterior wings broad, the apex elongately parabolic or elliptical : pale brownish- 
 grey with numerous very indistinct paler spots, the membrane very finely granulose, with 
 minute fuscous hairs ; the hairs on the neuration short and fine, fuscous ; in the narrow area 
 below the inferior branch of the upper cubitus, and in the post-costal basal cellules and area, 
 are longer black hairs arranged somewhat in tufts, and at the extreme base are a few longer 
 brown erect hairs : the costal margin (in the S only) near the base is turned under for a 
 space of about 4 mm., forming a deep narrow groove on the under side, filled with black 
 hairs and conspicuously dark : neuration rather strong, testaceous ; radius sharply bent 
 
4 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 before its termination ; discoidal cell extending to near the base of the wing, its upper edge 
 nearly straight, the lower slightly curved ; all the apical cellules broad at the base, the 
 2nd very broad, truncate, 4th also truncate, 3rd bi-angulate. Posterior wings pale greyish 
 sub-hyaline, with sparse, minute blackish hairs on the membrane ; neuration pale ; discoidal 
 cell rather shorter than in the anterior ; 1st apical cellule much narrower than the 2nd to 
 4th, which are very broad ; upper branch of cubitus furcating about on a level with the 
 middle of the discoidal cell. 
 
 In the male the anal parts are arranged as follows : — The 8th dorsal segment is very large, 
 
 testaceous, rather thickly clothed with long and 
 strong testaceous hairs springing from small 
 tubercles ; viewed from above its margin appears 
 to be straight, with several strong testaceous 
 spines in the middle placed closely together ; but 
 viewed in front (or from beneath) the median 
 portion is seen to be strongly turned under, 
 forming a triangle, closely set with black tuber- 
 cles. What appear to be superior appendages are 
 band-shaped, flattened, slightly curved, truncate 
 processes, little prominent, and inserted so far 
 inf eriorly as to cause a doubt as to their true 
 value. (It may be that they represent the inter- 
 mediate appendages, and that the superior are 
 only indicated by a tubercle projecting slightly beyond the margin above them). The 8th 
 ventral segment is rounded on the margin, and from it proceed two short, broad, excessively 
 hairy lobes, divided by a suture, and each excised on its margin, apparently belonging to the 
 9th ventral segment ; internally each of these lobes is very concave, and lying in them ’are 
 what appear to be the very short obtuse inferior appendages. What appear to be the penis- 
 sheaths are sub-cylindrical processes, curved strongly inward in a forcipate manner and nearly 
 touching at the tips, which are somewhat thickened, blackish, and furnished with short spines. 
 The penis lies between them, and is strong and rather short. 
 
 In the female the apex of the abdomen is very obtuse. The 8th dorsal segment broad (con- 
 cealing the 9th in the dry insect), its margin slightly rolled inwards, and fringed with yellow 
 hairs ; the 7th ventral segment forms a kind of pouch, the 8th with a concave space, 9th in 
 the form of a short open tube. 
 
 Length of body S 11 — 12 wm., ? 12 — 13 mm. Expanse t 36 mm., ? 44 mm. ; greatest 
 breadth of anterior wings $ mm., $ 7 mm. 
 
 Pending the discovery of some method for satisfactorily dividing Stenophylax, this insect 
 must be placed therein. It differs from any species known to me in the curious groove near 
 the base of the costal margin in the anterior wings of the male, and also in the anal parts, 
 which almost defy intelligible description. 
 
 The external aspect is somewhat intermediate between the groups of which the Em’opean 
 S. stellatus and S. concentricus are representatives. 
 
 Platyphtlax, n. sp. 
 
 Two females from the same locality as the last ; it is useless to describe them without 
 more examples in better condition, and of the other sex. 
 
 Stenophylax mkraulax, McLachlan, male. 
 
 Fig. 1. Neuration of wings. 
 
 2. Groove in costa of anterior wings, more enlarged. 
 
 3. Apex of abdomen, from side. 
 
NEUEOPTEEA. 
 
 6 
 
 YamilY—SERICOSTOMA TIBM. 
 
 Dinaethrum inerme, n. sp. 
 
 10 ^ , 4 ? , the latter in spirits, Leh, 7 th September. 
 
 Male brownish, clothed with greyish-brown pubescence. Basal joint of antennse rather 
 longer than the head and entire thorax united, its basal portion black, but the apical portion 
 brown ; somewhat compressed laterally, nearly straight, but with a slight bend in the basal 
 portion to about the middle, unarmed, but the basal half beneath has a very dense fringe of 
 tliickened black hairs ; this portion above, and all the apical half, are furnished with long out- 
 standing grey hairs : thread of the antennse longer than the wings, pale-yellow, very distinctly 
 annulated with brown up to the tips. Maxillary palpi long and slender, with a small ter- 
 minal joint ; the basal portion clothed with long and dense thickened ‘ and ordinary grey 
 hairs, intermingled (but with no short ‘ scales ’), the terminal joint with ordinary hairs only. 
 Labial palpi small and slender, pale-yellowish. Legs pale yellow. Anterior wings greyish ; 
 the costal margin for more than half its length from the base has a very dense inturned 
 fringe of thickened blackish-grey hairs ; the membrane hghtly clothed with short greyish 
 pubescence, and with numerous small, deep, black ‘scales’; but there is a broad median 
 longitudinal space free from ‘ scales,’ limited interiorly by a narrow groove extending from 
 base to apex ; apical fringes greyish, very long on the apical portion of the inner margin ; 
 neuration pale ; discoidal cell short ; nerves very irregular below the groove, forming large 
 cellules. Posterior wings slightly paler than the anterior, with a few scattered black 
 ‘ scales ’ on the costal portion, but otherwise with only slight and very short greyish pubes- 
 cence ; fringes very long and greyish ; discoidal cell very short. 
 
 Binarthrum inerme, MeLachlan, male. 
 
 Fig. 1. Head, &c„ from side. 
 
 3. Neuration of wings. 
 
 The 9th dorsal segment of the abdomen rather broad, brown, its margin produced in 
 a triangular form, fringed with yellowish hairs ; from each side of it proceeds a large yellow 
 triangular plate with the apex considerably produced and sub-acute, apparently connected 
 with two yellowish median parts, little prominent, and separated one from the other. In- 
 
 Under the microscope, with a high power, each of these thickened hairs has a peculiar rugose appearance. 
 
6 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 ferior appendages long and stout, slightly curved, directed upward, yellow with concolorous 
 hairs ; at the apex is a dense brush of spiniform yellow hairs, perhaps concealing a smaller 
 apical joint ; from without this brush projects a flattened obtuse process, perhaps connected 
 with the appendage, or perhaps distinct from it, and for its greater length lying in its 
 concave inner side. Penis placed far internally, slender, slightly geniculate, yellow. 
 
 In the $ the neuration and palpi are regular, and in details almost precisely as ia 
 D. pugnax {vide my Revision and Synopsis of the Todchoptera of the European Eauna). 
 
 Length of body 5^ — 6 mm. Length of basal joint of antennae 3 mm. Expanse 
 18 — 21 mm. 
 
 The genus Dinarthrum was established by me in the Journal of the Linncean Society^ 
 Zoology, vol. xi, p. 116 (1871), for an insect from North India described as in 
 
 which the extraordinary basal joint of the antennae of the $ has a very strong basal tooth. 
 Later on, in 1875, I described another species in the Neuroptera of Eedtschenko’s Travels in 
 Turkestan, page 30 (and more recently in Part V of my Monographic Revision and Synopsis of 
 the Trichoptera of the European Eauna, page 279, pi. xxx, 1877), as D. pugnax, in which the 
 said joint has two such teeth. In D. inerme there is no tooth. All the species hear consider- 
 able external resemblance one to the other, and are only separable by structural characters. 
 The form is very curious, and as is usual in this section of Sericostomatidce, the sexes diflPer 
 greatlyin appearance and structure : the nearest ally amongst true European insects is the 
 genus Lasiocephala. 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 Only about 15 species of Neuroptera (in the broad sense) have been seen by me, viz., 
 four species of Odonata (dragon-flies), one of Ephemeridce, three of Ferlidce, one of 
 Myrmeleonidce, three of Chrysopidm, and three of Trichoptera. 
 
 The general aspect is European. All the Odonata are European, and two of them 
 occur in Britain. The ant-lion {Myrmeccelurus) is a species of Eastern Europe. The 
 Chrysopidce have nothing peculiar about them. The genus Dinarthrum in the Trichoptera 
 was orginally founded on an Indian species, hut I have since seen another species from 
 Turkestan, so that the genus should probably he regarded as more Central Asian than Indian. 
 
SCIENTIFIC EESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLTCZKA, PhD. 
 
 EHYNCHOTA, 
 
 BY 
 
 W. L. DISTANT. 
 
 ^publifihcb bg orbtr of the ^obernmcnt of 5nbia. 
 
 CALCUTTA : 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1879 . 
 
SCIENTIFIC EESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION; 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLTCZKA, PhD. 
 
 EHYNCHOTA, 
 
 BY 
 
 ^Y. L. DISTANT. 
 
 ^ublishcb h\) orbcc of the Sobcvnmcnt of Enbia. 
 
 CALCUTTA : 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1879 . 
 
CALCUTTA : 
 
 PKIKTED BT THE SUPEEINTEMDEKI OF GOVEENMEST rKINTl^’0, 
 
 8, HASTINGS STEEKI. 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 or 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 RHYNCHOTA : 
 
 By W. L. distant. 
 
 rpsE Hemiptera collected by Dr. Stoliczka, though not numerous, are interesting in the 
 i- details of their geographical distribution, and conform, I believe, in that respect, to the 
 other portions of the fauna of the districts traversed by the expedition. Two faunas are 
 represented in the collection, one the Indian or Oriental, rather strongly by the insects 
 collected at Murree, the remaining Hemiptera from the other localities being almost wholly 
 Palaearctic. 
 
 The following is the analysis of the portion of the collection obtained at Murree : — 
 
 Dalpada confusa, n. sp. 
 
 - tecta. Walk. 
 
 Falomena viridissima, Poda . 
 
 ■■ reuteri, n. sp. . 
 Bagrada picta, Eab. 
 
 Menida distincta, a. sp.* . 
 
 Prionaca exempta. Walk. 
 Acanthosoma proxima, Dali. 
 
 A. forfex, Dali. 
 
 A. aspera. Walk. 
 
 Urostylis fumigata. Walk. var. 
 Cletus punctiger,'Da\{. VZ.T. 
 Lygmus (Spilostethus) militaris. 
 
 Fab 
 
 Arocatus pilosulus, n. sp. 
 Phytocoris stoliczJcanus, n. sp.^ . 
 Calocoris stoliczJcanus, n. sp. 
 
 forsylhi, n. sp. . 
 
 Euacantkus extrema. Walk. 
 
 A genus belonging principally to the Indian region, extending to Java and the 
 Philippines, but represented also in Madagascar. 
 
 Eastern Bengal Province (Blanford). 
 
 Palsearctic. 
 
 The genus extends to the Japanese sub-region of the Palsearctic region. 
 
 Indian Province (Blanford). Palsearctic, Persian sub-region. 
 
 Genus represented chiefly in Indian and Ethiopian regions, and by one species 
 in the J apanese sub-region of the Palsearctic. 
 
 Eastern Bengal Province (Blanford). 
 
 ? type collected by General Hardwicke (no 
 
 locality). 
 
 ? Northern India ? (Brit. Mus.). 
 
 ? 
 
 Indian region. 
 
 Palsearctic and Indian regions. 
 
 Genus represented in Palsearctic, Indian, and Australian regions. 
 Genus Palsearctic. 
 
 Eastern Bengal Province (Blanford),? N. India (Brit. Mus). 
 
 * This species was also collected in the Sind Valley. 
 
 * This species was also collected in the Jhelam and Sind Valleys. 
 
2 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 The strong Indian affinities of these 18 species collected at Murree may he seen as 
 under: — 
 
 Common to Indian Region ...... 9 
 
 „ Indian and Pal®arctic Regions . . .2 
 
 „ Indian, Ethiopian, and Palsearctic . . .1 
 
 „ Indian, Australian, and Palsearctic . . .1 
 
 „ Palsearctic 5 
 
 18 species. 
 
 In discussing the Indian relationship of the Hemipterous fauna, I have followed the sub- 
 regions or provinces of Mr. Blanford (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th Ser., Vol. 18, pp. 280 — 2, 
 1876). As regards the sub-regions of the Palaearctic area, I shall prefer to follow Mr. Sclater 
 (Address Biol. Sec. Brit. Assn., Bristol, 1875). 
 
 The following are the 13 species which are also found in the Cis-Atlantean or Mediter- 
 ranean sub-region : — 
 
 Zicrona cmrulea, Liu. 
 
 Carpocoris nigricornis, Fab. 
 
 Dolycoris iaccarum, Liu. . 
 
 Eurydema f estiva, Lin. 
 
 Comptopus lateralis. Germ. 
 
 Therapha hyoscyami, Lin. . 
 
 Lyg. (Spilostethus) militaris. Fab. 
 
 saxatilis. Scop. 
 
 (Graptolomus) equestris, Lin. 
 
 Gonianotus marginepunctatus, Wolff 
 
 Coriscus ferus, Lin. . 
 
 Notonecta glauca, Liu. 
 
 Corisa geoffroyi, Leacb 
 
 The following 4 species have been recorded from the sub-region of the Atlantic Islands, 
 principally from Madeira and Teneriffe : — 
 
 Dolycoris haccarum, Lin. .... Sind Valley, Kashmir. 
 
 Comptopus lateralis. Germ. . . . 
 
 Lyg. (Spilostethus) militaris. Fab. . . Murree, Punjab hills. 
 
 Gonianotus marginepunctatus, Wolff. . . Pamir road, Sarikol to Panja. 
 
 This list is, however, very poor and inadequate, owing to the little knowledge we yet pos- 
 sess as to the Hemiptera of the Atlantic Islands. It would be futile to carry the analysis of 
 this region fm’ther, owing to the paucity of record. 
 
 . Kugiar, Eastern Turkestan. 
 
 Sind Valley, Kashmir. 
 
 Yangihissar, E. Turkestan. 
 
 Sind Valley, Kashmir. 
 
 Kugiar. 
 
 Murree, Punjab hills. 
 
 Sind Valley, Kashmir. 
 
 Kugiar and neighbourhood of Sanju, E. Turkestan. 
 Pamir road, Sarikol to Panja. 
 
 Y arkand. 
 
EHYNCHOTA. 
 
 3 
 
 HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA. 
 
 Y&mWy—PENTATOMW^, Stal. 
 
 Sub-family- (CYDNINA), Stal. 
 
 1. jEthtjs maurtjs, Dali. 
 
 A. maurus, DalL, List, pt. 1, p. 118, 18;(1851).— Walk., Cat. Het. 1, p. 158 (1857).— Stal, Enu- 
 merat. Hemip., pt. 5, p. 26, 1876. 
 
 Hab . — Jlielam Valley, July 1873. 
 
 Distributed generally throughout Hindustan. 
 
 2. .^THUS, sp. 
 
 Allied to JE. pygmcBus, Dali., of which it is probably only a slight variety. The col- 
 lection contains only one specimen. 
 
 Sab . — On the road across the Pamir, from Sarikol to Panja, April to May 1874. 
 
 Sub-fam.-^AOPJiV.^ (ASOPIDA), Stal. 
 
 3. ZiCRONA ccehtjlea, Lin. 
 
 Cimex ceruleus, Lin., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, i, p. 445, 38 (1758). — Stal, Enumerat. Hemip., pt. l,p. 36, 
 (1870). 
 
 Sab. — Kugiar, South Yarkand, May to June 1874. 
 
 This wide-ranging species extends throughout the whole of the Palmarctic and Oriental 
 regions. 
 
 Europa tota, India orientalis, Java, Borneo, Malacca (Stal.) ; Astracan (Jacovlev) ; N. 
 W. Siberia (Sahlherg) ; Bagdad (Coll. Brit. Mus.) ; Morocco, Japan (Coll. Distant). 
 
 ^Mh-i2.m.—FENTATOMINJE (PENTATOMINA), Stal. 
 
 4. Dalpada conpusa, Dist. Pig. 1. 
 
 Balpada confusa, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Loncl., 1879, p. 121. 
 
 Luteous, thickly covered with green punctures. Head emarginate in front with the sides 
 reflexed, and some small indistinct ochreous markings at base. Antennae pitchy, each joint 
 luteous at base, basal and apical joints smallest, 2nd shorter than 3rd, 3rd and 4th subequal. 
 Bostrum just passing posterior coxae, with the tip pitchy. Pronotum somewhat transversely 
 gibbous at base in a line with lateral angles, after which it is abruptly deflexed towards head, 
 lateral angles prominent, subacute, lateral margins denticulated for about half their length 
 
4 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 from apex ; the punctuation is very dense along the lateral margins and at pronotal angles. 
 Scutellum somewhat gibbous at base, deflexed towards apex, where it is more sparingly 
 punctured. Corium with a faint impunctate longitudinal line on disc, extending from: base 
 to about two-thirds its length, rather widened at apex. Membrane extending beyond apex 
 of abdomen, pale fuscous with the nervures dark brown for half the length from base, fol- 
 lowed by a row of four brown spots and a marginal row of six spots of the same colour, the 
 two outer ones being long and linear. Under side of body luteous, with the pectoral and 
 abdominal margins broadly punctured with green, sparingly on abdomen, and more densely 
 on prosternum; legs luteous, thickly spotted with brown; tarsi luteous, apical joint pitchy. 
 
 S . Long. 14 mill. ; lat. pronot. ang. 6^ miU. 
 
 ? . Long. 15 to 16 mill. ; lat. pronot. ang. mill. 
 
 Rab. — Murree. 
 
 I have compared the above with all the congeneric types of Dallas in the British Museum 
 and of Hope in the collection at Oxford, from which it is quite distinct in general struc- 
 ture. Dr. Stoliczka collected a fine series of both sexes. 
 
 5. Dalpada tecta, Walk. 
 Dalpada tecta, Walk., Cat. Het. 1, p. 224, 1867. 
 
 Hob. — Murree. The type was from Sylhet. 
 
 6. Palomena vieidissima, Poda. 
 
 Cimex poda, Mus. Gr. 56, 10. Pal. viridissima, Stal, Hem. Fab. 1, p. 28. Muls. et Rey., Pun. Fr. 
 
 277, 1, 1866. Pent, dissimilis, Dali., List. 1, p. 241, 20, 1851. 
 
 Hab. — Murree. 
 
 This Palsearctic form is generally distributed throughout Europe. N. W. Siberia 
 (Sahlberg) . 
 
 7. Palomena eeuteri, Dist. Pig. 2. 
 
 Palamena reuteri, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc., Lend., 1879, p. 122. 
 
 $ . Green ; head, anterior border of pronotum, basal half of scuteUum, and membrane 
 bronzy. Head obscurely rugulose, very thickly and strongly punctured with black, median 
 lobe slightly shorter than the lateral ones. Rostrum luteous, wdth the tip black. Antennae 
 luteous, apical joint somewhat fuscous, 3rd joint distinctly longer than the 2nd, rather 
 shorter than the 4th, 5th longest. Pronotum obscurely rugulose, very thickly and strongly 
 punctured with black, with two slightly waved lateral linear impunctate foveae situated a 
 little behind the anterior margin, lateral angles somewhat prominent and rounded. Scutel- 
 lum thickly covered with deep black punctures, slightly rugulose at base Corium thickly 
 and deeply punctured with black. Abdomen above black, thickly and finely punctured with 
 the connexivum luteous, punctured with black. Body beneath pale luteous, slightly clouded 
 with greenish. I^gs greenish, tarsi luteous. 
 
RHYNCHOTA. 
 
 5 
 
 $ Second joint of antennae distinctly longer than the 3rd, 2nd and 4th suhequal. 
 Abdomen, beneath, with some irregular obscure black markings. 
 
 Long. 11 to 12 mill. ; exp. pronot. ang. 6 to 7 mill. 
 
 Hab. — Murree. 
 
 Allied to P. mridissima, Poda, but differs in its smaller size and shorter antennae ; it is 
 also more straightened and narrowed than in that species, and the structure of the pronotum 
 is different. 
 
 8. Carpocoris nigricornis. Pah. 
 
 Cimex nigricornis, Fab., Ent. Syst., IV, 94, 59. 
 
 Bab. — Kugiar, May to June 1874. 
 
 This is a common Palaearctic form. N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Astracan (Jacovlev); 
 Algeria (Lucas); Morocco (Coll. Distant). 
 
 9. Dolycoris baccarum, Lin. 
 
 Cimex haccanim,Jjm.,Ya\xn. Sv., 249, 928. — Mormidea haccarum, Fieb., Eur. Hem., 335, 1. — Ventatoma 
 haccarnm, Habn, Wanz. Ins., fig. 152. — Cimex verlasci, De Geer, Mem. iii, 257, 4 (1773). 
 
 Bah. — Sind Valley, August 1873. 
 
 Common to Palaearctic region. Madeira (Wollaston) ; Tunis (Coll. Brit. Mus.) ; Morocco 
 (Coll. Distant). Algeria (Lucas) ; N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Astracan (Jacovlev). 
 
 10. Etjrtdema wilkinsi, Osch. in litt., Pig. 4. 
 
 Eurydema wilhinsi, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend., 1879, p. 123. 
 
 Pale luteous, somewhat thickly and coarsely punctured. Head with the anterior portion 
 of the suhmarginal lateral borders and a large triangular marking at base ; pronotum with 
 two large discal suhquadrate linear markings elongated exteriorly ; scutellum with the base 
 and two central forked lines extending therefrom to about middle, and two spots on lateral 
 margins a little before apex ; corium with two claval streaks ; a linear spot on middle of 
 outer margin ; a transverse-waved fascia, extending from base of membrane for two-thirds 
 across corium, and a rounded sub-apical spot, shining green. Abdomen above luteous, 
 apical segment black, connexivum with a row of large green spots. Underside of body pale 
 luteous. Abdomen with a marginal row of spots situated on the outer edge of each seg- 
 mental suture, and a submarginal row of transverse slightly-waved linear markings, situated 
 on middle of each segment, greenish-black. Sternum with some irregular markings of the 
 same colour. Legs pale luteous, streaked with greenish-black, and femora obscurely 
 annulated with the same colour near apex. Antennse black, 2nd joint about as long as 1st 
 and 3rd together, 4th somewhat dilated, • about equal in length to 5th. Rostrum luteous 
 pitchy at base and apex. 
 
 Long. 7 mill. 
 
 Bab. — Yangihissar, April 1874. 
 
 I have retained the unpublished name under which. Dr. Reuter informs me, this species 
 has been sent from Turkestan. In most specimens the markings on the pronotum arc 
 
 B 
 
6 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 uot perfectly subquadrate, but disjointed. I have, however, thought it best to describe the 
 specimen submitted to Dr. Reuter and returned as above. 
 
 11. Eurtdema festiva, Lin. 
 
 Cimex festiva, Liii., Syst. Nat., 723, 57. — Strachia festiva, Hahn, Wanz. Ins., fig. 93. — Eurydema 
 oniata. Sahib., Mon. Geoc. Fenn., 24, 1. 
 
 Mab. Yangihissar, April 1874, Kugiar, May to June 1874. Sind Valley, August 1873. 
 A common Palsearctic form. Madeira (Wollaston) ; N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Astracan 
 (Jacovlev); Algeria (Lucas). 
 
 11a. E. FESTIVA, var. herbacea, H. Sch. 
 
 Eurydema herlaceum, H. Sch., Cont. Panz. F. G., 115, 12, and Nom. Ent., 1, 55, and 91 (1835). 
 Hahn, Wanz. 3, F. 239 (1835). 
 
 Sab . — Sind Valley, August 1873. 
 
 12. Bagrada picta, Eab. 
 
 Cimex pictus. Fab., S. Ent., p. 716, 93 (1775), Spec. 2, p. 359, 127 (1781). Wolff, Ic., 1, p. 17, F. 17 
 (1800). — Strachia picta, Dali., List. 1, p. 259, 5 (1851). Stal, Enumerat. Hemip., pt. 5, p. 88. 
 
 Sab. — Murree. 
 
 This species, with few exceptions, has hitherto been only received from Bengal. 
 
 Bombay (Coll. Dist.); Bagdad (Coll. Brit. Mus). 
 
 13. Menida distincta. Eig. 3. 
 
 Menida distincta, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 122. 
 
 Luteous, covered with strong greenish -black punctures. Head luteous, with the lateral 
 margins and four lorgitudinal furrowed punctured lines greenish-black. These lines are 
 much more distinct on the ante-ocular portion of the head. Eyes dull ochreous. Antennae 
 pilose with the 2nd joint shorter than the 3rd, 4th and 5th subequal, rather longer than 3rd ; 
 first 3 joints luteous, apex of the 1st and apical half of the 3rd, black, 3rd and 4th joints 
 black, narrowly luteous at base. Rostrum luteous, apical joints pitchy. Pronotum with an 
 anterior submarginal line of greenish-black punctures and two irregular transverse ocellated 
 j)unctured marks of the same colour on anterior portion of the disc. Scutellum with a large 
 central subbasal greenish-black spot, and two small and somewhat indistinct ones of the 
 same colour situated on the lateral margins a little before apex. Membrane transparent, 
 whitish. Abdomen above black, connexivum luteous, spotted with black. Underside of 
 body and legs luteous, sparingly and distinctly punctured with black. Tarsi pitchy. 
 
 Long. 6 mill. 
 
 Sah . — Murree and Sind Valley, Kashm ir. 
 
 Menida hutrio, Eab., is the neaiest allied species. 
 
EHYNCHOTA. 
 
 7 
 
 14. Prionaca exempta, Walk. 
 
 Prionaca exempta. Walk., Cat. Het., 3, p. 569. 
 
 B^ab. — Murree. 
 
 N. Hindostan (Coll. Brit. Mus.) ; Assam (Coll. Distant). 
 
 ^ xi \)-^ a . m \ l - s — ACANTE : OSOMIN ^ ( ACANTHSOMINAj , Stal. 
 
 15. Acanthosoma proxima, DaU. 
 
 Acanthosoma proximum, Dali., List., 1, p. 303, 2 (1851). 
 
 Bab. — Murree. 
 
 The type in the British Museum without a locality was presented by General Hard- 
 wicke, and is probably from N. India. 
 
 16. Acanthosoma porfex, DaU. 
 
 Acanthosoma forfex, Dali., List., 1, p. 308, 16 (1851). 
 
 Bab. — Murree. 
 
 N. India (Coll. Brit. Mus.). 
 
 17. Acanthosoma recurva, DaU. 
 
 Acanthosoma recurvum, Dali., List., 1, p. 310, 19 (1851). — Clinocoris rec»irvus, Stal, Enumerat. Hemip, 
 p. 5, p. 114 (1876). 
 
 Bab. — Sind VaUey, August 1873. 
 
 N. India (CoU. Brit. Mus.). 
 
 18. Acanthosoma aspera, Walk. 
 
 Acanthosoma aspera, Walk., Cat. Het., p. 2, p. 396, 17 (1867). 
 
 Bab. — Murree. 
 
 N. India (CoU. Brit. Mus.). 
 
 Sub-Family— CTBONrFiJTVJB ( UROSTYLINA ), SUl. 
 
 19. Urosttlis fumigata, Walk. vai-. 
 
 JJrostylis fumigata. Walk., Cat. Het., 3, p. 413 (1867). 
 
 Bab. — Murree. The type was from Sylhet. 
 
8 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. . 
 
 Family — COHEIDM, Stal. 
 Sub-Family— (COBEINA), Stal. 
 Division Gonoceraria, Stal. 
 
 20. Clettjs punctiger, Dali. var. 
 Gonocerus punctiger, Dali., List. 2, p. 494, 3 (1852). 
 
 Hah. — Murree. 
 
 The type was from China. Malacca (Walker). 
 
 Sub-Family— (ALYDINA), Stal. 
 
 21. Camptopus lateralis, Germ. 
 
 Coreus lateralis, Germ., Reise. Dalm., 491 and F. Ins. Eur,, 8, 21. H. Seh., Wanz., v, fig. 549, 1839. 
 Hah . — Sind Valley, August 1873. 
 
 This species has a wide Palsearctic range and is a somewhat common European form. 
 Teneriffe (Coll. Brit. Mus.) ; Madeira (Wollaston) ; Morocco (Coll. Distant) ; Astracan 
 (Jacovlev). 
 
 Snh-¥a.mnj—COBIZINAEJ {COBIZINA), Stal. 
 
 22. Therapha htoscyami, Lin. 
 
 Fieb., Eur. Hem., 232 (1861). Corizus hyosciami, Habn, Wanz., 1, fig. 10. — Gimex hyoscyami, Lin., 
 Faun. Sv. 252, 945. 
 
 Hah. — Kugiar, south of Yarkand, May to June 1874. 
 
 A well-known European species. N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Astracan (Jacovlev) ; 
 Morocco (Coll. Distant). 
 
 Family— Stal. 
 
 Sub-Family— XFG^JiV..® {LYG^INA), Stal. 
 
 23. Lyg^us (Spilostethus) militaris, Eah. 
 
 Stal, Hem. Afr., 2, 133, 13 militaris, Fab., S. Ent., p. 717, 103 
 
 (1775). 
 
 Hah. — Murree. 
 
 Europa meridionalis, Africa borealis et media, India orientalis. Insulae Philippinae 
 (Stal.) ; Madeira (Wollaston) ; Teneriffe, Canaries, Mauritius, Bagdad, N. India (Coll. Brit. 
 Mus.); Morocco (Coll. Distant) ; Algeria (Lucas). 
 
RHYNCHOTA. 
 
 9 
 
 24. LYGiETJS (Spilostethus) saxatilis, Scop. 
 
 Cimex saxatilis, Scop., Ent. Cam., 128,371 (1763). — Lygaus saxatilis, ~DaXl., List., 2, p. 544 (1852). — 
 L. {Spilostethus) saxatilis, Stal, Hem. Eab., 1, 75, 1868. 
 
 Mab . — Sind Valley, August 1873. 
 
 Generally distributed throughout Europe. Algeria (Lucas). 
 
 25. Lyg^us (Graptolomus) eqtjestris, Lin. 
 
 Cimex equestvis, Lin., F. Sv., 253, 946 (1761). — Lygmns equest^is, Fieb.,Eur. Hem., 166, 5. 
 
 B.ah. — Kugiar, south of Yarkand, May to June 1874. Neighbourhood of Sanju, south- 
 east of Yarkand. 
 
 Europa tota, Africa borealis, Sibiria orientalis {Mus. Solm., Sahlberg) ; Bagdad, Japan 
 (Ooll. Brit. Mus) ; Algeria (Lucas). 
 
 26. Arocatus pilosultjs. Eig. 5. 
 
 Arocatus pilosulus. Hist., Trans. Ent. Soe., Lond., p. 123, 1879. 
 
 Testaceous, pilose. Head with the central portion black. Antennse black, pilose, 2nd 
 joint rather the longest, 3rd and 4th subequal. Rostrum pitchy. Pronotum obscurely punc- 
 tured, distinctly rugulose on posterior portion ; anterior portion crossed by a transverse 
 black submarginal band, and an obscure pitchy band on posterior border. Scutellum pitchy, 
 with the tip red, and with two large round fovese at base. Corium suffused with dull-pitchv 
 shadings. Membrane pitchy opaque, outer border pale transparent. Under side of body 
 testaceous, strongly suffused with pitchy shadings. Sternum with a submarginal row of three 
 black spots, placed one on prosternum, one on mesosternum, and one on metasternum. Legs 
 pitchy, pilose. The corium is more densely pilose than other parts of the upper surface. 
 
 Long. 6 mill. 
 
 Rah. — Murree. 
 
 Sub-Family- (MYOBOCBINA), Stal. 
 
 27. Lamprodema brevicollis, Eieb. 
 
 Lamprodema Irevicollis, Fieb., Eur. Hem., 185 (1861). 
 
 Rab . — Tanktse to Ohagra, Pankong Valley, Ladak, September 1873. 
 
 The type was from Dalmatia, and Mr. Edward Saunders kindly compared these specimens 
 for me with insects in his own collection received from the Continent. 
 
 28. Gonianotus marginepenctattjs. 
 
 Lygaus marginepunctatus, Wolff, Ic. Cim., 150, t. 15, fig. 144 (1804). 
 
 Rab . — On the road across the Pamir, from Sa,rikol to Panja, April to May 1874. 
 A not uncommon European species. Madeira (Wollaston) ; Algeria (Lucas). 
 
10 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 F amily — CAFSIBjE. 
 
 29. Phytocoris stoliczkanus. Fig. 6. 
 
 Fhytocoris stoliczkanus, Dist., Trans. Eut. Soc., Lond., p. 124, 1879. 
 
 Uniform pale ochraceous. Head with a V-sliaped mark, consisting of small transverse 
 striae, commencing from near base of antennae. First joint of antennae almost as long as 
 head and pronotum together. Pronotum with two slightly raised transverse callosities ex- 
 tending across and occupying the anterior border. Scutellum with the base somewhat raised 
 and gibbous, a waved transverse cordate line near base, and a faint pale longitudinal median 
 line near apex. Hemielytra sparingly clothed with a few minute blackish hairs. Membrane 
 with bright prismatic reflexions. 
 
 Long. 6 mill. 
 
 JIab. — Murree, Jhelum Valley, and Sind Valley. 
 
 30. Calocoeis stoliczkanus. Fig. 7. 
 
 Calocoris stoliczkanus, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 6, p. 124, 1879. 
 
 Ochreous clouded with brown, and sparingly clothed with pale yellowish pile. Antennae 
 brownish, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th joints with the apices pitchy. First joint robust, 2nd somewhat 
 suddenly thickened towards apex, 3rd and 4th very slender, 4th not much more than half the 
 length of the 3rd. Cuneus somewhat paler in colour than corium, brownish and pilose at 
 base, and with a small pitchy spot at apex. Membrane pale fuscous clouded with brown. 
 Underside pale obscure ochreous, clothed with fine pale yellow pile, and a somewhat obscure 
 stigmatal row of small brown spots. Legs mutilated. The pronotum is faintly angulose, 
 and the scutellum somewhat more plainly strigose. 
 
 Long. 8 mill. 
 
 Kab. — Murree. 
 
 I have placed this species in the genus Calocoris, though Dr. Reuter writes to me, 
 “ Calocoris, vel n. gen.” 
 
 31. Calocoris chenopodii, FaU. 
 
 Phytocoris chenopodii. Fall., H., p. 77, 1. — Calocoris chenopodii, Fieb., Ear. Hem., 255 (1861). 
 
 Hab . — Sind Valley, August 1873. 
 
 Europa tota, Dauria (Sahlberg). 
 
 32. Calocoris forsythi. Fig. 8. 
 
 Calocoris forsythi, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 125, 1879. 
 
 Brownish testaceous. Antennae with the 1st joint not quite so long as head and pronotum, 
 2nd slightly and gradually tliickened towards apex, 3rd pale luteous at base, 4th wanting. 
 
EHYNCHOTA. 
 
 11 
 
 Head with a deep central longitudinal incision between the eyes. Pronotum rugulose, faintly 
 anteriorly and more distinctly towards posterior border. Hemielytra slightly pilose, some- 
 what paler towards costal margin, and with extreme outer margin somewhat obscure pitchy. 
 Membrane pale fuscous, somewhat clouded. Scutellum obscurely and transversely strigose. 
 Underside of body castaneous. Pore-legs ochraceous, tibiae with a longitudinal row of small 
 brownish spots. The rest of the legs wanting. 
 
 Long. 7 mill. 
 
 Hab. — Murree. 
 
 Family — NABIBM, Fieb. 
 
 33. CoRiscus FEHUS, Linn. 
 
 Cimex ferns, Lin., Faun. Suec., 256, 962 (1761). — Nabis ferns, Fieb., Eur. Hem., p. 161, 9 (1861). 
 Reut., O. V. A. F. 29, 6, p. 72, 5 (1872). 
 
 B-ob . — Yarkand and neighbourhood. 
 
 Palaearctic species. America borealis, New Jersey, Wisconsin, California {Mus, Holm., 
 Stal) ; Europa tota, North-Western Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Algeria (Lucas). 
 
 ¥&mi\y—REDUriII)^, Stal. 
 
 Sub-Family— ( BEDUVIINAJ , Stal. 
 
 34. Reduvius (harpisctjs) reeteri. Hist. Pig. 9. 
 
 Bediwius [Harpiscms) reuteri, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend., p. 125, 1879. 
 
 Black, shining, trochanters and bases of femora sanguineous. 
 
 Allied to morio, Kol. Dr. Reuter, who has kindly compared the two species for me, 
 writes : — “ R. (Harpisco) morioni, colore similis, sed major et in omnibus latior, magis nitidus, 
 jpedibus pilis exsertis longis destitutis, capiie pronoti lobo postico tantum paullo longiore, tro- 
 chanteribus basique ipsa femorum rufis divergens. Ohs . — Gula nigra, ut in R. morione.” 
 Long. 20 mill. 
 
 ^a6.— Sind Valley. 
 
 35. Reduvius (Rhinocoris) iracundus, Scop. 
 
 Cimex iracundus, Scop., Ent. Cam., p. 130, 378 (1763). — Harpactor iracundus, Fieb., Eur. Hem. 153 
 (1861). 
 
 Hab . — Sind Valley, August 1873. European form. 
 
12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Sub-family— P/je^rjiV^ (PIRATINA) Stal. 
 
 36. Pirates (Lestomerus) affinis, Serv. 
 
 Peirates affinis, Serv., Ann. Sc. nat., 23, p. 216, 2 (1831). Lestomerus affinis, A. and S.. Hist., p 323 
 2 (1843). 
 
 Sab. — Jlielam Valley, July 1873. 
 
 India orientalis (Mus. Holm ); Borneo (Mus. Leiden); Cochin-China {Coll. Signoret, 
 Stal) ; Assam (Coll. Distant). 
 
 'PamWj— HYDRO BATID^, Stal. 
 
 37. Gerris (Limnotrechus) sahlbergi. Fig. 10. 
 
 Gerris {Limnotrechus) sahlhergi, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 125, 1879. 
 
 Head thickly covered with olivaceous pubescence, with a small black spot on vertex. 
 Antennie ochraceous, 1st joint longest, 2nd and 3rd shortest and subequal, 4th rather longer 
 than 3rd, thickly covered with greyish pile. Pronotum ochraceous, pubescent, anterior 3rd, 
 lateral borders, and a central longitudinal line, olivaceous ; the last is testaceous on anterior 
 portion of pronotum. Hemielytra brownish testaceous, with the nervm*es olivaceous. Un- 
 der side of body covered with greyish pile, except lateral borders, apex, and central portion of 
 abdomen, which parts are ochraceous. Legs ochi-aceous, fore femora with an outer longi- 
 tudinal black fascia. 
 
 Long. 10 mill. 
 
 Sab . — Neighbourhood of Leh. 
 
 Dr. Reuter, who has done me the favour of examining the species, reports — “L. thoracico 
 affinis et segnientorum genitalium mavis structura similis, differt autem pronoto breviore, 
 postice breoius et obtusius producto, angulis dentiformibus segm. abdominalis sexti brerissimis, 
 vix productis, tibiis, prcesertim posticis, brevibus, tarsis posticis his tantum ^ bremuribus."' 
 
 38. Gen. (?) orientalis. Figs. 11 and 12. 
 
 Halohates (?) orientalis, Dlst., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 126, 1879. 
 
 Brownish ochraceous, finely pilose. Antennae with the 1st joint curved, robust, and 
 about the length of head and pronotum together; remaining joints more slender, 2nd and 
 3rd subequal, 4th a little shorter than 3rd. Pronotum with a median pale longitudinal line 
 and a large rounded fovea on posterior portion of disc. The rostrum is 5- jointed; the first 
 two joints are very robust and somewhat fused together, the 2nd minute and much shorter 
 than the 1st, the 3rd much the longest and rather less robust than 1st and 2nd, 4th small, 
 slender, and black, 5th ochreous, very slender and hair-like, and rather shorter than 4th. 
 Sternum clothed with greyish pile. 
 
 The eyes are large, semi-globular, and castaneous, situated at base of lateral margins of 
 head. The pronotum is about the length of the head, but broader, truncate in front and 
 rounded behind ; mesonotum and metanotum hardly distinguishable, much longer than pro- 
 
RHYNCOTA. 
 
 13 
 
 notum, and gradually and regularly widened posteriorly. Legs oclireous, fore femora mucli 
 thickened. 
 
 Long. 7 to 8 mill. 
 
 Hah . — Jhelam Valley. 
 
 I have refrained for the present from making a new genus for the reception of this 
 species. It is in many respects allied to Ralobates and cannot be included in the genus 
 Gerris. The figures will show its anatomical peculiarities. 
 
 Family — NBTIDM, Burm. 
 
 39. E/ANAtra, sp. ? 
 
 Too mutilated for determination. 
 
 Hah . — Y arkand. 
 
 'FurnWy—NOTONECTIDM, Stal. 
 
 40. Notonecta glatjca, Lin. 
 
 Notonecta glauca, Lin., Faun. Sv. 244, 903, Sahl., Not. Faun. et. FI. Fenn., Forh., XIV, 273, 1. N. 
 falrieii, Fieb., Eur. Hem. 101, 2. N. marmorea, Fab., Syst. Rhyn., p. 103, 3 (1803). 
 
 Hah. — Yarkand. 
 
 Europa tota, Asia et America borealis, N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Algeria (Lucas). 
 
 41. Enithares, sp. ? 
 
 AlHed to H. mdica, Eab., if not a variety of that species. 
 
 Hah . — Jhelam Valley. 
 
 Yamily^CORISIDjE, Fieb. 
 
 42. Corisa hieroglyphica, L. Duf. 
 
 Corixa hieroglyphica, L. Duf., Hem., 86, 2, fig. 85, 87. Corisa hieroglyphica, Fieb,, Eur. Hem., 93, 15 
 (1861). 
 
 Hah. — Yarkand. 
 
 Palgearctic form. Astracan (Jacovlev). 
 
 43. Corisa geoffroti, Leach. 
 
 Corixa geoffroyi, Leach, Class. Lin. Tr., 12, 7. Corisa geoffroyi, Fieb., Eur, Hem,, 91, 6 (1861) = 
 dentipes, Thom. (Sahlberg). 
 
 Hah. — Yarkand. 
 
 Astracan (Jacovlev) ; Algeria (Lucas). 
 
14i 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA. 
 
 Farnny—CmCOFIDM 
 Suh-ta.m\\y—CERCOPIN^ (CERCOPINA) Stal. 
 
 44. COSMOSCARTA DORSIMACULA, Walk. 
 
 Cercopis dorsimacula, Walk., List. Homop. Ins. Ill, p. 658, 31 (1851). 
 
 Rah . — Jhelam Valley. 
 
 N. Bengal, N. India, Cacliar (Types, Brit. Mus.) 
 
 ^xih-is^mWy—APRROPEORINM (APRROPEORINA) Stal. 
 
 45. Ptyelus costalis. Walk. 
 
 Ptyelm costalis, Walk., List. Homop. Ins. Ill, p. 707, 13 (1851). Ftyelus concolor , Walk., p. 715, 
 26. Stal, 0£v. vet. Ak. Fork., 1862, p. 493. 
 
 Hob. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, August to September 1873. 
 
 N. India (Types, Brit. Mus). 
 
 46. Clovia nebulosa, Eab. 
 
 Cercopis Fab., Ent. Syst., IV, 50, 14; Syst. Rhyn., 94, 3. Ptyelus quadridens, Walk., 
 
 List. Homop. Ins. Ill, p. 711, 19 (1851). Ptyelus guttifer, Walk., ibid., p. 712, 21. Clovia 
 nebulosa, Stal, Hem. Fab., 2, p. 16, 1869; Sign., Rev. and Mag. Zoo!., 1853, tom. 5, p. 183. 
 Stal, 0£v. vet. Ak. Fork., 1862, p. 493. 
 
 Rah . — Sind Valley, August 1873. 
 
 Family —t/A <857/) AE". 
 
 Sub-family— 
 
 In his Hem. Af. 4, pp. 82-83 (1866), the late Dr. StM. gave a “ Conspectus subfamili- 
 arum” of his family “ Jassida.’* In that work he placed the genus Oxyrhachis, Germ., in 
 his sub-fam. “ Membracida,’^ owing no doubt to the dilated fore tibise of the insects com- 
 prised in that genus. Subsequently, however, Ofv. vet. Ak. Forh., 1869, p. 280, he placed it 
 in his sub-fam. “ Centrotida,’’ adding “ Conspectus generum, centrotidum mundi antiqui — 
 vide Hem. Af., IV, pp. 88-89.” Although there is an error in this statement, the genus 
 Oxyrhachis clearly belongs to the Centrotidce, in wliich I have placed it. 
 
 47. Oxyrhachis, sp. 
 
 Rah . — Jhelam Valley. One spirit-specimen too much damaged to be described. 
 
RHYNCHOTA. 
 
 15 
 
 Snh-hmily—PBOCONIINM (PROCONIINA) Stal. 
 
 48. Euacanthus extremus, Walk. 
 
 Tettigonia extrema, Walk., List. Homop. Ins., Ill, p. 761 (1851). Sign., Ann. Ent. Fr. Ser. 3, 1, p. 
 663, pi. 21, fig. 4 (1853). Stal, Ofv. vet. Ak. Fork., 1862, p. 495. 
 
 Hab. — Murree. 
 
 The type was from N. India. 
 
 Sub-family— (JASSINA) Stal. 
 
 50. Bythoscopus stramineus, Walk. 
 
 Acocephalus stramineus, WdiW., List. Homop. Ins., Ill, p. 847 (1851). 
 
 Bythoscopus indicatus, Walk., List. Homop. Ins. Suppl, p. 266, 1858. Stal, Ofv. vet. Ak. Fork., 1862, 
 p. 494. 
 
 Eah . — Sind Valley, August 1873. 
 
 The types were from Java, N. China, and Celebes ; it is, however, a commonly received 
 Indian species. 
 
 The remaining specimens of Somoptera contained in the collection, mostly somewhat 
 minute species, are so damaged by immersion in spirit as to be undeterminable and of 
 little value as museum-specimens. I should certainly pause before describing insects in this 
 condition, as colour is obliterated and good figures could not be made. There are two small 
 species of Bicania and one of Nephesa ; the rest call for little comment. 
 
 Explanation of the Plate. 
 
 Fig. 1. Dalpada confusa, Dist., p. 3. 
 
 ,, 2. Palomena reuteri. Hist., p. 4. 
 
 „ 3. Menida distincta, Dist., p. 6. 
 
 ,, 4. Eurydema wilkinsi, Dist., p. 5. 
 
 „ 5. Arocatus pilosulus, Dist., p. 9. 
 
 „ 6. Pkytocoris stoliezakanus, Dist., p. 9. 
 
 „ 7. Calocoris stoliezakanus, Dist., p. 10. 
 
 „ 8. forsytki, Dist., p. 10. 
 
 „ 9. Reduvius (Harpiscus) reuteri, Dist., p. 11. 
 
 ,, 10. Gerris (Limnotreekus) saklkergi, Dist., p. 12. 
 
 ,, 11. Halobates? orientalis, $ , viewed from above, enlarged, p. 12. 
 
 „ lla. Tke same, from below, more highly magnified. 
 
 ,, 116. The anal appendages of tke same, from above. 
 
 ,, 11c. Tke same, from below. 
 
 „ \\d. The same seen vertically. 
 
 „ lie. The rostrum. 
 
 ,, 12a. & 126. Tke anal appendages of the female. 
 
 CoTt. Central Pre«B.-No. 27 S. G. S.-13-3-80.-275. 
 
HEMIFTE.MA, 
 
 RoK H. F. Rippon del et lith. 
 
 Mintern Bros imp. 
 
1 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, Ph. D. 
 
 ARANEIDEA, 
 
 BY THE 
 
 REVD. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE, M.A.,C.M.Z.S., 
 
 Honoraet Member of the New Zealand Institute, &c. 
 
 Ipublbhcb bp orbcr of the ®obcrnmcnt of Iubi;i. 
 
 CALCUTTA: 
 
 PRINTED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OE GOVERNMENT PRINTING, INDIA. 
 1885. 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, Ph. D. 
 
 ARANEIDEA, 
 
 BY THE 
 
 REVD. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE, M.A.,C.M.Z.S., 
 
 Honobaet Membbe of the New Zealand Institute, Ac. 
 
 ipublbkcb bg ovbcr 0! the toernment 0! lubia* 
 
 CALCUTTA: 
 
 PRINTED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OP GOVERNMENT PRINTING, INDIA. 
 1885. 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 ARANEIDEA. 
 
 By the EEV. O. P. CAMBIUDGE, M.A., C.AI.Z.S., 
 
 Honorary Member of the hew Zealand Institute, ^c. 
 
 Introductory Bemarks. 
 
 rpHE spiders collected by tlie late Er. Stoliczka in the Yarkand expedition can by no 
 means be considered a full, nor perhaps even a fair, representation of the Araneidea 
 of the extensive area over which the expedition passed. 
 
 Mr. A. O. Hume informs me that this area may be subdivided into five well-marked 
 regions, and suggests that the spiders found in each should be distinctly {i.e., I conclude, 
 separately) treated. Now, judging from the contents of the collection, I should have 
 thought that the regions might have been considered as two only, — that is, (1) from Murree to 
 Cashmere, including the latter as well as the former; and (2; the whole of the rest of the 
 area travelled over by the expedition, and comprising the neighbourhood of Leh, the route 
 from Tantze to Chagra and Pankong valley, and from Yarkand to Bursi, as well as Yarkand 
 and neighbourhood, Kashghar, the hills west of Yarkand, and the Pamir. 
 
 In the first of these regions — Murree and Cashmere — more than half of the whole 
 number of spiders were collected ; the total number of species is 131 ; the number from this 
 region is 69. The leading character of the spiders of this region is European, with a few 
 more distinctly tropical and subtropical species, such as Idiops designatus, Episiniis 
 algiricus, Fhycus sagittatus, Meta mixta, Chorizoopes stoliczkce and C. congener, Cyrtar- 
 achne pallida, Dicea snbargentata, Monastes dejectus, Sarotes regius and S. promptus, 
 Sparassus fugax, Ocyale rectifasciata, Philodromus medius, and Oxyopes jubilans and 
 O. prcedicta. The leading character of the second region is also European, but with a 
 decided subalpine feature, and no trace scarcely of anything tropical or even subtropical, 
 excepting perhaps and Beebe benevola. Of the 69 
 
 species found in the Cashmere regions, three only were found in the other regions mentioned ; 
 and one species only, Erassus dispulsus, occurred generally throughout the whole area 
 travelled over, — i.e., in all the five regions specified by Mr. Hume. 
 
SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 In the systematic list of species following the present descriptions, figures are added 
 notifying in which of Mr. Hume’s regions each species occurred. Supplementary lists are 
 also appended of the spiders found in each separate region^ with figures showing in what 
 other regions, if any, each occurred. Erom these lists, it will he seen that one species only 
 ( that mentioned above) was common to all the five regions ; three others were common to 
 four of the regions ; four others common to three regions ; and fourteen others common to 
 two of them ; — sixty-six of the species being, as above observed, found only in region 1 of 
 Mr. Hume, corresponding exactly to the first region indicated, as it seems to me, by the 
 character of the spiders themselves. 
 
 The regions named by Mr. Hume are : — 
 
 (1) “ Cashmere including Murree and the road thence to Cashmere’' — This comprises 
 the spiders noted in my descriptions as Murree, Murree to Sind valley, and Sind valley. 
 
 {2) “ Ladakh, from the Zojeela Pass to the head of the Pankong Lake.” — This 
 comprises the spiders noted in my descriptions as ^ ei ghbourhood of Leh, and Tantze to 
 Chagra, and Pankong valley. 
 
 (5) “ The mountain masses between the head of the Pankong Lake and the plains 
 of Yarkand” comprising only the spiders noted as Yarkand to Bursi, there being no 
 spiders in the collection labelled as having been obtained during the forward journey from 
 the Pankong Lake to the plains of Yarkand. 
 
 {4) “ The plains of Yarkand f comprising the spiders noted as Yarkand and neigh- 
 bourhood, and Yarkand.” Excepting the three species mentioned as subtropical in my second 
 region, there were no spiders, in this region 4 of Mr. Hume, differing in character from the 
 general run of those in his regions 2, 3, and 5. 
 
 (5) “ The high country west of Yarkand, the hills leading up to the Pamir, the Pamir 
 and JVokhan.” — This comprises the spiders noted as Kdshghar, between Yangihissdr and 
 Sirikol, Yangihissdr, road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panjah and back, and hills 
 between Sirikol and Aktalla. 
 
 It will be seen from the above that my first region corresponds exactly with region 1 of 
 Air. Hume, and that my second region includes Mr. Hume’s regions 2, 8, 4, and 5. 
 
 The localities noted for each species in my descriptions are those written (I suppose by 
 Dr. Stoliczka himself) upon the several bottles in which the spiders were contained. No 
 attempt had been made to separate the species in each bottle, nor, with one exception, is there 
 anything in Dr. Stoliczka’s diary referring intelligibly to the separate contents of the bottles. 
 Dr. Stoliczka’s notes on the spiders are very few, and of the most general description. In the 
 one exceptional instance (Diary, p. 3, dated 19th July 1873, Tinali), the note refers to the 
 capture of a “ great number of spiders, chiefly Thoursus ” (probably a misprint for Thomisus, 
 though there were very few Thomisids in this bottle) “and Sphassus ; among the 
 
 latter I recognised Sphasus vivid anus.” Now, there was not a single example of Sphasus in 
 any one of the bottles, excepting in one, which contained no label nor any other clue either 
 to the locality or its contents ; the mention therefore of Sphasus is thus important, and fixes 
 the locality in which the contents of this unlabelled bottle were collected. The Sphasus 
 viridanus alluded to is a Calcutta species, described by Dr. Stoliczka himself (Journ. Asiat. 
 Soc., Bengal, vol. xxxviii, p. 220, pi. xx, fig. 1), but is quite distinct from either of the 
 three species found in this bottle {vide remarks on these species, infra). 
 
 Out of the 132 species in the collection, I can only determine 23 as certainly identical 
 with European species already described, leaving 109, which I believe to be new to science. 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 3 
 
 This appears to be a large proportion of nndescribed species, but no more than might be 
 expected from a distllct hitherto wholly (so far as I am aware) unknown to arachnologists. 
 The researches of Alexis Eedtscbenko, Reise in Turkestan, lately (in respect at least to the 
 Araneidea) published by Kronenberg, give 146 species, of which 101 are identified with 
 known European species. Excepting the Latin descriptions of new species, this work is 
 written in the Russian language, with which I have, unfortunately, no acquaintance whatever* 
 Eight only of the spiders described or recorded by Kronenberg appear to me identical with 
 those contained in Dr. Stoliczka’s collection. These are Epeira tartarica, Kron. ; Epeira 
 cornuta, Clk. ; Epeira cucurbitina, QW. \ Tetragnatha extensa, JArm. PachygnathcLclerckii> 
 Sund. ; Erigone dentipalpis, Wid. ; Theridion tuberculatum, Kron. ; and Xysticus cristatus. 
 Oik. At first sight it might seem remarkable that so large a proportion of the collection 
 made by Eedtscbenko in Western Turkestan should be identical with European species, while 
 so small a proportion out of those collected by Dr. Stoliczka are similarly identical ; but when 
 it is borne in mind that more than half of Dr. Stoliczka’s collection was made in Murree and 
 Cashmere, we need not be surprised at these results, for, indeed, a comparatively small collec- 
 tion only can be said to have been made in Eastern Turkestan, and that chiefly on the high 
 mountain ranges and during the winter and early spring months ; these months being 
 probably there, as in other analogous districts, the least favourable for the fullest develop- 
 ment of the Araneidea. 
 
 I have observed that the number of species contained in Dr. Stoliczka’s collection cannot 
 be by any means considered a full representation of the spiders inhabiting the country travelled 
 over. The season of the year had probably much to do with this paucity of species, but more 
 than anything else it may be accounted for when we remember the number of irons Dr* 
 Stoliczka had in the fire, embracing the whole field of the zoology, as well as of the geology, 
 of the districts visited ; instead, therefore, of being surprised at the smallness of the arachno- 
 logical results of the expedition, we must, under the circumstances, wonder at their extent. 
 We may look forward now with great interest to future collections made in the north of 
 India, on the southern slopes of the mountain ranges of Cashmere, and in the plains adjoining, 
 where we should expect the tropical character of the spiders to become far more marked, 
 though probably still with a great diversity in the species from those found in the more 
 central regions of India. No materials, however, exist, so far as I am aware, for any com- 
 parison upon these points ; indeed, the materials for comparison with any Indian spiders are, 
 as yet, comparatively small, and but little has been hitherto published upon them. 
 
 Order— ARANEIDEA. 
 
 Family— THERAPHOSIDES. 
 
 Genus — IDIOPS, Perty. 
 
 1. — Idiops designatus, sp. n., PI. I, Eig. 1, ^ . 
 
 Adult male ; length 5| lines ; to the end of falces Q\ lines ; length of cephalothorax 
 3 lines (nearly) ; breadth rather over 21 . 
 
 Cephalothorax round-oval, truncated at each end and rather flattened ; it is of a bright 
 red-brown colour, and the normal indentations are strongly marked. The caput is a little 
 elevated above the general level, being rather the highest near the occiput, across which is a 
 
 a1 
 
4 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 well-defined, transverse curved depression (or indentation); the convexity of ihe curve is 
 directed forwards, and its ends merge in those of the thoracic indentation, which is also 
 curved (the convexity of the curve directed backwards) and deeply impressed ; these two 
 curved indentations enclose a well-defined, somewhat roundish, smooth, and shining area ; 
 a portion of the surface of the caput on each side, in front of this, is transversely rugulose, 
 and, together with the rest of the thoracic surface, more or less, though not very thickly, 
 covered with minute tubercular granulosities. 
 
 The eyes are of moderate size and disposed in three transverse rows, 2, 2, 4, forming 
 two widely separated groups, each group placed on a tubercular elevation. Those of the 
 first, or foremost, row constitute one group close to the fore margin of the caput ; these 
 appear to he rather the largest of the eight, and are separated from each other by about an 
 eye’s diameter ; those of the hinder group (consisting of the second and third rows) form a 
 narrow trsnsverse elongate oval ; the eyes of the second row are also separated by an eye’s 
 diameter, and the length of the row is little, if anything, different from that of the first ; 
 the hinder row is curved (the convexity of the curve being directed backwards); the eyes of 
 this row appear to he smaller than the rest, the middle pair being of an irregular form and 
 yellowish-white colour (the colour of the rest is dark), and considerably further from each 
 other than each is from the lateral eye of the same row on its side, and the length of the 
 line formed by those two, hind-central, eyes is a little greater than that of the second 
 (or middle row). 
 
 The legs are tolerably strong and of moderate length ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3 ; 
 they are of a bright yellow-brown colour, deepening into red-brown on the tibiae (and on 
 some other parts) of those of the first and second pairs ; their armature consists of hairs 
 bristles, and spines, but neither of these in any great abundance. The spines are chiefly on 
 the tibiae and metatarsi ; those underneath the first and second pairs (particularly the first) 
 are the most conspicuous : the tibiae of the first pair are considerably but gradually enlarged 
 at their fore-extremity on the inner side, the enlargement terminating with a long, strong- 
 curved, blunt-pointed spur or spine. A little on -the inner side behind the base of this spur, 
 is a short and strongish denticulation ; the metatarsi of the first pair are rather abruptlv 
 bent towards their fore-extremity, and slightly enlarged in a bluutish angular form on the 
 inner side. The tarsi are devoid of any scopula, each ending with three claws ; those of the 
 upper pair are strong and pectinated ; the inferior one is small and inconspicuous. 
 
 The palpi are long, rather strong, similar to the legs in colour, and furnished with hairs 
 and bristles, those beneath the radial joint being the longest and most numerous. This joint is 
 long, more than double the length of the cubital joint, and nearly equals that of the 
 tibise of the first pair of legs ; it is of a rather tumid form, and is bent downwards near its 
 anterior extremity, on the outer side of which there is a strong oblique indentation extendino- 
 underneath, and margined above with a somewhat tuberculous ridge armed with short, strong, 
 tooth-like spines ; the digital joint is short, expanded laterally at its fore-extremity, which is 
 also somewhat indented, and armed with a few spines ; and the palpal organs are, as usual, 
 simple, though characteristic in detail, consisting of a roundish corneous bulb prolonged into 
 a long, tapering, slightly sinuously-curved, bifid spine, whose extremity, when in its 
 position of rest, is directed outwards and backwards. 
 
 ^\ief aloes are moderately strong and bristly, and have near their extremity, on the inner 
 side, a prominence, armed with strong tooth-like spines : their colour is similar to that of the 
 cephalothorax. 
 
AE.ANEIDEA. 
 
 5 
 
 The maxillm are moderately long, cylindrical in form, and their fore-extremity, on the 
 inside, terminates in a moderate-sized angular point. 
 
 The labium is of a somewhat quadrate form, though well rounded at its apex and convex 
 on its outer surface. The colour of the maxillee and labium is like that of the legs. 
 
 The abdomen is short, rather broader behind than before, considerably convex above, 
 particulaly towards the fore part ; it is furnished with hairs and a few scattered prominent 
 spines on the upper side, which is of a dark-brownish colour, the under side being of a paler 
 yellowish-brown. The spinners are four in number in the usual position, and pale yellow in 
 colour; those of the superior pair are three-jointed, and tolerably strong but short ; those of the 
 inferior pair, short, small, and one-jointed. 
 
 Hab. — Murree, between June the 11th and July the 14th, 1873. 
 
 This spider appears to belong to the genus Idiops as restricted by Professor A. Ausserer 
 in his work upon this family. 
 
 Though allied to 7. svriacm, Cambr., it is certainly distinct from that species, of which, 
 however, the male has not yet been discovered. 
 
 Family— TIDES. 
 
 Genun—FILISTATA, Latr. 
 
 2. — Eilistata secltjsa, sp. n., PL I, Eig. 2, ? . 
 
 Immature female : length 2^ lines. 
 
 In its general form, structure, and appearance this spider is similar to F. testacea, Latr., 
 and some other nearly allied species of the genus. 
 
 The cephalotliorax, legs, palpi, and -other fore parts are yellow ; the nephalothorax has 
 a narrow, blackish marginal line, and occasicnally there is a blackish longitudinal marking 
 on the caput behind the eyes ; these are in the ordinary position and differ little, if at all, in 
 their relative size from those of the species before mentioned. 
 
 The legs are furnished with hairs, bristles, and some spines, the latter not being very 
 sharp pointed. 
 
 The markings of the abdomen furnish a very distinctive character in the present species ; 
 it is of a dull yellowish colour, with a strong, well-defined, dark, rusty-reddish, longitudinal, 
 median band ; this band tapers towards its hiuder part, where it is broken into somewhat 
 angular patches ; these are continued laterally by some more or less conspicuous oblique 
 lines of the same colour, forming, in fact, the series of chevrons (or angular markings) more 
 or less observable on the hindei half of the abdomen in the greater part of the Araneidea ; 
 the under side is slightly suffused along the middle, with dull rusty red. 
 
 ILab.- -Leh, August or September 1873 ; Pankong- valley, 15th to 21st September 1873. 
 
 Family— D YS DERIDES. 
 
 Genua— OYSOERA, Latr. 
 
 3. — Dysdera cylindrica, sp. n., PI. I, Eig. 3, . 
 
 Adult female : length 6| lines ; length of cephalothorax 2 lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax and f aloes are of a bright, reddish liver-coloured brown ; the legs and 
 
6 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 palpi are reddish-orange coloured; the maxillcei labium, and bright orange-brown, and 
 
 the abdomen dull clay-coloured. In these respects there is, therefore, little or no difference 
 between the present and many other species of Dysdera, nor is there any remarkable differ- 
 ence either in the form of the cephalothorax or in the position of the eyes ; the surface of the 
 former, although not marked with any distinct punctures, is not glossy ; the normal grooves 
 and indentations, though visible, are very slightly defined and it is uniformly but not greatly 
 convex ; the fore part is broadly truncated, and the caput is a little constricted at the lateral 
 margins. The cephalothorax is remarkably small, and short, compared to the length of the 
 abdomen. 
 
 The eyes (six in number) are placed round a slight tubercular elevation close to the 
 fore part of the caput, the height of the clypeus being not more than equal to the diameter of 
 one of the foremost eyes ; those of the posterior row (four) are equal in size, contiguous to 
 each other, and form, as nearly as possible, a straight transverse line; immediately in front of 
 each lateral eye of this row, is another larger one contiguous to it, and forming an oblique 
 line in relation to the hinder row, so that the row consisting of the two anterior eyes is rather 
 shorter than the hinder row. 
 
 The legs are moderate in length and strength, and their relative length is 1, 4, 2, 3. They 
 are furnished very sparingly with hairs, and these are chiefly on the under side ; those of the 
 third and fourth pairs have also a few short, fine spines ; the tarsi are very short and 
 terminate with two curved, pectinated daws, beneath which is a small compact claw-tuft, 
 behind this the tarsi and the anterior portion of the metatarsi are thickly fringed underneath 
 with hairs. 
 
 The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, and are furnished with hairs and brisk* es, the 
 fore part of the digital joint being rather thickly clothed with them, and its extremity is 
 furnished either with two small claws, or else with a short curved denticulation springing 
 from the base of the ordinary claw; the hairs and bristles surrounding this part make it 
 diflffcult to ascertain this exactly. 
 
 The f aloes are moderately long, porrected, and rather hollowed on the inner side of their 
 fore half ; their length does not exceed half that of the cephalothorax, and the front surface 
 near their base is furnished with a few minute tubercular granulations. 
 
 The maxillce are rather long, strong, excavated on the side towards the labium, obliquely 
 truncated at the extremity, and convexly rounded on the outer side above the point where the 
 palpi are articulated ; at this point, which is nearly about the middle, the maxillae are very strong. 
 
 The labium is rather more than two-thirds of the length of the maxillae, and is very 
 broad at its base, a little way above which there is a transverse suture or indentation ; its 
 sides above this are hollowed ; the apex is also hollowed, or strongly, and roundly, indented. 
 
 The sternum is oval, obtusely pointed behind, truncated before, and strongly impressed 
 at the points between the insertions of the legs. 
 
 The is large and of an oblongo-cylindrical form; this character alone distin- 
 
 guishes it at once from all other described species known to me. It is thinly clothed with 
 very short hairs, and the spinners are short and inconspicuous. 
 
 The male differs in no essential respect from the female, except in being rather smaller, 
 nnd, of course, in the smaller size of the abdomen, which, however, preserves the same cylin- 
 drical oblong form ; the palpi are very like those of Dysdera cambridgii, Thor. {D. ery- 
 thrina, BL), but the palpal organs are of a much more elongated form. 
 
 Ilab. — Murree, between June Hth and July 14th, 1873. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 7 
 
 YamWy—BRASSIDES. 
 
 Genua — DRAS8U8, Waick. 
 
 4. — Drassus troglodytes, C, L. Koch. 
 
 Drassus troglodytes, C. L. Koch, Die Arachn. VI, p. 35, Taf. 189, figs. 455, 456. 
 
 Hab. — Examples of this widely-dispersed species were contained in the collection from 
 the following localities : Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June I7th, 1874; between Sirikol 
 and Aktallah, 8th to 13th May 1874; Tantze to Ohagna and Pankong valley, 15th to 21st 
 September 1873 ; Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873. 
 
 5. — Brasses infletes, sp. n., PI. I, Eig. 4, ? . 
 
 Adult female: length 3^ lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of a rather elongate-oval form, narrowing gradually to the fore-ex- 
 tremity, which is truncate ; the lateral impressions of the caput are very slight ; looked at in 
 profile, the fore-part of the caput slopes very little forwards, and the hinder (or thoracic 
 slope) is short, abrupt, and rather rounded. The normal indentations are ill-defined, and the 
 central thoracic groove is indicated by a short red-hrown line ; the colour of the cephalo- 
 thorax is yellow-brown, and it is covered with a grey pubescence, among which are some 
 dark hairs. 
 
 The eyes are in two transverse, slightly curved, and very nearly concentric, curved rows, 
 close to the fore margin of the caput ; they are of moderate size, not greatly different in this 
 respect, and pretty compactly grouped together ; those of the front row are very near to- 
 gether, hut the interval between the two central eyes of this row is rather greater than that 
 between each and the lateral eye nearest to it ; the interval between the laterals of the two 
 rows is nearly, if not quite, equal to the diameter of the largest of them, which appears to 
 be that of the front row ; those of the hind-central pair are contiguous to each other, obliquei 
 of an oval form and pearly lustre, and each is separated from the hind-lateral eye nearest to 
 it by an interval equal to its own diameter ; the fore-central eyes are the largest of the 
 eight, and the spot on which they are seated appears to he a little prominent ; the height of 
 the clypeus is no more than equal to the diameter of one of the last-mentioned eyes. 
 
 The legs are tolerably strong hut rather short ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3 ; they 
 are of a brownish-yellow colour, deepening to reddish-brown on the metatarsi and tarsi, and 
 clothed with greyish pubescence mixed with darker hairs, bristles, and spines ; the last 
 chiefly on those of the third and fourth pairs ; beneath the two claws with which the tarsi 
 terminate is a small claw-tuft. 
 
 The palpi are short, pretty stout, and similar to the legs in colour and clothing ; the 
 radial and digital joints deepening to red-hrown. 
 
 The falces are tolerably long and strong, directed a little forwards ; their colour is like 
 that of the cephalothorax, and they are furnished in front with hairs, bristles, and greyish 
 pubescence. 
 
 The maxillce are strong, slightly curved, and inclined towards the labium, as well as 
 broadly impressed across the middle ; the basal portion is broad and rather convex, and its 
 colour is darker than that of the cephalothorax. 
 
 The labium is oblong, rounded at the apex, and similar to the maxillae in colour. 
 
8 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 The sternum is like the cephalothorax in colour, and of a regular oval form, pointed 
 behind; it, like the maxillae and labium, is clothed with fine brownish hairs. 
 
 The abdomen is of a short oval form, blunted at each end, and tolerably convex above 
 it is of a pale clay-colour, covered thinly with yellowish-brown hairs ; the four exterior 
 spinners are moderately long, and of nearly equal length ; the genital aperture is rather large 
 and of characteristic form. 
 
 Hab . — Between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874). 
 
 6. — Drassus interemptob, sp. n., PI. I, Eig. 5, ^ . 
 
 Adult male : length 3| lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is very similar in form to that of D. injletus, though rather narrower 
 in front ; its colour is yellow-brown, and it is clothed pretty thickly with grey pubescence. 
 
 The eyes are rather small, hut placed in the usual two transverse curved rows ; the 
 foremost row, which is the shortest, is nearly straight, the hinder one considerably curved 
 and the curves of both have their convexities directed backwards. The eyes of the hinder 
 row are equidistant from each other, those of the central pair of this row being rather the 
 smallest of the eight ; those of the fore-central pair are the largest, and form' a line longer 
 than the hind-centrals, the interval separating them being about equal to an eye’s diameter, 
 and each is very nearly contiguous to the lateral of the same row next to it. The eyes 
 of each lateral pair are placed a little obliquely, and are rather nearer together than 
 those of the hinder row are to each other ; the longitudinal diameter of the trapezoid formed 
 by the four central eyes is considerably greater than the transverse one ; the height of the 
 clypeus is about equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. 
 
 The legs are strong and of tolerable length, and rather lighter in colour than the 
 cephalothorax ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, and they are pretty thickly clothed with 
 sandy-grey hairs (among which are some of a browner hue), bristles, and spines ; some of the 
 latter are beneath the metatarsi and tibiae of those of the 1st and 2nd pairs, but the greater 
 number are on the tliird and fourth pairs. Each tarsus terminates with two claws, beneath 
 which is a small claw-tuft ; and beneath the tarsi is a scopula extending a little way 
 underneath the anterior portion of the metatarsi. 
 
 The palpi are short, tolerably strong, and similar in their colour and armature to the 
 legs. The humeral joint has several black spines on its upper side ; the cubital joint is 
 stronger and a little longer than the radial; the latter is furnished with longish bristly 
 hairs, and expands at its fore-extremity, which is prolonged on the outer side into a tolerably 
 strong, rather tapering, reddish-brown apophysis, terminating in an obtuse, flattened, corneous 
 point ; the digital joint is large, oval, and of a browner hue than the rest ; the palpal organs 
 are prominent and well developed ; they are of a yellowish colour, traversed near the middle 
 by a distinct yellow-brown spine-like fillet or band, close in front of which is a strong^ 
 curved, tapering, reddish-yellow-brown corneous process, with another very similar, but 
 smaller, in front of it ; a third, smaller still and apparently obtuse, being in front again, just 
 below the fore-extremity of the joint. 
 
 The falces are neither very long nor strong ; their direction is nearly vertical, and they 
 are similar in colour to the cephalothorax ; their front surface is clothed with greyish 
 pubescence and some brown hairs and bristles. 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 9 
 
 The maxillm are strong, considerably bent towards the labium, over which their extremities 
 almost meet, and broadly impressed across the middle ; their colour is rather darker than 
 that of the cephalothorax. 
 
 The labium, owing to some foreign matters adhering to it, could not be very distinctly 
 seen, but its form appeared to be oblong, rounded at the apex, and its colour like that of the 
 maxillae. 
 
 The sternum is oval, pointed behind, like the maxillae in colour, and clothed with grey 
 pubescent hairs. 
 
 The abdomen is about equal in length to the cephalothorax, of an oblong-oval form, 
 not very convex above ; it is of a somewhat mottled clay-colour, with an oblong, brownish, 
 dorsal marking on the anterior half of the upper side, produced behind into a narrow brown- 
 pointed stripe : the fore-extremity of this dorsal marking is strongly suffused with rusty red 
 brown. The middle of the upper side of the abdomen has four small red-brown impressed 
 spots in the form of a square, whose fore-side is rather the shortest ; it is clothed, but not 
 very densely, with coarsish dark brown hair. The spinners are strong, those of the inferior 
 pair being double the length of those of the superior. 
 
 ;g^ab , — Neighbourhood of Leh, August or September 1873. 
 
 7. — Drassus invisus, sp. n., PI. I, Fig. 6, $ . 
 
 Adult female ; length rather more than 5 lines. 
 
 This spider is nearly allied to T>. interlisus, which it resembles in form, general colouring, 
 structure, and appearance : it is however smaller, and the colour of the caput is much less 
 rich, being but little darker than the thorax, which is a dull yellow-brown ; the whole of 
 the cephalothorax is covered with a sandy-grey pubescence; and there is a dark line 
 running down the middle of the caput from the hind-central pair of eyes to the thoracic 
 indentation. 
 
 The eyes are also different in their position from those of D. interlisus, those of the 
 hind-central pair being placed obliquely to each other, and those of the fore-central pair 
 nearer together and further from the laterals. 
 
 The falces are less strong, and the apex of the labium does not reach so nearly to the 
 extremity of the maxillae. 
 
 The abdomen is of a rather short, oblong-oval form, tolerably convex above : it is of a 
 dull-yellowish hue, thinly clothed with fine hairs : along the middle of the fore-half on the 
 upper side, is a slightly darker, but clearly defined, oblong marking, which has its hinder 
 part tapered off to a sharp point, and an angular point on each side where the tapering portion 
 begins. There are also four small dark blackish-brown oblique spots on the fore-half, 
 forming a rectangle whose length is about double its breadth : two fine parallel brownish lines 
 run on the under side from the genital aperture to a little distance from the spinners, and 
 from each of the inferior pair of spinners a similar line runs a little obliquely to a point 
 in a line (in a transverse direction) with the termination of the two other lines j ust men- 
 tioned : the spinners are short and strong, those of the inferior pair being the strongest 
 and a little the longest : the genital aperture is small and of a very simple form. 
 
 ILab. — Between Sirikol and Aktalla, between the 8th and 31st of May 1874. 
 
10 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 8. — Deasstjs interpolator, sp. n., PL I, Eig. 7, <? . 
 
 Adult male : ' length lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is oval, truncated and narrowest before, and tolerably constricted 
 on the lateral margins of the caput; the profile line slopes gradually forwards from the 
 beginning of the hinder slope of the thorax ; its colour is yellowish-brown radiated with 
 darker stripes, which follow the directions and lines of the thoracic and other normal indenta- 
 tions ; the whole surface is pretty thickly clothed with yellowish-grey pubescence. 
 
 The eyes are in the usual two transverse curved rows, the hinder one of *vhich is the 
 longest and the most curved ; those of the hind-central pair are separated by more than a 
 diameter’s distance from each other, and are thus rather nearer to each other than each is to 
 the lateral of tlie same row on its side ; those of the fore-central pair are slightly the largest 
 of the eight, and rather further from each other than each is from the fore-lateral eye on its 
 side ; those of each lateral pair form an oblique line, and are divided by an interval of nearly 
 about an eye’s diameter. The height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of one of the 
 fore- central eyes. 
 
 The legs are rather long and not very strong ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 8 ; they 
 are of a dull yellow-brown colour, clothed with sandy-greyish pubescence, and other hairs 
 and spines, the latter are for the most part long and rather strong, and, besides a small claw- 
 tuft under the two terminal tarsal claws, each tarsus has a scopula (though not a very dense 
 one) underneath it. 
 
 The palpi 2 X 0 , rather short and not very strong; the lengths of the cubital and radial joints 
 are about equal ; the latter increases in strength gradually to the fore-extremity, at the outer 
 side of which there is a small tapering apophysis, whose point ends with a small, slightly 
 curved, corneous-looking claw or nail ; the direction of this apophysis is rather away from 
 the digital joint. The radial joint is furnished with strong bristles, and a long spine on the 
 outer side towards tbe hinder extremity ; the digital joint is of an elongate-oval form, and 
 equals in length the radial and cubital joints taken together ; the palpal organs are not 
 complex ; the surface of the main lobe is traversed and surrounded by two red-brown, 
 corneous-looking fillets, resembling closely applied spines, and there is dark red-brown, 
 corneous prominence near the fore-extremity of these organs; the digital joint is dark 
 yellowish-brown, and hairy, and has a strongish spine on its outer margin ; the colour of the 
 other joints of the palpi is similar to that of the legs. 
 
 T\\Qf aloes are moderately long and strong, and their direction is rather forwards ; they 
 are of a dark red-brown colour and furnished with hairs and bristles. 
 
 The maxillcB are tolerably long and strong, slightly curved and inclined towards the 
 labium, and strongly impressed in an oblique direction across the middle ; their extremities 
 are rather rounded, and their colour is yellowish red-brown, pale whitish at the extremi- 
 ties. 
 
 The lahmm is of an oblong form, truncated at the apex, and similar to the maxillae 
 in colour, its length being nearly about two-thirds that of the maxillae. 
 
 The sternum, is of a dull brownish-yellow colour, and of an oval form, pointed at its 
 hinder extremities, and depressed betw^een the insertions of the legs. 
 
 The is of a rather narrow-oval form, and moderately convex above; it is of 
 
 a dull brownish clay-colour, thinly clothed with hairs, and has an oblong, dull-brown, 
 median longitudinal marking, whose hinder extremity is gradually produced into a sharp point 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 11 
 
 on the fore-half of the upper side, where also four small brown spots form a square, whose 
 fore-side is rather the shortest ; the two hinder ones of these spots are in a line with the 
 point of the oblong marking ; the spinners are rather long and strong, those of the inferior 
 pair being much the strongest and nearly double the length of the superior pair ; their colour 
 is brownish-yellow. 
 
 This species is nearly allied to D. lapidicolens, "Walck. 
 
 Hab. — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, between the 8th and 13th of May 1874, and 
 on the road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back between April the 22nd and 
 May the 7th, 1874. 
 
 9. — Drassus pisPULSUs, sp. n., PL I, Eig. 8, $ . 
 
 Adult male : length 4| lines ; adult female, 5 lines. 
 
 This spider, which is allied to D. lapidtcolens, Walck., is yery similar in its general form 
 structure, and appearance to Z>. interpolator ; it is, however, of a generally brighter hue. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of a brownish-yellow colour, the normal indentations of a darker 
 hue ; the thoracic indentation being deep red-brown. The falces, maxillce, and labium are 
 reddish yellow-brown, the legs and sternum yellow, and the abdomen pale straw-yellow. The 
 cephalothorax is covered with greyish-yellow pubescence. 
 
 The eyes are of moderate size, and not very unequal; they are in the usual position, 
 but the hinder row is not so much curved as in D. interpolator ; those of its central pair are 
 much nearer together than each is to the lateral of the same row on its side ; they are of an 
 oval form, placed very slightly obliquely and less than their longest diameter’s distance from 
 each other ; those of the fore-central pair are further from each other than each is from the 
 lateral eye on its side, with which it is nearly, but not quite, in contact. The interval 
 between the fore-centrals is nearly about a diameter, and these eyes form a line rather longer 
 than that formed by those of the hind-central pair : those of each lateral pair are obliquely 
 placed, and are separated by an interval equal to the diameter of the foremost of them. 
 
 The legs are rather long and slender, armed with longish spines, especially on the tibise 
 and metatarsi of those of the two hinder pairs ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. Beneath the 
 two terminal claws of each tarsus is a small claw-tuft, with a scopula of blackish hairs along 
 the under sides of the tarsi, and of the first and second pairs of the metatarsi also. 
 
 The palpi ( ^ ) are rather short, the humeral and cubital joints are yellow, the radial 
 and digital joints suffused with yellow-brown, the latter being the darkest : the cubital and 
 radial joints are of equal length ; the latter expands a little at its anterior extremity, which 
 is produced (on the outer side) into a rather long, not very strong, slightly tapering apophy- 
 sis : this apophysis is nearly straight, but a little divergent from the digital joint, and its 
 extreme point is bifid ; there is also another shorter, angular prominence, or projection, at 
 the extremity of this joint, on the inner side. The digital joint is elongate-oval, equal in 
 length to the cubital and radial joints together. The palpal organs are simple but rather 
 prominent, their fore-extremity has a somewhat truncated appearance, and is broken up into 
 several corneous spines and processes. 
 
 The/aZces are neither very long nor strong ; they are straight, and their direction is but 
 a little forwards. 
 
 The maxillm and labium are similar in form to those of J). interpolator. 
 
 The abdomen is of an elongate-oval form, rather truncated before ; it is very thinly 
 
12 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 furnished with hairs, and in some examples an ohlong dull marking, pointed at its hinder 
 extremity, is faintly traceable on the fore-half of the upper side, where there are usually also 
 six small dull spots, in three successive, transverse pairs, forming an oblong parallelogram ; 
 those of the middle pair are the nearest together. 
 
 The spinners are long, but not very stout nor very unequal in length ; those of the 
 inferior pair are the largest and strongest : their colour is like that of the legs. 
 
 The female resembles the male in colours and general structure, hut is rather larger ; 
 there is, however, some little variation in size in different individuals of both sexes ; the 
 form of the genital aperture, which is rather small, is simple, hut, as usual, quite 
 characteristic. 
 
 Hab. — Kashghar, December 1873; Tanktze to Chagna and Pankong valley, between 
 the 15th and 21st of September 1873. Between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March ]874 j; near 
 Leh, August and September 1873. Yangihissar, April 1874. Yarkand and neighbourhood, 
 November 1873. Road from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874; and road 
 across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and hack, April 22nd to May 7th, 1874. Hills 
 between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to 13th, 1874; and the Sind Valley, August 5th to 
 13th, 1873. 
 
 It is thus the most widely spread and numerously represented species of this family 
 contained in the collection, occurring in all the five districts traversed. 
 
 10. — Drasstjs interlisus, sp. n., PI, I, Pig. 9, s . 
 
 Adult female : length lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax of this fine species is of an ohlong-oval shape, tolerably convex above, 
 broadly truncated at the fore-extremity, and hut very slightly constricted on the lateral 
 margin of the caput ; the profile line is very nearly level from the hinder slope to the occiput, 
 whence it slopes forwards in a more rounding form ; its colour is a bright reddish yellow- 
 brown, deepening gi’adually to the caput, the fore part and sides of which are black red- 
 hrown : the whole of the cephalothorax is pretty densely clothed with short yellowish- grey 
 pubescent hairs ; the normal indentations are not very strongly defined, and the height of the 
 clypeus is about equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. 
 
 The eyes are rather small, not very different in size, and placed in the two usual transverse 
 ..curved rows, the hinder row being the longest and most curved : they are not very closely 
 grouped together, and those of the fore-central pair are seated on a slight hut perceptible pro- 
 minence. These two eyes are nearly two diameters distant from each other, and are much 
 more widely separated from each other than each is from the lateral eye of the same row on 
 its side, with which it is nearly, hut not quite, contiguous ; those of the hind-central pair are 
 oval, not obliquely placed, but with their longer diameter in a directly transverse direction ; 
 they are very near together, hut not quite contiguous to each other, and each is separated by 
 a distance nearly equal to twice its longer diameter from the lateral eye of the same row on 
 its side ; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed in an oblique line, and are rather widely 
 separated. All the eyes, excepting those of the fore-central pair, are rather depressed or 
 sunken into the surface of the caput. 
 
 The legs are strong and moderate in length, their relative length being 4, 1, 2, 3 ; they 
 are yellow, deepening to red-hrown on the tarsi, and are furnished v ith hairs, bristles, and 
 
ARA^^EtDIlA. 
 
 13 
 
 spines, the latter almost entirely on the tibige and metatarsi of the third and fourth pairs ; 
 the hairs are mostly of a grey pubescent kind. Each tarsus terminates with two curved, 
 pectinated claws, beneath which is a claw-tuft, and the undersides of the tarsi, as well as a 
 portion of the metatarsi, are furnished with a scopula. 
 
 The palpi are short ; their colour is yellow, deepening to dark red-brown on the digital 
 joint, which is double the length of the radial ; it is furnished thickly with dark hairs and 
 some black spines, and terminates with a short slightly curved black claw. The cubital is 
 similar to the radial joint in length. 
 
 The falces are strong and rather long; their direction is forward, and their profile 
 arched ; they are of a deep, black red-brown colour, and are clothed pretty thickly with a 
 greyish pubescence, besides other hairs and bristles. 
 
 The maxill(B are long and strong (especially at the insertion of the palpi), curved and 
 inclined considerably towards the labium, obliquely impressed across the middle, rounded at 
 their outer extremity, and obliquely truncated on their inner extremity ; their colour is 
 slightly less dark than that of the cephalothorax, and they are tipped with whitish yellow. 
 
 The labium is long, reaching almost to the inner extremity of the maxillcB ; it is of an 
 oblong form, rounded at the apex, depressed along the sides, and its colour is like that of the 
 maxillcB. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped, similar in colour to the hinder part of the cephalothorax, 
 and clothed with hairs. 
 
 The abdomen is of an oblong-oval form, of a yellowish-clay colour, and thinly clothed 
 with brownish hairs ; the spinners are short but strong, and of a yellow-brown colour, those 
 of the superior pair being a little shorter than those of the inferior; the genital aperture and 
 the process connected with it are of peculiar and characteristic form, and of a deep blackish 
 red-brown hue. 
 
 The male differs in no respect of colour, general form, and character from the female. 
 The palpi of the male are rather short, but strong ; the humeral joint is much bent and 
 flattened on its inner side, where it curves round the falces, enlarging also to the anterior 
 extremity ; the cubital joint is short, strong, tumid on the upper side, and has, at its outer 
 extremity, a long, curved, pointed, red-brown apophysis, the point being recurved or sinuous ; 
 this apophysis reaches as far as the fore-extremity of the radial joint, which is shorter, darker 
 coloured, and less strong than the cubital, and is furnished with two nearly black apophyses ; 
 one on the outer side is strong, curved, and has its obtuse point directed upwards ; the other 
 is shorter, straighter, more pointed, and placed near the middle of the fore-extremity, to which 
 it is nearly perpendicular ; the digital joint is large, of an oval form, dark red-brown in 
 colour, hairy, and in length exceeds the radial and cubital joints taken together; the 
 palpal organs are simple but well developed, consisting of a strong, somewhat cylindric, 
 corneous lobe, the fore-extremity of which is broken into several not very prominent pro- 
 cesses. 
 
 Hah. — Kashghar, December 1873; Yarkand, 21st to 27th May 1874; between Yangihis- 
 sar and Sirikol, March 1874 ; neighbourhood of Leh, August or September 1873 ; Yarkand 
 to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874. 
 
 I have had some hesitation in describing this sj)ider as a Hrassus. It appears to be 
 nearly allied to Rypsinotus, L. Koch, but the length of the labium distinguishes it readily 
 from that genus ; for the present, therefore, I include it in the genus Drassus, with which, 
 at any rate, it is very nearly allied. 
 
14 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 11. — Drassus involuttjs, sp. n., PI. I, Eig. 10, 9 . 
 
 Adult female : length 4f lines. 
 
 This spider has an exceedingly Cluhiona-\\]s.Q appearance, but the inclination of the 
 maxillae to the labium and the transverse impression of the former, as well as some other 
 characters, distinguish it at once from the spiders of that genus. 
 
 The cephalothorax is oval, truncated at each end, but narrowest before ; its colour is 
 rather a bright yellow-brown, deepening towards the fore part of the caput ; the normal 
 indentations, especially those which divide the caput and thorax, are suffused with brown ; 
 and the thoracic indentation is shown by a short, deep red-brown line. The marginal con- 
 strictions on each side of the caput are very slight, and the profile line, including the hinder 
 or thoracic slope, forms a pretty even, arched line ; the upper side is thus tolerably convex, 
 and its surface is thinly clothed with greyish sandy pubescence. 
 
 The eyes are rather small, and in the ordinary two, transverse, curved rows, of which 
 the hinder one is the longest, and the most curved. The four central eyes form a rectangle, 
 whose longitudinal is rather greater than its transverse diameter ; those of the hind-central 
 pair are oval, very little, if at all, oblique, and separated from each other by an interval 
 equal to their longest diameter, and no more than half the length of that which separates 
 each from the lateral eye of the same row on its side. Those of each lateral pair form an 
 oblique line, and are wide apart, though rather nearer together than the hinder one is to the 
 hind-central eye next to it ; those of the fore-central pair (which are the largest of the 
 eight) are separated by an eye’s interval, and are farther apart than each is from the fore- 
 lateral eye on its side ; the height of the clypeus is slightly greater than the diameter of one 
 of the fore-central eyes. 
 
 The legs are moderately strong, but not long ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, and they 
 are of a yellow colour, furnished with hairs and spines ; these latter are, nearly all, on those 
 of the third and fourth pairs ; the two terminal tarsal claws have a small claw-tuft beneath 
 them, and there is a scopula underneath the metatarsi and tarsi of the first and second, and 
 under the tarsi of the tliird and fourth pairs. 
 
 The palpi are moderate in length and strength, similar to the legs in colour, and 
 furnished with hairs and a few spines. 
 
 The falces are moderately long and strong, straight, and a little projecting in their 
 direction ; they are of a red-brown colour, furnished with bristles in front, and armed with 
 two small teeth, close together at the inner corner of the fore-extremity. 
 
 The maxillcB are strong, inclined towards the labium, broader than usual near their 
 extremities, and strongly impressed across the middle. They are of a red-brown colour, pale 
 yellowish- white at the extremities. 
 
 The labium is oblong, its length being nearly about half that of the maxillae, which 
 it resembles in colour, with a pale margin at the apex. 
 
 The sternum is oval, pointed behind, and with depressions between the insertions of 
 the legs ; it is of a light brownish-yellow colour, suffused with a rather darker hue towards 
 the margins. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, pointed at its hinder extremity ; it is of a dull clay-yellow colour, 
 thinly clothed with hairs ; along the middle of the fore-half of the upper side is an oblong, 
 dull- brownish marking, which tapers to a point at its hinder extremity, near which, on 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 15 
 
 either side, is a short, oblique, faint line directed backwards. Six small, dull-brown spots 
 in three transverse pairs, also form a long rectangle on the fore-half, the foremost side of 
 the rectangle being rather shorter than the hinder one. The intermediate pair of these spots 
 is (as is usually the case) nearer together than the foremost pair. The spinners are toler- 
 ably long, but not very strong ; those of the inferior pair are rather the longest and strongest. 
 The genital aperture is small, and of a transverse, oblong-oval form, margined with deep 
 red-brown. 
 
 Rah. — Sind Valley, August 5th to 13th, 1873. 
 
 12. — Drassus lapsus, sp. n., PI. II, Eig 11, ? , 
 
 Eemale (not quite adult) : length rather over 3^ lines. 
 
 Although not adult, this spider has suflBciently characteristic specific marks to entitle it 
 to description. 
 
 It resembles Drassus involutus very nearly in colours, but the relative position of the eyes 
 is quite different. 
 
 The cephalothorax is oval, shorter than that of D. involutus, and constricted laterally 
 at the caput ; it is of a pale yellow-brown colour, pretty thickly clothed with short greyish 
 pubescence. 
 
 The eyes are in two transverse rows ; the hinder row slightly curved, the front row 
 shortest and less curved than the hinder one ; the convexity of the curves is directed back- 
 wards ; the height of the clypeus does not exceed, even if it quite equals, the diameter of 
 one of the fore-central eyes ; those of the hind-central pair are oval, oblique, and very near 
 together, though separated by a distinct interval, and each is separated from the hind-lateral 
 on its side by an interval equal to the diameter of the latter ; those of the fore-central pair 
 are nearly a diameter’s distance from each other, each being very nearly, if not quite, 
 contiguous to the fore-lateral on its side ; those of each lateral pair are placed obliquely, 
 and are separated by rather less than the diameter of the hind-lateral eye ; the four central 
 eyes form a regular quadrangular figure, whose longitudinal diameter is considerably greater 
 than its transverse one. 
 
 The legs are strong, and moderately long ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. They are 
 slightly lighter-coloured than the cephalothorax, and are furnished with hairs (some of 
 these are of a greyish hue), slender bristles, and spines; these last are tolerably strong, 
 not very long, and almost entirely confined to the tibiae and. metatarsi of the third and 
 fourth pairs, whereon they issue from small red-brown tubercles, on the upper, as well as the 
 under, side of the joints ; the only spines on the legs of the first and second pairs are one or 
 two longish ones of a bristle-like nature on the upper side of the femora, and a single short 
 strong one on the under side, close to the hinder extremity of the tibiae of the second pair ; 
 there is a small black claw-tuft beneath the two terminal tarsal claws, and a thin scopula 
 beneath the tarsi and metatarsi of the first and second pairs. 
 
 The palpi are similar in colour to the legs ; the digital joint is longer than the radial, 
 and has, besides hairs and bristles, a few stoutish spines. 
 
 The f aloes are short, and not particularly strong; they are directed a little for- 
 wards, and are of a reddish yellow-brown colour, with some prominent black bristles in 
 front. 
 
16 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 The maxillcs are of moderate length and strength, curved over the labium ; impressed 
 along the middle, and, with the lahium, which is of an oblong-oval form, similar to the 
 falces in colour. 
 
 The siternum is oval, pointed behind, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax. 
 
 The abdomen is of an oblong-oval form, rounded behind and truncated before ; it is 
 of a straw-yellow colour, thinly clothed with hairs, some of which are blackish-brown, and 
 most numerous at, and below, the fore-extremity of the upper side ; on the fore-half of the 
 upper side, four impressed spots form a quadrangular figure whose interior side is rather 
 less than its posterior one, and wliose longitudinal is greater than its transverse diameter. 
 The spinners are tolerably strong, but not very long ; those of the inferior pair are the longest 
 and strongest. Such traces of it as were visible indicated that the genital aperture would be 
 of small size. 
 
 Hah. — Yangihissar, April 1874. 
 
 Genus— QNAP HOSA, Latr. 
 
 13. — Gnapuosa stoliczk^, sp. n., PI. II, Eig. 12, 3 . 
 
 Adult male : length 4|- to 4| lines. 
 
 Cephalotho7'ax oval, rather broad and truncated before, but only slightly constricted 
 on the margins at the fore part of the caput ; the hinder slope is rather abrupt, and the 
 profile line has a slight slope all the way to the eyes. Tlie colour is a dull orange yellow ; the 
 normal grooves and indentations (which are not very strongly marked) are of a more dusky 
 hue, the thoracic indentation forming a red-brown line. The surface is clothed with sandy- 
 grey pubescence. 
 
 The et/es are of tolerable size, and placed, as usual, in two transverse, slightly curved 
 rows. The convexity of the curve of the hinder row, which is the longest, is directed for- 
 wards, so that the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair is as great as that between 
 the eyes of the fore and hind-central pairs. Those of the hind-central pair are narrow-oval, 
 })laced obliquely, and separated by a rather less interval than their longest diameter, and 
 each is, as nearly as possible, the same distance from the lateral eye of the same row, on its 
 side, as the latter is from the fore-lateral eye opposite to it. Those of the fore-central 
 pair are placed on a slight prominence, and are the largest of the eight. 1 hey are separated 
 from each other by an interval of rather less than an eye’s diameter, forming a line per- 
 ceptibly longer than that formed by those of the hind-central pair. Each fore-lateral eye is 
 very near to the fore-central on its side, but not contiguous to it. The clypeus, in height, 
 exceeds the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes, and is furnished with a few strong 
 prominent black bristles. 
 
 The legs are strong and moderately long, their relative length being 4, 1, 2, 3. They 
 are a little paler than the cephalothorax, and are clothed thinly with a greyish sandy- coloured 
 pubescence, besides other hairs, bristles, and spines. Excepting a very few on the upper 
 sides of the femora of all the legs, the spines are confined to the tibiae and metatarsi of 
 those of the third and fourth pairs. The two terminal tarsal claws appear to vary in the 
 number of their pectinations, which do not exceed three or four at the most, and which in 
 the third and fourth pairs seem to be fewer than in the first and second. Beneath these 
 claws is a small claw-tuft; and the tarsi of the first and second pairs have a scopula under- 
 neath them. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 17 
 
 The palpi are short and moderately strong, similar to the legs in colour, and furnished 
 ■with hairs and some long bristles. The radial and cubital joints are short, hut, as nearly as 
 possible, of equal length and strength. The former terminates at its fore-extremity, on the 
 outer side, with a small, tapering, sharp-pointed, curved, reddish-brown, corneous-looking 
 apophysis. The digital joint is elongate-oval, rather stouter than the radial, but not quite 
 so long as this and the cubital together. The palpal organs are simple, and not very promi- 
 nent, with a curved, red-brown, tapering, sharp-pointed spine directed forwards at their 
 fore-extremity near the inner side ; and about the middle of their fore-extremity is another 
 spine, much smaller, and of a somewhat crooked form. 
 
 The falces are strong and of moderate length; their direction is a little forwards ; and 
 they are of a deep rich red-brown colour, clothed in front with long, strong, spinous bristles. 
 
 The maxillcB are curved, and inclined towards the labium, and their width, across the 
 middle, is much increased by a development of that part, resembling a large semi-circular lobe 
 which gives them a somewhat sub-triangular form. They are also strongly bent, or impressed 
 transversely, across the middle, and their colour (excepting at the extremities, which are pale 
 yellowish) is like that of the falces. 
 
 The labium is oblong-oval, rounded at the apex, which is of a pale-yellowish hue ; the 
 colour of the rest being like that of the maxillae. 
 
 The sternumh of a slightly heart-shaped, oval form, of a reddish yellow-brown colour, 
 impressed between the insertions of the legs, and clothed with hairs. 
 
 The abdomen is of an oblong-oval form, rounded behind, rather truncated before, and 
 moderately convex above. It is of a straw-yellow colour; the normal oblong, longitudinal 
 marking on the fore-half of the upper side is generally obsolete ; now and then it is slightly 
 traceable, and a small patch at its fore-extremity is of a yellow-brown hue. The whole abdo- 
 men, above and below, is clothed with greyish sandy pubescence, mixed thinly on the upper 
 side, chiefly, with long, nearly erect, tapering, strongish, black-brown bristles. The spinners 
 are very unequal in size, those of the inferior pair being much the longest and strongest. 
 
 The female resembles the male in colour and in all other general characters, but differs 
 in size (being 5 to 6 lines in length), and in having rather longer legs. The genital aperture 
 is small, of characteristic form, and edged with red-brown. 
 
 I his fine and very distinct species, which I have dedicated to its discoverer, the late Dr. 
 Stoliczka, was found in the following localities. 
 
 Hab . — Between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1871; from Yarkand to Bursi, May 
 28th to June 17th, 1874; also at Yangihissar, April 1874; and Kashghar, December 1873. 
 
 14.— Gnaphosa pltjmalis. 
 
 Gna^^hosa plumalis, Cambr., P. Z. S. 1872, p. 225, pi. xv, 6g. 3. 
 
 Kab . — An immature female, which I have no doubt is of this species, was found on the 
 route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. 
 
 15. — Gnaphosa mcerens, sp. n., PL II, Eig. 13, s . 
 
 Adult female : length 3 to 3| lines. 
 
 The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a dull yellow-brown colour ; the falces. 
 
18 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 maxillse, and labium being, however, darker than the rest ; the falces, indeed, are dark 
 red-brown. 
 
 The cephalothorax is oval, truncated both before and behind, and slightly constricted 
 on the margins at the fore part of the caput. The normal grooves and indentations are 
 distinct, but not very strongly marked ; the hinder slope is rather abrupt, but convexly 
 rounded, and the profile line of the upper part is as nearly as possible level, the fore part 
 of the caput (including the ocular area) rounding, and sloping a little forwards. The surface 
 is clothed with greyish pubescence, mixed with more erect and darkish hairs and bristles. 
 The lateral margins are bounded by a black-brown line. 
 
 The eyes are in the ordinary position, forming two transverse curved lines ; the convexity 
 of the curve of the hinder row is directed forwards. This row is the longest and much the 
 most strongly curved, the foremost row being, in fact, almost straight, its convexity being 
 rather directed backwards ; thus the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair is consider- 
 ably greater than that between the fore and hind-central pairs. They are seated on blackish 
 tubercles ; those of the hind-central pair are oval, oblique, divided by an interval equal to the 
 length of their longest diameter, and, with the fore-central pair, from a square whose fore 
 side is very slightly the shortest ; each of the hind-central eyes is separated from the hind- 
 lateral next to it by more than twice its longest diameter ;■ the fore -laterals are the largest of 
 the eight, and each is separated from the fore-central next to it by less than the diameter of 
 the latter ; the interval between the fore-centrals being rather greater than this diameter ; 
 the height of the clypeus is about equal to the space, taken in a longitudinal line, between the 
 fore and hind-central pairs. 
 
 The legs are strong and moderately long ; their relative length being 4, 1, 2, 3. They 
 are pretty thickly furnished wdth hairs, bristles, and spines ; the last are the longest, and 
 are most numerous on those of the third and fourth pairs ; there are, however, several spines 
 on the under sides of the tibiae and metatarsi of the first and second pairs also ; beneath the 
 two terminal claws is a small claw-tuft, and there is a thin scopula beneath the tarsi and a 
 portion of the metatarsi of the first and second pairs. 
 
 Palpi rather short and slender ; the radial joint is rather longer than the cubital, and 
 the digital joint is longer than the radial, and slightly suffused with reddish brown. They 
 are furnished with hairs, bristles, and a few slender spines, and terminate with a single 
 curved claw. 
 
 falces are strong, moderate in length, rather prominent near the base in front, and 
 furnished with long prominent bristles and hairs. 
 
 The niaxillce are curved, and considerably inclined to the labium ; and are enlarged in a 
 rather semi-circular form at the outer side, so as to be very broad across the middle, where 
 they are also strongly impressed. 
 
 The labium is of an oval form, truncated at its base, and rounded at the apex. 
 
 The sternum is oval, pointed behind, and depressed between the insertions of the legs. 
 
 The abdomen is oblong-oval, truncated before, rounded behind, and not very convex 
 above, but projecting a little over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a deep mouse-brown 
 colour with three or four transverse bars of different lengths, and tending to run one into 
 the other, formed by silky-grey pubescence on the fore-half of the upper side ; these are 
 succeeded by several transverse, blackish, but inconspicuous, angular lines or chevrons towards 
 the spinners. A silky-grey pubescence appears to be also more or less dispersed on the hinder 
 part ; and the whole upper side is more or less speckled with black points, some of which, 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 19 
 
 on the fore-half, may he traced in two longitudinal central lines converging backwards, as is 
 indicating the position of the normal, hut here obsolete, dorsal marking ; the fore margin if 
 furnished beneath with a tuft of long, strong, upturned bristles ; the under side is of a uni- 
 form yellowish mouse-brown colour : the spinners of the inferior pair are yellow-brown, and 
 much the largest and strongest. 
 
 The male resembles the female in all general characters, colours, and markings, and 
 differs hut very little in size. The palpi are short hut moderately strong. The radial joint 
 is a little shorter than the cubital, and has its fore extremity, near the outer side, produced 
 into a tolerably strong, rather long, tapering-pointed apophysis, the point spinous-looking, red- 
 hrown, and slightly bent or curved ; this apophysis is about equal to the joint itself in 
 length. The digital joint is large, of an elongate-oval form, hairy, and rather longer than the 
 radial and cubital joints together ; the palpal organs are well developed, but simple, with a 
 tolerably strong, sharp pointed, slightly curved process of a hrightish red-brown colour 
 situated on their inner side, and directed to their fore extremity. 
 
 Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to 13th, 1874; between Yangihissar 
 and Sirikol, March 1874; and from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. 
 
 Genus— PBOSTSESIMA, L. Koch. 
 
 16. — Prosthesima cingara, Camb. 
 
 Prosthesima cingara, Cambr., P. Z. S., 1874, p. 382, pi. li, fig. 10, ? . 
 
 The female only of this spider has been described. The following is a description of the 
 male. 
 
 Adult male : length 2 lines. "" 
 
 Cephalothorax oval, broadest towards the hinder part, whence it narrows gradually 
 to the fore extremity ; its upper side is flattened-convex above, and a little highest at its 
 posterior extremity ; it is smooth, of a deep, rich brown colour, and thinly clothed with hairs. 
 
 The eyes are in two very slightly curved rows, the curves directed backwards, and the 
 front row the shortest ; those of the hind-central pair are small, oval, but not placed 
 obliquely, near to each other, but separated by a distinct interval, less than that which divides 
 each from the hind-lateral on its side ; the fore-lateral eyes are the largest of the eight, and 
 the hind-centrals the smallest ; the fore-centrals are divided by an interval rather greater than 
 a diameter, and each is almost contiguous to the fore-lateral on its side ; the interval between 
 each hind-lateral eye and the hind-central next to it is nearly about the same as that which 
 divides the eyes of each lateral pair. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of 
 the facial space. 
 
 The legs are moderate in length and strength, the femora strongly incrassated on their 
 upper sides; they are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines, the last chiefly on the tibiae 
 and metatarsi of the third and fourth pairs. Their colour is deep blackish-brown, that 
 of the metatarsi and tarsi being of a dull yellowish-brown hue. 
 
 The palpi are moderately long and strong and of a brownish-yellow colour ; the radial is 
 rather less than the cubital joint in length, and has its fore extremity on the outer side pro- 
 longed into a strong, tapering, pointed, dark red-brown, straight, and rather prominent 
 apophysis, as long as, if not longer than, the joint itself ; the digital joint is large, oval, hairy, 
 and of a yellowish-brown colour ; its length exceeds that of the radial and digital joints 
 
20 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 together ; the palpal organs are well developed, and consist of several characteristic corneous 
 processes and spines. 
 
 The f dices are moderate in length and strength, and are rather paler coloured than the 
 cephalothorax they are straight, and project a little forwards, being also rather roundly 
 prominent near their base in front, and furnished with bristles and hairs. 
 
 The maxillcB and labium are similar to the falces in colour, and their form is normal. 
 
 The sternum is oval, blunt-pointed behind, and like the maxillae in colour. 
 
 The abdomen is of an oblong (wal form, rounded behind, truncated before, and flattened 
 convex above ; it is hairy and of deep sooty-brown colour, approaching to black, with a large 
 shining, deep-brown coriaceous patch on the fore part of the upper side, of which it covers 
 the whole width, hut is narrower and rounded at its hinder part. The spinners are rather short, 
 but tolerably strong ; those of the superior pair are the longest and strongest. 
 
 The female resembles the male in colours and general structure ; the genital aperture 
 is characteristic, consisting of an oblong opening slightly constricted across the middle, 
 and edged strongly on the lower side with red-brown, below which are two round, shining, boss- 
 like corneous-looking markings. 
 
 Hab. — Yarkand, May -21st to 27th, 1874; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to 
 13th, 1874 ; and route across, the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, April 22nd to May 
 7tb, 1874. 
 
 Genua-MICARIA, C. L. Koch. 
 
 17. — Micaria conkexa, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length not quite 2 lines. 
 
 This spider is very closely allied to Micaria pulicaria, Sund., which it resembles in size 
 and general characters. It may, however, be distinguished by the absence of the converg. 
 ing lines of w bite hairs on the cephalothorax, which is also deeper-coloured, and by the shorter 
 and rather narrower form of the digital joint of the palpus ; the radial joint is shorter than 
 the cubital, and has a very sharp-pointed, tapering, rather prominent apophysis at its extremity 
 on the outer side ; the corresponding apophysis in M. pulicaria being much shorter and 
 less sharp pointed. 
 
 The abdomen is black, covered with iridescent scales, reflecting green, purple, and reddish 
 golden hues, hut there were no white transverse lines or spots visible. The cephalothorax is 
 of a deep rich red-brown hue, thinly clothed with grey hairs and iridescent scales. 
 
 A female example had a largish semi-circular white spot of wliite hairs about the 
 middle of the upper side of the abdomen, and another on each side, the three forming a 
 straight line traversing the upper side of the abdomen. In other respects it resembled the 
 male. Probably, different examples of this species would present the same varieties in re- 
 spect to the white spots and markings on the abdomen as are characteristic of M. pulicaria. 
 
 Hab. — Ilills between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to 13th, 1874. 
 
 18. — Micaria pallida, sp. n. 
 
 Immature male : length 2| lines. 
 
 This spider is allied to the preceding, but its colours and markings will at once distin- 
 guish it. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 21 
 
 The cephalothorax is of ordinary form and of a brightish yellow-brown colour, clothed 
 with greyish and iridescent hairs and scales. 
 
 The eyes are in two nearly concentric curved rows, like those of M. connexa and others? 
 the front row being the shortest. 
 
 The legs are moderately long and tolerably strong ; their relative length is apparently 
 4, 1, 2, 3. They are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, the sides of the tibiae being 
 suffused a little with brown, and the tarsi have the appearance of being annulated with the 
 same colour. They are clothed with grey and iridescent hairs ; the former disposed some- 
 what in longitudinal lines. 
 
 The palpi are not very long; their colour is pale yellow ; the cubital joint is shorter than 
 the radial, and the digital is of a long, narrow-pointed, oval form. Being immature, these 
 remarks on the palpi would, perhaps, not be strictly applicable to those of the adult spider, 
 though the proportions of the several joints would probably be the same as in the immature 
 state. 
 
 The falces are tolerably long, strong, perpendicular, similar in colour to the cephalotho- 
 rax, and furnished with greyish hairs and dark bristles. 
 
 The abdomen is of a dull yellow-brown hue, clothed thinly with iridescent, scaly hairs. 
 It has two parallel, transverse, slight constrictions near the middle of the upper side ; an in- 
 distinct longitudinal median brown marking, pointed at its posterior extremity, occupies the 
 fore-half of the upper side, followed towards the spinners by a longitudinal series of several 
 less distinct, transverse, curved, brown lines, the convexity of the curves directed forwards. 
 These markings would be probably invisible, except when in spirits of wine. 
 
 Rab. — Found on the route across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, April 22nd 
 to May 7th, 1874. 
 
 Genna—CLUBIONA, Latr. 
 
 19. — Clubiona deletbix, sp. n., PI. II, Eig. 14, ^ . 
 
 Adult male 2| lines : adult female, 3f lines. 
 
 In colours and pattern this spider is very like Clubiona compta, C. L. Koch, and is still 
 more nearly allied to C. robusta, L. Koch (an Australian species). It is, however, smaller 
 than the lal ter, and in the palpi differs from both. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of ordinary form, and its colour is brownish-yellow, tinged slightly 
 with reddish-brown towards the fore part of the caput. The normal indentations are dusky ; 
 the junction of the caput and the thoracic segments is marked with a short, fine, longitudinal 
 red-brown line, and the surface is thinly clothed with greyish-sandy pubescence. 
 
 The eyes are of tolerable size, though not very unequal. They occupy the whole of the 
 width of the upper fore part of the caput, and, when seen from above and behind, are placed 
 in the usual two curved lines, the convexities of which are in opposite directions, and enclose 
 a somewhat oval area. The hinder row is much the longest, and the fore-central pair are 
 rather the largest of the eight. Those of the hind-central pair are considerably further from 
 each other than each is from the hind-lateral on its side, the interval somewhat exceeding twm 
 diameters. Those of the fore-central pair are separated by about half a diameter, and are 
 rather farther from each other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side ; each fore-lateral 
 eye is separated from the hind-lateral next to it by an interval similar to that which separates 
 
22 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 the two fore-central eyes ; and each of the hind-central eyes is separated hy a similar interval 
 from the hind-lateral and fore-central eyes on its side ; the front row, taken with the hind- 
 lateral eyes, form a long, regularly curved line, the eyes of which are near together, and the 
 intervals as above explained, not very different. The clypeus is very low, scarcely equalling 
 half the diameter of one of the fore central eyes. 
 
 The legs are tolerably long, but not very strong ; their relative length is apparently 
 4, 2, 1, 3. Their colour is yellow ; the tibiae, tarsi, and metatarsi of the first and second pairs 
 being slightly tinged with reddish-brown. They are furnished with hairs, bristles, and 
 longish dark spines. Each tarsus ends with two curved, pectinated claws, beneath which is a 
 small compact claw'* tuft. 
 
 The palpi are short and similar in colour to the legs. The cubital and radial joints are 
 of the same length, and the radial and digital joints are together greater in length than the 
 humeral joint. The radial has, at its fore extremity on the outer side, a small, tapering, 
 pointed, red-brown apophysis, whose direction is rather upwards. The digital joint is of 
 tolerable size, of an elongate oval form, rounded at its base, and pointed at its fore extremity, 
 which is densely clothed with a large patch of short, pale mouse-coloured, pubescent hairs. 
 The palpal organs consist of a large, very prominent, oval lobe, at the fore extremity of which 
 is a slender, coiled, filiform black spine springing from a strongish red-brown corneous process. 
 Besides a minute filiform, slightly curved spine behind this coiled one, the large lobe has a 
 broadish, yellow-brown, glossy, rather bent fillet running along its outer side, probably indi- 
 cating the course of an internal duct. 
 
 The falces are moderately long, strong, somewhat subangularly prominent near their base 
 in front, furnished with some strongish prominent bristles in front, and of a dark red-brown 
 colour. 
 
 The maxillce and labium are of the normal form, and of a reddish yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The sternum is oval, pointed behind, and its colour is yellow. 
 
 The abdomen is of somewhat narrow-oval form, and moderately convex above. Its 
 colour is a dull luteous yellow, marked, more or less distinctly, with dark red-brown markings 
 on the upper side. An elongated longitudinal marking pointed at its hinder extremity, 
 occupies the middle ot the fore half ; and on the hinder half are several more or less imperfect 
 angular bars or chevrons of the same colour ; the vertices of these chevrons are usually 
 obsolete, and their extremities are dilated and run together, so as to form two more or less 
 diffused, lateral longitudinal, broken bands, or rows of spots and patches, which converge to 
 the spinners ; the sides have, at times, also some irregular, oblique lines of red-brown mark- 
 ings. The spinners are of moderate length, those of the superior pair being much more 
 slender than those of the inferior. 
 
 The female is rather larger than the male, but does not differ in colours and markings. 
 The form of the genital aperture is well defined and characteristic, but its peculiarities can 
 only be shown satisfactorily by a figure. 
 
 JLab . — Murree to Sind valley, July 11th to August 5th, 1873. 
 
 20.— Clubiona laticeps, sp. n., PI. II, Eig. 15, 9 . 
 
 Adult female : length 4| lines ; length of cephalothorax 2 lines, breadth 1|^. 
 
 This spider is allied to Clubiona deletrix, but may be at once distinguished by the 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 23 
 
 absence of any markings on the abdomen, as well as by its larger size and broader cephalo- 
 thorax. It is also nearly allied to Clubiona cambridgii, L. Koch, found in New Zealand, but 
 may be distinguished from that species too by the same characters. Erom C. holosericea 
 Degeer==(7. deinognaiha, Camb., it differs by its generally robuster form, less prominent 
 falces, and less broad cephalothorax. 
 
 The foregoing remarks will give a general idea of this spider ; the following is a more 
 detailed description. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of a bluff-oval form, round behind, and truncated in front. The 
 caput is constricted on its lateral margins, but is evenly and well rounded above. The ocular 
 area is broad, and is a little prominent over the clypeus, which is almost obsolete. It is of a 
 reddish yellow-brown behind, deepening into dark red-brown on the fore part of the caput, 
 and is clothed with a short sandy pubescence : the normal indentations are of a deeper hue 
 than the rest. 
 
 The eyes are rather small, but in the usual position. Those of the hinder row are equr.l 
 in size. Those of the hind-central pair are farther from each other than each is from the 
 hind-lateral on its side, and each is separated by nearly about the same interval, from the fore- 
 central eye nearest to it. Those of the fore-central pair are the largest of the eight, and are 
 divided by a diameter’s distance; and from each of them the fore- lateral on its side is sepa- 
 rated by rather less than a diameter. Those of each lateral pair are placed very obliquely, 
 and are separated by an interval only a little less than that which divides the fore and hind- 
 central pairs. 
 
 The legs are strong, moderately long, and of a dull orange-yellow colour ; those of the 
 first and second pairs being tinged with red. Their relative length appears to be 4, 2, 1, 3 ; 
 and they are furnished with hairs, slender bristles, and strongish spines. Each tarsus ends 
 with two curved pectinated claws, beneath which is a compact claw-tuft, followed, over the 
 under surface of the joint as well as over some portion of that of the metatarsus, by a scopula 
 of short compact hairs. 
 
 The palpi are short and slender, furnished with hairs and strong bristles. The radial 
 Joint is shorter than the digital, but longer than the cubital; the colour of the palpi is like 
 that of the legs. The digital joint is suffused with reddish, rather enlarged at its anterior 
 extremity, which is pretty thickly furnished with hairs, particularly on the upper side, 
 
 . The falces are long and powerful, perpendicular, rather prominent near their base in 
 front, where they are furnished with strong, prominent bristles ; their colour is deep red-brown. 
 
 The maxillae and labium are of the usual form, and a little lighter in colour than the 
 falces ; the inner extremities of the former and the apex of the latter being whitish yellow. 
 
 The sternum is oval, clothed with hairs, and of a yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, of a brownish clay-colour, thickly clothed with sandy and greyish 
 pubescence, together with a few longer, erect, scattered, black and yellowish hairs. The 
 spinners are moderate in length and rather strong ; those of the inferior pair are the largest 
 and strongest. The form of the genital aperture is characteristic. 
 
 Rob. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1874. 
 
 21. — Cltjbiona laudata, sp. n., PI. II, Eig. 16, J . 
 
 Adult male : length rather under 2 lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax of this small species is broad-oval, truncate before, and the lateral 
 
24 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 constriction of the caput is very slight ; it is glossy, and of a brownish-yellow colour, rather 
 deepening towards the fore margin. The clypeus is almost obsolete. 
 
 The eyes are small, not greatly differing in size ; they are in the usual position, and oceupy 
 the whole width of the forepart of the caput ; the two rows are rather nearer together than 
 in the two former species, hut the relative position of the various eyes is very similar. The 
 interval between those of the hind-central pair is double that between each and the hind- 
 lateral eye on its side. 
 
 The legs are moderate in length and strength ; their colour is yellow, and they are fur- 
 nished with hairs and a few spines, hut the latter had been mostly broken off. 
 
 The palpi are short, and their colour is yellow, exeepting the digital joint, which is 
 brown; the radial is rather shorter than the cubital joint and has a moderate-sized, red- 
 brown, pointed, tapering, slightly curved apophysis at its extremity on the outer side. The 
 digital joint is oval, of moderate size, and slightly exceeds in length the radial and cubital 
 joints together ; the palpal organs consist (so far as I could ascertain) of a simple, large, ovaL 
 convex lobe, apparently surrounded on its outer margins by a long, slender, filiform spine. 
 
 The falces are strong and massive, a little projecting, roundly prominent near their base 
 in front, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax. 
 
 The maxillce and labium are of normal form and similar in colour to the cephalothorax. 
 
 The sternum is oval, pointed at its hinder extremity, and its colour is yellow. 
 
 The abdomen is rather small, and its form oval ; its colour is a dull yellowish, thickly 
 mottled and streaked above, and on the sides, with rusty red. The fore half of the upper 
 side has an elongate longitudinal marking of a deeper rusty red-hrown than the rest, hiseeted 
 along its length by a fine, but not very clear, yellowish line. The spinners are pale yellow- 
 ish, of moderate size and length, those of the inferior pair being a little the stoutest. 
 
 The female is rather larger, hut resembles the male in colours and markings, except 
 that the ahdom.en is less marked and streaked with rusty red ; the form of the genital aper- 
 ture, which is quite small, is characteristie. 
 
 Hab. — Hoad from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. 
 
 Genus-CHIBACANTHIUM, C. L. Koch. 
 
 22.— Chikacamthixjm adjacens, sp. n., PI. II, Pig. 17, . 
 
 Adult male : length rather over 3 lines. 
 
 The form of the cephalothorax is of the ordinary type ; in fact, this spider in its general 
 form, structure, and appearanee, bears a close resemblance to Chiracanthium nutrix, C. car- 
 nifex, and other allied speeies. It must, however, be premised that, the spider now described 
 having been preserved in spirit of wine for a long time, its present colours are in all proba- 
 bility very unlike those of the living spider, in which perhaps the abdomen may have been 
 of a more or less green hue. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of a dull brownish-yellow eolour elothed with sandy- grey pubes- 
 cence ; the normal indentations are distinet, and a largish depression surrounds the thoracic 
 junction. 
 
 The eyes are rather small, in two transverse rows occupying the whole width of the fore 
 part of the caput; the hinder row is curved, the convexity of the curve direeted backwards ; 
 the front row is shortest and nearly straight, those of the hind-central pair are rather nearer 
 together than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side, the distance between these being 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 25 
 
 equal to perhaps a little over two diameters. Those of the fore-central pair are also nearer 
 to each other than each is to the fore-lateral on its side, being less than two diameters’ dis- 
 tance from each other; those of each lateral pair are seated rather obliquely on a tubercle 
 and are contiguous to each other ; the interval between each fore-central eye and the hind- 
 central opposite to it is rather greater than the diameter of the former, the height of the 
 clypeus being less. 
 
 The legs are long, slender, and tapering ; they are of a rather dull straw-yellow colour, 
 all furnished with hairs and spines, and their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. Each tarsus ends 
 with two claws hidden by a dense black claw-tuft, from which a thin scopula extends back- 
 wards beneath the joint, and some little way also along the under side of the metatarsi, where 
 it merges among the ordinary hairs with which those parts are furnished. 
 
 The palpi are short and moderately strong, their colour is similar to that of the legs, 
 except that the digital joint is dark brown ; the humeral joint is rather longer than the 
 cubital and radial joints together, the latter being double the length of the cubital, furnished 
 with long bristly hiars, and terminating at its fore extremity with two apophyses ; one of 
 these on the outer side is tolerably long, of a deep red- brown colour, and corneous nature, 
 sinuously bent, tapering, single-pointed, the point sharp, but not attenuated ; the other 
 apophysis is on the inner side, short, obtuse, rounded at its extremity, and margined with 
 red-brown ; the digital joint is large and hairy, the basal half roundish, the fore half some- 
 what cylindrically attenuate, the division between the two portions being (as usual) well 
 marked by a sudden notch-like, or angular, depression on the outer side; the normal spur, 
 directed backwards from the hinder part of the digital joint, is of a deep black red-brown 
 colour ; it tapers to a sharp point and is directed outwards, crosses the outer radial apophysis, 
 its length being nearly about equal to that portion of the outer margin of the digital joint 
 where the abrupt indentation divides it from the semi-cylindrical extremity. The palpal 
 organs consist of a large roundish bulb, from the outer side of the fore part of which a 
 taperiug spine coils round to the base, where it ends in a filiform point ; and along the 
 middle is a rather long, pale, corneous process, broad, roundish, blunt, and reddish-brown at 
 its fore extremity, which extends well beyond the bulb and has a semi-diaphanous membran. 
 ous point in connection with it. 
 
 Thefalces are straight, moderately long, strong, and not very much porrected; they are 
 roundly prominent near their base in front, when looked at in profile, and roundly cut away 
 for a very little space on the inner side of the fore extremity ; their colour is a deep, rich, 
 shining red-brown. 
 
 The maxilloe are of the ordinary form, inclined a little towards the labium, which is 
 oblong and truncated at the apex, the corners being a little rounded off ; the colour of the 
 labium is dark red-brown, the apex narrowly margined with pale whitish-yellow ; the fore 
 half of the maxillee is of a less deep red-brown colour, the basal portion being yellow. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped, yellow, and depressed between the points of the insertion 
 of the legs. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, broadest in the middle, and projects fairly over the base of the 
 cephalothorax ; it is clothed thinly with hairs, and is of a dull, luteous-yellow colour, thickly 
 spotted with small, yellowish- white, cretaceous-looking spots, leaving the normal elongate 
 macula distinct on the forehalf of the upper side ; this macula is rather pointed at its 
 hinder extremity. The spinners are rather small, of moderate length, and of a brownish- 
 yellow colom’. 
 
26 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 The female is rather smaller, hut resembles the male in general colours and form ; the 
 spiracular plates are of a deep red-hrown colour and the genital aperture is small, of a trans- 
 verse-oval shape margined with red-hrown, and on each side of it is a longitudinal row of 
 several short transverse red-hrown lines, the rows converging forwards. 
 
 Mah . — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 
 
 23. — Chiracanthium appeoximattjm, sp. n., PL II, Pig. 18, ? . 
 
 Adult females : length a little over 4 lines. 
 
 In colours, form, and general structure, this spider is exceedingly like Chiracanthium 
 acljacens, Camhr. The falces, however, project rather more forward, and the second or terminal 
 joints of the spinners of the superior pair are longer. The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, and 
 sternum are of a uniform straw-yellow colour ; the falces, maxillae, and lahium are dark 
 hrown, the base of the maxillae yellowish ; and the abdomen is of a dull clay-colour, obscurely 
 marked with whitish cretaceous-looking spots. The spiracular plates being of the same 
 colour as the rest of the abdomen, furnish also a good specific character, those of C. adja- 
 cens being dark reddish-brown ; the form and size of the genital aperture are also quite 
 different, being very small, of a transverse, somewhat, oblong form, edged narrowly with red- 
 dish-brown, and divided across the middle by a broadish pale septum. 
 
 Sal) — .Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873. 
 
 Genus — AGROECA, Sund. 
 
 24. — Agroeca debilis, sp. n., PI. II, Pig. 19, ? . 
 
 Adult female : length nearly 2|- lines. 
 
 This spider scareely differs in form and structure from Agroeca brunnea, Bl. 
 
 The cephalothorax is yellow, thinly clothed with brownish hairs. The normal converging 
 indentations are dusky, and the junction of the caput with the thoracic segments is marked 
 by a short, fine, longitudinal, red-brown line. 
 
 The eyes are of moderate size, and placed in two tranverse, curved rows, the convexity of 
 both being directed backwards, but the hinder row is the longest and the most strongly 
 curved of the two ; they differ but little in size, and are all seated on black spots ; those of 
 the hind-central pair are rather further from each other than each is from the hind-lateral on 
 its side, the latter interval being nearly about equal to an eye’s diameter ; the eyes of the 
 fore-central pair are contiguous to each other, and eacli is separated from the hind-central 
 eye opposite to it, by an eye’s diameter, and from the fore-lateral on its side by a distinct, but 
 very small, space. The height of the clypeus, in the middle, is equal to the diameter of 
 one of the fore-central eyes. 
 
 The legs are tolerably long and strong, of an immaculate yellow colour, and are furnished 
 with hairs and spines ; the spines on those of the first and second pairs are long, strong, and 
 consist of two (parallel) rows beneath the metatarsal and tibial joints ; each tarsus ends with 
 two rather weak and apparently non-denticulate claws, beneath which is a small, blunt, 
 yellow-brown, corneous-looking projection, furnished with several bristly hairs turned 
 upwards in opposition to the tarsal claws. The relative length of the legs appears to be 
 4, 1, 2, 3. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 27 
 
 The palpi are moderate in length, and similar in colour and armature to the legs ; the 
 digital is double the length of the radial joint, and terminates with a weak, curved, black 
 claw. 
 
 The falces are of moderate length and strength, straight, perpendicular, and obliquely- 
 cut away on the inner sides towards the extremity ; their colour is yellow, and they are fur- 
 nished with hairs and longish bristles. 
 
 The maxillce are rather strong, moderately long, straight, somewhat rounded at their 
 extremities, and similar to the falces in colour. 
 
 The labium is short, rounded at the apex, and of a yellowish-brown colour. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, truncated before, rounded and broadest behind ; it is thinly clothed 
 wdth hairs of a clay-yellow colour, marked above and on the sides with blackish brown ; these 
 markings were very much broken and fragmentary in the example described, hut they appear 
 to define faintly the ordinary oblong, median, longitudinal marking on the fore half, and some 
 angular bars on the hinder half of the upper side, with some oblique lines on the sides. The 
 spinners are very short ; the second joints of those of the superior pair are barely perceptible. 
 The genital aperture appears as a densely black, glossy patch in the centre of a largish yellow- 
 brown, convex area, and is rather densely clothed with bristly hairs, whose points converge 
 over the black aperture. 
 
 Sab. — Kashghar, December 1873. 
 
 25.— Agroeca flavens, sp. n., PI. II, Eig. 20, ? . 
 
 Adult female : length 3| lines. 
 
 The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a dull, slightly brownish-yellow colour, 
 the labium, however, being dark yellowy-brown with a yellowish apex, and the abdomen of a 
 straw-yellow thinly clothed with yellowish- grey hairs. In form and structure this species 
 resembles Agroeca debilis ; the normal indentations on the cepbalotliorax are well marked, and 
 of a deeper hue than the rest, and it is clothed with hairs similar to those on the abdomen. 
 The eyes are small, placed in two, nearly straight, transverse rows, and seated on black spots ; 
 the front row is considerably the shortest ; those of the hind-central pair are very slightly 
 farther from each other than each is from the hind-lateral eye on its side, and each is separated 
 from the fore-central opposite to it by no more than, if quite so much as, the diameter of 
 the former ; those of the foremost row are very near to each other, the interval between 
 those of the fore-central pair being slightly greater than that which divides each from the 
 fore-lateral on its side ; those of each lateral pair are placed very obliquely, and have an 
 interval between them of nearly the diameter of the hinder one ; the fore-laterals are the 
 largest of the eight ; the height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of one of the fore- 
 central eyes. 
 
 The legs are tolerably long and strong, furnished with hairs and rather long, strongisli 
 spines ; each tarsus ends with two curved claws, apparently without any denticulations, below 
 them being a rather less conspicuous, corneous, yellow-brown prominence than in Agroeca 
 debilis, hwi furnished with similar upturned bristly hairs; the relative length of the legs 
 appears to be 4, 1, 2, 3 ; the spines on the two first pairs are in two parallel longitudinal rows 
 beneath tlie metatarsal and tibial joints. 
 
 The palpi are moderately long and strong ; the radial and digital joints are yellow- 
 
28 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 brown ; the latter are the darkest, and are distinctly less than double the length of the former ; 
 they are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines, and terminate with a small black claw. 
 
 The maxillce are slightly inclined to the labium, and the latter is slightly hollowed or 
 notched at the apex. 
 
 The abdomen is of a pale straw- yellow colour; on the fore half is a very faintly visible, 
 narrow, elongated marking prolonged posteriorly into a line-like point, and of a slightly 
 darker hue than the rest of the abdomen ; a little in front of the middle are six reddish- 
 brown impressed spots, three in each of two curved lines, whose convexities are opposed to each 
 other so as to form a figure like a dice-box ; the intermediate spot of each line is much nearer 
 the anterior than the posterior one, and the interval between the two anterior spots is equal to 
 that between the two posterior ones. The form of the abdomen is somewhat oblong-oval, 
 truncated before and rounded behind. The genital aperture consists of two somewhat roundish, 
 large, black, contiguous spots in a transverse line, but much obscured by numerous bristly 
 hairs of a sandy-grey hue ; the spinners of the inferior pair are double the length of the 
 superior one, and all are of a yellow-brown colour. 
 
 E.ab. — Yarkand, May 21st to 27th, 1874. 
 
 Genus — TRACHELA8, L. Koch. 
 
 26. — Trachelas costata, sp. n., PI. II, Pig. 21, ? . 
 
 Adult female : length 2J to 2f lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is short-oval, rather longer than broad, truncated before, moderately, and 
 pretty uniformly, convex above, and constricted on the lateral margins of the caput ; the normal 
 indentations are distinct and rather darker coloured than the rest, which is of a yellow-brown 
 colour ; the clypeus is less in height than the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The 
 eyes are of moderate size, and do not differ greatly in that respect ; those of the fore-lateral 
 pair are perhaps slightly the largest of the eight ; they are placed as in Clubiona, but the area 
 is shorter and broader, the eyes being more closely grouped together. The hinder row is straight, 
 the front row much shorter and curved, the convexity of the curve directed forwards. Those 
 of the hind-central pair are rather less than double as far from each other as each is from the 
 hind-lateral eyes on its side ; the interval between each and the hind-lateral being scarcely 
 the diameter of the former ; the interval between those of the fore-central pair is less than 
 half a diameter, and each is almost, but not quite, contiguous to the fore-lateral eye on its 
 side. The eyes of each lateral pair are placed obliquely and are separated by about one- 
 third of the diameter of the hind-lateral eyes. The interval between each of the hind- 
 central eyes and the fore- central opposite to it, is equal to the diameter of the latter. 
 
 The legs are rather short, strong, furnished with hairs and slender bristles only; their 
 relative length appears to be 4, 1, 2, 3, though the difference in length is not great. They 
 are of a brownish-yellow colour, lighter than the cephalothorax, and faintly annulated with 
 dusky brown. Each tarsus ends with two curved pectinated claws, beneath which is a small, 
 not A^ery dense, claw-tuft ; and beneath the tarsi and metatarsi are some short, stout hairs 
 of uniform length, but scarcely amounting to a scopula. 
 
 The palpi are short, similar to the legs in colour and armature ; the digital joint is about 
 half as long again as the radial, and terminates with a very fine, curved, and almost imper- 
 ceptible claw. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 29 
 
 The /a to are short but strong, straight, and nearly perpendicular; they are roundly 
 prominent at their base in front ; their fore surface is granulose and bristly, and their colour 
 like that of the cephalothorax. 
 
 The are short, convex, and broad ; their extremities, where they are obliquely 
 
 and rather roundly truncated, being the broadest. 
 
 The labium is short, broad, and of a somewhat oblong-oval form, the apex being very 
 slightly indented or hollowed ; the colour of the labium^ as well as of the maxillce, is like 
 that of the falces. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped, uniformly convex, slightly punctuose, furnished with short 
 bristly hairs, and similar to the legs in colour. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, more convex above than in spiders of the genus Clubiona in 
 general, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a dull clayey-brown colour; 
 the fore half of the upper side has a deep brown, longitudinal, central marking, enlarged in 
 the middle, sharp pointed at its posterior extremity, and followed to the spinners by 
 about six angular deep-brown bars, or chevrons, which decrease in length, from the first to 
 the last, just above the anus ; the angles of these chevrons are directed forwards ; that of the 
 first touching the pointed extremity of the central longitudinal markings on the fore half. 
 The sides of the abdomen are more or less covered with brown striated markings ; the spinners 
 are rather short, moderately strong, and those of the superior and inferior pairs are of about 
 equal length. The genital aperture is of peculiar and characteristic form. 
 
 Hab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th; and near Leh, August and September, 1873. 
 
 'Ea.miXy—BICTYNIBES. 
 
 Genus — DICTYNA, Sund. 
 
 27. — Eictyna albida, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length less than 1^ lines. 
 
 This spider belongs to the Dictyna variabilis (Koch) group. 
 
 The cephalothorax is depressed on the sides and hinder part, and the caput it, rounded 
 on the upper side, but not raised above the usual level ; it is of a dull yellowish colour, with a 
 rather irregular, but distinct, marginal stripe, immediately above which, on each side, is a 
 broad yellowish-brown, longitudinal band ; the whole is covered, but not densely, with coarse 
 white hairs ; the height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space, being not 
 much more than equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. 
 
 The eyes are small and placed in two transverse curved rows near together ; the hinder 
 row is considerably the longer ; those of the hinder row are equidistant from each other, the 
 centrals being slightly the largest of the eight ; those of each lateral pair are placed oblique- 
 ly, and are very near to each other, but not quite contiguous ; the interval between the fore- 
 centrals is considerably greater than that between each and the lateral eye next to it ; 
 the latter interval being scarcely equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes, which 
 are the smallest of the eight ; the interval between the fore- and hind-central pairs is equal to 
 the diameter of one of the hind-central eyes. The fore-central eyes form very nearly a 
 square, the posterior side being rather the longest. 
 
 The legs are short and slender, their relative length appears to be 4, 1, 2, 3 ; they are of 
 
80 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 a pale, dull yellow colour, furnished with hairs ; and the metatarsi of the fourth pair have 
 calamistra on their upper sides. 
 
 The palpi are rather short, slender, and similar to the legs in colour. 
 
 The falces are moderate in length and strength ; they project a little forwards, and 
 (looked at from in front) are curved, the curves directed outwards, leaving a slightly oval 
 space between them ; their colour is dull brownish-yellow. 
 
 The maxillce, labimn, and sternum are of normal form, and rather paler in colour than 
 the falces. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, not very convex above, hut projects considerably over the hinder 
 part of the cephalotliorax ; it is of a dull brownish-yellow colour, covered with cretaceous 
 white spots and small patches ; four small red-brown spots form nearly a square on the 
 middle of the upper side. In front of the ordinary spinners is a short, transverse, supernu- 
 merary mammillary organ, divided across the middle by a perceptible suture. 
 
 The genital aperture is small and inconspicuous. 
 
 Hab . — Between Yangihissar and Sirikol. 
 
 Family—.^ GELENIDES. 
 
 Genus— Latr. 
 
 28. — Argyeoneta aqtjatica. 
 
 Argyroneta aquatica, Clerck, Sv. Spindl., p. 143, pi. 6, tab. 8. 
 
 I can find no difference between examples contained in Dr. Stoliczka’s collection and 
 those found in Europe. 
 
 Mab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873. 
 
 Gems— TEQENABIA, Latr. 
 
 29. — Tegenaria, sp. 
 
 An immature female, too much damaged to he recognisable beyond its generic affinity. 
 
 Hab. — Yarkand to Bursi, May 2Sth to June 17th, 1874. 
 
 Gema—C(ELOTES, Bl. 
 
 80. — CCELOTES TEGENARIOIDES, Sp. n. 
 
 Immature male (almost adult) : length lines. 
 
 This spider is exceedingly like a Tegenaria in its general form and appearance. 
 
 The cephalotliorax is round behind, hut constricted laterally at the caput, and its 
 margins are depressed ; it is of a yellow-brown colour, and hairy, and has the normal indend- 
 ations well marked. 
 
 The eyes are of moderate size, and not greatly different in that respect : they are placed 
 in two transverse curved rows ; the front row is the shorter and less curved, the con- 
 vexity of the curves being directed backwards. The eyes of the hind-central pair are a little 
 nearer to each other than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side, being separated by rather 
 less than tw'o diameters ; those of the fore-central pair are distinctly larger than those of the 
 hind-central ; they form a line slightly less, though of very nearly equal length, to that 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 31 
 
 formed by the bind-centrals, but the interval between them is smaller, being scarcely equal 
 to a diameter ; and each is separated from the fore-central eye on its side by an equal inter- 
 val ; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on a tubercle, and are separated by a 
 distinct though small interval. The four central eyes form as near as possible a square, and 
 the height of the clypeus equals half that of the facial space. 
 
 The are moderate in length, tolerably strong, and of a yellow-brown colour; the 
 femoral joints faintly annulated with a lighter hue. 
 
 The palpi are short, hairy, and like the legs in colour ; the radial is rather longer and 
 stronger than the cubital joint ; the digital is of great size and tumidity, its fore extremity 
 rather pinched in to a point. The palpal organs are not developed. 
 
 ^\iefalces are straight, strong, and massive, very prominent at their base in front, and 
 project a little forwards ; they are of a deep reddish-brown colour, and furnished with strong 
 bristles. 
 
 The maxillcB are strong, distinctly curved over the labium, rounded at their extremity on 
 the outer side, and obliquely truncated on the inner side ; they are of a yellowish colour, 
 strongly tinged with yellow-brown along the inner side. 
 
 The labium is of an oblong-oval form, slightly truncated at the apex, and of a yellow- 
 brown colour ; the apex is tipped with yellowish, and, with the maxillae, is covered with bristly 
 hairs. 
 
 The sternum is oval, pinched in to a short, sharpish point behind, and broadly truncated 
 before ; it is hairy, like the maxillae and labium, and of a yellow-brown colour, paler along 
 the middle. 
 
 The abdomen is large, hairy, considerably convex above, mostly so at the fore extremity, 
 where it projects well over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is thickly spotted, mottled, and 
 marked with dull yellowish- white and black-brown markings and spots, presenting a faint 
 indication of an irregular, elongate, posteriorly pointed, median dark marking, tinged with 
 yellow-brown along the middle of the fore half, followed towards the spinners by some 
 indistinct, broken, angular bars or chevrons. The spinners are not very long : those of the 
 superior pair are three- jointed, the terminal joint being no longer than the one next to it ; 
 those of the inferior pair are shorter but stronger. 
 
 Eah. — Murree, June 11th to July llth, 1874. 
 
 31. — CcELOTES SIMPLEX, Sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length slightly over 4 lines. 
 
 This species is very nearly allied to Coelotes tegenarioides, but may be distinguished not 
 only by its much smaller size, but by the absence of any trace of annulation on the femora of 
 the legs and by the small size of the fore-central eyes, which are the smallest of the eight, and 
 form a line distinctly shorter than that formed by those of the hind-central pair : the inter- 
 val also between the eyes of each lateral pair is rather greater than in C. tegenarioides, and 
 the height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space. On the abdomen, also, the 
 pattern is more distinct, shewing the transverse angular bars on the hinder-half of the upper 
 side more clearly; the spinners are rather longer, and the genital aperture is a small 
 oval opening at the hinder part of a largish, convex, yellow-brown, somewhat roundish, 
 corneous-looking patch. 
 
 Eab , — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1874. 
 
32 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Family — THERIDIB ES. 
 
 Genus-EPISINUS, Walck. 
 
 32. — EpISINUS ALGIRICrS. 
 
 Efislnus algiricus, Luc., Explor. en Alg^rie, Araclm. p. 269, pi. 17, fig. 11. 
 
 This spider is exceedingly closely allied to Episinns truncatus, Walck., and I have but 
 little doubt that the examples contained in Dr. Stoliczka’s collection are of the same species 
 as that described by Lucas in his great work on the spiders of Algeria. Be this as it may, 
 however, these examples are decidedly distinct from, though veiy closely allied to, European 
 examples of Episinm truncatus found in England. Among other distinctions, may he 
 specially noted, the generally more yellow-brown hue of the present spider, and the far less 
 distinct, though generally similar, pattern on the cephalothorax and abdomen ; also the 
 absence of a short, hut distinct, yellow, longitudinal line running backwards from between 
 the hind-central pair of eyes to the occiput ; this line is distinctly visible in all the numerous 
 British examples before me, but no trace of it exists in the present spider. The legs are 
 pale yellowish, only faintly annulated with brown ; and some distinct white spots forming a 
 horse-shoe (the open side in front) round the lower extremity of the abdomen close to the 
 base of the spinners, are larger and more conspicuous, especially the foremost of them ; 
 the corners also of the upper side of the hinder extremity of the abdomen are more conically 
 gibbous, and an unfailing specific difference is presented in the different form of the genital 
 aperture ; this is a small, simple, nearly round, dark-coloured opening in the present spider ; 
 while in E. truncatus it is by no means so simple, and covers a much larger oblong area. In 
 the latter species, the under side of the abdomen is dark, with, almost always, three longi- 
 tudinal paralled white lines ; while in the present spider it is pale and almost uniformly 
 covered with white cretaceous spots. 
 
 M. Eugene Simon, indeed {Aran. nouv. ou peu connus du midi de I* Europe, Mem, Liege, 
 1875), concludes Episinus algiricus, Luc., to he identical with E. truncatus, Walck. ; but he 
 gives no proof of this, beyond the fact that he has taken numbers of E. truncatus in Morocco 
 Spain, and Corsica. M. Lucas, however, appears to have had no doubt of the distinctness of 
 the spider he describes as E. algiricus. 
 
 Hub.— Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1877. 
 
 Germs— THERIDION, Walck. 
 
 33. — Theridion riparium. 
 
 2'heridion riparium, Blackw., Spid. Great Brit, and Irel., p. 182, pi. xii, fig. 115. 
 
 An adult female of this spider, which, although in very bad condition, appeared to be 
 indistinguishable from European examples, was found in Dr. Stoliczka’s collection. 
 
 Sab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 
 
 34.— Theridion lepidum, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length very nearly 2 lines. 
 
 The whole of the fore part of this pretty spider is brownish-yellow. The cephalothorax 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 33 
 
 is of ordinary form ; it has a brownish- black marginal line, or border, and a longitudinal, 
 median, blackish-yellow-bro’wn band extending from the eyes to the hinder margin (where 
 it is narrower than at its commencement), and divided longitudinally by a fine paler 
 line. 
 
 The eyes are small, and in the usual four pairs, occupying the whole width of the 
 upper side of the fore part of the caput. Those of the hind- central pair are a little nearer 
 to each other than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side ; those of the front row are 
 equidistant from each other ; and those of each lateral pair are contiguous to each other, and 
 placed obliquely on a slight tubercle. The four central eyes form a square. The clypeus is 
 impressed immediately below the fore-central eyes, but prominent towards its lower margin, 
 and its height exceeds half that of the facial space. 
 
 The legs are tolerably long, and rather slender ; they are furnished with hairs and 
 numerous bristles ; many of the latter, especially of those benath the metatarsi and tarsi 
 being of a spine-like character. Their relative length is 1, 4, 2, 3, those of the first pair con- 
 siderably the longest. 
 
 The palpi are short and slender ; the cubital joint is half the length of the radial, and 
 the digital is nearly double the length of the radial. Their armature is like that of the 
 legs. 
 
 Thefalces are rather weak, moderate in length, and straight, but a little projecting. 
 
 The maxillce 3iVQ\or\^, oi normal form, and theirextremiti.es are even with the extremities 
 of the falces. 
 
 The labium is short, but of ordinary form. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped. 
 
 The abdomen is almost globular above, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax ; 
 it is of a dull luteous colour with a broad median dentated white band along the middle of the 
 upper side, prolonged to the spinners in a narrow white stripe; the upper part of the sides 
 have also an irregular longitudinal white band connected with the median band by three 
 oblique narrow white stripes or lines ; and close to the base of each of these oblique lines, i.e., 
 where they join the lateral white bands, is a distinct black spot. There is also another black 
 spot at the hinder termination of the lateral band, with another on each side immediately 
 and close above the base of the spinners, and one underneath immediately in front of tho 
 spinners. All these black spots, which are very distinct and characteristic, form two longi- 
 tudinal lines converging to the spot under the spinners, which are also surrounded by some 
 white spots ; the lower part of the sides, and a broad longitudinal band on the under side 
 are more or less mottled with small white spots. 
 
 The male resembles the female in colours and markings, but its abdomen is far less 
 convex above, and the first pair of legs are much longer ; the fore-extremities also of the 
 femora and tibige of those of the first and second pairs are of a reddish-yellow-brown. 
 
 The palpi are short; the humeral joint is enlarged and tumid towards its hinder extre- 
 mity, and the radial is much, and broadly, produced at its outer extremity, where it is fringed 
 with a single row of strong bristles ; the digital joints are of moderate size, oval, and bristly 
 with their convex sides turned towards each other. The palpal organs (which are thus 
 directed outwards) are rather complex, but possess no very markedly prominent processes. 
 
 Sab. — Sind Valley, August 5th to 13th, 1874. 
 
 This spider is nearly allied to T. nervosum (Walck.), which it resembles in the general 
 character of its markings, though its colours are quite different. 
 
34 
 
 SECOND YEKAND MISSION. 
 
 35 — TnERIDION SUBITUM, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2 lines. 
 
 The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a dull orange-yellow colour. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of ordinary form, though rather shorter in proportion to its length 
 than in some other species of the genus ; its lateral margins are slightly suffused with whitish. 
 
 'J'he eyes are of moderate size, in the usual four pairs, and tolerably closely grouped 
 together ; those of the hinder row are equidistant from each other, and those of the fore- 
 central pair are a little further from each other than each is from the fore-lateral eye on its 
 side ; the four central eyes form nearly a square whose fore side is rather shorter than the 
 hinder one ; the height of the clypeus exceeds half that of the facial space. 
 
 The legs are slender and not very long ; tliey are a good deal denuded of armature, hut 
 are apparently furnished with hairs and bristles, many of the latter being of a slender, spine- 
 like character. A small portion at the extremity of the tibiae of the first and fourth pairs is 
 red-brown. 
 
 The palpi are short and slender. 
 
 aloes are weak, slender, straight, and slightly projecting. 
 
 The labium and maxillce are of normal form, and their colour is yellow-brown. 
 
 The sternum is nearly triangular. 
 
 The abdomen is of large size, very convex above, and projects considerably over the base 
 of the cephalothorax ; the hinder part also projects over the spinners, and the upper surface 
 is broad, the fore part presenting, on either side, the appearance of a kind of prominent 
 shoulder ; it is of a yellow-brown colour, completely covered above and on the sides with 
 irregular, but closely-fitted, yellowish-white spots, the interstices of which have the appearance 
 of fine yellowish-brown reticulations. Along the middle of the forepart is a dull brown 
 narrow band with a blunt prominent point continued into a fine irregular line : there are also 
 several dull-brown lines running backwards from its hinder extremity, which is rather 
 enlarged ; the spinners are short, compact, of a yellow-brown colour, and surrounded by a 
 dark-brown band. The colour of the genital aperture, and of the orifice of the breathing 
 organs, is red-brown. 
 
 Hab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1874. 
 
 36.— Theridion confusum, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length If lines. 
 
 This spider is very nearly allied to Theridion denticiilatum (Walck.), which it resembles in 
 size and form, but is, I think, quite distinct. It is altogether of a browner hue, and, although 
 the markings on the abdomen are very similar, there is an important difference in the median, 
 longitudinal, dentated band, the hinder part of wdiich is, in the present spider, merely a 
 narrow, undenticulate, pale stripe. 
 
 Hab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1874. 
 
 37. — Teeridion expallidatum, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length If lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax of this spider is of ordinary form ; its colour is a pale brownish. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 35 
 
 yellow margined with brown, and with a longitudinal median hand of a rusty reddish-brown 
 hue, as broad as the hinder row of eyes, where it begins, but thence tapers gradually to 
 the hinder extremity of the cephalothorax. 
 
 The eyes are in the ordinary position ; those of the hind- central pair are nearer together 
 than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side, while those of the fore-central pair are further 
 from each other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side. The four central eyes form a 
 square, and those of each lateral pair are seated contiguously and obliquely on a small 
 tubercle ; the clypeus is strongly and sharply impressed immediately below the eyes, hut 
 prominent at its lower margin, and its height exceeds half that of the facial space. 
 
 The legs are rather short, slender, of a pale, dull yellowish colour, with a slight black- 
 brown marking beneath the extremities of each joint, and are furnished with hairs and some- 
 what spine-like bristles. 
 
 The palpi are slender, short, and similar to the legs in colour and armature. 
 
 aloes are not very long nor strong, but a little projecting ; they are of a dull yellow- 
 ish colour suffused with brown. 
 
 The maxillce and lahiim are of normal form, and similar in colour to the legs ; the 
 labium, however, is suffused with brown. 
 
 The sternum is triangular, and its colour is like that of the legs, with a marginal blackish 
 
 line. 
 
 The abdomen is large and globular, and projects considerably over the base of the 
 cephalothorax ; it is of an almost uniform chalky- white colour, with the faintest possible 
 traces of a longitudinal, median, denticulate band on the upper side, having some oblique 
 lateral lines issuing from it ; this pattern is rendered just visible by being of a rather clearer 
 white colour than the rest ; the median longitudinal line of the upper side has also a dull 
 brownish, broken line, from which finer, oblique, lateral lines issue here and there ; the spin- 
 ners are surrounded by a dull brownish circular band on which are several rather conspicuous 
 white spots. The genital aperture is of a transverse oval form edged with dark brown, and 
 placed at the hinder part of a roundish prominence. 
 
 This spider is evidently nearly allied to Theridion simile, C. L. Koch. 
 
 Kah . — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873. 
 
 38. — Theeidion tubeeculattjm. 
 
 Theridion tuherculaium, Kronenberg, Eeise in Turkestan von Alexis Fedtschenko, Moscow, 1875, p. 9, pi. v., fig. 40. 
 
 This little white Theridion may readily be distinguished from T. expallidatum by a small 
 sub-conical, somewhat tubercular eminence on the hinder part of the upper side of the abdo- 
 men. The cephalothorax has a narrow longitudinal median brown stripe of which the ante- 
 rior portion is bifid ; and the abdomen, which is of a dull yellowish-brown colour thickly 
 covered with cretaceous- white confluent spots, has an irregular, somewhat sub-dentate, longi- 
 tudinal, median, duU brownish band, emitting backwards a few fine oblique lines of the same 
 colour. The whole of the fpre part of this spider is of a dull pale yellow hue ; the legs are 
 long, slender, and furnished with hairs, bristles, and slender bristle-like spines. 
 
 Rah. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 
 
 39. — Theeidion inceetum, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length 1^ lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is short-oval, slightly constricted laterally at the caput, which is broad 
 
36 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 and of a somewhat truncated appearance ; in the middle longitudinal line, the caput has a 
 broadish ridge-like character, which runs far back to a deep transverse indentation at the thora- 
 cic junction. Its colour is a rather rich yellow-brown, except the hinder part of the caput, 
 which is paler, and its surface is granulose and covered with bristly hairs. 
 
 The eyes are of tolerable size in two nearly equal transverse rows occupying the whole 
 width of the fore part of the upper side of the caput. The hinder row is, as nearly as possi- 
 ble, straight, the front row curved. The eyes of the hind-central pair are considerably nearer 
 together than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side ; the interval between the former 
 being equal to a diameter, and that between the latter, to nearly two diameters. The eyes of 
 the fore-central pair are seated on tubercles, and rather prominent, forming a line rather less 
 than that formed by the hind-centrals : the intervals between the eyes of the front row appear 
 to be as nearly as possible equal. The eyes of each lateral pair are seated, slightly obliquely, 
 on a strongish tubercle, and are contiguous to each other. The fore-central eyes form, as nearly 
 as can be, a square, and the height of the clypeus (which is impressed below the eyes and 
 prominent at its lower side) is more than half that of the facial space. 
 
 The legs are moderately long, excepting those of the first pair, which are much the long 
 est : their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3. The first pair are strong, especially the femora, and, 
 with those of the second pair, are of an orange-yellow colour, the fore part of the femora and 
 tibiae being of a deeper and richer orange than the rest ; all are furnished with hairs and 
 bristles, these of the first pair having numerous spine- like bristles, and a single longitudinal 
 row of short, strongish, somewhat denticular spines along the under side; those of the third 
 and fourth pairs are of a paler hue than the others. 
 
 The palgn are short, similar to the legs in colour, and (except the digital joint, which is 
 large, reddish yellow-brown, and with its fore extremity considerably produced) slender ; the 
 cubital joint is very short ; the radial also is short, but spreads out at its outer extremity into 
 a very large and apparently bifid production : the palpal organs are well developed and pro- 
 minent but tolerably simple in structure ; with a slender curved filiform spine, and a small, 
 straight, corneous process at their fore extremity; they are directed outwards, the convex 
 sides of the digital joints being directed inwards. 
 
 The falces are strong, of moderate length, and similar to the cephalothorax in 
 colour. 
 
 The maxillce are tolerably long and strong, much curved, and almost meeting over the 
 lahkim, which is short and with a somewhat pointed apex. The colour of these parts is like 
 that of the falces. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped, broad, and truncate at its fore extremity ; it is of a rather 
 orange-yellow colour, and its surface is granulose. 
 
 The abdomen is short, considerably convex above, and projects well over the base of the 
 cephalothorax ; looked at from above, it is of a somewhat heart-shape. It is of a yellow- 
 brown colour, a good deal marked and spotted with white on the upper side ; these markings 
 do not appear to follow any very distinct pattern, but a more or less broken marginal band, 
 most complete on each side of the fore part, and least traceable behind, may be seen. Eour 
 round red-brown impressed spots form almost a square a little in front of the middle, and 
 across this part most of the white spots occur. 
 
 This is in some respects rather an aberrant form of Theridion, but it is most nearly allied 
 to T. pnlchellum, Walck. 
 
 iZoi.— Murree, 11th to July llth, 1873. 
 
AUANEIDEA. 
 
 37 
 
 Germs— STEATODA, Thor. 
 
 40. — Steatoda nigeocincta, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2| lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of a short-oval form : the caput is slightly constricted on the sides 
 and the normal indentations are well marked, that at the junction of the caput and thoracic 
 segments being very strong, giving rather a crushed appearance to this part, and with a 
 transverse direction. The colour is yellow-brown, darker in the direction of the indentations, 
 and in a wedge-shaped form behind the eyes, but rather lighter towards the lateral margins. 
 The surface is glossy and (apparently) devoid of hairs, but covered with minute red-brown 
 granulosities. 
 
 The eyes are of moderate size, and do not differ much in this respect : they are in the 
 ordinary position ; those of the hind-central pair are rather nearer together than each is to 
 the hind-lateral eye on its side ; those of the front row, which is the shortest, appear to be 
 divided by as nearly as possible equal intervals ; those of each lateral pair are seated a little 
 obliquely, and contiguously, on a slight tubercle. The four central eyes form a square. 
 
 The legs are moderate in length and strength ; their relative length is 1, 4, 2, 3, but the 
 difference between those of the first and fourth pairs is not much. They are of a rather 
 orange yellow-brown colour, deepening in hue towards the extremities, and are furnished with 
 hairs and bristles which spring from minute tubercular red-brown granulosities. 
 
 The^a/pi are slender, and similar to the legs in colour. 
 
 The falces are neither very long nor strong ; they are straight, perpendicular, similar to 
 the cephalothorax in colour, and granulose. 
 
 The maxillce and labium are of normal form, and rather lighter in colour than the falces. 
 
 The sternum is somewhat heart-shaped, broadly truncated, in a rather hollowed line, at 
 its fore-extremity, and of a pale orange-yellow colour. 
 
 The abdomen is large, of a short-oval form, very convex above, and projects considerably 
 over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a dull luteous-brown colour, sprinkled with white 
 cretaceous spots, which are principally gathered into a longitudinal median-line and a some- 
 what dentated line on each side of the upper part ; the median white line has some black spots 
 and markings on each side of it, those on the hinder half forming a series of broken transverse 
 angular bars. There are also black markings on each side of the lateral white borders; that 
 below each is broad, and continued quite round in front, where it meets the other from the 
 opposite side ; the upper side of the abdomen has also some other black spots and points scat- 
 tered over it ; the middle of the under side has a largish square area of white cretaceous 
 spots, bearing two strong parallel patches of deep red-brown on its fore part. The spinners 
 are short, compact, and of a pale-yellowish colour. 
 
 The male resembles the female in general characters and colours ; it is, however, smaller 
 and paler, and the legs of the first pair are longer ; the palpi are like the legs in colour ; they 
 are long and slender, the radial joint is double the length of the cubital, which is of a bent form, 
 and the former is somewhat clavate, and has its extremity on the outer side broadly produced, 
 but in close contact with the digital joint; the digital joint is of moderate size, of oval form, 
 with its fore extremity pinched in to a point; the palpal organs are well developed and rather 
 complex, with some whitish prominent membrane just above their fore extremity. 
 
 Kab . — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873 ; and route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 
 28th to June 17th, lb74. 
 
88 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 41. — Steatoda sordidata, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2| lines. 
 
 In form and structure this spider resembles Steatoda nigrocincta. The eyes, however, 
 are smaller and more closely grouped, and the line formed by two fore-centrals is longer than 
 that formed by the hind-central pair. The whole of the fore part is of a dull dark-brown 
 colour, tinged with yellow. The abdomen is similar, but without the yellowish tinge ; a broad 
 longitudinal median band, as well as a narrower, lateral, dentated one on each side, meeting 
 round the fore extremity, are formed by white cretaceous spots ; and a similar line longitudi- 
 nally bisects the under side ; four small impressed black spots form a square (whose fore side 
 is shortest) on the fore half of the upper side. 
 
 S'aS.— Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to 13th, 1874. 
 
 Genus— DBEPANODUS, Menge. 
 
 42. — Drepanodtjs mandibularis. 
 
 TJieridion mandibulare, Lucas, Explor. en Alg&ie, p. 260, pi. 17, fig. 1. 
 
 Fachygnatha mandibularis, Cambr., Spid. Pal. and Syr., P. Z. S., 1872, p. 291. 
 
 Steatoda mandibularis, Sim., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1873, p. 222. 
 
 Epeira diversa, Bl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., October 1859. 
 
 Hah. — Examples of the female of this puzzling spider were found in Dr. Stoliczka*s col- 
 lection, taken en route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. 
 
 The difficulty of assigning to it its correct systematic place is very evident from the syno- 
 nyms above quoted. Mons. Eugene Simon has, however, lately suggested to me that it is 
 nearly allied to Hrepanodus ohscurus, Menge, and, entirely agreeing with this, I have placed 
 it here in that genus. 
 
 Genus— PHTCUS, Cambr. 
 
 The short broad form and very laterigrade appearance of the typical example of this 
 genus led to the conjecture that it belonged to the family Thomisides ( vide O. P. Cambridge, 
 ‘ On some new Genera and Species of Araniedea,’ in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1870, p. 742, pi. xliv, 
 fig. 9. Subsequent examination leads me to conclude that its proper place is in the family 
 Theridiides (not far from the genus Euryopis (Thor.), but certainly not among the Orbite- 
 larice, as conjectured by Dr. T. Thorell (Syn. Eur. Spid., p. 600). 
 
 43.— Phycus sagittatus, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2 lines. 
 
 The ceplialothorax is short, broad behind, and narrowing gradually forwards, but without 
 much lateral constriction at the caput : this portion is large, bluff in front, considerably 
 elevated, rising gradually but quickly from the thorax. The clypeus rather exceeds in height 
 half that of the facial space : it is round on the lower margin, and full and rather prominent, 
 projecting gradually from just beneath the front row of eyes. The colour of the cephalo- 
 thorax is a deep yellowish-brown, and behind each hind-lateral eye is a strongish, curved. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 39 
 
 spine-like bristle directed forwards; other bristles evidently belong to this part, but they had 
 been rubbed off. 
 
 The eyes are of tolerable but nearly uniform size, and form a large, transverse, crescent- 
 shaped area on the front and sides of the upper part of the caput ; the two rows have the 
 convexity of their curve directed forwards, the front row being much the more strongly 
 curved, and its eyes rather larger than those of the hinder row. The eyes of the hinder row 
 (which is the longer) are very nearly, if not quite, equally separated, the interval rather 
 exceeding two diameters of one of the central pair ; the interval between the eyes of the fore- 
 central pair, which is of a black colour, is double that between each and the fore-lateral eye 
 on its side, and the line formed by them is very little longer than that formed by those of the 
 hind-central pair. The four central eyes form a rectangle, whose transverse is greater than its 
 longitudinal diameter ; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated obliquely, but not quite con- 
 tiguously, on a large, black, and slightly tubercular spot. 
 
 The legs are short, tolerably strong and tapering ; those of the fourth pair are the long- 
 est ; the rest differ very little in length, perhaps that of the first pair a little exceeds that 
 of the second, the third pair being slightly the shortest. They are furnished with hairs, and 
 a double, divergent row of longish fine spines beneath the tibise, tarsi, and metatarsi ; each 
 tarsus ends with three curved claws, which spring from a small prolongation (apparently a 
 distinct articulation) of the tarsus. The colour of the legs is a deep brown, but paler along 
 the upper sides, the hinder extremities of the femora being of a pale-yellowish hue. 
 
 The 'pal'pi are short but tolerably strong ; they are of a dull-yellowish hue, suffused with 
 brown beneath and on the sides ; the digital joint ends with a curved, and apparently 
 pectinated, claw. 
 
 The f aloes are short, straight, perpendicular, moderately strong, and the fang is slender ; 
 their length does not exceed the height of the clypeus, and their colour is yellowish-brown. 
 
 The maxillce are small, short, and greatly inclined to the labium, over which their extre- 
 mities almost meet. 
 
 The labium is very short, and somewhat pointed at its apex ; its colour, with that of the 
 maxillse, is a dull pale-yellowish, suffused, over all except their extremities, with brown. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped, and similar to the cephalothorax in colour. 
 
 The abdomen is of great size, heart-shaped, very convex above, and projects greatly over 
 the cephalothorax, which it (when looked at from behind) almost entirely conceals. Its 
 colour is a dull dark-brown, the upper side being densely covered with small, silvery, slightly 
 yellowish-white metallic spots ; leaving a large, transverse, somewhat oblong, brown area at 
 the fore extremity, and a large arrow-headed brown marking in the middle : the point of this 
 marking is directed backwards, going off into a fine yellow-brown line nearly to the spinners ; 
 and from the middle of its fore extremity a short brown stripe runs forward into the oblong 
 patch of the same colour, and is crossed, close to it at right angles, by another brown line, 
 which connects the foremost pair of four small, deep-brown, impressed spots ; the hinder 
 pair of these spots are placed just on the fore margin of the arrow-headed marking, which 
 has, on its lateral margin, some other deep-brown spots and blotches, with a few small, silvery 
 spots on its fore part. The under side has two very distinct transverse lines of silvery spots ; 
 and on either side of them are some pale, parallel, and slightly oblique streaks and lines of 
 similarly coloured spots ; the spinners are short, those of the inferior pair being considerably 
 the stouter and rather the longer. 
 
 Sab . — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873, 
 
40 
 
 SECOND YAEKA.ND MISSION. 
 
 Qenns—ERIOONE, Sav. 
 
 41. — Erigone atra. 
 
 Neriene atra, Blabkw., Loud, and Edinbr. Phil. Mag. 3 ser. iii, p. 195. 
 
 longepalpis, Blackw., Spid. Great Brit, and Irel. p. 274, pi. xix, fig. 188. 
 
 An example of the male, identical with British and other European specimens, 
 was contained among the spiders found on the route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to 
 June 17th, 1874. 
 
 45. — ErIGONE BENTIPALPIS. 
 
 Erigone dentipalpis, Wid-Westr., Aran. Suec. p. 199. 
 
 Although only a portion of this spider was found in the collection, I feel no doubt of its 
 specific identity with the E. dentipalpis (Westr.) of Europe. 
 
 Rab . — Sind Valley, August 5th to 13th, 1873. 
 
 Genus— PACHYGNATHA, Sund. 
 
 46. — Pachygnatha clerckii. 
 
 Pachygnatha clerckii, Sund.-Westr., Aran. Suec. p. 144. 
 
 An adult male of this species, differing in no respect from European examples, was found 
 in the collection. 
 
 Eab. — Kashghar, December 1873. 
 
 Genus-LINYPHIA. 
 
 47. — LlNYPHlA CONSANGUINEA, Sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length 2^ lines. Adult female : 2f lines. 
 
 This spider is, in size, colour, and markings, almost exactly like the well-known European 
 form Linyphia peltata (Sund.) ; one description would, in fact, suit both these species. The 
 present, however, may he distinguished by several good specific characters. 
 
 In the male, the f aloes are shorter and less divergent, but stronger and much more 
 prominent in front when looked at in profile ; in which position also the extremities are 
 directed distinctly backwards ; they are likewise granulose, furnished with short spine-like 
 bristles, and armed with a short, strong, pointed, deep red-brown tooth on the inner side 
 towards the fore extremity. 
 
 The palpi have the cubital joint very short, with a strong, tapering, spine-like bristle 
 directed forwards from its fore extremity on the upper side; the radial joint is double the 
 length of the cubital, and enlarges gradually to the fore extremity, where, on the upper side, 
 is a spine-like bristle like that on the cubital joint ; the digital joint is not very large, and 
 the palpal organs are complex, with corneous processes and spines, somewhat like tliose of 
 L. peltata, but bolder ; and from their base, on the outer side, issues a slender, longish, pale- 
 coloured, rather prominent spiny process, whose extremity is sharp-pointed and rather shortly 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 41 
 
 curved ; tliis process by its size and shape distinguishes the males of the two species at a 
 glance. 
 
 The female may be distinguished by the abdomen in the present species (when looked 
 at in profile) having a higher elevation about the middle, the general curve of that of 
 L. 'peltata being here of a somewhat humped nature ; the form of the genital aperture also 
 differs a little : in L. peltata it is of a simple, transverse, oval form ; in the present its form is 
 somewhat bluntly sub-triangular. 
 
 Rah. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, and Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 
 5th, 1873. 
 
 48. — Linyphia albipunctata, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length rather over 2 lines. 
 
 This spider is nearly allied to Linyphia leprosa, Ohl., and L. minuta, BL, to which it bears 
 considerable resemblance both in size, form, and colours. The whole of the forepart is yellow- 
 brown, the sternum and falces being the darkest : the upper part of the caput also, with 
 the normal indentations, is rather darker than the rest of the cephalothorax ; the legs are 
 distinctly annulated with dark brown, and furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; the 
 palpi have a similar armature, but are not so distinctly annulated. 
 
 The eyes are in the ordinary position and seated on tubercular black spots, but the ocular 
 area is more prominent than usual, and has the appearance of a longisf , oblong, tubercular 
 platform ; those of the posterior row appear to be equally divided from each other, the inter- 
 val being less than a diameter ; the fore-centrals are the smallest of the eight, and are sepa- 
 rated by about half a diameter, each being divided from the fore-lateral eye on its side by rather 
 less than the diameter of the latter ; those of each lateral pair are placed rather obliquely, 
 but not quite contiguously. The height of the clypeus, which is very projecting, equals half 
 that of the facial space ; the four central eyes form a rectangle whose longitudinal is greater 
 than its widest' transverse diameter, and its posterior side longer than its anterior one. 
 
 Tiie falces are moderately long and strong, very slightly divergent, nearly perpendicular ; 
 their profile is curved, and each has three tolerably strong, sharp teeth at the extremity on 
 the inner side. 
 
 The sternum has its surface slightly tuberculose. 
 
 The abdomen is very convex above, and projects well over the base of the cephalothorax ; 
 it is of a rather dark yellow-brown colour, marked with deeper brown, and thickly and minutely 
 specked with white on the upper part and sides ; the only traceable pattern is a longitu- 
 dinal dark-brown line along the middle of the fore part of the upper side, followed to the 
 spinners by a series of transverse angular lines, formed by the more regular disposition 
 of some of the white spots ; probably a series- of specimens would show transverse angular 
 brown lines, with perhaps an enlargement like a spot or blotch at each of their extremities ; 
 on the sides also there is a trace of a similar white horizontal curved line meeting the one 
 on the opposite side a little above the spinners ; and above it is a horizontal brown patch. These 
 markings are all very similar to those of Linyphia leprosa, though less distinct. The gen- 
 ital aperture in the two species, and the process connected with it, are, however, totally dis- 
 similar ; in the present spider, instead of being exceedingly prominent, and rather complex, 
 it is only slightly prominent and very simple in its structure. 
 
 Rob — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 
 
42 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 49. — Linyphia straminea, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length a little over 1 line. 
 
 The whole of the fore part of this small spider is of a pale straw-yellow colour, and in 
 its form and general structure it is very like Linyphia ericcea, Bl. 
 
 The eyes are on strong, black, tubercular spots, and rather closely grouped together in 
 two slightly curved rows, of which the hinder one is a very little longer than the front ; the 
 two hind-central eyes are slightly further from each other than each is from the hind-lateral 
 eye on its side ; and the fore-central eyes are the smallest of the eight, near together but not 
 contiguous to each other ; those of each lateral pair are placed slightly obliquely, and touch- 
 ing each other ; the four centrals form a square "whose fore side is considerably shorter than 
 the hinder one. 
 
 The legs are very slender and rather long, furnished with hairs and a few fine spines. 
 
 The palpi are short, slender, and similar in colour and armature to the legs. 
 
 ^\LQfalces are tolerably long, not very strong, straight and perpendicular. 
 
 The maaiillce, labium, and sternum are normal. 
 
 The abdomen is very convex above, and projects considerably over the base of the cephalo- 
 thorax : it is of a dull straw-colour, speckled thinly with small, white, cretaceous-looking 
 spots. The form of the genital aperture is very simple indeed, and has a very slight, and 
 scarcely at all prominent, process connected with it. 
 
 Sab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 
 
 50. — Linyphia perampla, sp. n. 
 
 Female, scarcely adult : length rather over 3 lines. 
 
 This fine species is very nearly allied to Linyphia collina, L. Koch, found in the French 
 Jura mountains; hut it may he, I think, distinguished by a total absence of the small white 
 spots dispersed over the abdomen of that species, as well as by a stronger and holder pattern. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of ordinary form ; and the normal indentations are strongly marked ; 
 it is of a light brownish-yellow colour, the caput dark yellow-brown, and the thoracic portion 
 has a hroadish brown marginal border. 
 
 The eyes are rather small, hut in the usual position ; those of the hind-central pair are 
 rather nearer to each other than each is to the hind-lateral on its side ; the four central eyes 
 form very nearly a square whose anterior is shorter than its posterior side ; the eyes of each 
 lateral pair are placed obliquely, and contiguously, on a slight tubercle. The height of the 
 clypeus is equal to half that of the facial space. 
 
 The legs are rather long, slender, and their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3 ; they are of 
 a yellow-brown colour, the tibiae and femora annulated with dark brown, the former indis- 
 tinctly, the latter distinctly ; they are furnished with hairs, bristles, and a few not very long, 
 slender spines. 
 
 The palpi are short, slender, of a pale brownish-yellow colour, furnished with an arma- 
 ture similar to that of the legs. 
 
 The falces are moderately long and strong, straight, perpendicular : the basal portion in 
 front, dark brown ; the rest, yeilow^-hrown, with a reddish tinge near the fang ; and there are 
 three teeth on the inner side near the fore extremity. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 43 
 
 The maxillcR and labium are of normal form, and of a brownish-yellow colour, the latter 
 being the darker. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped, broadly truncated at its fore extremity ; its colour is yellow- 
 brown, suffused with deeper brown, furnished with long bristly hairs, and with a kind of 
 oval gibbosity at its hinder extremity. 
 
 The abdomen is large and very convex above, projecting considerably over the cephalo- 
 thorax, and clothed with short grey hairs ; it is of a pale, dull brownish-yellow hue, marked 
 along the middle of the upper side with a series of strong, well-defined, blackish-brown angu- 
 lar bars of a W form, the extremities of these lines uniting with oblique lateral lines of black- 
 brown spots and markings. 
 
 Hab , — Sind Valley, August 6th to 13th, 1873. 
 
 61. — Linyphia pusilla. 
 
 Linyphia pusilla, Sund., Sv. Spindl. Beskr. Vet.-Akad. Handl, f. 1829, p. 2l4. 
 
 Hab . — Two females of this spider contained in the portion of the collection made at 
 Yarkand, May 21st to 27th, 1874, and on the route thence to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 
 1874, differ in no respect from European examples of the same species. 
 
 Y&mWy—F.PEIRIDES. 
 
 Genus — META, C. L. Koch. 
 
 62. — Meta mixta, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 3| lines. 
 
 This pretty spider is nearly allied to Meta (Tetragnafha) decorata, Bl., but it is smaller 
 and the abdomen, although its hinder extremity projects a little over the spinners, is not 
 drawn out behind into anything of a caudal form ; the fore extremity also is smooth and 
 rounded at the shoulders, instead of being somewhat humped or gibbous on those parts ; the 
 genital aperture also differs in its form. 
 
 The cepJialothorax, legs^ and palpi are pale yellow ; the falces, maxillce, and labium 
 rather suffused with brown, or reddish-brown ; and the sternum dark reddish-brown ; the 
 extremities of the tibiae of the legs are dull reddish-brown. The abdomen is of a cylindric 
 oval form, rather narrower behind than before ; the upper part, and a portion of the sides, 
 are metallic and silvery in colour, and marked, longitudinally, with five dull brownish lines 
 or stripes. A median stripe, and another on each side of it, not reaching so far forwards as 
 the median one, meet at the hinder extremity ; these three longitudinal stripes are connected 
 on either side by three oblique lines of the same colour, issuing from the central stripe and 
 running obliquely backwards into the lateral one ; two of them are rather near together, not 
 far behind the middle of the abdomen ; the third is much nearer the fore part ; and, quite at 
 the fore extremity, is a transverse, dull-brown, slightly curved line ; the remainder of the 
 sides and the under side are dull yellowish-brown ; and on each . side of the under part is a 
 longitudinal, slightly bent, silvery stripe from the spiracular openings to the spinners* 
 followed by a spot of the same kind close to the outer side of the inferior pair of spinners ; 
 
44 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 these two sub-abdominal stripes are, in 31eta clecorata, BL, replaced by the whole of that part 
 being silvery, whereas the intermediate space between the silvery stripes, in the present 
 spider, has only a few silvery specks on its fore half. The space between the spinners and the 
 upper side has also some silvery spots upon it. 
 
 This spider is also nearly allied to Meta quinquelineata, Keys (from Bogota, S. Amer.), 
 but is, I think, certainly of a distinct species. It is also distinct from another nearly allied 
 (and undescribed) species received from Bombay from Major Julian Hobson. 
 
 Mat). — Mui’ree, June 11th to July 14th, 1877. 
 
 Genus — TETBAQNATHA, Walck. 
 
 63. — Tetragnatha Extensa. 
 
 Tetragnatha extensa, Linn., Syst. Nat. Ed. 10, i, p. 621. 
 
 Several specimens, which I believe to be of this species, were contained in the collection. 
 JELah. — Kashgbar, December 1873; Sind Valley, August 5th to 13th, 1873 ; Yarkand, 
 May 21st to 27th, 1874; and route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June I7th, 1874. 
 
 Genus — EPEIBA, Walck. 
 
 64. — Epeira tartarica. 
 
 Epeira tartarica, Kronenberg, Reise in Turkestan v. Alexis Fedtschenko, Moscow, 1875, p. 2, pi. 1, fig. 1. 
 
 Adult and immature females were contained in the collection. 
 
 Mat ). — Neighbourhood of Leh, August and September 1873. 
 
 55. — Epeira bigibbosa, sp. n. 
 
 Immature female : rather over 1 line in length. 
 
 Although it is very young, I think this spider is of a different species from several with a 
 protuberance or gibbosity on each side of the fore extremity of the abdomen already de- 
 scribed by different authors. 
 
 The whole of the fore part is of a dull yellowish hue, except the sternum, which is 
 yellow-brown ; the ceplialotliorax is suffused with yellow-brown in the indentations by which 
 the union of the caput and thorax is indicated, and has a somewhat triangular patch of a 
 cream-white colour at the occiput. 
 
 The legs are rather short and moderately strong ; their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3, and 
 they are furnished with hairs and bristles only. 
 
 The eyes are on slight dark tubercles ; those of the hind-central pair are the largest of the 
 eio'ht, and considerably larger than the rest, and are divided from each other by a diameter’s 
 interval ; the space which divides each from the hind-lateral on its side being double, if not 
 more, of that diameter : those of the fore-central pair are less than half the size of the 
 hind-centrals ; they are separated from each other by two diameters’ interval, but yet form a 
 line shorter than that formed by the hind-centrals. The four central eyes form a square whose 
 oremost side is rather shorter than the rest; those of each lateral pair are placed very 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 45 
 
 ebliquely and contiguously. When looked at from in front, the eye area is in the form of a 
 triangle whose apex (at the hind-central pair) is truncated, and whose base is formed by the 
 lateral and fore-central pairs, which, from this point of view, are in a perfectly straight line. 
 The height of the clypeus is about one-third that of the facial space. 
 
 The abdomen is white ; its fore part, which is broad and has a strongish, pointed, conical 
 gibbosity on the upper side at each fore corner, projects considerably over the base of the 
 cephalothorax ; these gibbosities are tipped wdth dark browm. The greater part of the hinder 
 half is occupied by a very broad dentated brown band wdiich narrow^s to the spinners, and is 
 itself mottled with white ; the under side is dull brownish, with a curved white stripe on each 
 side of the hinder part. 
 
 No doubt some variation in colours, and perhaps in markings, will be found in the adult 
 form; but the above details will, I think, be found sufficient for the determination of the 
 species, whether in the adult or immature state. 
 
 Hab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 
 
 66. — EpEIRA PELLAX , sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 3| lines, 
 
 This spider is allied to Epeira bigibbosa, but may easily be distinguised by a difference in 
 the relative size and position of the eyes, as well as by its spinous and annulated legs. 
 
 The cephalothorax is dull yellow-brownish on the sides, and the caput has also one or 
 two, indistinctly defined, yellow-brown markings, and its surface is clothed with a coarse 
 greyish-sandy pubescence. 
 
 The eyes are rather small, of a dull, amber yellowfish-brown colour, and do not differ 
 greatly in size ; those of the hind-central pair are the largest, and, with the fore- centrals, 
 which appear to be next in size (though not very much smaller), form very nearly a square ; 
 the fore-side of the square being, if anything, slightly longer than the hinder one : the 
 interval between the hind-centrals is equal to a diameter, but that between each of them and 
 the hind-lateral eye on its side is equal to at least four diameters of the hind-central eye. 
 
 The legs are rather short and tolerably strong ; their relative length appears to be 1, 4, 2, 
 3, though the difference between those of the first, second, and fourth pairs is slight; their 
 colour is yellow, clouded, and irregularly annulated, with dark yellow-browm ; they are also 
 furnished with hairs, bristles, and short spines. 
 
 The f aloes are short and moderately strong, a little prominent near their base in front ; 
 they are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, suffused a little with brownish on their outer 
 sides. 
 
 The maxillce and labium are normal in form, and of a palc-yellowdsh colour, suffused 
 with brownish towards their bases. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped ; the anterior side truncated in a hollow line. 
 
 The abdomen is short, and broad in front, with a short, roundish, conical protuberance on 
 each side of the forepart ; from a little way behind each of these protuberances, a sinuous, or 
 sub-dentate, dark- brown line, edged with whitish on its outer side, runs backwards towards 
 the spinners ; these lines do not reach the spinners, nor do they meet each other, since they 
 run nearly parallel during the latter part of their length ; the space included by these lines is 
 mottled with white, and contains some dull-brownish, curvi-angular, transverse lines, bisected 
 through their angles (which are directed forwards) by a longitudinal median line of the same 
 
46 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 hue; the sides are alternately slashed, or broadly and obliquely striped, \rith white and 
 yeUowish-hrown. The under side is white, with a large, central, somewhat triangular, duU- 
 brownish area in the middle. The base of this triangle is towards the forepart, where it is 
 joined by a pedicular patch of the same colour, to the hinder margin of the genital opening. 
 This aperture has connected with it a long, strong, very prominent epigyne, divided into two 
 parts, a basal part whitish, tumid, and membranous in appearance, and a terminal portion 
 blackish-brown, corneous, curved, tapering, directed strongly forwards, and clothed with 
 hairs on its fore, or convex, side ; its hinder, or concave, side has a narrow, longitudinal slit or 
 duct. 
 
 The spinners are normal, and surrounded, on the sides and behind, with a horseshoe- 
 shaped line of six white spots with dull-brownish intervals. 
 
 Sab. — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873. 
 
 57. — Epeira gtjeda, sp. n. 
 
 A number of immature specimens, both male and female, of an EpBra which I believe 
 to be of an undescribed species, were contained in the collection, though, from their im- 
 maturity and the apparently faded state of their colouring, I do not venture to describe them 
 in detail. They are very nearly allied to Epeira cornuta, Clerck, the pattern on the abdomen 
 being very similar to that spider. The colours, however, are much duller, and the markings 
 far less distinct, and the legs are of a uniform dull-yellowish hue. One character alone will 
 serve to distinguish it at once from E. cornuta ; the eyes of the hind-central pair form a 
 line which is very nearly — indeed, as long — as that formed by those of the fore-central pair ; 
 but which in E. cornuta is distinctly (and indeed considerably) shorter. 
 
 Sab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 
 
 58. — Epeira hartjspex, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length If lines. 
 
 In its general form this spider is much like Epeira pellax ; it is, however, much smaller, 
 and differs in many material particulars ; it is also allied nearly to E. agalena, Walck. 
 
 The whole of the fore part, excepting the sternum, which is darker, and the normal 
 indentations of the cephalothorax, which are dusky brown, is of a dull yellowish-brown 
 colour. 
 
 The eyes are small ; the four centrals form a square, but those of the hind-central pair 
 are considerably larger than the front-centrals and are separated from each other by a dia- 
 meter’s distance, each being also divided from the hind-lateral on its side by more than 
 double that which separates them from each other. 
 
 The legs are neither very long nor strong ; their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3, and the 
 tibise are faintly annulated with reddish yellow-brown ; their armature had been all rubbed 
 off, but apparently it had consisted only of hairs and bristles. 
 
 The falces are moderately long, tolerably strong, and roundly prominent near their base 
 in front. 
 
 The maxillce and labium are of normal form, pale yellowish towards their extremities, 
 but dark brown on the basal part. 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 47 
 
 The abdomen is broad in front, where it is slightly prominent (though scarcely gibbose) 
 at the fore-corners, and the middle of the fore-margin is also blunt-angularly prominent ; 
 the upper side has almost its whole area enclosed by two longitudinal brown lines (edged out- 
 wardly with white), which run from the fore-corners obliquely backwards, and converge to- 
 wards each other to the spinners ; the first half of these lines is sub-angular. Along the 
 length of the area thus enclosed, a large, but not very clearly defined, somewhat cruciform 
 or dagger-shaped, whitish marking runs with its sharp point backwards, and is bisected longi- 
 tudinally by a dull, pale-brownish line, from which several oblique lines branch off on each 
 side. The rest of the area is dull brown, deepening to reddish brown at the hinder extremity ; 
 the sides are dull brown, mottled thickly with small v/hite spots ; the under side is also brown 
 margined with a distinct line of white spots, which does not, however, enclose the fore 
 extremity, as each end of the line terminates close behind the spiracular opening ; a little way 
 from the spinners, on each side, there are two white spots in a longitudinal line. The pro- 
 cess connected with the genital aperture is prominent, and of characteristic form : it consists 
 of two portions — the basal, which is short, broad, dark blackish-brown, and corneous ; and a 
 rather long, twisted pale epigyne, directed backwards : only a figure, however, can give any 
 correct idea of the form and structure of this process. 
 
 Hab. — Yarkand, May 21st to 27th, 1874. 
 
 59. — Epeira p^nulata, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2J lines. 
 
 This spider is allied to Epeira cornuta, Clerck, but is much smaller, and (in the only 
 example examined at least) wants the characteristic pattern on the abdomen. 
 
 The whole nearly of the fore part is of a dull-yellow colour ; the normal indentations of 
 the cephalothorax are suffused with dusky-brown, and from each of the hind -lateral eyes a 
 brownish-black line runs backwards towards the occiput ; and there are two strong, spine- 
 like, curved bristles directed forwards from behind each lateral pair of eyes. 
 
 The eyes are small ; those of the hind-central pair are the largest, and are separated 
 from each other by no more than half a diameter’s interval, if so much ; and the line formed 
 by them is distinctly shorter than that formed by the fore-central pair, and constitutes the 
 hinder and shortest side of the square formed by the fore- and hind-central eyes ; the eyes of 
 each lateral pair are widely removed, by an interval of at least double the length of the line 
 formed by the hind-central eyes. The clypeus is less in height than half that of the facial 
 space. 
 
 The legs are rather short, . but tolerably strong ; their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3, and 
 they are furnished with hairs, bristles, and short, not very strong spines, each of which 
 springs from a small blackish tubercle. 
 
 The palpi are moderately long and strong, and are furnished, chiefly towards their inner 
 sides, with numerous bristles, and long, slender, curved spines. 
 
 Thefalces are moderately long, strong, perpendicular, and rounded in profile. 
 
 The maxillce and labium are of normal form, and, except their extremities, which are 
 pale, are of a yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The abdomen is of a broad-oval form, not excessively convex above, its upper surface 
 being parallel to its under side, and its hinder part, as well as each side of its fore extremity. 
 
48 
 
 SECOND YAHKAND MISSION. 
 
 rounded, but the latter are not prominent, as in several of the species described above ; the 
 middle, however, of the fore extremity projects forwards in a strong, blunt-conical form. 
 The whole of the upper part, including the upper half of the sides, is of a cream-yellow colour 
 marked with two converging rows of linear black spots ; these rows are almost the whole 
 width of the abdomen apart where they begin, which is just about half way from the hinder 
 extremity to the middle of the fore •extremity, and they represent the angular or den tated 
 lines so common on the abdomen of the genus Epeira. Eour parallel, longitudinal, dull- 
 brownish, venose lines (the outer ones of which curve round and almost meet at their fore 
 extremity, and the middle pair are shorter than the outer ones) are included within the two 
 converging rows of spots above mentioned, and are also connected by another curved line 
 wdiich crosses at the ends of the two middle lines. The remainder of the sides, together with 
 the whole of the under part, is of a dull-brownish hue, indistinctly mottled with dull 
 whitish-yellow spots ; and four large blotches of white spots form a square between the 
 spiracular plates and the spinners. The sides are also marked with some oblique, venose, 
 yellow-brown lines. The process, or epigyne, connected with the genital opening is prominent, 
 tapering, not very long, obtuse at its extremity, which is curved, directed backwards, and 
 transversely rugulose throughout. 
 
 Hah. — Murree, June 11th to July 11th, 1873. 
 
 GO. — EpEIRA PRiEDATA, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length lines. 
 
 The ceplialothorax is broad and round-oval behind, rather produced and narrow before; 
 the forepart of the ocular area projecting over the clypeus. The hinder part of the cephalo- 
 thorax is considerably higher tlian the forepart, and is well rounded and convex ; it is of a 
 brownish-yellow colour, with converging paler stripes, following the direction of the normal 
 indentations. On the sides of the caput, near the eyes, are several strong, curved, spine- 
 like bristles, directed forwards. 
 
 The eyes are of tolerable size, on the fore part and sides of the extremity of the caput ; 
 those of the fore-central pair are the largest of the eight, and are seated on a somewhat 
 tubercular prominence ; the interval between them is equal to, if not a little more than, 
 a diameter, and the line formed by them considerably longer than that formed by those 
 of the hind-central pair. These latter are on black spots, and near together, the inter- 
 val being no more than half a diameter ; the figure thus formed by the four central eyes 
 is a rectangle, with its posterior side shortest, and its longest transverse diameter less than 
 its longitudinal one ; the interval between each hind-central eye and the hind-lateral next to 
 it is equal to rather over two diameters of the former. 
 
 The legs are moderately long and tolerably strong ; their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3. 
 They are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; three of the longest, strongest, and 
 darkest of the last forming a transverse row near the slightly incrassated middle part of 
 the inner side of the tibiae of the first pair. 
 
 The are short, and similar in colour to the legs. The cubital joint is short, and 
 (in profilej of a sub-angular form, with two long, strong, yellow-brown, tapering, curved, 
 spine-line bristles, directed forwards from its fore extremity on the upper side ; the radial 
 joint is very short, but is produced considerably in an obtuse form on the outer side, the end 
 of the produced portion being furnished thickly with strong bristles ; the digital joint is of 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 49 
 
 a brown colour, large and of a long oval form, hairy, and bristly ; the palpal organs are very 
 large and cemplex, consisting of various yellowish-brown and dark red-brown corneous pro- 
 cesses. 
 
 The f aloes are neither very long nor strong ; they are perpendicular, but removed far 
 back under the projecting fore part of the caput ; their colour (as well as that of the maxillce, 
 labium, and sternum, whose forms are normal) is like that of the legs. 
 
 The abdomen is of a short, oblong-oval form, equal in size at each end, and tolerably 
 convex above. It is of a pale dull brownish-yellow colour ; the upper side is more or less 
 thickly mottled with white, leaving a broad median dull stripe on the fore half ; the hinder 
 extremity of this stripe has four (two on each side) obliquely diverging lines issuing from it, 
 and is itself continued by a fine line (all of the same dull hue) to the spinners. Eour small 
 brown spots form a rectangle near the middle, and close behind the foremost pair of these 
 spots is a large, roundish patch, free of all white mottling ; a little behind the middle of the 
 sides are four or five distinct, parallel, transverse, black- brown, fine lines ; the hindermost 
 line is the strongest, and has a large spot of the same colour near its inner extremity, thus 
 altogether forming a transverse, interrupted line, appearing to cut off the extremity of the 
 abdomen. On the under side is a large, somewhat quadrate area of white ; and immediately 
 behind it, is a semi-circle of five distinct white spots not far in front of the spinners. 
 
 This spider apparently belongs to the Epeira cucurbitina group. 
 
 Kab. — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873. 
 
 61. — Epeiea ctjctjebitina. 
 
 Epeira cucurhitina, Clerck, Sv. Spindl. p. 44, pi. 2, tab. 4. 
 
 An immature example of this very pretty, but common and widely-dispersed spider 
 was found in Er. Stoliczka’s collection. 
 
 ^«6.~Sind Valley, 5th to 13th August 1873. 
 
 62. — Epeiea coenuta. 
 
 Epeira cornuta, Clerck, Sv. spindl. 
 
 Hab. — Immature examples, which are, I believe, Epeira cornuta, Clk., and are certainly 
 not distinguishable from immature European specimens of that species, were found in those 
 portions of the collection made at Yarkand and neighbourhood in November 1873, and 
 en route from Yarkand to Bursi between May 28th and June 17th, 1874. 
 
 63. — Epeiea pannieeeens, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 3 lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is rather strongly constricted laterally at the caput, which is tolerably 
 produced ; the normal indentations are strong, especially that at the thoracic junction, and 
 the oblique ones which mark the union of the caput and thorax. Its colour is pale yellow, 
 with the whole of the upper part of the caput and a broad lateral band, which runs very 
 near the margin the whole way round the cephalothorax, of an orange yellow-brown ; the 
 
 G 
 
50 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 band on the caput is of a rather elongated diamond shape, and is produced behind to the 
 thoracic junction. 
 
 The eijes are in the usual four pairs, occupying the whole width of the fore part of the 
 caput; the four central ones are as nearly as possible of equal size, and form a square whose 
 posterior side is shorter than the rest ; those of the hind-central pair are on largish, dark, 
 reddish-brown spots, and are separated from each other by an eye’s diameter ; those of the 
 fore-central pair are seated on a slight prominence, and are directed away from each other ; 
 the interval between them being nearly two diameters. Those of each lateral pair are seated 
 obliquely and contiguously on a dark tubercle. 
 
 The legs of the third and fourth pairs (one only of each being all that remained in the 
 example examined) are short, strong, of a pale-yellow colour, annulated with dark yellow- 
 brown, and furnished with hairs, bristles, and a few spines. 
 
 The palpi are short, and similar to the legs in colour and armature. 
 
 The falces are moderate in length and strength, roundly prominent at their base in 
 front, perpendicular, and of a pale-yellow colour. 
 
 The maxill(B are of normal form ; their colour is brown, with a pale-yellowish border all 
 round their extremity. 
 
 The lahium is of a darker brown than the maxillae, with a pale-yellowish apex. 
 
 The sternum is yellowish, suffused with dark brown ; its form is heart-shaped, with the 
 fore extremity broadly truncated and hollow. 
 
 The abdomen is large, oval, broadest in front, the middle of the fore margin of which is 
 a little sub-angularly prominent ; it projects considerably over the base of the cephalothorax, 
 and is of a yellowish-brown colour mottled obscurely with whitish ; the fore extremity of 
 the upper side has a sub-angular, marginal, white stripe. Beginning at some little distance 
 behind this is a large deep brown patch-like area, broad in front, and narrowing gradually, to 
 about half its front width, near the spinners. This patch is bordered by a fine, deeper-brown 
 sinuous line, outside of which is a distinct white border. On the sides, the white mottlings 
 are gathered into broadish, though rather indistinct, oblique stripes ; the under side is deep 
 brown, bordered on each side with three large white spots, the middle one of which is the 
 largest. The epigyne is rather short, of a pale-yellowish hue, tapering, blunt- pointed, and 
 directed backwards. 
 
 Mob . — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873. 
 
 64. — Epeira carnifex, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 3| lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is tolerably strongly constricted on the lateral margins at the caput, 
 which is also rather produced forwards ; its colour is dull yellow, rather thickly clothed with 
 a coarse greyish pubescence ; and the whole of the upper side of the caput is of a deep brown, 
 the same colour being prolonged backwards to the thoracic junction. The height of the 
 clypeus is rather less than the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. 
 
 The eyes are in the usual four pairs, occupying the whole width of the fore-part of the 
 caput ; the four central eyes form apparently, as nearly as can be, a square ; the hind-central 
 pair are seated on strong black spots, on a small tubercular prominence, and they are the 
 largest of the eight, considerably larger than those of the fore-central pair, and separated 
 by rather more than a diameter’s interval. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 51 
 
 The legs are moderately long, but not very strong, and their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3. 
 Their colour is dull brownish-yellow, annulated with darker reddish yellow-brown, and they 
 are furnished with hairs, bristles, and strongish, but short, spines. 
 
 The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, moderately long and slender. 
 
 'Vhefalces are moderately strong, tolerably long, arched in profile, perpendicular, of a 
 deep-brown colour, but pale- yellowish at the base, and furnished with bristles in front. 
 
 The maxillce are of normal form, and of a deep-brown colour, pale-yellowish on the 
 margin, at their extremity. The labium also is similar in colour, with a pale margin at the 
 apex. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped and of a deep-brown colour. 
 
 The abdomen is very large, and in its general form and appearance reminds one of that of 
 Cyrtophora opuntice, Duf. Its shoulders have each a short, somewhat conical prominence 
 also. It projects considerably over the base of the cephalothorax ; and when looked at in 
 profile, the hinder extremity, which projects a little over the spinners, is nearly as high as 
 the fore-extremity. The sides are steep and sloping inwards, and the upper side rather flat. 
 The upper side is of a dull cream-white colour marked, clouded, and mottled with brown ; the 
 lateral margins of the white area are very strongly dentated, and along the middle of it are two 
 very distinctly defined black dentated lines, which beginning near its fore extremity, converge 
 towards each other (but do not meet) at the hinder extremity, where they are sometimes 
 joined by a transverse blackish line. Along the middle of the fore part of the space included 
 by these black dentated lines, which space is frequently darker or more suffused with brown 
 than the area outside it, is a somewhat oblong deep brown, marking with two angular points 
 on each side of it and a row of white spots along its middle. The fore extremity of the 
 upper side has two prominent portions of the white area near the middle ; these are generally 
 curved, and enclose a more or less well-defined brown patch bearing a white spot in the 
 centre, and in front of this, outside the brown patch, is another larger white spot; the under 
 side is of deep sooty-brown colour, of a quadrangular form, margined by a distinct, broad, 
 vellowish- white border, before and on its sides, each of the posterior ends of the border being 
 continued on either side of the spinners by two well-defined white blotches, the anterior one 
 of which is much larger than the other ; from the middle of the hinder extremity, on the 
 upper side, to the spinners there is generally a longitudinal central yellowish-white stripe ; the 
 sides are brown, thickly mottled with dull whitish-yellow. The genital aperture is simple in 
 form, and somewhat of a transverse, kidney shape, placed rather behind a slightly prominent 
 process from in front of which issues a moderately long, slender, epigyne, which curves back- 
 wards and has its extremity slightly sinuous. There is considerable variety in the markings 
 of the upper side of the abdomen in this spider according as the brown mottlings are more or 
 less diffused, or else well defined. 
 
 Hab. — Murree, June 11th to July 24th, 1873. 
 
 65. — EpEIRA ? GIBBERA, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2| lines. 
 
 Probably this spider will be found some day, on comparison with some other closely 
 allied exotic species, to be of a different genus from “ Bpeira ” (sensu stricto), in which event, 
 I think, a new genus must be formed for its reception. At present I describe it as an 
 aberrant and doubtful form of EpHra. 
 
52 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 The cephalotJiorax is very short and broad, and rises gradually from the hinder extremity 
 to the fore part of the caput ; though the real convexity of the whole does not vary much in 
 one part or another, since the basal line rises forwards with the general rise of the caput; and 
 the middle of the fore part of the caput has a rather prominently pointed appearance, without 
 the lateral prominences (on which the lateral pairs of eyes are placed) usual in Epeira ; in 
 fact, there is an approach in the form of this part to some species of FoUys. The colour of 
 the cephalothorax is yellow-brown, and it is clothed with a greyish pubescence. 
 
 The eyes are placed as in Epeira generally. Those of the hind-central pair are consider- 
 ably larger than the fore-centrals ; the interval between them is nearly about one and half 
 diameters ; they form a longer line than the fore-central pair, and together with them they 
 form a rectangle whose greatest transverse diameter is longer than its longitudinal one. 
 Between the eyes of the fore-central pair are two longish, divergent, pale-grey, bent bristles 
 directed forwards and downwards. The eyes of each lateral pair are on slight tubercles, placed 
 obliquely, and contiguous to each other ; they are very widely removed from the four central 
 ones, and, owing to the oblique, sloping character of the sides of the caput, are placed some 
 way back, not far (when looked at sideways) above the middle of the base of the falces. 
 
 The legs are short, moderately strong, their relative length being 1, 2, 4, 3 ; they are of 
 a yellow-brown colour, with faint traces of darker annulation ; and are furnished with hairs 
 and slender bristles, but no spines. 
 
 The palpi are short, slender, and nearly similar in colour to the legs, the digital joints 
 terminating with a curved, toothed claw. 
 
 ThQ falces are moderately long, strong, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax. 
 
 The maxillce and lahium are like those of Epeira : they are of a dark yellow-brown , 
 colour ; the extremities of the former and the apex of the latter, pale dull whitish. 
 
 The sternum is short, heart-shaped, the fore extremity very broad and truncated ; its 
 colour is deep yellowish-brown, and it is clothed with a prominent grey pubescence. 
 
 The abdomen is very large, and almost conceals the cephalothorax ; it is of a sub-conical 
 form, the upper side towards the hinder extremity being produced gradually backwards and 
 upwards into a considerable hump, whose termination is a large round deep-brown boss. The 
 distance from this boss to the spinners is rather less than to the fore extremity on the upper 
 side. Its colour is a dull-brown, mottled thickly above and on the sides with dull yellowish- 
 white, leaving a largish, irregularly-defined brown patch near the middle of either side of the 
 upper part. The middle of the upper part has four distinct, impressed, deep black-brown 
 spots in a quadrangular figure, whose posterior side is much longer than its anterior, and its 
 shortest transverse diameter longer than its longitudinal one. A little way from, and on each 
 side of, the inferior spinners is a white spot, in front of which is another, or rather a some- 
 what roundish, white patch. The genital aperture is of a simple transverse oval form, covered 
 by the epigyne, which is very prominent, directed backwards, curved, flattish, and rather 
 tapering to a broad, rounded point. 
 
 Bab. — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873. 
 
 Genus— GHOBIZOOPES, Cambr. 
 
 66. — Choeizoopes stoliczk^, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length rather over lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is short, broadish, and massive in front ; the caput elevated, especially 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 53 
 
 the occipital portion of it. The colour is a dark reddish yello-w-hrown, and there are some 
 coarse greyish hairs on the surface, which is also finely punctuose. 
 
 The eyes are small, and placed in three widely separated groups ; the central group of 
 four eyes (forming a quadrangular figure whose anterior side is the shorter, and its posterior 
 side the longer) is placed near the lower part of the foreside of the caput, the height of the 
 clypeus rather exceeding the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes, which are a little the 
 largest of the eight. These of each lateral pair are placed obliquely, close above the insertion 
 of the f alces, and separated from each other by an interval of at least the diameter of the fore- 
 lateral eyes, which are larger than the hind-lateral. 
 
 The legs are short and slender ; there is very little difference in the length of those of 
 the first, second, and fourth pairs, the third pair being the shortest. They are of a dull yellow 
 colour tinged with orange, annulated with reddish yellow-brown, and furnished with hairs 
 and slender bristles only. 
 
 The palpi are short, slender, and similar to the legs in colour and armature. 
 
 The f alces are rather long, strong, prominent at their base in front, and slightly diver- 
 gent, obliquely truncated at their fore extremity on the inner side, the oblique portion being 
 armed with a single row of short strong teeth and long bristly hairs. Their colour is rather 
 paler than that of the cephalothorax, with a darker suffusion across the middle. 
 
 The maxillcB are strong and considerably inclined towards the labium, which is small 
 and of a curvilinear triangular form. The colour of the maxillce is yellow-brown; that of the 
 labium paler. 
 
 The sternum is of a similar form to that of the labium, only of course much larger, and 
 with its apex pointed in the opposite direction ; it is of a dull orange yellow-brown colour, 
 with some red-brown marginal indentations between the points of insertion of the legs. 
 
 The abdomen is large, of an oval form, more pointed before than behind, where it is 
 very bluff and rounded. The general convexity is great, though the upper surface is rather 
 flat, and it projects greatly over the base of the cephalothorax. On each side of the upper 
 part is a longitudinal row of small pointed (or conical) protuberances, and another longitudinal 
 row of three similar protuberances bisects the hinder part of the abdomen ; the foremost of 
 these last is nearly in a straight, transverse line with the hinder one of each of the other row. 
 The upper part of the abdomen is of a dull golden-yellowish colour, marked on each side of 
 the central line with blackish-brown, including the inside half of each of the conical pro- 
 tuberances, and leaving a clear, broadish, longitudinal, median yellow band, from which two 
 curved lateral stripes, edged with black, issue on each side from its hinder half, and a 
 prominent point on each side of its fore part; the sides are obliquely rugulose, and, with the 
 under side, are yellowish, marked with dark brown ; some of the lower lateral markings are 
 oblique, and from the genital aperture two parallel, blackish streaks, close together, run to the 
 spinners. The epigyne connected with the genital aperture is prominent, tapering, pointed, 
 and a little directed backwards. 
 
 This spider is remarkable from the genus having only been previously recorded as 
 indigenous to Ceylon. 
 
 Sab . — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873. 
 
 67. — Chorizoopes congener, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2 lines. 
 
 The caput is greatly elevated, broad, well rounded on all sides above, and highest at the 
 
54 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 occiput, appearing to overwhelm the thoracic portion by its disproportionate development ; 
 its sides are perpendicular, and it is divided longitudinally by a duplex, longitudinal, indented 
 line. The colour of the cephalothorax is deep red-brown, except two largish oblique, 
 somewhat oval patches on either side of the occiput, which are of a clear yellowish-red, and 
 a patch on each side of the four central eyes, as well as the clypeus, which are dull reddish- 
 yellow. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space, being equal to 
 rather more than two diameters of one of the fore-central eyes. The surface of the cepha- 
 lothorax is covered thinly with short fine hairs, and appears to be finely punctuose. 
 
 The eyes are small but not greatly different in size. They are placed in the usual three 
 widely separated groups : the central one, of four eyes, is in the form of a quadrangle whose 
 hinder side is the longer and its fore-side the shorter. The fore-centrals are slightly larger 
 than the hind- centrals, seated on the sides of a slight prominence, and separated by rather 
 more than a diameter’s interval. Those of each lateral pair are near together, but not quite 
 contiguous to each other, and are placed just above the hinder part of the insertion of the 
 falces (looked at sideways). 
 
 The legs are short and not very strong ; those of the fourth pair are distinctly the long- 
 est, and those of the third pair the shortest, the others differ but little from each other in 
 length ; those of the first pair slightly the longest. Their colour is yellow, annulated with 
 light yellow-brown, and they are furnished with hairs and slender bristles only. 
 
 The palpi are short, slender, yellow, and without annuli ; they are furnished with hairs, 
 and several spine-like bristles on the inner sides of the digital joints. 
 
 falces are moderately long, very strong, roundly prominent near their base in front 
 but retreating and directed backwards towards their extremity, where on the fore side there 
 are two adjacent prominences, the larger and more prominent being the inner one of the 
 two, and each is furnished thickly with strong bristles, in front of which are some strongish 
 teeth. 
 
 The maxillcB, lahium, and sternum are similar in form and structure to those of the 
 preceding species ; their colour is yellowish-brown, that of the sternum being the darkest ; 
 the apex of the labium and the extremities of the maxillae being much the palest. 
 
 The abdomen is short, but broad and deep, the hinder extremity is broader and deeper 
 than the fore part, and has four rounded prominences; three of these form a nearly straight 
 transverse line along the upper margin, the middle one of the three being the largest and a 
 little in advance of the other two, while the fourth is half way in a straight line between 
 it and the spinners. It is clothed with short fine hairs of a greyish hue, and the upper side 
 is yellowish and brown, with dark black-brown mixed ; the most distinct of the yellow mark- 
 ings are in the median longitudinal line, towards the hinder extremity of which are two or 
 three tolerably well-defined transverse angular bars or chevrons, with the angles directed 
 forwards ; and in front of them is a broad longitudinal band of yellow reaching to the fore 
 extremity, and having a dusky brownish, ill-defined stripe along the middle ; there is also a 
 considerable patch of yellow on the lateral margins, mostly towards the hinder part of the 
 upper side. The sides and under-side are deep brown ; the former are rugulose, and the 
 latter has some indistinct, dull orange-yellowish markings ; the process (or epigyne) con- 
 nected with the genital aperture is not very prominent, but obtuse, and directed backwards. 
 
 This spider is remarkably nearly allied to Chm'izoopes frontalis, Cambr., from Ceylon, 
 but is, I think, distinct, although closely resembling it in size, form, and colour. 
 
 Hab . — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1877. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 56 
 
 Family— G ASTER A CANTHTDES. 
 
 GenuB—CYRTARACHNE, Thor. 
 
 68. — Cyrtarachne pallida, sp. n. 
 
 Immature female : length inch. 
 
 The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a pale straw-yellow colour : the normal 
 grooves and indentations on the cephalothorax, as well as the occipital region, are suffused 
 with whitish. The cephalothorax is short, broad behind, and but very slightly constricted 
 laterally at the caput, the fore part of which is rather broad also. The occiput has some 
 strong, erect bristles, and the height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of one of the 
 fore-central eyes. The eyes are in the ordinary position : they occupy the whole width of 
 the fore part of the caput, and are of a pale dull amber colour ; those of the hind-central pair 
 are the largest of the eight, and are divided by an interval equal to an eye’s diameter ; those 
 of the fore-central pair are divided by more than a diameter, and form a line very slightly 
 shorter than that which is formed by the hind-central pair, the four central eyes thus form- 
 ing very nearly a square. 
 
 riie legs are rather short and slender, and are furnished with hairs and fine bristles only; 
 their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3. 
 
 The palpi are short and slender. 
 
 The falces are not very long, strong, straight, perpendicular. The maxillcB, labium, and 
 sternum are of normal form, and similar to the legs in colour. 
 
 The abdomen is large, much the broadest across the middle, of a rather flattened form, 
 and projects considerably over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of dull cretaceous-whitish 
 hue with a longitudinal, median, dusky-brown line, which has some fine, oblique, venose lines 
 of a similar colour issuing from its hinder part ; and on either side of the fore part is a 
 large, oblique, oblong, dull-brownish patch ; the under side is sooty blackish. 
 
 Kab . — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873. 
 
 Family— UL OBORIDES. 
 
 Genus— XJLOBORm, Walck. 
 
 69. — Uloborus albescens, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2| lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is short, broad, nearly round behind, and gibbose on the thorax, on 
 either side of the thoracic indentation : the caput, which is rather broad in front, is also 
 constricted laterally. The colour is yellow-brown, paler on the margins along the medial 
 line and on the outer side of the gibbous portion of the thorax. 
 
 The eyes are small, seated on black spots, and do not differ greatly in size ; they are 
 placed in two transverse curved rows, occupying the whole width of the fore part of the 
 caput ; the convexity of the curve of the hinder row is directed forwards, while that of the 
 front row is directed backwards ; the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair is thus 
 greater than that between the fore and hind-central pairs. The interval between the eyes 
 
56 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 of the hind- central pair is gi’eater than that between each of them and the hind-lateral on 
 its side ; and the interval between those of the fore-central pair, which are seated on a 
 slight prominence, is less than that between each of them and the fore-lateral on its side, 
 the latter interval being also less than that between the eyes of each lateral pair. The 
 interval between the fore-centrals is also very nearly as great as that between each hind- 
 central eye and the hind-lateral on its side. The four central eyes form a quadrangular 
 figure whose fore- side is the shortest and its hinder side slightly the longest. The clypeus 
 is almost obsolete. 
 
 The legs are short, and those of the first and fourth, and second and third pairs 
 respectively, do not differ greatly in length ; those of the first pair are much the strongest, 
 their relative length being I, 4, 2, 3. They are of a pale yellow-brown colour, clouded in 
 parts with a darker hue ; excepting the calamistra on the metatarsi of the fourth pair, there 
 were scarcely any hairs on the legs, hut probably some of them had been rubbed off. 
 
 The palpi are short, and slender, of a dull yellow colour, furnished with bristles and grey 
 hairs, and terminate with a rather strong curved, black, toothed claw. 
 
 The/aZces are small, slightly projecting forwards, and of a pale yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The maxillce and labium are of normal form, and similar in colour to the palpi. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped, and of a pale brownish- yellow colour. 
 
 The abdomen is large, very much elevated and obtuse at its anterior extremity, which pro- 
 jects considerably over the cephalothorax, and somewhat pointed behind on either side of the 
 upper part; near the anterior extremity is a roundish, somewhat suh-conical protuberance. 
 The colour of the abdomen is yellowish white ; an irregular brownish venose line extends 
 along the middle of the fore part of the upper side, and emits some other fine venose lines 
 on each side as it runs backwards ; about the middle of each side, near, and partly on, the 
 under side, is a rather oblique browm patch ; and another of the same colour extends along a 
 portion of the middle of the under side. On each side, near the base of the spinners, are 
 two white spots, and immediately in front of the usual spinners is the supernumerary spin- 
 ning organ. An obtuse prominent pale-yellowish process, slightly indented at its extremity 
 and pointed backwards, is connected with the genital aperture. 
 
 Mab . — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 4th and August 5th, 1873. 
 
 YavAlj—THOMISlDES. 
 
 Genus— THOMISVS, Walck. (adpoA-tem). 
 
 70. — Thomisus albidus, sp. n. 
 
 Immature female : length If lines. 
 
 It is with some hesitation that I describe this spider as a new species, since it is possible 
 that in the adult state it may present some other specific characters which may either prove 
 it to have been already described, or else render the present description quite inadequate for 
 the determination of the species. As, however, there is no described species known to me 
 to which I can refer it, I venture to include it here as new. 
 
 The cephalothorax is broadest quite at the hinder extremity, and narrows gradually to 
 the fore extremity, which is also tolerably broad and truncated : the fore corners of the upper 
 side of the caput are prominent and sub-angular. The margins of the cephalothorax are 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 67 
 
 whitish, the sides yellow-brown with a greenish tinge; the broad median longitudinal band, 
 to a little distance behind the eyes, is pale yellow-brown, and the remainder is suffused with 
 white ; the ocular area and the middle part of the clypeus are also suffused with white. 
 
 The eyes are very small, seated on strong tubercles in a crescent form. The hind-laterals 
 are the most prominent of the tubercles, forming the fore-angles of the caput ; those of the 
 fore-central pair are slightly the largest of the eight ; the intervals be tween those of the 
 hinder row are equal, as are, apparently, also those between the eyes of the anterior row ; 
 the interval between those of each lateral pair is less than that between the fore and hind- 
 central pairs. The four central eyes form a square whose posterior side is longer than the 
 rest. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space. 
 
 The legs of the first pair are moderately long, slender, of a dull whitish-yellow colour, 
 and armed with two parallel rows of short spines beneath the metatarsi. The legs of the 
 second pair were absent ; those of the third and fourth pairs are much shorter than the 
 first — the third slightly the shortest ; they are rather paler in colour than the fivst, and have 
 no spines. 
 
 The palpi were both absent. 
 
 The maxillm and labium are of normal form, and similar to the legs in colour. 
 
 The sternum is nearly round, slightly hollow at the fore extremity, and its colour is 
 whitish yellow. 
 
 The abdomen is large, considerably convex above, and projects greatly over the base of the 
 cephalothorax ; its hinder extremity is the broadest and most massive, and it is of a uniform 
 yellow-white colour above, whiter on the sides and underneath. 
 
 Sab. — On the road from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June l7th, 1874. 
 
 71.— Thomisus albens, sp. n. 
 
 Immature female : length rather over 2^ lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax has the slope of its sides and hinder part gradual and not very 
 steep. The angular prominences at the fore-corners of the caput are strong ; the clypeus 
 projects forwards, and its height exceeds half that of the facial space. The colour of the 
 cephalothorax is dull pale-yellowish, very slightly tinged with brown ; the ocular area, all 
 the middle portion of the clypeus, and a large arrow-head-shaped patch on the occiput (the 
 point of the arrow running backwards to the hinder margin), are white, the sides, and part 
 immediately behind the eyes, being also slightly veined with white. 
 
 The eyes are very small, seated on tubercles in two curved rows in the usual form of a 
 crescent : those of the hind-central pair are further from each other than each is from the 
 hind-lateral eye on its side, while the fore-centrals are considerably nearer together than each 
 is to the fore-lateral on its side ; those of each lateral pair are also much nearer together than 
 the fore and hind-central pairs are to each other, the front row being much the more 
 strongly curved. The four central eyes form nearly a square, the anterior side being consi- 
 derably shortest, and the posterior one slightly the longest. 
 
 The legs of the first and second pairs are moderately long and tolerably strong ; the second 
 are, if anything, slightly the longest. They are of a pale dull yellowish colour suffused 
 below with white, and the metatarsi are armed beneath with two longitudinal parallel rows 
 of short spines ; beneath the fore extremity of the tibise are one or two more spines, but 
 
 H 
 
58 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 besides these there appear to be no more on any of the legs. Those of the third and fourth 
 pairs are much the shortest, the latter being a little longer than the third. 
 
 The palpi are short, destitute of bristles and spines, and similar to the legs in colour. 
 
 The f aloes are short, strong, sub-conical, rather projecting, and, excepting a small patch 
 bisected with a white line at their base near the outer side, of a white colour like the 
 clypeus. 
 
 The maxilla and labium are of normal form, and similar to the legs in colour. 
 
 The sternum is oval, hollow-truncate in front, and of a whitish hue. 
 
 The abdomen is of good size, flattened above, projecting well over the base of the cephalo- 
 thorax, much broadest behind, where it is of a blunt-angular form on each side ; the form 
 of the upper side is therefore somewhat quadrangular, the fore part being a little roundly 
 truncated ; the sides, the fore part, and also the hinder extremity (which is abrupt) are 
 rugulose and marked with rows of small impressed points ; these are most apparent as a 
 margin to the fore part and sides. The five normal impressed points are visible on the fore 
 half of the upper side, and the whole of the abdomen is of a uniform white colour ; the spin- 
 ners are tolerably strong, very short, compact, and similar in colour to the legs. 
 
 This spider is allied to, but quite distinct from, T. pugilis, Stoliczka, found in the 
 neighbourhood of Calcutta. 
 
 Hab . — On the route from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874. 
 
 Genus-MISUMENA, Thor. 
 
 72. — MiSUMENA EXPALLIDATA, Sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 3^ lines. 
 
 The whole of the fore part of this spider is a dull pale yellow. The cephalothorax 
 slightly tinged with brown, with a pale, somewhat triangular, patch at the occiput ; the 
 falces also being similarly tinged. The abdomen is white, a little suffused on the sides with 
 brownish-yellow, and with a narrow, median, brownish stripe on the fore half of the upper 
 side, emitting some lateral and posterior venose lines ; the usual five impressed spots are also 
 visible on the fore half of the upper side. 
 
 The eyes are small, and differ but little in size, the fore-laterals being rather the largest ; 
 they are seated on white tubercles, in the form of a crescent, in two curved rows, the anterior 
 being the shorter and more curved ; the interval between those of the hind-central pair 
 is less than that between each and the hind-lateral eye on its side, while that between the 
 fore-centrals is slightly greater than that between each and the fore-lateral next to it. The 
 four eentral eyes form a square whose posterior side is a very little longer than its anterior, 
 and the interval between those of each lateral pair is less than that between the fore and 
 hind-central pairs. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space. 
 
 The legs of the first and second pairs are long, moderately strong, and scarcely differing in 
 length ; those of the third and fourth pairs are much shorter, less strong, but also of nearly 
 equal length. Those of the second pair appear to be slightly the longest, and the third pair 
 slightly the shortest ; all are furnished with spines, of which there are two longitudinal 
 parallel rows beneath the metatarsi and tibiae of the two first pairs. The metatarsi and tarsi 
 are tinged with reddish yellow-brown. 
 
AHANEIDEA. 
 
 59 
 
 The palpi are short, slender, and furnished with hairs and bristles. The genital aperture 
 is small and simple, being of a somewhat oblong form, a little narrower at its hinder than at 
 its fore extremity. 
 
 jg^ab. — Murree, between June 11th and July llth, 1873. 
 
 73.— Misumena oblonga, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length nearly 4^ lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is as broad as it is long ; the marginal constrictions on the sides of the 
 caput are strong ; the thorax broader than long. The colour of the cephalothorax is dull 
 yellow-brown, with a longitudinal median white line, and a lateral, somewhat zigzag, line of 
 the same colour along the middle of each side. The central white line has two or three 
 lateral points on each side, and it runs from immediately behind the ocular area, to the thoracic 
 indentation : the clypeus projects a little forwards, and its height distinctly exceeds half 
 that of the facial space. 
 
 The eyes are small, seated on white tubercles in two transverse rows, in a narrow crescent 
 form ; the front row is the shorter and more strongly curved ; the ocular area is compara- 
 tively rather small, and the fore-lateral eyes are but slightly larger than the fore-centrals ; 
 these last are a little further from each other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side ; 
 while those of the hind-central pair are nearer together than each is to the hind-lateral next 
 to it. The four central eyes form very nearly a square whose longitudinal is very slightly 
 greater than its transverse diameter. The interval between those of each lateral pair is 
 equal to that between the fore and hind-central pairs. 
 
 The legs of the first and second pairs are tolerably long and rather slender : those of the 
 first appear to be a little the longest, those of the third and fourth pairs are much 
 shorter, the third rather the shortest ; all are of a pale, dull, straw-yellow colour, and are 
 furnished with hairs, slender bristles, and spines ; of the last there are two longitudinal 
 parallel rows of long conspicuous ones beneath the metatarsi and tibiae of the first and second 
 pairs ; the rest of the spines on these legs, and especially those on the third and fourth pairs, 
 are small and inconspicuous. 
 
 The palpi are short, slender,, and similar to the legs in colour and armature ; the radial 
 joint has a long, slightly curved, pointed spine near the base on the inner side, its point 
 directed inwards. 
 
 The falces are moderately long, not very strong, sub-conical, projecting a little forwards, 
 and similar in colour to the cephalothorax. 
 
 The maxillce and labium are of normal form and similar to the legs in colour, the 
 sternum being heart-shaped and of a pale straw-colour. 
 
 The abdomen is elongated, oblong-oval in form, and more than three times the length of 
 the cephalothorax ; its fore extremity is rather roundly truncated and broader than the 
 hinder extremity, the widest part being a little in front of the middle ; its colour is a dull 
 straw-yellow, with the sides and a broad, median, longitudinal band pretty thickly spotted with 
 white; the median band has a largish, elongate, diamond-shaped, dull-brownish, straw-coloured 
 marking on the fore part emitting some short venose lateral lines. The genital aperture is 
 small and simple, consisting of two round yellow-brown openings placed side by side, and edged 
 with dark reddish-brown. 
 
60 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 This is in several respects a remarkable spider and aberrant from the generic type, both 
 in the form of the abdomen, the height of the clypens, and the small comparative size of the 
 ocular area. I hesitate, however, at present, to form a new genus for it, though it will pro- 
 bably be necessary at some future time to do so. 
 
 Eab. — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 5th, 1873. 
 
 Genus — SYNEMA, Simon. 
 
 74. — Synema exctjlta, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2 lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is short and broad ; the lateral constrictions on the margin of the 
 caput are slight, and the caput is broadly truncated before. The height of the clypeus is 
 rather less than half that of the facial space. It is of a dull yellow-brown colour; the clypeus, 
 as well as the ocular area and a broad longitudinal band on each side of the upper part, being 
 of a deep reddish-brown colour ; that of the two bands being the darkest ; the occiput is 
 marked with a somewhat curvilinear, angular, pale-yellowish marking, the angle of which is 
 directed backwards. The sides and hinder slope of the cephalothorax are steep, and its 
 surface is thinly covered with long, curved, prominent, rather tapering bristles. 
 
 The epes are on tubercles, in two transverse curved rows occupying the whole width of 
 the broad caput ; the hinder row being the longer, and, if anything, slightly the more strongly 
 curved ; thus, the eyes of each lateral pair are rather further from each other than the fore- 
 central pair is from the hind-central one. The eyes of each row respectively are equi- 
 distant from each other; though, if anything, the fore-centrals may be very slightly further from 
 each other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side. The fore-laterals are the largest of the 
 eight and considerably larger than the fore-centrals. The fore-central eyes form a square 
 whose posterior side is longer than the other three. 
 
 The legs of the first and second pairs are moderately long and slender, the second pair 
 being perhaps slightly the longest ; they are of a yellow-brown colour, the femora much the 
 darkest ; the third and fourth pairs are much shorter, of a pale-yellowish colour, and the 
 third pair is slightly the shortest. All are furnished with hairs, slender bristles, and spines. 
 
 The palpi are short, slender, and similar in colour to the third and fourth pairs of legs. 
 
 The f aloes are short, strong, sub-conical, slightly projecting forwards, and of a dull reddish 
 yeUow-brown colour. 
 
 The maxillce and labium, are of normal form, and of a dull brownish-yellow colour. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped and yellow. 
 
 The abdomen is short, considerably convex above, and projects entirely over the hinder 
 slope of the cephalothorax; it is much broadest, and well rounded, towards the hinder extremity, 
 and is of a dull yellow-brownish colour ; the fore part of the upper side has a few deep red- 
 brown points, and a diffused marginal border of white cretaceous spots ; the hinder part is 
 much covered with similar white spots arranged in three not very well defined transverse 
 diffused, curved bars, the two intervals between the first three being of a deep red-brown colour; 
 there are also some markings of the same dark, red-brown hue just above the spinners ; the 
 sides are rugulose, marked with indistinct reddish-brown streaks following the somewhat 
 oblique course of the rugulosities. The genital opening is simple, and consists of two small, 
 round, reddish-brown apertures in a transverse line. 
 
AEANEIDExi. 
 
 61 
 
 This spider is allied to Synema {Dicea, Thor.) globosa. 
 
 Its fore-lateral eyes, however, are larger in proportion to the fore-centrals than in that 
 species, and S. exculta thus diverges still more widely from the spiders of the genus Dicea. 
 Sab. — Murree, between June 11th and July 14<th, 1873. 
 
 Genus— DIJEA, Thor. 
 
 75. — Di^a spinosula, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length rather less than 1^ lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is as broad as, if not a little broader than, it is long, the caput short, 
 broadly truncate in front, and constricted laterally at the lower margins ; it is of a bright 
 reddish orange-yellow colour, with a largish patch of a paler hue on the occiput ; the surface 
 is covered thinly with strong, prominent, dark-coloured spine-like bristles, and the margins 
 are armed with minute but distinct teeth. 
 
 The eyes are small and seated on whitish tubercles, the fore-laterals being rather the 
 largest ; they are in two transverse, concentric, curved rows, the curve directed forward ; and 
 they occupy the whole width of the fore extremity of the caput, the front row being the 
 shorter : the eyes of the hinder row are equidistant from each other, but those of the fore- 
 central pair are nearer to each other than each is to the fore-lateral eye on its side. The 
 tubercles on which the eyes of each lateral pair are placed are large and round, the interval 
 between the eyes themselves being equal to that between the fore and hind-central pairs. 
 The four central eyes form a quadrangular figure whose posterior side is the longest and 
 anterior the shortest. The height of the clypeus is considerably less than half that of the 
 facial space. 
 
 The legs are exceedingly slender ; those of the first and second pairs are very long, and 
 appear scarcely to differ in length ; these two pairs are of rather a paler duller colour than 
 the cephalothorax, the metatarsi, and the two-thirds of the tibiae next to them, being of a 
 deep reddish chocolate-brown ; those of the third and fourth pairs are yellow, the third pairs 
 being rather the shorter ; excepting two or three small spines on the femora of the first and 
 second pairs, the armature of the legs consists of hairs and slender bristles only. 
 
 The palpi are short and not strong ; the radial joint is rather shorter than the cubital, 
 and has a small, short, tapering, pointed apophysis at its outer extremity, with several longish 
 bristles on its upper side : the digital joint is small and of a rather narrow, oval form (its 
 length being about equal to that of the radial and cubital joints together), and it is a little 
 suffused with brown. The palpal organs are very simple and not prominent. 
 
 The f aloes are short, but moderately strong, perpendicular, subconical, and similar in 
 colour to the cephalothorax. 
 
 The maxilla, labium^ and sternum, are yellow. 
 
 The abdomen is rather narrow, oval, and of a somewhat flattened form ; its colour on the 
 upper side, which is of a somewhat coriaceous nature, is a slightly brownish yellow, and is 
 covered, like the cephalothorax, with erect, strong, tapering, spine-like, dark bristles ; and 
 there are five impressed yellow-brown spots on the fore half of the upper side, enclosing an 
 acute angle directed forwards. The sides, and the hinder extremity of the upper side, are 
 rugulose, and, with the under part, are of a pale straw-yellow colour. 
 
 Sab. — Murree, between June 11th and July 14th, 1873. 
 
62 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 76 . — Di^a subdola, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length rather more than lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is round-oval behind, broad and truncated in front, longer than it is 
 broad, and the lateral constrictions of the caput are slight; its colour is dull brownish 
 orange-yellow, the hinder part of the caput, and some short lateral converging stripes, being 
 pale yellow ; its surface is smooth and glossy, but covered very thinly with long, nearly erect, 
 curved black bristles ; the height of the clypeus is a little less than half that of the facial 
 space. 
 
 The eyes are seated on rather strong, greenish- white tubercles in the form of a crescent ; 
 they do not differ greatly in size ; the fore-laterals are, however, distinctly the largest of the 
 eight, and the tubercles on which they are seated are also the largest ; the other eyes differ 
 very slightly in size ; the fore-centrals, however, appear to be rather larger than those of the 
 hinder row : the front row being the shorter and more curved, a more strongly crescent 
 form than usual is given to the ocular area, and the interval between the eyes of each lateral 
 pair is consequently less than that between the fore and hind-central pairs : the intervals 
 between the eyes of the hinder row are as nearly as possible equal, while that between the 
 fore-centrals is distinctly greater than that between each and the fore-central on its side. The 
 four central eyes from a quadrangular figure whose longitudinal is slightly greater than its 
 transverse diameter at the hinder part, and its fore-side the shortest. 
 
 The legs are not very slender; those of the first and second pairs are long, the latter 
 slightly the longer; the third pair is the shortest, but that and the fourth pair, in propor- 
 tion to the first and second, are not so short as usual ; they are very nearly of the same colour 
 as the cephalothorax, and are furnished with bristles and longish slender spines. 
 
 The 'palpi are short and similar to the legs in colour ; the radial and cubital joints are 
 short and of nearly equal length ; the former is, if anything, rather the shorter, but a little 
 stronger ; it has a few strong spine-like bristles, and its extremity on the outer side is pro- 
 longed into a longish projection, bent a little downwards and backwards, rather broadest near 
 its extremity, which is rather bifid or slightly furcate ; and there is another strong, curved 
 obtusely-pointed process beneath the joint. The digital joint is large, broad, and rounded 
 behind, pointed in front, and is somewhat angularly prominent on the outer margin ; the pal- 
 pal organs are simple hut encircled by a long, strongish, black spine which issues from their 
 base on the inner side. 
 
 The/aZces are neither long nor very strong; they are nearly perpendicular, and similar 
 in colour to the cephalothorax ; the maxiUce and labium are of the ordinary form and rather 
 duller and paler thanthe falces. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped and of a brightish yellow colo ur. 
 
 The abdomen is round and broadest behind, narrower and mo re pointed before ; it is 
 of a dull brownish-yellow colour, marked with cretaceous white spots on either side of the 
 upper part, defining indistinctly the normal dentated central band so conspicuous generally 
 in xysticus ; there are also several deep red-brown spots on each side, and a large patch suf- 
 fused with red-brown at the hinder extremity surrounding the spinners, but chiefly placed on 
 each side of them ; the under side is paler than the upper ; the upper side is furnished with 
 a few scattered, long, strong bristle ; and an oblong- oval patch between the spiracular plates 
 is similar in colour to the sternum. It is probable that there may be, in a series of examples. 
 
AHANEIDEA. 
 
 63 
 
 sueli considerable variety in the extent and nature of the abdominal markings, as is 
 found be to in some others of this group. 
 
 llab. — Murree, between June 11th and July 14th, 1873. 
 
 77.“Di^a sufflava, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male ; length rather more than 2^ lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is round behind, and constricted laterally at the caput ; its colour 
 is yellow, and the upper surface of the caput has a few strong, blackish, prominent bristles. 
 The height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space. 
 
 The eyes are seated on round tubercles, in two curved transverse rows, in the form of a 
 crescent ; the curves of the rows are directed forwards, and the front row is the shorter and 
 more strongly curved. The fore-lateral eyes are slightly the largest, and are nearer to the 
 hind-laterals than the fore-central pair are to the hind-central ; each is also nearer to the fore- 
 central eye on its side than the fore-centrals are to each other ; the hind-centrals are slightly 
 nearer to each other than each is to the hind-lateral on its side ; the four central eyes describe 
 very nearly a square, its fore side being slightly shorter than its hinder one, and its longi- 
 tudinal very slightly longer than its transverse diameter. 
 
 The legs of the first and second pairs are long and tolerably strong ; they are similar in 
 colour to the cephalothorax, and, with those of the third and fourth pairs, are furnished 
 pretty freely with spines, besides hairs and bristles. The difference in length between the 
 first and second pairs is very slight ; if anything, those of the first pair are a little the longer : 
 the third and fourth pairs are short, the fourth slightly the longer ; they are rather paler 
 than those of the first and second pairs. 
 
 The palpi are short and of a pale yellow colour. The cubital and radial joints are short, 
 but about equal in length ; the former has a long, strong, tapering, curved bristle at the 
 middle of its fore extremity on the upper side, and the latter has two or three upon it, but less 
 strong than that on the cubital joint. The radial joint also has its fore extremity on the 
 outer side, produced into a not very large, slightly tapering, sharp-pointed apophysis, the 
 point being of a corneous claw-like nature, and directed slightly outwards and downwards. 
 There is also another apophysis, at the extremity, underneath this joint, stronger, curved, and 
 obtuse at the extremity ; the digital joint is tolerably long, equal in length to the radial and 
 cubital joints together, oval, and pointed at its anterior extremity ; the palpal organs are small, 
 simple, and apparently without any marked spines or processes. 
 
 The f aloes are short, strong, straight, perpendicular, not greatly broader at their base in 
 front than at their extremity, and their colour is similar to that of the legs. The maxillce 
 and lahium are of normal form ; the former are rather paler in colour than the legs, the latter 
 is yellow-brown. 
 
 The abdomen is rather large, of an elongate-oval form, decreasing gradually in breadth 
 from its fore to its hinder extremity ; its convexity on the upper side is not great, but toler- 
 ably uniform. It is of a pale dull yeUow-brown above, and pale dull straw-yellow on the 
 sides and underneath ; the upper side is margined by a belt of whitish cretaceous spots, on 
 the inner side of which is an irregular row of dark red-brown spots which increase in size 
 towards the hinder extremity, and evidently represent the ends of a series of broken trans- 
 
64 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 verse angular bars ; the surface is also thinly covered with a few prominent dark-coloured 
 bristles, and the spinners are short and of a yellow-brown colour. 
 
 Mab. — Murree, between June 11th and July 14th, 1873. 
 
 78. — Di^a SU8PICIOSA, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length nearly 2| lines. 
 
 This spider is very nearly allied to Bicea dorsata, Eabr. {Thomisus Jioricolens, Blackw.), 
 but may be distinguished by its generally lighter hue and less distinct markings, as well as 
 by a quite different structure of the palpi and palpal organs. 
 
 The cephalothorax is yellow ; the sides, the fore part of the upper side of the caput, and 
 the normal indentations are strongly suffused with yellow-brown ; and there are a few strong- 
 ish bristles on upper margins of the caput. The ocular region has none of the deep rusty 
 red-brown suffusion characteristic of Bicea dorsata. The height of the clypeus is less than 
 half of that of the facial space. 
 
 The eyes are seated on round, whitish tubercles, in two nearly concentric curved rows ; 
 the front row being a little the more strongly curved, and thus the eyes of each lateral pair 
 are brought rather nearer together than the fore- and hind-central pairs are to each other. 
 The fore-laterals are largest of the eight, and seated on the strongest tubercles ; the interval 
 between those of the hind-central pair is rather less than that between each and the hind- 
 lateral on the same side ; and the interval between the fore-centrals is very slightly, if any- 
 thing, greater than that between each and the fore-lateral on its side. The four central eyes 
 form a square whose anterior side is the shortest. 
 
 The legs of the first and second pairs are very long ; those of the first the longer, 
 slender, and of a yellow colour, suffused with reddish yellow-brown at the fore extremity of 
 the femora and genua, and at both extremities of the tibiae, but the colouring scarcely amounts 
 to annulation ; and the under sides of the femora are speckled with red-brown ; those of the 
 third and fourth pairs are much shorter than the others ; the third pair rather the shorter, and 
 paler in colour than the rest ; all are furnished with hairs and spines. 
 
 The palpi are short, and pale yellow ; the digital joints suffused with brown. The radial 
 joint is shorter than the cubital, and has its outer side, at the fore extremity, produced into 
 a tolerably strong and long, tapering, sharp-pointed apophysis, with a distinct angular point 
 about the middle underneath. In Bicea dorsata this point is replaced by a larger and rounded 
 protuberance close at the end of the apophysis, which gives it a more bifid form. The 
 digital joint is of tolerable size, broad-oval behind, and with a slightly constricted, narrow 
 extremity, and the outer margin near the base is somewhat sub-angularly prominent ; the 
 palpal organs are simple and encircled by a black filiform spine. The radial and cubital 
 joints are furnished with two or three strong tapering bristles, and the digital joint is also 
 hairy and bristly. This joint is smaller in Bicea dorsata, and the palpal organs in that 
 species have no encircling black spine. 
 
 The falces are short, strong, straight, sub-conical, perpendicular, and similar in colour 
 to the cephalothorax. 
 
 The maxillce, labium, and sternum are of normal form, and of a pale-yellow colour. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, of a rather flattened form ; its upper side is of a dull pale-yellow- 
 ish hue, thinly pencilled mth whitish, and deep brownish, rusty-red spots : the sides of the 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 «6 
 
 upper part are a little suffused with brownish rusty-red, and its margins have a tolerably dis- 
 tinct white border; the sides have a longitudinal brownish rusty-red band, which runs round 
 the fore extremity, including the spinners, and joining in with the rusty-red colouring at 
 the hinder extremity of the upper side. The under side is of a uniform pale dull yellow. 
 
 Hab . — Route from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 2Sth and June 17th, 1874). 
 
 79. — Di^a. subargentata, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length rather under 2 lines. 
 
 This spider is nearly allied to [Xysticus) Patesii, Cambr., Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. 
 
 xi, p. 54)0, pi. 15, fig. 8, but it may be distinguished without difficulty, if the descriptions of 
 the markings on the abdomen, and the structure of the palpi in the two species are carefully 
 compared. 
 
 The cephalothorax is round behind, slightly constricted on the lateral margins at the 
 caput, the fore extremity of which is broad and slightly roundly truncated. It is of a 
 brownish-yellow colour, with a not very strongly defined, longitudinal, darker reddish yellow- 
 brown band on each side of the upper part ; the caput is also rather suffused with lighter 
 reddish yellow-brown, and there is a somewhat arrow-head-shaped yellow marking on the 
 occiput, with the point directed backwards. The height of the clypeus is just half that of 
 the facial space. 
 
 The ^yes'areon round, whitish tubercles in the usual two-curved rows, which are very 
 nearly concentric, making the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair nearly equal to 
 that between the fore and hind-central pairs. The interval between the eyes of the hind- 
 central pair is distinctly greater than that between each and the hind-lateral eye on its side ; 
 while that between the fore-centrals is less than that between each and the fore-lateral eye 
 on its side.' The four central eyes form a rectangle whose posterior side is the longest and 
 anterior the shortest. The fore-laterals are but slightly the largest of the eight. 
 
 The legs of the first and second pairs are long and moderately strong ; those of the 
 second pair are, if anything, slightly the longer; they are of a brownish yellow colour, the 
 genua, as well as the two extremities of the tibiae, and the fore extremity of the metatarsi, 
 being of a darker reddish yellow-brown, giving them an annulated appearance. Those of the 
 third and fourth pairs are much the shortest, the third pair being the shorter of the two ; 
 these are of a plain pale yellowish hue; and all the legs are furnished with hairs, slender 
 bristles, and spines. 
 
 The are short, slender, and of a brownish-yellow colour. The cubital and radial 
 joints are short, and are furnished with several longish, tapering, dark bristles ; the radial is 
 the shortest and has a not very long nor strong tapering apophysis at its extremity near the 
 outer side, terminating with a sharp, somewhat corneous-looking point. There is also 
 another apophysis on the under side, apparently rather stronger, and obtusely pointed. The 
 digital joint is as long as the radial and cubital joints together, and is of a narrow-oval form, 
 sharpish pointed at its anterior extremity. The palpal organs are small and simple in form, 
 apparently encircled, or nearly so, with a very slender filiform spine. 
 
 The /a/ces are moderate in length and strength, sub-conical, and directed a little back- 
 wards. Their colour is like tliat of the cephalothorax. 
 
 The maxillce and labium are of normal form, and of a light yellowish-brown colour. 
 
66 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped and yellow. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, moderately convex above, though of a somewhat flattened form on 
 the upper side ; it is broadest towards the hinder extremity, which is obtuse-pointed, and 
 its fore extremity is roundly truncated. The upper part and sides are of a dull yellowish 
 hue, thickly covered with somewhat scale-like spots of a silvery whitish colour. Five im- 
 pressed spots form a triangle on the fore half, whose apex is directed forwards. The apical spot 
 is surrounded with dull reddish yellow-brown ; and immediately following the last impressed 
 spot on each side is a row of three or four reddish yellow-brown blotches, decreasing in 
 size as they run backwards, the two rows of blotches converging to the spinners ; these 
 last are short and yellow-brown in colour ; the superior and inferior pairs are of equal length, 
 but the latter are the strongest ; and at the extremity of the abdomen on each side of the 
 spinners is an oblong patch of red-brown. 
 
 The female is altogether lighter coloured than the male ; the abdomen has no markings, 
 excepting the normal five impressed spots on the upper side, and the oblong patch (which, 
 however, is very indistinct) on each side of the spinners ; the legs also are of a uniform lape 
 yellow, and those of the third and fourth pairs are destitute of spines, or at any rate they are 
 no stronger than an ordinary bristle. 
 
 Rab. — Murree, between June 11th and July 14th, 1873. 
 
 Genua— XYSTICUS, C. L. Koch. 
 
 80. — Xystictjs cbistattjs. 
 
 Xysticus cristatus, Clerck (sub Araneus), Sv. Spindl., p. 136, pi. 6, tab. 6. 
 
 Examples of a spider, which I believe to be of this species, were contained in a 
 portion of the collection labelled ‘ Eoad across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, 
 April 22nd to May 7th, 1874; ’ and ‘ Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873*. 
 
 81. — Xysticus pini, Hahn. 
 
 Rab. — Young examples of this spider were contained in a part of the collection from the 
 Sind Valley, 5th to 13th August 1873, and Hills between Sirkol and Aktalla, 8th to 13th 
 May 1874. 
 
 82. — Xysticus maculosus, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2 lines. 
 
 In form and structure this spider closely resembles Xysticus avdax, Bl. ; its colours are 
 a speckled mixture (both abjve and below) of white, yellow-white, yellow-brown, dark- 
 brown, and red-brown. 
 
 The sides of the cepJialothorax are dark -brown, marbled and marked with pale yellow- 
 brown ; the upper part, consisting of a broad longitudinal band, is yellow- white, suffused 
 with pale yellow-brown forwards, and spotted all over with small spots of a darker hue, two 
 rather distinct parallel lines of the darker yellow-brown running close together from between 
 the hind-central pair of eyes to the oceiput. The lower margin of the clypeus has a row of 
 strong prominent bristles directed forwards. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 67 
 
 The legs of the first and second pairs are rather strong and moderately long, those of 
 the first pair a little the longer; they are distinctly spotted and blotched with yellow-brown, 
 dark-brown, and white on a pale-yellowish ground, the outer sides of the femoral and tibial 
 joints being marked, rather distinctly, with a longitudinal white stripe, on each side of 
 which is a dark-brown one ; the inner sides of the tibial and metatarsal joints are armed 
 with two longitudinal rows of strong spines springing from tubercular eminences. The legs 
 of the third and fourth pairs are much shorter than the rest, and marked with similar colours, 
 but presenting a more annulated appearance. 
 
 The palpi are short, pale-yellow, roughly annulated with deep-brown, and armed with 
 bristles and short spines. 
 
 The falces are short, tolerably strong, sub-conical, perpendicular, marbled with pale 
 yellow-brown, white, and deep brown, and furnished with some strong prominent black 
 bristles. 
 
 The maxillee and labium are dark dull brown ; and the sternum is yellowish- white, dis- 
 tinctly speckled with small, deep black-brown points. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, broadest behind, where it is rounded, the fore extremity being 
 rather truncate, and projecting over the whole hinder slope of the cephalothorax. The upper 
 side is flattish, of a dull pale yellow-brown colour, thickly and minutely speckled with darker 
 yellow-brown and whitish, with a few deep reddish-brown spots round the margins, and some 
 smaller ones of the same colour thinly dispersed over the whole ; the sides are rugulose and 
 whitish, speckled thinly with yeUow-brown and deep red-brown, the under side being dull 
 yeUow-brown, thickly and minutely speckled with small white and red-brown points. 
 
 This spider Is nearly allied to Xysticus grcecus, C. L. Koch, from which, as also from 
 another nearly allied Egyptian species, X. promiscuus, Cambr., it is certainly distinct ; from 
 the latter it may at once be distinguished by the almost total absence of the characteristic 
 dentated pattern on the upper side of the abdomen. This is quite distinct in X. promiscuus, 
 while in the present spider it can scarcely be traced excepting by a very slightly paler tone 
 in the general hue. 
 
 Hab. — Murree, between 11th June and 14th July 1873. 
 
 83. — Xysticus setiger, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length nearly 3 lines. 
 
 The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a reddish, orange-yellow-brown colour. The 
 cephalothorax is of ordinary form, and has two longitudinal, darker yellow red-brown bands 
 running backwards, one from each hind-lateral eye, the fore part of the median band being 
 rather darker than the rest ; and it is covered thinly with long, strong, dark, prominent 
 bristles, directed a little forwards. 
 
 The eyes aTe on small yellowish tubercles, and differ a little from the typical position of 
 Xysticus. The fore-laterals being placed farther back, give a stronger curve to the front 
 row, and bring the eyes of each lateral pair nearer together ; the interval between them in 
 the present spider being distinctly less than that between the fore and hind-central pairs, 
 while in the typical Xyticus it is equal, if not greater. The position of the eyes is thus 
 more like that of Thilodlromus. The four central eyes form very nearly a square, whose 
 fore side is rather longer than the hinder one, and its sides slightly longer than its fore side. 
 The height of the clypeus is nearly equal to half that of the facial space. 
 
68 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 The legs are tolerably long and strong; those of the first pair are slightly longer than 
 those of the second ; these latter are thinly speckled with red-brown, and a little clouded, on 
 the femora of the first pair, with a darker hue than that of the ground-colour. They are 
 furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; the last form two longitudinal parallel rows 
 beneath the tibige (6— 6) and metatarsi (5 — 5), and issue from tubercular eminences; the 
 legs of the fourth pair are distinctly longer than those of the third. Each tarsus has a small 
 claw-tuft beneath the two terminal claws. 
 
 The palpi are short, not very strong, and are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines. 
 
 The /a/ces are short, strong, sub-conical, perpendicular, and furnished with strong pro- 
 minent bristles in front. 
 
 The sternum is oval-pointed behind, truncated in a hollow line in front, and of a pale 
 orange-yellow colour, destitute of bristles and (apparently) of hairs also. 
 
 The abdomen is broadest towards its hinder extremity, which is obtusely pointed, the 
 fore extremity being truncated ; it is of a deep yellow-brown on the upper side, mottled with 
 reddish yellow-brown along the middle, indistinctly indicating the normal dentated band, and 
 some transverse, slightly curved line towards the hinder part ; the upper side is also covered 
 with long, strong, slightly curved, nearly erect blackish bristles : the sides are rugulose, paler 
 than the upper part, slightly suffused with white, and thinly speckled with few dark black- 
 brown points ; the under side is yellow-brown, and has a large quadrate, central area thickly 
 mottled with small, whitish-yellow spots. 
 
 Rah. — Murree, between 11th June and 14th July 1873. 
 
 84. — Xysticus bueviceps, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female ; length 3^ lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is short, its breadth at least equalling its length ; the caput, con- 
 stricted laterally, is broad and particularly short ; when looked at in profile, the hinder slope 
 is very abrupt, and the depth of the cephalothorax is greatest there, sloping, in a slight curve, 
 very gradually thence to the eyes. The colour is pale-yellow, irregularly streaked and 
 marked with whitish-yellow ; it is margined laterally with a distinct whitish, narrow border, 
 and a broad, reddish yellow-brown, longitudinal band occupies the upper part of each side ; 
 the normal spade-shaped marking on the upper side is indicated by a reddish-yellow suffusion, 
 and a posterior limit, formed by a curvi-angular, whitish-yellow distinct stripe. The 
 space enclosed by this stripe is also marked with whitish-yellow striae, bearing short 
 erect bristles ; sonie stronger bristles occur in the ocular region, and on the lower margin of 
 the clypeus, wdiich is less in height than half that of the facial space. 
 
 The eyes of each lateral pair are perceptibly nearer together than the fore- and hind- 
 central pairs are to each other, owing to the fore-lateral eyes (which are the largest of the 
 eight) being placed farther back than usual, giving the front row a stronger curve than that 
 of the hinder one. The four central eyes form very nearly a square, the longitudinal being 
 rather less than the transverse diameter. 
 
 The legs are rather short, and strong : those of the first and second pairs scarcely differ 
 in length, those of the third pair being distinctly shorter than those of the fourth. They are 
 of the same colour as the cephalothorax, striped with whitish-yellow, and furnished with 
 hairs, bristles, and spines ; the last are, principally, in two parallel rows beneath the tibi?e 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 69 
 
 and metatarsi of the first and second pairs ; those on the metatarsi are much the strongest 
 and most numerous. The femora of the first pair have three smaller erect spines in a 
 longitudinal line on the upper side. 
 
 'I\\Q palpi are short, and similar to the legs in colour and armature. 
 
 The f aloes are strong, moderately long, subconical, and a little projecting forwards ; 
 they are of a reddish yellow-brown colour, marked and suffused with whitish-yellow, and 
 furnished with bristles in front. 
 
 The maxillcR and labium are normal in form, and similar in colour to the legs. 
 
 The sternum is oval, blunt-pointed behind, and broadly truncated in front ; it is of a pale 
 whitish-yellow colour, thinly clothed with slender, erect, bristly hairs. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, rounded in front and obtusely pointed behind, tolerably convex 
 above, and thinly clothed with hairs. The upper side is of a whitish-yellow or dull cream- 
 colour, thickly speckled with minute red-brown specks ; the sides are rugulose, and pale 
 yellow-brown; the rugulosities yellow-white, minutely spotted with red-brown ; the under side 
 is pale whitish -yellow, like the sternum. The ordinary longitudinal, dentated band on the 
 abdomen is imperceptible ; probably, however, some variety exists in this respect in different 
 examples. 
 
 Eab. — Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874, 
 
 85. — Xtsticus mundtjlus, sp. n. 
 
 Immature male : length just over 2 lines. 
 
 The cephalotliorax is of ordinary form, and has a whitish, narrow marginal border. The 
 sides are of a dull reddish yellow-brown colour, irregularly but distinctly marked with short 
 whitish streaks and markings, leaving a broad, median, longitudinal, nearly white band 
 slightly narrowest at its hinder extremity ; the fore part of this band contains the normal spade- 
 shaped marking, which is of a dull pale-brownish hue, rather peculiar in form, and marked 
 with some red-brown lines and markings; its posterior extremity being also continued, by a 
 red-brown line, to the thoracic indentation. 
 
 The eyes are in the normal position ; the four central eyes form very nearly a square, the 
 longitudinal being slightly greater than the transverse diameter, and the fore side slightly 
 shorter than the hinder one ; the interval between those of the hind-central pair is distinctly 
 less than that between each and the hind-lateral eye on its side, and the interval between 
 those of each lateral pair is equal to that between the fore- and hind-central pairs. The 
 height of the clypeus is scarcely more than one- third of that of the facial space. 
 
 The legs are tolerably long and strong ; those of the second pair are slightly longer than 
 those of the first, and the third pair are a little the shortest. They are of a yellowish colour, 
 more or less suffused and striped longitudinally with white, especially on the femora of the 
 first and second pairs, which are also prettily spotted with reddish yellow-brown. The other 
 legs are also spotted, though more faintly ; the tarsi and metatarsi of all being of an almost 
 unmarked pale-yellow colour. The tibiae and metatarsi of the first and second pairs are 
 armed with a few longish, not very strong, spines, in two parallel longitudinal rows on the 
 under sides. 
 
 The 'pal'pi are similar in colour to the legs. 
 
70 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 The falces are short, strong, suhconical, perpendicular, furnished with a few strong 
 bristles ; they are of a whitish colour, excepting at the base on the upper side, where they are 
 yellow-brown. 
 
 The maxillcB, labium, and sternum are of normal form, and their colour is nearly wdiite ; 
 the sternum spotted thinly with small, deep reddish-brown points. 
 
 The abdomen, is oval, of a rather flattish form, and not much broader at any part than 
 it is before and behind, at both wdiich points it is rounded. The sides of the upper part are 
 of the same colour as the sides of the cephalothorax ; the normal longitudinal, median, 
 dentated band is of a paler hue, bordered wdth white, and marked with a few red-brown points ; 
 the sides are whitish, rugu lose, and thinly spotted with red-brown; the outer side is also 
 similarly coloured. 
 
 Rab. — Sind Valley, between August the 5th and 13th, 1873. 
 
 Genua— MONA STES, Luc. 
 
 86. — Monastes dejectus, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length nearly 2^ lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax of this spider is nearly round, excepting the clypeus, which is broad, 
 square at the fore extremity, and projecting ; the hinder extremity also is rather flattened ; 
 the sides are sloping, and the upper surface flattish. It is of a reddish yellow-brown colour, 
 mottled and marked with yellowish-white, showing a broad, pale, longitudinal, median band 
 of the latter hue (including the eyes and clypeus), with two short, yellow-white streaks and 
 red-brown spots, on either side, near its hinder extremity, indicating some of the usual con- 
 verging furrows. On each side of the median band (also near the eyes) is another short, 
 yellow- white longitudinal streak, terminating posteriorly in a red-brown spot ; the lower part 
 of the sides is more mottled with white than the rest. A few strongish bristles are dispersed 
 over the cephalothorax, but most of them had apparently been broken off. 
 
 The eyes are in two concentric, curved, rather widely-separated rows ; the convexity of 
 the curve is directed forwards, and the front row is much the shorter. The fore-central pair 
 are the smallest of the eight, and the fore-laterals slightly the largest, being rather larger than 
 the hind-laterals. The eyes of the front row are separated by nearly equal intervals, that 
 between the central pair being perhaps rather greater than that between each and the lateral 
 on its side. The four central eyes form a quadrangular figure whose fore side is considerably 
 the shortest, and whose longitudinal diameter is much greater than its widest transverse dia- 
 meter ; the interval between the hind-centrals is less than that between each and the hind- 
 lateral on its side. The four lateral eyes are seated on large, roundish, tubercular eminences ; 
 and the height of the clypeus equals half that of the facial space. 
 
 The legs are slender : those of the first and second pairs are long, and very nearly equal 
 in length ; the second, if anything, slightly surpass the first ; those of the third and fourth 
 pairs are short, and scarcely differ in length ; the third, if anything, being slightly the longer ; 
 they are of a pale brownish-yellow colour, mottled, chiefly beneath, with white, and spotted 
 thinly with small red-brown tubercles, each of which is surmounted by a short slender 
 spine. 
 
 The palpi of the male are short, of a dull-yellow colour, slightly mottled with white ; the 
 radial joiut is shorter than the cubital, and both have some bristles springing from dark red- 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 71 
 
 brown spots ; also, besides some lesser projections on the under side, the radial joint has, at 
 the extremity of the outer side, a rather long tapering one, with a curved, obtusely-pointed 
 dark-brown termination; the digital joint is of moderate size and almost wholly white, of an 
 oval form, with its fore extremity pointed and rather elongated : the palpal organs are not 
 prominent, but of simple form, with a curved, sharp-pointed, dark red-brown spiny process 
 at their fore extremity. 
 
 ThQf aloes are moderately long, but not very strong; they are of a subconical form, and 
 project in a continuous line with the clypeus ; their colour is a pale yellow-brown, mottled 
 (chiefly at their fore extremity) with white. 
 
 The maxillce and lab'mni are of normal form, and of a pale dull- yellowish colour. 
 
 The sternum is oval, pointed behind, of a pale whitish-yellow colour, sprinkled with dull 
 yellow-brown points. 
 
 The abdomen is of a somewhat pentagonal form, broadest and subangular at the hinder 
 part; the hinder extremity is blunt-pointed below, but has a slightly angular prominence at 
 the middle of its upper part ; it is of a dull brownish-yellow colour, mottled, suffused, and 
 marked with white, chiefly along the middle line of the upper side, and, the lower part of 
 the sides ; the upper side is also thinly and symmetrically sprinkled with small, red-brown, 
 tubercular spots, each of which bears a strongish, slightly curved bristle, directed backwards. 
 
 Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 5th, 1873. 
 
 Genna—SAROTES, Sund. 
 
 87. — SarOTES REGIUS. 
 
 Aranea regia, Fabr., Entom, system, t. iii, p. 408, No. 4. 
 
 Olios leucosius, Walck., Ins. Apt. i. p. 566. 
 
 Sab. — Two or three immature females, found at Murree between June llth and July 
 14th, 1873, are, I believe, of this species ; but in the immature state it is impossible to be quite 
 certain of their specific identity. 
 
 88. — Sarotes promptus, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 6j lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is rather longer than broad, a little constricted on the lateral margins 
 near the fore extremity of the caput, and broadly truncated at the lower margin in front. 
 The colour is a dark reddish yellow-brown, marked with still deeper stripes following the 
 course of the normal indentations, and converging to the thoracic junctional one ; it is thinly 
 clothed with greyish-sandy pubescence, and the clypeus (which is of a paler yellowish colour 
 and considerably less in height than half that of the facial space, or about equal to, or a 
 little more than, the diameter of a fore-lateral eye) is furnished with a few prominent, black 
 bristles. 
 
 The eyes are in two transverse, nearly parallel rows ; the fore-laterals are the largest of 
 the eight, and considerably larger than the fore-centrals ; these last are further from each 
 other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side, the interval between each fore-central 
 and the fore-lateral eye next to it being equal to the diameter of the latter. The eyes of 
 
72 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 the hind-central pair are nearer to each other than each is to the hind-lateral eye nearest 
 to it ; the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair is rather less than that between the 
 fore- and hind-central pairs, owdng to the small size of the fore-central eyes. 
 
 The legs are moderate in length and strength ; in respect to the former, they do not differ 
 greatly ; relatively this appears to be 2, 4, 1, 3. Their colour is reddish yellow-brown, growing 
 darker gradually to the tarsi ; the femora are much the palest, and are obscurely spotted with 
 small, red-brown spots ; all are armed with long spines, and the tarsi and metatarsi are fur- 
 nished with claw-tuft and scopula. 
 
 The palpi are moderately long, the digital is equal in length to the radial and cubital 
 joints together, while in colour and armature they resemble the legs. 
 
 ^'hefalces are tolerably long, powerful, straight, perpendicular, and rounded in the 
 profile line ; their colour is reddish yellow-brown, somewhat longitudinally striped with a 
 darker hue. 
 
 The maxillcB are rather long, straight, slightly inclined towards the labium, and 
 rounded at their extremities, which are of a yellowish colour, the rest being dark red- 
 brown. 
 
 The labium is small, of a somewhat semi-circular form, and its height is not half the 
 length of the maxillm. Its colour is dark red-brown, with a pale apical margin. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped, and of a yellow colour, like that of the basal joints of the 
 
 legs. 
 
 The abdomen is oblong-oval, rather truncate before, and rounded behind, and moderately 
 convex above ; it is clothed with somewhat silky, sandy-grey pubescence, and is of a dark red- 
 brown and reddish yellow-brown colour, mixed in variously mingled spottings and linear 
 markings. An indistinct, longitudinal, narrow, dark red-brown, tapering marking occupies 
 the middle of the fore part of the upper side ; and towards thei hinder extremity is a slightly 
 sinuous, transverse, dark blackish line, edged posteriorly with pale-yellowish, and rendered 
 conspicuous by short white hairs. Along the middle of the under side, from the genital aperture 
 to the spinners, is a broad, black-brown band, laterally margined with a pale stripe. The 
 genital aperture, which is large, conspicuous, and of a somewhat triangular form, has two 
 large, nearly round, prominent lobes or processes connected with its posterior margins. The 
 spinners are small, short, and compact ; those of the superior pair are deep blackish red- brown, 
 the inferior pair yellow-brown. 
 
 ;^ab. — Murree, between June 11th and July 14th, 1873. 
 
 Genus — SPARASSUS, Walck. 
 
 89. — Sparassus timidus, sp. n. 
 
 Immature female ; length nearly 3| lines. 
 
 This spider is nearly allied to Sparassus suavis, Cambr. (Spid. of Egypt, P. Z. S., 1876, 
 p. 588), resembling it very closely in its colours and markings; the femora of the fore- 
 legs, however, have no trace of the reddish-brown spots found on those of that species, and 
 the eyes are closer together. 
 
 The whole of the fore part is yellow, the cephalothorax having a slightly radiate appear- 
 ance owing to the rather darker hue of the normal converging indentations ; and the maxilla 
 have a central, dark, reddish-brown patch. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 73 
 
 The eyes are of .almost uniform size, seated on distinct black spots. The internal 
 between the fore-centrals is considerably less than a diameter, and each is very close, but not 
 quite contiguous, to the fore-lateral eye on its side. The interval between those of each 
 lateral pair is rather less than a diameter of the hind-lateral eye ; the eyes of the hinder row 
 are equidistant from each other, and the four central eyes form a square whose anterior side 
 is shorter than the other three. 
 
 The legs are long, slender, furnished with hairs and a few longish fine spines ; their 
 relative length is apparently 2, 4, 1, 3. The tarsi and metatarsi have some divergent hairs 
 of uniform length underneath, but scarcely amounting to a scopula ; and there is a strong 
 claw-tuft beneath the two terminal claws of the tarsi. 
 
 The abdomen is of a dull straw-yellow colour. The upper part and sides are marked 
 with red-brown spots and markings ; two broken longitudinal lines of these spots on the 
 fore half of the upper side enclose a long wedge-shaped marking, which is followed by a series 
 of somewhat angular spots of the same hue reaching to the spinners. A few whitish creta- 
 ceous spots are scattered along the middle longitudinal line of the upper side as well as on the 
 under side. 
 
 Rab . — Neighbourhood of Leh, August or September, 1873. 
 
 90.— Sparassus fugax, sp. n. 
 
 Immature female : length 2f lines. 
 
 This spider is closely allied to the foregoing, but is of a much duller hue, the yellow 
 portions being suffused with dull brownish. The abdomen is shorter and more convex above ; 
 the red-brown spots and markings are more thinly scattered, while the white cretaceous 
 spots are larger and more numerous, and spread over the whole abdomen. The femora, 
 genua, and tibiae are speckled with small red-brown spots, and the spines are longer. The 
 maxillae also have no central brown patch. With these differences the general character of 
 the markings is similar to that of Sparassus timidus. 
 
 Rab . — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 6th, 1873. 
 
 91.— Sparassus flavidus, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 10 lines. 
 
 The cepbalothorax is nearly as broad as long, truncated before and constricted laterally at 
 the caput ; the height of the clypeus is nearly equal to twice the diameter of one of the 
 fore-central eyes. Its colour is yellow, tinged with brownish orange, deepening to red-brown 
 on the fore part of the caput ; and it is thickly clothed with sandy-grey pubescence. 
 
 The eyes are in a somewhat crescent form, in two transverse rows, the hinder one 
 the longer and straight, or very nearly so ; the front row curved, the convexity of the curve 
 directed forwards. They are of moderate size, and relatively differ but little, those of the 
 fore-central pair being a little the largest ; the intervals between those of the hinder row 
 are equal ; that between the fore-centrals is more than double that between each and the 
 
 K 
 
74 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 fore-lateral on its side, being near about one diameter. The four central eyes form very 
 nearly a square whose longitudinal is a little greater than its transverse diameter. 
 
 The legs are long, moderately strong ; their relative length appears to be 4, 2, 1, 3. 
 Their colour is yellow, with the tarsi and metatarsi reddish-brown ; they are clothed with 
 light sandy hairs and red-brown spines, and there is a rather dense, dark, mouse-coloured 
 scopula beneath the metatarsal and tarsal joints, with a strong claw-tuft beneath the terminal 
 tarsal claws. 
 
 palpi are moderately long, yellow, with the under side of the radial and digital joints 
 dark, blackish red-brown ; and they are armed with spines, bristles, and hairs. 
 
 The falces are moderately long, powerful, straight, perpendicular, of a deep, blackish 
 red-brown colour reflecting somewhat of a violet tint, and clothed with sandy hairs and 
 strong dark bristles. 
 
 The maxillcB are of normal form, their colour is dark red-brown, the inner side at the 
 extremity pale yellow. 
 
 The labium is similar to the maxillae in colour, with a pale-yellow apex. 
 
 The sternum is yellow. 
 
 The abdomen is of a dull straw-yellow hue, clothed with sandy-grey and darker hairs. 
 The genital aperture is red-brown and of characteristic form, and has two round corneous 
 lobes or eminences at its hinder extremity. 
 
 Hah. — Yarkand, between the 21st and 27th of May, 1874. 
 
 G enns -PHILODROMUS, Walck. 
 
 92. — Philodbomus cinerascens, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length rather over 2^ lines. 
 
 This spider is nearly allied to Fhilodromus fallax, Westr. ; its general hue, however, is 
 of a far more ashy-grey, especially that of the abdomen, whereas P. fallax is of a sandy 
 colour, and the characteristic median marking on the fore half of the upper side is truncated 
 at its hinder extremity instead of pointed, as in the present spider ; besides which the 
 details of the other abdominal markings are different. 
 
 The cephalotJiorax is roundish oval, narrower before than behind, decreasing in width 
 gradually, the lateral marginal constrictions of the caput being slight. The upper convexity 
 is moderate, the sides roundly sloping, and the median part flattish. This part, forming a 
 broad, longitudinal, median band, is of a greyish sandy colour, the sides being suffused with 
 brown, most deeply and distinctly on each side towards the hinder part of the median band. 
 The lateral margins of the cephalothorax are greyish white, and the height of the clypeus 
 is very nearly equal to half that of the facial space. 
 
 The eyes are small and do not differ greatly in size. The fore-laterals, however, are dis- 
 tinctly the largest. The hinder row is straight, the fore one much the shorter and curved, 
 the curve directed forwards. The interval between the eyes of the hind-central pair is rather 
 greater than that between each and the hind-lateral eye on its side ; and that between the 
 fore-centrals is also greater than that between each and the fore-lateral next to it, this latter 
 
ATIANEIDEA. 
 
 75 
 
 interval being equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes ; the interval between 
 the eyes of each lateral pair is considerably less than that between the fore- and hind-central 
 pairs, and as nearly as possible equal to that between the eyes of the hind-central pair. 
 
 The legs are long and moderately strong, but do not differ greatly in length ; their 
 relative length is 2, 4, 1, 3. They are of a greyish-sandy colour tinged with brown, minutely 
 speckled with darker brown, and furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; the tarsi and a 
 small portion of the metatarsi have a thin scopula on their under sides. 
 
 The palpi are moderately long, similar to the legs in colour, except the radial and digital . 
 joints, which are strongly tinged with brown. The radial and cubital joints are short (the 
 former being the shorter), and are armed with a few strong spine-like, tapering bristles. 
 The digital joint is large, of an elongate oval form, rather pointed before and equal in 
 length to the humeral joint, exceeding that of the radial and digital joints together. The 
 palpal organs are simple, rather the most prominent at their base, with a long, contorted, 
 dark-brown, narrow stripe (probably indicative of an internal duct) on their surface and a 
 strongish, curved, prominent tooth-like spine at their anterior extremity ; the radial joint 
 has a very small angular prominence at its extremity on the outer side, and a short, broadish, 
 truncated apophysis underneath. 
 
 The f aloes are rather long and slender, straight, and a little directed backwards ; their 
 colour is like that of the cephalothorax. 
 
 The maxillae and labium are of normal form and similar to the falces in colour, the 
 extremities of the maxillse, however, being of a pale- whitish hue. 
 
 The sternum is heart-shaped, granulose, and of a brownish-yellow colour. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, of a stone- white colour, speckled thickly with small punctures and 
 minute black specks. The normal longitudinal marking on the fore half of the upper side is 
 of a dark-grey hue, and has a prominent, obtuse point at the middle of each side, and its 
 posterior extremity is pointed ; its outer margins and extreme hinder point are also indicated 
 by a fcAV black, and mostly linear, spots. The sides of the upper part are clouded with dark- 
 grey, leaving a pale, median tapering band on the hinder half, and several oblique, white in- 
 distinct stripes on the outer margins, where there is also a line of three or four black spots 
 on each side ; these lines converge in the direction of the spinners. The sides are rugulose 
 and the spinners short, compact, and tinged with a sandy colour. 
 
 The female is rather larger than the male, but in colours and markings resembles it. 
 The oblique white stripes on the lateral margins of the upper part are better defined, and 
 consist of more or less confluent spots and elongate blotches. The form of the genital 
 aperture is characteristic. 
 
 Rob . — On the road from Tanktze to Chagra and Pankong Valley, between the 15th and 
 21st of September, 1873 ; and from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 
 
 1874. 
 
 93. — Philodromus medius. 
 
 Philodromns medius, Cambr., Spid. Palest, and Syria, Proc. Zool. Snc., 1872, p. 311. 
 
 Rab . — One or two immature examples of this spider found at Murree (June 11th to July 
 14th, 1873) exactly resemble the types found in Palestine. 
 
70 
 
 SECOND YlEKAND MISSION. 
 
 Genua— TIBELLU8, Sim. 
 
 Thanatus, C. L. Koch, ad partem. 
 
 94. — Tibellus propinquus, sp. n. 
 
 Immature female : length rather more than 21 lines. 
 
 This spider is very nearly allied to Tibellus ohlongus (Walck.), which it resembles closely 
 in form and colour. In the present species, however, the tibiae and metatarsi of the legs, 
 together with the upper sides of the femora of the first and second pairs, are speckled with 
 minute, dark red-brown spots, while, among a large number of examples of the European 
 species {T. ohlongus), I can find no trace of this speckling. It is possible that the discovery 
 of the adult males may show that this spotting of the legs, as well as a less definite abdo- 
 minal marking, is merely a local variation not amounting to a specific distinction. 
 
 Hab. — Kashghar, December 1873. 
 
 Genua— THANAT08, C. L. Koch. 
 
 95. — Thanattjs thorellii. 
 
 Thanatus thorellii, Cambr., Spid. Pal. and Syria, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 309. 
 
 Hab . — Immature examples were found in the collections made at Yarkand in November 
 1873, and on the road thence to Bursi, between May 28tb and June 17th, 1874. 
 
 96. — Thanatus albescens, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2^ lines. 
 
 The eephalothorax is of a very flattened form ; it is as broad as, or broader than, long, 
 truncated behind, and somewhat obtusely pointed at its anterior extremity in the ocular region; 
 the lateral marginal constrictions of the caput are exceedingly slight ; it is of a pale dull yellow- 
 brown hue, and has a narrow lateral white margin with a little white venose suffusion above 
 it ; the occipital region is also paler than the surrounding surface. 
 
 The falces are small, straight, nearly perpendicular, like the cephalothorax in colour, at 
 their bases, and paler at their extremities. 
 
 The legs, palpi, maxillce, and labium are of a pale dull straw-colour. The legs are rather 
 long and slender. Those of the second pair are distinctly the longest, and the third 
 rather the shortest. 
 
 The eyes are very small, scarcely differing in size, and seated on round white tubercles 
 in two curved rows, of which the anterior is much the shorter and more strongly curved. 
 The interval between those of each lateral pair is distinctly greater than that between the 
 fore- and hind-central pairs ; those of the hind-central pair are a little further from each other 
 than each is from the hind-lateral on its side, while the interval between the four centrals is 
 more than double that between each and the fore-lateral next to it, and just equal to that 
 between each and the hind-central opposite to it. The fore-centrals appear to be very slightly 
 larger than the fore-laterals, and the interval between the fore-central and its nearest fore- 
 lateral eye is but a little more than the diameter of tlie former. 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 77 
 
 The abdomen is oval, moderately convex above, but a little flattened on its upper side ; 
 its colour is stone-white, speckled with very minute blackish points, and with a dull brownish 
 somewhat emarginate lanceolate marking along the middle of the fore half of the upper side, 
 followed by a series of obscure, and almost confluent, diminishing, angular bars of the same 
 
 Ime. 
 
 Rab . — On the road from Murree to the Sind Valley, July 14th to August 6th, 1873. 
 
 Family- ZrC05/2>A5. 
 
 STOLICZEA, genus novum. 
 
 Eyes unequal in size ; in two transverse, rather widely separated, slightly curved, and 
 nearly parallel rows, the front row much the shorter, and the convexity of the curves directed 
 forwards, the fore-lateral eyes considerably larger than the fore-centrals. 
 
 CepJialotho7'ax longer than broad, strongly constricted at the caput on the lateral 
 margins, the fore extremity being truncated and a little broader than the constricted part. 
 
 Maxillee moderately long, strong, broader at their extremity than just above the in- 
 sertion of the palpi ; their outer extremity rounded, the inner one obliquely truncated. 
 
 Labium short, convex in front, of a somewhat oval form, truncated at its apex. 
 
 Legs moderately long, strong, relative length 4, 1, 2, 3, spinous ; and the tarsi are fur- 
 nished with three claws. 
 
 The abdomen is rather small, but broader behind than before. 
 
 This genus is allied closely to Nilus (Oambr., Spiders of Egypt in P. Z. S., 1876, p. 596, 
 pi. ix, fig. 13), but, among other differences, the great disproportion in size between the 
 fore- central and fore-lateral eyes is an essential one. 
 
 97. — Stoliczka insignis, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length rather over 5 lines. 
 
 The cephalothoi'ax is clothed with a short sandy-grey pubescence ; its colour is deep 
 brown, with a broad longitudinal band and a narrow irregular lateral one, on each side, a little 
 way from the margin, of a much paler, yellow-brown hue. The median band has, on each 
 side, a little way behind the ocular area, a slight enlargement in the form of a small, angular 
 point ; this is most conspicuous in young examples, but is traceable in adults as well, and is a 
 strong specific character. The height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of a fore-lateral 
 eye. 
 
 The eyes of the hind-central pair are very much nearer to each other than each is to the 
 hind-lateral eye on its side, being separated by no more, or even by less, than a diameter’s 
 interval ; those of the fore-central pair are rather further from each other than each is from, 
 the fore-lateral eye next to it ; the length of the front row is as nearly as possible equal to the 
 length of the fine formed by either three of the eyes, adjacent to each other, of the hinder 
 row : the hind-lateral eye on each side is equally distant from the hind-central and fore-central 
 eye next to it, forming the apex of an isosceles triangle ; and the four central eyes form a 
 quadrangular figure whose longitudinal is much greater than its transverse diameter, and 
 whose anterior side is slightly shorter than its posterior one. 
 
78 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 The legs do not differ greatly in length ; they are of a yellow-brown colour, deepening 
 gradually to deep red-brown on the tarsi. They are indistinctly annulated with a deeper hue ; 
 but this annulation is generally lost more or less in adults, being pretty distinct in young 
 examples. The tarsi and metatarsi are furnished beneath with a thin scopula ; all the legs are 
 tolerably thickly furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines, and the inferior tarsal claw is very 
 small and sharply bent downwards, being not easy to distinguish in the tuft of hairs which 
 surrounds it ; the two upper claws are strong, curved, and armed with about five denticula- 
 tions. 
 
 The palpi are short, of a deep red-brown colour, similar to the legs in their armature, 
 and terminate with a curved claw. 
 
 The falces are tolerably long, strong, perpendicular; their basal half in front is roundly 
 protuberant, smooth, strong, and of a very dark rich red-brown colour, yellowish red-brown 
 at the extremity. 
 
 The maxillce and lahium are rather less deep and rich in colours than the falces. 
 
 The sternum is roundish-oval, pointed behind and truncate before, and of a reddish 
 yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The abdomen fits pretty close up to the steepish hinder slope of the cephalothorax ; it is 
 broader behind than before, this form becoming intensified in adults that have deposited their 
 eggs. In adults, the abdomen is of a deep-brown colour, palest underneath, and clothed with 
 a short, somewhat sandy-grey pubescence, besides longer prominent hairs ; and on the fore- 
 half of the upper side is a yellow, longitudinal, median, somewhat tapering stripe. In im- 
 mature specimens, the abdomen is yellow-brown, marked with dark-brown, shewing the yellow 
 stripe on the fore-half of the upper side, as well as some angular bars of the same colour 
 between it and the spinners. These are short, compact, the inferior stronger than, but of equal 
 length with, the superior pair. The genital aperture consists of two somewhat roundish 
 openings, one on each side, at the hinder part of an oval prominence. 
 
 This spider is an extremely interesting form, and appears to be an abundant species. 
 Some of the examples had large, round, dark-brown lycosiform bags of eggs attached by 
 silken fastenings to their spinners. 
 
 Hah. — Murree, June 11th to July J4th, 1873. 
 
 Genus — OCYALE, Sav. 
 
 98. — Octal B rectifasciata, sp. n. 
 
 Immature male: length nearly 6 lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax, legs, falces, and other fore parts of this spider are of a dull yellow- 
 brown colour. A broad, dark yellow-brown, median band, edged with a marginal border of 
 white hairs, runs throughout, and includes the ocular area. This band is very distinct and 
 its margins are parallel to each other. 
 
 The eyes are in the ordinary position ; the anterior row is equal in length to the interval 
 between the two eyes of the posterior row ; it is curved, the curve directed backwards, and its 
 four eyes are small and do not differ greatly in size ; the two lateral ones are smallest, and, 
 being each seated in front of a dark tubercle (the tubercle itself being in a straight line with 
 the two central eyes), give to the row the appearance at first sight of being straight, but, as 
 above stated, the row is in reality curved, its eyes being equidistant from each other, and 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 79 
 
 separated by an interval of less than the diameter of one of the centrals. Those of the middle 
 row are rather larger than the fore-centrals, and form a line nearly equal in length to the inter- 
 vals between the lateral eyes of the anterior row, and are separated by more than a diameter’s 
 interval. Each of them is also equally distant from the fore-lateral and hind-lateral eyes on 
 its side, the interval between these two last being equal to that between the two fore-lateral 
 eyes. The height of the clypeus is just equal to half that of the facial space. 
 
 The legs are long and slender, but do not differ very greatly in length. Their relative 
 length is 4, 2, 1, 3, and they are furnished with hairs and spines. 
 
 The palpi are short ; the digital joint large,' and, not being yet fully developed, tumid ; 
 its length is equal to that of the humerus, its fore extremity being considerably drawn out. 
 The radial joint is rather longer than the cubital, and has a not very large, sharp-pointed, 
 tapering apophysis at its fore extremity on the outer side. This apophysis, as well as some 
 strong bristles on the upper side of the joint, were plainly visible beneath the cuticle, the 
 moulting of which would have brought the example to the adult state, in which the palpal 
 organs would be fully developed. 
 
 The maxillce, labium, and sternum are of normal form ; the two first of a more yellow- 
 brown than the sternum. 
 
 The J aloes are moderately long but not particularly strong, straight but slightly diver- 
 gent, perpendicular, and a little roundly prominent in profile at their base. 
 
 The abdomen is of an elongate-oval form, tapering pretty gradually from the fore to the 
 hinder extremity. It is of a dull yellowish whitey-brown colour ; the sides are marked with 
 a few scattered, indistinct, brown spots, and a broad, darkish yellow-brown, tapering band 
 runs along the middle of the upper side from end to end, and is edged with a marginal border 
 of white hairs ; the edges of this band tow'ards the narrowest (or hinder) extremity are slightly 
 sinuous ; the band itself has the appearance of a continuation of that on the cephalothorax. 
 The under side of the abdomen has a broad, median, longitudinal, slightly tapering, whitish 
 band reaching from the spiracular plates to the spinners. These are short, but those of the 
 superior pair are rather longer, though less strong, than those of the inferior pair. 
 
 The example above described being immature, the abdomen is very much larger than it 
 would be in the adult state, in \rhich it is probable that the total length of the spider would not 
 exceed lines. 
 
 This spider is very nearly allied to one y^not yet described) of a larger size, but almost 
 exactly similar in colours and markings, though of quite a distinct species, received from 
 Ceylon and also from Bombay. 
 
 II ab . — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 5th, 1873. 
 
 99. — OcYALE DENTIFASCIATA, Sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length rather more than 4| lines. 
 
 The spider is nearly allied to the foregoing species ; it is, however, not only smaller 
 (which may not be a constant character), but the abdominal band is very deeply dentated 
 on its margins, and has a series of brownish-yellow, somewhat angular markings along its 
 middle. The sides of the abdomen are irregularly, but extensively, covered with almost 
 confluent brown markings, leaving, however, next to the upper side, a tolerably distinct 
 
80 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 dentated, pale dull yellowish-brown band slightly spotted with brown. The cephalothorax 
 has a median longitudinal band edged with white hairs like that of O. rectifasciata. 
 
 The eyes are in a similar position to those of that species, but at the same time are rather 
 more separated from each other. 
 
 The legs are rather long, of a dull, darkish yellow-brown colour, armed with spines; 
 and their relative length appears to be 4, 2, 1, 3. 
 
 The falces are similar to the last species in form and size, and are of a dark shining 
 yellow- bro Mm, deeper in hue than the legs. 
 
 The maxilloR are yelloM^-broMm, palest at the extremities, and the labium is of the same 
 colour, with a pale apical margin. 
 
 The sternum is yellowish, with a distinct, broadish, yellow-brown marginal border, and 
 is clothed with coarse grey, and a few dark-brown, hairs. 
 
 E.ah. — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 5th, 1873. 
 
 Genus — TR0CH08A, C. L. Koch. 
 
 100. — Trochosa rubiginea, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 4| lines. 
 
 It is not without considerable hesitation that I have included this very interesting spider 
 in the genus Trochosa. It is probable that future collectors will discover other species 
 presenting similar special peculiarities in the position of the eyes, joined to the rather short, 
 but strong, unattenuated legs of the present spider ; in which case it might become necessary 
 to form a separate genus, or ub-genus, for their reception. 
 
 The cephalothorax is oval, broad, and truncate at its fore extremity ; the marginal 
 lateral constrictions of the caput are slight, and the height of the clypeus is at least equal to, 
 or even exceeds, double the diameter of one of the central eyes of the front row. Its colour 
 is yellowish, with a narrow marginal hand, and two broad longitudinal lateral hands, of a 
 rusty red-brown hue, leaving a rather indistinct, median, tapering, yellowish band strongly 
 constricted near the occiput, and having a large part of its surface along the middle line 
 suffused with rusty red-brown, and containing towards its hinder extremity the thoracic 
 indentation, which is marked by a fine, deep red-brown line : the middle of each side is 
 occupied by a longitudinal, well-defined, but not very broad, yellow hand. The fore part of 
 the area enclosed by the middle and posterior rows of eyes is of a dark reddish-brown colour ; 
 the hinder part of this patch contains two oval, parallel, yellowish markings. Sometimes 
 the slender red-brown lines defining the outer sides of these oval markings are obsolete, 
 leaving a short, dark red-brown stripe, ending a little way behind the posterior row of eyes, 
 its termination, more or less, laterally dilated. The broad lateral rusty-brown bands are 
 traversed by numerous deep red-brown lines, all radiating or converging to the thoracic 
 indentation. The surface of the cephalothorax is covered with yellow-grey pubescence, and 
 there are numerous blackish bristles on the upper part and sides of the caput. 
 
 The eyes are in the usual three rows — 4, 2, 2 ; the central pair of the first row are larger 
 than the laterals, and are divided by an interval exceeding a diameter, and each is very near, 
 but not quite contiguous, to tlie lateral on its side ; the front row is very slightly, if any- 
 thing, shorter than the second ; the eyes of the second row are, if anything, slightly smaller 
 than those of the third row, those of both the second and third rows being very considerably 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 81 
 
 larger than the eyes of the fore-central pair. The distance between each eye of the second 
 row and the lateral of the first row opposite to it is equal to the diameter of the former. 
 The length of the third row is double that of the second, and the interval between these two 
 rows is double that between the first and second. 
 
 The legs are rather short, strong, tapering, hut not attenuated at the extremities ; they 
 are of a yellowish colour, pretty densely clothed with hairs, armed with a few not very 
 strong spines, and annulated with rusty red-hrown, most distinctly on the upper side of the 
 femora ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, hut the difference is not great. 
 
 The palpi are tolerably long, and similar in colour and armature to the legs. 
 
 The/aZc^s are moderate in length and strength, straight and perpendicular; they are 
 of a yellow colour, with two longitudinal red-brown lines at their base, and are furnished 
 with numerous bristles in front. 
 
 The maxillce and labium are of ordinary form, hairy, and similar in colour to the 
 falces. 
 
 The sternum is oval, truncated before, of a deep rusty red-byown colour, bordered with 
 a broad yellow margin, and with a median, longitudinal, sharp -pointed, yellow stripe at its 
 fore extremity. 
 
 The abdomen is of an ohlong-oval form, broadly, hut rather roundly, truncated at its 
 fore extremity, and pretty densely clothed with greyish-yellow and other hairs. The upper 
 part and sides are of a dark rusty-reddish colour, freckled with small, pale-yellowish spots. 
 The fore part of the upper side has the normal longitudinal marking of an orange-yellowish 
 colour, slightly margined with deep red-hrown and rather bluntly pointed at its hinder 
 extremity : this marking is rather broadest just behind the middle, and on each side of the 
 broadest (ox— subangularly prominent) part is a short, orange-yellow, oblique stripe: and 
 following the hinder extremity of the marking is a series of oblique, rather elongate, opposed, 
 oval markings of a similar colour in pairs, each oval marking containing a small but distinct 
 central red-brown spot : the two lines of these oval markings converge towards the spinners, 
 but become obsolete before they reach these parts. They evidently represent the normal 
 angular bars or chevrons. The under side is dull orange-yellow, with a longitudinal median 
 rusty band. 
 
 Immature males resembled the females in colour and size. 
 
 Hab. — This spider appears to be pretty common. Its localities are Yarkand and neigh- 
 bourhood, November 1873 ; Kashghar, December 1873 ; and route from Yarkand to Bursi, 
 between May 28th and June I7th, 1874. 
 
 101. — Trochosa hebes, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length 2| lines. 
 
 This spider, which is of the Trochosa picta group, is very closely allied to Arctosa 
 amylacea, C. L. Koch, which it resembles in size and in the general character of its markings? 
 but it is not nearly of so bright a hue ; and the form of the genital aperture of the female 
 is quite distinct. I have only been able to compare the females of the two species, not 
 possessing a male of A. amylacea. 
 
 The cephalolhorax is broad-cval behind, and somewhat drawn out forwards, though 
 with but slight lateral constrictions on the margins of the caput ; its colour is brownish- 
 
 L 
 
SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 yellow, with a dentated marginal band, and a broader lateral strongly dentated one, of a dark- 
 brown colour on each side, leaving a large central star-shaped, or radiated, brownish-yellow 
 marking. The ocular area is dark-brown, and the whole surface of the cephalothorax is 
 pretty thickly clothed with hairs, many among which are prominent, dark brown, and of 
 a bristly nature. 
 
 The eyes are grouped as in T. picta. Those of the hinder row are smaller than those of 
 the middle row, but considerably larger than the central pair of the front row ; the eyes of 
 the middle and hinder rows form a quadrangular figure whose posterior side is not greatly 
 longer than the anterior one, the length of the sides being apparently equal to that of the 
 posterior side. The anterior row of eyes is, if anything, slightly shorter than the middle 
 row, and the interval between the eyes of its central pair is larger than that between each 
 and the lateral eye next to it, to which last it is very close, though not quite contiguous. 
 The height of the clypeus is at least equal to twice the diameter of one of the central eyes 
 of the front row. 
 
 The legs are moderately long and tolerably strong, particularly the femoral joints ; they 
 are of a dark-yellowish colour with dark-brown annuli, and are thickly clothed with hairs and 
 long prominent slender bristles, those of the third and fourth pairs being armed with spines. 
 
 The palpi are rather short, hairy, and similar in colour and markings to the legs. The 
 radial joint is a little shorter, but of equal strength with the cubital ; the digital joint is dark 
 brown at its base, paler at the extremity ; it is long and narrow, being only a little broader 
 at its basal part than the radial joint ; its length is equal to that of the radial and cubital 
 joints together ; the palpal organs are small and simple, being very like those of T. picta. 
 
 The falces are long, moderately strong, straight, perpendicular, and of a deep brown 
 colour. 
 
 The maxillae and labium are of normal form; their colour is yellowish -brown ; the 
 extremities of the former and the apex of the latter being of a paler hue. 
 
 The sternum is oval, hairy, and of a dark yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The abdomen is rather broader behind than in front ; it is hairy and of a brownish-yellow 
 colour ; the markings, which are of the general Lycosa type, and almost exactly similar to 
 those of T. picta, are delineated by dark blackish-brown lines and spots. The under side is 
 also more or less marked with the same. 
 
 Hab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ; Yangihissar, April 1874 ; Yarkand, 
 between 21st and 27th May 1874 ; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, between 8th and 18th 
 May 1874; route from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874. 
 
 102. — Tuochosa puopinqua, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length just over 5 lines. 
 
 This sjjider is very closely allied to T. ruricola, De Geer, but is, I think, certainly of a 
 distinct species. 
 
 The cephalothorax is broader behind and narrower before than in T. ruricola. The 
 broad, lateral, brown bands, instead of stopping behind the hinder row of eyes, run through 
 and include the laterals of both the middle and hinder rows. The median longitudinal yellow 
 band is similarly constricted at the occiput ; but is broader behind that point, and more radi- 
 ated than in T. ruricola ; and the two longitudinal brown stripes on the fore part of this 
 band are confluent with the sides of the brown lateral bands. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 83 
 
 The eyes occupy a larger area, and are of a pale, dull, yellowish-brown hue, being much 
 paler than in the other species mentioned. 
 
 The legs are rather shorter in proportion, and are pretty distinctly annulated with brown ; 
 whereas they have rarely any trace of annulation in T ruricola. 
 
 The abdomen is of a much darker hue, being of a blackish yellow-brown colour, the 
 normal median longitudinal marking on the fore half of the upper side is of a brighter orange- 
 yellow, and is margined by a much more distinct black border. The form of the genital 
 aperture differs but very slightly. The under side of the abdomen is suffused with dark brown, 
 and on each side is a marginal border of a darker black-brown. 
 
 Hab. — Sind Valley, between 5th and 13th August, 1883. 
 
 103. — -Teochosa adjacens, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length just over 5 lines. 
 
 This spider is very closely allied to T. terricola, Thor., differing from it in about the same 
 degree as T. propinqua does from T. ruricola, De Geer. ' It is rather a smaller spider, and 
 the cephalothorax appears also to be of a rather broader form, and the whole spider is of a 
 much duller hue and less distinctly marked ; the bands on the cephalothorax are scarcely 
 discernible ; the whole being of a dull yellowish-brown colour, pretty densely clothed with 
 short, greyish-sandy pubescence, and with some indistinct, darker brown, radiating stripes 
 indicating the normal indentations. 
 
 The eyes of the front row are much larger than in T. terricola, and are very nearly 
 equal in size to those of the hinder row ; these last, however, being much smaller than the 
 corresponding ones in that species. 
 
 The legs in the present spider have no trace whatever of annulation, while those of 
 T. terricola are frequently annulated with brown, though never very distinctly, and, in 
 general, chiefly on the femora. 
 
 The markings on the abdomen are very similar, as also is the form of the genital aperture, 
 though a slight difference in this respect is observable. 
 
 Sab, — Yangihissar, April 1874. 
 
 104. — Teochosa sabtjlosa, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 10 lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax of this flne spider is strongly compressed laterally on the margins 
 of the caput, and the lateral slopes are much depressed ; the caput, however, is broad at its 
 lower margin and tolerably massive above. Its colour is reddish yellow-brown, totally 
 obscured by a dense clothing of short, pale sandy-grey pubescence, leaving but very slight 
 and broken traces of the ordinary radiating indentations of a darkish brown colour. The 
 height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. 
 
 The eyes are in the ordinary position, and occupy an area whose length and breadth 
 are, as near as possible, equal ; the front row is distinctly longer than the middle one ; its 
 central pair of eyes are much larger than the laterals, though distinctly smaller than those 
 of the hinder row, and are separated by an interval less than a diameter, but double as great 
 as that which divides each from the lateral next to it ; those of the middle row are divided 
 
 L 1 
 
84 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 by, as nearly as possible, a diameter’s interval ; and each is separated from the eye of the 
 posterior row on its side by an interval of about one and a half diameters. 
 
 The legs are moderately long, strong, and tapering, but not attenuated j their relative 
 length is 4, 1, 2, 3, and their eolour is of a pale-yellowish hue, deepening to brownish-red ; 
 the metatarsi and tarsi are pretty densely clothed with sandy-grey pubescence, mixed with 
 other darker hairs and bristles, and armed (chiefly on the third and fourth pairs) with spines ; 
 the under sides of the genua and the fore extremities of the tibise are black-brown ; the 
 under sides of the metatarsi and tarsi of the first and second pairs, and of the metatarsi of the 
 third and fourth pairs, as well as of the digital joint of the palpi, are furnished with a dense 
 scopula of black-brown hairs. 
 
 The 'pal'pi are similar in colour to the legs. 
 
 The falces are long and powerful, straight, perpendicular, the profile-line convexly 
 curved, of a deep black-brown colour, thickly clothed with sandy-grey and brown hairs and 
 bristles. 
 
 The maxilloe and labium are of normal form, and bristly ; their colour is red-brown, 
 the extremities of the former and the apex of the latter having a pale-yeUowish tinge. 
 
 The sternum is oval, truncate at its fore extremity, of a dark brownish-black colour, 
 clothed with sandy- grey pubescence. 
 
 The abdomen is oval ; it projects well over the base of the cephalothorax, and is consi- 
 derably convex above ; it is densely clothed with sandy-grey, black, whitish, and brown hairs. 
 On the upper side, the ordinary Lycosa pattern is indistinctly visible, being indicated by the 
 scattered markings formed by the darker and whitish hairs, The normal elongate marking 
 on the fore half is truncate at its posterior extremity, and a prominent subangiJtlar point on 
 each side, about the middle, is indicated by a strong blackish spot ; on the hinder half, the 
 only markings traceable (besides a generally thin sprinkling of small blackish spots over the 
 whole of the upper part and sides) are two rows of obscure spots of whitish hairs, converge 
 ing towards the spinners ; the whole of the under side, including the spiyacular plates and 
 the genital aperture, is black. 
 
 The male is smaller, but resembles the female in colours and markings. The radial 
 joint of the palpus is considerably longer than the cubital; the digital joint is red-brown, and 
 a little longer than the radial ; the palpal organs present no very marked peculiarity of 
 structure. 
 
 Sab. — Yangihissar, April 1874 ; between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874 ; road 
 across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, between April 22nd and May 7th, 1874 ; 
 and Ydrkand, between 21st and 27th May 1874. 
 
 105. — Trochosa approximata, sp. n, 
 
 Adult female : length 5| lines (nearly). 
 
 This spider is almost exactly like T. sabulosa in colour and markings, the grey hue, 
 however, being less marked; but it may readily be distinguished by its comparatively 
 small size, and by the under side of the abdomen being of a dull sandy hue, instead of black, 
 as in T. sabulosa. The sides of the cephalothorax also appear to be more depressed, and the 
 fore-central eyes of the front row are more nearly equal in size to those of the hinder row, 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 85 
 
 The genital aperture is very minute, being of a transverse narrow-oval form divided longitu- 
 dinally by a septum. 
 
 Kab. — Yarkand, November 1873. 
 
 106. — Trochosa rubromandibulata, sp. n. 
 
 Immature male : length 5| lines. 
 
 This spider is nearly allied to both the foregoing species, but may easily be distinguished 
 by the following characters. The general hue is less grey than in T. sahulosa, and the 
 darker markings on the abdomen are more distinct ; the normal longitudinal marking on the 
 fore half of the upper side is of a dark brown hue, with some black spots and markings on 
 its outer margins : there are also some black spots alternating with the pale spots on the 
 hinder half (these latter spots not being so white as in T. sabulosa). The under side of the 
 abdomen is jet-black, distinctly and abruptly enlarged laterally from near the middle to the 
 spinners, and there is a distinct short black bar on each side near the base of the spinners. 
 
 The legs are unicolorous, having no trace of the black suffusion underneath the fore 
 extremity of the tibise, except very slightly beneath those of the fourth pair. 
 
 The eyes of the fore-central pair are smaller than in either T. sabulosa or T. propinqua ; 
 and a striking character, which distinguishes it at a glance from both, is the dense clothing of 
 scarlet (somewhat squamose) hairs on the front of the falces. 
 
 It is probably also a smaller spider than T. sabulosa^ though this is not certain, as the 
 only example examined was not adult. 
 
 ffab, — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 16th, 1873. 
 
 107. — Trochosa lijghbris, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length nearly 5 lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of a dark, rich red-brown colour, thickly clothed with silky, light 
 grey hairs disposed in a broad longitudinal and narrower marginal bands, — the sides being 
 clothed with black hairs, forming thus alternate bands of white and black hairs ; the caput 
 is considerably produced, and constricted on the lateral margins. The height of the clypeus 
 is no more than, if quite so much as, the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. 
 
 The eyes are in the ordinary position ; the length of the front row is perceptibly longer 
 than that of the middle row, whose central eyes are larger than the laterals, though much 
 smaller than those of the hinder row ; these last are rather smaller than those of the middle 
 row, and form a line very nearly indeed equal to that formed by each of them, and that one of 
 the middle row on its side ; the interval between those of the middle row a little exceeds a 
 diameter ; the eyes of the hinder and middle rows thus form very nearly a square whose 
 anterior side is the shortest. 
 
 The legs are tolerably long and strong, though rather attenuated at their extremities. 
 They are of a yellowish, dark red-brown colour ; the femora being much the darkest, and 
 clothed with grey hairs, not only of a pubescent nature, but also with numerous long, slender, 
 prominent ones like those on the legs of Tegenaria and Argyroneta. Tliey are also armed 
 >vith strong spines ; the tarsi are furnished underneath with a thin scopula. Their relative 
 
86 
 
 SECOND TAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 length is 4, 1, 2, 3, hut the difiPerence between those of the first and fourth, and of the second 
 and third pairs, respectively, is not great. 
 
 The palpi are tolerably long and strong, similar to the legs in colour and hairy clothing ; 
 the humeral joint has three spines of equal length close together in a transverse line on the 
 upper side at the fore extremity. The radial joint is longer than the cubital, and the digital 
 joint, which is darker than the rest, slightly exceeds in length the radial joint, whose width 
 it considerably exceeds at the base, its fore extremity being rather attenuated. The palpal 
 organs are rather simple, with a prominent subconical hook-pointed process, about the 
 middle of their outer side. 
 
 The falces are long, powerful, straight, perpendicular, of a deep black-brown colour ; 
 clothed with grey pubescence and long dark bristly hairs. 
 
 The maxillcB and lahium are of normal form, and of a deep blackish red-brown colour ; 
 the sternum is of the same colour, oval and truncated before ; these parts are furnished with 
 strong dark bristles. 
 
 The abdomen is of moderate size and convexity above ; the upper part and sides are 
 dark brown, thickly clothed with grey hairs, shewing some cmwed transverse lines, formed by 
 these hairs on the hinder half. The whole of the under part, extending also a little way up 
 the sides, is jet-black. 
 
 — On the road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, between April 
 22nd and May 7th, 1874. 
 
 Genus — TARENTULA, Sund. 
 
 108. — Tae-entula irascibilis, sp. n. 
 
 Immature female : length 3^ lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is oval, the caput a little produced and rather strongly constricted 
 on the lateral margins ; the fore margin is broad and truncated, and the lower part of 
 the sides rather gibbous ; it is of a yellow colour tinged with orange-brown ; on the upper 
 part of each side is a broad longitudinal darkish yellow-brown band traversed by still 
 darker converging lines showing the normal indentations ; the lateral margins are also marked 
 with some broken irregular brown spots and markings. The ocular area is blackish-brown, 
 and the height of the clypeus is nearly about equal to the diameter of one of the fore- 
 central eyes; the surface of the cephalothorax is thinly clothed with a greyish silky 
 pubescence. 
 
 The eyes are in the ordinary position, forming an area as long as it is broad, though 
 narrower in front than behind ; the eyes of the middle and posterior rows are very large, and 
 appear to be very nearly, if not quite, equal in size ; the interval between the middle ones 
 is equal to, or a little more than, a diameter, being less than that between each and that of 
 the hinder row opposite to it ; the length of the hinder row is greater, though not very 
 much, than that of the middle row, which is also, if anything, a very little longer than the 
 front row ; the eyes of this last are small and equally separated ; those of the central pair 
 being but little larger than the laterals. 
 
 The legs are tolerably long and strong ; their relative length being 4, 1 , 2, 3 ; they 
 are yellow, annulated, though not very distinctly, with broken and angular brown annu- 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 87 
 
 lations ; they are furnished with hairs and spines, hut have no scopula beneath the tarsi and 
 metatarsi. 
 
 The palpi are similar in colour and markings to the legs. 
 
 The maxillce, lahium, and sternum are of ordinary form, and of a yellow-brown colour. 
 The f aloes are also of a similar colour, rather long, powerful, and perpendicular, and fur- 
 nished with a few bristles in front. 
 
 The abdomen is a little wider behind than in front, . its colour is yellowish, clothed, but 
 not very densely, with a few greyish, and a few longer, coarser brown hairs ; there is, along 
 each lateral margin of the upper side, a broad dentated brown band, from the lower side 
 of which two or three oblique, but very regular, rows of brown spots traverse the sides ; along 
 the middle of the fore half is the normal marking of a deep brown colour edged with 
 black, with a prominent angular point on each side, and truncate at its posterior extremity, 
 which merges in the first of a series of broadish, angular, brown chevrons ; these decrease 
 in size as they approach the spinners ; the point of each chevron, which is (as usual) directed 
 forwards, touching the inside of the angle of the chevron in front of it. The under side is 
 immaculate. 
 
 Sab . — Neighbourhood of Leh, August or September, 1873. 
 
 109. — Taeentula inimica, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female ; length rather more than 6 lines. 
 
 The cepJialothorax is yellow-brown, with a broad longitudinal band, on each side, of a 
 darker hue ; the whole covered with a short sandy-grey pubescence. The clypeus is low, 
 not much exceeding in height the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The eyes of this 
 row are placed on somewhat of a ridge, making this part look prominent when seen in profile. 
 The facies is low. 
 
 The eyes occupy an area about equal in length and breadth. The front row is distinctly 
 shorter than the middle one ; its eyes are very small ; the centrals are but slightly, if at all, 
 laro-er than the laterals, and the interval between them is greater than that between each 
 and the lateral eye on its side. The eyes of the middle row are much larger than those of 
 the posterior one, and are separated by slightly over a diameter’s interval ; the hinder row is 
 considerably longer than the middle one. 
 
 The legs are tolerably strong, but not very long ; those of the fourth pair are the longest, 
 the rest not varying very much ; they are of a yellow-brown colour, and are furnished with 
 hairs and spines ; the tarsi of the first and second pairs have a very thin scopula on their 
 under sides. 
 
 The palpi are short, but similar in colour to the legs. 
 
 'Tuq maxillce Widi labium of a rich deep red-brown colour; the former have their 
 extremity, and the latter has its apex, pale yellow. 
 
 The sternum is oval, somewhat truncated at is anterior extremity, and similar in colour 
 to the maxillae. 
 
 The abdomen is of a short-oval form considerably convex above ; it is of a reddish-brown 
 colour mottled with much clearer reddish spots ; the normal longitudinal macula on the 
 fore half of the upper side is large, considerably prominent past the middle on each side, 
 and truncated at its posterior extremity ; it is of an obscure brown hue, indistinctly margined 
 
88 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 with darker brown ; on the hinder half is a median longitudinal series of strongish, but not 
 very conspicuous, yellowish-red, angular bars or chevrons. The under side is dark, of a 
 rather sooty-brown hue ; the form of the genital aperture is distinct and characteristic ; the 
 hairy clothing of the abdomen had been entirely denuded. 
 
 Sab . — On the road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, between April 22nd 
 and May 7th, 1874. 
 
 OtQv.us—LYCOSAy'LaAx. ad, ^artem=LYCOSA, Thor. 
 
 110. — Ltcosa condolens, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length 2| lines. 
 
 The general form and appearance of this spider are like those of Lycosa agricola^ Thor, 
 and some other closely-allied European species. The cephalothorax is deep brown, in some 
 cases approaching to black, with a narrow median, and, on each side, a submarginal brownish- 
 yeUow stripe ; the median stripe is often very indistinct, and seldom runs (towards the eyes) 
 beyond the occipital region, certainly not reaching nearly to the ocular area, and the marginal 
 stripes are irregular, or somewhat dentated, on their edges. These stripes are clothed with 
 pale hairs. The ocular area is black, and the clypeus, which rather exceeds in height the 
 diameter of one of the fore-central eyes, is yellow. 
 
 The eyes are in the ordinary position ; the foremost row is distinctly shorter than the 
 middle one, and its eyes are very small ; those of the central pair being scarcely larger than 
 the laterals, and the interval between them is double that between each and the lateral eye 
 on its side. The eyes of the middle row are considerably farther apart than a diameter's 
 interval, — in fact, nearly equalling two diameters ; being equal to the interval between each 
 and the lower margin of the clypeus at its nearest point. The hinder row is longer than the 
 middle one, and its eyes are smaller than those of that row. 
 
 The legs are long, rather attenuated, furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; they are 
 of a brownish-yellow colour, the femora and tibirn annulated and marked with black-brown 
 and yellow-brown ; the femora are often more or less completely suffused with black-brown. 
 This is only, however, the case with some adult males, and is probably owing to their having 
 been longer in the adult state ; the legs of the fourth pair are the longest, and those of the 
 third pair slightly the shortest. 
 
 The palpi are moderately long ; the humeral joint is nearly black, the cubital and radial 
 joints yellow ; the latter is the longest, and black on the whole (more or less) of the under 
 side ; the upper side is furnished with white hairs, mostly close to the fore extremity ; the 
 digital joint is of tolerable size, round, oval, and black behind, pointed and of a paler brown- 
 ish hue in front. The palpal organs are characteristic in their structure, though they do 
 not present anything very remarkable in form ; there is, about their middle, a not very 
 prominent, somewhat crescent-shaped, process, one of whose limbs is truncated, and the 
 other, the shorter, is blunt-pointed. 
 
 The maxillce are dark reddish brown, yellowish at their fore extremities. 
 
 The labium is also of a similar colour,— yellowish at the apex. 
 
 The falces are moderately long, not particularly strong, straight, perpendicular, of a 
 brownish-yellow colour, more or less clouded with deep brown. 
 
 The sternum is oval and nearly black. 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 89 
 
 The abdomen is black-brown on the upper side ; the normal longitudinal marking on 
 the fore part is of a reddish yellow-brown hue, blunt-pointed at its posterior extremity, 
 and followed towards the .spinners by a series of short, angular bars of the same colour ; 
 these bars (often broken at the angle) thus consist of two oblique, opposed, oblong-oval 
 markings, eacli of which has a black spot in the middle ; there is also on each side of this 
 series, towards the margin of the upper side, a longitudinal series of pale spots formed by 
 small tufts of whitish hair; the sides are mottled with yellow-brown, and the under side is 
 yellow-brown marked with a median, and two (lateral) longitudinal dark blackish stripes, 
 rendered more or less indistinct by the pale (among other) hairs with which the surface of 
 the abdomen is generally covered- 
 
 The female is paler- coloured, and the markings are more distinct than in the male> 
 preserving, however, the same essential characters. It seems to be an abundant species. 
 
 Rah. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873; Kashghar, December 1873; 
 between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874 ; Yangihissar, April 1874 ; on the road across 
 the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panja and back, between April 22nd and May 7th, 1874 ; hills 
 between Sirikol and Aktalla, between 8th and 18th May 1874 ; road from Yarkand to Bursi, 
 between May 28th and June l7th, 1874. 
 
 111. — Lycosa fortunata, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length 3 lines. 
 
 This spider is very nearly allied to Lycosa condolens ; but it is rather smaller, and 
 generally lighter- coloured. The following points of distinction will serve to distinguish it 
 readily. 
 
 The central yellow band on the cephalothorax is much broader, more distinct, reaches 
 more nearly to the eyes, behind which it is strongly constricted, being broader and somewhat 
 radiated at the thoracic junction, immediately behind which it is again constricted ; the lateral 
 yellow stripes are broken, and scarcely extend more than half way to the fore extremity. Tin* 
 height of the clypeus is a little greater, and the two central eyes of the front row are largei- 
 in proportion to the laterals. 
 
 The legs have the femora and tibiae in general obscurely annulated, but the former are 
 not black as in L. condolem,. The radial joints of the palpi are longer in proportion to the 
 length of the cubital than in that species, and are a little clouded with brown towards their 
 fore extremities, which are furnished thickly with long, black, bristly hairs, particularly 
 underneath and on the inner sides. The fore part of the digital joint is less attenuated, and 
 it is clothed thickly with black hairs, and terminates with a strongish curved claw ; the palpal 
 organs differ also in structure ; they are more prominent at their hinder extremity, and the 
 process corresponding to that described in reference to L. condolens as somewhat “crescent- 
 shaped” is much larger and more prominent ; its larger limb being strongly curved. The 
 abdominal markings are very similar, but the usual one on the upper side, at the middle of 
 the fore part, is distinctly margined with black. 
 
 The female resembles the male in colours and markings, but the annulations of the legs 
 are darker and more distinct. 
 
 This spider appears to be equally abundant with L. condolens. 
 
 Rab. — Neighbourhood of Leh, August and September 1873; Tanktze to Chagra and 
 Pankong Valley, 15th to 21st September 1873 ; Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ; 
 
90 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Kashghar, December 1873; between Yangibissar and Sirikol, March 1874; Tangibissar, 
 April 1874 ; on tbe road across tbe Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, April 22nd to 
 May 7tb, 1874; bills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8tb to 18tb May 1874; Yarkand, 21st to 
 27tb of May 1874; road from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28tb to June 17tb, 1874. 
 
 112. Ltcosa stellata, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length from 4 to 5^ lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax of this distinct spider is of a brown colour, and clothed with a 
 short sandy-grey pubescence ; there is a large, very distinct, star-shaped or radiate yellow- 
 ish marking at the occiput, divided longitudinally by a dusky red- brown line, strongisb at 
 each end, and produced before into an obtuse, somewhat transverse, oblong marking a 
 little way behind the ocular area, notched at its fore-margin, and often marked with the bifid 
 continuation of the bisecting line on the stellate portion ; there is also a pale yellowish sub- 
 marginal, and generally broken, band on each side ; these markings, seen very distinctly on 
 immature examples, are more or less obscured by the pubescence in adult s[)ecimens. 
 
 The eyes of the foremost row form a line distinctly shorter than the middle row, and 
 its central pair are distinctly larger than the laterals, and are divided by an interval larger 
 than that which separates each from the lateral eye on its side ; the height of the clypeus 
 very little, if at all, exceeds the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The ocular area 
 appears to be broader behind than it is long, and the eyes of the middle row are considerably 
 larger than those of the hinder one, forming a line nearly about equal to that formed by the 
 laterals of these rows. 
 
 The legs are rather long, tolerably strong, of a yellowish hue, and pretty distinctly 
 annulated wdth dark brown ; they are furnished with hairs and spines, and the colour and 
 markings are liable (in adults) to be obscured more or less by a rather dense, short, sandy - 
 grey pubescence; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. 
 
 palpi are similar in colour and armature to the legs. 
 
 The f aloes are long, strong, straight, and perpendicular : they are of a reddish-yellow- 
 brown colour — red-brown at the base and extremities in front, and furnished with numerous 
 long, prominent bristles. 
 
 The maxill(B are yellow-brown, and the labivm deep brown with a pale-yellowish apex. 
 
 The sternum is deep brown, clothed with grey pubescence. 
 
 The abdomen is of a blackish-brown colour on the upper side. The normal longi- 
 tudinal marking on the fore half is indicated by broken, surrounding, submarginal, reddish- 
 yellow markings, and its posterior extremity is truncated : following it is a series of opposed, 
 oblique, yellowish markings, these being the broken portions of the normal angular bars, which 
 are, however, sometimes perfect ; and each bar contains a black spot : outside these angular 
 bars is, on each side, a longitudinal row of yellowish spots. The sides are brownish-yellow, 
 spotted and marked with black-brown ; and the under side is also browmish-yellow, without 
 any markings. The genital aperture is of a characteristic form, and its colour is red-brown. 
 
 The male resembles the female in colours and markings, but is rather smaller. 
 
 Sab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ; Kashghar, December 1873 ; Yangi- 
 hissar, April 1874 ; on road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, April 22nd to 
 May 7th, 1874 ; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8th to 13th of May 1871; Yarkand, 21st 
 to 27th May 1874 ; Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 91 
 
 From the localities recorded, this spider, though perhaps less numerous, appears to be 
 distributed nearly equally with the two foregoing species, and all three are probably found 
 together. The present species is very nearly allied to L. injucunda, Cambr., found in Egypt, 
 but quite distinct. 
 
 113. Lycosa credtjla, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length nearly 2f lines. 
 
 This spider is very nearly allied to Lycosa nigriceps, Thor., which it resembles closely in 
 form and general appearance, but may be distinguished by the absence of any constriction of 
 the median, longitudinal yellow hand on the cephalothorax, and by the normal longitudinal 
 marking on the fore half of . the abdomen being sharp-pointed instead of truncated at the 
 posterior extremity. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of a bright yellow colour, somewhat obscured by a greyish 
 pubescence, which probably soon becomes more or less denuded ; the sides are narrowly edged 
 with black, a very little way above which edging is a narrow, dark, yellow-brown, sub- 
 marginal stripe, with a broad lateral band of the same colour along the upper part of each 
 side, leaving a median, longitudinal yellow band of equal width throughout, and scarcely 
 wider than the lateral bands of the same hue. The ocular area is black. 
 
 The are in the usual position ; the front row is distinctly shorter than the middle 
 one, and its two central eyes are placed on a small prominence ; these two are larger than the 
 laterals of the same row, and the interval between them is greater than that between each 
 and the lateral on its side ; the eyes of the middle row are much the largest, and form a line 
 shorter than those of the third row, though this latter is not so long, proportionately, as in 
 some other groups of Lycosa. The four eyes of the middle and hinder rows form a square 
 whose posterior side is longer than the rest. The height of the clypeus is more than double 
 the diameter of one of the fore central eyes. 
 
 The legs are moderately long, and rather slender ; they are of a yellow colour, indistinctly 
 marked and annulated on the femora with yellowish-brown, and are clothed with hairs, spines, 
 and grey pubescence. Their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. . 
 
 The palpi are yellow, marked with brown. 
 
 The falces are rather long, slender, straight, and directed backwards ; their colour is 
 yellow, slightly marked longitudinally with brown. 
 
 The maxillce and lahium are yellowish, tinged with brown. 
 
 The is oval, rounded before, and pointed behind; its colour is black-brown, 
 
 irregularly margined with yellow, and a median longitudinal stripe of the same colour extends 
 from the fore extremity rather more than half-w^ay to the hinder one. 
 
 The abdomen is dark-brown above, spotted minutely and striated with yellow ; a tapering 
 dentated yellowish median band runs throughout the upper side to the spinners ; the fore part 
 of this hand contains the normal marking, distinctly defined by a dark-brown line, and sharp- 
 pointed at its hinder extremity ; in the hinder half of the dentated band may be indistinctly 
 traced the usual series of angular bars or chevrons, each of which is charged with two small 
 brown spots in a transverse line. The sides of the abdomen are irregularly striated with dark- 
 brown on a yellow ground, and the under side is paler, with still feuer brown markings. 
 
 The genital aperture is not large, hut is, as usual, of characteristic form. 
 
i)2 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 Hab . — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8tb to 13tli of May 1874; road from Yarkand 
 to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. 
 
 114. Lycosa Vindex, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2^ lines. 
 
 This spider is very closely allied to Lycosa credula, but it is of a shorter, stouter form, 
 and the colours are of a generally duller hue. The median longitudinal yellow band on th e 
 cephalothorax is broader, distinctly constricted at the occiput, and enlarged at the thoracic 
 indentation. The ocular area is black, with a geminated reddish-yellow spot between the 
 (‘yes of the hinder row ; the lateral brown bands are more distinctly traversed by darker .lines 
 radiating towards the thoracic indentation. The clypeus is lower, not exceeding in height 
 two fore central eyes’ diameter ; the legs are entirely annulated (though not very distinctly 
 excepting the tarsi), and they are also longer than those of L. credula. 
 
 The sternum is very similar in its markings; but the normal marking on the fore half of 
 the upper side of the abdomen is less distinctly marked, and is blunt-pointed at its hinder 
 extremity ; the usual angular bars which succeed it are longer, and, with the marking on the 
 fore part, are of a reddish yellow-brown hue ; this is also the prevailing tint of the upper side, 
 of which the rest is marked and striated with dark-brown ; the under side is of a dull- 
 yellowish hue, without any markings; and the genital aperture is of a distinct and charac- 
 teristic form. 
 
 Rah. — Yarkand, November 1873. 
 
 115. Lycosa Vindicata, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2 lines. 
 
 This spider is exceedingly closely allied to L. vindex, but I am induced to record it as a 
 distinct species, not only on account of its smaller size, but because the median longitudinal 
 yellowish band on the cephalothorax is narrower, and has no constriction at the occiput, nor 
 any lateral enlargement at the thoracic indentation ; the submarginal lateral brown stripe is 
 also more distinct and continuous, and the genital aperture differs a little in its form. In 
 most other respects it resembles L. vindex, though the legs are more distinctly annulated. 
 Its smaller size, shorter, stouter form, and reddish-brown hue of the paler markings on the 
 abdomen, as well as the far more distinctly and completely annulated legs, and lower clypeus 
 distinguish it readily from L. credula. 
 
 Hab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873, and between Yangihissar and Sirikol, 
 March 1874. 
 
 116. Lycosa passibilis, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : slightly over 3 lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of a deep brown colour, with a broadish longitudinal median band, 
 and two lateral, narrower, sub-marginal ones slightly paler, and clothed with greyish hairs, 
 with which, indeed, the rest of the cephalothorax is, though more thinly, covered. 
 
AllANEIDEA. 
 
 93 
 
 The eyes occupy an area longer than broad ; the front row is shorter than the middle 
 one, and its two central eyes are placed on a slight prominence, and are larger than the lateral 
 ones ; the four being very nearly, if not quite, equally separated from each other, and the 
 height of the clypeus is greater than the diameter of one of the fore central eyes, but not as 
 much as two diameters. The eyes of the middle row are much larger than those of the hinder 
 one, and, with them, form a square whose posterior side is the shortest. 
 
 The legs are long, attenuated at the extremities, of a deep reddish-brown colour, fur- 
 nished with hairs and spines, and clothed with greyish pubescence. 
 
 The palpi are rather long and strong, and similar in colour to the legs ; the radial and 
 cubital joints are of equal length; the digital joint is of tolerable size, and nearly equal in 
 length to the radial and cubital joints together ; it is oval behind and rather attenuate before. 
 The palpal organs are not very complex, but from the middle there projects a short but pro- 
 minent process with three prominent divergent points, the middle one being the longest and 
 strongest. Like the legs, the palpi are covered more or less with greyish hairs. 
 
 The falees are moderately long, but not very strong, slightly divergent and directed 
 l)ackwards : their colour is deep rich reddish black-brown, with a reddish-yellow broad longi- 
 tudinal stripe on the inner side at the fore extremity. 
 
 The maxillcB are reddish-brown, pale-yellowish at the extremities and on the inner side. 
 
 The labium is similar to the maxillae in colour, with a pale-yellowish apex. 
 
 The sternum is oval and of a deep shining reddish-brown colour. 
 
 The abdomen is of a blackish-brown hue, with the normal longitudinal marking on the 
 fore half of the upper side, and a series of succeeding angular bars of an obscure brownish 
 red; the whole is thickly clothed (especially along the median portion of the upper side) with 
 greyish hairs, forming there a broad, longitudinal grey band, emitting some short lateral pro- 
 minent lines on each side of the hinder part. 
 
 Rab . — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, between the 8th and 18th of May 1874. 
 
 117. Ltcosa plavida, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female: length lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of a pale-yellow colour, with two broad, longitudinal, lateral yel- 
 low-brown bands reaching from the fore to the hinder margin, and thinly clothed with greyish 
 hairs ; the height of the clypeus is no more than equal to the diameter of one of the fore 
 central eyes. 
 
 The eyes are in the ordinary position, on large black spots ; the whole of the fore part 
 liowever, of the ocular area is more or less black. The front row is shorter than the middle 
 one ; its two central eyes are larger than the laterals, and the interval between them is greater 
 than that between each and the lateral eyes next to it. The eyes of the middle row are very 
 large, and separated from each other by no more than one diameter ; this interval being but 
 little less than that which separates each from the posterior eye opposite to it ; the font 
 hinder eyes form a square whose posterior side is longest and anterior one .slightly the shortest. 
 
 The legs are moderately long and not very strong; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, and 
 they are of a pale yellow colour, rather paler than the cephalothorax, armed with spines and 
 furnished thinly with hairs. 
 
94 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 The palpi are moderately long, and similar to the legs in colour, deepening to a brownish 
 hue on the last two joints. 
 
 ^hefalces are moderate in length and strength, slightly divergent, perpendicular, of a 
 yellow-brown colour, and clothed with bristly hairs. 
 
 The maxill(B and labium are of a paler hue than the falces, and the sternum is heart- 
 shaped and similar in colour to the legs. 
 
 The abdomen is of a rather shortish oval form. On the upper side is a broad, longitudi- 
 nal, pale-yellow band sharply dentated on its hinder half ; the fore part of this band contains 
 the normal longitudinal marking, of a slightly clearer colour, and faintly defined by a broken^ 
 brownish, indistinct line, and its hinder extremity is truncated. Some other indistinct, fine, 
 brown, broken, angular lines on the hinder part, indicate the ordinary chevrons. On each 
 side of the median dentated band, and, in fact, defining it, is a broad brown band diffused in 
 scattered spots a little over the sides ; the under side is immaculate. The genital aperture is 
 small, but of a characteristic form. 
 
 An immature male exactly resembled the female. 
 
 Hab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ; Kashghar, December 1873 ; 
 between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874 ; Yangihissar, April 1874 ; road from Yarkand 
 to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. 
 
 BOEBE, Genus Nov. 
 
 I am induced to form this new genus for the reception of four remarkable Lycosids, one 
 received from Sinai, and described (P. Z. S., 1870, p. 822, pi. 1., fig. 3) as a Lycosa 
 {L. preelongipes, Cambr.), another from the present collection, a third, L. ungulata, Cambr. 
 Spiders of Egypt, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 603, and a fourth, L. arenaria, Sav., Egypt. These 
 (or at least three of them, for L. arenaria, Sav. is unknown to me, except from Audouin’s 
 figure and description, which do not detail the special points under consideration, though I 
 have but little doubt of its possessing them), though exactly agreeing in several peculiar 
 points of structure, are quite distinct species. The points in which they differ from Lycosa, 
 Trochosa, and Tarentula may be seen from the following diagnosis of generic characters. 
 
 Cephalothorax oval, truncate before, and strongly constricted on the lateral margins of the 
 caput ; the normal indentations, especially the one dividing the caput from the thorax, are 
 strong, and the upper side of the thorax on each side of the normal longitudinal indentation 
 is gibbous, so that there is, when the spider is looked at in profile, a strong angular depression 
 between the caput and thorax, the lateral thoracic margins being much depressed. 
 
 The eyes, as regards their general position, are like those of Lycosa, &c., but those of the 
 second row have their vertical axes directed very nearly straight forwards, that is to say, 
 scarcely at all upwards, though a little outwards ; in this respect there is a marked approach 
 to Linopis, the facies being very vertical. 
 
 The legs are long and attenuated, especially those of the fourth pair. Two parallel rows 
 of spines run throughout the under side of the tibiae, metatarsi, and tarsi ; at the fore end of 
 each tarsus there is the appearance of a kind of short obsolete, or fixed, joint. It has 
 apparently no movable articulation, but there is both a visible Constriction and a kind of 
 suture as though of a joint either consolidated by disuse, or in process of development towards 
 a perfect supernumerary joint such as we find in Hersilia. The superior terminal claws are 
 
ABANEIDEA. 
 
 95 
 
 unusually long, slightly curved, and have four or five denticulations at their posterior 
 extremity. 
 
 The maxill(B are not very long, hut rather enlarged at their extremities, where they are 
 rounded ; and, instead of forming a straight line with the labium, they are turned distinctly 
 sideways, thus in another point resembling Binopis. 
 
 The labium is short, broad, and truncated in a slightly curved convex line at the apex. 
 
 The palpi of the female are truncated at the extremity, and the terminal claw, which is 
 nearly straight and finely pectinated, issues from the middle of the truncation. 
 
 118. Boebe benevola, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is clothed with short, sandy-grey pubescence, and is of a yellow- 
 brown colour, with a broad yellow longitudinal median band, strongly constricted at the 
 occiput, and enlarged at the thoracic indemation, the portion in front of the constriction 
 forming a very distinct, transverse, oblong-oval area. There is also a broken, narrow, sub- 
 marginal yellowish band on each side. The height of the clypeus is equal to twice the 
 diameter of one of the fore central eyes, and the colour of the ocular area is black. 
 
 The eyes of the front row form a straight line shorter than that of the middle row ; the 
 central pair of the front row are larger than the laterals, and are separated by an interval 
 wider than that which divides each ftom the lateral eye on its side ; those of the middle row 
 are very large, and are separated by nearly about one and a half diameter's interval, forming 
 a line not far from equal to that formed by each and the posterior eye opposite to it ; the 
 eyes of the hinder row are large, but smaller than those of the middle one, and form a much 
 longer line. 
 
 The legs of the fourth pair are considerably the longest ; and those of the second pair 
 apparently the shortest ; while there is not so much difference between those of the first and 
 third pairs, the first being the longer of the two. They are yellow in colour ; the femora 
 marked distinctly with brown spots, patches, and some other linear markings of the same 
 hue ; the spines beneath the tarsi are numerous, of equal length, much shorter than those 
 on the other joints, and give the joint a comb-like appearance. 
 
 The palpi are like the legs in colours, and in the markings on the humeral joints, and 
 are furnished with hairs and a few spine-like bristles. 
 
 The falces are powerful, of modern. te length, rounded in profile, clothed with sandy-grey 
 hairs and long bristles, and of a dark reddish yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The maxillce are yellow, strongly tinged with yellow-brown, particularly on their inner 
 sides, and pale yellowish at their inner extremities. 
 
 The labium is dark yellowish-brown with a pale apex. 
 
 The sternum is of a short heart-shape and dark yellow-brown colour, thinly clothed with 
 sandy- grey pubescence. 
 
 The abdomen is oval and moderately convex above ; its colour is a dull brownish-yellow, 
 marked with dark brown, occasionally approaching to black ; the intersecting portions of the 
 yellow ground-colour are spotted more or less with cretaceous- white spots. The normal 
 longitudinal median marking (of a deep brown colour) on the fore half of the upper side is 
 large, somewhat wedge-shaped, and roughly dentated on its margins, and its posterior extre- 
 
96 
 
 SECOND YAllKAND MISSION. 
 
 mity is prolonged into a more or less distinct median line to the spinners, and gives off on 
 each side various oblique lines and markings, forming some tolerably distinct, angular, yellow 
 bars of different sizes, and some of which have a dark-brown spot at their extremities. There 
 is a tolerably clear, marginal yellow space round the normal marking on the fore half. The 
 under side is almost all occupied by a broad longitudinal light-brown band. 
 
 The genital aperture is small, but of characteristic form. The spinners are very short, 
 hut those of the superior pair are stronger and rather longer than those of the inferior. An 
 immature male resembled the female in colours and markings. 
 
 Rab . — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873; Kashghar, December 1873; 
 between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874 ; Yangihissar, April 1874 ; Yarkand, 21st to 
 27th May 1874, and Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June I7th, 1874. 
 
 Y&mWy-SPH ASIDES. 
 
 Genus— OXYOPES, Latr. 
 
 119. OxTOPES JTJBILANS, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length rather more than 3^ lines. 
 
 This spider is nearly allied to Oxyopes {Sphasus) lepidus, Blackw., of which the female 
 only has yet been described ; the latter differs, however, from the female of the present spe- 
 cies in being of a more robust form and in having shorter legs, as well as in the abdominal 
 markings. 
 
 The general form and appearance are similar to those of most others of the genus ; th(' 
 cephalothorax is of a brownish-yellow colour, and the normal indentations are distinctly 
 marked. The ocular area, and the middle of the* clypeus are clothed with grey hairs ; a fine 
 brown line runs obliquely along t e margins of the upper side, and so downward to the 
 lower corners of the clypeus ; two others run, one from each of the two foremost eyes, nearly 
 perpendicularly to the falces (to the extremity of which they are continued), bisecting them 
 in front. There are also two parallel brown lines along the middle of the cephalothorax, not 
 reaching further forward than the occiput, and less distinct in the male than in the female ; 
 the eyes are on black spots and in the usual position, six posterior ones forming a transverse 
 hexagonal figure whose sides scarcely differ in length ; they may be also taken as in four 
 transverse rows of two each. Those of the foremost row are very minute and separated from 
 those of the next row by an eye’s diameter. Those of the second row are the largest of the 
 eight or nearly so, and are separated by an interval of one diameter, both from each other, 
 and from the eyes of the third row ; this row is considerably the longest, and the fourth row 
 is slightly longer than the second, its eyes being rather further from each other than each is 
 from the lateral of the third row on its side. 
 
 The legs are long and slender, their relative length seems to be 4, 1, 2, 3 ; they are of a 
 yellow colour, and are armed with numerous long spines. The femora of the first and second 
 pairs have longitudinal brown lines on the under side, a faint trace of two only of these 
 existing on the femora of the third and fourth pairs. 
 
 The palpi are short, similar in colour to the legs ; the cubital joint is very short with 
 but a very slight angular prominence at its fore extremity on the upper side ; the radial joint 
 is much stronger than the cubital ; it is strongly tinged with yellow-brown, much enlarged 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 97 
 
 In a blunt angular form on the outer side, with a short red-brown irregular projection rather 
 underneath ; the digital joint is round-oval, brownish -coloured behind, and of a narrow, 
 slightly tapering, pointed, beak-like form in front ; the beak portion is yellowish, and less in 
 length than the oval part ; this part has a small angular prominence at its base on the outer 
 side. The palpal organs are prominent and rather complex, but do not present any remark- 
 able processes. The radial and cubital joints are furnished with several long, curved, spine- 
 Uke bristles. 
 
 The falees are not very long nor strong ; they are of a subconical form, straight, per 
 pendicular, similar in colour to the cephalothorax, and bisected in front by a longitudinal 
 brown line. 
 
 The maxillce and labium are of normal form, the colour of the former is yellow, and of 
 the latter yellow-brown. 
 
 The abdomen is long and narrow, being of an elongate, tapering, or pyramidal form ; 
 the fore part is the largest, and it gradually narrows to the spinners ; it is of a yellowish hue, 
 somewhat freckled with white cretaceous spots of small size ; the upper side is margined on 
 each side with a double longitudinal brown line, and a faint, narrow, tapering, dusky band 
 along the middle ; on the under side is a broadish, tapering, dusky, longitudinal band, mar- 
 gined with reddish-brown. 
 
 The female is more distinctly marked than the male, and the process connected with 
 the genital aperture is blackish and prominent. The colours of this spider, as above described 
 from examples for several years immersed in spirits, cannot be considered altogether reliable, 
 inasmuch as the yellow tints may have possibly been more or less green when the s]3ider was 
 living. 
 
 Sab. — Tinali; route from Murree to Sind Yalley, July 19th, 1873. 
 
 I come to the conclusion that this is the locality, because Dr. Stoliczka, in his diary of 
 July 19th, 1873, mentions having found that evening a good number of spiders, “ chiefly 
 Thomisus Sphasus’* {~Oxy opes), Wild in i\iQ one, unlabelled bottle I find the only ex- 
 
 amples of Sphasus contained in the whole collection. These are of three species, the present 
 and the next one very nearly allied to each other, the third quite distinct both in form and 
 markings ; all three are, I believe, of undescribed species, though Dr. Stohczka says of those 
 he found “ among the latter (Sphasus) ” he recognized Sphasus viridanus. This is a Calcutta 
 species described by Dr. Stoliczka in Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxxviii, p. 220, pi. xx, 
 fig. 1, and is undoubtedly a species of Pasithea, Bl. (Peucetia, Thor.), which, though 
 generically nearly allied to Sphasus, is yet easily recognized by the difference in the position 
 of the eyes. 
 
 120. OXTOPES PR^DICTA, Sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length 4 lines. 
 
 This spider is very closely allied to Oxyopes jubilans ; it is, however, rather larger, and 
 this, I think, may probably prove to be a constant character. In general colouring, form, and 
 appearance, the two species are strikingly similar, but the following distinctions will serve 
 to separate them without difficulty. 
 
 The cephalothorax has no lateral brown lines running to the fore corners of the clypeus, 
 and the two parallel median ones are here replaced by a not very distinct, median, longi- 
 tudinal rusty-reddish band, which runs quite to the hinder row of eyes. 
 
 z 
 
98 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 The palpi present an easily observed diflPerence from those of Oxyopes juhilans both in 
 the radial and digital joints. The former is not enlarged on the outer side, but is, on the con- 
 trary, rather excavated there, with a somewhat corneous, red-bi'own ridge just behind the 
 excavated part : the radial joint is also somewhat angularly prominent underneath towards 
 the inner side. The digital joint has its short-oval, posterior portion of a darker hue, and 
 more angularly prominent at its base on the outer side. The anterior, or beak-like, portion is 
 also distinctly longer than the oval part, and terminates in a sharpish and somewhat corneous 
 point. 
 
 The legs have the femoral joints of the third and fourth pairs as distinctly marked with 
 one (if not two) longitudinal blackish -brown lines as the whole of the first and second pairs. 
 
 The abdomen has on the upper side a longitudinal, median, tapering, rusty-reddish band, 
 at the fore part of which the normal elongate marking, of a somewhat spear-headed form 
 and yellow colour, is visible. 
 
 Rab. — Round at the same time and in the same locality as O.jubilans. Tinali ; route 
 from Murree to Sind Valley, July 19th, 1873. 
 
 121. OxTOPES REJECTA, Sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length rather less than 3| lines. 
 
 This spider is nearly allied to Oxyopes (Sphasus) gentilis, C. L. Koch. It may easily 
 be distinguished from the two f oregoing species by its shorter legs, as well as by its shorter, 
 stouter form, and by the short cephalothorax, which has the sides and liinder slope very steep, 
 and the normal indentations very slightly marked, so that the divisional line between the 
 thorax and caput is scarcely visible. The colour of the cephalothorax is brownish-yellow, 
 paler in the ocular area and at the occiput ; it is indistinctly marked in the median longitu- 
 dinal line, as well as on the sides, with blackish-brown ; there are also two slightly curved 
 lines, of the same colour, running down from the two foremost eyes over to the middle of 
 each of the falces, and continued over them in a slightly sinuous form, but stopping some- 
 what considerably short of their extremity. 
 
 The eyes are on conspicuous black blotches, those of the third row are considerably nearer 
 to those of the second than to those of the fourth (or posterior) row. The length of the two 
 last (2nd and 4th) rows are exactly equal, though, owing to the difference in the size of the 
 eyes, the interval between those of each row is different. The height of the clypeus is rather 
 less than half that of the facial space. 
 
 The legs are rather short, and their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. They are armed with 
 long spines, and their colour is yellow, the femora being marked underneath with two longi- 
 tudinal parallel, blackish-brown lines. 
 
 The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, rather long, slender, and armed with a few 
 strong spine-like bristles. 
 
 The falces are not very long nor strong ; they are of a subconical form, straight, and 
 perpendicular; their length is less than the height of the facial space, and their colour is like 
 that of the cephalothorax, with a longitudinal blackish-brown line from the base to two-thirds 
 of the distance towards their extremity. 
 
 The maxilla and labium are of normal form, and of a light brownish-yellow hue. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 99 
 
 The abdomen is oval, pointed behind ; on the upper side is a broad, longitudinal central 
 slightly tapering yellowish band, spotted with small cretaceous- white spots, and showing the 
 normal marking on the fore part of a clearer, though slightly brown, colour, and of an 
 elongate diamond-shape ; the marginal portions of the upper part are marked with blackish - 
 brown oblique linear markings, which extend more or less over the sides. These parts, as well 
 as the under side, are similar in colour to the middle of the upper side ; the under side 
 having a broad, well-defined, longitudinal, median, black-brown hand, marked along the middle 
 with pale yellowish. The genital aperture is small but of characteristic form. 
 
 Hab . — Found at the same time and place as the two foregoing species. Tinali ; route 
 from Murree to Sind Valley, July 19th, 1873. 
 
 YamWy—SALTICIBES. 
 
 Geims-HELIOPHANUS, C. L, Koch. 
 
 122. Heliophantjs dtjbius. 
 
 Heliophanus dubius, E. Simon, Arachnides de France, tom. iii, p. 146, pi. x., fig. 4. 
 
 I have not been able yet to compare this spider ( $ adult) with a type of H. dubius, 
 Sim., hut I believe it to he identical with that species, as it agrees well with the figures and 
 description given 1. c. 
 
 Sab . — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8th to 18th May 1874. 
 
 Genus— PLEXIPPUS, C. L. Koch. 
 
 123. Plexipptjs adansonii. 
 
 Attus addansonii, Sav., Egypte, p. 169, pi. 7, fig. 8. 
 
 Sab . — Both sexes of this spider, differing in no respect from examples found in Egypt, 
 and received from Bombay, were contained in the portion of the collection without date or 
 locality hut probably (as before observed) made between Murree and Sind Valley about the 
 end of July 1873. 
 
 Genus — MENEMERUS, E. Simon. 
 
 124. Menemerus cinctus, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length rather over 2^ lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of a flattened form with a strong transverse depression indicating 
 the junction of the caput and thorax. The upper area of the caput is black, the rest of the 
 cephalothorax is dark yellowish-brown, paler towards the margins. 
 
 It is clothed with hairs mostly of a golden hue, a longitudinal median stripe and a 
 marginal one on each side being furnished with white hairs ; the marginal stripe is formed of 
 two narrow parallel ones. There are also some prominent bristly hairs on the cephalotho- 
 rax, strongest on the sides of the ocular area, below whic.h three of them form a longitu- 
 dinal line. 
 
100 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 The eyes form an area broader than long ; those of the anterior row are separated from 
 each other by a small and equal interval, and those of the middle row appear to be as nearly 
 as possible half-way between the first and third rows, and slightly within the straight line 
 formed on each side by the laterals of those rows, of which the first is shorter than the 
 third. 
 
 The legs are moderately strong and not very long, those of the first pair are the longest, 
 considerably the strongest, and of a dark yellow-brown colour, the femora being the lightest 
 in hue ; the rest are yellow, tinged with brown, and all are furnished with hairs and long pro- 
 minent bristles, but no spines except some short ones beneath the tibiae and metatarsi of the 
 first pair : there is a compact claw-tuf t beneath the terminal tarsal claws. The third pair 
 appear to be slightly the shortest. 
 
 The palpi are short, of a yellow-brown colour, and furnished with hairs and bristles ; the 
 cubital joint is short and strong, the radial is shorter and less strong, but is considerably 
 produced on its outer side, the produced portion ending in a tapering, pointed, slightly blunt 
 apophysis. The digital joint is long, of a slightly bent oblong-oval form. The palpal 
 .organs have a large, nearly globular lobe at their base, extending beneath and rather on the 
 inner side of the radial and cubital joints. 
 
 The falces are short, strong, straight, projecting strongly forward, and but very slightly 
 divergent ; their anterior extremity is as broad almost as the posterior, truncated, and with a 
 strongish tooth at the inner corner ; their colour is dark yellow-brown tinged with red. 
 
 The mascillce are short, strong, broadest, and rounded at their extremities, and inclined 
 towards the labium, which is of a somewhat oblong-oval form; these parts are of a 
 deep yellow-brown hue, the extremities of the former, and the apex of the latter being of a 
 paler colour. 
 
 The sternum is oval and of a palish yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The abdomen is oval and of a somewhat flattish form; it is banded transversely on the 
 upper part and sides with alternate broad whitish and dark-brown bands, the first band 
 encircling the fore margin, is white, and the second and third are divided in the middle by a 
 narrow brown patch ; the brown bands are considerably the broadest, and all become more or less 
 tapering when they reach the sides : the surface is clothed with hairs ; a broad longitudinal 
 median band, and a lateral one on each side, are formed by hairs of a rusty scarlet hue, those 
 on the intermediate spaces being whitish grey ; on the hinder half of the upper side is a 
 longitudinal, median series of whitish, angular bars, of course visible only when they occur 
 upon the brown transverse bands, the under side is dull whitish, with a broad median 
 longitudinal tapering yellowish-brown band. 
 
 Sab. — Yarkand, May 1874. 
 
 125. Menemertjs inceetus, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2f lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax of this spider is short, of a rather flattened form, and the profile of 
 the ocular area slopes, but very slightly, downwards ; this part is of a brownish black hue, the 
 rest of the cephalothorax being brownish-yellow, and the whole clothed with appressed grey 
 hairs ; some erect bristly ones being dispersed thinly over the surface. The margins are 
 black. 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 101 
 
 The eyes of the anterior row are separated from each other by distinct intervals, that 
 between the centrals being less than that between each and the fore lateral next to it ; the 
 posterior row is a little longer than the anterior one. A single row of strong bristles runs 
 longitudinally just below the lateral eyes of the three rows, and the eyes of the middle row 
 are nearer to the anterior than to the posterior row. 
 
 The legs are short, those of the fourth pair are the longest but less strong than those of 
 the first pair, and those of the second pair appear to be a little the shortest : they are furnish- 
 ed with hairs, bristles, and a few spines, with a small claw-tuft beneath the terminal tarsal 
 claws. The colour of the legs is yellow. 
 
 The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, short, slender, and furnished with white hairs. 
 
 'Yhe falces are short, not very strong, straight, projecting, and of a yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The maxillcB and lahium are lighter-coloured than the falces. 
 
 The sternum is small, oblong-oval, and similar to the legs in colour. 
 
 The abdomen is of a rather elongate oval form, and of a dull yellow colour, somewhat 
 clouded with reddish yellow-brown on the upper side, and clothed with fine yellowish and 
 grey hairs, with a few dark, slender bristly ones intermixed ; on the fore part is a brown 
 marking consisting of two short parallel lines looped in front, and near the hinder extremity 
 are three confluent bright red-brown patches. The genital aperture is of a distinctive form. 
 
 It is possible that this may be the female of Menemerus cinctus, but, as the colours and 
 pattern of that species are different, it is best to describe it at present as distinct, until we 
 liave other evidence of their identity ; dissimilarity of colours and pattern, as well as of struc- 
 ture, are often found in the sexes of spiders, ihoM^Xi primd facie such dissimilarity is proof of 
 specific difference. 
 
 Sab. — Yarkand, end of May 1871. 
 
 126. Menemerus deletes, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2| lines. 
 
 The form of the cephalothorax is flattish ; it is of a deep yellow-brown colour, darkest on 
 the caput, with an indistinct, ill-defined, brownish-yellow, marginal border, and a still less 
 distinct, longitudinal, median stripe on the thorax. The caput and sides of the cephalothorax 
 are clothed with light-grey hairs ; those on the other parts had probably been rubbed off. 
 
 The ocular area is broader than long; the length of the anterior row of eyes is slightly 
 shorter than that of the posterior one, and the eyes of the middle row are almost exactly in- 
 termediate between them. The fore central eyes are of a dull mother-of-pearl colour. 
 
 The legs are moderately long and strong ; those of the first pair are the strongest, but 
 not quite so long as the fourth pair, and the second pair are slightly the shortest. They are 
 of a yellow colour, those of the first pair light yellow-brown, and with some short, strong 
 spines in pairs beneath the tibiae and metatarsi ; beneath the terminal tarsal claws is a black 
 claw -tuft. 
 
 The pal2n are slender, not very long, and clothed with white hairs. 
 
 The f alces are yellow-brown, the maxillce and labium a little paler, and the sternum 
 darker ; the last clothed with coarse, whitish hairs. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, truncate before, pointed behind, and of a pale-yellow colour 
 mottled thickly with whitish cretaceous spots ; on the fore part of the upper side is a small. 
 
102 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 median, longitudinal, dull yellovvisli-brown, somewhat arrow^-lieaded marking, continued in an 
 attenuated line of the same colour to the spinners ; a little way from this, on each side, is an 
 indistinct, longitudinal broad hand clothed with coppery- red-hairs ; the spinners are moder- 
 ately long and strong, and of a pale yellow-brown colour. The form of the genital aperture 
 is characteristic. 
 
 Route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874 
 
 127. Menemertjs frigidtts, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length 2| miles. 
 
 The cephalothorax is short, though distinctly longer than broad, and of the usual flattish 
 form ; the upper side is dark-browm, tinged with yellowish, the caput being the darkest, and 
 there is a laro-er longitudinal patch of brownish-yellow on the middle ; the sides are yellow, 
 with a narrow white marginal border; the whole is thinly clothed with sandy-grey and 
 whitish hairs. 
 
 The eyes of the posterior row form a line scarcely, if at all, longer than the anterior row, 
 and the middle row is nearer to the anterior than to the posterior one. Those of the anterior 
 row are of a dull mother-of-pearl colour, and are divided by distinct intervals ; that which 
 separates the central pair is less than that which divides each from the lateral eye next to it. 
 
 The legs are rather short, and not very strong ; those of the first pair are a little stronger 
 but distinctly shorter than the fourth pair, if, indeed, they be not also slightly shorter than 
 the third, the second pair being the shortest ; they are of a brownish-yellow colour, and are 
 armed wdth a few spines, as well as with bristles and hairs. 
 
 The 2 ^alpi are short, slender, yellow', and clothed with whitish hairs. 
 
 ^hefalces are short, straight, projecting, and of a yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The maxillce and lahium are rather paler than the falces, and the sternum is similar to 
 the legs in colour. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, and of a dull yellowish hue, marked irregularly with brown along the 
 sides of the upper part, and with a longitudinal brown stripe along the middle of the fore 
 ])art ; this stripe is bifid at its hinder extremity, and followed by a series of brown, sharply- 
 angular bars, some of which run into the brown markings on the sides. The form of the 
 genital aperture is characteristic* 
 
 — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 
 
 Genvia—ATTUS, E. Simon. 
 
 128. Attus devotus, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length If lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is of a slightly flattened form ; the hinder slope is short, and at about 
 an ano-le of 45° ; the forward slope of the caput being slight, and but very little convex ; 
 its colour is yellow-brown, darkest on the upper part of the caput, and it is clothed with 
 yellowish and grey hairs intermixed; the lateral margins are black, immediately above 
 w hich is a not very broad band of white hairs, and a similar band or stripe runs along the 
 middle of the hinder slope to the occiput. The clypeus is very low and retreating. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 103 
 
 The eyes form an area broader than long ; those of the anterior row (which is of equal 
 length with the posterior one) are very near to each other, if not quite contiguous. The 
 fore centrals are of very large size and of a yellowish-brown mother-of-pearl hue ; those of 
 the middle row are equi-distant between the anterior and posterior lateral eyes. 
 
 The legs are neither very long nor strong ; their relative length appears to he 4, 1, 3, 2 ; 
 those of the first pair are the strongest, and those of the fourth pair are the most attenuated ; 
 their colour is yellow, and they are furnished with hairs and spines, the latter on the tibiae 
 and metatarsi, but only underneath these in the first and second pairs ; beneath the terminal 
 tarsal claws is a compact, blackish claw-tuft. 
 
 The falpi are moderately long, hairy, and yellow, the digital joint tinged with yellow- 
 brown. 
 
 Thefalces are short, strongish, straight, directed forwards, though placed rather far 
 back, and of a dark yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The maxillae and labium are yellow-brown; the sternum being of a dark brownish- 
 yellow, and of a rather elongate-oval form. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, truncated before and rounded behind, and projects over the hinder 
 slope of the cephalothorax ; it is clothed with grey, brassy-yellowish, and white hairs. The 
 upper side is of a dull yellowish-brown colour, with an elongate, whitish marking along the 
 middle of the fore part, followed by some not very distinctly defined, small, angular bars, on 
 each side of which (as well as of the elongate marking) is a series of short transverse whitish 
 markings, giving an appearance, when taken in connection with the markings along the 
 middle, of irregular transverse stripes across the upper side; the sides and under side are 
 dull yellowish, the upper part of the former slightly marked with faint brownish spots and 
 markings, and the latter clothed with short, greyish hairs. 
 
 Rab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 
 
 129. Atttjs benefictjs, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length nearly 2^ lines. 
 
 Cephalothorax short and broad, the hinder slope steep, at an angle of 45°; the ocular 
 area slopes a little forwards in a convex line and there is a distinct, though not unusually 
 strong, transverse depression at the occiput. The ciypeus is very low, being almost obsolete. 
 
 The upper part, with a portion of the sides, is black-brown, the ocular area quite black, 
 with an oblong yellow stripe on the upper part of the hinder slope ; the remainder of the sides 
 is yellow, clothed with fine, white hairs. 
 
 The eyes form an area much broader than long ; the posterior and anterior rows are equal 
 in length ; the fore centrals are very large and ef a mother-of-pearl hue ; they are separated 
 by a small interval, less than that which divides each from the fore lateral on its side ; the 
 lateral eye, on each side, of the middle row is equi-distant from the laterals of the posterior 
 and anterior rows. 
 
 The are short and strong ; their relative length is apparently 4, 1, 2, 3, but the 
 difference between 4 and 1, and 2 and 3 respectively, is very slight. Their colour is yellow, 
 those of the first pair being clouded in parts with brown ; the tibiae and metatarsi of the 
 third and fourth pairs, and the under sides of those of the first and second pairs, are armed 
 with spines, and there is a compact claw- tuft beneath the terminal claws of each tarsus. 
 
104 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 The palpi are short, yellow, and furnished with coarse hairs, principally on the digital 
 joints. 
 
 The f aloes are short, strong, straight, nearly perpendicular, but removed rather far back- 
 wards, and of a dark yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The maxillce and lahium are yellow-brown ; the sternum is yellow, with dusky margins, 
 and of a rather elongate- oval form. 
 
 The abdomen is of a short-oval form, rather broader behind, where it is rounded, the fore 
 extremity being rather truncated, and projecting over the base of the cephalothorax ; the 
 upper side is black-brown, thinly speckled with yellowish points ; on the middle of the fore 
 part is a small, somewhat triangular, pale-yellow patch, produced backwards in a short stalk- 
 like form with a prominent blunt point or patch on each side, and followed towards the 
 spinners by a series of large, angular lines, or chevrons, of the same colour ; the first of 
 these chevrons is of a rather sinuous form, and they all vary in strength and distinctness of 
 definition, and have, here and there, a black-brown spot upon them ; the sides are pale-yellow, 
 spotted, chiefly on the hinder half, with black-brown, and the under side is also pale- yellowish, 
 with a broad, longitudinal, median, dusky-brownish band. The genital aperture is small, and 
 of characteristic form, its colour being yellow-brown, edged with red-brown ; the spinners 
 are short ; the superior pair are of a dark-blackish hue ; the inferior pair yellow-brown, slightly 
 shorter, but a little stronger, than the superior pair. 
 
 B.ab, — Sind Valley, August 1873. 
 
 130. Attus didtjcttjs, sp. n. 
 
 Adult female : length rather over 2^ lines. 
 
 This spider is nearly allied to Attus heneficus, which it resembles in general colours 
 and markings, but may be distinguished at once by the less convex cephalothorax and the 
 flatter ocular area. The sides of the cephalothorax also, instead of constituting a broad, well- 
 defined yellow band along almost its whole width, have only an irregular and not very well- 
 defined brownish-yellow, narrow, marginal border, the margin itself being black ; the fore 
 central pair of eyes are also much darker-coloured, and the legs are rather less strong, those 
 of the fourth pair being distinctly, though not greatly, longer than the first, which last are 
 rather the stoutest and are marked along each side with deep brown. 
 
 The colour of the sternum is dark yellow-brown, and the abdomen has a very similar 
 pattern to that of A. beneficus-, though less distinct, and the form of the genital aperture is 
 quite distinct. 
 
 Eab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 
 
 131. Attus auspex, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male : length 2| lines. 
 
 The cephalothorax is broader behind than in front ; looked at in profile the hinder slope 
 is long, gradual, and but very slightly convex, running to the third posterior row of eyes, 
 from which the caput slopes rapidly downwards to the anterior row ; its colour is yellow- 
 brown, deepening gradually to the caput, which is black-brown ; there is a narrow blackish 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 105 
 
 marginal line, and the whole is clothed pretty thickly with mixed yellowish, coppery-golden, 
 and grey sqnamose appressed hairs, those immediately round the eyes of the front row being 
 very bright and forming, probably in most cases, scarlet ‘ irides.’ 
 
 The eyes form an area broader than long, and the posterior row is larger than the 
 anterior one ; the central pair of the anterior row are very large and close together, but not 
 contiguous, being separated by an interval a very little less than that which divides each 
 from the lateral of the same row on its side. These laterals are rather larger than the eyes 
 of the posterior row, and the small eye (on each side) of the middle row is in a straight 
 line with the inner edges of the fore lateral and hind lateral eyes, being also nearer to the 
 hind lateral than to the fore lateral eye. The height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter 
 of one of the fore central eyes. 
 
 The legs are strong and moderately long. Their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3 ; they are of 
 a pale- yellowish colour, furnished thickly with hairs, bristles, and spines. Some of the hairs 
 are squamose and appressed, others long and prominent, especially on the first pair ; those 
 beneath the tarsi and metatarsi are the most numerous, and black, the rest being mostly grey 
 or sandy- coloured. The terminal tarsal claws have a claw-tuft beneath them, and are long 
 and slender, especially those of the fourth pair ; these have only 1 — 3 minute teeth about the 
 middle of the under side ; on some, if not all, of the other legs, even these denticulations 
 appear to be wanting. The legs of the first pair are considerably the strongest, while those 
 of the fourth pair are much the longest. 
 
 The 'pal'pi are short and strong, similar in colour to the legs, and furnished with long (as 
 well as some shorter squamose) grey hairs ; the radial joint is shorter and less strong than the 
 cubital, and its fore extremity on the outer side is produced into a not very long, tapering, 
 sharp-pointed, curved projection whose extremity is of a deep reddish-brown colour ; the 
 digital joint is of great length, the base is of a somewhat angular shape, and the fore part is 
 produced into a long cylindrical curved form ; the palpal organs are bulbous, tumid, placed 
 chiefly beneath the hinder part of the digital joint, and encircled at their base and round the 
 inner side by a long, strongish, tapering spine, which runs more or less closely alongside the 
 inner margin of the digital joint, and forms a very conspicuous and characteristic feature of 
 the species. 
 
 The falces are short and straight, placed considerably backwards, and of a dark yellow- 
 brown colour. 
 
 The sternum is small, oval, yellow-brown, and clothed with coarse grey hairs. 
 
 The maxillce are short and almost touch, at their extremities, over the labium ; these 
 parts are yellow-brown, paler at the extremities of the former and the apex of the latter. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, of a yellowish-brown colour with an indistinct dark brown stripe 
 along the middle of the fore part of the upper side, and clothed pretty densely with short 
 squamose, mixed yellowish, grey, sandy, and shining coppery hairs ; the under side is of a 
 pale dull brownish-yellow hue, clothed with grey, squamose hairs. 
 
 The female is larger than the male, but resembles that sex in colours and other general 
 characters. It is probable that a series of examples would show, in some instances, a more 
 or less distinct pattern on the upper side of the abdomen, depending on the distribution of 
 the colours of the hairs, which are subject to much variation in different individuals of the 
 same species in this group. Traces of this pattern in brown blotches and markings are 
 visible in the female. The palpi, however, are so characteristic in the adult male that the 
 species can hardly be mistaken for any other. 
 
106 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Sab . — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 
 8th to 13th May 1874. 
 
 132. Attus avocator, sp. n. 
 
 Adult male ; length slightly over 1| lines. 
 
 The cephalotJiorax of this small species is less high at the hinder row of eyes than in 
 Attus auspex, the hinder slope is (when looked at in profile) a little convex, as also is that of 
 the upper part of the caput, or ocular area. Its colour is yellow-brown, the ocular area being 
 the darkest ; it is thickly clothed with grey and yellowish mixed, appressed hairs, showing, 
 however, three longitudinal stripes of white hairs, one on each side, just below the margin of 
 the upper part, and the third along the middle of the hinder slope. 
 
 The eyes form an area considerably broader than long; the anterior row is equal in length 
 to the posterior ; in other respects the eyes are like those of Attus auspex. 
 
 The legs are rather short and moderately strong ; their relative length being 4, 1, 3, 2. 
 They a:^ of a brownish-yellow colour, indistinctly annulated with darker brown, and the 
 extremities of the tarsi of the first pair are blackish. They are clothed with hairs, bristles, 
 and spines; the terminal tarsal claws are long and slender, and are apparently devoid of 
 denticulations beneath ; underneath them, on each tarsus, is a compact claw-tuft. 
 
 The palpi are short, similar in colour to the legs, and clothed with coarse (and princi- 
 pally grey) hairs ; the radial is shorter than the cubital joint, and has a small pointed 
 apophysis at the outer extremity ; the digital joint is long but not very broad, being of a 
 somewhat ol)long form ; and the palpal organs are simple and of a blackish-brown colour. 
 
 The falces are moderately long, not very strong, straight, perpendicular, but placed 
 considerably backwards, and of a dark yellow-brown colour. 
 
 The maxillcR and labium are also yellow-brown, the former are pale at their extremities 
 which do not nearly meet over the latter ; the labium also has the apex of a pale hue. 
 
 The sternwn is small, oval, of a dark yellow-brown colour clothed with coarse grey 
 hairs. 
 
 The abdomen is oval, rather truncated in front. The upper side is dark brown, mottled 
 obscurely with yellowish, the margin being a little notched and bordered with white hairs, 
 a short streak along the middle of the fore part, of a dull yellowish hue, is followed to the 
 spinners by a series of short, but pretty distinct, angular bars of the same colour ; these mark- 
 ino-s are clothed with white hairs : the sides are longitudinally striated with brown, and the 
 under side is of a dull brownish yellow. 
 
 Sab. — Yangihissar, April 1874. 
 
 Systematic List op Spiders above described and recorded. 
 
 B.— The figures denote those districts in which the Spiders were found, (mie Introductory Eemiirks and the Separate Lists y>o»t«a), 
 
 Fam. Theeaphosides. 
 
 Gen. Idiops, (Perty). 
 
 Idiops designatus, sp. n., 1. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 107 
 
 Fam. Filistatides. 
 
 Gen. Filistata, (Latr.). 
 
 Filistata reclusa, sp. n., 3. 
 
 Fam. Dysderides. 
 
 Gen. Busier a, (Latr.). 
 
 Dysdera cylindrica, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Fam. Dbassides. 
 
 Gen. Brasstts, (Walck. ad partem). 
 
 Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Kocli), 2, 4, 5, 3.* 
 ,, infletns, sp. n., 5. 
 
 „ interrupter, sp. n., 2. 
 
 „ invisus, sp. n., 5. 
 
 „ interpolator, sp. n., 5. 
 
 „ dispulsus, sp. n., 5, 2, 4, 3, 1. 
 
 „ interlisus, sp. n., 5, 4, 2, 3. 
 
 „ involutus, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ lapsus, sp. n., 5. 
 
 Gen. GnapTiosa, (Latr.). 
 
 Gnaphosa stoliczkse, sp. n., 5, 3. 
 
 ,, plumalis, (Cambr.), 3. 
 
 „ mserens, sp. n., 5, 3. 
 
 Gen. Prosthesima, (L. Koch). 
 
 Prosthesima cingara, (Cambr.), 4, 5. 
 
 Gen. Micaria, (Westr.). 
 
 Micaria convexa, sp. n., 5. 
 
 „ pallida, sp. n. 5. 
 
 Gen. Cluliona, (Latr.). 
 
 Clubiona deletrix, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ latieeps, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ laudata, sp. n., 3. 
 
 Gen. CheiracantUum, (C. L. Koch). 
 
 Cheiracanthium adjaeens, sp., n., 1. 
 
 „ approximatum, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Gen. Agroeca, (Westr.). 
 
 Agrbeca debilis, sp. n., 5. 
 
 „ flavens, sp. n., 4. 
 
 „ molesta, sp. n. 
 
108 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Gen. Tmchelas, (L. Koch). 
 
 Trachelas costata, sp. n., 1, 2. 
 
 Fam. Dictynides. 
 
 Gen, Bictyna, (Sand.). 
 
 Dictyna albida, sp. n., 5. 
 
 Fam, Agelenides. 
 
 Gen. Jrgyroneta, (Latr.). 
 
 Argyroneta aquatiea, (Walck .) , 4. 
 
 Gen. Coelotes, (Blackw.). 
 
 Coelotes tegenarioides, sp. n., 1, 
 
 „ simplex, sp, n., 1. 
 
 Gen. Tegenaria, (Latr.). 
 
 Tegenaria ? 3. 
 
 Fam. Thebidiides. 
 
 Gen. Episinus, (Walck.). 
 
 Episinus algiricus, (Luc.) 1. 
 
 Gen. Theridion, (Walck.). 
 
 Theridion saxatile, (C. L. Koch), 1. 
 
 „ lepidum, sp. u., 1. 
 
 ,, subitum, sp. n., 1. 
 
 ,, confusum, sp. n., 1. 
 
 ,, expallidatum, sp. n., 1. 
 
 ,, tuberculatum, (Kronenberg), 1. 
 ,, incertum, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Gen. Steatoda, (Sund.). 
 Steatoda nigrocincta, sp. n., 1, 3. 
 
 „ mandibularis, (Lucas), 3. 
 
 ,, sordidata, sp. n., 5. 
 
 Gen. Phgcus, (Cambr.). 
 Phycus sagittatus, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Gen. Erigone, (Sav.). 
 Erigone atra, (Blackw.), 3. 
 
 „ dentipalpis, (Westr.), 1. 
 
 Gen. Pachygnatha, (Sund.) 
 Pachygnatha clerckii, (Sund.), 5. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 109 
 
 Gen. Linyphia, (Latr.). 
 
 Linyphia consanguinea, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ albopunctata, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ straminea, sp. n., 1. 
 
 ,, perampla, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ pusilla, (Sund.), 4,3. 
 
 Fam. Epeirides. 
 
 Gen. Meta, (C. L. Koch). 
 
 Meta mixta, sp. n. 
 
 Gen, Tetragnatha, (Latr.). 
 
 Tetragnatha extensa, (Linn.), 3. 
 
 Gen. Epeira, (Walck.). 
 
 Epeira tartarica, (Kronenberg), 2. 
 
 „ bigibbosa, sp. n., 1. 
 
 ,, pellax, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ gurda, sp. n., 1. 
 
 ,, haruspex, sp. n., 4. 
 
 ,, paenulata, sp. n., 1. 
 
 ,, prsedata, sp. n., 1. 
 
 ,, cucurbitina, (Clerck) 1. 
 
 „ cornuta, (Clerck) 1, 3, 4. 
 
 „ panniferens, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ carnifex, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ gibbera, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Gen. Chorizoopes, (Cambr.). 
 
 Chorizoopes stoliczkse, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ congener, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Fam. Gastracanthides. 
 
 Gen. Cyrtarachne, (Thor.). 
 
 Cyrtarachne pallida, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Fam. Uloborides. 
 
 Gen. Ulolorus, (Latr.). 
 
 Uloborus albescens, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Fam. Thomisides. 
 
 Gen. Thomtsus, (Walck. ad partem) . 
 Thomisus albidus, sp. n., 3. 
 
 „ albens, sp. n., 3. 
 
 0 1 
 
110 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Gen. Misumena, (Thor.). 
 
 Misumena expallidata, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ ? oblonga^ sp. n., 1. 
 
 Gen. Synema, (Sim.). 
 
 Synema exculta, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Gen. Dima, (Thor.). 
 
 Dioea (?) spinosula, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ subdola, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ sufflava, sp. n., 1 
 ,, suspiciosa, sp. n., 3. 
 
 „ subargentata^ sp. n., 1. 
 
 Gen. Xysticus, (C. L. Koch). 
 
 Xysticus cristatus, (Clerck), 5. 
 
 „ audax (?), (C. L. Koch), 5. 
 
 „ maculosus, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ setiger, sp. n., 3. 
 
 „ breviceps, sp. n., 3 
 
 „ mundulus, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Gen. Monastes, (Luc.). 
 
 Monastes dejectus, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Gen. Sarotes, (Sund.). 
 
 Sarotes regius (Fabr.), 1. 
 
 „ promptus, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Gen. Sparassus, (Walck.). 
 
 Sparassus timidus, sp. n., 2. 
 
 ,, fujax, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ flavidus, sp. n., 4. 
 
 Gen. P/iilodromus, (Walck.). 
 
 Philodromus cineraseens, sp. n., 2, 3. 
 
 „ medius, (Cambr.), 1. 
 
 Gen. Tibellus, (Sim.). 
 
 Tibellus propinquus, sp. n., 5. 
 
 Gen. Thanatus, (C. L. Koch). 
 
 Thanatus thorellii, (Cambr.), 3. 
 
 „ albescens, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Fam, Lycosides. 
 
 Stoliczka, gen. nov. 
 
 Stdiczka insignis, sp. r 1. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 Ill 
 
 Gen. Ocyale, (Sav.) 
 
 Ocyale rectifasciata, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ dentifasciata, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Gen. Trochosa, (C. L. Koch). 
 
 Trochosa rubiginea, sp. n., 4, 3. 
 
 „ hebes, sp. n., 4, 5, 3. 
 
 „ propinqua, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ adjacens, sp. n., 5. 
 
 „ sabulosa, sp. n., 5, 4. 
 
 „ approximata, sp. n., 1. 
 
 ,, rubromandibulata, sp. n.^ 4. 
 
 „ lugubris, sp. n., 6. 
 
 Gen. Tarentula, (Sund.). 
 
 Tarentula irascibilis, sp. n., 5. 
 
 „ inimica, sp. n., 2. 
 
 Gen. Lycosa, (Latr. ad partem). 
 
 Lycosa condolens, sp. n., 4j 3. 
 
 ,, fortunata^ sp. n., 2, 4, 5, 3. 
 
 „ stellata, sp. n.j 5, 4, 3. 
 
 „ credula, sp. n., 5, 3. 
 
 „ vindex, sp. n., 4. 
 
 „ vindicata, sp. n., 1, 5. 
 
 „ passibilis, sp. n., 5. 
 
 „ flavida, sp. n., 4, 5, 3. 
 
 Boebe, gen. nov. 
 
 Beebe benevola, sp. n.j 4, 5, 3. 
 
 Fam. Sphasides. 
 
 Gen. Oxyopes, (Latr.). 
 Oxyopes jubilans, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ prsedicta, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ rejecta, sp. n., 1. 
 
 Fam. Salticides. 
 
 Gen. Heliophanus, (C. L. Koch). 
 Heliophanus dubius, Sim., 5. 
 
 Gen. Plexippus, (C. L. Koch.) 
 Plexippus adansonii, Sav., 1. 
 
 Gen. Menemerus, (Lin.). 
 Menemerus cinctus, sp. n., 4. 
 
 ,, incertus, sp. n., 4. 
 
 „ deletus, sp. n., 3. 
 
 „ frigidus, sp. n., 1. 
 
112 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Gen. Attus, (Sim.). 
 
 Attus devotus, sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ beneficus, sp. n., 1. 
 
 ,, diduetusj sp. n., 1. 
 
 „ auspex, sp. n., 4, 5. 
 
 „ avocator, sp. n., 5. 
 
 Separate Lists of Species found in the several Districts. 
 
 N. B . — Where no figure is added, the spider was found only in the district under consideration. 
 
 District 1. 
 
 Murree, Murree to Sind Valley, and Sind Valley. 
 
 Idiops designatus. 
 
 Dysdera cylindrica. 
 
 Drassus dispulsus, %, 3, 4, 5. 
 
 „ involutus. 
 
 Clubiona deletrix. 
 
 „ laticeps. 
 
 Cbeiracantbium adjacens. 
 
 „ approximatum. 
 
 Trachelas costata, 
 
 Ccelotes tegenarioides. 
 
 „ simplex. 
 
 Episinus algiricus, (Luc.) . 
 
 Theridion riparium, (Blackw.). 
 
 ,, lepidum. 
 
 „ subitum. 
 
 „ confusum. 
 
 „ expallidatum. 
 
 „ tuberculatum, (Kron.). 
 
 „ incertum. 
 
 Steatoda nigrocincta, 3. 
 
 Phycus sagittatus. 
 
 Erigone dentipalpis. 
 
 Linypbia consanguinea. 
 
 „ albopunctata. 
 
 ,, straminea. 
 
 Meta mixta. 
 
 Epeira bigibbosa. 
 
 „ pellax. 
 
 ,, gurda. 
 
 „ punctata. 
 
 „ praedata. 
 
 ,, cucurbitina. 
 
 ,, panniferens. 
 
 „ carnifex. 
 
 „ gibbera. 
 
 Chorizoopes stoliczkae. 
 
 „ congener, 
 
 Cyrtarachne pallida. 
 
 Uloborus albescens. 
 
 Misumena expallidata. 
 
 „ (?) oblonga. 
 
 Synema exculta. 
 
 Dicea spinosula. 
 
 „ subdola. 
 
 „ sufSava. 
 
 ,, subargentata. 
 
 Xysticus maculosus. 
 
 „ setiger. 
 
 ,, mundulus. 
 
 Monastes dejectus. 
 
 Sarotes regius, (Fabr.) . 
 
 „ promptus. 
 
 Sparassus fugax. 
 
 Philodromus medius, (Carabr.) , 
 
 Thanatus albescens. 
 
 Stoliczka insignis. 
 
 Ocyale rectifasciata. 
 
 „ dentifasciata. 
 
 Trocbosa propinqua. 
 
 „ rubromandibulata. 
 
 Lycosa vindicata, 5. 
 
 Oxyopes jubilans. 
 
 ,, prsedicta. 
 
 „ rejecta. 
 
 Plexippus adansonii. 
 
 Menemerus frigidus. 
 
 Attus (?) devotus. 
 
 „ beneficus. 
 
 „ diductus. 
 
AEANEIDEA. 
 
 113 
 
 Disteict 2. 
 
 Neighbourhood of Leh, and Tanhtze to Chagra and PanTcong Valley. 
 
 Filistata reclusa. 
 
 Drassus troglodytesj (C. L. Koch.), 3, 4, 5. 
 „ interemptor. 
 
 ,, dispulsus, 1, 3, 4, 5. 
 
 „ interlisus, 3, 4, 5. 
 
 Trachelas costata. 
 
 Epeira tartarica. 
 
 Sparassus timidus, 
 Philodromus cinerascens, 3. 
 Tarentula irascibilis. 
 
 Lycosa fortunata, 3, 4, 5. 
 
 Disteict 3. 
 
 Yarkand to Burst. 
 
 Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Koch.), 2, 4, 5. 
 „ dispulsus, 1, 2, 4, 5. 
 
 ,, interlisus, 2, 4, 5. 
 
 Gnaphosa stoliczkse, 5. 
 
 „ plumalis, (Cambr.). 
 
 „ mcerens, 5. 
 
 Clubiona laudata. 
 
 Tegenaria (?) . 
 
 Steatoda nigrocincta, 1. 
 
 Drepanodus mandibularis, (Luc.). 
 
 Erigone atra, (Blackw.) . 
 
 Linyphia pusilla, (Sund.), 4. 
 
 Tetragnatha extensa, (Linn.). 
 
 Epeira eornuta, (Clerck), 4. 
 
 Thomisus albidus. 
 
 Thomisus albens. 
 
 Dioea suspiciosa. 
 
 Xystieus breviceps. 
 Philodromus cinerascens, 2. 
 Thanatus thorellii, (Cambr.). 
 Trochosa rubiginea, 4. 
 
 „ hebes, 4, 5. 
 
 Lycosa condolens, 4. 
 
 ,, fortunata, 2, 4, 5. 
 
 ,, stellata. 
 
 „ credula, 5. 
 
 „ flavida, 4, 5. 
 
 Beebe benevola, 4, 5. 
 Menemerus deletus. 
 
 Disteict 4. 
 
 Yarkand and neighbourhood j and Yarkand. 
 
 Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Koch), 2, 3, 5. 
 „ dispulsus, 1, 2, 3, 5. 
 
 ,, interlisus, 2, 3, 5. 
 
 Prosthesima cingara, Cambr., 4. 
 
 Agroeca flavens. 
 
 Argyroneta aquatica, (Walek.). 
 
 Linyphia pusilla, (Sund.), 3. 
 
 Epeira haruspex. 
 
 „ eornuta, (Clerck), 3. 
 
 Sparassus flavidus. 
 
 Trochosa rubiginea, 3. 
 
 „ hebes, 3, 5. 
 
 Trochosa sabulosa, 5. 
 
 „ approximata. 
 Lycosa condolens, 3, 
 
 ,, fortunata, 2, 3, 5. 
 „ stellata, 3, 5. 
 
 ,, vindex. 
 
 ,, flavida, 3, 5. 
 
 Beebe benevola, 3, 5. 
 Menemerus cinctus, 
 
 „ incertus. 
 Attus auspex, 5. 
 
 Disteict 5. 
 
 Kdshghar ; between Ydngihissdr and Sirikol ; Ydngihissdr ; road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Punjab and 
 back ; and hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 
 
 Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Koch.), 2, 3, 4. 
 „ infletus. 
 
 „ invisus. 
 
 „ interpolator, 
 
 Drassus dispulsus, 1, 2, 3, 4. 
 
 „ interlisus, 2, 3, 4. 
 
 ,, lapsus. 
 
 Gnaphosa stoliczkse, 3. 
 
 1 D 
 
114 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Gnaphosa plumalis, (Cambr.), 3. 
 
 Prosthesima cingara, (Cambr.), 4. 
 
 Micaria connexa. 
 
 ,, pallida. 
 
 Agroeca debilis. 
 
 Dictyna albida. 
 
 Steatoda sordidata. 
 
 Pachygnatha clerckii, (Sund.). 
 
 Xysticus cristatus, (C. L. Koch.). 
 
 „ audax, (C. L. Kocb.), 
 
 Tibellus propinquus. 
 
 Trochosa hebes, 3, 4. 
 
 ,, adjacens. 
 
 Explanation op the Plates. 
 
 PI. I. 
 
 Fig. 1. Idiops designate, sp. n., ^ . 
 
 a. spider in profile witb legs and palpi truncated ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus ; 
 d.f e. portion of leg of first pair in different positions ; f. natural length of spider. 
 
 . ,, <1. Filistata reclusa, sp. n,, ? . 
 
 a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b. eyes and falces from in front ; c. natural length of 
 spider. 
 
 „ 3. Bysdera cylindrica, sp. n., $ . 
 
 a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b., c. palpus in two different positions; d. natural length 
 of spider. 
 
 „ 4. Frassus infletus, sp. n., $ . 
 
 a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b. eyes from behind ; c. genital aperture ; d. natural 
 length of spider. 
 
 „ 5. Frassus inter emptor, sp. n., $ . 
 
 a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus ; d. natural 
 length of spider. 
 
 „ 6. Frassus invisus, sp. n., 9 . 
 
 a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; 
 d. natural length of spider. 
 
 „ 7. Frassus interpolator, sp. n., $ . 
 
 a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; h. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus ; d, natural 
 length of spider. 
 
 „ 8. Frasstis dispulsus, sp. n., $ . 
 
 a. spider in profile without legs or palpi , b. eyes from above and behind; c. palpus of $ ■, d. 
 genital aperture of $ ; e. natural length of spider. 
 
 „ 9. Frassus interlisus, sp. n., $ . 
 
 a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus; d. natural length of spider. 
 
 „ 10. Frassus involutus, sp. n., 9 . 
 
 a. spider in profile ; ^.* eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; d. natural length of 
 spider. 
 
 * In this figure (10 6.), the eyes of the hind-central pair are placed too obliquely. 
 
 Trochosa sabulosa, 4. 
 
 „ lugubris. 
 Tarentula inimica. 
 
 Lycosa fortunata, 2, 3, 4. 
 „ steUata, 3, 4. 
 
 „ credula, 3. 
 
 „ vindicata, 1. 
 
 „ flavida, 3, 4. 
 Beebe benevola, 3, 4. 
 Heliophanus dubius. 
 Attus auspex, 4. 
 
 ,, avocator. 
 
 Fig. 11. Frassus lapsus, sp. n., $ . 
 
 a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; d. natural length of 
 spider. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 115 
 
 Fig. 12. Gnaphosa stoliczhae, sp. n,, S ■ 
 
 a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus of d. genital aperture of ? ; 
 e. natural length of spider. 
 
 „ 13. Gnaphosa moerens, sp. n., cJ. 
 
 a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus of $ •, d. portion of palpus show- 
 ing form of radial apophysis ; e. genital aperture of S ; natural length of spider. 
 
 „ 14. Clubiona deletrix, sp. n., . 
 
 a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus of ^ ; d. genital aperture of ? : 
 e, natural length of spider. 
 
 „ 15. Clubiona laticeps, sp. n., ? . 
 
 a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; d. natural length of 
 spider. 
 
 ,, 16. Clubiona laudata, sp. n., c?- 
 
 a, spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus ; d. natural length of spider. 
 
 „ 17. Chiracanthium adjacens, sp. n., 
 
 a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus of ? ; d. genital aperture of S ] 
 e. natural length of spider. 
 
 „ 18. Chiracanthium approximatum, sp. n., $ . 
 
 a, spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; d. natural length of 
 spider. 
 
 „ 19. Agroeca debilis, sp. n., $ . 
 
 a. spider in profile j b, eyes from above and behind ; c. maxillse and labium ; d. genital aperture ; 
 e. natural length of spider. 
 
 „ 20. Agroeca Jlavens, sp. n., $ . 
 
 a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. maxillse and labium ; d. genital aper- 
 ture ; e. natural length of spider. 
 
 „ 21, Trachelas costata, sp. n., $ . 
 
 a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. maxillse and labium ; d, genital aperture ; 
 e. natural length of spider. 
 
 OoTt. of India Central Printing OfiBoe— No. 37 I. M,— 1-6-86,— 286. 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 Second ^ferkand Mission. 
 
 Plate I 
 
 Tuffen Wc3t dfl 
 E.Caler liii. 
 
> 
 
 
 I 
 
 V 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 f <' 
 
 “ V « 
 
 • ^ 
 
 
ARANEIDEA. 
 
 Plale.IL 
 
 Second "Yarkand Miasion. 
 
 
 ¥intem Bros. imp. 
 
 Tufren-Vfestdel. 
 E. Carter Eti.. 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA PhD. 
 
 MOLLUSCA. 
 
 BY 
 
 GEOFFREY NEVILL, C.M.Z.S. 
 
 iublishcb bg ©rkr of tho Sobcrnmeitt of Inbia. 
 
 CALCUTTA : 
 
 OFFICE OP THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1878 . 
 
SOIENTIFIO EESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLTCZKA PhD. 
 
 MOLLUSCA. 
 
 BY 
 
 GEOEFREY NEVILL, C.M.Z.S. 
 
 t 
 
 ^ublishcb bg orbcr of the €oberttmcnt of Inbia. 
 
 CALCUTTA : 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1878 . 
 
OAICUTTA : 
 
 rBINTED BY THE SUPEBINTBNDENT OF GOVEENMBNT FEINTING, 
 8, HASTINGS STEEET. 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 MOLLUSCA. 
 
 By GEOPPBEY NEVILL, C.M.Z.S, 
 
 I.— MOLLUSCA FROM EASTERN TURKESTAN AND LADA'K. 
 
 T he following is a list of the moUusca obtained by the late Dr. Stoliczka in Central Asia and 
 Ladak, while attached as naturalist to the second embassy to Yarkand ; Dr. Stoliczka 
 also collected a considerable number of shells in Kashmir and its neighbourhood ; as, however, 
 nearly, if not all, the land moUusca from those parts belong to our Indian fauna proper, 
 I have thought it best to give a separate list of them. As was to be expected, the mollus- 
 cous fauna of Yarkand proves to be exceedingly poor and entirely Em’opean in its affinities ; 
 the freshwater shells, indeed, are either identical with, or most closely allied to, well-known 
 European forms ; very nearly all the species are recorded from Turkestan in the account of the 
 MoUusca of Eedschenko’s ‘ Beise.’ I take this opportunity of acknowledging the great obUga- 
 tion I am under to Dr. E. von Martens, not only for a copy of the above work, of which he is 
 the author, but also for a critical opinion on the species here recorded, of which I have availed 
 myself in several instances. The only striking novelty is the new Succinea martensiana : its 
 thickness and opaqueness of texture and its vivid orange-coloured aperture make it one of the 
 most interesting and peculiar forms of the genus. It is interesting to find such characteristic 
 sheUs as Selix jphcRozona and H.. plectotropis extending southwards from Kokand and the 
 Tian Shan Range as far as Sasak Taka ; even more remarkable are the new localities for Fupa 
 cristata, originaUy found in the Sarafshan VaUey ; the absence of the genus Sydrobia from 
 Dr. Stoliczka’s coUection strikes me as noteworthy, especiaUy as no species of Valvata, on the 
 other hand, is recorded by von Martens from Turkestan. The most interesting fact, however, 
 seems to me to be the entire disappearance, on leaving Sonamarg on the confines of Kashmir, 
 of the characteristic Indo-Malayan genus Nanina, which re-appears again (with two species of 
 the sub-genus Macrochlamys) in the Sarafshan VaUey; the same is also the case with species 
 of Bulimmus {Napceus), Barmacella, and Limax (?) ; the two last, however, belong to the 
 European fauna and species of them are mere stragglers on the extreme north-west confines 
 of India. StoUczka remarks that the sheUs recorded as found in the Pankong Lake were 
 taken from a “ stratified shaly and sandy deposit on the west side of the Pankong plain, about 
 50 feet above the level of the present edge of the water and about two mUes distant from it ; 
 
2 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 some of the specimens of Valvata still have the epidermis, and it is possible that where the 
 water of the lake is fresh, the shells may live.” 
 
 The re-appearance of two of M. Issel’s new species of Limncea (originally described 
 from Persia) is important, as proving the constancy of these respective forms. The same 
 remark holds good with regard to one of my new Yunnan species. 
 
 1. VlTEINA PELLUCID A, Milll. 
 
 Shell perfectly undistinguishable from European specimens from Mennighiifen and other 
 localities. Dr. Stoliczka had previously collected some twenty specimens of a similar form 
 at Lalioul. Von Martens does not record the species from Turkestan, but describes a new 
 species as V. rugulosa, Koch, the Latin description and measurements of which seem to agree 
 fairly with the Mataian form ; unfortunately I am unable to understand the Russian descrip- 
 tion, in which he compares his new species with V. pellucida. Dr. StoHczka describes the 
 animal of this Mataian shell as “ blackish, with the tentacles very short.” 
 
 Sixteen specimens from Mataian, near Dras, Upper Indus Valley : diam. 6, alt. 3|- mm.; 
 apert. diam. 3|, alt. 3J. 
 
 2. Hyalina (Conulus) pulva, Drap. 
 
 Perfectly undistinguishable, as far at least as regards the shell, from the typical European 
 form. Stoliczka had previously found the species in abundance at Spiti and Lahoul. Mr. 
 Blanford also found the species at Mazendaran in Persia. Species from Pekin are well re- 
 presented by Deshayes (Nouv. Archiv. Museum, vol. x, pi. 1). 
 
 Three specimens from Wakhan and three from Mataian. 
 
 3. Helix (Eeuticicola) ph^eozona, v. Mart., Pigs. 1 — 3. 
 
 E. V. Martens, Fedscli. Moll., pi. i, fig. 8 (Kokand). 
 
 Shell of solid texture, about the size of H. similaris, wliich indeed it somewhat resembles ; 
 umbilicate, conoidly globose, irregularly and rouglily striate, decussated with almost microsco- 
 pical spiral lines ; straw- white, with a single, very broad brown band, just above the periphery ; 
 in a single specimen only is this band altogether absent ; spire conoidal, varying in being more 
 or less raised; whorls six, the last more or less subangulate, convex at base; aperture 
 lunately rounded, with the peristome much thickened, and the columella exceedingly 
 broadly reflected. 
 
 Diam. 16^, alt. 12^ ; apert. diam. 9, alt. 8 mm. 
 
 Depressed variety from Pasrobat ; diam. 16, alt. 10|. 
 
 I ought to note that I include the margins in recording measurements of the aperture. 
 
 Twenty specimens from Sasak Taka (6,500 ft.) and five from Pasrobat, west of Yarkand. 
 
MOLLUSCA. 
 
 3 
 
 4. Helix (Frijticicola) plectoteopis, v. Mart., Figs. 4—6, 
 
 E. V. Martens, Malakozoologiehe Blatter, XI, 1864, and Fedsch. Moll., pi. i, fig. 11 (Tianschang) . 
 
 Shell about the same size as the preceding ; openly umhilicate, depressedly conoidal, with 
 a raised keel which is distinctly visible to nearly the apex, sutures not excavated ; • beautifully 
 and somewhat regularly sculptured, with sharp and raised oblique ribs, about half the breadth 
 of their interstices, above of a light brown, with the keel and ribs of a straw colour, about 
 one-fourth of the base nearest the periphery pale brown, the rest straw colour ; spire depressed, 
 convex, with brown apex, whorls six, the last one sharply and prominently keeled and more 
 or less convex at base, aperture diagonal (produced laterally), peristome reflected, angled 
 at the periphery, the columella, as in the preceding, exceedingly broadly expanded ; the aper- 
 tures of several specimens were closed with a calcareous epiphragm. 
 
 Diam. 18, alt. 10 ; apert. diam. 11, alt. 8^ mm. 
 
 Twenty-flve specimens from Sasak Taka found living with the preceding. 
 
 5. Helix (Feuticicola) mataianensis, n. sp.. Figs. 7 — 9. 
 
 Shell a little smaller than H. plectotropis, in many respects a good deal resembling it, 
 but of much tliinner and more delicate texture ; openly umhilicate, depressedly conoidal, 
 whorls flve and a half, with excavated suture and without a raised keel, in both of wliich 
 respects it materially differs from the preceding, last whorls with a medium-sized keel, base 
 convex, above sculptured irregularly, with more or less strongly developed ribs, beneath sculp- 
 ture obsolete, almost smooth ; white, irregularly mottled with pale horn colour, apex horn 
 brown ; aperture ovate, subangulate at periphery, almost as high as broad ; peristome lightly 
 reflected, columella expanded. 
 
 Diam. 13|, alt. 7 mm. ; apert. diam. 6f, alt. 6f mm. 
 
 Nine specimens from Mataian, in the Dras Valley, at 11,200 feet. Unfortunately most 
 are quite young shells, only one or two being sufficiently full grown to show the reflected 
 outer Hp. Stoliczka describes the animal in his journal as “ uniform greenish dusky, no 
 trace of a tail gland, the body very short, the posterior part of the foot shorter than the 
 anterior.” 
 
 6. Helix (Xeeophila) stoliczkana, n. sp.. Figs. 10 — 12. 
 
 Shell rather thin, about the size of H. ericetorum and closely resembling it, but more 
 depressed, umbilicus slightly less open, colouration different and aperture differently shaped ; 
 openly umhilicate, flatly depressed ; above irregularly striate, below sculpture obsolete ; white ; 
 invariably ornamented with two striking brown bands, one of which in most, but not all the 
 specimens, can be traced as far as the apex, the two bands are, of course, near the periphery ; 
 the space between them is about the width of the two bands together ; apex bright brown ; 
 whorls five and a half with distinct suture, not keeled, convex at base ; aperture as high as 
 broad, dilated above, considerably higher than the periphery in fine full-grown specimens ; 
 peristome slightly thickened, columella moderately reflected ; the aperture in many of the 
 specimens was closed with a thin epiphragm. 
 
4 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Diam. 16^, alt. 7^ ; apert. diam. 8, alt. 7^ mm. 
 
 About a hundred specimens from Sasak Taka and Pasrobat, west of Yarkand. 
 
 Twelve specimens, in poor and weathered condition, from north of Tangitar on carboni- 
 ferous limestone ; they are a remarkably small variety, about half the typical size, the two 
 bands are scarcely discernible, and they are not quite so flat. 
 
 7. Helix (Vallonia) costata. Mull., var. asiatica, nov. 
 
 This is probably the variety recorded by von Martens from Turkestan, measuring 3 mm. 
 in diam. and in height ; it only differs from the typical European form by its larger size 
 and slightly stronger subangulation at base near the umbilicus. More than a hundred and 
 fifty specimens were collected by Dr. Stoliczka, all of approximately the same size, at Pasrohat, 
 Sasak Taka and Wakhan ; one of the specimens from the last locality I have taken as my 
 type of var. asiatica. 
 
 I take this opportunity of noting that Mr. W. T. Blanford brought back from 
 Mazendaran in Persia numerous specimens of a variety, the same size as the European form 
 and with similar sculpture, but having the umbilicus a shade more open. 
 
 8. Helix (Vallonia) ladacensis, n. sp. {an H. costata, var.?) 
 
 I have long separated this form, which can be distinguished from aU the varieties of H. 
 costata at a glance by its much more open umbilicus, at least hah as open again ; it is a 
 much larger shell than typical H. costata, about the same size (a trifle larger) as the 
 above described var. asiatica ; the sculpture is finer, closer together and more beautifully 
 regular ; the spire is flatter, the suture more excavated ; the base is scarcely, if at aU, subangulate 
 near the umbilicus, as it is in so marked a way in the preceding ; one of the best character- 
 istics of a. ladacensis is the considerably higher and more expanded aperture with a corre- 
 sponding less obhque columeUa ; the umbilicus is so much more open that the whorls within 
 can be clearly traced up to the apex itself. 
 
 Diam. 3j, alt. mm. 
 
 Type from Mataian in the Dras VaUey (Ladak), where Dr. Stoliczka found about sixty 
 specimens. One of the specimens I sent Dr. von Martens from this locality possesses, he 
 informs me, a “httle plait on the wall of the mouth.” Unfortunately I have not been able 
 myself to detect this plait in any other specimens. Ten specimens were brought from Leh 
 (chief town of Ladak) ; twenty from “ Narka ” (?) in West Tibet, shghtly smaller and with 
 more raised spire than Mataian specimens. 
 
 9. Pupa (Pupilla) muscorum, L. 
 
 Eourteen specimens from Pasrobat, 3| mm. in length ; fifty from Kaskasu, 3 J mm. in 
 length ; fifty from shores of Lake Pankong, a form remarkable for its produced whorls, 3f to 
 4|- mm. in length ; twenty from Spiti,^ agreeing with the preceding form, in the great 
 difference in the length of the spire in different individuals, the whorls being sometimes much 
 produced, at other times curiously shortened and compressed ; four specimens from Mataian, 
 one only perfect unfortunately. I have considerable doubts in referring this Mataian form to 
 
 ' Procured by Dr. Stoliczka on a previous visit to the Himalayas. 
 
MOLLUSCA. 
 
 P, muscormi at all, the spire is less produced, striation less developed, form of aperture simpler 
 and less angular ; length mm. ; no tooth. 
 
 Not a single one of the Ladak specimens possesses even a rudiment of a tooth on the 
 wall of the aperture, nor have I been able to detect any in the Kaskasu form ; in one or two of 
 the Pasrobat shells only is a very slight tooth just discernible ; as far as I have seen, this 
 absence of the tooth appears to be characteristic of our Asiatic forms. 
 
 10. Pupa (Pupilla) cristata, v. Mart. 
 
 E. V. Martens, Fedsch. Reise, Moll. pi. ii, fig. 19 (Sarafshan Valley). 
 
 The specimens of this very distinct and interesting form agree exactly with typical 
 figures 19C. and E. Eigure B, on the contrary, has the spire a little more produced, with 
 the whorls a trifle more convex, and the aperture slightly more contracted, the margins 
 of which, in our Museum specimens, are somewhat considerably more delicately dilated ; I can 
 only detect, after a most careful search under the lens, a single tooth on the outer margin, 
 as in the above Agm^e C, not two, as in the description and flgure B. 
 
 Shell ovate, rimate, of horny brown colour, obhquely slightly striated, apex obtuse ; 
 seven whorls, the 4th, 5th and 6th of equal width, the last one somewhat compressed at the 
 base, with an obtuse keel round the umbilicus continued more prominently in a raised ridge, 
 parallel with the outer margin of the aperture ; aperture small and rounded, with the peristome 
 broadly reflected; a prominent tooth on the wall of the mouth, a single fold on the columella 
 (lying rather far back) and a single obtuse tooth within the outer margin. Long. 3|, 
 diam. 2 mm. 
 
 Eleven specimens from Sasak Taka, where it is by no means common; sixteen from 
 Pasrobat, where it occurs more abundantly in company with P. muscorum. 
 
 11. SuCCINEA MARTENSIANA, n. Sp., EigS. 30-31. 
 
 Shell unusually thick, about the size of S. girnarica^ Theob., (Conchologia Indica, 
 pi. Ixvii, flg. 6,) which it at first sight much resembles ; it is, however, quite half as thick 
 again, of much intenser colouring and of more convexly shaped whorls ; whorls four, convex, 
 produced and separated : in S. girnarica there are only three, which increase less rapidly and 
 are less obliquely inclined ; the last whorl of the Yarkand species is shorter and not nearly 
 so ovately oblong ; the texture is more rugose, the irregular longitudinal furrows being 
 unusually strongly developed ; the colouration is peculiar, being of an opaque milky white, 
 more or less purple near the apex ; the aperture is internally of a brilliant orange colour and 
 more laterally expanded than in S. girnarica : the columella varies, but is always straighter 
 than is the casein its ally; the callosity jotning the columella and outer hp is strongly marked. 
 
 S. martensiana (type), long. 17, diam. 11; apert. long. 12, diam. 8| mm. 
 
 S. girnarica^ long. 18|^, diam. Ilf ; apert. long. 14, diam. mm. 
 
 This species is very variable in shape ; the Museum possesses a very fine series of it, all 
 from Kathiawad (Kattywar). 
 
 I have named this handsome species after Dr. E. von Martens of Berlin, to whose great 
 kindness, in sending me a critical opinion of these Yarkand shells, I am so much indebted. 
 
 2 
 
6 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Of the Yarkand species, Dr. Stoliczka found about fifty specimens, in all stages of growth, 
 at Sasak Taka, many of them alive ; also about twenty at Pasrohat. 
 
 12. SucciNEA PFEiFFERi, Rossm., var. 
 
 This Yarkand variety is only distinguishable from typical European specimens by its 
 smaller proportions, slightly stouter texture, and deeper amber colour. 
 
 Long. 11, diam 6; apert.long. 7^, diam. 1 mm. 
 
 Ten specimens from Yarkand and nine from Sasak Taka. 
 
 SucciNEA PFEIFFERI, Var. SUBINTERMEDIA, nOV., EigS. 32-33. 
 
 Erom near Yarkand, Dr. Stoliczka also brought hack about twenty specimens of a small 
 form, easily distinguishable from the preceding by its less everted last whorl, thinner texture 
 and lighter colour; it is in some respects intermediate between S. 'putris ujidi S. pfeifferi, 
 hut its more produced spire seems to me to compel its classification with the latter ; the 
 nearest Em’opean form we possess in the Museum is a Transylvanian shell sent from Germany 
 as S. amphibia {putris) var. intermedia. The Museum also possesses three specimens from 
 Candahar, presented by the late Captain Hutton, in no way to he distinguished from the 
 Yarkand form, except in being about half as large again ; the columella is less rounded and 
 decidedly more suhangulate at the base, than in German and Erench specimens. I found a 
 variety, however, from England agreeing in this respect with our Asiatic forms, though the 
 spire is less produced in the latter ; it seems to me that the transition as regards the shell itself 
 from S. putris to S. pfeifferi is almost, if not quite, imperceptible ? 
 
 Long. 11, diam. 5| ; apert. long. 7f , diam. mm. 
 
 13. SucciNEA PUTRIS, L. var. 
 
 About forty specimens were found living on grass in a marsh near Yarkand city ; it is 
 a small, thin and glassy variety, resembling in miniature a form from Wales sent me by the 
 late Mr. E. Layard as S. putris, L., var. vitrea; its more swollen shape, less produced spire 
 and more everted last whorl distinguish it from the form I have described above as 
 (S', pfeijfferi, var. sub-intermedia ; its more globose shape, less produced spire, thinner and more 
 vitreous texture from my var. yarhandensis. 
 
 Long. 10 ; diam. 6 ; apert. long. 7, diam. 4^ mm. 
 
 14. Limn^a auricularta, L., var. 
 
 This form agrees fairly with Kobelt’s figure (Mai. BL, 1870, pi. lii, fig. 8, L. auricu- 
 laria, var. ventricosa ; London) ; the principal difference is the apparently constantly more 
 broadly reflected columella, wliich is also more rounded at the base ; the great tendency to 
 deformity in the Sirikul specimens is very striking ; it appears to me that tlus form w'ould 
 bo almost as well classified as an extreme variety of L. lagotis, allied to var. obliquata . 
 
MOLLUSCA. 
 
 7 
 
 Long. 23, diam. 19f ; apert. long., 18|^ diam. 14 mm. columella, at junction with body 
 whorl, 2 to 2| mm. in breadth. 
 
 About 20 specimens (dead) on the shore of Lake Shikul or Victoria, Pamir. 
 
 Another variety is smaller and more delicate than the above, but with the same remark- 
 ably thickened and rounded columella, as is well represented on pi. ii, fig. 20, “ Fedsch. 
 Moll.”; the spire, however, in the Aktash specimens is more prominent and the broadly 
 reflected columella even more marked. 
 
 Long. 16f , diam. 13 ; apert. long. 13, diam. 10 mm. 
 
 A deformed specimen measures long. 12|, diam. 12 mm. 
 
 About 30 specimens were taken alive in a stream at Aktash (Sarikol). 
 
 15. Limn^a defilippii, Iss., var. sirikulensis, nov. 
 
 Issel, Moll. Persia, 1865, pi. iii, figs. 26 & 63 (Lake Gokcha, 5,500 feet). 
 
 This is perhaps the most remarkable of the Yarkand species of Limncea and the furthest 
 removed from the typical forms of L. auricularia and L. lagotis, even more so than typical 
 L. dejilippii. As justly pointed out by Issel, it is intermediate between the above group and 
 that of L. stagnalis. It differs from Issel’s figure by the much more swollen, subangulate 
 whorls, and by the shorter, not twisted and evenly rounded columella ; the produced spire and 
 maUeated texture are very characteristic of both. 
 
 I had already written the following description before I read that of Issel. 
 
 Shell in size intermediate between L. stagnalis and L. lagotis ; of moderately thin tex- 
 ture, the same as in L. stagnalis ; spire much more produced than in L. lagotis ; whorls six, 
 remarkably subangulate ; aperture expanded as in fig. 10, pi. ii, “ Mai. BL,” 1870 ; colu- 
 mella broadly reflected, almost completely covering the umbilicus, not twisted in the least, 
 evenly rounded at base as in fig. 9 {loc. cit.) ; very young specimens present a remarkably 
 close resemblance to those of L. stagnalis, the subangulation of the whorls and short, 
 straight columella being naturally less distinctive than in full-grown specimens ; the surface 
 of most specimens is more or less roughly decussately malleated ; under the lens a very fine 
 and close longitudinal striation can be seen. 
 
 Type of var. sirihulensis : long. 30J, diam. 21 ; apert. long. 20, diam. 14| mm. ; the 
 ante-penultimate whorl measured from the outer lip 6f mm. ; a young specimen measured 
 long. 24|, diam. 14 ; apert. lat. 14, alt. 9|-. 
 
 Fourteen dead specimens found, on the shores of Lake Sirikul, in company with L. auri- 
 cularia, var. 
 
 16. Limnjea lagotis, Schr. 
 
 Limncea lagotis, Schr., Fauna Boica, iii, 1803. 
 
 L. lagotis, var. solidissima, Kohelt, Malakozoologische Blatter, 1872, pi. ii, figs. 17 & 18. 
 
 L. ohliquata, v. Mart., Mai. Bl., 1864, pi. iii, figs. 9 & 10 (Lake Issik-kul). 
 
 A fine series of this remarkable variety was procured by Dr. Stoliczka in all stages 
 of growth ; it varies greatly in the more or less produced spire, though never, even in 
 its most elongated form, approaching the preceding form ; there is little, if any, trace of 
 the malleated sculpture, often so characteristic of the preceding : the same fine longi- 
 
SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 tudinal striation however exists ; all the specimens, young and old, are without exception of 
 the peculiar thickness which suggested its excellent name of solidissima ; the five whorls 
 agree with those of Kohelt’s original figure, which I suspect was taken from a Lake Pankong 
 specimen, and do not show the suhangulation described in the preceding ; the aperture is much 
 more expanded than in Kohelt’s typical figure, which was evidently taken from a rather 
 young shell, the very tliick columella in most specimens agrees with that of the type, hut 
 in some few it is abruptly twisted hack, as in pi. ii, fig. 21 of “Eedsch. Moll.” {L. oUiquata, 
 V. Mart.) 
 
 These specimens are interesting as removing one of the few slight differences be- 
 tween L. obliquata and L. solidissima ; my Pankong specimens clearly show the more expand- 
 ed aperture to he merely a question of age and condition, as is also the gradual slope of the 
 outer lip ; nearly all my specimens agree in this latter respect with typical obliquata, only 
 very few showing the angular outer lip of typical solidissima; Kohelt in his description 
 pointed out the close afiinity of the two forms, and also that L. obliquata must he classed 
 rather with L. lagotis, than L. auricularia ; the shortened columella seems to me the best 
 characteristic of the latter group, as shown in the form I have already described as a variety 
 of that species ; the difference is also excellently portrayed in von Marten’s figures, pi. ii, 
 figs. 20 and 21, “Eedsch. MoU.” The Pankong shell, though always preserving its chief cha- 
 racteristics, varies most remarkably, as will be seen from the accompanying measurements. 
 
 The ordinary form : — long. 22, diam. 17^ ; apert. long. 18, diam. 12^ mm. 
 
 A form with more produced spire and contracted aperture, agreeing with Kohelt’s figure : 
 — long. 22, diam. 15|^ ; apert. long. 15|, diam. 10^ mm. 
 
 A unique form, with quite depressed spire : — long. 19, diam. 15^ ; apert. long. 17J, diam. 
 12 mm. 
 
 A form (represented by six or seven specimens), with unusually expanded and more 
 rounded aperture : — long. 18, diam. 17 ; apert. long. 14|, diam. 12 mm. 
 
 About a hundred specimens from the shores of the Pankong Lake : both young and old 
 specimens show the same peculiar thickness of sheU. 
 
 Limn^a lagotis, var. costulata. 
 
 Limncea lagotis, var. costulata, v. Martens, Fedseh., Reise, Moll., pi. ii, fig. 21. 
 
 More than a hundred specimens were collected by Dr. Stoliczka at Leh, agreeing exactly 
 with figs. 22 and 24 {loc. cit.). I cannot consider the forms there figured as belonging to 
 even different varieties ; there are numerous individuals amongst the Leh specimens of all 
 the forms and of every conceivable connecting link ; the variety, as I understand it, appears 
 to be fairly constant as regards size and colour ; the spire, too, does not appear to vary much 
 more than in the figm’es quoted ; the columella, however, graduates from even a more rounded 
 shape than in figm’e 22 B to the straight (or slightly bent hack) form of figure 24 A. 
 
 Long. max. 18^, diam. 12 ; apert. long. 13f , diam. 8f mm. 
 
 Limncea lagotis, var. taukandensis, nov. 
 
 This is a striking and handsome form, close to the preceding, but half as large again, with 
 more produced spire, of five less convex whorls, much stouter texture and straighter, more 
 
MOLLUSCA. 
 
 9 
 
 evenly rounded columella, wliicli is very broadly reflected ; these characters of the columella 
 appear to be its only marked difference from the European form figured by Kobelt, “Mai. BL,” 
 1870, pi. iii, fig. 9. 
 
 About forty specimens from Yarkand and from near Sasak Taka, on the road to Sarikol ; 
 fourteen specimens from North Tangitar, of even stouter texture than the preceding ; twenty 
 specimens from a marsh, 5 miles west of Pan j ah, in Badakshan; this is a shorter, dwarf form. 
 
 Type of var. yarkandensis (from near Sasak Taka) : long. 22, diam. 15^ ; apert. long. 16, 
 diam. 10^ mm. 
 
 Limn^a lagotis, var. subdisjuncta, nov. 
 
 More than a hundred specimens from the neighbourhood of Leh ; shell smaller even than 
 var. costulata, of a peculiarly dark horn colour ; whorls four tu five, more convex and generally 
 a little more produced, though varying in this respect, than fig. 22 B {loc. cit.) ; aperture un- 
 usually narrow, especially above ; columella sharp, scarcely reflected, almost or altogether 
 detached from the body whorl, and continuous with the outer hp, in consequence of this 
 peculiar character the variety is always more or less openly umbilicate. 
 
 Typical and ordinary form of the variety : long. 11, diam. 7 ; apert. long. 7^, diam. 5 mm. 
 
 An extremely elongate form : long. 12, diam. 6^ ; apert. long. diam. 4^ mm. 
 
 A depressed form : long. lOJ, diam. 7 ; apert. long. 8, diam. 5 mm. 
 
 17. Limn.s:a andersoniana, Nev. 
 
 This interesting small species, which I have described in my paper on the mollusca 
 brought back by Dr. Anderson from Yunnan and Upper Burma, is probably the form mentioned 
 in the systematic list of the “ Conchologia Indica ” as L. marginata, Mich., from the Shan 
 Provinces ; at least Mr. Theobald gave me a siugle specimen from the Shan States agreeing 
 exactly with typical specimens of L. andersoniana from Nantin (Yunnan). Br. von Mar- 
 tens by letter informs me that my Yarkand specimens belong to his “ L. pervia, which 
 again is the L. davidi of Deshayes from Tibet.” I cannot, however, accept this identification 
 as the original description throughout makes a great point of the open umbilicus, which 
 it compares with that of L. truncatula, also stating that it is only half covered by the 
 dilated columella. Out of several hundred specimens from Yarkand and Yunnan I am 
 unable to discover a single specimen with what could be called an open umbilicus ; they all 
 have it almost, and generally quite covered with the very broadly reflected columella. 
 
 More than a hundred specimens, of a rather distinct variety, from North Tangitar and 
 Kashghar ; with distinctly rimate aperture and spire more produced, whorls more convex than 
 in the typical Yunnan form, columella not so short or straight, and less thickened. This 
 must be the form I suppose nearest L. pervia ? 
 
 Long. 11;^, diam. 7 ; apert. long. 7^, diam. 5 mm. 
 
 About a hundred specimens from Yarkand ; after a most careful examination quite undis- 
 tinguishable from the Yunnan type specimens : the umbilicus is completely covered. 
 
10 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 18, Limn^a truncatula, Miill. 
 
 About thirty specimens from Leh, agreeing fairly with pi. ii, fig. 26 of ‘ Eedsch. Reise 
 Moll.’ Dr. Stoliczka on a former visit to the Himalayas, found a still more produced form 
 abundant at Spiti ; also a shorter form at Kulu, Kotegarh, &c. 
 
 19. LiMNiEA LESSONS, Iss. 
 
 Issel, Moll.. Persia, 1865, pi. iii, figs. 64 — 66. 
 
 I cannot separate this form, even as a variety, from Issel’s Persian shell, for specimens 
 of which, from Karman (Persia), I am indebted to Mr. W. T. Blanford. Dr. Stoliczka 
 collected some fifty specimens of an almost perfectly similar form in a stream east of the 
 Pamir-kul ; they are like the type form imperforate, with similar short spire and rather 
 expanded aperture. The Pamir specimens are of rather thicker substance ; the characteristic 
 orange colour is also more marked. 
 
 Long. 8, diam. 5f ; apert. alt. 5f , lat. 3f mm. 
 
 20. Planorbis (Gyraulus) albus. Mull., var. 
 
 More than a hundred specimens were found on the shores of Lake Pankong ; they consist 
 mainly of two forms, apparently equally plentiful, one with a more narrow umbilicus than 
 in any European specimens I have seen, in this respect agreeing with some varieties of P. 
 convexiusculus, Hutt., and with pi. iv., fig. 35, “ Mai. Bl.,” 1875 (P. riparius); in other respects, 
 however, resembling figs. 1 — 3, loc. cit., of typical P. albus : diam. 4f, alt. mm. 
 
 The other, with more open umbilicus, agreeing with figures 4 — 6 and 10 — 12, loc. cit.^ 
 intermediate between the two : diam. 5, alt. 1^ mm. 
 
 There are also two specimens with very open umbilicus, more so than in fig. 14, in other 
 respects more like P. Iccms : diam. alt. 1^ mm. 
 
 Two or three deformities were also found, in which the last whorl is completely detached 
 and the spire curiously raised, presenting some analogy to specimens of Valvata. 
 
 Erom Leh, also, some hundred specimens were brought of a form agreeing exactly in 
 colour and every other respect with figs. 1 — 3. Mixed up with them equally abundantly was 
 another allied form, which however, I have classed separately as P. leevis, var. 
 
 More than a hundred specimens were collected at Yarkand; the majority fairly represented 
 by figs. 4 — 6, loc. cit. Some few however, have the last whorl near the aperture considerably 
 deflected, as in figs. 15 and 21 ; the umbilicus varies in being a little more or less open. Nine 
 specimens from 5 miles west of Panjah (Badakshan) ; they agree fairly with the preceding 
 Yarkand form. 
 
 21. Planorbis (Gyraulus) l^vis. Aid., var. ladacensis nov. 
 
 Flanorbis lavis, Alder, Trans. Nat. Hist. Northumb,, 1830. 
 
 glaher, Jeffr., 4raus. Linn. Soc. Loud., 1830. 
 
 I confess I am unable to distinguish quite satisfactorily the differences between tliis 
 species and the preceding. This Leh form, in any case, seems fairly separable from all the 
 
MOLLUSCA. 
 
 11 
 
 others brought back hy Dr. Stoliczka ; it differs mainly in two respects, colour and shape 
 of the aperture, in the latter respect agreeing with pL iv, figs. 10 — 12, “ Mai. Bl. ” xxii, 
 (P. IcBvis, Aid.) — shell resembling the above figures, but of a rich chestnut brown, and with 
 the umbilicus a little more open ; the aperture is considerably more laterally expanded 
 than in the forms I have grouped under P. albus, and consequently relatively not so 
 high. 
 
 Diam. 6, alt. 1^ mm. 
 
 About a hundred specimens from Leh. 
 
 22. Planorbis (Tropidisctjs) subangulatus, Phil., var. 
 
 Planorbis suhangulaia, Phil., “ Moll. Sicil. " 1844, pi. xxi, fig. 6 (Sicily). 
 
 Pour specimens only were found at North Tangitar; the form is a very remarkable one, 
 and may, I think, prove to be new ; it is very different from Persian specimens of P. suban- 
 gulatus, as also from European P. marginatus ; the angulation is less distinct than in the 
 former, the whole shell more compressed and flattened out, the spire showing distinctly 
 all five whorls ; the aperture is more contracted, and the under side less deeply sunk. 
 
 PI. iii, figs. 23-24, “Malakozoologische Blatter,” 1875, gives an almost exact representation 
 of the form ; the shape of the aperture is quite different from that of fig. 22, being higher 
 than the body whorl and not bent down ; of course these figures are magnified views of a 
 minute and quite different species ; a faff idea of the shell may, however, be obtained from 
 them. 
 
 Diam. 8, alt. If mm. 
 
 Persian specimens of P. subangulatus measure — diam. 7^, alt. 2 mm. 
 
 23. Planorbis (Segmentina) nitidus. Mull. 
 
 Planorbis nitidus, Muller, Hist. Vermium. p. 163. 
 
 Twelve specimens of a small form from Yarkand. 
 
 24. Planorbis (Hippeutis) complanatus, Lin. 
 
 Planorbis fontanus, Lightf. (England). 
 
 Ten specimens were found with the preceding at Yarkand ; they are also a small variety. 
 
 25. Planorbis (Armiger) nautileus, Lin. 
 
 {Fide Westerl., Mai. Bl., 1875, p. 115 = P. crista, Lin., var.) 
 
 I detected seven specimens of this interesting minute form inside the apertures of the 
 Yarkand specimens of Limncea ; the margins of the aperture are continuous ; I can detect 
 no signs of transverse ribs, and the form is most certainly specifically distinct from my 
 English specimens of L. crista, L., as represented in “ Malakozoologische Blatter,” pi. iv, 
 figs. 25 — 27 ; the Yarkand shells agree very fairly with figs. 28-30, loc. cit. 
 
 Diam. 2f mm. 
 
12 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 26. Valvata piscinalis, Miill. 
 
 Nerita piscinalis, Muller, Hist. Verm., p. 172. 
 
 About thirty specimens from the Pankong Lake, quite undistinguishable from European 
 specimens. 
 
 27. Valvata stoliczkana, n. sp. Eigs. 34—36. 
 
 This is a distinct and interesting new species ; in its size and depressed form it resembles 
 V. depressa, C. Pfr., Kiister, pi. xiv, figs. 20 & 21 ; it can be at once distinguished from it 
 by the remarkably deep and narrow umbilicus, only half as open as that of Pfeiffer’s shell. 
 There are four whorls, which are slightly subangulate, forming a faint depression near the 
 suture ; under the lens it is distinctly, closely and regularly striated ; the colour is a light 
 glossy green , the aperture is not perfectly circular and is not quite so broad as high. 
 
 Diam 4, axis If mm. 
 
 Abundant at Yarkand. 
 
 28. PisiDiUM, n. sp. 
 
 It is a great pity that the figures in Clessin’s new monograph of Fisidium, in Kiister’s 
 edition of the “ Conchyhen- Cabinet,” are so bad as to be almost without exception perfectly 
 unrecognizable ; a glance at Baudon’s figures, “ Monog. Pisidies Erancaises,” published in 1857, 
 will show the great inferiority of the former ; the shell described by Clessin as Corbicuia (?) 
 minmia in “Eedsch. Moll., ” pi. iii., fig. 30, is a most remarkable form, and I hope Dr. von 
 Martens will give us further and more correct information as to its proper classification. 
 
 The present species bears a close resemblance to European forms of F. pulchellum ; 
 it is certainly not allied even to the species represented in Eedschenko’s Mollusca ; the 
 form is well characterized by its obtuse and tumid umbones, by its extreme shortness, 
 by its distinct concentric sculpture, and by its light- grey (cineraceous) colour; it some- 
 what resembles Baudon’s pi. i, fig. E (P. ohtusale), but is less extremely tumid, and 
 not so high, compared with its breadth ; compared with pi. iii, fig. D, loc. cit., it is not 
 so high, more tumid at the umbones, which are less central, and Baudon’s shell is 
 apparently smooth ; the position of the umbones is exactly represented by pi. ii, fig. H. 
 (P. Umosum), loc. cit., from which indeed the Yarkand shell would seem to be scarcely 
 separable. 
 
 Diam. 3, alt. 2^, crass. 2^ mm. 
 
 Abundant at Yarkand. 
 
 29. PisiDiUM, n. sp. 
 
 This is a very small, almost circular species, flatter than the last when of the 
 same size and with the umbones less tumid and more central ; the sculpture is the same ; 
 it is more tumid and less polished than the next form, with the sides less produced and more 
 
MOLLUSCA. 
 
 13 
 
 rounded, the umbones more central ; it has more the shape of Baudon’s pi. Ill, fig. D, than 
 the last species has. 
 
 Diam. 2|, alt. 2, crass. If mm. 
 
 About a dozen specimens from Yarkand. 
 
 30. PisiDiUM, n. sp. 
 
 This small form is quite distinct from the two preceding ; it can he at once distinguished 
 by its great flatness, by being more broadly truncate anteriorly, more produced posteriorly, 
 by its very flatly appressed umbones and by its polished glabrous surface ; it resembles Bau- 
 don’s pi. ii., fig. E, (P. thermale, Dup.), and also somewhat “ Eedsch. Moll.,” pi. iii., fig. 33, 
 though apparently the latter does not possess the characteristic appressed umbones. 
 
 Diam. 3, alt. 2^, crass mm. 
 
 Only two or three specimens from Yarkand. 
 
 31. PiSIDIUM OBTUSALE, Pfr. 
 
 Agrees fairly with Clessin’s figure of P. ohtusale, loc. cit., pi. ii., fig. 22. 
 Diam. 4f, alt. 3f, crass. 2f mm. 
 
 About twenty specimens from Pankong Lake. 
 
 4 
 
14 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 II.-MOLLUSCA FROM KASHMIR AND THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OP MARI 
 (MURREE) IN THE PUNJAB. 
 
 The change from the Indo-Malayan to the so-called European molluscous fauna at the 
 northern watershed of the Kashmir Valley is most abrupt and distinct; every species 
 found at Sonamarg belonging to the former, while, at only two days’ march from thence 
 at Mataian, every shell belongs to the latter, as already above recorded. Major Godwin- 
 Austen, who has personally visited the locality, has been kind enough to inform me that it 
 is on crossing the pass called the “ Zoji-la” into Dras, that the change becomes at once very 
 great, the aspect of the country entirely changing, the forest-clad hiUs of Kashmir disappear, 
 and, instead, one enters a sterile, dry country of higher elevation, altogether Tibetan in 
 character ; Sonamarg is within the drainage of the River Jhelum, whilst Mataian, on the 
 other hand, is within that of the River Indus. 
 
 1. Helicarion axjstenianus, n. sp., Eigs. 22—24. 
 
 Tliis is a very distinct and peculiar form, well distinguished from all other Indian species ; 
 it is most like a dwarf H. jlemingi, from which it is distinguished by its short, almost 
 globose form, &c. 
 
 Shell much smaller than that of H. Jlemingi, more globose, suture more excavated, 
 and the spire more raised, apex more distinct; more rudely and regularly concentrically 
 plicated; whorls five, more convex, the last one not nearly so much dilated; texture 
 thinner and more membranaceous, of an equally dark, but brighter and more glossy colour ; 
 aperture about as high as broad; base a shade more convex, imperforate; columella less 
 oblique, very short and abruptly triangularly reflected. 
 
 Diam. 15^, axis 7| ; apert. lat. 9^, alt. 9^ mm. 
 
 Some dozen specimens, several of which are preserved with the animal in spirit, were 
 brought back from Sonamarg. 
 
 2. Helicarion flemingi, Pfr. 
 
 Vitrina jlemingi, Pfr., P. Z. S., 1856, p. 324 (Sind). 
 
 Young specimen, of approximately same size as fuU grown II . austenianum (for com- 
 parison) : diam. 14^, axis 5f , alt. max. 9 ; apert. lat. 8f , alt. 8f mm. 
 
 Dr. Stohczka found this fine species tolerably abundant at Murree and Tinali. There are 
 several specimens with the animal in spirit. 
 
 Diam. 40, axis 12, alt. max. 23'5 ; apert lat. 25, alt. 20 mm. 
 
MOLLTJSCA. 
 
 15 
 
 3. Helicauion stoliczkanus, n. sp., Figs. 19 — 21. 
 
 Vitrina monticola of Reeve and Concliologia Indica, not Pfr. 
 
 (.^) Vitrina sp.^ from Almora, Bens., J. A. S. B., VII, p. 214<. 
 
 {?) Vitrina monticola of Benson in MSS., not of Pfr. 
 
 This shell is a close ally of H. cassida, and might indeed be ranked as a smaller 
 variety, with less exserted whorls and with a rather differently coloured epidermis ; the close 
 relationship was noted as above by Benson, and is well shown by Beeve, figs. 10 and 11, and 
 by Hanley, pi. clii, figs. 1 — 4, who represent both species side by side, no doubt purposely. 
 A comparison of these figures with Pfeiffer’s original description, as detailed here under the 
 next species, at once shows that the two belong to totally different sections of the genus- 
 ■ I have discovered a very similar misunderstanding with Nanina 'petrosa^ Hutton, originally 
 described from Mirzapur. On Benson informing Hutton that his Mirzapur A. petrosa was 
 only the Calcutta N. vitrinoides, the latter transferred his name of N. petrosa to an undescribed 
 Himalayan allied smaller form, the animal of which he knew to be distinct. Benson was wrong ; 
 Hutton’s species from the Bajmahal Hills (Bhagalpur, Mirzapur, &c.), proves quite different, 
 both as regards shell and animal, from the Calcutta form, and of course retains its name N. 
 petrosa. It is weU and correctly figured in the “ Conchologia Indica,” pi. Ixxxviii, figs. 7 and 
 10, where our common Calcutta N. vitrinoides is not represented at aU. I think it very lik ely 
 something similar may have happened, causing the confusion of this Selicarion and the next 
 species ; some one may have pointed out that Pfeiffer’s flat and depressed shell was only a 
 variety of Benson’s R. scutella from Teria Ghat, whereupon the name of monticola was trans- 
 ferred to the other North-West form, which had previously not been distinguished by a separate 
 name from R. cassida, though probably the allied form from Ahnorah referred to by Benson 
 in the original description (J. A. S. B., VII, p. 214). Indeed from this passage I conclude 
 Benson’s manuscript name of monticola really referred to this shell, and not to the species de- 
 scribed as such by Pfeiffer. This would account for this form being named monticola in Cuming’s 
 collection, and hence figured for it by Peeve and Hanley ; Pfeiffer’s actual type of monticola 
 should be looked for in the Cumingian collection, amongst the variety of Vitrina scutella from 
 the North-West Himalayas. Benson probably, when describing his Vitrina scutella^ did 
 not compare it with Pfeiffer’s monticola, because he assumed the latter to be his own true 
 manuscript monticola, and not the flat-whorled, depressed shell Pfeiffer reaUy described for 
 it, and which Benson considered (possibly correctly) to be a variety of his Teria Ghat 
 scutella. 
 
 Dr. Stoliczka found a single specimen at Tinali. I have not taken this specimen as 
 my type, but one of the common Naini Tal specimens, represented in most collections. 
 
 Type from Naini Tal : diam. 22, axis 8, alt. 13 ; apert. lat. 14^, alt. 12 mm. 
 
 4. Helicarion monticola, Pfr. 
 
 Vitrina monticola, Pfr., P. Z. S., 1848 (Landour, Almorah, &c.) 
 
 Vitrina scutella (pars), Bens., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1859, ser. -3, vol- iii, p. 188 (Khasi Hills 
 and Kashmir). 
 
 Unfortunately, in his original description of R. scutella, Benson does not say whether 
 he takes the Khasi or Kashmir form for his type ; the two must, I believe, be specifically 
 separated. If, however, they should prove identical, the scutella of Benson will be a synonym 
 
16 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 of monticola. According to the “ Conchologia Indica,” the type form of H. scutella is from the 
 Khasi Hills, and the variety from Kaslunir; after a careful consideration of the original 
 description, I think Mr. Hanley is correct in this view. Instead of 3^, S. monticola 
 has whorls, which increase more regularly than in H. scutella; the colour is of a 
 greenish-brown, instead of bright green ; the apex less acute ; the aperture much higher in 
 proportion to its breadth ; the columella not oblique at all, almost straight and rounded at the 
 l3ase. This species is found abundantly everywhere throughout the North-West Himalayas 
 in company with the preceding. 
 
 Specimen from Murree : diam. 16^, axis 5^, alt. 8^; apert. alt. 10^, alt. 10^ mm. 
 
 Pfeiffer’s original measurements of S. monticola are: — diam. maj. 18, alt. 7^ mm. 
 This is evidently an even more depressed form than the one here recorded from Murree, and 
 does not at all agree with the preceding species, which possesses moderately exserted whorls 
 and has been figured by both Reeve and Hanley for S. monticola ; the latter author’s figure 
 measures : — diam. 20^, alt. 13 mm. Pfeiffer’s description, too, suits this shell, and not the 
 preceding, when he says, “ Depressa, 8fc., spira plana ; anfract. 4, celeriter accrescentes 
 planiusculi, ultimus depressus, non descendens, &c.” 
 
 5. Nanina (Rotula) chloroplax, Bens. 
 
 Helix chloroplax, Benson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1865, ser. 3, vol. xv, p. 14 (near Simla). 
 
 Pound abundantly near Murree, agreeing exactly with the original description and the 
 figure in “ Conchologia Indica,” pi. xxxii, figs. 1 and 4. 
 
 A few of the specimens found were larger than the type, which was only 8 mm. in 
 diameter. Diam. max. 11, axis 5, alt. 6; apert. lat. 6, alt. 4 mm. 
 
 6. Nanina (Rotula) kashmieensis, n. sp.. Pigs. 13 — 15. 
 
 Shell small, closely resembling the preceding, from which it can, however, he easily 
 distinguished by its smaller size, less depressed shape, much more closely wound whorls, 
 higher spire and less acute keel ; by the more convex base, which does not possess the ex- 
 cavated depression round the umbilicus so characteristic of its ally ; the umbilicus itself also is 
 smaller ; the sculpture is apparently the same, above suhplicately striate, below the same hut 
 less developed than above. I think both should rather he described as most minutely 
 punctuate, rather than “ tenuissime decussata ” as in the original description of N. chloroplax. 
 The aperture is quite different, being much less dilated in the present species, with scarcely 
 any trace of the acute angulation in the middle of the outer margin, and with the columella 
 less oblique and more rounded at the base. Pull-grown type of iV. kashmirensis, diam 7^, 
 axis 3f, alt. 4J ; apert. lat. 3^, alt. 3 mm. Young specimen of N. chloroplax (for compari- 
 son) : diam 7|, axis 3|, alt. 4^ ; apert. lat. 4, alt. 3 mm. 
 
 Abundant at Sonamarg. 
 
 7. Nanina (Microcystis?) sonamurgensis, n. sp.. Pigs. 16—18. 
 
 Shell small, depressed, thin, horny -brown, with the suture distinct ; roughly, regularly and 
 closely ribbed above ; sculpture of a similar kind, hut almost obsolete, can be traced on the 
 
MOLLUSCA. 
 
 17 
 
 base ; whorls seven, closely wound ; the last scarcely, if at all, broader than the previous one, 
 more or less subangulate at the periphery : base convex, distinctly excavated round a deep 
 narrow umbilicus ; aperture very shallow, the outer margin distinctly thickened, slightly 
 subangulate in the middle ; columella very slightly reflected, oblique, evenly rounded, without 
 any angulation at the base, in this character resembling N. splendens and differing from 
 N. prona. I know of no Indian species like tliis interesting little shell ; in shape it somewhat 
 resembles the smooth N. woodiana. Diam. 11|, alt. 5^, axis 4^ ; apert. lat. mm. 
 
 Dr. Stoliczka found a few specimens alive at Sonamarg ; he notes that the animal is 
 provided with a mucous pore. 
 
 8. Nanina (Macrochlamts) prona, n. sp. 
 
 Shell small, of the same group as N. petrosa, Hutt., &c., but with closer wound whorls ; 
 it is a form which apparently is widely spread throughout the North-Western Himalayas, as 
 the Museum possesses numerous specimens from Simla, Masuri, Naini Tal and Saharanpur ; 
 two specimens, found by Colonel Godwin- Austen in the Dafila Hills, also apparently belong 
 here. A very similar small form, but I think specifically distinct, is also found in the Bombay 
 Presidency. Dr. Stoliczka’s specimens ^rom Murree are aU young, or in bad preservation ; 
 I have therefore determined on not naming the species from his Murree specimens, but take 
 as my type the common North-West Himalayan form, the. animal of which is known and 
 which is usually recorded in collections as W. petrosa. Colonel Godwin- Austen informs me 
 that Hutton himself transferred his own name petrosa from the Mirzapur shell to the 
 Masuri one, on the strength of Benson’s statement that the former was identical with the 
 Calcutta N. vitrinoides, in which, as already stated, Benson was quite wrong. This 
 species is not figured in the “ Conchologia Indica,” as far as I can see. Whorls six, closely 
 wound, the last only slightly deflected, sometimes not at all, in which case, of course, the 
 aperture is quite vertical ; spire almost or quite flat ; periphery rounded ; umbilicus resembling 
 that of N. petrosa, more open than in all the other allied species ; horny-brown colour, smooth 
 and polished above and below ; margins of aperture distinctly, but slightly thickened. Type 
 from Naini Tal : diam. 12, axis 4|, alt. 5f ; apert. lat. 6, alt. 4f mm. 
 
 9. Nanina (Bensonia) monticola, Hutt., var. mijrriensis, nov. 
 
 Nanina monticola, Hutt., J. A. S. B., vii, 1838, p. 215 (North-Western Himalayas). 
 
 Helix labiata, Pfr., P. Z. S., 1845, p. 65 (Loc.— ?— ) 
 
 Both species are recorded and figured in the “ Conchologia Indica” as distinct, and I think 
 very possibly the two forms there given may prove separable. Unfortunately, typical N. 
 monticola is typical N. labiata, as figured 1. c., pi. xxvii, fig. 5. This I am able to prove by 
 a fine series of typical N. monticola, presented years ago by Captain Hutton to the 
 Asiatic Society, and now in the Indian Museum. Theobald correctly unites the two species in 
 his catalogue, though I consider him mistaken in also uniting Beeve’s H. convexa. The form 
 found by Dr. Stoliczka is near the much rarer one figured in the “ Conchologia Indica,” 
 pi. lii, fig. 3, as H. monticola, and may prove distinct ; the Murree specimen differs indeed, even 
 more markedly than the one there figured, in the characters which separate it from the type 
 
18 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 form, namely, open umbilicus, compressed whorls, more vertical aperture and peculiar, abruptly 
 raised apical whorls. 
 
 A single specimen only was found at Cbangligali near Murree. 
 
 10. Nanina (Bensonia) splendens, Hutt. 
 
 Nanina splendens, Hutton, J. A. S. B., 1838, p. 216 (North-Western Himalayas) ; " Conchologia Indica,” 
 pi. li, figs. 7 and 10. 
 
 This is one of the puzzling species, apparently intermediate between MacrocJilamys and 
 Xesta. The question of its correct generic rank can only be settled by a careful examina- 
 tion of its anatomy. In the excellent original description, the animal is described as of “ a 
 dark verdigris green, living under fallen timber at 9,000 to 11,000 feet above the sea,” &c. 
 Dr. Stoliczka found a few specimens at Tinali. 
 
 11. Nanina (Bensonia) angelica, Pfr. 
 
 Helix angelica, Pfr., P. Z. S., 1856, p. 33 (Punjab). 
 
 Dr. Stoliczka found several living specimens, aU unfortunately young, at Dri (between 
 Tinali [ and Srinagar) . The form is distinguished from the preceding by the almost closed 
 umbilicus, more closely wound whorls, &c. ; the rounded periphery and numerous varices 
 appear to be characteristic. 
 
 12. Nanina (Bensonia) jacqijemonti, v. Mart. 
 
 Nanina jacquemonti, v. Mart., Mai. Bl., xvi, 1869, p. 75 (Himalayas). 
 
 A single specimen of this well-marked species was found at Mm’ree ; it is a common 
 shell in the Punjab Salt E-ange. I give below the measurements of the Murree specimen, as 
 they differ somewhat considerably from those of the type. 
 
 Diam. 20, axis 7^; alt. 10|^, apert. lat. 10|, alt. 8^ mm. 
 
 13. Helix (Patula) humilis, Hutt. 
 
 Helix humilis, Hutt., J. A. S. B., 1838, p. 217 (Simla). 
 
 Pound tolerably abundant near Murree. Hutton records the animal “ as that of a true 
 Helix, of a dark grey or blackish colour, abundant during the rains on moist rocks, under 
 dead leaves, &c., and at the roots of shrubs.” 
 
 14. SucciNEA peeifeeri, Bossm. 
 
 A few specimens from near Srinagar. 
 
MOLLUSCA. 
 
 15. Clausilia waageni, Stol. 
 
 19 
 
 Clausilia waageni, Stoliczka, J. A. S. B., 1872, pi. ix, fig. 19 (Changligali). 
 
 About a dozen specimens of tbis species were found near Murree, under tbe bark of trees. 
 
 16. Clausilia cylindrica, Gray. 
 
 Clausilia cylindrica, Gray, Pfr., Symb. Ill, p. 93 (India). 
 Pound in great abundance, under the bark of oak trees, near Murree. 
 
 17. Buliminus (Petrous) stoliczkanus, n. sp.. Pigs. 25 — 27. 
 
 Shell in shape resembhng B, rufistrigatus ; deeply and narrowly rimate, oblong, for a 
 species of Betrceus of rather thin and diaphanous texture ; obhquely, very irregularly striated, 
 the strise often very broad, more or less crow-ded together, with gaps between the “ fasciculi.’’ 
 The ground colour is dark horny brown, with the striae pure white, having the appearance (owing 
 to the epidermis) in a fresh state of being a bright yellow ; spire oblong, conical, apex obtuse ; 
 whorls seven, scarcely convex ; aperture obhque and oblong, peristome white, outer margin 
 scarcely reflected, columeUa moderately broad. It can be easily distinguished from its next ally 
 B. rufistrigatus, by the less convex whorls, the more produced spire, less obtuse apex, by the 
 considerably broader last whorl (in proportion to the others) and by the more dilated aperture; 
 the sculpture also is pecuhar and characteristic ; it is nearer pi. xxiii, fig. 10, of the “ Con- 
 chologia Indica ” than pi. xx, fig. 4. 
 
 Long. 16, diam. 7 (last whorl to base of aperture 9) ; apert. 5f , lat. 4^ mm. 
 
 Pound fairly abundant living on currant-bushes at Sonamarg. 
 
 18. Buliminus (Petr.®us) mainwaringianus, n. sp.. Pig. 28. 
 
 There is no Indian species with which I can compare this species. As to shape, the nearest 
 I know of are some small dwarf forms of Cylindrus insularis ; the species is, however, next 
 allied to B. pretiosus and B. rufistrigatus. 
 
 Narrowly and superficially rimate, subcyhndrically conical, of stout, smooth and 
 polished substance ; striated, striae less oblique than in the preceding, fewer and more regular, 
 not crowded together in the same way, here and there one more developed than the others, 
 with intermediate ones more or less obsolete ; light horny -brown, variegated with opaque white 
 markings, as in B. pretiosus ; these markings are fewer, of a more zigzag, broader and more 
 irregular nature than those of the preceding ; spire produced, apex scarcely obtuse ; whorls 7, 
 the three apical ones unusually short compared with the others, last whorl compressed ; 
 aperture very small, almost as broad as high, peristome pure white, outer margin considerably 
 thickened, columella very broadly reflected, straighter than in the preceding, slightly sub- 
 angulate, instead of rounded, at base. 
 
 Long. 10 , diam. 4^ (last whorl to base of aperture, 5^) ; apert. alt. 3|, lat. 3 mm. 
 
 Pairly abundant, near Murree. 
 
20 - 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 I have named this pretty little shell after my friend Colonel Mainwaring, B.S.C., who 
 has lately discovered very many interesting, rare and new forms round Calcutta, in Behar, 
 and near Darjiling. 
 
 19. Buliminus (Petrj^us) beddomeantjs, n. sp., Eig. 29. 
 
 This is a very interesting species, resembling somewhat, in shape of the whorls and 
 aperture, B. smithei, “ Conchologia Indica,” pi. xx, fig. 3, but it is still nearer B. eremita, Bens., 
 1. c., fig. 8, from which its produced spire, narrower whorls, and aperture easily distinguish 
 it. Narrowly rimate, subcyHndrically turreted, of solid, scarcely polished substance; closely, 
 obliquely striate, striae more regular and crowded together than in the two preceding forms ; 
 of a very pale horn colour, only here and there discernible, on account of the crowded striae, 
 which are of a chalk white colour ; spire much produced, apex obtuse ; whorls 10, increasing 
 very gradually and regularly, last whorl compressed ; aperture very small, peristome wliite, 
 outer margin broadly reflected, very slightly arcuate (much as in pi. xx, fig. 3, 1. c.), columella 
 dilated, obliquely rounded at base. 
 
 Long. 13f, diam. 4| (last whorl to base of aperture, 5); apert. alt. 3^, lat. 2| mm. 
 
 Rather scarce near Murree. 
 
 I have named this shell after Colonel Beddome, who has contributed so extensively 
 to our knowledge of the plants, reptiles and mollusks of South India. 
 
 20. Buliminus (Petrus) pretiosus. Cantor. 
 
 Pour specimens were found at Tinali, and a single one, of a slightly different form, near 
 Murree. 
 
 21. Buliminus (Petrous) rueistrigatus, Bens. 
 
 A single specimen of the typical form from the Jhelum Valley, and two specimens from 
 Kashmir of the var. gracilis of the “ Conchologia Indica.” 
 
 22. Buliminus (Petr^eus) domina, Bens. 
 A few specimens were found alive near Murree. 
 
 23. Buliminus (Petrous) candelaris, Pfr., var. 
 
 A peculiarly shortened form found very abundantly near Tinali ; the dextral form 
 appears to have been found more abundant than the sinistral. Mr. Lydekker, of the 
 Geologieal Survey of India, informs me he has noticed that the two forms are not usually 
 found absolutely together. 
 
MOLLUSCA. 
 
 .21 
 
 24. Anadenus altivagtjs, Theob. 
 
 Umax aliivagus, Theob., J. A. S. B., 1862, p. 189, 
 
 A few specimens were found at Changligali, under a log of wood. I am by no means 
 sure that my friend Mr. Theobald is correct in uniting with this species the A. giganteus, 
 Heyn. ; the latter seems to me to agree better with a still larger slug of which the Indian 
 Museum possess several fine specimens in spirit, found at Katmandu in Nipal. 
 
 25. Anadenus modestus, Theob. 
 
 Limax modestus, Theob., J. A. S. B., 1862, p. 489 (Simla Hills). 
 
 A few specimens of this small form, as far as I can see, only differing in external aspect 
 by their smaller size and finer texture, were found with the preceding. 
 
 26. Anadenus, sp. 
 
 I should not have ventured on separating this single specimen, found with the two 
 preceding, but for a note of Dr. Stoliczka, which says — “ I also found near here four specimens 
 of an Avion, and specimens of two other Arion-\iliie slugs.” It is slightly larger than the 
 preceding, and of a black, instead of light liver colour ; otherwise I can see no difference. 
 
 27. Anadenus, sp. 
 
 Described by Stoliczka in his notes as “ a slug like the one I found at Changligali, but 
 with the foot sharply crested.” 
 
 Explanation op the Plate. 
 
 Fig. 1 3. Heiix {Fruiicicola) phceozona, v. Mart., p. 2, 
 
 ,, 4 6. ,, ,, jglectotropis, v. Mart., p. 3. 
 
 ,, 7 9. ,, „ mataianensis, Nevill, p. 3. 
 
 „ 10 — 12. ,, {Xerophila) stoliczhana, Nevill, p. 3. 
 
 „ 13 — 15. Nanina (Rotula) kashmir ensis, Nevill, p. 16. 
 
 ,. 16 — 18. ,, {Microcystis) sonamurgensis, Nevill, p. 16. 
 
 ,, 19 — 21. Eelicarion stoliczkanus, Nevill, p, 15. 
 
 „ 22 — 24. „ austenianus, Nevill, p. 14. 
 
 ,, 25 — 27. Bulimmus {Betraus) stoliczkamis, Nevill, p. 19. 
 
 28. „ „ mainwaringianus, Nevill, p. 19. 
 
 29. ,, ,, beddomeanus, Nevill, p. 20. 
 
 „ 30 — 31. Succinea martensiana, Nevill, p. 5. 
 
 ,, 32 — 33 „ pfeifferi, var. subintermedia, Nevill, p. 6. 
 
 „ 34 — 36. Vahata stoliczhana, Nevill, p. 12. 
 
 Erratum. 
 
 In names at foot of plate for var. intermedia,^^ read “ var. subintermedia.” 
 
■ ; ; . ; -V : 9 
 
 "IHC 
 
 , ^ « V>W 
 
 ‘ 
 
 i ,)f‘fm;'’ '') ' ,>to.'»STVydr'" A5:'v 
 
 .Jpy- ,i_ i^ill ,f;' .!. ...;■:, /t \ v, jr. 
 
 , , , ■ . - " ■ ' ' » . 
 
 ' /i.uT «. ’'^wjrr .^f , ( t' : / y-/-hA twyt,' 
 
 ; ,. ,.<.^,, ..... 
 
 • V •<■»:. ■••.«<f;'vt V • . •*■*•*..''■; ••■■ .•,! <.■■ 
 
 X., - ( :'y-."--«j 
 
 
 . r'\' I 
 
 , ,ii>, 
 
 ii-i .(-jv I *’ ' V. ,v^i t i [il ■* ' ' ’ '; 
 
 '• ,7,.^ ’(":■' 
 
 '4i^. 
 
 '..{i :it . 7:^^f y; ■' '5 • 
 
 'W foiiat*^^w3SC^ 
 
 
 .;f ■:.«. V • ,.i< .■'^'I>!««<«MV.‘; '. .d?(Npe^. 
 
 ■ f ,. [, |. ■ I ■ »V.^»»^i!l*4p*.l.' '' (* '., '■ 
 
 ■U‘< ..}-j|.'ii.i’»v? ."i^.'V.viP- . r ",,,4 .'^>'--#.5W 
 
 ' • '' -p^'4'iZ''' ■ . ( ..■■ '-f 
 
 '-.'liiyp ''■■'* •'t*^ 
 
 i T^i .;>; »•-. ft 4^ • '/■■'?>• >V • >»■ 
 
 ''lulT-i V ..V^i 
 
 
 'ilf i't , 1 l^'v' O'L;'-, ■• i ...■.^.T,.Yr*:'/ - nitVj '' ■ ' ‘ " 
 
 s f*i<k»'V|j^ii1i]p>»r. . ...... ' : j 4..^ .',j 
 
 ^ i” ■ '"’i'; 
 
 
MOLL use A. 
 
 I 3. Helix phaeozona. 
 
 4. 6 . H . plectotr opi s . 
 
 7. 9. H. mataianensis. 
 
 10. 12. H. stoliezkana. 
 
 13. 15. Nanina kashmirensis. 
 16. 18. N. sonamurgensis. 
 
 19. 21. Helicarion stoliezkanus. 
 
 22 . 24*. H. austemanus. 
 
 25. 27. Bulimmus stoliezkanus. 
 
 28. B.mainwaringianus. . 
 
 28. B.keddomeanus. 
 
 30. 31. Succinea martensiana. 
 
 32 . 33. Succinea pfeifferi(varinierm.cdi< 2 ..; 
 34. 36. Valvata stoliezkana. 
 
V 
 
 J 
 
 i/8f?ARy 
 
 W'n4yona,.o,s 
 
SCIENTIFIC IlESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. 
 
 ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 BY 
 
 FRANCIS DAY, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 
 
 ^ublishcb bij orbcc of the ®obevnmeut of inbiit. 
 
 CALCUTTA: 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1878 . 
 

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, Pii.D. 
 
 ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 BY 
 
 PHAN CIS DAY, P.L.S., P.Z.S. 
 
 Dubliohcb bji ovbci* of the Sobcrnmcnt of Inbut. 
 
 CALCUTTA : 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1878 . 
 
OALCtTTTA : 
 
 rniNTED -BY THE SYPEHINTENDENT OE GOYEUNMEirr PRINTING, 
 8, HASTINGS STREET. 
 
SCIENTIFIC KESULTS 
 
 OP 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 By BRANCIS DAY, B.Z.S. 
 
 T he following descriptions refer to the entire collection of fishes obtained during the 
 expedition (except, so far as I know, two specimens *). With them I have compared 
 some types of Steindachner’s excellent paper on Dr. Stoliczka’s “Dishes of Tibet” (Verb. z.-b. 
 Ges. Wien, 1866), which specimens were given me by Dr. Stoliczka. 
 
 Air. Hume, C.B., has since then obtained a few more skins of fishes from those regions 
 through the exertions of Dr. Scully. These have likewise been forwarded to me ; and one 
 appears to he a very aberrant form of ^tychoharhus. 
 
 Order PHYSOSTOAII. 
 
 Family 
 
 1. Exostoma Stoliczka. Plate I, fig. 1. 
 
 Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 782. 
 
 D. A, P. V. A, A. 6, C. 15. 
 
 Length of head from 4 in the young‘s to 5|, of caudal 8, height of body 7^ in the total 
 length. Eyes minute, situated in the middle of the length of the head ; the width of the 
 interorbital space equals half that of the snout, or the distance between the eye and hind 
 
 * These two specimens are in the British Museum. 
 
 - The remarkable difference in the comparative length of the head to that of the total length is shown in the following 
 figures : — 
 
 3 specimens 4 inches in length. Head 4 to 4^ in the total length. 
 
 4 „ 4’2 to 4-5 „ „ 4^ to 5J 
 
 5 „ S'O to 5'7 „ „ 5 to 05 „ 
 
 3 „ 6-0 to 6-6 „ „ 5i to 5| 
 
 2 • 7 „ „ to 5^ 
 
SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 2 
 
 nostril. Head depressed, as broad as long, and obtusely rounded. Mouth inferior ; lips 
 tldck, and studded with small tubercular elevations ; the upper and lower lips continuous at 
 the angle of the mouth ; but the transverse fold across the lower jaw is interrupted in the 
 middle. Nostrils close together, the anterior round and patent, the posterior tubular: a 
 barbel divides the two nostrils ; it is situated on a bridge of skin, below which the two 
 nostrils are continuous. Barbels : the nasal ones reach the hind edge of the eye ; the maxil- 
 laiy ones have a broad basal attachment, and reach the root of the pectoral. Of the mandi- 
 bular barbels the anterior are situated just behind the inner end of the lower labial fold : 
 they are shorter than the outer pair, which latter extend to the giU-opening. Gill-opening 
 situated on the side of the head in front and above the base of the pectoral fin. Teeth : 
 several rows of pointed ones in each jaw, of which the outer is slightly the larger, rather 
 wide apart, and with rather obtuse summits. Fins : the dorsal arises midway between the 
 snout and the commencement of the adipose fin ; its greatest height is one-third more than 
 the length of its base ; its spine is rudimentary and enveloped in skin. Adipose dorsal very 
 long and low. Pectoral nearly as long as the head, having its outer half horizontal and its 
 inner vertical ; its spine is rudimentary, with a broad, striated, cutaneous covering. Ventral 
 of a similar form to the pectoral : its first and a portion of its second ray also with a striated 
 cutaneous covering ; the fin commences on a vertical line falhng just behind the base of the 
 dorsal fin ; it is rather nearer the snout than the posterior end of the adipose dorsal, and 
 commences midway between the bases of the ventral and caudal fins ; it is half higher than 
 long. Caudal cut almost square. Eree portion of the tail half higher than long. Skin 
 tuberculated from the head, along the lower siudace of the body, to nearly as far as the base 
 of the ventrals. Colours : of a dull yellowish green, becoming lightest along the abdomen. 
 Eins yellowish, with dark edges or bands. 
 
 Hah. Basgo, Snima, and Leh on the Upper Indus. The longest specimen 7 inches in 
 length. 
 
 I propose here to shortly remark upon the distinction between the six species of 
 Fxostoma at present known — 
 
 A - Tee th in j aws poin ted. 
 
 1. Fxostoma lahiatum . — Lower labial fold uninterrupted. The interspace between the 
 first and adipose dorsal fins equals two-thmds the length of the latter. Anal commences much 
 nearer the base of the caudal than the base of the ventral. Mishmi Mountains, East Assam* 
 
 2. F. hlythii . — Lower labial fold interrupted. Interspace between dorsal fins very 
 slight. Anal commences in last third of distance between ventral and base of caudal. 
 Head- waters or affiuents of Ganges. 
 
 3. F. herdmorei . — Snout more pointed, Caudal forked. Tenasserim. 
 
 4. F. davidi ^. — The interspace between the first and adipose dorsal fins equals the 
 length of the latter. Pectoral reaches the ventral. Eastern Tibet. 
 
 5. F. stoliczkce . — Lower labial fold interrupted. Anal commences nearer the base of 
 the ventral than that of the caudal. Pectoral does not extend to the ventral. Upper waters 
 of Indus. 
 
 B. Outer row of teeth flattened. 
 
 Q, F, andersonli , — Lower labial fold interrupted. Bhamo, Burmah, 
 
 > Qhiw,a,rric1itliys ^avidi, Sauyage, 
 
ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 3 
 
 Family— CYPRINIB^ 
 
 The majority of the fishes in the collection consist of carps, those from the more elevated 
 regions being confined to such as have the vent and base of the anal fin hounded by a row of 
 tiled scales, or the ubiquitous Loaches. 
 
 2. Oreinus sinuatus. 
 
 Only one species of Oreinus exists in this collection, the 0. sinuatus, Heckel, from Leh 
 in Ladak, and which has likewise been captured in Kashmir. Although some of the fish 
 were obtained in Kashmir, where the genus Oreinus has representatives, there was no example 
 from that locality. 
 
 Having observed upon the great variation in proportions existing in a species of Exostoma 
 captured on the hUls, it mhy he worth while drawing attention to the same fact as occurring 
 in specimens of this genus. Thus, in examining the following ten examples of O. richard- 
 sonii, Gray, in the British Museum, I found them as follows : — 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 specimens, in spirit, from 3'3 to 3'8 inclies in length. Head from 4 to 4| 
 specimen, in spirit, 4 inches in length. Head 4j in the total. 
 
 stuffed, 10 
 „ 15 
 
 
 the total. 
 
 3. ScHizoTHORAx CHRTSOCHLORUS. Plate I, fig. 2. 
 
 Racoma chri/sochlorus, McClelland, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist., ii., p. 577., t. xv., £. 3. 
 
 Schizothorax lidduljphi, Gunther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1876, xvii., p. 400. 
 
 Schizothorax clirysochloms, Day, Proe. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 784. 
 
 B. iii. D. ^ 3 , P. 18, V. 10, A. I, C. 20, L. 1. 110 to 120. 
 
 Length of head to 5^ of caudal 6 to 6|, height of body 6^ in the total length. 
 Eyes : Diameter 5|- (in a fish 7 inches long), 7 to 9 in the length of head, 2 to 2| diameters 
 from the end of snout, and the same apart. Upper surface of the head nearly flat ; its 
 width rather exceeds its height, and equals half its length. Snout rather compressed, and 
 overhanging the upper jaw. Mouth directed forwards, horseshoe-shaped, the lower labial 
 fold interrupted in the middle. The maxilla reaches to below the front nostril. The depth 
 of the cleft of the mouth equals the width of its gape. A very thin horny covering to the 
 inside of the lower jaw. Posterior edge of opercle cut square. Barbels : the rostral ones 
 as long as the eye, the maxillary rather longer, sometimes twice as long, and reaching to 
 beneath the middle or hind edge of the orbit. Teeth pharyngeal 5, 3, 2, 2, 3, 5 pointed, and 
 with rather compressed summits. Fins : the dorsal, which is as high as the body, arises 
 midway between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal, its last undivided ray 
 osseous, strong, finely serrated posteriorly, from a little longer than the head, in a specimen 
 11-9 inches in length, to a the length in the adult. Pectoral as long as the head excluding 
 the snout ; it reaches halfway to the base of the anal. Anal, when laid flat, reaches about 
 
4 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 halfway to the base of the caudal, which latter fin is forked. Seales : the row which hears 
 the lateral fine consists of larger scales than those above or below it ; those forming the anal 
 sheath are equal to half a diameter of the eye. Colours greyish along the back, becom- 
 ing yellowish- white on the sides and beneath ; a black mark over the eye, and a few dull spots 
 on the back. 
 
 Sab. Kashghar, Yangihissar, and Yarkand, up to 20 inches in length : also Afghanistan. 
 
 Dr. Scully collected four specimens in Kashghar (4,043 feet above the sea), which are 
 13, 16, 17, and 18 inches respectively in length. 
 
 4. SCHIZOTHORAX PUNCTATUS. Plate I, fig. 3. 
 
 Day, Proc. Zool. Soe., 1876, p. 785. 
 
 B. iii., D. A p. 20, V. 11, A. |, C. 20. 
 
 Length of head 3| to 4, caudal 5|, height of body 6 to 7 in the total length. Eyes : 
 diameter 6f in the length of head, 2 a diameters from end of snout, and 2 apart. Inter- 
 orbital space flat. The greatest width of the head exceeds its height by one-fourth, and is -|- 
 of its length. Mouth anterior, with the upper jaw somewhat the longer ; the cleft com- 
 mencing opposite the middle of the eyes, whilst the maxilla reaches to below the front edge 
 of the orbit. Lower labial fold interrupted in the middle. A thin striated horny covering 
 to the lower jaw. Barbels : the maxillary ones equal the diameter of the eye ; the rostral 
 ones are slightly longer. Fms : dorsal rather higher than the body ; it commences midway 
 between the front edge of the eye and the base of the caudal fin ; its last undivided ray is 
 strong, coarsely serrated posteriorly, and as long as the postorbital portion of the head. 
 Pectoral does not quite reach the ventral, which latter arises on a vertical line below 
 the first articulated dorsal ray, and extends two-thirds of the distance to the anal. Anal 
 rather above twice as deep as its base is long ; when laid flat it does not extend to the 
 commencement of the caudal. Pree portion of the tail one-half longer than deep at its 
 highest part. Scales: those along the lateral line larger than those above or below it. 
 The tiled row along the base of the anal fin small, and equalling one-third of the diameter 
 of the orbit. Colours : silvery, covered with largish black spots. 
 
 Racoma nobilis, M’Clelland, has more fleshy lips, whilst the mouth appears more trans- 
 verse, as in Oreinus, and the under jaw much the shorter. 
 
 Sal). Kashmir Lake. 
 
 5. SCHIZOTHORAX ESOCINUS. Plate I, fig. 4. 
 
 Schizothorax esocinus, Heckel, Fische Kasch, p. 48, t. ix. ; M^’Clelland, Cal. Journ. Nat. His., ii., 
 p. 579 ; Gunther, Cat. vii., p. 166. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 785. 
 
 B. iii., D. A, p. 20, V. 10, A. 7, C. 20. 
 
 Length of head 4 a to 4|, of caudal 5f ; height of body 7i in the total length. Eyes : 
 diameter 6’- in the length of head, 2 diameters from end of snout and also apart. Inter- 
 orbital space flat. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its postorbital length. 
 Mouth very slightly oblique, horse-shoeshaped, the upper jaw longer than the lower, the 
 maxilla reaching to neraly below the front edge of the eye. Lower labial fold interrupted 
 
ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 in the middle. A homy covering to inside of lower jaw. Barbels : the rostral ones more 
 than half longer than the eye, reaching to below its first third ; the maxillary ones are 
 sKghtly shorter. Fins : the dorsal as high as the body ; it commences midway between the 
 nostrils and the base of the caudal ; its last undivided ray osseous, coarsely serrated poste- 
 riorly, and its bony portion being as long as the head, excluding the snout. Pectoral does 
 not quite reach the ventral, which latter fin commences on a vertical line slightly behind 
 
 the origin of the dorsal, and extends two-thirds of the distance to the anal. Length of 
 
 base of anal f of its height ; it reaches, when laid flat, to the base of the caudal, which 
 latter fin is deeply forked. Pree portion of the tail as high at its base as it is long. 
 Colours silvery, with numerous black spots, most distinct in the upper half of the body. 
 
 Hab. Leh, on the Upper Indus, Kashmir, and Afghanistan. 
 
 6. SCHIZOTHORAX INTERMEDITJS. Plate II, fig. 1. 
 
 Schizothorax intermedins, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1842, ii, p. 579; Gunther, Cat. vii, 
 
 p. 165. 
 
 B. iii., D. 74-8, P. 19, V. 10, A. |, C. 20, L. 1. 105. 
 
 Length of head 4f , of caudal 5 to 6, height of body 6 in the total length. Byes : 
 
 diameter 5| in the length of head. If diameter from the end of snout and also apart. 
 Upper sm’face of the head flat ; its greatest width equals its postorbital length, whilst its 
 height equals its length excluding the snout. Upper jaw rather longer than the lower, and 
 not overhung by the snout. Mouth horseshoe-shaped, the depth of the cleft equalling the 
 width of its gape. The maxilla reaches to below the hind nostril. Lower labial fold 
 interrupted in the middle. A thin, smooth, deciduous horny covering to the lower jaw. 
 Barbels four, as long as the eye in the young, longer in the adult. Teeth : pharyngeal, 5, 3, 
 2, 2, 3, 5, pointed and rather crooked at their summits. Fins : dorsal as high as the body 
 in the young, not quite so high in the adult ; it commences midway between the end of 
 the snout or front nostril and base of the caudal ; its last undivided ray strong, rather 
 coarsely serrated posteriorly, one-half to two-thirds as long as the head in the immature, four- 
 fifths of its length in the adult. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and reach- 
 ing more than half-way to the base of the ventral, which latter fin arises below the first dorsal 
 ray and extends more than half-way to the anal. The length of the base of the anal equals 
 half its height, which latter equals the length of the pectoral'; if laid flat it almost reaches 
 the base of the caudal, which is forked. Scales : depth of those in tiled row equals half a 
 diameter of the eye. Pree portion of the tail about as high at its commencement as it is 
 ong. Colours silvery, usually without spots ; but in some specimens from Yangihissar there 
 are minute black spots on the upper half of the body. 
 
 Bab. Kashghar, Yangihissar, and Sarikol. M’Clelland likewise obtained it (through 
 Griffith) from Afghanistan, the Cabul Biver at Jellalabad, and Tarnuck Liver. He sent three 
 specimens to the East India Museum. 
 
 7. Schizothorax microcephalus. Plate III, fig. 2. 
 
 Day, Proe. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 787. 
 
 B. iii., D. 4, P. 18, V. 11, A. f, C. 18, L. 1. 105, L. tr. 25/. 
 
 Length of head 5 to 5^, of caudal 6, height of body 5f to 6 in the total length. Eyes : 
 diameter 7 in the length of head, 2^ diameters from end of snout, and 2j apart. Interorbital, 
 
 B 
 
6 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 space flat. The greatest width of the head equals its length behind the middle of the eyes ; 
 its height equals its length excluding the snout. Mouth broad, anterior, with the upper 
 jaw the longer, and overhung by the snout ; the cleft of the mouth nearly horizontal ; it 
 extends to below the hind nostril, and is scarcely above half the extent of its gape ; lower 
 labial fold interrupted in the middle. A thin horny covering to the lower jaw. Barbels : 
 the rostral ones reach to below the hind edge of the eye, the maxillary ones to the hind 
 edge of the preopercle. Bins : dorsal anteriorly nearly as high as the body, commencing 
 shghtly nearer the snout than the base of the caudal fin, or midway between the two ; its 
 last undivided ray weak, articulated, and with some very small obsolete denticulations 
 posteriorly about its centre (absent in some specimens). Pectoral as long as the head behind 
 the front nostril, and reaching rather above half-way to the ventral, which latter is shorter 
 than the pectoral, reaching about half-way to the base of the anal. Anal almost reaching base 
 of caudal when laid flat, the length of its base being only one-third of its height. Caudal with 
 rounded lobes. Free portion of the tail rather longer than high. Scales : in the first third 
 of the body those along the lateral line are larger than those above or below them, but 
 posteriorly they are of the same size ; the tiled row equal about half the diameter of the 
 eye. Colour silvery. 
 
 M’CleUand says of S. edeniana that its spine is slender, soft, and denticulated at its 
 base, but the reflected fold of the lower lip is uninterrupted. Bacoma gobioides, M’Clell., 
 from the Bamean River, shows the head almost as short as in this species ; but it has a strong 
 serrated dorsal spine, whilst that fin is on an elevated base. The anal does not appear to reach 
 above half-way to the base of the caudal. 
 
 Hab. The specimens are from Panjah (9,000 feet) in Wakhan, the waters going to the 
 Oxus. The dorsal spine approaches that of Btychobarbus. 
 
 8. SCHIZOTHORAX lEEEGULARIS. Plate IV, fig. 1. 
 
 Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 787, 
 
 ? Schizothorax edeniana, M^Clell., Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist, ii, p. 579. 
 
 B. iii, D. f, P. 18, V. 9, A. f, C. 20, L. 1. 98, L. tr. 26/. 
 
 Length of head 5, of caudal 6, height of body 6 in the total length. Byes : diameter 6^ 
 in the length of head, 2| diameters from the end of snout, and about 2 apart. Interorbital 
 space nearly flat. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its length behind the 
 orbit. Mouth narrow ; the upper jaw slightly the longer, and only shghtly overhung by the 
 snout. Cleft of mouth a httle obhque, its width equal to its length, and the maxiha reach- 
 ing to beneath the front nostril. Lips very thick, lobed in the centre, and with an interrupted 
 labial fold. Barbels : the rostral ones reach to below the front edge of the eye ; the maxihary 
 ones are one-half longer than the diameter of the eye. Fins : dorsal anteriorly about two-tlurds 
 as high as the body below it : its last undivided ray weak, very feebly serrated posteriorly, 
 whilst the extent of its osseous portion does not exceed one-tliird of the length of the 
 head ; the fin commences midway between the front edge of the eye and the base of the 
 caudal fin. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and reaching half-way to the 
 ventral, which latter is rather shorter and extends rather more than half-way to the base of 
 the anal. Anal two-fifths as long at its base as it is high ; when laid flat it almost reaches the 
 caudal, which latter is slightly forked. Free portion of the tail rather longer than high at its 
 base. Scales : those behind the pectoral region to as far as the end of the anal, and below the 
 lateral line, are much smaller than those above the lateral line. The tiled row small, not above 
 
ICHTHYOLOGY. 7 
 
 half the diameter of the eye. Colours silvery, becoming lightest and glossed with gold below 
 the lateral line. 
 
 Sah. The specimen described is stuffed, and 20'5 inches in length. It was obtained at 
 Tash-kurgan in Sarikol. If this is identical with S. edeniana, M’ClelL, it is also found in 
 the Cabul Eiver, in the My dan VaUey, and Sir-i-chusmah. 
 
 9. SCHIZOTHORAX NASTTS. Plate IV, fig 3. 
 
 ScTiizothorax nasus, Heckel, rische Kasch., p. 33, t. vi.; Gunther, Cat. vii., p. 166. 
 
 B. iii, D. I, P. 18, V. 10, A. f, C. 19, L. 1. 90-100. 
 
 Length of head 4|, of caudal 5|, height of body 5 in the total length. Eyes : diameter 
 in the length of head, 1^ diameter from the end of snout, and also apart. Dorsal profile 
 more convex than that of the abdomen. Upper surface of the head nearly fiat ; its greatest 
 width equals its postorbital length, while its height equals its length excluding the snout. 
 Upper jaw rather longer than the lower and overhung by the snout. Mouth: horseshoe-shaped, 
 its gape equalling its cleft. The maxilla reaches to below the hind nostril. Lower labial 
 fold interrupted. Barbels : four ; the maxillary ones two-thirds as long as the eye ; the 
 rostral ones slightly shorter. Fins : dorsal as high as the body below it ; it commences 
 midway between the middle of the eye and the base of the caudal fin ; its last undivided ray 
 is strong, rather coarsely serrated, and nearly as long as the head. Pectoral about as long as 
 the head excluding the snout, and reaching above half-way to the base of the ventral, which 
 latter fin arises below the last undivided dorsal ray, reaching half-way to the base of the 
 anal, which is above twice as high as wide at its base, and nearly reaches the caudal when 
 laid fiat. Scales : depth of those in the tiled row scarcely one-tliird of the diameter of the 
 eye. Pree portion of the taD. not quite so high at its commencement as it is long. Colours : 
 silvery, with black spots on the upper half of the body. 
 
 This species has a more elevated dorsal profile and shorter barbels than S. intermedius. 
 
 Hab. Kashmir Lake. 
 
 10. Ptychobarbus conirostris. Plate III, fig. 3. 
 
 FtycJiobarbus conirostris, Steindachner, Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 789, t. xvii, £. 4; Giin- 
 tber. Cat. vii., p. 169. 
 
 B. iii, D. I, P. 22, V. 10, A. 7-8, C. 19, L. 1. 95, L. tr. 24/. 
 
 Length of head 4| to 5, of caudal height of body to in the total length. Eyes : 
 diameter from 4^ to 5^ in the length of the head, 2 diameters from the end of snout, and 
 apart. The greatest width of the head equals its postorbital length, but is slightly less than 
 its height. Mouth : horseshoe-shaped, with the upper jaw a little the longer, and rather 
 overhung by the snout ; the maxiUa reaches to below the front edge of the eye. Lower labial 
 fold very broad, uninterrupted, and with a cleft in the median line posteriorly. Barbels : 
 a pair at the angle of the mouth, which reach the posterior edge of the preopercle ; in a small 
 specimen, 3‘1 inches long, they only equal half a diameter of the eye in extent. Teeth : 
 pharyngeal ones in two rows. Fins : the dorsal commences much nearer the snout than the 
 base of the caudal, its entire base being equidistant from these two points ; it has no osseous 
 ray, and is as high as the body below it. Pectoral as long as the head behind the nostrils, and 
 
8 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 does not reach quite so far as the ventral, which latter fin arises under the last few dorsal 
 rays and reaches two- thirds of the distance to the base of the anal. The anal, when laid flat, 
 reaches the base of the caudal, its base is 2^ in its height. Scales : the tiled row small, not 
 one-third of the diameter of the eye. Colours : silvery, darkest along the hack and upper 
 half of body, where most of the scales have black margins, thus causing small reticulations 
 in the colour. Upper surface of the head spotted with black ; some dark spots on the dorsal 
 fin, and sometimes a few light ones on the caudal. 
 
 Hab. Head-waters of Indus, Hanle in Tibet, and Cliiliscomo, near Dras. 
 
 11. Ptychobarbus laticeps. Plate III, fig. 1. 
 
 Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876. p. 789. 
 
 B. iii, D. t, P. 18, V. 9, A. ?, C. 20, L. 1. 145. 
 
 Length of head 4^, of caudal 9|, height of body 7 in the total length. Eyes : diameter 
 12 in the length of head, 2^ diameters from the end of snout, and also apart. Mouth anterior, 
 with the lower jaw somewhat the longer ; the depth of the cleft of the mouth equals haK the 
 width of the gape. Upper surface of the head broad, its width being nearly tvfice its height. 
 No lower labial fold under the mandible. Barbels : a maxillary pair as long as the eyes. 
 Elns : dorsal arises slightly nearer the base of the caudal than the end of the snout ; its 
 last undivided ray weak, articulated at its extremity, and not serrated. Pectoral two-fifths 
 as long as the head. Ventral arises below the anterior dorsal rays. Caudal forked. Scales 
 are scarcely imbricated, hut cover the entire body ; those forming the tiled sheath along 
 the base of the anal fin are two-thirds of the diameter of the eye. Colours silvery 
 superiorly, becoming dull white beneath ; a few blackish spots along the hack. 
 
 This interesting skin has unfortunately had its anal fin removed, whilst the pharyngeal 
 teeth have not been preserved. The specimen is 52 inches in length. 
 
 It may he considered that as this fish differs from P. conirostris in the form of its mouth 
 and snout, also in the position of the ventral fin, it might form a new genus ; hut we have 
 yet much to learn of the mountain barbels ; perhaps a more extensive acquaintance will 
 diminish the number of genera into which they are at present subdivided. 
 
 Rab. Kashghar (4,043 feet elevation), the river from wliich place eventually joins the 
 Yarkand River. 
 
 12. Ptychobabbus longiceps. Plate IV, fig. 2. 
 
 Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 790. 
 
 B. iii, D. I, P. 19, V. 12, A. f, C. 20, L. 1, 112, L. tr. 31. 
 
 Length of head 3| to 4, of caudal 7 to 7i, height of body 5| to 6 in the total length 
 Eyes : diameter 7 to 9 in the length of head, 1^ diameter from the end of snout, and 2 apart. 
 3Iouth anterior, cleft oblique, commencing superiorly opposite the upper margin of the eye. 
 Lower jaw somewhat the longer ; the maxiUa reaches to below the middle of the eye. The 
 greatest width of the head rather exceeds its height, and equals half its length. Interorhital 
 space flat. No lower labial fold under the mandibles. Barbels : a maxillary pair half as 
 long as the eye. Fins: the dorsal commences midway between the hind edge of the 
 preopcrcle and the base of the caudal fin. Its last undivided ray is osseous, of moderate 
 
ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 9 
 
 strength, and very finely serrated posteriorly ; its osseous portion equals a little above one- 
 fourth of the length of the head. Pectoral half as long as the head, and reaches half-way to 
 the ventral ; the latter fin commences under the first divided dorsal ray, and does not extend 
 quite haK-way to the root of the anal. Anal twice as high as its base is long ; it does not 
 reach the caudal when laid flat ; the latter fin forked. Scales oval, nearly as wide as high 
 and slightly imbricate ; the tiled row half the diameter of the eye. Free portion of the tail 
 rather longer than high. Colours bluish on the hack, lightest below, dorsal and caudal 
 spotted. 
 
 Sab. Yarkand, whence the stuffed specimen described was brought. It is 31 inches in 
 length. This species scarcely accords with the definition of FtycJiobarbus, the last undivided 
 dorsal ray being osseous and finely serrated. The specimen, however, is large, whilst P. laticeps 
 forms the intermediate form between it and P. conirostris. 
 
 13. ScHizoPTGOPSis sTOLiczK^. Plate II, fig. 2. 
 
 ScUzojoygopsis stoliczhm, Steind. Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 785 ; Giintber. Cat. vii, p. 170. 
 
 B. iii, H. P. 13, V. 11, A. ,4 C. 19. 
 
 Length of head 5 to 5f, of caudal 5| to 5f , height of body 7 to 8 in the total length. 
 Eyes : diameter 4i to 5 in the length of head, 1 to 1^ diameters from end of snout, and 1^ to 
 2 apart. The greatest width of the head equals its length behind the middle of the eyes ; 
 and its height equals its length excluding the snout. Mouth inferior, overhung by the 
 snout ; the maxilla reaches to below the front edge of the eye. A sharp, anterior, horny 
 edge to the mandible. Earbels absent. Eins : the dorsal commences about midway between 
 the end of the snout and the root of the caudal ; its upper edge is nearly straight, oblique ; 
 the fin is as high as the body below it, and one-thfid higher than its base is long ; its last 
 undivided ray osseous and finely serrated posteriorly. Pectoral not quite so long as the head, 
 and reacliing rather above half-way to the ventral, which latter, arising below the middle of 
 the dorsal, is slightly the shorter, and does not reach the anal. Anal, when laid flat, reaches 
 the base of the caudal; it is rather above twice as high as its base is long. Caudal deeply 
 forked. Free portion of the tail as high as long. Lateral line at first descends gently, and 
 then reascending, attains the middle of the body opposite the posterior extremity of the dorsal 
 fin. Colours olive superiorly, becoming white on the sides and beneath ; the whole covered 
 with irregular blackish spots. 
 
 The ova are comparatively large. The serrated dorsal spine is strongest in specimens 
 from Leh. 
 
 These fishes appear to he much attacked by parasites, which occasion yellowish elevated 
 tubercles, not only on the head and body, hut also on the dorsal fin. 
 
 One specimen, from Balakchi, had a shot (No. 2) imbedded in the isthmus, where the 
 parts around it had healed. 
 
 Sab. Leh, Tankse, and fry or small fish from Lukong and Chagra (15,090 feet), 
 all from waters directly or indirectly going to the Indus. Some fry from Sarikol, the 
 waters of which go to the Yarkand Eiver \ Aktash, Upper Kara-kul and Panjah, tributaries 
 of the Oxus or Amu Biver. This fish has also been taken at Gnari Khorsumhy Schlagintweit, 
 
 * I am very dubious of these specimens, and hardly think they can have been obtained from waters that flow into the Yarkand 
 Eiver, as the adults have not been obtained thence. The adult, however, has been taken in the Oxus ; and I find by the diary that 
 on the day the specimens in question were captured the camp was at Sarikol, a few miles from a valley where a stream enters the 
 Aksu Eiver, a tributary of the Oxus. 
 
 C 
 
10 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 Largest specimen 8’5 inches in length. There is also a specimen from Balakchi, the streams 
 there apparently flowing towards the Yarkand Diver, which goes to the east. 
 
 14. Diptychus maculatus. Plate II, fig. 3. 
 
 Biptijchus maculatus, Steindachner, Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 787 ; Giintber, Cat. vii., p. 
 
 171. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 792. 
 
 Diptychus severzmoi, Kessler, Fisb. Turkestan, p. 17, t. iv, f. 12. 
 
 B. iii, D. P. 19, V. 9, A. ?, C. 19, L. 1. 80-90. 
 
 Length of head 5 to 6, of caudal 5 to 6; height of body to 8 in the total length. 
 Eyes : diameter 4| in the young to 6 in the adult in the length of the head, IJ to 2 diameters 
 from the end of snout, and 1^ apart. The greatest width of the head equals its height, or its 
 length behind the front edge or middle of the eyes. Mouth transverse, inferior, having an 
 anterior sharp horny covering on the lower jaw. Lower labial fold interrupted in the middle. 
 Barbels : one at each maxilla, having thick bases, and hardly so long as the eye. Teeth 
 pharyngeal, 4, 3, 3, 4, curved at the outer extremity and pointed. Fins: the dorsal 
 commences rather nearer the snout than the base of the caudal, its upper edge is straight ; 
 it is as high as the body below it, its last undivided ray articulated. Pectoral not quite so 
 long as the head ; it reaches rather above half-way to the ventral, which latter commences 
 on a vertical fine below the last dorsal ray ; it reaches rather above half-way to the base of 
 the anal. Anal when laid flat reaches the base of the caudal ; its height is nearly three 
 times the length of its base. Scales not imbricated, but scattered over the upper two- 
 thirds of the body and pectoral region, in which latter locahty the skin is often rugose : 
 the tiled row well developed. Eree portion of the tail one-half longer than high at 
 its base. Colours bluish, lightest interiorly, indistinctly blotched and spotted along the 
 upper half of the body ; often a narrow, dull band along the lateral line, and a second 
 below it. The dorsal and caudal fins much spotted in some specimens. 
 
 The very young are destitute of scales ; they first appear along the lateral line. One 
 specimen from Basgo, I’l inch long, has no barbel on the left side. There are two specimens 
 from the west of Sarikol : one has an adipose hd, covering the anterior half of the left eye ; 
 the other has a similar hd covering the lower half of the left eye. Brown tubercles are com- 
 mon on some of the specimens, and do not appear to be normal. Some specimens from Leh 
 have the eye small. 
 
 Diptychus severzowi, from the Divers Aksai and Ottuck appears to be the above species. 
 
 Eah. Specimens were brought from Kharbu, Basgo, Snima, Leh, Tankse, and Chagra, 
 from waters going direetly or indirectly to the Indus ; from Pasrobat (9,370 feet), and 
 Tarbashi (11,515 feet), whence the waters go to the Yarkand Diver; also from west of 
 Sarikol, which goes to the same river. Some specimens are also labelled as from Chiliscomo. 
 
 This fish has also been captured in other parts of Tibet, and hkewise in Nepal. 
 
 15. Labeo sindensis. Plate II, fig. 4. 
 
 CirrJiina sindensis, Day, Proc. As. Soc., Beng., 1872, p. 319. 
 
 B. iu, D. 12-13, P. 18, V. 9, A. 7, C. 19, L. 1. 43, L. tr. 8-9. 
 
 Length of head 6|-, of caudal 4^ ; height of body 5^ in the total length. Eyes : diameter 
 5y in the length of the head, 2 diameters from the end of the snout, and 24 apart. Snout 
 
ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 11 
 
 rather overhanging the mouth, without any lateral lobe. Lips continuous at the angle of the 
 mouth, and having a thin cartilaginous covering. Barbels : a short maxillary, but no 
 rostral pair. 
 
 Hab. — Sind, Punjab, and the Deccan. The specimen figured came from Murree. 
 
 16. ClRUHINA GOHAMA. 
 
 Cyprims latius and gohama, Hamilton Buchanan, Fishes of Ganges, pp. 346, 393. ’ 
 
 Barbus diplochihis, Heekel, Fiseh. Kasch., p. 53, t. x, f. 1. 
 
 Tylognathus barbatulus, Heekel, HiigeFs Reise, iv., p. 376. 
 
 Chondrostoma ivattanah, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc., ii., p. t. 62, f. 4 : Bleeker, Beng., p. 25. 
 
 GonorhyneJms brevis, M^Clell and Ind. Cypr. p. 373, t. 43, £. 6. 
 
 Crassocheilus latius and gohama, Bleeker, Prod. Cypr., p. 110 ; Giinther, Cat. vii., p. 72. 
 
 Crassocheilus rostratus, Gunther, loc, cit. 
 
 Crossocheilus barbatulus, Giinther, loc. cit. 
 
 B. iii., D. 4 , P. 15, V. 9, A. |, C. 19, L. 1. 38-40. 
 
 There are several specimens of this fish from the lake in Kashmir; and, curiously 
 enough, they show the links between Hamilton Buchanan’s and Heckel’s species. All have 
 a pair of rostral barbels and minute mandibular ones (C. barbatula). Some have 5^, some 
 4^ rows between the lateral line and base of first dorsal ray. Others possess 3, 3^, and 4| 
 rows between the lateral line and base of ventral fin. The proportions, likewise, vary with 
 age and other causes. 
 
 The localities this fish inhabits, and its mode of frequenting stones, very much resemble 
 those of Biscoffnathus lamta, Hamilton Buchanan, whilst its jaws are wide (not deep) ; and its 
 under surface is similarly flattened, but it has no labial sucker. 
 
 17. Barbus tor. Plate III, fig. 4. 
 
 Cyprimis tor, Hamilton Buchanan, Fishes of Ganges, pp. 305, 388. 
 
 Barbus [Labeobarbus) hamiltonii. Gray and Hardwieke, Ind. Zool., pi. j Jerdon, Mad. Journ. Lit. 
 and Sci., 1849, p. 311. 
 
 Barbus progeneius, M’Clell and, Ind. Cyp., pp. 270, 334, pi. Ivi, f. 3 ; Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 208, 
 
 Labeobarbus macrolepis, Heekel, Fiseh. Kashmir, p. 60, pi. x, f. 2, Cuv. and Val, xvi, p. 209. 
 
 Labeobarbus tor, Bleeker, Cohit. et Cyp. Ceylon, in Nat. Verh. Holl. Maat. Haar., 1864, p. 10, 
 f. 2. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 290; 1870, p. 372. 
 
 Barbus klmdree, Sykes, T. Z. S. ii, p. 57. 
 
 Barbus tor, Cuv. and Val, xvi, p. 199. 
 
 Barbus [Barbodes] tor. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, pp. 270, 334. 
 
 ,, mosal, Gunther, Cat. vii, p. 130. 
 
 ,, macrolepis, Gunther, Cat. vii, p. 131. 
 
 „ longispinis, Gunther, Cat. vii, p. 132. 
 
 B. iii, D. I, P. 18, V. 9, A. C. 19, L. 1. 23-24, L. tr. 4/4. 
 
 This fish, the Mahaseer of India, is too well known to need describing. 
 
12 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 Habitat . — From Sind throughout India and Ceylon, and generally ascending mountain 
 rivers for the purpose of breeding. Should such rivers he snow-fed, it deposits its ova in the 
 side streams. 
 
 Before describing the Loaches, I will give my reasons why it appears to me that the 
 genus Hiplophysa, Kessler, may probably be a synonym of Nemacheilus. 
 
 It is said to consist of “ elongated fishes, strongly compressed posteriorly,” which we 
 perceive in Nemacheilus stoliczhce and N. yarkandensis ; but in an equally elongated species 
 N. tenuis^ the free portion of the tail is not compressed, but is as wide as deep. 
 
 “ The eyes are surrounded with a fold of skin forming a hd.” This is also perceived in 
 specimens amongst the species I have enumerated from Yarkand; and I have likewise noted 
 that some of the other fishes from the same cold region have folds of skin more or less cover- 
 ing the eyes. 
 
 “ Lips fleshy, the upper more or less denticulated, the inferior bilobed, and more or less 
 papillated.” I have figured the inferior surface of the head of aU the Loaches; and 
 although some, as N. stoliczhce and N. tenuis, have the lips as described by Kessler, the 
 N. yarkandensis has not, whilst the three certainly cannot be separated into distinct genera. 
 
 “ Air-vessel in two parts, the anterior enclosed in a bony capsule, the posterior elongated 
 and free in the abdominal cavity.” This is the only portion of Kessler’s definition not perceived 
 in these fishes in which the air-vessel is enclosed in bone ; and I cannot resist suggest- 
 ing a re-examination of Western Turkestan specimens. It would be very remarkable were 
 the Nemacheili found in Europe, in fact throughout Asia, even in the Oxus, to have their 
 air-vessels enclosed in bone, whereas in the river Hi going to Lake Balkash, and the river 
 Urdjar falling into Lake Ala (Ala-kul), they have the same organ partially free in the 
 abdomen, as is seen in genus Botia. But granting Kessler’s description to be accurate, I 
 cannot think that such a fact alone would justify instituting a new genus for the reception of 
 his species. 
 
 The reason for ah’- vessels being more or less enclosed in bone in some fishes is obscure ; 
 and I some time since adverted, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ to the circum- 
 stance of such not being infrequent in Indian Siluridce. 
 
 I found amongst the Indian genera of Siluroids of the fresh waters, or those which entered 
 fresh waters, as follows ; — 
 
 A. — Air-vessel, when present, free in the abdominal cavity — 
 
 1. Bita ; 2. Erethistes ; 3. Pseudeutropius ; 4. Silurus ; 5. Olyra; 6. Macrones ; 7. 
 Callichrous ; 8. Wallago ; 9. Arius ; 10. Hemipimelodus 11. Osteogeniosus ; 
 12. Batrachocephalus ; 13. Pangasius ; 14. Plotosus. Of these, five (Nos. 
 9, 10, 11, 12, and 14) are marine forms, entering fresh waters for predaceous 
 purposes. 
 
 B. — Air vessel more or less enclosed in bone — 
 
 1. Ailia ; 2. Ailiichtliys ; 3. Sisor ; 4. Bagarius; 5. Amblyceps ; 6. Saccohranchus ; 
 7. Silundia ; 8. Eutropiichthys ; 9. Oagata ; 10. Nangra ; 11. Pseudecheneis ; 
 12. Exostoma ; 13. Clarias ; 14. Glyptostermim. AU of these are fresh water 
 genera. 
 
 * Hemipimelodus appears to be Arius destitute of teeth on the palate. 
 
ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 13 
 
 These fourteen fresh water genera having the air-vessel enclosed in hone are divisible 
 as follows : — 
 
 1. — Waters of plains — 
 
 («.) — Large rivers. No suckers on the chest : — Ailia, Ailiichthys, Sisor, Bagarius, 
 Silundia, Eutropiichthys, Oagata, Nangra. 
 
 (g.) — Large rivers : descending to the sea. An accessory air-hreathing apparatus : — 
 Clarias. 
 
 (y.) — Smaller rivers, tanks, &c. An accessory air-hreathing sac : — Saccobranchiis. 
 
 2. — Waters of the plains or hills — 
 
 No sucker on chest : — Amblyceps. 
 
 Sucker on chest: — Glyptosternum. 
 
 3. — Waters of hills — 
 
 Sucker on chest : — Pseudecheneis. 
 
 Chest adhesive : — Exostoma. 
 
 As we find genera with the air-vessel enclosed in hone decrease in number the further 
 we are from Hindustan Proper, it is hut natural to conclude that the necessity for this bony 
 capsTile is greater in India than in other tropical countries, and also that it is only useful for 
 freshwater forms. 
 
 When we see that all fishes (except the Nemaclieili) from Yarkand have the air-vessel 
 free in the abdominal cavity, it stands to reason that heat or cold can scarcely be that which 
 involves the necessity of this form of organization. 
 
 It appears most probable that the air vessel being more or less enclosed in hone is for 
 the purpose of developing some function specially required or to an abnormal extent, and that 
 whatever this may he it is most necessary in a mountain torrent, ,hut unnecessary in a 
 marine existence. 
 
 We find in fishes that the air-vessel has two distinct functions — 
 
 (1) . — In the Acanthopterygii^ where it is free in the abdominal cavity, its use is more 
 or less a mechanical one, and by contracting or expanding the fish is enabled to maintain 
 itself at a desired level. 
 
 (2) . — In the Physostomi we find a very different formation, as in all there is a duct 
 opening from the air-vessel into the upper portion of the alimentary canal. In some of 
 these fishes the mechanical function appears to he alone served by it. In others, that of 
 hearing seems to entirely supersede that for flotation, for being more or less enclosed in bone 
 contraction and expansion would he impeded. These hones or auditory ossicles lead to tlie 
 internal ear, and it is evident that in some way the air vessel serves for auditory purposes 
 to an extent for which we, at present, are hardly in a position to account. 
 
 It is remarkable that Siluroid forms do not appear to thrive in cold climates. The 
 Cyprinince of this collection have all small scales, or are more or less destitute of any ; 
 whilst the Loaches of Yarkand and Tibet have none at all ; neither have those recorded from 
 the Oxus or the Jaxartes. 
 
 There is one characteristic of the hill Loaches which seems almost invariable : tlie 
 pectoral fins are stiff at their bases, as if employed for adhesive purposes. I have observed 
 the outer ray in some of the Loaches of the plains forming a distinct bony ray with an 
 enlarged and flattened outer extremity : hut this is used for the purpose of assisting them to 
 dig into the sand, in which they will bury themselves with great rapidity on the approach of 
 danger. 
 
 D 
 
14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION, 
 
 18. Nemacheiltjs stoliczk^e Plate V, fig. 2. 
 
 Cobitis stolkzkce, Steindacliner, Verb, z.-b., Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 793, t. xiv, f. 2. 
 
 Colitis tenuicauda, Steindaebner loc. cit. p. 792, t. xvii., f. 3. 
 
 Nemacheilus stoliczha, Giintber, Cat. vii, p. 360. 
 
 Nemacheilus tenuicauda, Giintber, loc. cit., p. 357. 
 
 B. iii, D. t, P. 13, V. 8, A. f, C. 15. 
 
 Length of head 6, of caudal 6 ; height of body 8 in the total length. Eyes : diameter 8 
 in the length of head, 3 diameters from the end of snout, and 2 apart. Snout rounded, 
 slightly projecting over the mouth. Lips rugose ; and in some specimens from Yarkand the 
 edges are fimbriated : lower lip with a lobe on either side, but the lower labial fold interrupted 
 in the middle. The greatest width of the head equals its height, or its length excluding 
 the snout. In some specimens the preorbital has a free lower edge. Barbels six; the 
 maxillary ones reach beyond the hind edge of the eye ; the rostral ones are shorter. Fins : 
 the dorsal commences midway between the eye and the base of the caudal, it is one-third 
 higher than its base is long, and equals the greatest depth of the body ; its last ray is divided 
 to its base ; its upper edge is oblique, with a rounded anterior angle. Pectoral nearly as long 
 as the head, and reaching rather above half-way to the ventral ; the latter fin arises on a 
 vertical line below the anterior dorsal rays, is almost as long as the pectoral, and reaches 
 above half-way to the anal. Anal with a very narrow base : caudal shghtly emarginate. 
 Eree portion of the tail from twice to two-and-a-half times as long as high at its base. 
 Scales : absent. Air-vessel : in two portions, enclosed in bone. Colours : greyish along the 
 back, becoming lighter beneath, marbled all over with dark green or black spots or bands. 
 Dorsal, caudal, and sometimes outer pectoral rays barred. 
 
 In specimens from Sarikol the snout is rather more pointed than described above. 
 
 Hab. — Leh (11,518 feet) ; Snima ; Lukong stream (14,130 feet) ; and Chagra (15,000 
 feet), all being waters directly or indirectly going to the Indus. Also Yarkand (3,923 
 feet) and Sarikol, where the waters go to the easterly or Yarkand River; and Aktash 
 (12,600 feet), which is on the Aksu or Oxus. 
 
 I have a specimen in my collection given me by Dr. Stoliczka : he procured it, along 
 with those sent to Steindachner, from the Tso-Morari in Rupshu (Tibet), on his first visit 
 to that country. 
 
 19. Nemacheiltjs yarkandensis. Plate V, fig. 3. 
 
 Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, page 796. 
 
 B. iii, D. f, P. 17, V. 8, A. f, C. 15. 
 
 Length of head 4^, of caudal 6, height of body 6| in the total length. Eyes : diameter 
 6 to 7 in the length of the head, 2^ diameters from the end of snout, and 2 to 3 apart. 
 Snout : rather elevated in the adult. Upper surface of the head nearly flat ; its greatest width 
 equals its height or its length excluding the snout. Mouth inferior, horseshoe-shaped ; lips 
 smooth, lower labial fold interrupted in the middle and destitute of lobes. Barbels six ; the 
 maxillary ones reach (in adults) the angle of the preopercle. Fins : the dorsal commences 
 
ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 15 
 
 midway between the front edge of the eye and the base of the caudal fin ; its upper edge is 
 straight and oblique ; its height rather exceeds that of the body below it, and is one-fourth 
 more than the extent of its base. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and 
 reacliing two-thirds of the distance to the ventral. Ventral commences below the first dorsal 
 ray, is shorter than the pectoral, and reaches two-thirds of the distance to the anal. Anal 
 twice as high as wide at its base. Caudal emarginate, its outer rays being a little produced. 
 Pree portion of the tail at its commencement nearly equals its length in the adult, but is 
 less in the young. Scales absent. Air-vessel in two portions, enclosed in bone. Colours : 
 greyish, having in some specimens numerous fine blackish or dark spots on the body. In 
 some there is a silvery lateral band. 
 
 ^ab. — Yarkand, Pasrobat, Yangihissar, and Kashghar, all from waters in connection 
 with the Yarkand and Yangihissar or Great Easterly Piver. 
 
 20. Nemacheiltjs tenths. Plate V, fig. 4. 
 
 Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, page 796, 
 
 B. iii, D. P. 13, V. 8, A. f, C. 17. 
 
 Length of head to of caudal 7i, height of body 9 to 10 in the total length . 
 J^yes : diameter 5| in the length of head, diameters from the end of snout, and I apart- 
 Snout rather compressed and overhanging the mouth ; the greatest width of the head equals 
 its height or its length excluding the snout. In some specimens the lower edge of the 
 preorbital is free. Lips thickened and fimbriated in the adult ; lower labial fold interrupted in 
 the middle, and rather lobed on either side. Barbels six ; the outer rostral pair extend to be- 
 low the hind edge of the eye, the maxillary ones to the opercle in the adult. Fins : dorsal 
 commences midway between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal fin ; its upper 
 edge is slightly concave, with a rounded upper angle ; it is rather more than one-half higher 
 than the extent of its base or than the body below it. Pectoral nearly as long as the head, 
 and reaches rather above half-way to the ventral, which latter commences under the third 
 dorsal ray ; is as long as the pectoral, and reaches the base of the anal. Anal twice as higli 
 as wide at its base. Caudal slightly emarginate. Eree portion of the tail one-third as high 
 at its base as it is long, while its breadth equals its height. Scales absent. Air-vessel in 
 two portions, enclosed in bone. Colours : yellowish white, the surface and sides sometimes 
 with dark blotches and spots : dorsal and caudal fins with dull spots. 
 
 Tills fish is allied to N. ladacensis, Gunther, but is distinguished by a more elongated 
 body and longer barbels, &c. 
 
 Hab. Aktash (12,600 feet elevation), whence the waters pass to the Oxus ; and Yangi- 
 hissar (4,320 feet elevation), where the rivers go to the Yarkand Biver. 
 
 21. Nemacheilus ladacensis. Plate IV, fig. 4. 
 
 Nemacheilus ladacensis, Gunther, Cat. vii, p. 356. 
 
 B. iii., D. I, P. 13, V. 9, A. C. 19. 
 
 Length of head 5, of caudal 5f ; height of body 5^ in the total length. Byes : diameter 
 5 to 5| in the length of head, 2| diameters from end of snout, and 2 apart. Greatest width 
 
16 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 of head equals its height or its length excluding the snout. Lij)8 moderately thick and 
 rugose ; lower labial fold interrupted in the middle. Barbels 6 ; the maxillary ones scarcely 
 reach to below the front edge of the eye, the longest rostral ones to below the front nostril. 
 Fins: dorsal commences midway between the front edge of the eye and the base of 
 the caudal tin; it is as liigh as the body below it and half higher than its base is 
 long; its upper anterior corner rounded. Pectoral as long as the head behind the 
 angle of the mouth, and reaching nearly to the ventral, which latter fin arises below the 
 commencement of the dorsal fin : it is shorter than the pectoral, hut extends to the base of 
 the anal. Anal twice as high as long, and reaches above half-way to the base of the caudal 
 which is emarginate. Eree portion of the tail twice as long as high at its base. Scales 
 absent. Colours : of a light fawn, with sixteen or eighteen interrupted darker and sinuous 
 hands passing from the hack down the sides ; a silvery lateral hand. Dorsal and caudal 
 finely spotted in lines : a darkish hand on pectoral, ventral and anal. 
 
 Sab. Gnari Khorsum, Tibet. The specimen described is the largest of two obtained by 
 Messrs, von Schlagintweit, and deposited in the Indian Museum. The size of the British 
 Museum specimen, and the broken state of its caudal fin, must he accepted as the reason 
 why my proportion of the free portion of the tail does not agree with Dr. Giinther’s (nearly 
 ;j) ; whilst I find the caudal fin “emarginate,” and not “rounded.” 
 
 22. Nemacheilus gracilis. Plate IV, fig. 5. 
 
 Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 798. 
 
 B. iii, D. I, P. 13, V. 8, A. I, C. 17. 
 
 Length of head 5|, of caudal 64, height of body 6y ; in the total length. Eyes : 
 diameter 11 in length of head, 4 diameters from end of snout, and 2^ apart. Snout 
 overhanging the mouth. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its length 
 excluding the snout. Lips tliickened ; lower labial fold interrupted in the middle and rather 
 lobed on either side. Barbels six ; the maxiUary ones nearly twice as long as the eye ; the 
 external rostral ones reach the hind nostril ; the other pair are shorter. Fins : dorsal com- 
 mences midway between the eye and vertical border of the preopercle ; its upper edge is 
 nearly straight ; it is not quite so high as the body below it, and one-fourth less than the 
 extent of its base. Pectoral as long as the head behind the angle of the mouth ; it reaches 
 rather above half-way to the base of the ventral, wliich latter fin arises somewhat in advance 
 of the commencement of the dorsal ; it is of about the same length as the pectoral, and ex- 
 tends half-way to the anal. Anal twice as high as wide at its base ; it reaches, when laid fiat, 
 a little more than half-way to the base of the caudal, which is slightly emarginate. Eree 
 ])ortion of the tail half as high at its base as it is long. Scales absent. Colours brownish 
 along the hack, becoming yellowish beneath ; dorsal and caudal with dull spots. 
 
 Sab. Basgo, on the head waters of the Indus. 
 
ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 17 
 
 23. Nemacheilus maemoratus. Plate V, fig. 1. 
 
 Cobitis marmorata, Hcckel, Fische Kasch., p. 76, t. xii., figs. 1 and 2 : Hugel, Kaselim. iv., 
 p. 380. 
 
 Colitis vittata, Heckel, loc. cit. p. 80, t. xii., figs. 3 and 4; Hiigel, loc. cit. p. 382. 
 
 Nemacheilus marmoratus, Giinther, Cat. vii., p. 356; Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 798. 
 
 B. iii, H. f, P. 11, V. 7, A. f, C. 17. 
 
 Length of head 4f to 5, of caudal 7, height of body 7 in the total length. Eyes : dia- 
 meter 5 in length of head, 2 diameters from end of snout, and 1|- apart. Snout somewhat 
 pointed; and in some the preorhital is slightly projecting, Lips wrinkled; the lower labial 
 fold interrupted. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its length excluding 
 the snout. Barbels : the maxillary ones reach to below the hind edge of the eye ; the ros- 
 tral ones are nearly as long, Bins ; dorsal commences midway between the end of the snout 
 and the base of the caudal ; its upper edge is nearly straight, oblique, and with rounded angles ; 
 its height rather exceeds that of the body below it ; and it is nearly twice as high as its base 
 is long. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and extending half-way to the 
 ventral. Ventral one-third shorter than the pectoral, and reaching half-way to the anal* 
 Anal twice as high as long at its base. Caudal cut square, with rounded angles or slightly 
 emarginate. Pree portion of the tail from one-and-a-half to twice as long as high at its base. 
 Scales absent. Colours marbled or irregularly blotched and spotted with brown ; fins also 
 more or less spotted. 
 
 Hah. Kashmir Lake. 
 
 24. Nemacheilus eupicola. 
 
 Schistura rupicola, McClelland. Journ. A. Soc. Bengal, vii., pi. Iv, fig. 3, and Ind. Cypr., p. 309, 
 pi. Ivii., £. 3. 
 
 The Kashmir species are almost or quite destitute of scales, and otherwise agree with 
 M’Clelland’s fish. 
 
 25. Nemacheilus microps.^ 
 
 Colitis microps, Steindachner, Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 794, t. xiii., f. 3. 
 
 Nemacheilus microps, Giintber, Cat. vii., p. 357. 
 
 This species is entirely destitute of scales. The head is as wide as it is long. It was 
 obtained by Hr. Stoliczka in Tibet on his first journey, but no specimens exist amongst the 
 Yarkand collection. 
 
 * Oreias Dahryi, Sauvage, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1874, p. 3, is closely allied to this species. 
 
 E 
 
18 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 If we examine tlie localities whence the fishes which form this collection were procured, 
 omitting the Murree and Kashmir examples, we find as foUows : — 
 
 Name of species. 
 
 Head waters of 
 Indus. 
 
 Yarkand river, or its 
 branches. 
 
 Oxus, or its 
 tributaries. 
 
 Exostoma stoUczkcB ... 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 Oreinus sinuatus 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 Schizothorax esocinus 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 " chrysochlorus 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 ■ intermedins 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 ' irregularis ... 
 
 
 1 
 
 ... 
 
 Ptychoharhus conirostris 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 laticejjs 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 Schizopygopsis stoliczJcce 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 Diptychus maculatus ... 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 Nemacheilus stoliezhee 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 gracilis ... 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 yarkandensis ... ... ... 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 Total 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 Thus, we have eight species from the head- waters of the Indus, two of which extend 
 to the great easterly, or Yarkand, River of Eastern Turkestan, and one to the Oxus of 
 Western Turkestan; nine species from the Yarkand River, two common to the Indus and 
 three to the Oxus ; and four species from the Oxus, three of which are also found in the 
 Yarkand River, and one in the head waters of the Indus. 
 
 If these species are examined in accordance with the districts traversed by this Mission 
 and mapped out by Mr. Hume, we obtain the following results : — 
 
 {1st). — Erom the hilly region between Murree and the Zoji-la Pass, there exists one species 
 of ScJiizotJiorax showing an affinity to the Turkestan fauna : one Oreinus, a 
 Himalayan genus : and two species of Nemacheilus, a genus common to 
 Turkestan and Hindustan. 
 
 {2nd). — Erom Zoji-la to the head of the Pankong there are; — one Siluroid, Exostoma^ 
 evidently a Himalayan and hilly form. Of carps, the Himalayan Oreinus and 
 four genera which may he considered as common to Turkestan, and mostly to 
 the upper hilly regions, viz., Schizothorax, Schizopygopsis, Etyedbarhus and 
 JDiptychus : lastly, a NemacTieiliis, an almost universally distributed genus. 
 
 {3rd). — Erom the plains of Yarkand, two species of Schizothorax and two of Efyeo- 
 harhus, e\ddently the most typical forms of the fishes in these elevated regions : 
 the genus Nemacheilus is likewise represented. 
 
ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 19 
 
 {4th). — Prom the west of Yarkand to the Pamir Schizothorax, Schizopygopsis and 
 Diptyclius, all forms found in Turkestan or adjacent regions, and likewise 
 Nemacheilus were obtained. 
 
 The foregoing species constitute the fish-collection made in the cold and inhospitable 
 regions traversed by the Mission ; and they are of interest for the purpose of ascertaining 
 what are the chief characteristics of the fish-fauna, and what relationship it bears to those of 
 contiguous Asiatic regions, so far as such have been ascertained. 
 
 In this inquiry it will be necessary to take a survey of the fishes of Afghanistan, 
 Western Turkestan, and Hindustan, before proceeding further respecting those of Tibet and 
 Yarkand or Eastern Turkestan. 
 
 Most of our knowledge of the fishes of Afghanistan is due to the labours of Griffith, 
 who remarked : — “ The characteristic forms of Afghan fish are doubtless the smaU-scaled 
 Barbi and Oreini ; and these far exceed the others in number .... The fish are as distinct 
 from the Indian forms as the plants are .... By characteristic I do not mean that these 
 forms are limited to Afghanistan, because they occm' perhaps to an equal extent in the 
 Himalayas, to the streams of which those of Afghanistan approximate more or less in the 
 common features of rapids and bouldery beds.” 
 
 Having crossed the high range of mountains separating Afghanistan from the plains of 
 Western Turkestan, he found “a great change in the fish to occur, and Salmonidce'^ seem to 
 take the precedence of the Cyprinidce. A species of trout abounds in the Bamean Biver and 
 up its small tributaries, derived from the Koh-i-Baba, to an altitude of about 11,000 feet. 
 A species of Barbus with small scales is likewise common in the Bamean Biver” ^ (Cal. 
 Journ. Nat., Hist., ii. p. 565). 
 
 He observes that Indian ‘ species were in the majority in the Cabul river (a tributary of 
 the Indus) at Peshawur ; and in accordance with the facility or the reverse of access from the 
 plains did he find a predominance of Indian or Afghan forms. ® 
 
 The nature of the fishes of Afghanistan appears to be much as follows ; — Absence of 
 Acanthopterygian or spiny -rayed families, except the spineless and widely distributed Ophio- 
 cephalus gachua, Ham. Buch., and the spiny eel, Mastacembelus armatus, Lacep., so common 
 in the East from the plains to the summits of mountains. Eew Siluroids, but perhaps a 
 Callichorus and Amblyceps. Numerous Cyprinoids which appear to belong to the following 
 genera — Oreinus, Schizothorax, Bungia, from near Herat, Barilius, and a Loach 
 {? Nemacheilus), perhaps Biscognathus and Barbus. 
 
 The fullest account we possess of the fishes of Western Turkestan is that lately given 
 by Kessler, from which I have extracted the following : — 
 
 Acanthopterygii. Berea flumatilis, Linn., obtained exclusively from the Jaxartes and 
 some of its tributaries. P. schrenckii, Kess., from Lake Balkash. Lucioperca sandra, Cuv., 
 from the Jaxartes. Cottus spinulosus, Kess., very rare in Tmkestan, two specimens from 
 Khojend. 
 
 None of these spiny-rayed fishes were captured at so south a latitude as Kashghar. Out 
 of the four species three came from the Jaxartes or its tributaries, the other from Lake Balkash. 
 
 * This remark appears to have been a little too strong, as he only found one species of Salmo ; probably it was very abundant. 
 
 * The stuffed type presented to the British Museum from the Indian Museum seems to have been lost or destroyed. 
 
 3 GrifSth states that the Cabul Ptiver at Jellalabad presents us with two or three small-scaled (? Schizothorax) and Oreini 
 
 together with certain tropical forms, as the Mahasir {Barhus) and a Silurus very like, if not identical with, the Poftah 
 (? Silurus afgana). Also the same river at Lalpur possesses a fish, I believe, identical with the Nepoora of Assam {Laheo) and 
 a Gonorhynchus {=Discognathus) . Griffith also mentions a Loach-like Silurus from near Jubraiz {? Amblyceps). 
 
20 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 SiLTJRiD^. Siluris glanis, Linn. Generally spread throughout Western Turkestan, having 
 been received from the Jaxartes, Oxus, and Sarekshan or Tarafshan Eivers. 
 
 Cyprinid^. Ct/prinus carpio, Linn., from the Jaxartes, Oxus, Sarekshan Divers. 
 Barbus conocephakis, Kess., from Sarekshan. B. platyrostris^ Kess., from the Diver Aksu 
 falling into Lake Balkash. B. lacertoides, Kess., from Jaxartes and its tributaries. B, 
 brachyceplialus, Kess., from Jaxartes and Oxus. Schizothorax aksaiensis, from the Diver 
 Aksai. S.fedtsclienkoi, Kess., S. affinis, Kess., and S. eurystomus, Kess., from the Sarekshan 
 Diver. S. orientalis, Kess., from a lake on the Alatau Mountains, the waters on the Western 
 Turkestan side of which drain to Lake Balkash. JDiptychus severzawi, Kess., Aksai and 
 Ottuk Divers to 10,000 feet. J). dyboioskii, Kess., Diver Aksu. Gobio jiuviatilis, Cuv., 
 widely distributed in Western Turkestan, specimens received from near the towns of Tashkend, 
 Khojend, Djisak, and from the Ak Daria. Abramis brama, Linn., Jaxartes and its tribu- 
 taries. A. sapa, Pallas, rare, from the Jaxartes. Acanthobrama kuschakeioitscM, Kess., 
 Jaxartes. Belecus cuUratus, Linn., Sea of Aral. Abramis cJialcoides, Giild., rather rare, 
 obtained in the Ak Daria and Dm^man Kul. A. iblioides, Kess., creeks near Janikurjan. A. 
 fasciatus, Nord., Sarekshan. A. tceniatus, Kess., Jaxartes. Aspius rapax, Pallas, Jaxartes 
 and its tributaries. A. esocinus, Kess., Jaxartes and Oxus. Leuciscus erytJiropMhalmus^ 
 Linn., Jaxartes. L. squaliusculus, Kess., from near Khojend on the Jaxartes and Janikurjan. 
 L. rutilus, Linn., Jaxartes and Aigus Lake. 
 
 CoBiTiDiN.®:. Cobitis longicauda, Kess. (scaled), one specimen from the Jaxartes. 
 C. uranoscopus, Kess., from near Magian, Tashkend, Hhodjaduk, and Lake Iskander, the 
 waters of which appear to drain to the Sarekshan Diver. C. dorsalis, Kess., creeks near Jani- 
 kurjan. C. elegans, Kess., and C. tcsnia, Kess., river near Tashkend, a tributary of tlie 
 Jaxartes. BiplopJiysa straucJiii, Kess., river Ih, falling into Lake Balkash. jD. labiata, 
 Kess., Diver Urdjar, falling into Lake Ala. 
 
 Salmonidje. Salmo oxianus, Kess., river Darant, falling into the Kisil-su, one of the 
 upper tributaries of the Oxus. 
 
 Esocid^. Bsox Indus, Linn., Jaxartes and its tributaries. 
 
 Chondroptertgii. Adpenser schipa, Lbvetsky, Jaxartes, Casalius Diver. Scaphirhyn- 
 chus fedtschenkoi, Kess., Oxus. 
 
 The foregoing fishes of Western Turkestan^ mainly consist of — 
 
 (1st). — Those descending from the north or spreading from the east or west, such as 
 Berea, Ludoperca, Coitus, Gobio, Abramis, Acanthobrama, Belecus, Alburnus, 
 Aspius, Squalius, Leuciscus, Adpenser, and Scaphirhynchus. 
 
 {2nd). — Those common to Afghanistan and Yarkand, as Schizothorax, Barbus, Loaches 
 ( ? genus). 
 
 {3rd). — Those found also in Yarkand, as Schizothorax and Biptychus. 
 
 {4th). — Silurus, (which will he alluded to). 
 
 Lastly, Salmo, on the slopes of the mountains where the rivers descend to the Oxus. 
 
 The existence of one of the Salmonidce, termed Salmo orientalis by M’Clelland, was 
 well known to Dr. Stoliezka ; and a special object of his search (as he informed me previous 
 to starting) would he to try and ascertain its distribution. Griffith found this fish “in the 
 Bamean Diver, a stream that falls from the northern declivities of the Hindoo Koosh into 
 the Oxus.” 
 
 * I have to thank Mr. F . Carl Craemers for kindly translating some Russian localities, which I should not otherwise have been 
 able to give. 
 
ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 21 
 
 Kessler does not record any of tliis family from the J axartes, or, in fact, from the rivers 
 immediately descending from the Tian Shan or the Alatan Mountains. W e are, therefore, left 
 to surmise that in the hills whence these fishes were taken is the abrupt termination of 
 members of the family Salmonidce, which does not possess a solitary representative in 
 Hindustan, except the S. leoenemis (introduced on the Nilgiris in Madras). 
 
 If we now take a short review of the Fresh Water Fishes of India we find much as 
 follows : — 
 
 ACANTHOPTEEYGII. 
 
 Genera Ambassis, Badis, Nandus, Pristolepis, Scicena, Gobius and some allied genera, 
 Bhynchobdella, Mugil, Anabas, Folyacanthus, Osphromenus, Trichogaster, Etroplus 
 exist in India, hut are absent from the fresh waters of Afghanistan, Turkestan, and 
 Yarkand. Whether existing only in large rivers or distributed more generally over 
 India, none pass the boundary of the Himalayas. 
 
 Mastacembelus and Ophiocephalus are found in India and in Afghanistan ; both ascend 
 for some height the Himalayas and other hill ranges. 
 
 PHYSOSTOMI. 
 
 SiLunn)^. Genera Erethistes, Ilacrones, Rita, Fang asms, Fseudeutropius, Walla go, 
 Olyra, Chaca, Clarias, Saccobranchus, Sihmdia, Ailia, Ailiichthys, Eutropiichthys, 
 Sisor, Oagata, Nangra, Bagarius, Fseudecheneis, Glyptostermmi exist in India, but 
 not in Afganistan, Turkestan or Yarkand. 
 
 Callichrous and Amblyceps, which are found in India, appear to be present in Afganistan, 
 and the former also in Kashmir. 
 
 Exostoma is found along the Himalayas ; Silurus in Turkestan and India. 
 
 Cyprinodontidje. Cyprinodon and Haplocheilus are found in India. 
 
 Cyprinid.®. Genera Eomaloptera, Fsilorhynehus, Oirrhina, Osteochelus, Scaphiodon, 
 Semiplotus, Catla, Amblypharyngodon, Nuria, Rasbora, Aspidoparia, Rohtee, 
 Eanio, Ferilampus, Chela, and various genera of Cobitidince exist in India. 
 
 Eiseognathus, Labeo, and Barilius are common to India and Afghanistan, but are evi- 
 dently Indian forms. 
 
 Oreinus, Schizothorax, and Barbus, are found in India, also in Afghanistan, and the 
 two last in Turkestan, whilst Schizothorax is common in Yarkand. Cobitis or 
 Nemacheilus seem to extend everywhere. 
 
 Cltjpeid^ and NoTOPTERiDiE. Of the genera belonging to these families, and which 
 exist in the fresh waters of India, none go beyond the base of the Himalayas. 
 
 The Fishes of Yarkand ' or Eastern Turkestan consist of species of the following genera : — 
 Schizothorax, found also in Afghanistan and Western Turkestan ; one species on the slopes 
 
 * I here omit the genera Exostoma from the Himalayas, and Oreinus from the Himalayas and Afghanistan. 
 
 F 
 
22 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 of the Himalayas, and sometimes even descending to the plains. Biptychiis, Tibet, Yarkand 
 and Western Turkestan. ' Schizopygopsis, Tibet and Yarkand. Ftychobarhus, Tibet and 
 Yarkand. The remainder are Loaches. 
 
 JDiptyclius Dyboiuskii, Kess., would almost seem to be a ^chizopygopsisvfiih. an articulat- 
 ed dorsal ray and a pair of maxillary barbels. Perhaps several of these bill-genera wiU, at 
 some future date, be properly amalgamated, as has been done with the low-country Barbels 
 {Barbus). 
 
 An examination of the genera of spiny -rayed or Acanthopterygian fishes clearly shows 
 that as we proceed inland in India they diminish ; at the Himalayas they cease. Two Indian 
 species ^ only have been observed to exist in Afghanistan ; and they are amongst the most 
 widely distributed of their respective genera. Neither of these extends in the north-east, either 
 to Western Turkestan or Yarkand. In Western Turkestan, it is true, three genera of this 
 order are represented ; but they have evidently extended southwards. Y^arkand and Tibet 
 appear to he unsuited for this order of fishes ; and thence none have been brought. 
 
 The Physostomi include all the Yarkand and Tibet fishes. Among Siluroids the Indian 
 genera Callichrous and ? Amblyceps have been doubtfully recorded from Afghanistan ; but 
 neither have spread to Western Turkestan, where, however, the Silurus glanis is found, evi- 
 dently a wanderer from its more northern home. 
 
 It is clear that in India there is a gradual diminution of Siluroids as we proceed inland 
 until we arrive at the Himalayas. On the slopes of these mountains we at first obtain a few 
 peculiar genera and species organized for a mountain-torrent life ; hut as we rise, eventually 
 (as was the case in this Mission), an elevation is attained which, taken in connection with the 
 latitude and paucity of food, seems to he beyond the limit of the Indian Siluroids. 
 
 The Siluroids along the slopes of the Himalayas appear to be mostly confined to the 
 foUowing : — A few, as Macrones and Callichrous, ascend a short distance, which may be con- 
 sidered accidental. Fseudecheneis is a more distinct hill-form, possessing a sucker formed of 
 transverse folds between its pectorals on the chest, and by the aid of which it prevents itself 
 being carried away by the torrents. Olyptosternum has also an adhesive sucker, but of longitu- 
 dinal folds, and likewise placed on the chest. These fishes, however, appear to be more 
 intended for rapid rivers in the plains, but some ascend the slopes of the Himalayas. I have 
 taken large specimens from the rivers at the base ^of the hills in which the suckers were 
 scarcely visible : whether they had outgrown them, or, owing to the suckers not having been 
 primarily well developed, they had been unable to maintain their footing in the hill-streams, 
 of course, one cannot decide. Amblyceps is a Loach-hke form found in the waters of the 
 plains and also of the hills ; it is abundant near Kangra. Exostoma, an example of which 
 exists in the Yarkand-Mission collection, is also a remarkable form. It has a broad and 
 depressed head and chest, the latter forming a species of sucker to enable it to sustain a 
 mountain-torrent life. 
 
 This fish {Exostoma stoliczhce) belongs to a genus which has only been recorded from 
 hilly regions, neither extending to the waters of the comparatively level plateaus of the high 
 lands, nor descending any distance towards the plains. The foUowing six species are know n : — 
 (1) E. stoliczkcc, from the head-waters of the Indus ; (2) E. blythii, from near Darjeeling, 
 where the waters descend to the Ganges ; (3) E. labiatum, from the Mishmi Mountains and 
 Eastern xVssam ; (4) E. andersonii, from near Bhamo on the confines of China ; (5) E. davidi. 
 
 Ophioce2)halus gacliua and Mastacemhelus armatus. 
 
ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 23 
 
 from the most easterly portion of Tibet near the head waters of the Yang-se-kiang ; (6) E. 
 herdmorei, from Tenasserim. 
 
 The distribution of the foregoing six species of this genus is interesting, because it is 
 suggestive of whether, at some remote period, the Himalayan range, the mountains between 
 Tibet and China, and the spur or continuation southwards through Burma and Siam, may 
 not have been connected one with another. 
 
 Whilst adverting to this point, I would mention another circumstance : the only Siluroid 
 stated to be found in Western Turkestan is the Silurus glcmis, Linn. Three other species of 
 the same genus have been captured on the hill-ranges of India ; and their distribution 
 somewhat accords with that of Exostoma — 
 
 (1) . — Sihirus cochinchinensis, Cuv. & Val. = Silurichthys herdmorei, Blyth, and 
 
 (2) . — Silurus loynaadensis. Hay. These fishes, found in hills up to about 2,500 feet, 
 
 have been obtained in the Western Ghats, Akyab Hills, Tenasserim and Cochin 
 China. They would appear to be restricted to those mountains which are not far 
 removed from the seacoast. How it is that several species of fishes are common 
 to Malabar and Siam, or the countries contiguous to it, whilst they are entirely 
 absent from the intermediate districts of India, is a question which I do not pro- 
 pose entering upon. 
 
 (3) . — S. afghana, Gunther, from Afghanistan, is identical with S. dukai. Hay, from 
 
 Harjeeling. 
 
 Cyprinidce form the entire collection of the Yarkand Mission, after its arrival beyond the 
 upper waters of the Indus. If we examine the members of this family found on the Hima- 
 layas in the same manner as we have the Siluroids, we find as follows : — Eiscognathus, so 
 easily recognizable by the sucker on the lower lip, is found some distance up the moun- 
 taius, but is rare above 5,000 feet. Oremus, with its small scales, broad mouth, and like- 
 wise a sucker behind the lower jaw, becomes more and more common the higher we ascend. 
 The Expedition obtained one species at Leh, in the Upper Indus ; and it has been found 
 as a genus extending from Afghanistan along the Himalayan Range, and near Bhamo 
 liy the last Yunnan Mission, or the same district as the Siluroid genera Exostoma and 
 Silurus. It appears to essentially prefer the sides of hills and impetuous torrents. 
 
 Some of the stronger Laheos, Barbels {Barhus), and a Barilius are found here and there 
 on the slopes and in the side streams of the Himalayas up to very considerable heights. 
 They, however, are Indian forms which, if able to do so, appear to migrate during the 
 breeding-season to the mountains to deposit their ova in the side streams which are unre- 
 plenished by snow-water. Here the fry are often compelled to remain until the succeeding 
 year’s rains swell the waters, washing food into their retreats to enable them to grow, or else 
 to permit them to descend to the plains. 
 
 Once near the summit of these mountains, and beyond districts where adhesive suckers 
 are a necessity for moderate-sized fishes to possess to prevent their being washed away, we 
 come upon genera as rare in the plains of India as are the Indian forms at the summit of the 
 Himalayas. 
 
 Kashmir is a locality traversed by this Mission, a hilly Himalayan district, and one 
 to which it is necessary to refer. In Hiigel and Heckel’s “Eische aus Kaschmir” we find the 
 following species recorded : — 
 
 Oreinus plagiostonms, Heckel; 0. sinuatus, Heck,; Schizothorax curvifrons, Heck.; 
 S. lotigipinnis Heck. ; S, niger, Heck. ; S. nasus, Heck. ; S. huegelii, Heck. ; 
 
24 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 S . micropogon, 15.^0 ^.. S. planifrons,'Ke(ik.', S. esocinus, 'Keck. ; Cirrliina gohama. 
 Ham. Buell. ; Barbus tor, Ham, Buch. ; Labeo varicorliinus, Heck. ; NemacJieilus 
 marmoratus, Heck. ; Callichrous pabda, Ham. Buck. 
 
 These fishes demonstrate relationship with three districts : — 
 
 Schizothorax with Afghanistan and East and West Turkestan; 
 
 Oreinus with the slopes of the Himalayas in their whole extent ; 
 
 Cirrhina, Barbus, and Callichrous with the neighbouring fauna of Hindustan. 
 
 Having examined what are the ingredient parts of the fish fauna of Western Turkestan, 
 Afghanistan, Hindustan, Yarkand or Eastern Turkestan, Tibet, and Kashmir, it will he inter- 
 esting to endeavour to discover if these localities are possessed of any indigenous forms, and, if 
 so, how far they extend into contiguous countries. 
 
 I do not propose inquiring into whether the great desert region of Central Asia can or , 
 cannot be included in one Tartarian subregion ; hut, as the zoology of this portion of the 
 globe is at present rather obscure, I tliink it will be more useful to limit oneseK strictly to 
 ascertained facts. 
 
 Sir D, Eorsyth’s Mission has led naturalists into the fringe of an ichthyological region of 
 which Yarkand may be the centre ; certainly it is richer in forms of SchizotJioracincB than 
 Western Turkestan appears to be. 
 
 In the cold and hilly districts of Tibet and Yarkand we observe an absence of spiny- 
 rayed and Siluroid fishes ; whilst amongst Carps we see the genera Schizothorax, Btyclio- 
 barbus, Schizopygopsis, and Biptychus — fishes belonging to a peculiar division Schizothoracince, 
 (or Hill-Barbels of M’Clelland), which may be thus defined : — 
 
 Carps more or less covered with minute scales, or destitute of any. A membranous sac or 
 slit anterior to the anal fin, which is laterally bounded by a roio of vertically placed scales, like 
 eave-tiles, and which are continued along the base of the anal fin. 
 
 The fishes composing this are mostly of an elongated form, and are divisible into : — 
 
 a. Those with transverse mouths, as Oreinus, Btychobarbus, Schizopygopsis, Biptychus. 
 
 b. Those with compressed mouths, as Schizothorax. 
 
 The genus Oreinus is spread from the Helmund River and Jellalabad in Afghanistan, 
 along the whole Himalayan and contiguous ranges of hills to at least the confines of China. 
 So far as I know, these fishes appear to be strictly residents of rivers in hilly regions, 
 neither descending far into those of the plains nor found on the level plateaus on the sum- 
 mits of the mountains. This accounts for their absence from the Yarkand collection ; and 
 from the foregoing extracts it appears probable that they are not found to the north of the 
 Oxus. This genus appears to be on the outskirts of the rest of its group ; and its mouth 
 armed with a sucker, to resist its being washed away, makes it well able to sustain a moun- 
 tain-torrent life. 
 
 The other genera are more or less spread in the following districts. Erom the Helmund 
 River and the eastern portion of Afghanistan, the upper part of the Oxus, and the eastern 
 portion of M"estern Turkestan, the Tian Shan or Celestial Mountains, and also the Alatau 
 mountains more to the south, they extend along the Himalayan region, certainly as far as the 
 most easterly part of Assam. 
 
 These fishes {SchizothoracincE) are confined to cold regions, as a rule, or at least to local- 
 ities possessing snow-fed rivers, many of which rivers end in lakes and do not go to the sea. 
 
ICHTHYOLOGY. 
 
 25 
 
 They extend from Eastern Afghanistan and Western Turkestan through Tibet, and the most 
 westerly portion of China, along the Himalayas to the hills in the Yunnan direction. 
 
 Loaches {Nemacheilus) are likewise generally distributed ; and it is remarkable, as I 
 have already observed, that all are scaleless. The same appears the rule in Western 
 Turkestan. 
 
 The conclusion, I think, we may fairly arrive at, after examining the fishes of Yarkand 
 and the adjoining countries, is that we find a peculiar group of Carps {^chizothoracinai) which 
 has spread almost due east and west from the cold and elevated regions of Eastern Turkestan, 
 but of which the southern progress has been barred by the Himalayas. 
 
 If we look to the south, we see, as it were, that a wave of tropical forms of fishes has, 
 at a prehistoric period, expanded over that portion of the globe where the Nicobars, Anda- 
 mans, and the most southern portions of the continent of Asia and the islands of the Malay 
 Archipelago now are, that this fish fauna has its northward progress arrested by some cause 
 at or near where the Himalayas now exist and mark the division between the fish-fauna of 
 India and that of Turkestan. 
 

 ■ 
 
 
 ./i 'rr. 1 ,;; rf';:’.' i ,r -y ’ C'J' U^n ir'r" rr'''.': r r:;;c "I 
 
 /r« ■■;•:'•:*!.' • vV t<T- ''■' i Ir.rnU n^i f '■ ■' ."V 'i.'J 'i-?' o! 
 
 T ■/’■ ■ ■’ ' ■: ■' •; ! "n ;li.'rr ; \ ■> g r’, J»'r/ >' V^'‘*r,7I) 
 
 .< •'■••■' •■•■ - ■' •' CV .1 ■vn' ,’j 
 
 1 . 
 
 • ■■'■• 7 .'7 • ' ■ : ^ r/j j , ■ ; 
 
 ,'j , • ,^ 7 ri'rr ■• '■ 
 
 ■ . : .'■ .' r-j ‘ n \ 1 : , .•■ ' 
 
 rd: V . ; 7/ '>f I .- .-y-.y :f ;": ' u' ; 
 
 i:rKn 
 
 .0 rr 
 
 t \o fiv'r.'^r ri ‘. us ^■v : a t »r-^ivj.;. 
 
 >:\ r\^-,y-r!\riyL.nu'i-,-:[ ; i ;'-U >> j-i ! i' sha}-- !;;<;j.’r i]' v;i 
 :i:. . .• . s-ze !) > r .; Lo ; ‘.v'.cr xr':-:‘Kj vs ^ r.'i 
 
 * •r,;,':i f.; v.i 1 1-.5 ; . • v ' i _ ‘ '':,■••• ip-:.-, ' 'i; V/ ;.r 
 
 •, ,) .vr.r-.:/. ;:o; 1 '.'j • ■ . • " / vo 4 - « , „ 
 
 
 o'tii 
 
 V 
 
 
’^kand Mission. 
 
 Fishes, Plate 1. 
 
 1 EXOSTOMA STOLlCZKiE. 2. SCHIZOTHORAX CHRYSOCHLURUS. 3. S.PUNCTATUS. 
 4. S. ESOCINUS. 
 

Yarkand Mission. 
 
 Fishes. Plate 11. 
 
 1. SCHIZOTHORAX INTERMEDIUS. 2. SCHIZOPYGOPSli'. iJTOLICZKZb;. 3.D1PTYCHUS MACULATUS. 
 4.CIRRHINA SINDENSIS. 
 
 L 
 
"YiU'karid Mission. 
 
 Fishes, Plate 111. 
 
 F.Day, del. CJlcluiLes litli. 
 
 l.PTYCOBARBUS LATICEPS. 2 . SCHTZOTHORAX MICROCEPHALUS. 3.PTYC0BARBUS GONIROSTRll;;. 
 4 . BARBUS TOR. 
 
Yarkajirl Mission. 
 
 Fishes , Plate W. 
 
 1, SCHI.ZOTHORAX IRRKGULAKIS. 2 , PTYCOBARBUS LONGICEPS. 3 SCHIZOTHORAX NASUS. 
 4-. NEMACHEILUS LADACENSIS 5, N . GRACILIS. 
 

'larkand Mission 
 
 Fishes, Plate V. 
 
 R "Mintem del et lith. Mintem Broa imp. 
 
 1, NEMACHEILUS MARMORATUS. 2 , N . STOLICZKE. 3,N. YARKANDENSIS. 
 
 4,N. TENUIS. 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OP 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. 
 
 REPTILIA AND AMPHIBIA. 
 
 BY 
 
 W. T. BLANFORD, F.E.S. 
 
 %• 
 
 ^ilublijslvcb bi) orbcr of the Sobernment of Enbiit. 
 
 CALCUTTA: 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1878 . 
 

 V 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, Pii.D. 
 
 RETTILIA AND AMPHIBIA. 
 
 BY 
 
 W. T. BLANEORD, E.B.S 
 
 IRiblishcb by ovbcv of the ^obevnmeut of lubht. 
 
 CALCUTTA: 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1878 . 
 
CALCUTTA : 
 
 UEINTED BT THE SUPEKINTENDENT OP GOVEENMENT FEINTING, 
 8, HASTINGS STEEET. 
 
SCIENTIFIC EESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 REPTILIA. 
 
 By W. T. BLAOTOED. 
 
 T he collection of reptiles made by Hr. Stoliczka during his travels with the second 
 expedition to Eastern Turkestan was small, owing partly to the country traversed not 
 being rich in forms of animal life, but still more because of the unfavourable season at wliich 
 many of his journeys were made. The Thian Shan was visited in the depth of winter, and the 
 Pamir steppes and Wakhan long before the snow had melted, and, under these circumstances, 
 no snakes, lizards, or other forms of reptihan life could be found. The bulk of the collection 
 consists of specimens procured on the journey from India to Kdshghar, in the Punjab hills 
 beyond Mari (Murree), in Kashmir and in Ladak, and those obtained on the return journey 
 between Yarkand and the Karakoram. Of several of the species, fine series have been 
 obtained. 
 
 The only reptiles previously collected in the districts traversed beyond Kashmir were (1) 
 those procured by the Messrs, von Schlagintweit, who, in 1857, obtained one species of lizard, 
 which was described by Dr. Gunther in the Eeptiles of British India ; (2) by Dr. Stoliczka 
 himself, who, when in Ladak in 1865, collected several reptiles, of which Dr. F. Steindachner 
 gave an account, together with the Eeptiles of the Novara Expedition; and (3) a few 
 specimens obtained by the first expedition to Yarkand in 1870, which were examined and 
 described by Dr. Anderson in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1872. The 
 last was the only collection which included specimens from Turkestan, but, unfortunately, the 
 localities had apparently, in some cases, not been correctly marked on the labels. It is well 
 known that there is much confusion in the localities of the specimens collected by the 
 Messrs, von Schlagintweit. Nearly the whole of Dr. Stoliczka’s collections are carefully 
 labelled, and in the very few cases in which, from the labels having been omitted or lost, 
 there is doubt as to the original locality of a specimen, this is noted in the subsequent pages 
 in the list of the specimens collected. 
 
 The following is a list of the species of Eeptiles hitherto procured from Ladak and the 
 Upper Indus valley : — 
 
 Laceetilia : 
 
 Sfellio liimalayanus. | Gymnodactylus sioliczhm. 
 
 Phrynocephalus theobaldi. I Mocoa stoliczkce (? =M. ladacensisj . 
 
 Ophidia : 
 
 Zamenis ventrimaadatm {Z. ladacensis, Anderson). 
 
2 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 The last-named is the only species not obtained by Dr. Stoliczka in his last journey. It 
 had, however, previously been procured by him in Spiti (Steindachner, Kept. Nov. Exp., p. 65). 
 All the other species named had also been obtained previously, no additions having been 
 made to the fauna by the present collection. 
 
 The very moderate list of species as yet procured from Eastern Turkestan comprises the 
 following forms : — 
 
 Lacertilia : 
 
 Stellio stoliczJcanus. 
 
 Phrynocephalus tlieobaldiy var. {P.forsythi). 
 P. axillaris. 
 
 Teraloscincus keyserlingii. 
 
 Gymnodactylus elongatus. 
 G. microtis. 
 
 Eremias yarJcandensis . 
 
 E. vermiculata. 
 
 Ophidia : 
 
 Zamenis ravergieri. 
 
 Tropidonotus hydrus. 
 
 Taphrometopum lineolatum. 
 
 Of these species, only ThrynocepJialus tJieohaldi and Eremias yarkandensis had been 
 obtained before the country was visited by Dr. Stoliczka ; another species, Cyrtodactylus 
 yarkandensis, recorded as having been brought from Yarkand, having really, I believe, been 
 collected in Ladak, and wrongly labelled. 
 
 In the present account the following species are also mentioned, specimens of them 
 having been collected by Dr. Stoliczka in the Punjab hills or in Kashmir ; — 
 
 Stellio tuhereulatus. 
 S. agrorensis. 
 
 TypMops porrectus, var. 
 Compsosoma hodgsoni. 
 Ptyas mucosus. 
 
 Lacertilia : 
 
 I Eumeces tceniolatus. 
 1 Mocoa himalayana. 
 
 Ophidia : 
 
 1 Tropidonotus platyceps, 
 Vipera ohtusa. 
 
 \ Halys himalayanus. 
 
 With the possible exception of the last, none of these species appears to be found in the 
 dry region of Ladak, north of the dividing range between Kashmir proper and the Indus 
 valley. 
 
 It is thus evident that, so far as the Reptiles are considered, the countries traversed by 
 Dr. Stoliczka between the plains of India and Kashghar yield three entirely distinct faunas ; 
 (1) that of the Punjab hills and Kashmir, comprising a majority of Himalayan forms, 
 with a few species common to the plains of India and some types belonging to palaearctic 
 genera ; (2) that of Western Tibet ; and (3) that of Eastern Turkestan, both the latter 
 belonging to the palaearctic region, but to distinct sub-divisions, only one species having 
 hitherto been found in both areas, and even that is represented by well-marked varieties.^ 
 
 * Since the present account was first written, I have received, through the kindness of Dr. Strauch, a copy of his descriptions of 
 the reptiles collected hy Colonel Przevalski in Central Asia. The work was published in 1876, and is, therefore, later in date than my 
 preliminary account of Dr. Stoliczka’s collections in the “ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal ” for 1875 (vol. xliv, p. 191). 
 The greater portion of Dr. Strauch’s paper is unfortunately in Russian, but the descriptions are in Latin, and excellent lithographs 
 of all the new species are given. One fonn of Eremias, Podarces (E.) pylzowi, appears to me possibly the same as E. vermiculata 
 from Yarkand ; but of this I am not certain, and I am unable to identify any of the other forms described, including five species of 
 Fhrynocephalus, and five (besides E. pylzowi) of Eremias, with the species inhabiting Eastern Turkestan. 
 
HEPTILIA. 
 
 3 
 
 Order LACERTILIA. 
 
 Family — A GAMIBM. 
 
 1. StELLIO HIMAIiAYANUS. 
 
 Steindachner : Novara Reise, Reptilien, p. 22, PL i, fig. 8. 
 
 Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xli, Pt. 2, p. 113. 
 
 1, 2, Dras valley ; 3, 4, Tashgaon, near Eras ; 5-7, Chiliscomo ; 8, Shargol ; 9, Kharbu ; 10, 11, Snemo near Leh ; 
 
 12-22, Leb ; — all In the Upper Indus valley, north of Kashmir. 
 
 These specimens are from the original locality and its neighbourhood. Stellio hima- 
 layanus has hitherto only been found in the Upper Indus valley in Ladak, where it was 
 originally discovered by Dr. Stoliczka. 
 
 In his diary Dr. Stoliczka remarks that the male of this lizard is smaller, and has the 
 whole head, breast, and shoulders tinged with yellow, and the sides of the neck umber red. 
 These colours are probably assumed in the breeding season ; the date when they were noticed 
 was August 17th. 
 
 2. Stellio tuberculatus. 
 
 Gray apud Gunther : Reptiles of British India, p. 157. 
 
 Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, Pt. 2, xli, p. 115, PI. iii, fig. 3. 
 
 1, 2, Kashmir. 
 
 Though labelled Kashmir, the specimens were probably obtained on the road from Mari 
 (Murree) to Srinagar. The species is common about Mari. 
 
 3. Stellio agrorensis. PI. I, fig. 3. 
 
 Stoliczka: Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, p. 128. 
 
 1-6, Kashmir. 
 
 The specimens agree well with the types from the Agror valley in the Punjab hills. In 
 his diary, Dr. Stoliczka records obtaining this species near Chatarkailas in the Jhilam valley, 
 north-east of Mari. 
 
 As no figure of this species has ever appeared, one is published herewith. A full 
 description was given by Dr. Stoliczka. 
 
 4. Stellio stoliczkanus. PI. I, figs. 1 & 2. 
 
 W. Blanf. : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 191. 
 
 S. squamis dorsalibus mediis majoribus, hand in lineas regulares ordinatis, obtuse carinatis, 
 lateralibus minoribus, acute carinatis, postice subcequalibus ; nonnullis mucronatis circum 
 
4 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 tympanum, et in fasciculos ad latera colli et supra humeros dispositis ; caudalihus carinatis, 
 mucronatis, verticillatis, dorsales magnitudine vix excedentibus ; stramineus, capite dorsoque 
 posteriore nigro-punctatis, dorso anteriore nigro, stramineo transversim fasciato. 
 
 1-7, Yangiliissar, 8, Karghalik, south of Yarkand, both in the plains of Eastem Turkestan. 
 
 Description. — General form apparently more slender than in Stellio caucasicus or 
 /S', tuberculatus ; body and base of tail depressed ; tail 1‘5 times to nearly twice the length 
 of the body ; the fore limb laid backward does not reach the thigh (except in very young 
 specimens) ; the hind limb laid forward extends to about the ear. Head depressed, its 
 length considerably exceeding its breadth. The largest specimen collected measures 14-75 
 inches, of which the head and body from the snout to the anus measure 5-4, fore limb to end 
 of toes 2-6 inches, hind limb nearly 4, thhd toe of hind foot without the claw, measm’ed from 
 between the third and fom’th toes, 0‘65. In a smaller specimen the head and body measure 4'6, 
 tail 8 inches. 
 
 The scales on the upper surface of the head are convex, those on the occiput being 
 submucronate, those on the supra-orbital bosses are rather smaller and flat. Supra-orbital 
 ridge and canthus rostralis prominent, loreal region concave, bearing small scales, some of 
 which, like most of the scales on the side of the head, are bluntly keeled. Nostrils directed 
 backwards, situated in the hinder part of a single shield below the canthus. Rostral more 
 than twice as broad as high. Labials not much larger than the neighbouring scales. Mental 
 the same breadth as the rostral and pointed below. Eyehds covered with small granular 
 scales, those along the edges of the lids rather larger and pointed. Some rather large 
 scales bluntly keeled or submucronate between the eye and the tympanum. Some spinose 
 scales round the tympanum : groups of spinose scales are scattered over the sides and back 
 of the neck, the former being the larger. There is no trace of a crest. Sides of the neck 
 between the larger scales covered with very small conically mucronate scales. 
 
 Scales on the back of the neck granular, passing gradually into the bluntly keeled 
 scales of the middle of the back ; these are considerably larger than the scales of the sides, 
 being about twice as broad. The scales on the lateral portions of the body are distinctly 
 keeled, in tolerably well-marked transverse rows, and nearly uniform in size, but few con- 
 spicuously larger scales being scattered amongst them in general, though a few may occasion- 
 ally be detected here and there, and these are patches of enlarged subspinose scales of pale 
 colour about the shoulders. There is no patch of enlarged scales in the middle of the sides. 
 Scales of the belly smooth, rhomboidal, about the same size as those in the middle of the 
 back, and arranged in transverse series, containing towards the middle of the belly from fifty- 
 eight to sixty-seven scales, tending, however, to pass into the keeled scales at the sides. I 
 count about 150 to 160 scales round the middle of the body. The throat scales are similar 
 to those of the abdomen, but much smaller. 
 
 In males there are two or three rows of thickened scales before the anus ; in females the 
 scales are a little larger than those adjoining, but not thickened. There is no patch of thickened 
 scales in the middle of the abdomen, as there is in Stellio caucasicus, and several other species 
 of the genus. All the limb scales are keeled, those above sharply, those below, and espe- 
 cially on the hind limb, faintly ; those on the back of the thigh small, with a few larger and 
 subspinose scales scattered amongst them ; scales below the feet keeled, very similar to those 
 above ; toes covered beneath with transverse plates, each with several keels. Tail scales. 
 
EEPTILIA. 
 
 5 
 
 except near tlie base below, keeled, and ending in a short spine posteriorly ; those near the base 
 scarcely larger than the back scales, those behind very little smaller, aU in verticils. There 
 is a double fold below the neck, several at the side of the neck, and one which passes above 
 the shoulder and down the side. 
 
 The general colour is pale yellowish, mixed with dusky black. The head above is 
 straw-coloured, with a few black scales scattered over the upper surface and irregular vertical 
 dusky bars on the side. Anterior portion of the back and upper part of forelimbs dusky, with 
 transverse rows of pale spots, sometimes forming tolerably marked bars, especially on the 
 shoulders and upper parts of the fore legs ; hinder part of the back and sides straw-colour, 
 speckled with black. Tail pale yellowish at the base, sometimes with indications of crossbands ; 
 liinder portion brown. Lower parts uniform pale yellow, except the chin and throat, which are 
 dusky, more or less mottled, or speckled with pale yellow. The young is much paler in colour, 
 with a pinkish tinge, and the scattered black scales on the back are few in number, and form 
 rather irregular transverse lines. 
 
 There are twelve to fourteen maxillary teeth on each side of the upper jaw, and three 
 pairs of conical teeth in front ; the outer pair the largest. In the lower jaw there are twelve 
 to thirteen teeth along each side, and two pairs of more elongate pointed teeth in front. 
 
 AU the larger specimens are eviscerated. Dr. Stoliczka in his diary mentions that, at 
 Karghalik, he found this species living in holes in sand, and that, on a low bush, he saw one 
 specimen which, when pursued, took to the ground immediately. I have never seen any 
 other Stellio wliich had similar habits, though probably, from its habitat, S. aralensis may 
 resemble the present species. AU the other species of the genus are, as a rule, rock lizards, living 
 on the rocks, and taking refuge in clefts and under stones. S. nuptus in Persia is sometimes 
 found on old walls of hardened mud, but with the exception of S. aralensis, I have never 
 heard of any species inhabiting level ground and Uving in holes, as, from Dr. StoUczka’s note, 
 is, I infer, the case with the present form. 
 
 8. stoliczhanus differs much from all known species. The arrangement of the scales 
 on the body is quite distinct in 8 . nuptus ^ and 8. melanura^ which belong, indeed, to a 
 different section of the genus. 8. tuherculatus,^ 8. agrorensis ® and 8 . day anus ^ are stouter 
 forms ; the first two are at once recognised by their more strongly keeled dorsal scales, the 
 much greater difference between the dorsal and lateral scales, and the smaller size of the latter, 
 and 8. day anus differs in having strongly keeled dorsal and lateral scales, in the numerous large 
 scales scattered over the sides, and the larger scales on the Umbs, besides other distinctions 
 in each case. None of the three species have the spinose scales on the sides of the neck so 
 developed as in 8. stoliczhanus. 8. himalayanus has the central dorsal scales smooth, besides 
 other distinctions. 
 
 8. caucasicus ® and 8. microlepis ® are also distinguished by stouter form and broader 
 heads, by the presence of a large cluster of enlarged scales in the middle of each side, and of 
 an oval patch of thickened scales in the middle of the abdomen in both sexes. The scales in 
 
 * DeFilippi : Giomale del I. E. 1st Lomb. vi, (1843) ; — Eastern Persia, ii, p. 317. 
 
 * Laudakia (Plocederma) melanura, Blyth : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1854, sxiii, p. 738 \—S. melanurus, Anderson ; Proc. As. 
 
 Soc. Bengal, 1871, p. 189. 
 
 ® Vide ante. 
 
 * Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xli, Pt. 2, p. 113. 
 
 ® Eichwald : Zool. Spec, iii, p. 187 ; — Fauna Gasp. Cauc., p. 80 ; — Eastern Persia, ii, p. 322, PI. xx, fig. 1. 
 
 ® Eastern Persia, ii, p. 326, PL xix, fig. 2. 
 
6 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 S. microlepis are smaller throughout. On the whole, the present species approaches S. cau- 
 casicus more nearly than any other form with which I am acquainted. 
 
 I have no specimen of Stellio aralensis^ for comparison, and from its inhabiting the steppes 
 east of the Sea of Aral, it may very possibly he nearly allied to the present species. Accord- 
 ing to Lichtenstein’s description, it has the hack scales strongly keeled and mucronate, and the 
 toes fringed, the colom’ation is very different from that of S. stoUczkanus, being ash-grey, with 
 pale wavy crosshands, the tail and limbs being also banded, and there is a large black spot at 
 each side of the neck in the fold. The young have this spot peculiarly distinct and have 
 long pale spots on the back on a bluish-grey ground. There can be but little doubt of the 
 present being a distinct species. A form from Western Turkestan appears to have been 
 named L. lelimanni by Strauch,^ but I can find no description of it. In the list of Western 
 Turkestan reptiles, “ Mmalayanus, Strauch,” is also included by Severtzoff. 
 
 5. Phutnocephaltjs theobaldi. 
 
 P. tickellii, Giinther : Proe. Zool. Soe., 1860, pp. 167, 173, nec Gray. 
 
 P. olivieri, Theobald: Jour, As. Soe. Bengal, 1862, xxxi, p. 518, nee Dum. et Bibr, 
 
 P, iheohaldi, Blyth : Jour. As. Soe. Bengal, 1863, xxxii, p. 90; — W. Blanf. : Jour. As. Soe. Bengal, 
 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 192. 
 
 P. cauAivolvuUsyG,mi^&x\ Rept. Brit. Ind., p. 161 (1864); — Theobald: Cat. Kept. Mus. As. Soe., 
 p. 40 (1868) ; — Anderson : Proe. Zool. Soe., 1872, p. 387, nec Pallas? 
 
 P. stoliczTcm, Steindaehner : Novara Expedition, Reptilien, p. 23, PI. i, figs. 6, 7. 
 
 P. forsythi, Anderson : Proe. Zool, Soe., 1872, p. 390, fig. 7. 
 
 1-4, between Sonanmrg and Kbarbu (all probably from tbe Indus valley and not from tbe Kashmir side of the 
 Zoji-la) ; 5-7, Namika-la, north-east of Shargol ; 8-14, above Kharbu, 14,000 feet ; 15-22, Lamayuru ; 23-25, 
 Snemo ; 26-40, Leh (aU the above from the Indus valley in Ladak) ; 41-47, Mughlib, east of Tankse 14,000 
 feet ; 48-53, Lukung, Pankong Lake ; 54, 55, Chagra, north of Pankong Lake ; 56-66, between Yarkand and 
 Karakoram (this and all the following specimens belong to the variety P. forsythi ) ; 67, Sanju; 68, Yarkand ; 
 69, Kizil ; 70-72, Yangihissar ; 73, 74, Kashkasu, on road from Yangihissar to Sarikol. 
 
 I feel convinced that there must be some mistake in uniting the Fhrynocephalus of 
 Western Tibet with Lacerta caudivolvula of Pallas.® In the first place, Pallas’ description, 
 L. corporis squamis minutissimis Iccmhus, cauda longiuscula Icevissima, subtus apice ruhro 
 nigroque variegata, does not appear to agree weU. The tail in the Tibet Flirynocephalus is 
 not nearly so long as would be inferred from the above description and from the measurements 
 of L. caudivolvula by Pallas, — whole length 3 inches 3 lines, tail 2 inches, so that the proportion of 
 the head and body to the tail is 5 to 8. In a large number of specimens from Tibet and Eastern 
 Turkestan I find the proportions of the head and body to the tail vary between 5 to 5‘6 and 
 5 to 6’3, the last bemg exceptional. The tail, moreover, can scarcely be called very smooth ; 
 the scales towards the extremity, as a rule, are keeled. Then the colouration is different, and 
 especially that of the tail, which is said by Pallas, in his more detailed description, to be subtus 
 a medio ad apicem interrupte nigra et rubra. The colom’ation in P. theobaldi is extremely 
 variable, as noticed by Steindaehner in his description (of P. stoliczTcce) , but I have never seen 
 
 ' Agama aralensis, Lichtenstein, Eversmann’s Reise von Orenburg nach Buchara p. 144. It is by no means clear that 
 Lichtenstein’s species was really a Stellio. 
 
 ' Severtzoff : Turkistanskie Jevotnie, p. 71. 
 
 ^ Zoogr. Eos. As., iii, p. 27. 
 
EEPTILIA. 
 
 7 
 
 an approach to the mixture of red and hlack described by Pallas. It is true that these red 
 colours are probably seasonal, and that they tend to disappear in spmts, hut the colouration 
 in the specimens before me is so well preserved, that it would he surprising if no trace of red 
 remained in any of them, and they were collected at various seasons, some in autumn, others 
 in spring and early summer. 
 
 I am unable to find Pallas’ figure of Lacerta caudwolmda, hut there are two figures of the 
 species, both accompanied by descriptions, by Eversman^ and Eichwald.^ These figures I have 
 compared with the Tibet FJirynocephalus, and I find both agree with Pallas’ description of 
 P. caudivolvulus, and differ from P. theobcddi. It is true that Eversman gives the length of the 
 body as 1 inch 11 lines and of the tail 2 inches 1 line, but his figure shows a longer tail than this, 
 whilst Eichwald gives the lengths of the body and tail respectively as 1 inch 8 lines and 2 inches 5 
 lines, a proportion of 5 ; 7 '5. Eichwald describes the tail as having black rings towards the end, 
 the interspaces below being red ; Eversman merely says that there are black bands on the lower 
 surface of the tail towards the extremity, with red interspaces. A comparison of Eversman’s 
 or Eichwald’s figure with Steindachner’s bears out the view I have expressed of the species 
 represented being distinct. 
 
 Dumeril and Bibron ^ appear to me to have described a different species from Pallas’, 
 under the name of 'Flmjnocephalm caudivolvulus. The tail is said to be but little longer than 
 the body, and to be black at the end, with blackish spots along the sides of the remaining 
 portion, and the ventral scales are said to be keeled, whereas Pallas, Eversman and Eichwald 
 describe them as smooth. Dumeril and Bibron’s description agrees, except in having the 
 ventral scales keeled, with P. theohaldi. Now, the specimen described by the Erench her- 
 petologists came from Berlin, and was very probably identical with that compared with the 
 Tibet 'Plinjnocephalus by Professor Peters.^ 
 
 But what especially guides me in rejecting Pallas’ name for the Tibet JPJirymcepJialus 
 is that name itself, and the circumstance from which it was derived. PaUas says ^^percepto 
 inimico caudam coloratam versus dorsum in spiram promptissime revolvit, quod in nulla alia 
 specie vidi^' Now, there are two groups of TJirynocephali, to one of which belong P. olivieri^ 
 and P. persicus ® ; both of these I have seen alive in large numbers, and I never yet saw one 
 coil its tail, whilst to the other belongs P. maeulatus and a species to be described imme- 
 diately, both of which have been observed, the latter by Stoliczka, the former by myself, to have 
 a habit of coiling their tails. These last are much smoother, as a rule, than the Fhrynocephali 
 of the former group, and their tail is much longer, whilst in P. maeulatus the under surface 
 of the tail, when alive, is frequently red in part. I think it is to this group that the true 
 Lacerta caudivolvula must belong, whilst P. tleohaldi certainly belongs to the former group. 
 In Mr. Theobald’s very good account of the habits of the present species ® which he obtained 
 on the Tso-Morari in Bupshu, he makes no mention of having seen it coil its tail, nor does 
 Stoliczka notice any such habit, although he especially describes it in the case of the other 
 Tm’kestan species, and gives a sketch in his diary of the appearance presented. 
 
 ' Lacertee Imperii Hossici, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, iii, p. 362, PI. xsxii, fig. 2. 
 
 ^ Fauna Caspia Caucasia, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc., vii, p. 107, PI. xii, figs. 6, 7, PI. xiii, figs. 9 — 14. 
 
 3 Erp. Gen., iv, p. 522. 
 
 ^ Gunther : Kept. Brit. Ind., p. 161. 
 
 ® Dum. et Bibr. : Ei-p. Gen. iv, p. 517 ; — Eastern Persia, ii, p. 327. 
 
 ® DeFilippi: Archiv. Zool. Genova, ii, p. 387 ; — Eastern Persia, ii, p. 329. 
 
 7 Anderson ; Proc, Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 388 Eastern Persia, ii, p. 331. 
 
 * Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1862, xxxi, p. 518. 
 
SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 I have not overlooked the fact mentioned by Dr. Gunther in the “ Reptiles of British 
 India,” ^ and to which reference has already been made, that specimens from Tibet had been 
 compared by Professor Peters of Berlin with typical examples of L. caudivolvula, and found 
 specifically identical. I confess that it appears at the first glance as if the opinion of so high 
 an authority on the Reptilia as Professor Peters must he more correct than mine, hut I think 
 there must be some mistake, as I have already indicated when noticing the description of 
 P. caudivolvulus by Dumeril and Bihron. The original types of Pallas can scarcely he in 
 Berlin, and it has frequently happened that other species have been sent from Russia under 
 Pallas’ names. Under any circumstances I cannot hut think, for the reasons given above, that 
 Pallas must have described a different lizard. 
 
 Steindachner in his description of P. stoliczkcB, which is certainly the same lizard as 
 P. theobaldi, several of the specimens examined by Steindachner being from the typical 
 locality of the last-named species, points out that P. stoUczkcB differs from P. caudivolvulus 
 in its shorter tail and in having smooth scales on the upper surface of the limbs. The latter 
 character, however, is not constant. Keels may generally be detected in P. theobaldi on the 
 scales of the tarsus, and not unfrequently on the thigh and forearm, and in the Turkestan 
 variety, P. forsythi, they are the rule. The length of the tail is, however, a characteristic 
 distinction, though, I believe, it is not the only one. 
 
 It is only after long and repeated comparison that I have come to the conclusion, that 
 P. forsythi of Anderson cannot be separated from P. theobaldi? At the first glance, 
 they appear distinguished by colour and by the Turkestan form having some scattered, whitish, 
 enlarged scales on the back, and keels on the scales covering the upper surface of the limbs. 
 Individuals, however, vary greatly in the scales of the back ; in some these are convex and 
 granular, in others flat, smooth, and even subimbricate ; in some larger in the middle of the 
 back, in others nearly the same size throughout. The scales on the top of the head are 
 scarcely alike in any two individuals ; some have the scales large on the occiput and very 
 small on the supra-orbital region, in others all are of about equal size ; in some the enlarged 
 superciliary scales almost reach the nasals, in others three or four small scales intervene. 
 The keels on the limb scales and the enlarged scales on the sides of the back are no more 
 constant than the other charaeters. I find specimens from Western Tibet with a few 
 scattered enlarged scales, and with distinct keels on the limb-scales, and I find specimens from 
 Eastern Turkestan in wliich the enlarged scales are wanting and the keels can scarcely 
 be detected. 
 
 Even in colouration, I do not think the difference, although it is usually marked, is 
 constant. P. forsythi has almost always a row of rather distant dark spots, arranged in pairs 
 down each side of the back. These spots consist of rather pointed scales. P. theobaldi 
 varies exceedingly in colour. Some specimens, perhaps the most, are rather irregularly 
 spotted, others have large ocelli on the back ; in others again there are no markings whatever. 
 But there is very often a tendency to a double row of spots down the back, and in some 
 cases a very near approach to the colouration of P. forsythi^ and in the latter the spots 
 
 > p. 161 . 
 
 • I may here remark that I believe Dr. Anderson was misled by his collectors into supposing that the specimens of P. theobaldi 
 described by him, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 387, under the name of P. caudivolvulus, were from Varkand. Like the gecko named by 
 him Cyrtodactylus yarlcandensis, I think it almost certain that the Phrynocephali in question must have been collected in the 
 Upper Indus valley, in Ladak. Every specimen from Yarkand and Eastern Turkestan in Dr. Stoliczka’s large collection has the 
 colouration of P. forsythi, whilst the specimens described by Dr. Anderson, which I have examined, are uudistinguishable from 
 some of those procured by Dr. Stoliczka in Ladak. 
 
EEPTILIA. 
 
 9 
 
 are often faint and small, or some of them are wanting, whilst in other specimens 
 additional spots are found on the sides. It is evident that the colouration varies, in the case 
 of P. tlieohaldi, to a great extent, and therefore it would he impossible to found a specific 
 distinction upon it without stronger differences. 
 
 There is one difference which, if constant, would be of great importance. P. tlieohaldi^ 
 as Theobald has shown, is viviparous (or, more correctly ovo- viviparous), and I find foeti in 
 the females, whereas I find only eggs in the oviducts of a female P. forsythi. But this 
 may depend on the time of year, the pregnant females of the former species having been 
 captured at a later period of the season. 
 
 Dr. Anderson omits to point out the characters which led him to suppose that P, 
 forsythi was a distinct species. I may have overlooked some difference, hut I have examined 
 both forms carefully, and I do not think the two can he distinguished by any constant 
 character. 
 
 The following is a description of P. theohaldi from the specimens before me : 
 
 General form as in P. olivieri ; tail a little longer than the head and body, rather thick 
 at the base, tapering beyond, but much thicker throughout in some specimens than in others. 
 In some cases the tip is laterally compressed, in others round. Limbs rather short, the 
 hind limb reaches beyond the shoulder, and often to the head ; the fore limb does not reach 
 the thigh. Scales of hack small, flat, or convex, often granular. The scales in the middle 
 of the hack usually larger than those of the sides. A few rather larger scales are some- 
 times scattered over the sides, hut they are not much larger than the others. The black 
 scales forming spots on the hack are sometimes more pointed. Scales on the head larger 
 than those on the hack ; usually the largest are on the occiput. Upper labials with projecting 
 rounded, or pointed margin along the edge of the lip, lower labials straight edged. Scales 
 on upper surface of limbs generally faintly, sometimes more strongly keeled, often almost 
 or quite smooth. Scales of lower parts smooth. Tail scales smooth, except towards the 
 end, where they are usually keeled, more strongly below than above. 
 
 Usual colour above ohve-grey, varying in tint, and more or less spotted with black ; 
 sometimes the ground colour is pale, almost cream-coloured, and the spots form ocelli. 
 Sometimes, besides the black marks, there are whitish spots of various sizes. The variety 
 F. forsythi has usually four or five pairs of black spots on the hack, and is bluish-grey in colour. 
 The tail has dusky spots along each side ; these are never, except towards the tip, joined 
 across the lower surface as in P. olivieri, hut they frequently meet above. Tip of the tail 
 not unfrequently black, and in many specimens (especially males, though it is not confined 
 to them) the central portion of the abdomen is black ; this colour sometimes extending to the 
 whole, or nearly the whole, lower surface of the body and head. 
 
 6. Phrtnocephalus axillaris. Plate I, fig. 4. 
 
 W. Blanf, : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 192. 
 
 P. major, Icevis, cauda elongata, pede anteriore in adulto vix femur attingente, squamis 
 omnibus Icevihus, caudce apicem versus exceptis ; supra griseus, macula rubra utrinque post 
 axillam notatus, membris cauddque f asciis fuscis transversis signatis, hac ad medium fusco- 
 
 c 
 
10 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 annulatd, nimqumn ad apicem nigra, suMus alhidus. Long, tota poll. 5 — 6, caudce f totius 
 longitudinis suhcdquante. 
 
 1, 2, south of Yarkand; 3-9, Yarkand; 10-16, Akrobat near Yarkand; 17-20, Kizil ; 21-33, Yangihissar — all 
 in Eastern Turkestan. 
 
 Description. — General form depressed ; head not so short as in P. theohaldi, P. olivieri, 
 &c., and tail longer. In adults the fore limb falls short of the thigh, or barely reaches it ; the 
 hind limb extends to the eye ; the tail is one-third to one-half longer than the body with the 
 head. The base of the tail is depressed and slightly dilated, thence the tail tapers gradually ; 
 it can be coiled upwards near the end. Toes rather long ; the fourth toe on the hind foot 
 exceeds the third by more than the length of the claw, and has both sides fringed ; the outer 
 edge of the third toe is also fringed ; the fifth toe of the hind foot without the claw falls short 
 of the point of union of the third and fourth toes. Claws yellowish, strong ; the claw of the 
 fifth toe on the hind foot longer than the rest. Nine to ten triangular teeth on each side in both 
 jaws ; six pointed anterior teeth in the upper jaw, four in the lower ; the outer pair in each 
 jaw elongate. The largest specimen measures 6‘25 inches, of which the tail from the anus is 
 3 - 75 , head 0’75, fore limb to the end of the toes lA, hind limb 2'2. 
 
 Scales of the head above convex, tubercular, not varying much in size, as a rule ; each 
 nostril in a larger scale, sometimes divided horizontally. Scales of the superciliary ridge 
 larger ; each eyelid with a fringe of about nine rather larger scales, the lower row pointed. 
 Upper labials twenty-seven to thirty-one, with convex margins ; rostral scarcely larger. Mental 
 or lower rostral generally much larger than the lower labials, which are, as a rule, rather fewer 
 in number than the upper labials. Scales near the lower labials rather larger than the remain- 
 ing scales of the throat. Scales of the body about the same size above and below ; all on the 
 back and belly are smooth, rhomboidal, and arranged in transverse rows, those on the back 
 subimbricate; on the sides they are smaller and more granular, especially behind the 
 shoulder, where the red patch consists of small granular scales. I count from 95 to 103 
 scales round the middle of the body in adults, rather fewer in young specimens. Scales 
 on the limbs usually rather bluntly keeled above, smooth below ; those beneath the feet 
 sharply keeled, cross-plates beneath the toes with several keels. The pointed scales forming 
 a fringe on the outer side of the fourth toe on the hind foot are longer than those on the 
 inside of the same toe, or on the outside of the tlihd toe. On none of the other toes is there 
 any distinct free margin. Tail scales all keeled, except at the extreme base ; they are about 
 the same size as the back scales, and are arranged in rings ; the keels form longitudinal 
 lines below the tail, but not above ; at each side of the tail close to the base is a large patch 
 of spinose scales. 
 
 Colour above pale slaty-grey, nearly uniform or speckled with whitish, or, in young 
 individuals especially, with three or four dark crossbands on the body. In some cases the 
 back is tinged in parts with pale copper red. Dusky crossbands on the hmbs and tail. In the 
 middle of the tail, about 1’5 inch from the end, two or three dusky bands pass round the under 
 surface ; these are sometimes nearly black, at other times so faint as to be barely perceptible, 
 but they are not entirely absent in any of the specimens collected ; end of the tail never 
 black. Lower parts white throughout, except the bands round the tail. Behind the axil, so 
 as to be partly concealed by the fore limb when laid back along the body, there is a red patch 
 at each side ; this in the living animal is said by Dr. Stoliczka to be bordered by blue. The 
 red colour has faded greatly in spirit, but can still be detected. 
 
EEPTILIA. 
 
 11 
 
 This species of Flirynocephalus is very closely allied to the Persian P. maculatus^ and 
 probably to the true P. caudivolvulus, Pallas nee Gunther. It appears to he a much larger 
 form than the latter. Prom the former it is distinguished by its limbs, when adult, being 
 shorter, the fore limb, as a rule, not reaching the thigh, whereas it always reaches or even 
 exceeds it in P. maculatus. The fifth toe of the hind foot in P. maculatus is longer ; the 
 fringe on the outer edge of the fourth toe less developed, and there is scarcely any fringe on 
 the inside of the toe. But the most important distinctions are in colouration. P. maculatus, 
 of which I have collected many living examples, never has a red spot behind the shoulder, 
 and it always has a black tip to the tail, below at all events. The colouration of the tail in 
 Phrynocephali is, as a rule, very constant. 
 
 P. axillaris is said by Dr. Stoliezka to he very active, to run at a great pace, and to 
 have the habit of coiling its tail upwards at the end. It, doubtless, inhabits open plains, like 
 its Persian ally. 
 
 Prom the above, it would almost appear as if I had proposed a new species on characters 
 of no more importance than those which I have just before shown to he insufficient in the 
 case of P. forsythi. But in the present case the characters appear constant, probably 
 because the two forms P. axillaris and P. maculatus inhabit distant and isolated areas, 
 whilst in the case of P. forsythi and P. theobaldi there is great variation, and no constant 
 distinction can be detected even in colouration ; moreover, so far as my experience of the 
 genus goes, I should say that the red patch behind the axil in P. axillaris and the black 
 tail tip in P. maculatus are more important than the hack markings which distinguish 
 P. forsythi. When P. maculatus exhibits bright colours, as it very often does, they are 
 confined to the lower surface of the tail and hinder parts of the thighs. 
 
 7 . Teratoscincus keyserlingi. 
 
 Strauch : Bull, Acad. Sci. St. Pet., 1863, vi, p. 480; — Mel. Biol., vi, p. 554; — Zool. Record, 1864, 
 
 p. 111. 
 
 Kuli-yaildng, Yarkandi (Scully). 
 
 1, Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. 
 
 This is a new locality for this very remarkable gecko. Teratoscincus keyserlingi was 
 originally discovered by Count Keyserling in the Persian province of Khorassan, at a spot 
 called Sar-i-chah, and it has since apparently been found in Western Turkestan, as it is 
 included by Severtzoff in his list of the Reptiles^ found in that province. It thus appears 
 to have a considerable distribution in Central Asia. The original description was copied in 
 the “ Zoological Becord.” 
 
 The single specimen obtained by Dr. Stoliezka is not in a very good state of preservation, 
 hut still the characters are easily distinguishable. The following is a description : 
 
 ’ Anderson: Proc. Zool, Soc., 1872, p. 389; — Eastern Persia, ii, p. 331. 
 ^ Turk. Jev., p. 71. 
 
12 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 Habit stout, head and body depressed, limbs strong, toes rather short, tail shorter than 
 the body. The hind limb reaches to the shoulder, the fore limb not quite to the end of the 
 snout. Head covered with small granules above and helow. Pupil vertical. Nostrils between 
 the rostral, first labial and three enlarged plates behind ; upper labials eleven, the hinder small, 
 lower labials ten. Rostral nearly twice the breadth of two labials; mental also large, 
 square behind. Some enlarged scales along the edges of the lower labials. Scales of the 
 body all round large, smooth, imbricate, and rounded behind, those of the abdomen scarcely 
 larger than those of the back ; I count about thirty-two round the body, but they are a little 
 irregular ; scales on the limbs similar to those of the body, except behind the upper arm and thigh, 
 where, as well as on the side of the trunk behind the shoulder, they are small and granular. 
 Eeet and toes covered with imbricate scales above, and with minute spinose tubercles below ; 
 all the toes provided with claws and fringed at the sides. Tail covered with smooth imbri- 
 cate scales, those below, and near the base above, similar to those of the body ; the posterior 
 two-thirds of the tail covered above with large imbricate scutes, seventeen in number, the whole 
 breadth of the tail. Region around the anus, before and behind, granular ; two large pores, 
 one on each side, behind, none in front. Length 5T inches, tail 2*1, forelimh 1’2, hind 
 limb 1-6. 
 
 Colour grey above, with a few small blackish spots on the back, most strongly marked 
 between the shoulders. According to Strauch, the pupil is circular, and young specimens 
 are transversely banded, but Dr. Scully, who has seen a living specimen, assures me that the 
 pupil is vertical, and this is borne out by the specimens I have examined. Comparing this 
 specimen with Teratolepis fasciata,' the type of which, originally described by Blyth, is in 
 the Indian Museum, I find that the differences pointed out by me in the “ Zoology of 
 Persia ® ” from the descriptions, hold good, and the two forms must he placed in distinct genera. 
 T. fasciata has the basal portion of the toes dilated, and furnished with a double row of 
 enlarged plates, but the toes are not fringed at the sides, and there is no external ear. 
 
 Another specimen of Teratoscincus has since been brought from Yarkand by Dr. Scully, 
 who has ascertained that it is not very common, and that (according to the information given 
 by the people) it inhabits waste ground, and is found about stones. The colouration of the 
 hack, when ahve, is greenish, lower parts whitish, limbs pinkish fleshy. 
 
 8. Gymnodactylus stoliczk^. 
 
 Steindaehner : Reptilien, Novara Expedition, p. 15, PI. ii, fig. 2. 
 
 C^Hodactybis yarkandensis, Anderson: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 381, fig. 3 (figura mala). 
 
 1-5, Chiliscomo ; 6-13, Kargil ; 14, 15, Kharbu ; 16, Lamayuru ; 17, Snemo ; 18-46, Leh : — all in the Indus 
 valley, Ladak. 
 
 I have compared the specimens obtained by Dr. Stoliczka with the type of Dr. Ander- 
 son’s Cyrtodactylus yarkandensis. They agree perfectly. Gymnodactylus stoliczkce was 
 
 ' Giiuther: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 504; — Romonota fasciata, Blyth: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, xxii, p. 468. 
 * Eastern Persia, ii, p. 355. 
 
EEPTILIA. 
 
 13 
 
 originally described by Steindacbner from a specimen obtained by Dr. Stoliczka himself 
 near Dras in 1865 ; and the latter mentions in bis diary having found some of the specimens 
 now obtained, those from Chiliscomo, under stones in exactly the same place in which he 
 procured the type on his former visit. The specimens described by Dr. Anderson as Cyrtodacty- 
 lus yarkandensis were brought, with others, by a collector, who accompanied Dr. Henderson 
 on the mission which was sent to Yarkand in 1870 ; this mission traversed precisely the same 
 route through Kashmir and Leh as the second in 1873-74, and I do not think there can be 
 any reasonable doubt that the real locahty whence Cyrtodactylus yarkandensis was obtained 
 must have been Ladak, and not Yarkand, because this species appears to be replaced in 
 Yarkand by the next, and because Dr. Anderson was, I think, similarly misinformed by his 
 collector as to the true locality of the Bhrynocephalus which he assigned to P. caudivolvulus. 
 It is fortunate that Dr. Anderson’s name does not stand, since it has, I think, been given 
 under an erroneous idea of the locahty. 
 
 The woodcut in the “ Proceedings of the Zoological Society ” representing this species is 
 very poor. Steindachner’s figure is much better. Dr. Anderson’s specimens had lost their 
 tails and then epidermis, and he consequently described the upper surface as smoothly granular 
 with enlarged scales, none of which are tubercular. As this does not agree with the fresher 
 specimens before me, and as the tail is very characteristic, I give a fresh description. Steiu- 
 dachner’s is in German. 
 
 Description. — Porm moderately stout, head and body depressed, tail usuaUy much 
 swollen and depressed at the base and tapering regularly. The fore foot laid forward does not 
 quite reach the end of the snout, laid back it extends more than half-way to the thigh, the 
 hind leg laid forwards reaches to the axil, or a little beyond it. Surface of the head covered 
 with subequal granules, three shields behind the nostril very little larger than the other scales 
 of the snout. Kostral large, and with a groove running down the upper part of its surface. 
 About ten upper labials on each side, the hinder ones very small ; about six lower labials. Mental 
 large, triangular, with two (sometimes three) pahs of enlarged chin-shields behind the labials 
 Pupil vertical. Ear-opening round and small, but larger than the dorsal tubercles. Back gran- 
 ular, with scattered, enlarged, convex tubercles (these are wantiug in the specimens from 
 Kharbu). Upper surface of limbs granular; occasionally there are a few enlarged tubercles 
 on the thigh and tarsus. Scales on the lower surface fiat and hexagonal. No femoral or 
 prseanal pores. Claws very small. Tail when perfect ringed, with three enlarged blunt 
 tubercles at each side of each ring, the uppermost the smallest ; upper surface of the tail 
 granular in the middle, lower surface covered with small smooth scales, no enlarged plates. 
 When reproduced, the form of the tail is the same, and it is much swollen at the base, but it 
 is uniformly granular and not ringed. 
 
 Colour grey, with numerous darker crossbands, slightly wavy and irregular on the back, 
 limbs and tail. An adult measures 4 inches in length, tail 2‘2. 
 
 The tail is very rarely perfect. Steindachner, however, appears to have been mistaken in 
 supposing that of the specimen figured by him to have been reproduced. 
 
 This species seems hitherto to have been found only in the Indus valley in Ladak, 
 where it appears to be abundant. 
 
 G. lawderanm ^ is closely allied, but the tail seems different. 
 
 * stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xli. Ft, 2, p. 105. 
 
14 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 9. Gymnodactyltjs elongatus. pi. II, fig. 2. 
 
 W. Elan,; Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p, 193. 
 
 O. elongatus, corpore gracili, cauda attenuata, memhris exilibus, dorso tuherculis majori- 
 hus latis confertis omato, inter tuherculas squamis rotundis parvulis induto, caudd subtus 
 scutis majoribus instructd, verticillatd, serie ultima rerticilli cuj usque ex squamis majoribus 
 carinatis superne et ad latera omnino compositd, poris prce-analibus ad 5 ; griseus, transverse 
 fusco-fasciatus. Long. poll. 5, caudce 2'8. 
 
 1-5, Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. 
 
 Description. — General form more elongate than is usual amongst geckoes, head depressed, 
 sloping gradually down to the snout, body rather slender, tail very thin, regularly attenuate, 
 very little, if at all, swollen at the base, exceeding the head and body in length. Limbs 
 slender, elongate, the fore limb laid forward extends to the end of the snout, laid back 
 it reaches more than three-quarters of the distance to the thigh ; the hind limb brought 
 forward comes some distance in front of the shoulder. Toes elongate, rounded, all with 
 very small claws. Pupil vertical. Length of a perfect specimen 5 inches, head 0‘65, tail 2'8, 
 fore limb to end of toes 1, liind limb 1‘3. 
 
 Surface of the head granular, granules nearly uniform, and about equal in size to the 
 scales of the abdomen ; nostrils between the rostral, first labial and two small shields behind, 
 which are slightly swollen. Upper labials about twelve, the hinder very small, and passiag 
 into granules ; lower labials nine or ten. Postral rather higher than the other labials and twice 
 as broad, with the upper portion of the anterior surface grooved. Mental the same breadth 
 as the rostral, and pointed behind ; two or three pairs of enlarged chin-shields. Back granular, 
 with numerous broad triangular keeled tubercles, each nearly as large as the small ear-orifice ; 
 they are not arranged in regular rows, but about twelve may be counted across the back ; the 
 granular scales between the tubercles much smaller than the head granules. There are tuber- 
 cles on the forearm, thigh and tarsus. I count about twenty-five larger scales across the 
 abdomen. Tail verticillate, covered with trapezoidal or subtrapezoidal keeled scales, the posterior 
 row of each ring larger, but without any granules or small scales between, so that there are 
 no distinct tubercles. Lower surface of the tail, except near the base, with a row of large 
 plates about as broad as long, two to each verticil. Prseanal pores about six in a V-shaped 
 line. 
 
 Colour in spirits pale grey, with darker transverse bands on the body, limbs, and tail. 
 
 This species belongs to the same group as G. caspius,^ G. scaber^ G. kotschyi,^ G. 
 kachJiensiSy^ G. brevipes^ &c., but is much more slender in form than any of them, and has no 
 tubercles, with smaller scales intervening, on the tail, all the scales of the last row in each 
 verticil being enlarged and submucronate. 
 
 Only one of the specimens obtained is in good condition. 
 
 ‘ Eichwald : Fauna Gasp. Cauc., p. 114, PI. xv, figs. 1, 2. 
 
 * Rupp. Atlas : Eept., p. 15, PI. iv, fig. 2. 
 
 ® Steindachner : Sitzungsber. K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien., Ixii, Pt. 1, p. 329, PI. i, fig. 1. 
 
 '• Stoliczka : Proc. As. Soo. Bengal, 1872, p. 80. 
 
 ^ W. Blanf., Eastern Persia, ii, p. 344, PI. xxii, fig. 2. 
 
EEPTILIA. 
 
 15 
 
 10. Gymnodactylus microtis, pi. II, fig. 1. 
 
 Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 193. 
 
 G. pariim 7’’ohustus, capite hrevi, dep^^esso, meatu auditorio minimo ; caudd attenuatd, 
 Idvi, hand verticillatcR ; membris breviusculis ; dorso gt-anulato, tuberculis subcarinatis 
 oi'nato ; arenarius, fusco minute punctatus, subtus albescens. Long, tota 3' 2 poll . , 
 caudce 1'8. 
 
 1-20, Yarkand; 21-27, Yangihissar; 28-66, Kashghar, 67-75, no label, probably Kashgbar. 
 
 Description. — General form moderately slender ; head short, blunt, slightly depressed, 
 convex towards the snout, ear-opening very small, tail stout at the base and regularly attenuate, 
 smooth, not ringed ; limbs rather short, the fore limb laid forward reaches between the eye 
 and the snout, laid back it extends more than half-way to the tliigh, the hind limb laid 
 forward does not reach the shoulder. Toes rather short, rounded, all with minute claws ; pupil 
 vertical. Length of a perfect specimen 3 '2 inches ; tail 1’8. 
 
 Head granular above, granules of the occiput, region between the eyes, and sides of the 
 head behind the eyes equal in size, those of the snout and loreal regions rather larger. 
 Nostril in an angle between the rostral, first labial, and the points of two posterior shields, the 
 inner of which is usually the larger. 
 
 There are generally nine or ten upper labials on each side, the first five being the largest, 
 and in most cases there are four large lower labials followed by smaller scales, but these charac. 
 ters are not constant ; sometimes there are six lower labials. Mental ending behind in an obtuse 
 angle, two or three pairs of enlarged chin-shields ; all the scales near the lower labials larger 
 than the flat granules of the throat. Back granular, with bluntly keeled enlarged tubercles ; 
 about eight to ten of these may be counted across the back ; they are not very regularly dis- 
 posed, and all are larger than the minute ear-opening. Abdomen covered with flat hexagonal 
 scales, which diminish in size laterally, but come farther up the sides than in most geckoes and 
 pass into the dorsal granules. Live prseanal pores in males in a transverse row in front of the 
 anus. Limbs granular above. Tail granular throughout, granules convex above, rather larger 
 and flat below. 
 
 Colour sandy above, whitish below, a pale fine from the nose to the eye above the rather 
 darker loreal region, and sometimes a pale line down each side of the back. Under the lens 
 the upper parts are seen to be minutely puncticulated with brown, more closely in some parts 
 than others, and there are also in places fine spots on the abdominal scales. 
 
 This species is probably allied to Lacerta pipiens ^ of Pallas, a species apparently over- 
 looked by most herpetologists, and which, like the present species, is described as possessing a 
 minute ear and a smooth tail ; it, however, has no tubercles on the back, to judge by Pallas’ 
 description, and it is very differently coloured. On one of Dr. Stoliczka’s labels the present 
 species is said to be found under stones and about old waUs, and it is evidently common. 
 
 In his list of the Western Turkestan reptiles, Severtzoff includes G. caspius, Eich. 
 G. seaber, Eiipp., and G. eversman?ii, Strauch. I have not been able to find the description 
 of the last. 
 
 * Pallas : Zool. Eos. As., iii, p. 27 ; — Ascolabotes pipiens, Licht., Eversman’s Reise, p. 145. 
 
16 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 Family — LA CEETID^. 
 
 11. Eremias tarkandensis. pi. II, fig. 3. 
 
 W. Blanf. : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 194. 
 
 E. cmruleo-ocellata, Anderson ; Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 373, nec Dura, et Bibr. 
 
 ? E. mdtiocellata,^ Gunther: Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1872, Ser. 4, vol. x, p. 419. 
 
 E. gracilis, supra grisea rel olivacea, nigro-maculata, ocellis albidis nigro-marginatis 
 utrinque ad dorsum inseriem longitudinalem dispositis ; suhtus albida ; scutis nasalibus baud 
 tumidis, prccfrontali unico, a rostrali supranasalibus atque a verticali posifrontalibus longe 
 disjuncto ; infra-orbitali ad labrum pertmente ; dentibus palatalibus nullis ; scutis ventrali- 
 bus in series longitudinales {potius obliquas) 14-16, et in transversas ad 30 dispositis; poris 
 femoralibus utrinque 9-14; squamis infradigitalibus vix carinatis. Long. 6 poll., caudce 3'7. 
 
 1.4, Sanju; 5-23, Yarkand and Yangikissar ; 24-28, Kashghar; 29, near Fyzalbad, east of Kashghar; 30-33, 
 Kaskkasu, between Yangihissar and Sarikol ; 34-44, Saiikol ; 45-46, west of Sarikol. 
 
 Description. — General form rather slender, tail when perfect about one and a half times 
 the length of the head and body, limbs rather short ; the fore hmh reaches to between the eye 
 and snout, the hind foot extends to the axil. The nasal scales are not swollen, the lower 
 eyehd is opaque and granular. Scales below the toes very faintly keeled. No palatal teeth. 
 Usual length 5 to 6 inches. A fine specimen, in which only the tip of the tail appears renewed, 
 measures 6’2 inches, of which the tail is 3'8, head 0'6, fore limb 0‘8, hind hmh 1’25. 
 
 Scales of the hack rounded, arranged in transverse rows, becoming flatter and rather 
 larger on the sides. Ventral scales in transverse and oblique rows; usually 14 to 16 in each 
 transverse row in the middle of the abdomen (very rarely 18) and in 28 to 35 (generaUy 30 
 or 31) transverse rows. Tail scales not keeled, as a rule, on the anterior portion, though 
 occasionally they are bluntly keeled above ; on the posterior portion they are more or less 
 distiuctly keeled throughout. Prseanal scales all smah. Erom 9 to 14 femoral pores beneath 
 each thigh. The enlarged scales below the tarsus extend about two-thirds of the distance 
 across. Scales beneath the feet granular, not keeled. Collar free, the scales towards the 
 middle enlarged, nearly as large as the abdominal plates, but varying in number ; and often 
 passing into small scales at the sides ; usually there are ten to twelve enlarged scales. 
 
 Mead shields. — Nostrils between three shields, an upper, lower, and posterior nasal, which 
 are not swollen, but merely slightly convex, as are aU the other head shields. Praefrontal single ; 
 the supranasals meet in a broad suture, and so do the postfrontals. Two large supraorbital 
 shields, with granules outside and in front of them, but none inside. Praeoccipitals each 
 about the same size as a postfrontal ; central occipital smaller, but variable ia size. Postocci- 
 pitals large, each three or four times the size of a prseoccipital, no azygos shield behind them. 
 Upper labials six, in front of the large supraorbital shield which descends to the hp, its lower 
 margin along the Hp being nearly equal to that of the preceding sliield. Temples covered 
 mth small granular scales. Edge of ear not denticulate. 
 
 Colour. — OHve-grey above, spotted with black, and with a more or less well marked line 
 of whitish black-edged oceUi along each side of the back. The dark spots on the back often 
 form longitudinal lines. 
 
 This name will Lave priority if, as is probable, tbe species are tbe same. 
 
EEPTILIA. 
 
 17 
 
 This species was referred by Dr. Anderson to Eremias cmruleo-ocellata of Dumeril and 
 Bibron/ but it appears to me to differ in several characters. The nasal shields are not 
 swollen, the dorsal scales are close together and scarcely any granules can be detected 
 amongst them, whereas in E. cceruleo-ocellata they are said not to be very close, and each 
 is surrounded by some granules. That species, moreover, has the tail scales keeled ; as a 
 rule, they are smooth in the Turkestan form, and the limbs are proportionally longer in the 
 former, the hind legs nearly reaching the ear. 
 
 I have akeady expressed doubts as to whether E. ccBmleo-ocellata is the same as 
 E. velox^ as the former has no palatal teeth, and the latter appears to possess them ; but if they 
 resemble each other at all closely, as is probable from the circumstance of most authors 
 uniting them, I think the species now described differs much in habit, being a more slender 
 form, and it is also distinguished by having the scales beneath the feet granular and not 
 distinctly keeled. 
 
 The closest ally appears to be a species described by Dr. Gunther from the Gobi Desert 
 under the name of E. muUiocellata. It is possible that this may be the same, but it is de- 
 scribed as having an azygos shield between the postfrontals, a large central scale in the collar, 
 and eighteen longitudinal rows of scutes across the abdomen. None of these differences is of 
 much importance, but taking them together, they present a considerable distinction and 
 render it possible that other differences exist. I should not think Dr. Gunther would have 
 overlooked the peculiar character of the nasal shields not being swollen, in which the present 
 species differs from all other Eremias with which I am acquainted.’ 
 
 11a. Eremias tarkandensis var. saturata. PI. II, fig. 4. 
 
 W. Blanf. : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1S75, xliv, Pt. 2., p. 194-. 
 
 E. yarkandensis magis infuscata, scuto infraorbitali horizontaliter diviso, parte 
 superiori a labro discretd. 
 
 1-13, Valleys of the Kuenluen range, south of Yarkand. 
 
 This variety differs from the typical form in being much darker in colour and fre- 
 quently in having much less distinct ocelli along the sides of the back. In one or two 
 specimens the back is uniformly slaty-grey. Another difference is generally found, and it 
 would, if constant, justify the giving a specific name to the variety. This is that the infra- 
 orbital shield is divided below the eye, and does not reach the lip, the lower divided portion 
 forming the seventh supralabial. But in one specimen this infraorbital descends to the 
 lip, as in the normal form. 
 
 The specimens were not labelled, and they were amongst the last collected ; but Dr, 
 Stoliczka notices this form in his diary as replacing the ordinary Eremias of the Yarkand 
 plain at the commencement of the valleys leading to the Kuenluen. 
 
 > Erp. Gen. v, p. 295. 
 
 2 Eastern Persia, ii, p. 374. 
 
 3 Pallas ; Reise, i, p. 718. 
 
 * Since the above was written. Dr. Gunther has very kindly compared specimens of JE. yarhandensis with the type of E. multi, 
 ocellata, and informs me that they are probably the same, the only distinction of any importance, so far as can be detected, being 
 that the fore and hind claws appear much larger in E. multiocellata. The type of this species is so much shrunk, that it is difficult 
 to ascertain whether it had swollen nasals, hut apparently it had not. I leave the account of the species as originally written, but 
 I think there is every probability that E. multiocellata and yarhandensis are identical. 
 
 E 
 
18 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 12. Eremias vermictjlata. pi. II, fig. 5. 
 
 Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 194. 
 
 ? Podarces {Eremias) pyhowi, Straueh, Przewalski’s Reptiles, p. 28, PI. vi, fig. 1. 
 
 E. supra grisea, nigro-vermiculata, suhtus albida, elongata, gracilis ; dorso granuloso, 
 scutis nasalibus tumidis, prcpfrontali unico a rostrali supranasalibus atgue a verticali 
 postfrontalibus longe disjuncto ; supraorbitalibus conveccis, omnino squamis minimis rotundis 
 circumdatis ; infraorbitali late ad labrum pertinente, dentibus palatalibus nullis ; scutis 
 ventralibtis in series 16-20 longitudinales {potius obliquas), atque 36-41 transversas disposi- 
 tis ; poris femoralibus utrinque 19-23 ; squamis infradigitalibus vix carinatis. Long. ' 7'4 
 poll., caudce B’l. 
 
 1, 2, Yarkand ; 3, Kizil, Eastern Turkestan. 
 
 Description. — General form very slender, the tail more than twice as long as the head 
 and body. Limbs moderate, the fore limb reaches nearly to the end of the snout, the hind 
 limb in front of the shoulder, nasal plates swollen. Scales beneath the toes but little keeled. 
 No palatal teeth. Length of the largest specimen 7A inches, of which the tail measures 
 5‘1, head 0*55, the fore limb is 0‘85 long, hind limb 1’5. 
 
 Scales of the back round, granular, minute in the middle, becoming larger on the sides, 
 all arranged in transverse rows. Ventral scales in transverse and oblique rows, 18 to 20 
 across the abdomen and 41 along it in the two Yarkand specimens, but only 16 across and 36 
 along in the Kizil individual. Tail scales aU keeled, except below near the base. None of 
 the prse-anal scales are much enlarged. Femoral pores from 19 to 23 beneath each thigh. 
 The enlarged scales below the tarsus extend about half-way across. Scales beneath the soles 
 of the feet granular and very small. Plates beneath the toes on the fore feet keeled, but not 
 prominently, those on the hind feet are smooth, except towards the end of the toes, collar 
 free, scales about the same size as those of the abdomen, rather irregular in the specimens 
 examined, and passing gradually into the small granules of the throat. 
 
 Head shields. — The single praefrontal is large, and is separated from the rostral by the 
 supranasals and from the vertical by the postfrontals ; suture between the supranasals about 
 equal to that between the postfrontals, and, in each case, in the specimens examined, about 
 half the length of the prsefrontal. Nasals normal. The supraorbitals are somewhat more 
 convex than the other shields and are completely surrounded by granules, those separating 
 them from the vertical and prseoccipitals being rather larger than those towards the super- 
 ciliary ridge. 
 
 Praeoccipitals each about a quarter the size of a postoccipital. A small central occipital, 
 no azygos shield behind it, five or six supralabials in front of the large infraorbital, which 
 descends to the lip, the lower edge being equal to that of the preceding shield or longer. 
 Lower eyelid granular. Temples covered wdth small granular scales. Edge of ear not 
 toothed. 
 
 Colour. — Grey above, finely vermiculated with black lines, which tend to form longi- 
 tudinal bands along the middle of the back. Upper surface of head and limbs the same ; 
 lower parts white. 
 
 This is easily distinguished from the former species by being much more elongate, with 
 a much longer tail and hind hmbs, by its having more numerous ventral scales, and swollen 
 
EEPTILIA. 19 
 
 nasal shields, hy the presence of grannies on the inner side of the supraorbital shields and by 
 colouration. 
 
 From Western Turkestan Severtzoff ‘ quotes, besides E. variabilis and E. cmruleo-ooellata 
 {?E.velox), two species which he calls E. intermedins, Strauch, and E. ery thrums. Neither of 
 these species, so far as I know, has been described ; E. erythrurus, Severtzoff himself suggests, 
 may he the young of E. relox. Two species of Scapteira and Laeerta stirpium are also 
 included in the list of reptiles obtained in Western Turkestan. 
 
 E. vermiculata may be the same as E. pylzowi collected by Przevalski in the deserts of 
 Alashan, 27 degrees of longitude east of Yarkand. The principal characters of the two 
 species are similar, and so is the colouration, but, judging from the figure, the toes of the fore 
 foot are considerably shorter in E. pylzowi. 
 
 Y&vaWy—SCINCIDM 
 13. EtJMECES T.ENIOLATTJS. 
 
 Eurylepis tceniolatus, Blyth : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, xxiii (1854), p. 740. 
 Plestiodon scutatus, Theobald : Cat. Kept. Mus. As. Soc., p. 25. 
 
 Eumeces scutatus, Jerdon: Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, p. 73. 
 
 Mabouia tmniolata, Anderson : Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1871, p. 184. 
 Eumeces tceniolatus, Stoliczka : Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, pp. 75, 88. 
 
 1, Chakoti on the road from Mari to Srinagar, in Kashmir. 
 
 This is a very much larger specimen than the types, and so much stouter, that at first 
 I was much inclined to consider it distinct. But the proportions are the same, and the only 
 structural distinction I can find is, that there are twenty-three rows of scales round the body 
 instead of twenty-one. This amount of variation is commonly found in scinques. 
 
 The length of the specimen is 13 inches ; tail, probably renewed when young, 6 ; circum- 
 ference round the middle of the body, 3 ; head, 0‘95 long ; fore hmb, 1‘35 ; hind limb, 1-75, both 
 to the end of the claws. The colour noted by Dr. Stoliczka on the living specimen is brown 
 above, with a dark central stripe, upper parts of sides darker and with small white spots in longi- 
 tudinal rows ; the upper portion of the limbs also spotted, lower portion of sides greenish, 
 this colour extending across the ears to the lower labials ; feet below pale fleshy, the whole 
 of the lower surface deep waxy yellow. In spirits the middle of the back is very little darker 
 than the lateral portions. 
 
 14. Mocoa himalatana. 
 
 Eumeces Tiimalayanus, Gunther : Kept. Brit. Ind., p. 86. 
 
 Euprepes himalayanus, Steindachner : Novara Expedition, Reptilien, p. 45. 
 
 Eumeces sikkimensis, partim, Jerdon ; Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, p. 73; — Anderson: Proc. ZooL 
 Soc., 1871, p. 158;— Blyth? 
 
 Mocoa himalayana, Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xli, p. 127. 
 
 1-10, Mari, Punjab; 11, 12, between Mari and Srinagar; 13-25, Sonamurg; 26-32, Mataian. 
 
 * Turk. Jev., p. 71. 
 
20 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 Although I feel far from satisfied that the western form is really separable from the eastern 
 (Jf. siJckimensis), most of the differences pointed out by Dr. StoHczka appear sufficiently 
 marked to justify the two being kept apart. The general aspect and colour of the two forms 
 are different, and the number of scales round the body appears larger in M. Mmalayana, though 
 this is variable. In specimens from Mari, there are almost constantly twenty-eight rows round 
 the body, whilst in the Sonamurg examples the prevailing number is only twenty-six. 
 
 There is certainly one specimen in the Indian Museum, labelled E. siJckimensis from 
 Darjiling and presented by Dr. Jerdon, which has thirty rows of scales round the body, hut the 
 colouration is so different from that of all other Sikkim specimens, that I cannot but suspect 
 there is some mistake in the locality, for Dr. Stoliczka had large collections from Sikkim, and 
 found no marked variation, whilst the colouration of the specimen from Dr. Jerdon is precisely 
 that of the North-Western form, and it has a large strongly denticulated ear-opening. 
 
 The distinctions noticed by Dr. Stoliczka between the head shields of Mocoa himalayana 
 and M. sikkimensis are not borne out by the large series before me, nor is there, so far as I 
 can see, any constant difference in the hmhs, but the ear-opening, as a rule, is decidedly larger 
 and more denticulated in M. himalayana. There are more scales round the body, and there 
 is a marked difference in colouration, Sikkim specimens being much browner and wanting the 
 greenish white line along the lower portion of the side, wliich is conspicuous in M. himalay- 
 ana. Still it is highly probable, as indeed Dr. Stoliczka suggested, that intermediate forms 
 may connect the two. 
 
 This species appears to he common in Kashmir. The specimens labelled from Mataian 
 were probably collected on the road from Sonamurg, for every other Mocoa from the Indus 
 vaUey in Ladak belongs to the next species. Mataian itself is on the north side of the moun- 
 tains which separate the Kashmir valley from Ladak. 
 
 15. Mocoa stoliczkai ( ?=Jf. ladacensis). 
 
 Euprspet stoliezJcai, \ Novara Expedition, Keptilien, p. 45. 
 
 E. Jcargilensis , Steindachner : ib., p. 46. 
 
 Eumeces ladacensis, Anderson : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 375 •,—forsan Gunther : Eept. Brit. Ind., p. 88. 
 
 1-3, Mataian; 4-8, Kargil; 9, Namika-la ; 10-16, Kharbu ; 17-19, Lamayuru — all in the Indus valley, Ladak; 
 20-24, no label. 
 
 It is most probable that there is really only one species of Mocoa in the Upper Indus 
 valley, and that the different names above enumerated belong to it. If this he the case, and 
 if the specimen described by Dr. Gunther he really identical, the species must bear the name 
 of Mocoa ladacensis. But I am unable to identify the specimens brought by Dr. Stoliczka 
 with Gunther’s species, because in not one of the individuals collected does the fore foot reach the 
 snout,^ and because, although the three rows of scales beneath the tail are rather broader than 
 those above, and the middle row is shghtly more developed than the other, there is scarcely 
 such a difference as I should suppose to he implied by the character of “ suhcaudals broad.” 
 It must he borne in mind, too, that the locality of Dr. Gunther’s type rests upon the 
 authority of Messrs, von Schlagintweit, whose want of accuracy with reference to the localities 
 assigned to then* reptilian collections is notorious. 
 
 ’ This was noticed also by Dr. Anderson 1. c. 
 
REPTILIA. 
 
 21 
 
 It is true that in Steindachner’s description of Euprepes stoUczkai, there is said to be a 
 row of broader shields beneath the tail. But then the only difference stated to exist between 
 E. stoUczkai and E. kargilensis is that in the former there are five, in the latter four supra- 
 labials in front of the infraorbital. That this character is of no specific value is proved by 
 the circumstance that both forms occur together in the present collection, and that there are 
 some specimens which have fom’ shields on one side of the head and five on the other. Now, 
 some of the specimens before me are typical E. kargilensis from the same locality as the ori- 
 ginal specimens procured by Dr. Stoliczka himseK in 1865. The only other distinction 
 between the descriptions of Euprepes stoUczkai and E. kargilensis is that in the former the 
 middle denticulations on the anterior edge of the ear are larger than the others, in the latter 
 the uppermost is largest. This is certainly of no importance. 
 
 In different individuals the number of scales round the body varies from thirty-two to 
 tliirty-eight, not depending apparently on age. In one very young specimen from Mataian 
 there are only twenty- eight rows, but this individual is so immature, that its characters are ill 
 marked, and it perhaps belongs to the last species. The usual number is thirty-four or thirty- 
 six. 
 
 The colouration appears very constant ; the back is brownish-olive, rather paler towards the 
 sides, and spotted, the spots consisting of a whitish dot with a larger blackish mark behind or 
 at the side of it. These spots sometimes, but not often, tend to form longitudinal lines. Sides 
 with a broad band of dark olive brown broken by small pale spots and extending from the 
 eye to the root of the tail and sometimes continued as a narrower broken line down the tail. 
 A few dark marks forming irregular longitudinal lines on the upper surface of the tail ; lower 
 parts bluish- white. 
 
 Order OPHIDIA. 
 
 Family— rZPifi; OPIPM. 
 
 16. Typhlops porhectus, var. 
 
 Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1871, xl, Pt. 2, p. 426, PI. xxv, figs. 1-4. 
 1, Amtor in the Jhllam valley, north-east of Mari. 
 
 The only specimen of a Typhlops in the collection is evidently that mentioned in Dr. 
 Stoliczka’s diary of the 18th July, and considered by him a new species. It differs in some 
 respects from the description of Typhlops porrectus, but still agrees so nearly with that form, 
 that I do not like to distinguish it on the strength of a single specimen. 
 
 The solitary example obtained is so tightly coiled towards the tail, that all the caudal por- 
 tion is difficult to examine. The following is a brief description. 
 
 Scales smooth, shining, in eighteen longitudinal rows. I count (with great difficulty owing 
 to the condition of the specimen) 393 scales along the body and eight along the tail. The body 
 is much compressed posteriorly, but this is probably due to pressure when coiled. The diame- 
 ter is nearly the same throughout, the circumference about one- twentieth of the length. 
 
 Head short and flat, rostral occupying about one-third of the upper surface, and having its 
 lateral margins parallel above ; below it is scarcely narrower. Eronto-nasal united to the nasal 
 above the nostril, separate below, the nasals extending a little behind the end of the rostral. 
 
22 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 but not quite touching. Nostrils rather in front. Prseocular and ocular about equal, neither 
 of them as large as the nasal, anterior margin of prseocular very convex, that of ocular straight 
 and vertical, except on the top of the head, where it is curved back. Prsefrontal, postfrontal, 
 supraocular, and interparietal scarcely exceeding the back scales in size ; the parietals are con- 
 siderably broader. Upper labials four, the first very small, in contact with the rostral and 
 fronto-nasal ; the second below the fronto-nasal and nasal, and just reaching the prseocular ; 
 the thhd between the prseocular and ocular, but not rising much on the side of the head ; 
 the fourth, which is considerably the largest, beneath the ocular and extending some distance 
 back beyond it. Eyes quite invisible. 
 
 This differs from the description of T. porrectus in being rather less slender, in having 
 fewer longitudinal rows of scales, and only eight instead of eleven to twelve rows round 
 the tail, and, to judge by Dr. Stolizcka’s figure, in the smaller size of the frontals, inter- 
 parietals, and supraoculars. 
 
 Family— COi UBRID^. 
 
 17. COMPSOSOMA HODGSONI. 
 
 Gunther: Kept. Brit. Ind., p. 24;6; — Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, xxxix, Pt. 2, p. 189. 
 
 1, Kashmir. 
 
 This specimen, which is young, being only 21‘5 inches long, has the scales absolutely 
 smooth throughout, and a second prseocular, formed of a detached portion of the supra- 
 labial series, between the third and fourth labials. A similar specimen has been described 
 by Stoliczka, loc. cit., from the North-Western Himalayas. Ventrals 227, subcaudals in 79 
 pairs. 
 
 18. Ptyas mucosus. 
 
 1, 2, Kashmir. 
 
 These specimens do not differ from the ordinary Indian form. Kashmir must, I should 
 think, be at the extremity of this snake’s range to the north-west. 
 
 19. Zamenis ravergieri. 
 
 Coluber raver gieri, Menetries : Cat. Rais., p. 69 (1833). 
 
 Zatnenis caudaelineatus, Gunther: Cat. Col. Snakes, Brit. Mus., p. 104 (1858); — Jan. Icon. Ophid. 
 livr. 23, PI. iii. 
 
 Zamenis ravergieri, Strauch : Schlangen des Russ. Reichs, Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Pet., xxi. No. 4, p. 127 
 (1873) ; — W. Blanford: Eastern Persia, ii, p. 417 (1875). 
 
 Z. fedtschenkoi, Strauch: Schlangen des Russ. Reichs., p. 135, PI. iv (1873). 
 
 1, Yarkand ; 2, 3, Yangihissar. 
 
 Tlie spots on the head and back are larger than in Persian specimens, and somewhat 
 resemble those of Z. diadema, wliilst the dark band along the upper paid of the tail has a 
 
REPTILIA. 
 
 23 
 
 tendency to be broken into spots, and the bands along the sides of the tail are faint or 
 wanting. Otherwise there appears to be no constant dilference. 
 
 The colouration is that of the form to which Dr. Strauch has given the name of 
 Z.fedtschenkoi,SundiW\iic\i.i^ mainly distinguished from the typical Z. ravergieri by the 
 tail being spotted instead of striped. Dr. Strauch adds that, as a rule, in Z. fedtschenkoi 
 the number of longitudinal rows of scales is twenty-three, twenty-one being the exception, 
 whilst the reverse is found in Z. ravergieri. He also calls attention to a shght difference 
 in the form of the head, which is rather broader and less depressed in the first-named form. 
 Z. fedtschenkoi is said to be common in Russian Turkestan. 
 
 In the three specimens from Eastern Turkestan, the rows of scales round the body are 
 twenty-one in number, and the head is of the same form as in typical Z. ravergieri. I have 
 already ^ shown that the two forms pass into each other in Persia, and the specimens from 
 Eastern Turkestan tend to the same conclusion. 
 
 In both the specimens from Yangihissar, there are three postoculars on each side, but only 
 two, as usual, in the Yarkand example. In the latter there are 222 ventrals and ninety-one 
 pairs of subcaudals. 
 
 20. Tropidonotus hydetjs. 
 
 1, Kashghar ; 2*15, Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. 
 
 This snake is apparently as common in Eastern Turkestan as it is, according to Strauch,^ 
 farther to the westward. The specimen from Kashghar was procured on the 2nd February, and 
 is noted on the label as having been found frozen in a field ; the Yangihissar specimens were 
 collected in April. 
 
 The majority of the snakes of this species obtained in Eastern Turkestan appear to have 
 five postoculars. They are olivaceous above, with the back spots rather indistmct as a rule, 
 and a great portion of the ventral shields is black. 
 
 21. Teopidonotus platyceps. 
 
 1, Mari ; 2, 3, Kashm ir. 
 
 I can see no difference between these specimens and those from other parts of the 
 Himalayas. This species, which had previously been obtained by Dr. Jerdon in Kashmir,® 
 appears to be one of the Himalayan forms, like Compsosoma hodgsoni, which range farther 
 to the north-west than do most of the species characteristic of the Himalayan region. 
 
 ^arnWy—FSAMMOFEIDjE. 
 
 22. Taphrometopijm lineolattjm. 
 
 Coluber {Taphrometopon) lineolatum, Brandt: Bull. Ac. Sci. St. Pet., iii, p. 243 (1837) Peters : Proc. 
 Zool. Soc., 1861, p. 47. 
 
 • Eastern Persia, ii, p. 418. | « Schlang. Russ. Eeichs., p. 173. 
 
 ® Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, xxxix, Pt. 2, p. 192. 
 
24 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 PsammopMs doriee, Jan. : De Fil., Viag. in Persia, p. 356. 
 
 Taphrometopon lineolatum, Strauch : Schlang. Russ. Reiclis, Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Pet., xxi. No. 4, 
 p. 185, PI. V ; — W. Blanf. : Eastern Pers., ii, p. 422. 
 
 1, Besliterek, south of Karghalik, Eastern Turkestan. 
 
 This characteristic Central Asiatic snake has been fuUy described and figured by Strauch, 
 The only specimen obtained is of moderate size, being 33^ inches long, of which the tail 
 measm’es 8. Ventrals 195, subcaudals about a hundred, the last three or fom* injured. The 
 markings on the back are rather less distinct than in Strauch’s figure, those on the belly are more 
 developed, there being a subtriangular blackish mark in the middle on the anterior shields ; 
 this passes gradually into a trapezoidal dusky patch, with black lateral margins in the centre, 
 and a row of black spots along the side, and this again gradually into two oblique lines on 
 each side of the ventrals, becoming fainter posteriorly, but quite visible as far as the com- 
 mencement of the tail. Similar colouration is described by Strauch as occurring in a 
 specimen from Krasnovodsk, and another of unknown locality, loc. cit., p. 192. 
 
 Family— PlPPEWM 
 23. ViPERA OBTUSA. 
 
 Dwigubsky, teste Strauch ; — W. Blanf, : Eastern Persia, ii, p. 428. 
 
 V. euphratica, Martin : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1838, p. 82 j — Strauch : Schlangen Russ. Reichs, Mem. Acad. 
 
 Sci. St. Pet., xxi, No. 4, p. 221, PI. vi. 
 
 Echidna mauritanica, Dum. and Bibr. : Erp. Gen,, vii, p. 1431. 
 
 1, Kashmir. 
 
 In structure this specimen agrees fully with one which I obtained in Persia, but the 
 colom’ation is very different, being almost uniform dark olive, with a little mottling of pale 
 straw colour on the labials, chin, and ventral shields. 
 
 The discovery of this species in Kashmir adds considerably to its known range. It is 
 found in Northern Africa, Asia Minor, and other parts of Western Asia, the Trans-Caucasian 
 provinces of Russia, and Persia. 
 
 PimAY—CnOTALIDM. 
 
 24. Halts himalayanus. 
 
 Giinther : Rept, Brit. Ind., p. 393, PI. xxiv, %. A ; — Steindachner : Novara Reise, Reptilien, p. 87. 
 
 1, Mari, Punjab; 2, Kashmir? or Indus valley near Dras. 
 
 In both specimens there are twenty-one rows of scales round the body, not twenty-three. 
 Steindachner has already pointed out that the number is variable. In two specimens in 
 the Indian Museum, one from north-east of Simla, the other labelled from Ladak, the same 
 number of rows of scales occurs conf. Anderson ; Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 196. Judging 
 from these specimens, it would appear that twenty-one is the number most frequently met 
 with to the westward. Dr. Gunther’s original specimens, with twenty-three rows of scales, 
 were from Garhwal. 
 
AMPHIBIA. 
 
 25 
 
 AMPHIBIA. 
 
 The Amphibia are very poorly represented in Dr. Stoliczka’s collections. Only four 
 species are represented, and only one was procured from Eastern Turkestan ; all are well 
 known forms of Batrachia. No examples of TJrodela were met with. 
 
 Order BATRACHIA. 
 
 Family— 
 
 1. Rana cyanophlyctis. 
 
 Schneider fljOKZ Gunther : Kept. Brit. Ind., p. 406; — Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, xxxix, 
 Pt. 2, p. 146; Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, pp. 85, 102,130;— W. Blank: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 
 xxxix, Pt. 2, p. 374 ; Eastern Persia, ii, p. 433. 
 
 1 — 3, between Mari and Kashmir. 
 
 This species had previously been recorded by Dr. Stoliczka from Mari. It is common 
 throughout the peninsula of India, and is the only abundant frog in the dry western 
 parts of the country, Kachh (Cutch), Sind, &c., extending to the west into Baluchistan. 
 
 2. Diplopelma carnaticum. 
 
 Engystoma carnaticum, Jerdon : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1853, xxii, p. 534. 
 
 Diplopelma carnaticum, Jerdon: Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, p. 85; — Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengab 
 1870, xxxix, p. 154; Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, p. 110. 
 
 ? D. ornatum, Dum. Bib., apud Gunther: Kept. Brit. India, p. 417 ; see also Pi’oc. Zool. Soc., 1875, 
 p. 568. 
 
 1, Tinali, on the road from Mari to Kashmir. 
 
 The single specimen obtained agrees very well with specimens in the Indian Museum 
 from the peninsula of India and Burma. No representative of the genus liad, so far as I am 
 aware, been previously met with so far to the north-west. 
 
 It is not without some hesitation that I retain the name D. carnaticum for this species, 
 as Dr. Gunther has recently repeated his opinion that both Engystoma carnaticum (in part 
 at least) and E. rubrum of Jerdon, or rather specimens identified as such by Jerdon, are 
 identical with E. ornatum of Dumeril and Bibron, but Dr. Jerdon has pointed out that 
 E. carnaticum does not agree with Dumeril and Bibron’s description, whilst the form 
 inhabiting Malabar, whence the type of E. ornatum was obtained, is probably distinct from 
 that found in Central and Northern India. I must say that I feel much doubt as to whether 
 E. carnaticum is the species described by Dumeril and Bibron, the colouration described 
 by those authors differing greatly from that of the present form, so far as I am acquainted 
 with it. 
 
26 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 3. Bufo viridis. 
 
 Ijsl'ax. apud Steindaclmer : Novara Expedition, Amphibien, p. 40 j — Stoliczka; Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 
 xxxix, 1870, p. 155 ; Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, pp. 113, 131. 
 
 1-3, Kashmir; 4-11, Yarkand ; 12-15, Yangihissar ; 16-23, Kashghar ; 24, Zung, Wakhan. 
 
 The Kashmir specimens appear to differ a little from those of Turkestan. They have 
 a shorter fourth toe on the liind foot, and the parotoid glands are somewhat more elongate. 
 The differences, however, are not great, and specimens from Persia and from various parts 
 of the Himalayas appear to he intermediate to some extent. 
 
 4. Bufo calamita? 
 
 1, Kashmir. 
 
 A single very young toad from Kashmir probably belongs to this species. I find an 
 older specimen, also from Kashmir, and presented by Dr. Jerdon, in the Indian Museum, and 
 the two agree well in colouration, but I cannot find the characteristic gland on the leg in the 
 young specimen. Its absence may, however, be due to immaturity. 
 
■ '/ 
 
 ' 'k ' 
 
 I 
 
 -* 
 
SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 EEPTILIA. 
 
 PLATE I. 
 
 Fig-. 1. Stellio stoliczJcanus, adult. 
 
 ,, 2. „ „ young. 
 
 ,, 3. Stellio agrorensis, and head of the same from above. 
 „ 4. ThrynocejgJialus axillaris. 
 
Pla;be I. 
 
 R Mintem del eh lith- 
 
 Mintem Bros imp. 
 
»*’v 
 
 
 s 
 
 V. 
 
 I 
 
 - 
 
 J 
 
 
 \ 
 
 \\ ; 
 
SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 REPTILI A. 
 
 PLATE IL 
 
 1. Gymnodactylus microtis. 
 
 2. G. elongatus. 
 
 3. Eremias yarkandensis, with sketches o£ head from above and from the side. 
 
 4. E. yarkandensis, var. saturata, sketch of head from side. 
 
 5. E. vermiculata, and sketches of head from above and from the side. 
 
Plcbte II. 
 
IIBI^ARY ■ 
 Of THE 
 UK'VtKSify Of 
 
SCIENTIFIC EESIJLTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND. YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. 
 
 GEOLOGY. 
 
 BY 
 
 W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. 
 
 ^wblifihcb by orbcr of the €obcrmiient of Inbiii. 
 
 CALCUTTA: 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 1878 . 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. 
 
 GEOLOGY. 
 
 BY 
 
 W. T. BLANPOED, P.E.S. 
 
 Dublbheb bg orb^r of the Sobermnent of Enbia. 
 
 CALCUTTA : 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 
 
 ' 1878 . 
 
CALCUTTA ! 
 
 I'EINTEE BT THE SUPEHINTENDENT OF GOTEHNMENT PEINTING, 
 
 HASTINGS STEEET. 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 GEOLOGY. 
 
 By W. T. BLANPORD. 
 
 Introduction and General Sketch of the Geology of Western Tibet. 
 
 I T is, of course, very difficult to do justice to a rough travelling diary, such as Dr. Stoliczka’s. 
 
 In such a diary first impressions are very often recorded, and subsequent observations do 
 not always show how far the first notes require modification. To the writer this is a simple 
 matter — Ins notes are memoranda serving to recaU details to his mind ; hut to another, who 
 does not possess the clue, it is very often difficult to ascertain how far the notes in the diary 
 agree with the final conclusions of the diarist. 
 
 Of the greater portion of Dr. Stoliczka’s journey the geological results have already been 
 published by himself in the Records of the Geological Survey of India ^ and the Quarterly 
 Journal of the Geological Society. ^ A comparison of these papers with the original notes 
 shows that everything of interest in the latter, with the exception of an occasional section, has 
 been extracted and condensed. These papers will, therefore, be here republished in sequence, 
 with the addition only of such sections as can be extracted from the diary. The papers 
 already mentioned contain the record of the geological observations from Leh, in Ladak, 
 to Kashghar, and during two excursions from Kashghar to the northward. The notes 
 from the Panjab, at Mari, through Kashmir, to Leh, refer to ground which had been 
 previously examined either by Dr. Stoliczka himself, or by other geologists; but as 
 very httle geological information has yet been pubhshed concerning Kashmir, the notes are 
 here repeated. Of the journey from Kashghar to the Pamir nothing has hitherto appeared 
 in print. 
 
 A brief summary of Dr. Stoliczka’s previous geological observations in the North-Western 
 Himalayas will aid the reader in understanding the notes made in his last journey. His 
 earlier travels enabled him to classify the rocks seen in the mountain ranges of Spiti, Kulu, 
 Lahaul, Rupshu, Zaskar or Zanskar, Ladak, and the neighbouring districts south of the Indus 
 
 ' Vol. VII, 1874, pp. 12, 49, 51, 81 ; and Vol. VIII, 1875, p. 13. 
 
 * Vol. XXX, 1874, pp. 568, 571, 574. 
 
2 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 valley, and to show that several formations, some of which had not previously been detected, are 
 represented in this portion of the Himalayas. In his last journey he has ascertained the 
 extension of some of the same rocks to the northward ; and as the regions lying east and west 
 of his route are almost unknown, and those to the northward hut imperfectly explored, almost 
 the whole geological interest of his journey, with the exception of his observations on a part 
 of the Tliian Shan range north of Kashghar, depends upon the connection of the formations 
 found by him in the Kashmir territories north of the Indus, and in the ranges known on our 
 maps as the Mastagh (Karakoram), Kuenluen, and Bolor, with those previously explored in 
 the country south of the Indus between Simla, Spiti, and Kashmir. 
 
 Dr. Stohczka spent the summers of 1864 and 1865 in the North-Western Himalayas and 
 Western Tibet, exploring the geology of the ranges. On his first jommey, when he was accom- 
 panied by Mr. MaUet, he went north-east from Simla, crossing the Sutlej at the Wangtu 
 bridge, and traversing Bissahir : he crossed the Bhaheh pass, and examined the Spiti vaUey, 
 already known to he rich in fossil remains from the researches and collections of Gerard, 
 Strachey, and others. Erom Spiti he marched nearly due north to the Indus, near Sangdo, by 
 the Parang pass and the Tso-morari. ^ After two days’ march up the Indus, he returned to 
 the Spiti valley by a more eastern route, traversing Hanle, and crossing the Taghng pass. 
 After spending some days in the examination of the important formations of Spiti, he 
 marched hack to Simla, tlmough Lahaul and Kulu, at some distance to the west of his journey 
 northwards. 
 
 The journey in 1865 occupied six months, from the beginning of May to the end of 
 October. The area examined lay for the most part to the north-west of his former route, and 
 extended to Leh, Kargil (north of Dras), and Srinagar. Starting from Simla, as before, 
 he marched north by west, through Suket and Mandi, to Kulu, and thence, across the Rotang 
 pass, to Kyelang in Lahaul. Thence he turned east by north, and crossed the Baralatse pass 
 to the Tsarap valley, and proceeded across several other passes to Korzog, in Rupshu, on the 
 Tso-morari. Here he turned north-west, and travelled by the Taglang pass to the Indus, and to 
 Leh. Erom Leh he went almost south-west, across the mountains, to Padam ; thence north-west 
 again to Suroo and Kargil, from which place he visited the Indus valley to the northward. 
 This was his fmdhest point to the north-west in any of his journeys. Erom the Indus, north of 
 Kargil, he marched south-west by Dras into the Kashmir valley, and, after a few days spent at 
 Srinagar, he returned by the direct route, via Islamabad, Kishtwar, Budrawar, Chamha, and 
 Kangra, to Simla. He suffered greatly from exposure to cold during part of this journey, 
 especially in the mountains of Zaskar, south of Leh ; and although he gradually recovered 
 from the effects of his Himalayan travels, it is probable that permanent injury to his consti- 
 tution — not very strong originally — was produced by them. 
 
 The results of his explorations, and especially of his first journey, were very great. It 
 has been already mentioned that the occurrence of fossils in the Spiti valley, and in some other 
 parts of the trans-Himalayan region, had long been known ; and considerable collections had 
 been made by Gerard, Strachey, the brothers Schlagintweit, and others, — one having been 
 obtained by Messrs. Theobald and Mallet, of the Geological Survey. The fossils collected 
 had, moreover, been to a great extent described. Dr. Gerard’s collection was, partly and 
 imperfectly, illustrated by the Rev. R. Everest in the Asiatic Researches, Vol. XVIII, 
 p. 107, i)lates I &II, and fully described by Mr. H. E. Blanford in 1863.^ A large collection 
 
 * Tso = lake. 
 
 - Journal of the Asiatic Society, Bengal, Vol. XXXII, p. 124. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 3 
 
 formed by Colonel Strachey, cbiefly at Niti, was described by Messrs. Salter and Blanford 
 in 1865 ; ^ whilst the Schlagintweits’ collections were entrusted to Professor Oppel, and 
 descriptions and figures of them published by him.^ Other less important notes had appeared, 
 and several imperfect descriptions of the geology ; but no thorough sections had been made, 
 and, beyond the general fact that fossils of silurian, carboniferous, triassic, liassic, and 
 jurassic forms were represented in the various collections, very little, indeed, had been done 
 towards elucidating the geological structure of the country. 
 
 This work was admirably carried out by Dr. Stoliczka. In the course of a single season’s 
 work, in a most difficult country, amongst some of the highest mountains in the world, he 
 clearly established the sequence of formations ; and, from his extensive palaeontological know- 
 ledge, was able to do this with an accuracy, which has stood the test of subsequent research. 
 He, moreover, added to the list of known formations the representatives of rhaetic and 
 cretaceous rocks not previously detected, and showed that some of the other groups might be 
 sub-divided. 
 
 The presence of this remarkable series of marine fossihferous beds in the North-Western 
 Himalayan region — a series in which all the principal European palaeozoic and mesozoic groups, 
 except the cambrian, devonian, permian, and neocomian, are represented — is none the less 
 surprising, that scarcely any of the formations, except a few oolitic and cretaceous strata, are 
 found in the peninsula of India, beyond the Indus river basin. In the hills of the Pan jab 
 some of the formations have been detected, but they were until recently very imperfectly 
 known. 
 
 The following is the sequence of formations, with the fossils found in them by Dr. 
 Stoliczka : — 
 
 I. SUB-EEC ENT OR 
 NEWER TERTIARY. 
 
 II. TERTIARY ... Eocene 
 
 River and lacustrine deposits. — Karewah deposits of Godwin- Austen, &c. ; 
 Mammalian hones. 
 
 ... (Nummulitic) Indus or Shingo beds. — Nummulites ramondi ; N. expo- 
 
 nens. 
 
 III. MESOZOIC ... Ceetaceoits (9) Cbikkim sbales. 
 
 (8) Cbikkim limestone. — Budistes (fragments), Nodosaria, 2 sp., Tlentalina 
 {annulata?), Botalia, s^., Textilaria, 2 sp., Haplophragmium, sp., 
 Cristellaria, sp. 
 
 Uppeb JUEASSic (7) Gieumal sandstone.— Os s^., ubsx 0. gregaria ; another species near 
 O. sowerbii ; Gyphcea, sp., Avicula ecTiinata, Mytilus mytiloideus, 
 lAma, sp., Amusium demissum, Pecten hifrons, Anatina spitiensis, 
 Stol., A. sp., nov., Opis, sp. 
 
 Middle Jueassic(6) Spiti shales. — Salenia ? sp., Terehratula sp., Bhynconella varians, Ostrea, 
 sp., Pecten lens, Amusium (conf. Pecten stolidus), Aucella hlanfordi- 
 ana, Stol., A. leguminosa, Stol., Lima, sp., near L. rigida, Inoceramus 
 hooheri, Macrodon egertonianum, Stol., Nucula, sp., Nucula cunei- 
 formis, Cyprina trigonalis, Trigonia costata, Astarte unilateralis, A. 
 major, A. spitiensis, Stol., A. hiemalis, Stol., Somomya tihetica, 
 Pleurotomaria, 2 sp.. Ammonites acucinctus, A.strigilis, A. macro- 
 cephalus,^ A. octagonus, A. kyphasis, A. parTcinsoni, A. theodorii, A. 
 sabineanus, A. spitiensis, A. curvicosta, A. braikenridgii, A. nivalis, 
 Stol., A. liparus,A.triplicatus,A. biplex,A. alatus, Anisoeeras gerar- 
 dianum, Belemnites canaliculatus, B. clavatus. 
 
 (5) Clayey slates. — Belemnites, sp., Posidonomya ornata. 
 
 ’ Palaeontology of Niti, printed for private circulation, Calcutta. 
 
 * Palaeontologische Mittheilungen, 1863, p. 267 ; 1865, p. 289. 
 
 ^ According to Dr. Waagen, Palaeontologia Indica, Ser. IX, 3, p. 237, foot-note, this and several other species are not identical 
 with the European fossil forms to which they were referred by .Dr. Stoliczka, 
 
4 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 III. MESOZOIC Middle Liassic (4) Upper Tagling \imes,\ane.—Terehratula sinemuriensis, Modiola, sp. 
 
 (resembling Mytilussulreniformis),Neritopsis (conf. N. elegantissima), 
 Chemnitzia undulata, Trochus latilabrus, Trochus epulus, T. attenu- 
 atus, Eucyclut {Amherleya), sp., Acteonina (conf. A. cincta), Nerinea 
 (conf. N. goodhalii), Belemnites, sp., Ammonites {coni.macrocephalus). 
 
 Lowee Liassic (3) Lower Tagling limestone. — Terebratula gregaria, T. pyriformis, T. 
 
 punctata, T. ( Waldlieimid) schafhcButli, Ehynconella obtusifrons, B. 
 pedata, B. jissicostata, B, austriaca, B. variabilis, B. ringens, 
 Ostrea (conf. O. acuminata), O. (conf. O. anomala), Amusium, sp. 
 Eecten (conf. P. palosus), P. moniliger, P. sabal, P. bifrons, P. val- 
 oniensis, Lima densicostata, Avicula ineequivalvis, A. punctata, Ger- 
 villia, sp. (near G. olifex). Area (Macrodon), sp. (apparently A. lycetti), 
 Dentalium, sp. (near P. giganteum), Nerita, sp. nov., Natica (conf. 
 
 N. pelops), Chemnitzia (conf. C. coarctata), C., sp. (near C. phidias), 
 JVerinea, sp. (near E. goodhalii). Ammonites (conf. A. germanii), 
 A., sp. (conf. A. macrocephalus), Belemnites budhaicus, Stol., B. 
 bisulcutus, Stol., B. tibeticus, Stol. 
 
 RHa:Tic (2) Para limestone. — Bicerocardium himalayense, Stol., Megalodon tri- 
 
 queter. 
 
 Teiassic (1) Lilang series. — Encrinus cassianus, Spirifer, sp. n., S. {Spiriferina), 
 
 (conf. S. fragilis), S. {Spiriferina) straeheyi, S. {Spiriferina) lilan- 
 gensis, Stol., S. spitiensis, Stol., Bhynconella mutabilis, Stol., B. 
 theobaldiana, Stol., B. salteriana, Stol., B. retrocita var. augusta, 
 Stol., Athyris strohmeyeri, A. deslongchampsi, Waldheimia siop- 
 panii, Halobia lommeli, Monotis salinaria, > Lima (conf. L. ramsa- 
 ueri), L., sp. nov., Myoconcha lomhardica, Biscohelix, sp., Pleurotoma- 
 ria (conf. P. buchi), P. sterilis, Stol., Orthoceras, sp., O. salinarium, 
 
 O. latiseptum, O. dubium. Nautilus spitiensis, Stol., Clydonites old- 
 hamianus, ^io\., C. hauerinus, Stol., Ammonites fioridus, A. jollyanus, 
 A. khanikof, A. gaytani, A. difissus, A. ausseanus, A. gerardi, 
 A. medleyanus, Stol., A. studeri, A. thuillieri, A. malletianus, Stol., 
 A. batteni, Stol. 
 
 IV. PAL.EOZOIC ... Caebonifeeous ... Kuling series. — Spirifer moosakhailensis, S. Jeeilhavii, S. tibeticus, 
 
 Stol., S. altivagus, Stol., Productus purdoni, P. semireticulatus, P. 
 longispinus, Avicula, sp., Cardiomorpha, sp., Aviculopecten, sp., Or- 
 thoceras, sp. 
 
 SiLUEiAN ? ... Muth series. — Syringopora, sp., Cyathophyllum, 2 sp., Crinoid stems, Orthis 
 
 sp. (near O. thakil, var. striato-costata and var. convexa), 0. (near 
 O. compta), O. (near O. tibetica), 0. (conf. 0. resupinata), Stropho- 
 mena, sp., Tentaeulites, sp. 
 
 SiLUEiAN . . . Bhabeh series.— Orthis, sp. P Chatetes yak. 
 
 V. ... Metamoephic ... Central gneiss. 
 
 But, although the general sequence of the beds was established, the observations made 
 were insufficient to enable a map to be prepared showing the distribution of the different 
 strata. Eurther examination was necessary for this purpose ; and Dr. Stoliezka always hoped 
 to return to the Himalayas and complete the work he had so weU begun. The severe and 
 long-continued labour necessary for the preparation of his great work on the cretaceous fossils 
 of Southern India engrossed the whole of his time ; and, as has already been mentioned, his 
 health was seriously affected by the exposure he underwent in his second Himalayan journey, 
 so that, for a year or two at least, he was unfitted for work involving severe exertion. Thus 
 the sketch he made — for such it was — has never been filled up ; no geological map of the 
 Western Himalayas has ever been pubhshed, and the idea which can be formed of the distri- 
 bution of the known strata is, at the best, fragmentary. 
 
 It is as well, before proceeding further, to point out, in such a manner as to render it 
 easily recognised on the map, the area to which Dr. Stohezka’s observations were chiefly con- 
 
 I Mem., Geol. Surv. Ind., V, pp. 345, 352. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 5 
 
 fined. Tliis area has somewhat the form of an oblong, with the longer axis north-west and 
 south-east. Its north-eastern boundary is formed by the Indus, whilst the south-western bound- 
 ary is far less regular, and, bulging out near the southern corner, includes a considerable tract 
 of country about Spiti, Kulu, and Lahaul. The south-eastern limit of the area examined is 
 formed by a line drawn north-north-east from Simla to the Indus, the north-western extrem- 
 ity being near Kargil and Dras. The south-western boundary is formed first by the range 
 which separates the Kashmir vaUey from that of the Indus, and the continuation of the same 
 in the Zaskar range as far as the Baralatse or Baralacha pass, whence the boundary tmms 
 southward and embraces the country between the Baralatse range and the snowy ridges north 
 of the Sutlej valley, near Simla.^ 
 
 The general formation of the mountains near Simla is too irregular for any definite range 
 of great length to he distinguished. The ridges throughout the North-Western Himalayas 
 and Western Tibet have a general north-west and south-east direction, shown by the main 
 course of both the mountains and river valleys ; and this dfiection is, of course, due in a great 
 measure to the strike of the various rocks, and the outcrop of softer or harder strata. Com- 
 mencing at the south,^ the range north of the Sutlej, opposite Simla, usually considered the true 
 Himalaya, and well known to all visitors to Simla as the snowy range, is chiefly composed of the 
 rock called by Hr. Stohczka “ central gneiss.” ® The mineralogical character by which this rock is 
 distinguished is the presence of alhite in large quantities, with quartz, orthoclase, and biotite, 
 and a stiU more marked peculiarity in the constant occurrence of veins of alhite granite, 
 which traverse the mass in every direction. 
 
 To the south of the central gneiss various metamorphic rocks are found : to the north or 
 north-east of it commences the sedimentary area of Tibet. It is palpable that this central 
 gneiss is not only pre-silurian in age, hut that it must, in all probability, have been metamor- 
 phosed before the deposition of the sHurian strata. Hence its importance : for whilst other 
 metamorphic formations of the Himalayas and Tibet are, probably, represented by fossiliferous 
 sedimentary deposits in other parts of the range, the central gneiss appears to belong to an 
 older period altogether. 
 
 To the north-west this gneissic formation extends hut a sliort distance. The natural 
 continuation of the range formed by it would he the Pir Panjal, south-west of Kashmir ; but 
 this consists of newer formations. Dr. Stohczka was inclined to consider the Zaskar ridge as 
 the probable continuation of the central axis, as he considered it, and to look upon the gneiss 
 of which that range consists as the representative of the central gneiss. It, however, wants 
 the alhite granite. 
 
 The highest peaks of the snowy Himalayan range consist of silurian rocks dipping 
 northward, and followed in ascending order by carboniferous, triassic, and jurassic strata. 
 
 ^ For convenience sake, it maybe as well to point out that the principal ranges of the North-Western Himalaya and Western Tibet, 
 all running nearly north-west and south-east, are, commencing on the north, the Kuenluen range on the edge of the Yarkand plain ; 
 the Mastagh range traversed by the Karakoram pass, and forming the main ridge, separating the Indus watershed from that of the 
 Yarkand plain ; the Ladak range running along the northern (or north-eastern) bank of the Indus, and separating its valley from 
 that of the Shayok ; the Zaskar range, which forms the south-western limit of the Indus drainage, extending along the north-eastern 
 boundary of Kashmir, and the continuation of which to the south-west is sometimes known as the Baralatse range, and the Hima- 
 laya proper, the north-western continuation of which is the Pir Panjal. 
 
 ^ The account which follows is derived in great part from Mr. H. B. Medlicott’s sketch of the Geology of the Panjab and its 
 dependencies in the Pan jab Gazetteer. 
 
 3 Some important additional information concerning this rock has recently been furnished by Colonel C. A. McMahon, who has 
 determined by microscopical examination that this gneiss possesses the characters of an igneous rock, in parts at all events, and that 
 it must probably have been in a more or less plastic or fluid state. — Eecords, Geol. Surv. Ind., X, p. 222. 
 
 h 
 
G 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 The cretaceous rocks have only been found at a few localities in Spiti and Eupshu ; but the 
 jurassic and liassic strata upon which they rest occupy a large area, constantly spoken of by 
 Dr. Stoliczka as the jurassic ellipse, and having an elliptical form, with the long axis in the normal 
 north-west, south-east direction. These beds were traced from Spiti and Southern Eupshii 
 to Zaskar, where they end out against the great granite and syenitic mass of Little Tibet. 
 To the south-west the same jurassic rocks are known to exist in Northern Kumaon. Except 
 close to the Karakoram pass, where liassic beds occur, and a little farther east by south in 
 the Lokzhung range, capped by cretaceous rocks, ^ none of these middle and upper mesozoic rocks 
 have hitherto been found in Western Tibet beyond the limit of this basin ; nor have they 
 hitherto been found in Kashmir proper, although some of them recur in the hiUs near Mari 
 (Murree). 
 
 The Silurian, carboniferous, and triassic (including the rhsetic^ ) formation have a far 
 wider range, and it is prolDable that their altered representatives form no inconsiderable pro- 
 portion of the metamorpliic rocks, which occupy so large an area in the Indus valley and its 
 neighbourhood. 
 
 The Silurian rocks on the south of the jurassic area have been traced at intervals from 
 the Bhabeh pass, through Northern Lahaul and Zaskar, to the neighbourhood of Dras, and 
 they are probably, in Dr. Stoliczka’s opinion, represented by some of the lower beds seen in the 
 Indus vaUey below Leh, and in the Marka vaUey to the south. North-west of the jurassic area 
 they have not been detected, and they may be represented by some of the metamorphic rocks. 
 
 The carboniferous series is distinctly developed both to the south-west and north-east of 
 the jurassic area in the Spiti country, and it becomes even more prominent to the north-west. 
 It occupies large areas in the Indus valley south-west and west of Leh, and reappears in the 
 Kashmir valley. The triassic rocks appear everywhere to overlie the carboniferous, and to 
 have nearly an equal extension. 
 
 Northern and Eastern Eupshu, to the north-east of the Spiti area, consists mainly of 
 gneiss and other metamorpliic rocks. The same crystalline formations form the whole of the 
 range north of the Indus, from the sharp bend made by the river to the southward, north of 
 Hanle, to Leh. 
 
 In the Indus vaUey itself, apart from aU the secondary series of the Spiti basin, sand- 
 stones, shales, and clays are found, which have been proved to be of eocene age by the discovery 
 in them of nummulites and other fossils. Where these were first observed by Dr. Stoliczka in 
 Northern Eupshu, they were unfossiUferous, and their old and altered appearance made him 
 suspect that they might be palseozoic. But near Leh they are much newer in appearance, and 
 contain fossils which prove their age. Similar beds are seen west of Leh, as far as Kargil. 
 
 Lastly, eruptive rocks, containing serpentine, diaUage, and epidote, occupy a considerable 
 area around Hanle, east of Eupshu, and extend for many miles to the north-west, towards the 
 Indus. Syenite is largely developed near Leh, and extends westward, towards Dras, occupying 
 a considerable area about Kargil. Serpentine is associated with it. 
 
 If we look upon the snowy range north of Simla and the Zaskar range as identical, and 
 as forming the axis of the Himalayas, we may consider the palaeozoic and mesozoic rocks of 
 the Indus and Spiti vaUeys as lying between two great metamorphic ranges — that just men- 
 tioned and the Ladak range north of the Indus. To the north of Kashmir, however, the 
 
 ‘ See note, p. 47. 
 
 - This formation was kept distinct by Dr, Stoliczka in his first paper, but subsequently he was disposed to unite it with the 
 triassic group. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 7 
 
 carboniferous and triassic beds completely lap round and replace the older metamorphics. In 
 his last journey Dr. Stoliczka has shown that another great sedimentary region in the 
 Karakoram area hes between the crystalline Ladak ridge and the gneissic rocks forming the 
 Kuenluen. But in this region no oolitic or cretaceous beds have hitherto been found, the 
 highest fossiliferous rocks observed being hassic.^ North of the Kuenluen, however, the pre- 
 sence of a cretaceous formation was detected. 
 
 As occasional reference must be made in the ensuing pages to the names given by Mr, 
 Medlicott to particular formations on the southern slopes of the Himalayas, a list of these 
 groups, with their supposed trans-Himalayan equivalents, is appended. It must be remem- 
 bered that the identifications are little more than surmises,^ and were only suggested as 
 probable by Dr. Stoliczka, no fossils having been found in the cis-Himalayan rocks below 
 
 the nummulitics. 
 
 Age. 
 
 Cis-Himalayan. 
 
 Trans-Himalayan. 
 
 Pliocene 
 
 \ Siwalik . . ...... ^ 
 
 \ Nahan 
 
 r Mammaliferous. 
 
 and 
 
 1 Deposits of Tibet 
 
 Miocene 
 
 [.(? Karewah, in part). 
 
 Eocene {Nummulitic) 
 
 ^ Kasauli (purple and grey sandstones) ' 
 \ Dagshai (red clays, purple and grey/ 
 Sirmur < sandstones). . 
 
 ^ Indus or Shingo beds. 
 
 Trias 
 
 ) Sabathu (brown and grey clays and \ 
 ^ limestones) . ^ 
 
 Krol (limestone) 
 
 Lalang series. 
 
 Carboniferous 
 
 Infra- Krol (sandstone and carbonaceous shales) 
 
 Kuling series. 
 
 Silurian . . j 
 
 ' Blini (limestone and conglomerate) . 
 
 Muth. 
 
 Infra-Blini (slates and sandstone) 
 
 Bhabeh. 
 
 On the other hand, there is some slight possibility of the Krol limestone being nummu- 
 litic, and Mr. Medlicott at one time, and before the trans-Himalayan rocks had been classified 
 by Dr. Stoliczka, was rather inclined to this view,^ but he never considered the evidence in its 
 favour of much importance. 
 
 In the following pages the order preserved is that of the journey : fivst, the notes taken 
 from the diary of the route from the Panjab to Leh, then the (previously printed) geolo- 
 gical descriptions of the journey from Leh to Shah-i-dula, and from Shah-i-dula to Kashghar ; 
 next, the excursions from Kashghar to the Chadyr-kul and to Altyn Artysh ; and finally, the 
 notes from the diary of the journey to the Pamir, and of the return march from Yarkand to 
 the Karakoram pass. The sections illustrative of the geology of the country are from 
 sketches in Dr. Stoliczka’s note-book ; they are introduced, as they serve greatly to explain the 
 relations of the rocks, but it should be remembered that the original drawings are frequently 
 rough, and they may not, in some instances, have been quite correctly interpreted. Should 
 subsequent research show the sections to require modification, the circumstances under which 
 they were prepared should be remembered. 
 
 Dr. Stoliczka him self spoke of his geological results as meagre. This is, probably, the 
 first impression of most travellers : either they have traversed enormous areas composed of 
 
 * Some obscure unfossiliferous sandstones near Kium, in Cbangchenmo, and at Aktagb, north of the Karakoram pass, were 
 referred with doubt to the tertiary epoch. 
 
 ^ Mr. Lydekker’s surveys, made since the above was written, have indicated that some modification is probably necessaiy in the 
 above list of correlated strata. It appears now more probable that the Krol limestone is carboniferous. — Records, Geol. Survey of 
 India, XI, p. 63 
 
 ® Memoirs, Geological Survey, Vol. Ill, p. 170. 
 
SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 one or two rock groups, and the geology appears to them monotonous in the extreme, or they 
 have been compelled to leave behind sections only half examined, in which the various 
 formations succeed each other too rapidly for their sequence to he determined in a hurried 
 journey. But in all cases, as vuth all discoveries in science, the observations require record 
 and comparison for their value to appear. However useless they may seem at the time, no 
 one can teU when the information may prove of the last importance. 
 
 Eor details as to the route, the map and diary should be consulted. All the explanatory 
 notes in brackets and foot-notes in the subsequent pages are by myself, with the exception of 
 the foot-notes marked (S) on page 18 and 20. 
 
 Note. — Since the above was in type, Dr. Waagen has kindly sent to me a paper, which he has just published in the Denkschrift 
 Kais. Acad. Wiss. Wien. (Math. Natunviss. Classe) for 1878, entitled “Ueber die Geographische Vertheilung der fossilen Organismen 
 in Indien.” In this paper he points out that, although the classification of the Spiti shales is still imperfect, and further subdivision 
 may be necessaiy, it is clear that the great mass of these strata must be classed as Upper Jurassic (Kimmeridge and Tithonian), 
 several of the Cephalopoda having been at first wrongly identified with European forms, and being of later age than was supposed. 
 Dr. Waagen also notices that further to the westward in the Alpine Panjab, near Mari (Murree), the Gieumal sandstone or its 
 equivalent contains the TrigonicB {T. ventricosa, Sfc^ characteristic of the Umia (Portlandian) group in Cutch. 
 
 According to Dr. Waagen, also, only the upper Tagling limestone, the representative of the ‘ Hierlatz beds ’ of the Alps, should 
 be classed as Lias, the lower Tagling limestone, the equivalent of the Alpine ‘ Kossen beds,’ being of Rheetic age. The Para lime- 
 stone should he classed as upper triassic, and the Lilang series in part as middle triassic (Muschelkalk). Most of these relations 
 had been pointed out by Dr. Stoliczka himself. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 9 
 
 PAET I. 
 
 Notes on the Geology prom Mari (Murree) in the Punjab to Leh in Ladak. 
 
 [The following notes, it should be remembered, commence in the Panjab, at Mari 
 (Murree), the sanatarium lying a short distance north of Rawal Pindi. A “ rough section 
 showing the relation of the rocks near Mari,” byPr. Waagen, was pubhshed in theEecords 
 of the Geological Survey of India.^ He showed that Mari is built on red slates and 
 sandstones, newer than the nummulitics, but unfossiliferous, and that these beds are succeeded 
 (the formations are too much crushed and contorted for anything like order in descent 
 to be made out) by nummulitic limestone, jurassicand triassic beds ; the jurassic beds being 
 identified with the “ Spiti shales.” Hr. Waagen gave a section round Chamba Peak, from 
 Kairagali to Changligali. Dr. Stoliczka describes that seen on the road round the other side 
 of the mountain. 
 
 An account of the geology of the neighbourhood of Mari hill station in the Pan jab has 
 also been given by Mr. A. B. Wynne,^ of the Geological Survey of India, accompanied by a 
 map and section. In this paper many additional details of the geology are given, and the 
 same section is described which is here extracted from Dr. Stoliczka’s note-book. Dr. 
 Stoliczka’s notes were made before Mr. Wynne’s paper was published, although the latter 
 had been written long before. Within the last two years the systematic geological survey 
 of Kashmir has at length been commenced, and a large amount of information as to the 
 distribution and relations of the different beds has been added by Mr. Lydekker.® In 
 a few cases, as at the Zoji-la, slight changes have been shown to be necessary in the views 
 formed by Dr. Stoliczka on his hurried journeys, but as a general rule his opinions have 
 proved correct.] 
 
 July 3rd to 6th . — The Mari hill consists of sandstone and shales, the former full of 
 fucoids, but I could not find a trace of other fossils.^ The geological section from Mari 
 
 Mari. 
 
 Section from Mari to Kairagali, distance S miles. 
 
 to Kairagali is rather simple, but thence along the road to Changligali it is rather compli- 
 cated, and on the whole similar to that made by Waagen on the corresponding road passing 
 
 * Vol. V, 1872, p. 15. 
 
 = Records, Geological Survey of India, Vol. VII, p. 64. 
 
 ^ Rec. G. S. I., IX, p. 155 ; XI, p. 30. 
 
 The Murree Beds of Mr. Wynne, see Quarterly Journal, Geological Society, 1874, p. 71, &c., and Rec. G. S. I., Vol. VII, p. 66. 
 
10 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 round the other side of Chamha Peak.^ The section from Changligali to Dangagali is a 
 little more simple. 
 
 On the saddle at Kaldana the Mari beds dip towards the nummulitic shales, hut at 
 Sunnyhank they are turned up sharply against the latter. There must have been a tremen- 
 dous slip along this boundary. After some shales and crumbling sandstones, the southern 
 side of the Kaldana lull consists chiefly of limestone, and then follow reddish shales and 
 sandstones, very like those of the Mari group in general character. The shales are seen on 
 the next saddle, succeeded cliiefly by limestone and grey shale and carbonaceous sandstone, 
 often very impure. These beds, the calcareous especially, are often full of nummulites, with 
 an occasional pelecypod or gastropod. 
 
 Section from Kairagali to Changligali, distance a little above 2 miles. 
 
 The section on the western side of the Chamha Peak is even more contorted than that 
 made by Waagen on the other (eastern) side. The general dip of the rock is towards the 
 north-west, and the consequence is, that the rocks are dreadfully twisted in every stream : 
 on the whole, the section is much more contorted than in the sketch. 
 
 The triassic limestone in contact with the Spiti shales is semi-oolitic, just like the Krol 
 limestone in some places. Its thickness is generally from 10 to 30 feet, and then follows 
 more compact grey limestone, sometimes full of small oysters. About half a mile from 
 Kairagali, I got a good RhycJionella in it. Changligali lies on shales, hut the next 
 
 Changligali. Dangagali 
 
 Section from Changligali to Dangagali, distance about 6^ miles. 
 hill is limestone, mostly vertical, and dreadfully old-looking. If I had not occasionally got 
 a nummulite out of the intermediate calcareous shales, I should certainly have taken the 
 limestone for triassic. But, as a rule, the nummulitic limestone is highly bituminous, while 
 the compact triassic limestone is apparently never bituminous, and the semi-oolitic (triassic) 
 limestone is occasionally slightly bituminous, hut generally not. Nummulitic beds continue 
 about half-way to Dangagali. There is a great thickness of triassic limestone, and then 
 
 Kec. G. S. I., Vol. V, 1872, p. 16. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 11 
 
 at the last corner, before the road turns towards Dangagali, there is a repeated alternation 
 of Gieumal, Spiti, and triassic beds. In the sandy beds of the Spiti shales I found a fragment 
 of an Ammonite ; and in the Gieumal sandstone, which occupies the whole corner, I got 
 an Astarte, which is apparently the same as that I got at Lunari in the lower Umia beds,^ 
 and a Trigonia, but this is difficult to make out. The saddle on which DangagaU lies is 
 again nummulitic shales. 
 
 [The most interesting point in the preceding sections is the identification of the Gieumal 
 sandstone (upper jm’assic). Dr. Waagen had previously recognised the Spiti shales, and had 
 suggested that the sandstone represented the upper Jurassic beds of Spiti ^ — a suggestion 
 which Dr. Stoliczka confirmed. The red Mari beds are called Nahan (newer tertiary) by 
 Dr. Stoliczka in his notes ; but Mr. II. B. Medlicott, who is by far the best authority 
 on the subject, considers that this is due to a mistake in the identification of the Ndhan 
 beds themselves near Simla, as proved by some notes in Dr. Stoliczka’ s diary, and that 
 the rocks with which Dr. Stoliczka really identified the Mari beds belong to Mr. MedHcott’s 
 Dagshai division (older tertiary). Dnder these circumstances, I have ventm’ed in the notes 
 to substitute Mr. Wynne’s name “Mari beds ” for “Nahan,” leaving the question of identifi- 
 cation undecided.] 
 
 July 15th, Mari to Kohdla. — Mari sandstone and shale are seen all the way dipping in 
 various directions : near the Jhelum the dip is about north or north by east. The older rocks 
 are seen on the left bank of the river, at the base of the Dangagali hiU. The boundary 
 between nummulitic and Mari beds runs along the stream coming from Kaldana : on the 
 right bank are Mari sandstones and shales, dipping at about 40° or 50° towards north-east or 
 east. 
 
 16th, Chatarkelas. — All the way I saw nothing but the same Mari sandstone and shale, 
 mostly dipping to north-east or north-east by east. 
 
 17th to 237'd, Chatarkelas to JJid. — The Mari beds prevailed throughout the whole 
 distance, and no others were seen on the left bank of the Jhelum, along which river the road lay 
 for a great part of the distance. On the opposite bank dark shales, either Spiti or Sabathu, 
 were noticed between Barn and Tinali, and limestones opposite Uri. Erom Tinali toHatian 
 the general dip of the Mari beds is south-east : near Uri they are much contorted. 
 
 2Mh, TJrambu. — Uri is on a high river plateau. After crossing a stream, very red 
 shales are seen, and blocks of limestone, looking exactly like Krol limestone, which it 
 probably is. I am not sure whether the shales are nummulitic : more probably they belong 
 to the Krol series. Eurther on are chloritic and quartzose schists, which continue to 
 Urumbu. The Urumbu bungalow is built at the foot of some very fine cliffs of a meta- 
 morphic quartz and schist.® 
 
 25th, Baramula. — The same metamorphic quartzose rock, with bacillary structure, 
 continues a long way until the road opens into a portion of the old lake : this portion is 
 separated by a ridge from 200 to 300 feet (high ?) of lake clay and gravel deposit. The same 
 form the low hills to the south for several miles. The lake must formerly have been much 
 larger and wider than it now is, its water extending far up the Sind valley. 
 
 July 26th to August 6th. — Baramula to Srinagar and thence to Ga^idarhal . — [Ho 
 description is given in the diary of the rocks about Srinagar, although reference is made to 
 
 > Of CutcL. 
 
 * Kecords, Geological Survey of India, V, p. 15. 
 
 * Lydekker, Kec. G. S. I., IX, p. 158, describes this section more fully. The limestone (Kiol) appears to be identical with Krol, 
 as Dr. Stoliczka suggested. See also Kec., G. S. I., XI, p. 63. 
 
12 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 them subsequently.] Passing the village Malshahagh (near Gandarhal), I saw a sub- 
 recent conglomerate, which was deposited fully 50 feet above the present level of the lake, 
 and in places it was overlain by terraces of clay (level), which seemed to reach about 30 
 to 50 feet higher. 
 
 7 til, Kang an. — The rocks on both sides of the road are the same as about Srinagar — 
 the green plutonic rock, often with zeolite cavities, and sometimes not to be distinguished 
 from greenstone. In other places it is distinctly stratified, and it is probably a meta- 
 morphic silurian or devonian rock. 
 
 8tli to 12th, Kang an to Sonamarg. — [No mention of any geology on the road.] The 
 triassic limestones come almost down to the valley about three miles before reaching 
 Sonamarg. At Sonamarg they are in some parts rather slaty and thin-bedded : I got no 
 fossils in them. They di^i north and south on the right and left bank of the valley re- 
 spectively. 
 
 13th, Baltal. — About four miles east of Sonamarg, schists below the limestones occupy 
 the greater heights, particularly on the north, and they extend in a north-easterly direction 
 along these heights. At Baltal all the rocks are these scliists, which are probably carboni- 
 ferous. They often contain carbonaceous bands full of crystals of iron pyrites. 
 
 14th, Mataian. — [Crossing the Zoji-la,^ 11,800 feet.] The schistose beds, which are in 
 places almost mica schist, are followed, a couple of miles north of the Zoji-la, by more 
 carbonaceous beds, which are probably true carboniferous, and then, about a mile south of 
 Mataian, they are overlain on the right and left bank by the usual thin-bedded triassic 
 limestones. These are sometimes quite white and dolomitic, alternating with black and 
 earthy beds. I saw several Rhynconellce and sections of large bivalves, like Megalodon 
 and Bicerocardium, and small oysters ; but nothing suffieiently determinable. [Emdher exa- 
 mination of the beds near the Zoji-la has shown that there is inversion, and that the rocks 
 at the crest of the pass are of later age than the triassic limestones seen on each side. — 
 Lydekker, Rec. G. S. I., XI, p. 45.] 
 
 15th, Mataian. — I looked over the limestones near the village, but found no determi- 
 nable fossils. 
 
 16th, Bras. — About three miles after we left Mataian the green rocks cut off the 
 lunestone on the left bank, and for a few miles the boundary between the two rocks runs 
 in the valley. After about the seventh or eighth mile, the base of the valley is all of 
 green rock, which is generally quite massive, like greenstone ; only occasionally it is thinly 
 bedded with bacillary structure. To all appearance they are the same rocks as about 
 Srinagar. About two or three miles before reaching Dras, the green rocks cross over 
 entirely on to the right bank, and extend in a north-easterly direction, the trias limestones 
 keeping to the heights. At their contact with the green rocks the limestones are more 
 slaty. North by west of Dras the green rocks decompose very readily, and weather out 
 reddish, as greenstones often do. About the camping ground numbers of syenite rocks 
 are strewn about. The whole plain about Dras is filled with a deposit of shingle to about 
 a hundred feet above the level of the river. 
 
 17th, Tashgaon. — Eor some distance from Dras the rugged, barren hillsides consist 
 of greenstone. This rock gradually passes into a greenish syenite, with large quantities of 
 schorl ; but on both sides of the valley there is still the green rock in situ : higher up on 
 the left bank is syenite. 
 
 La, a pass Tibetan. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 13 
 
 18th, Chiliscomo . — The green rock becomes rather schistose about half-way between the 
 last camp and tliis, and nearly opposite Kharbu the syenite comes down to the river, and cuts 
 off the green rock : the former about here is light coloured and of the ordinary type. 
 
 19th, Kargil . — Syenite rocks seen the whole way. 
 
 20th, Ehargol . — The tertiaries on the Kargil plain are much covered by diluvial conglom- 
 erate. The Pashkyumkur is built on serpentine rock ; and from this spot to near Shargol all 
 the rocks are serpentine, sometimes rather slaty and splintery, in other places much purer 
 and solid, so that it could be worked for ordinary cups, &c. All along the river the diluvial 
 conglomerate forms an almost continuous strip, particularly along the left bank of the 
 stream. 
 
 Wherever the valley widens a little, as at Lotsun, the conglomerate is found on both 
 sides, the horizontal banks rising up to 500 or 600 feet above the stream. About a mile 
 from Shargol, grey and greenish and reddish shales come in from the hills to south-west 
 and west, and are greatly developed north of Shargol. These shales appear to belong to the 
 Sabathu group, although they look rather metamorphic in some places, but in others they 
 are more recent looking and micaceous. All about Shargol lumps of serpentine are sticking 
 out of them, and the whole are covered along the left bank of the stream with a conglomerate 
 rising to 600 and more feet above the river. Beyond this, south and south-east of Shargol, 
 the higher hffls aU consist of triassic limestone, alternating near the base with rather highly 
 metamorphic and sometimes strongly carbonaceous shales, which it is very difficult to dis- 
 tinguish from the tertiary beds. I found no trace of fossils in the tertiaries, but the deter- 
 mination of the triassic limestone is tolerably certain. It is the same as above Dras, and 
 has often the peculiar pseudo-foraminiferous or semi-oolitic structure. 
 
 21st, Kharhu . — A good long march of 18 miles : we went by the Namika-la, and then 
 turned almost south up the stream for about four miles to Kharbu. The diluvial con- 
 glomerate extends aU the way along the river, mostly developed on the left bank, until we 
 turned up the stream almost north and then north-east and east towards the Namika-la. 
 A couple of miles from Shargol the monastery is built upon triassic limestone, and there 
 are lumps and patches of it very often sticking out of the so-called tertiary shales. The 
 great figure of Buddha a little further on is also cut in a single block of triassic limestone. 
 When we left the conglomerates at the Wakha river, we turned almost north. There 
 was nothing but very soft and crumbhng grey and greenish (tertiary) shales as far as 
 the Namika pass, and for some distance on the other side, extending more to north 
 about two miles east of the pass ; and the high lulls to the north consisted of serpentine, 
 while south of the Namika-la was a high solitary rock of trias limestone. The diluvial 
 conglomerates were again seen in the little stream from the Namika-la, and are very highly 
 developed in the Kharbu stream. Approaching this, we had up to Kharbu, along the 
 right bank, all trias limestone, underlain by highly carbonaceous and metamorphic-looking 
 shales and slates, which are always distinctly silky and micaceous on the planes of bed- 
 ding, and often very much contorted. 
 
 22nd, Kharhu . — I went out in a north-easterly direction across the stream, and found 
 the ground composed of various kinds of shales for several miles. First, the shales were 
 rather carbonaceous ; then they became more slaty, gray, greenish, and red, but all rather highly 
 metamorphic. It is clear they cannot be tertiary ; for they all lay under the trias. The top 
 of the high hills appears to consist partly of serpentine. Among the higher slates there are 
 often beds of the same green rock that I saw south of Dras. 
 
 d 
 
14 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 23rd, Lamayuru, crossing the Fotu-la. — Leaving Kharbn, the triassic limestones pass 
 over to the right bank of the stream after the second or third mile, where the stream makes 
 a bend ; but further on the carboniferous shales occupy the whole of the right and the base 
 of the left bank, the limestones keeping to the greater heights. The diluvial conglomerate 
 is locally of great extent ; and in ascending the Eotu-la, it reaches to within about 200 feet 
 of the top of the pass, that is, up to about 13,200. On the Eotu-la the southern hills are 
 trias limestone. The pass itself is formed of carboniferous shales ; and these shales extend 
 down to Lamayuru. Unfortunately I could not find any fossils in them. 
 
 24th, Snurla on the Indus. — Eor more than a mile after leaving Lamayuru there are 
 extensive shaly deposits, some of them well stratified ; they reach to about 300 feet high on 
 the slopes. The shales are at first in places very carbonaceous, and when decomposed they 
 are covered with a white efflorescence of soda and alum. About two miles or a little more 
 further on, these carbonaceous shales overlie nearly vertically bedded green and red shales ; 
 the latter alternate with beds of strong green sandstone, very similar to the “ green-rock,” 
 and the whole group evidently represents the Bhabeh series, just as the former does the Muth 
 series. In one place only I saw, in the Bhabeh elates, a bit of an impression, sometliing like 
 a portion of a Trilobite ; and in another place I got a few traces of worms. These Bhabeh 
 slates, shales, and sandstones are variously contorted, but for the most part approach the 
 vertical position, dipping highly towards south or south-west. Towards the Indus the 
 Bhabeh series is cut off by serpentines, wliich reach down to the valley. Only in one place, 
 I think, there is a portion of syenite left, the ground about a mile from the Indus being 
 strewn with boulders of syenite. The opposite bank of the Indus is occupied by greenish 
 and reddish slates and sandstones — evidently the treacherous tertiary rocks, hke in North 
 Bupshii and Zaskar. The bridge across the Indus to Khalchi is built over serpentine, and 
 there are a good many patches of serpentine also on the right bank, and near these the 
 sandstones and shales appear to be almost metamorphic. There is also, about half-way 
 between Khalchi and Snurla, a lump or two of a grey or bluish hmestone, full of bivalves. It 
 looks triassic ; stiU I do not know how it could be that. Eragments of it were locally full of 
 large pelecypods and indistinct gastropod traces, and in some round roUed fragments I 
 thought I saw nummuhtes, but I cannot be sure of it. Similar lumps of the same limestone 
 I saw in the serpentine region before reaching the Indus, and it is just possible that some of 
 the slates and sandstones here are really tertiary. I rather think this very probable. At 
 Snurla the tertiary slates and shales, greenish and reddish beds alternating with each other, 
 occupy both banks of the Indus, mostly dipping at high angles towards the south. Conglom- 
 erates are locally to be found reaching to a couple of hundred feet or less along the whole 
 road. 
 
 25th, Saspul. — AU the way we passed through the tertiary red and greenish shales and 
 sandstones, mostly along the strike of the rocks, which dip at a high angle of between 60° 
 and 80° to south-west or south by west. The crystalline rocks appear to occupy the hills 
 above Ilimis. Diluvial conglomerate is extensively developed along the river, and particularly 
 about Saspul. 
 
 25th and 26th, Saspul to Leh. — The same rocks for the greatest part of the distance ; the 
 gneiss and hornblendic gneiss do not touch the river till just before Pittuk, beyond the village 
 of Phayang. The diluvial deposits are very extensive, and are very tliick just east of 
 Snemo. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 15 
 
 PAET II. 
 
 The hill eanges between the Indus Valley in Ladak and Shah-i-dula on the 
 
 FRONTIER OF YaRKAND TERRITORY. 
 
 [ This section is copied, with a few verbal alterations, from the Records of the Geological Survey of India, V°l. VII, p. 12.] 
 
 The following brief notes on the general geological structure of the hUl ranges alluded 
 to are based upon observations made on a tour from Leh, via Changchenmo, the high plains 
 of Lingzi-thung, Karatagh, Aktagh to Shah-i-dula, and upon corresponding observations 
 made by Dr. H. W. Belle w, accompanying His Excellency Mr. Eorsyth’s camp along the 
 Karakoram route to this place. 
 
 Before proceeding with my account, I will only notice that our journey from Leh (or 
 Ladak) was undertaken during the second half of September and in October, and that we 
 found the greater portion of the country north of the Changchenmo valley covered with 
 snow — the greatest obstacle a geologist can meet on his survey. While on our journey the 
 thermometer very rarely rose during the day above the freezmg point, and hammer operations 
 were not easily carried out. At night the thermometer sank, as a rule, to zero, or even to 8° 
 below zero, in our tents, and to 26° below zero in the open air. Adding to this the natm’al 
 difficulties of the ground we had to pass through, it was occasionally not an easy matter to 
 keep the health up to the required standard of working power. 
 
 Near Leh, and for a few miles east and west of it, the Indus flows on the boundary 
 between crystalline rocks on the north and eocene rocks on the south. The latter consist 
 cliiefly of grey and reddish sandstones and shales, and more or less coarse conglomerates, 
 containing an occasional Nummulite and casts of Pelecypoda. These tertiary rocks extend 
 from eastward south of the Pankong lake, following the Indus either along one or both 
 banks of the river, as far west as Kargil, where they terminate with a kind of brackish and 
 fresh- water deposit, containing Melanice. 
 
 Nearly the entire ridge north of the Indus, separating this river from the Shayok, and 
 continuing in a south-easterly direction to the mouth of the Hanle river (and crossing here 
 the Indus, extending to my knowledge as far as Demchok), consists of syenitic gneiss, an 
 extremely variable rock as regards its mineralogical composition. The typical rock is a 
 moderately flne- grained syenite, crossed by veins which are somewhat richer in hornblende, 
 while other portions contain a large quantity of schorl. Both about Leh and further 
 eastward extensive beds of dark, almost black, flne- grained syenite occur in the other rock. 
 The felspar often almost entirely disappears from this fine-grained variety, and quartz remains 
 very sparingly disseminated, so that gradually the rock passes into a hornblendic schist ; and 
 when schorl replaces hornblende, the same rock changes into layers which are almost entirely 
 composed of needles of schorl. Again, the syenite loses in places aU its hornblende, the 
 crystals of felspar increase in size, biotite (or sometimes chlorite) becomes more or less abund- 
 ant, and with the addition of quartz we have before us a typical gneiss (or protogine gneiss), 
 without being able to draw a boundary between it and typical syenite. However, the gneissic 
 portions, many of which appear to be regularly bedded, are decidedly subordinate to- the 
 
10 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 syenitic ones. As already mentioned, the rock often has a porphyritic structure, and the 
 felspar becomes pink, instead of white, — as, for instance, on the top of the Khardung pass and 
 on the southern slope of the Chang-la, where large fragments are often met without the 
 slightest trace of hornblende. To the north of the last-mentioned pass the syenitic gneiss 
 gradually passes into thick beds of syenite-schist, and this again into chloritic schist, by the 
 hornblende becoming replaced by chlorite, while the other mineral constituents are gradually 
 almost entirely suppressed. The syenitic and chloritic beds alternate with quartzose schists 
 of great thickness. The schistose series of rocks continues from north of the Chang-la to 
 the western end of the Pankong lake, and northwards to the Lankar-la, generally called 
 the Marsemik pass. On the western route Dr. Bellew met similar rocks north of the 
 Khardung pass at the village Khardung, and traced them northwards across the Shayok 
 up the Nuhra valley to near the foot of the Sasser pass. 
 
 Intimately connected with the metamorphic schistose series just noticed is a greenish 
 chloritic, partly thin-hedded, partly more massive rock, which very closely resembles a similar 
 rock found about Srinagar. Only in this case certain layers, or portions of it, become often 
 distinctly or even coarsely crystalline, sometimes containing hronzite sparingly disseminated, 
 and thus passing into diallage. This chloritic rock forms the greater part of the left side of the 
 Changchenmo valley, and also occurs south of the Sasser pass. I think we have to look upon 
 this whole series of schistose and chloritic rocks as the representatives of the Silurian formation. 
 
 After crossing the Changchenmo valley to Gogra, we met with a different set of rocks. 
 They are dark, often quite black, shales, alternating with sandstones. Many beds of the 
 latter have a comparatively recent aspect, and are rather micaceous, without the least 
 metamorphic structm-e, while the shales accompanying them very often exhibit a silky, suh- 
 metamorphic appearance on the planes of fracture. I observed occasionally traces oifucoids 
 and other plants in these shales, hut no animal fossils. On the Changchenmo route these 
 shaly rocks form the ridge of the Chang-lung pass, as well as the whole of the western 
 portion of the Lingzi-thung ; and they are met again after crossing these high plains and 
 entering the Karakash valley, as far as Shinglung (or Dunglung). On the Karakoram route 
 Dr. Bellew brought specimens of similar rocks from the Mastagh (Karakoram) range itself. 
 There can he hut little doubt, — judging from similar rocks which I saw in Spiti, and from 
 their geological relation to certain limestones, of which I shall presently speak, — that we 
 have in the shaly series the carboniferous formation represented. 
 
 In many localities along the right bank of the Changchenmo river, then at the hot 
 springs north of Gogra, and on the southern side of the Chang-lung pass, we find the carhoni- 
 
 Gogra. Hot springs. 
 
 ferous ])eds overlain by triassic limestone, which often has the characteristic semi-oolitic 
 btrugture of the Krol limestone, south of Simla. At Gogra and several other places dolomi- 
 
 stone with crinoids, 
 
 tes, reddish, rather recent looking. 
 
 }■ 
 
 Section of rocks at the hot springs of Gogra. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 17 
 
 tic beds occur ; and, in these, sections of Dicerocardium Himalayense are not uncommon. 
 In other places beds are met with full of Crinoid stems. North of the Lingzi-thung plain — 
 to the west of which the hiUs are mostly composed of the same triassic limestone — a red 
 brecciated, calcareous conglomerate is seen at the foot of the Compass-la, but this conglom- 
 erate gradually passes into the ordinary grey limestone, which forms the ridge, and un- 
 doubtedly belongs to the same group of triassic rocks. The last place where I saw the 
 triassic limestone was just before reaching the camping ground Shinglung : here it is an 
 almost white or light grey compact rock, containing very perfect sections of Megalodon 
 triqueter, the most characteristic triassic fossil. On Mr. Eorsyth’s route Dr. Bellew 
 met with similar triassic limestones on the northern declivities of the Sasser pass, and also 
 on the Karakoram pass, overlying the carboniferous shales and sandstones previously 
 noticed. On the Karakoram the triassic limestone contains spherical corals, very similar 
 to those which were a few years ago described by Professor Ritter von Reuss from the 
 HaUstadt beds in the Alps, and which are here known to travellers as Karakoram stones.^ 
 
 Retm'ning to our Lingzi-thung route, we leave, as already mentioned, the last traces 
 of triassic limestone at Shinglung, in the Upper Karakash valley. Here the limestone rests 
 upon some shales, and then foUow immediately the same chloritic rock wliich we noticed 
 on the Lankar-la, alternating with quartzose scliists, both of which must be regarded as 
 of upper palaeozoic age. 
 
 At Kizil-jilga regular sub-metamorphic slates appear, alternating with red conglom- 
 erate and red sandstones ; and further on dark slate is the only rock to be seen the whole 
 way down the Karakash, until the river assumes a north-easterly course, some fourteen 
 miles east of the Karatagh pass. Prom here my route lay in a north-westerly direction 
 towards Aktagh, and the same slaty rock was met with along the whole of this route up 
 to the last-mentioned place. Dr. Bellew also traced these slates from the northern side of 
 the Karakoram to Aktagh. They further continue northwards across the Suget-la, a few miles 
 north of the pass, as well as in single patches down the Siiget river to its junction with the 
 Karakash. The irregular range of hills to the south of the portion of the Karakash river, 
 which flows almost east and west from Shah-i-dula, on its southern side entirely consists of 
 these slates, while on the northern side it is composed of a fine-grained syenite, which also forms 
 the whole of the Kuenluen range along the right bank of the Karakash river, and also is the 
 sole rock composing the hills about the camping ground at Shah-i-dula. The slates of which 
 I spoke are, on account of the close cleavage, mostly fine, crumbling, not metamorphic, and 
 ^ must, I think, be referred to the silurian group. They correspond to the metamorphic 
 
 schists on the southern side of the Karakoram ranges. 
 
 Thus we have the whole system of mountain ranges between the Indus and the borders 
 of Turkistan bounded on the north and south by syenitic rocks, including between them the 
 silurian, carboniferous, and triassic formations.^ This fact is rather remarkable, for, south 
 of the Indus, we have nearly all the principal sedimentary formations represented, from the 
 silurian up to the eocene, and most of the beds abound in fossils. 
 
 The only exception to which I can allude on the Changchenmo route is near Kium, in 
 the Changchenmo vaUey. Here there are on the left bank of the river some remarkably 
 
 > We are still somewhat in the dark as to the time nature of these curious fossils. Dr. Waagen considered them allied to some 
 sponges (Astylospongia) described hy Professor Ferd. Romer from Tennessee and from the Silurian pebbles in the drift of Silesia, and 
 certainly the resemblance externally and on cut sections is very great, but hitherto no spicules have been detected in the Karakoram 
 stones. The specimens have now been sent to Europe for identification. 
 
 * On his subsequent journey from Yarkand, Dr. Stoliezka found that the highest portions of the Karakoram pass consist of 
 Uassic rocks (Tagling). See concluding portion of Geology, p. 45. 
 
 e 
 
18 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 recent-looking sandstones and conglomerates, dipping at an angle of about 45° to north by 
 east, and at the foot of these beds rise the hot springs^ of Kium. I think it probable that 
 this conglomerate has eastward a connection with the eocene deposits, which occur at the 
 western end of the Pankong lake^ and in the Indus valley south of it. 
 
 In the previous notes I have scarcely alluded to the dip of the rocks at the different 
 localities. The reason is, that there is, indeed, very great difficulty in directly observing both 
 the dip and the strike. At the western end of the Pankong lake the dip of the metamorphic 
 schists is mostly south-westerly, but further on nearly all the rocks dip at a moderate 
 angle to north-east, north by east, or to north. On the Lingzi-thung, just after crossing 
 the Chang-lung, the shales are mostly highly inclined, but further on the limestones lie 
 unconformably on them and dip to north-east. Wherever the lulls consist merely of shales 
 and slates, their sides are generally so thickly covered with debris and detritus, that it 
 becomes almost an exception to observe a rock m situ. 
 
 The debris is brought down in large quantities by the melting snow into the valleys, 
 and high banks of it are everywhere observable along the water-courses. At a somewhat 
 remote — say diluvial — period this state of things has operated on a far greater scale. Not 
 only were the lakes, like the Pankong, much more extensive, but valleys, like the Chang- 
 chenmo, or the Tankse valley, sometimes became temporarily blocked up by glaciers, or 
 great landsKps, and the shingle and clay deposits were often accumulated in them to a 
 thickness of two or more hundred feet. N ear Aktagh similar deposits of stratified clay exist 
 of about 160 feet in thickness, and extend over an area of more than 100 square miles.® 
 There can be but little doubt that when these large sheets of water were in existence, the 
 climate of these now cold and arid regions was both milder and moister, and naturally more 
 favourable to animal and vegetable life than it is now. A proof of this is given, for instance, 
 by the occurrence of subfossil Succinece^ Helices, and Fupce in the clay deposits of the 
 Pankong lake, while scarcely any land mollusk could exist at the present time in the same 
 place. 
 
 Note regarding the occurrence of jade in the Karahdsh valley on the southern borders of 
 
 Turhistan. 
 
 [From Eecords of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. VII, p. 51 ; and Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1873, XXX, p. 568.] 
 
 The portion of the Kuenluen range which extends from Shah-i-dula eastward towards 
 Khotan appears to consist entirely of gneiss, syenitic gneiss, and metamorphic rocks, these 
 being quartzose, micaceous, or hornblendic schists. On the southern declivity of this range, 
 wliich runs along the right bank of the Karakash river, are situated the old jade mines, or 
 rather quarries, formerly worked by the Chinese. They are about 7 miles distant from 
 the Kirghiz encampment Balakchi, which itself is about 12 miles south-east of Shah-i- 
 dula. I had the pleasure of visiting the mines in company with Dr. Bellew and Captain 
 Biddulph, with a Yarkandi official as om’guide. 
 
 > The temperature these hot springs varies from 60° to 125°. They form no deposit of gypsum, like the springs north of 
 Gogra, but there is a good deal of soda deposit round them. (S). 
 
 - 1 can find no mention of any eocene deposits at the western end of the Pankong lake in the diary. Some deposits are noticed 
 which contain fresh-water shales, but are evidently much more recent. Some recent-looking yellow conglomerate or coarse sandstone 
 is mentioned in the Rimdi valley, north of the Pankong lake. There may be some mistake in the wording of the text here, due to 
 its having been printed in Dr. Stoliczka’s absence.- 
 
 3 For a description of the alluvial deposits of Ladak and the Upper Indus basin, see Drew, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1873, XXIX, 
 p. 441. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 19 
 
 We found the principal jade locality to be about miles distant from the river, and at 
 a height of about 500 feet above the level of the same. Just in this portion of the range 
 a few short spurs abut from the higher hills, all of which are, however, as usual, thickly 
 covered with debris and sand — the result of disintegration of the original rock. The whole 
 has the appearance of being produced by an extensive slip of the mountain-side. Viewing the 
 mines from a little distance, the place seems to resemble a number of pigeon-holes worked 
 in the side of the mountain, except that they are rather irregularly distributed. On closer 
 inspection we saw a number of pits and holes dug out in the slopes, extending over a height 
 of nearly a couple of hundred feet, and over a length of about a quarter of a mile. Each 
 of these excavations has a heap of fragments of jade and rock at its entrance. Most of 
 them are only from 10 to 20 feet high and broad, and their depth rarely exceeds 20 or 30 
 feet; only a few show some approach to low galleries of moderate length, and one or 
 two are said to have a length of 80 or 100 feet. Looking on this mining operation as a 
 whole, it is no doubt a very inferior specimen of the miners’ skill ; nor could the workmen 
 have been provided with any superior instruments. I estimated the number of holes at 
 about a hundred and twenty ; but several had been opened only experimentally — an operation 
 which had often to be resorted to on account of the superficial sand concealing the under- 
 lying rock. Several pits, also, which were probably exhausted at a moderate depth, had 
 been again filled in ; their great number, however, clearly indicates that the people had been 
 working singly, or in small parties. 
 
 The rock, of which the low spurs at the base of the range are composed, is partly a thin- 
 bedded, rather sandy, syenitic gneiss, partly mica and hornblendic schist. The felspar 
 gradually disappears entirely in the schistose beds, wMch on weathered planes often have the 
 appearance of a laminated sandstone. They include the principal jade-yielding rocks, being 
 traversed by veins of a pure white, crystalline mineral, varying in thickness from a few feet 
 to about forty, and perhaps even more. The strike of the veins is from north by west to 
 south by east, or sometimes almost due east and west ; and their dip is either very high to- 
 wards north, or they run vertically. I have at present no sufi&cient means to ascertain the 
 true nature of this vein rock, as it may rather be called, being an aggregate of single crystals.^ 
 The mineral has the appearance of albite, but the lustre is more silky, or perhaps rather 
 glassy, and it is not in any way altered before the blowpipe, either by itself or with borax 
 or soda. The texture is somewhat coarsely crystalline, rhombohedric faces being on a fresh 
 fracture clearly traceable. It sometimes contains iron pyrites in very small particles, and a 
 few flakes of biotite are also occasionally observed. This white rock is again traversed by 
 veins of nephrite, commonly called jade ; which, however, also occurs in nests. There appear 
 to be two varieties of it, if the one, of which I shall presently speak, really deserves the 
 name of jade. It is a white tough mineral, having an indistinct cleavage in two different 
 directions, while in the other directions the fracture is finely granular or splintery, as in 
 true nephrite. Portions of this mineral, which is apparently the same as that usually called 
 white jade, have sometimes a fibrous structure. This wliite jade rarely occupies the whole 
 thickness of a vein ; it usually only occurs along the sides in immediate contact with the 
 white vein rock, with which it sometimes appears to be very closely connected. The middle 
 part of some of the veins, and the greater portion of others, consist entirely of the common 
 
 ‘ The only specimen in the collection made by Dr. Stoliczka at this place which agrees with his description proves to be 
 dolomite. 
 
20 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 green jade, wliich is characterised by a thorough absence of cleavage, great toughness, and 
 rather duU vitreous lustre. The hardness is always below 7, generally only equal to that of 
 common felspar, or very little higher, though the polished surface of the stone appears to 
 attain a greater hardness after long exposure to the air. The colom’ is very variable, from pale to 
 somewhat darker green, approacliing that of pure serpentine. The pale-green variety is by 
 far the most common, and is in general use for cups, mouth-pieces for pipes, rings and other 
 articles used as charms and ornaments. I saw veins of the pale green jade amounting in 
 thickness to fully 10 feet ; but it is by no means easy to obtain large pieces of it, the 
 mineral being generally fractured in all directions. Like the crystalline vein-mineral, neither 
 the white nor the green variety of jade is affected by the blowpipe heat, with or without 
 addition of borax or soda. Green jade of a brighter colour and higher translucency is com- 
 paratively rare, and, on that account, no doubt much more valuable. It is usually only 
 found in thin veins of one or a few inches ; and even then it is generally full of flaws. 
 
 Since the expulsion of the Chinese from Yarkand in 1864, the jade quarries in the 
 Karakash valley have become entirely deserted. They must have yielded a considerable por- 
 tion of the jade of commerce ; no doubt the workmen made a good selection on the spot, 
 taking away only the best coloured and largest pieces ; for even now a great number of fair 
 fragments, measuring 12 to 15 inches in diameter, form part of the rubbish thrown away 
 as useless. 
 
 The Balakchi locality is, however, not the only one which yielded jade to the Chinese. 
 There is no reason to doubt the existence of jade along the whole of the Kuenluen range, as 
 far as the mica and hornblendic schists extend. The great obstacle in tracing out the 
 veins, and following them when once discovered, is the large amount of superficial debris 
 and shifting sand which conceal the original rock in situ. However, fragments of jade may 
 be seen among the boulders of almost every stream which comes down from the range. We 
 also observed large fragments of jade near the top of the Sanju pass, which, on its southern 
 side at least, mostly consists of thin-bedded gneiss and hornblendic schist. 
 
 Another rich locality for jade appears to exist somewhere south of Khotan, from whence 
 the largest and best coloured pieces are said to come ; most of them are stated to be obtained 
 as boulders in a river bed, though this seems rather doubtful. Very likely the Chinese 
 worked several quarries south of Khotan, similar to those in the Karakash valley, and most of 
 the jade from this last locality was no doubt brought into Khotan, this being the nearest 
 manufacturing town. A great number of the better polished ornaments, such as rings, &c., 
 sold in the bazar of Yarkand, have the credit of coming from Khotan ; possibly they are 
 made there by Chinese workmen, but the art of carving seems to have entirely died away, 
 and indeed it is not to be expected that such strict Mahomedans as the Yarkandees mostly 
 are would eagerly cultivate it. If the Turkistan people will not take the opportunity of 
 profiting by the export of jade, or if no new locality of that mineral is discovered within 
 Chinese territory, the celestial people will feel greatly the want of the article, and good carved 
 specimens of jade will become great rarities. The Chinese seem to have been acquainted 
 with the jade of the Kuenluen mountains for the last two thousand years, for Khotan jade 
 is stated^ to be mentioned “by Chinese authors in the time of the dynasty under Wuti 
 (B. C. 148—86).” 
 
 > Yule’s Marco Polo, Vol. I, p. 177. (S.) 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 21 
 
 PAET III. 
 
 Erom Sha.h-1-dula to Yarkand and Kashghar. 
 
 [ From Records of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. VII, p. 49 ; and Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1874, Vol. XXX, p. 571. ] 
 
 In a former commmucation I had already occasion to notice, that the rocks composing 
 the Knenluen range near Shah-i-dula cliiefly consist of syenitic gneiss, often interbedded, and 
 alternating with various metamorphic and quartzose schists. Similar rocks continue the 
 whole way down the Karakash river for about 24 miles. After this the road follows, 
 in a somewhat north-westerly direction, a small stream leading to the Sanju (or Grim) pass. 
 Here the rocks are chiefly true mica scliist, in places full of garnets. Near the summit, and 
 on the pass itself, chloritic and quartzose schists prevail, in wliich veins of pale- green jade 
 occur, numerous blocks containing this mineral having been observed near the top of the pass. 
 All the strata are very highly inclined, often vertical, the slopes of the hdls, and in fact of 
 the entire range, being on that account rather precipitous, and the crests of the ridges them- 
 selves very narrow. 
 
 Section from the Sanju Pass to Kiwdz. 
 
 To the north of the Sanju pass we again meet with metamorphic, mostly chloritic schists, 
 until we approach the camping place Tam, where distinctly bedded sedimentary rocks cap 
 the hiUs of both sides of the valley. They are dark, almost black, silky slates, resting 
 unconformably on the schists, and are overlain by a grey, partly quartzitic sandstone, passing 
 into conglomerate. The last rock contains particles of the black slates, and is, therefore, 
 clearly of younger age. Some of the conglomeratic beds have a remarkably recent aspect, 
 but others are almost metamorphic. In none of the groups, the slates or sandstones or 
 conglomerates, have any fossils been observed ; hut they appear to belong to some palaeozoic 
 formation. They all dip at from 40° to 50° towards north-east, extending for about 
 miles down the Sanju valley. Here they are suddenly cut off by metamorphic schists, 
 hut the exact place of contact on the slopes of the hills is entirely concealed by debris. The 
 schists are only in one or two places interrupted by massive beds of a beautiful porphyritic 
 gneiss, containing splendid crystals of orthoclase and biotite ; they continue for about 18 
 miles to the camp Kiwaz. On the road, which often passes through very narrow portions 
 of the valley, we frequently met with old river deposits, consisting of beds of gravel and very 
 fine clay, which is easily carried off by only a moderate breeze, and fills the atmosphere with 
 clouds of dust. These old river deposits reach in many places up to about 150 feet 
 
 / 
 
22 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 above the present level of the river, which has to he waded across at least once in 
 every mile. 
 
 At the camp, Kiwaz, the hills on both sides of the valley are low, composed of a com- 
 paratively recent-looking conglomerate, wliich in a few places alternates with beds of reddish, 
 sandy clay, the tliickness of the latter varying from 2 to 5 feet only. These rocks strik- 
 ingly resemble those of the supra-nummulitic group, so extensively represented in the neigh- 
 bourhood of Mari. They decompose very readily, covering the slopes of the mountains with 
 loose boulders and sand, under which very little of the original rock can be seen. Near the 
 camp the beds dip at about 40° to north-east, but about one mile and a half further on a low' 
 gap runs parallel to the strike, and on the other side of it the beds rise again, dipping with 
 a similar angle to south-west, thus forming a synclinal at the gap. Below the conglomerate 
 there crops out a grey, often semi-crystaUine limestone,^ containing in some of its thick 
 layers large numbers of Crinoid stems, a Spirifer, very hke S. striaUis, and two species of 
 FenestellcB. Eollowing the river to north by east, this carboniferous hmestone again rests on 
 chloritic schist, which, after a mile or two, is overlain by red sandstone, either in horizontal 
 or very shghtly inclined strata. Both these last-named rocks are very friable, easily 
 crumbling between the fingers, particularly the latter, from wTiich the calcareous cement has 
 been almost entirely dissolved out. At Sanju the red sandstones underlie coarse grey cal- 
 careous sandstones and chloritic marls, some beds of which are nearly exclusively composed 
 of Gryphcea vesiculosa,^ many specimens of this most characteristic middle cretaceous fossil 
 being of enormous size. The Gryphcea beds and the red sandstones are conformable to each 
 other; and although I have nowhere seen them interstratified near their contact, there is 
 strong evidence of them being both of cretaceous age. Both decompose equally easily, and 
 the Gryphcea beds have indeed in many places been entmely denuded. They have supphed 
 the greater portion of the gravel and beds of shifting sand, which stretch in a north-easterly 
 du’ection towards the unknown desert land. 
 
 I. Chloritic schist. a. Carboniferous limestone. 3. Red sandstone. 4. Sandstones and marls with Gryph<^a vesiculosa. S- Conglomerate with reddish clay 
 
 (? tertiary). 
 
 Section from Kiwaz to Sanju, distance about 2 miles. 
 
 On the road from Sanju to Yarkand, which first passes almost due west, and after some 
 distance to north-west, we crossed extensive tracts of these gravel beds, and of low hills 
 almost entirely composed of clay and sand, though we only skirted the true desert country. 
 Locally, as, for instance, near Oi-toghrak and Bora, pale reddish sandstones crop out from 
 under the more recent deposits, but they appear to be newer than the cretaceous red sand- 
 stones, underlying the Gryphcea beds : the former most probably belong to some upper 
 
 ' This carboniferous limestone had been previously noticed by Dr. Henderson, who gave a sketch of the section : “ Lahore to 
 Yarkand,” p. 107. 
 
 - G. vesicularis in the original; but as this is an upper cretaceous species, and the specimens resemble G. vesiculosa, I think 
 the latter is the name which Dr. Stoliczka intended to use. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 23 
 
 tertiary group. ^ Among the sandy and clayey deposits I was not a little surprised to find 
 true Loess, as typical as it can anywhere he seen in the valleys of the Rhine or of the Danube- 
 I might even speak of “Berg” and “Thal-Loss,” hut I shall not enter into details on this 
 occasion, for I may have a much better opportunity of studying this remarkable deposit. 
 At present I will only notice that commonly we meet with extensive deposits of Loess only in 
 the valleys. Its thickness varies in places from 10 to 80 and more feet — a fine yellowish 
 unstratified clay, occasionally with calcareous concretions and plant fragments. In Em^ope 
 the origin of this extensive deposit was, and is up to the present date, a disputed question. 
 Naturally, if a geologist is not so fortunate as to travel beyond the “ Rhein- ” or “ Donau - thal,” 
 and is accustomed to be surrounded with the verdant beauty of these valleys, he might 
 propose half a dozen theories ; and, as he advances in his experience, disprove the probability of 
 one after the other, until his troubled mind is wearied of prosecuting the object further. 
 Here in the desert countries, where clouds of fertile dust replace those of beneficial vapour, 
 where the atmosphere is hardly ever clear and free from sand, nay occasionally satm’ated with 
 it, — the explanation that the Loess is a subaerial deposit is almost involuntarily pressed upon 
 one’s mind. I do not think that by this I am advancing a new idea ; for, unless I am very 
 much mistaken, it was my friend Baron Richthofen who came to a similar conclusion 
 during his recent sojourn in Southern China. 
 
 Yarkand lies about 5 miles from the river, far away from the hills, in the midst of a 
 weU cultivated land, intersected by- numerous canals of irrigation; a land full of interest 
 for the agriculturist, but where the geological mind soon involuntarily falls into repose. And 
 what shall I say of our road from Yarkand to Kashghar ? Little of geological interest, I am 
 afraid. 
 
 Leaving Yarkand, we passed for the first few miles through cultivated land, which, how- 
 ever, soon gave way to the usual aspect of the desert, or something very little better. A 
 few miles south-west of Kokrabat a low ridge runs from south-east to north-west. If we 
 are allowed to judge from the numerous boulders of red sandstone and Gryphcea marl, 
 some of considerable size and scarcely river-worn, we might consider the ridge as being 
 composed of cretaceous rocks. But one hardly feels consoled with the idea that in wading 
 through the sand he is only crossing a former cretaceous basin, and that the whole of this 
 country has remained free from the encroachment of any of the caenozoic seas. It is very 
 dangerous to jump to conclusions regarding the nature of ground untouched by the geological 
 hammer. The answer to any doubt must for the present remain a desideratum. 
 
 On the fourth day of our march, approaching Yangihissar, we also crossed a few very 
 low ridges ; but these consisted entirely of gravel and marly clay beds, most of them dipping 
 with a very high angle to south by east, the strike being nearly due east and west. South of 
 Yangihissar the ridge bent towards south-west, and there was also a distant low ridge trace- 
 able in a north-easterly direction, the whole having the appearance of representing the shore 
 of some large inland water-sheet. Erom Yangihissar to Kashghar We traversed only low land, 
 usually more or less thickly covered with a saline efidorescence, but still to a considerable 
 extent cultivated. 
 
 ' From a note in the diary of May 31st, made on the return journey from Yarkand, it appears that Dr. Stoliczka ultimately 
 considered these rocks the equivalents of some examined north of Kashghar, which he termed Artysh beds. 
 
24 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 PART IV. 
 
 Geological observations made on a visit to the Chadyr-khl, Thian Shan Range. 
 
 [From Records of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. VII, p. 18 ; and Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1874, Vol. XXX, p. 174.] 
 
 After a stay of nearly a month in our embassy quarters at Yangisliahr, near Kashgliar, 
 the diplomacy of our envoy secured us the Amir’s permission for a trip to the Chadyr-kul, a 
 lake situated close on the Russian frontier, about 112 miles north by west of Kashghar, 
 among the southern branches of the Thian Shan range. Under the leadership of Colonel 
 Gordon, we — Captain Trotter and myseK — left Yangishahr about noon on the last day of 
 1873, receiving the greeting of the new year in one of the villages of the Artysh valley, 
 some 35 miles north-west from omi last quarters. On the 1st of January 1874 we marched 
 up the Toyanda river for about 20 miles to a small encampment of the Kirghiz, called Chung- 
 terek ; and following the Toyanda, and passing the forts Mirza-terek and Chakmak, we camped 
 on the fifth day at Turgat-hela, about 11 miles south of the Turgat pass, beyond which, 
 5 miles further on, lies the Chadyr-kul. On the sixth we visited the lake, and on the day 
 following retraced our steps, by the same route we came, towards Kashghar, which we reached 
 on the 11th January. 
 
 Haying had a day’s shooting at Turgat-hela, and one day’s halt with the King’s 
 obliging officers at the Chakmak fort, we were actually only nine days on the march, during 
 which we accomplished a distance of about 224 miles. It will he readily understood that, 
 while thus marcliing, there was not much time to search for favourable sections in out-of-the- 
 way places, hut merely to note what was at hand on the road. I can therefore only intro- 
 duce my geological observations as passing remarks. 
 
 Leaving the extensive loess deposits of the valley of the Kashghar Daria, the plain rises 
 very gradually towards a low ridge, of which I shall speak as the Artysh range. It is remark- 
 ably uniform in its elevation, averaging about 400 feet, somewhat increasing in height towards 
 the west and diminishing towards the east, which direction is its general strike. This range 
 separates the Kashghar plain from the valley of the Artysh river, which cuts through the 
 ridge about 8 miles nearly due north of the city. Viewed from this, the entire ridge 
 aj)pears very regularly furrowed and weather-worn on its slope, indicating the softness of the 
 material of which it is composed. One would, however, hardly have fancied that it merely 
 consists of bedded clay and sand, mostly yellowish white, occasionally reddish, and some- 
 times with interstratified layers of greater consistency, hardened by a calcareous or silicious 
 cement. On the left hank, in the passage of the river through the ridge, the beds appear in 
 dome shape, gently dipping towards the Kashghar plain on one side, and with a considerably 
 higher angle into the Artysh valley on the other. On the right bank at the gap all the 
 exposed beds dip southward, those on the reverse of the antichnal having been washed away 
 by the Artysh river up to the longitudinal axis, and thus exposing almost vertical faces. 
 These remarkably homogeneous clayey and sandy beds may appropriately he called Artysh 
 beds ; and although I could nowhere find a trace of a fossil in them, it seems to me very 
 probable that they are of marine origin and of neogene age. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 25 
 
 The southern slopes of the ridge are on their basal half entirely covered with gravel, 
 which in places even extends to the top, assuming here a thickness of from 10 to 15 feet. 
 Locally the gravel beds are separated from the main range by a shallow depression, forming 
 a low ridge which runs along the base of the higher one, and from which it is, even in the 
 distance, clearly discernible by its dark tint. The pebbles in the gravel are mostly of small 
 size and well river- worn ; they are derived to a very large extent from grey or greenish 
 sandstones and shales, black or white limestone, more rarely of trap, basalt, and of gneiss. 
 With the exception of the last-named rock, all the others had been met with in situ in the 
 Upper Toyanda valley. The pieces of gneiss belong to a group of metamorphic rock which is 
 usually called Frotogine. It is mainly composed of quartz and white or reddish orthoclase, 
 with a comparatively small proportion of a green chloritic substance. The white felspar 
 variety generally contains as an accessory mineral schorl, in short, rather thick, crystals. 
 I shall subsequently allude to the probable source from which the protogine pebbles might 
 have been derived. 
 
 Erom Artysh we marched, as already stated, northwards, up the Toyanda river, and for 
 the next 22 mhes one was surprised to find nothing but the same Artysh and gravel deposits, 
 the former constantly dipping at a high angle to north by west, and the latter resting on 
 them in slightly inclined or horizontal strata ; while among the recent river deposits in 
 the bed of the vaUey itself the order of things appeared reversed. The gravels, having 
 first yielded to denudation, here underly the clays derived from the Artysh beds, thus 
 preparing an arable ground for the agriculturist, whenever a favourable opportunity offers 
 itself. A few miles south of Chung-terek, the laminated Artysh beds entirely disappear 
 under the gravel, which from its greater consistency assumes here the form of a rather tough, 
 coarse conglomerate. In the bend of the river the latter has a thickness of fully 200 feet, 
 and is eroded by lateral rivulets into remarkably regular Gothic pillars and turrets. It is 
 rare to meet with a more perfect imitation of human art by natm*e. The general surface of 
 the gravel deposits is comparatively low, from 400 to 500 feet above the level of the river ; 
 it is much denuded and intersected by minor streams and old water-courses. 
 
 Koktan rang!. 
 
 Section from Kdshghar to the Chadyr Lake. 
 
 At a couple of miles north of Chung-terek the Koktan range begins with rather abrupt 
 limestone cliffs, rising to about 3,000 feet above the level of the Toyanda. Nearly in the mid- 
 
26 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 die of it are situated the forts Mirza-terek and Chakmak, some ten miles distant from each 
 other. The southern portion of this range consists at its base of undulating layers of 
 greenish or purplish shales, overlain by dark-coloured, mostly black, limestone in thick and 
 thin strata, the latter being generally earthy. The limestone occupies all the higher elevations, 
 and, as is generally the case, greatly adds to the ruggedness of the mountains. About 5 
 miles north of Chung-terek, I found in a thick bed of limestone an abundance of Megalodon 
 triqueter, a large Finna, a Spiriferina of the type of S. stracheyi, blocks f ull of Litho- 
 dendron corals, and numerous sections of various small Gastropoda. Thinner layers of the 
 same limestone were fuU of fragments of Crinoid stems, and of a branching Ceriopora, the 
 rock itself hearing a strong resemblance to the typical St. Cassian beds. In this place the 
 shales, underlying the limestone, were partly interstratified with it, in layers of from 5 to 
 10 feet; and from this fact it seems to me probable that they also are of triassic age, 
 representing a lower series of the same formation. 
 
 Proceeding in a north-westerly direction, the Megalodon limestones are last seen near 
 Mirza-terek. Prom this place the greenish shales continue for a few miles further on, much 
 disturbed and contorted ; and at last disappear under a variety of dark-coloured shales, 
 slates, and sandstones, with occasional interstratified layers of black, earthy limestone. The 
 strike of the beds is from east by north to west by south, and the dip either very high to 
 north or vertical. At Chakmak the river has cut a very narrow passage through these almost 
 vertical strata, which rise precipitously to about 3,000 feet, and to the south of the fort 
 appear to be overlain by a lighter-coloured rock. It is very difficult to say what the age of 
 these slaty beds may be, as they seem entirely unfossiliferous, and we can at present only 
 regard them as representing, in all probability, one of the palaeozoic formations. 
 
 About 5 miles north-west of Chakmak a sensible decrease in the height of the range 
 takes place, and with it a change in the geological formation. The palaeozoic beds, although 
 still crossing the valley in almost vertical strata, become very much contorted ; while, uncon- 
 formably on them, rest reddish and wliite sandstones and conglomerates, regularly bedded, 
 and dipping to north-west with a steady slope of about 40 degrees. The rocks, though 
 evidently belonging to a comparatively recent (eaenozoic) epoch, appear to be much altered 
 by heat, some layers having been changed into a coarse grit, in which the cement has almost 
 entirely disappeared. I have not, however, observed any kind of organic remains in them. 
 A little distance further on, they several times alternate with suceessive, conformably bedded, 
 doleritic trap. The rock is either hard and compact, being an intimate, rather fine-grained 
 mixture of felspar and augite in small thin crystals, or it decomposes into masses of various 
 greenish and purplish hues, like some of the basic greenstones. 
 
 After leaving the junction of the Suyok and Toyanda (or Chakmak) rivers, and turning 
 northwards into the valley of the latter, the panorama is really magnificent. Shades of white, 
 red, purple, and black compete with each other in distinctness and brilliancy, until the whole 
 series of formations appears in the distance capped by a dark-bedded rock. 
 
 Although, judging from the greater frequency of basaltic boulders, we abeady knew 
 that this rock must be found further north, we hardly realised the pleasant sight which 
 awaited us on the march of the 4th January, after having left our camp at Gulja, or Bokum- 
 bashi. The doleritic beds increased step by step in thickness, and after a few miles we 
 passed through what appeared to be the centre of an extensive volcanic eruption. Along the 
 banks of the river columnar and massive basalt was noticed several times, with occasional 
 small heaps of slags and scorite, among a few outcrops of very much altered and disturbed 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 27 
 
 strata of red or white sandstone, thus adding to the remarkable contrast of the scene. In 
 front of us, and to the right, stretched in a semicircle a regular old Somma ; the almost 
 perpendicular walls rising to about 1,500 feet above the river, and clearly exposing the stratifi- 
 cation of the basaltic flows, which were successively dipping to north-east, east, and south- 
 east. On our left, as well as in an almost due western direction, portions of a similar Somma 
 were visible above the sedimentary rocks, all dipping in the opposite way from those ahead 
 of us. The cone itself has in reality entirely disappeared by subsidence, and the cavity was 
 filled with the rubbish of the neighbouring rocks. 
 
 Passing further north we crossed a comparatively low country, studded with small rounded 
 hiUs and intercepted by short ridges, with easy slopes ; the average height was between 12,000 
 and 13,000 feet. This undulating high plateau proved to be one of the head- quarters of the 
 Kulja (Ovis karelini), chiefly on account of the very rich grass vegetation which exists here. 
 For this the character of the soil fuUy accounts. The entire ground was shown to consist of 
 limestone gravel and pebbles of rather easily decomposing rocks, mixed with the ashes and detri- 
 tus, evidently derived from the proximity of the volcanic eruption. Only rarely was an isolated 
 basaltic dyke seen, or the tertiary sandstone cropping out from under the more recent deposits. 
 
 Viewing the country from an elevated position near our camp at Turgat-bela, the 
 conglomerate and gravel beds, well clad with grass vegetation, were seen to stretch far away 
 eastwards, and in a north-easterly direction across the Turgat pass ; while on the south they 
 were bounded by a continuation of the somewhat higher basaltic hills. Towards the west 
 I traced them for about 7 miles, across a low pass at which a tributary of the Toyanda 
 rises in two branches ; while on the other side two similar streams flow west by south to join 
 the Suyok river. To the north the proximity of a rather precipitously rising range shut the 
 rest of the world out of view. For this ridge the name Terak-tagh of Humboldt’s map may 
 be retained; its average height ranges between about 16,000 and 17,000 feet. In its 
 western extension it runs almost due east and west, composed at base of a tough limestone 
 conglomerate of younger tertiary origin, followed by white dolomitic limestones, and then by 
 a succession of slaty and dark Hmestone rocks, the former occasionally showing distinct 
 signs of metamorphism, and changing into schist. All the beds are nearly vertical or very 
 highly inchned, dipping to north by west, the older apparently resting on the younger. 
 North of Turgat-bela the range makes a sudden bend in an almost northerly direction, 
 and continues to the Chadyr-kul, where it forms the southern boundary of the lake plateau. 
 By this time the white dolomitic, and afterwards the slaty beds, have entirely disappeared, 
 and with them the height has also diminished. A comparatively low and narrow branch of 
 the range which we visited consists here entirely of dark limestone, which in single frag- 
 ments is not distinguishable from the trias limestone of the Koktan mountains, but here 
 it does not contain any fossils. The ridge itself, after a short stretch in a north-east by north 
 direction, gradually disappears under the much newer conglomeratic beds. 
 
 Across the Chadyr-kul plain the true Thian Shan range was visible, a regular forest of 
 peaks seemingly of moderate and tolerably uniform elevation. The rocks all exhibited dark 
 tints, but most of them, as well as the hills to the west of the Chadyr-kul, near the sources 
 of the Arpa, were clad in snow. The lake itself was frozen, and the surrounding plain covered 
 with a white sheet of saline efflorescence. 
 
 Brief sketch of the geological history of the hill ranges traversed. — In order that the 
 preceding remarks may be more easily understood, I add a few words regarding the changes 
 
28 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 winch appear to have taken place at the close of the caenozoic epoch within the southern 
 offshoots of the Thian Shan which we visited. 
 
 Short as our sojourn in the mountains was, it proved to he very interesting and equally 
 instructive. Humboldt’s account of the volcanicity of the Thian Shan, chiefly taken from 
 Chinese sources, receives great support ; hut we must not speculate further beyond confid- 
 ing in the expectation that both meso- and caenozoic rocks will be found amply represented 
 in it. 
 
 As far as our present researches on the physical aspect of the country extend, we may 
 speak of three geologically different ranges : the Terek range, which is the northernmost, the 
 Koktan in the middle, followed by the Artysh range, below winch begins the Kashghar plain. 
 AU three decrease in the same order in their absolute height, the last very much more so than 
 the middle one. The first consists of old sedimentary rocks, the second of similar rocks in 
 its southern parts, while younger tertiary and basaltic rocks occupy the northern portions ; 
 the tliird is entirely composed of young tertiary deposits. The general direction of all 
 the ranges is from west to east, or nearly so : tliis direction evidently dating from the 
 time when the whole of the Thian Shan chain was elevated. The undulating high plateau 
 between the Terek and the Koktan is, near Turgat-bela, about 8 miles wide, the 
 distance between the two ranges diminishing westward, while in the opposite direction it 
 must soon more than double. Judging from the arrangement of the pebbles, which, as 
 already noticed, are half derived from limestone, the direction of the old drainage must have 
 been from west to east, and must have formed the head-waters of the Aksai river, which on 
 the maps is recorded as rising a short distance east of the Chadyr-kul. Similarly, the gravel 
 vaUey between the Koktan and Artysh ranges indicates a west to east drainage, and its width 
 appears to have approximately averaged 20 miles. About 3 miles north of Chung-terek 
 a secondary old valley exists, also extending from west to east, and is diametrically cut 
 across by the Toyanda river. In this valley, which was formerly tributary to the one lying 
 more southward, the gravel beds accumulated to a thickness of fully 100 feet. As the 
 Artysh range did not offer a sufficiently high barrier, masses of the gravel passed locally 
 over it or through its gaps into the Kashghar plain, which itself at that time formed a third 
 large broad valley. 
 
 Thus, at the close of the volcanic eruptions in the liills north of Chakmak, we find 
 three river systems all flowing eastward, and made more or less independent of each other 
 by mountain ranges, about which it would, however, not be fair to theorise (in the present 
 state of our knowledge) on the causes of then* assumed relative position. It must have been 
 at that time that the pebbles of protogine were brought down from some portion of the bill s 
 lying to the west ; and it would be interesting to ascertain whether or not tliis rock is any- 
 where in that direction to be met withm situ} When the tm’bulent times of Vulcan’s reign 
 became exhausted and tranquillity was restored, the whole country south of the axis of the 
 
 ' In Severtzof’s journey to the western portion of the Thian Shan (Jour. Eoy. Geogl. Soc., 1870, pp. 352, &c.) metamorphic rocks 
 are stated to be largely developed in the ranges further to the north-west. A large tract of geologically unexplored mountains 
 intervenes, however, between the southern limits of Severtzof’s examination and the Chadyr-kul. Baron Osten-Sacken’s journey 
 aid the Chadyr-kul, from Vemoye to the neighbourhood of Kashghar (Jour. Eoy. Geogl. Soc., 1870, p. 250), contains scarcely any 
 information as to the geology of the countries traversed. He does not even notice the volcanic rocks south of the Chadyr-kul. 
 See remarks at the end of Part V, p. 33. 
 
 It is perhaps as well to point out here, what will probably have occurred to many geologists who have read thus far. The 
 geological school to which Ur. Stoliczka belonged has not, I believe, accepted the views prevalent amongst most English geologists as 
 to the extent of subaerial denudation. It is far from improbable that some of the geological phenomena attributed by Dr. Stoliczka 
 to subsidence might by other observers be considered as a simple effect of disintegration and removal by rain-water. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 29 
 
 Thian Slian must have greatly subsided, and the wider the valleys, the more effectively 
 was the extent of subsidence felt. To support this idea by an observation, I may notice 
 that north of Chung-terek, at the base of the Koktan range, the Artysh beds have entirely 
 disappeared in the depth, and the gravel beds overlying them dip partially under the 
 Trias hmestone, — a state of things which cannot he explained by denudation, but only by 
 subsidence and consequent overturning of the older beds above the younger ones. A similar 
 state of things is to be observed on the Terek range, where the young tertiary limestone 
 conglomerate is in some places of contact overlain by the much older dolomite. Now, if the 
 broad valley of the Kashghar plain sank first, and gradually lowest, as it in all probability 
 did, we find a more ready explanation of the large quantities of loose gravel pouring into 
 it and accumulating at the base of the Artysh range. 
 
 The sinking in of the volcanic centre north-west of Chakmak first appears to have 
 drained off the former head of the Aksai river, making it the head of the Toyanda instead ; 
 and to the north of the Terek ridge it was most probably the cause of the origin of the 
 Chadyr-kul. The subsidence of the country followed in the south, making it possible for the 
 united Suyok and Toyanda rivers to force their passage right across the Koktan range, 
 strengthen the Artysh river, cut with facility through the Artysh range, and join the Kashghar 
 Daria. While thus indicating the course of the comparatively recent geological liistory of 
 the ground, it must be, however, kept in mind that this change in the system of drainage 
 had no essential effect upon the direction of the hill ranges. This, dating from much older 
 times, was mainly an east-westerly one, following the strike of the rocks which compose the 
 whole mountain system. 
 
 h 
 
30 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 PART V. 
 
 Altyn-Artysh. 
 
 [From the Records of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. VIII, p. 13.] 
 
 Under the personal guidance of the Envoy, we — Dr. Bellew, Captain Chapman, Captain 
 Trotter, and myself — left Yangishahr on the 14th of Eehruary, reaching Altyn-Artysh at a 
 late hour the same day. A halt of two days was desirable to enable us to make aU necessary 
 arrangements for our further movements. However, before I proceed, I shall endeavour to 
 give the reader an idea of the geographical position and limits of the country, of which I shall 
 speak in the subsequent lines. 
 
 The data are derived from a general survey by Captain Trotter, and from information 
 given by the Hakim Mahomed Khoja. 
 
 Altyn-Artysh, which is the chief place of the province, lies approximately about 23 
 miles north by east of Yangishahr. It is situated in the western part of the Yilak^ on 
 the Bogoz, here called Artysh river, and north of a low ridge which separates the Artysh 
 valley from the plains. The southern boundary runs along this ridge for about 10 miles 
 west of Altyn-Artysh, and from there almost due north to the crest of the Koktan range ; 
 then along this range eastwards of the Belauti pass, and from thence in a south-western 
 direction to the village of Kushtignak, some 15 miles north of Paizabad. Prom here the 
 southern boundary runs close to the right hank of the Kashghar river, until almost 
 opposite to where the Artysh river runs into the plains. 
 
 During the first four days we all marched in company up the valley of the Bogoz river 
 to the fort Tongitar, about 23 miles to the north by west ; then to a Kirgliiz camp, Bashsogon, 
 in a north-easterly direction ; Tughamati almost eastern, and Ayok-sogon in a south-eastern 
 direction ; the directions being from the last camps respectively. 
 
 At Ayok-sogon Captain Trotter and I separated from the rest of the party, and marched 
 northwards along the Ushturfan road to Jaitapa, and from thence across the Jigda Jilga 
 in a north-east by east (?) direction to the camp at Uihulak, crossing the Uibulak pass, passing 
 a second jilga, and turning then for almost 9 miles more northwards to the Belauti 
 pass, beyond wliich lies the valley of the Kakshal or Aksai river. On our retmm we passed 
 Ayok-sogon, Karawal, about a mile from our former camp of the same name, and visited 
 Kulti-ailak and Paizabad, returning to Yangishahr on the 3rd of March. 
 
 It was not a very favourable time for travelling in these regions, not so much on account 
 of the cold, as in consequence of the heavy falls of snow which appear to occur over the 
 whole of the Tliian Shan during the second half of Pehruary and first half of March. During 
 the last few days of Pehruary we were almost constantly wading in fresh-fallen snow, though 
 on the saline plains it melted very rapidly. The snow naturally interfered seriously with our 
 observations. 
 
 * Yilak, or Ailak, is the summer, Kishlak the winter, residence. Amongst the pastoral wandering tribes of Central Asia, it is 
 the practice to drive all the animals to higher elevations for pasture in summer, and to bring them to lower ground when the 
 upland pastures are covered with snow. The terms mentioned are used by the Turk tribes. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 31 
 
 Erom a geological point of view the trip proved in many respects to be of considerable 
 interest, particularly as supplementing some former observations made more to the west. 
 Although there is not much variety in the rock formations, we may distinguish three successive 
 series. 
 
 1. The most southern part of the province, along the foot of the hills, is formed of 
 alluvial gravels and sand, in whose unfathomable depths are swallowed both the Artysh and 
 Sogon rivers before they can reach the Kashghar Daria. 
 
 
 1. Gravel. I za. Gravels and conglomerates in Artysh beds. 
 
 2. Artysh beds. I 3- Shales and limestone. ' 
 
 4. Carboniferous, crinoidal, dolomitic limestone. 
 
 Section from the Kashghar plain to Tongitar, about 25 miles. 
 
 2. The second series includes the low hills which extend diametrically from north to south 
 over about 30 miles, while the prevalent strike is from north-east by east to south-west by 
 west. All these lower hills are occupied by Artysh beds, of which I spoke in a former com- 
 munication.^ They are separated into two groups. The lower beds consist of greenish or 
 reddish clays or sandstones, and the upper of coarse conglomerates, which on a hill south 
 of Tongitar have a thickness of about 1,000 feet. At their contact both groups 
 generally alternate in several layers. An anticlinal runs almost through the middle of their 
 superficial extent. At the fort Ayok-sogon it is caused by a low ridge of old dolomitic lime- 
 stones on which the Artysh clays and sandstones found a firm' support. To the south of it 
 the beds dip at angles of about 40° and 50° towards the Kashghar plain, in remarkably regular 
 and successive layers. North of the ridge, which has no doubt a considerable subterranean 
 extent in an east to west direction, aU the beds dip towards north by west at a similar angle. 
 Approaching the higher range, more recent diluvial gravels cover most of the slopes. The 
 geological puzzle of finding strata of young beds as a rule dipping towards a higher range 
 composed of comparatively much older rocks seems to me to be due, at least in this special 
 case, to the phenomenon that the atmospheric waters which, descending on the crest, flow 
 down the slopes of the high ridge, gradually soften them, and if a subterranean outlet 
 facihtate it, the softened beds are worn away. While this process is going on, the more 
 distant beds simply subside in order to fill the vacant spaces. In some cases a sinking or 
 rising of the main range, or even an overturn of high and precipitous clills, seem to go hand 
 in hand with the action of erosion, but it is not always the case. I hope to illustrate this 
 idea by a few diagrams, partly derived from actual observations, on some futiu’e occasion. 
 
 3. A third series of entirely different rocks forms the main range of hills, which are a 
 continuation of the Koktan range, and in which, more to the westward, are situated the 
 Terek and Chakmak forts. The average height of the range above the plain of Kashghar is here 
 between 1,200 and 1,300 feet, single peaks rising to about 1,500 feet. The whole of the southern 
 portion consists, as far as I could see, of carboniferous rocks, in which, however, there is a 
 great variety of structure. The lowest beds are very often a peculiar breccia- limestone passing 
 
 * In his field books Dr. StoHczka speaks of these as probably triassic, but he may have changed his opinion subsequently, 
 for in his published notes he classes them with the dolomitic limestone, and refers all to the carboniferous period. 
 
 - Ante, p. 24. 
 
32 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 into regular limestone conglomerate. Above this are beds of solid grey dolomitic limestone, 
 partly massive, partly stratified ; the former possessing the character of reef limestone, and 
 portions of it are indeed full of reef -building corals, crinoid stems, and a large S'pirifer, the 
 sections of which, when seen on the surface, have a striking resemblance to those of Megcilodon. 
 
 North of Tongitar and about Bash-sogon I met in several places great numbers of fossils, 
 but they were so firmly cemented in a calcareous matrix that only a few could be extracted. 
 Among these I could recognise a small Bellerophon, Productus seniireticulatus, and an 
 Athyris. A new Terehratula was also very common. Here, about Bash-sogon and Tugha- 
 mati, greenish shales occurred often interstratified with the hmestones, beds of which were 
 highly carbonaceous ; the shales appeared to be unfossihferous. 
 
 The limestone hills, wliich, as already stated, are a continuation of the Koktan range, 
 extend in a north-easterly direction the whole way to south of the Belauti pass, where they 
 are overlaid by a particularly well-bedded dark limestone very similar to that containing 
 Megalodon north of Chung-terek. On this limestone rest greenish and piuplish sandstones 
 and shales which occupy the pass and the adjoining liills to the north-west of it ; minera- 
 logically these last rocks are quite identical with what we understand under the name of 
 “ Bunter sandstein,^^ and it is by no means improbable that the Belauti beds are also of 
 triassic age, as they succeed in regular layers those of the carboniferous formation. 
 
 A peculiar feature in this part of the hills consists in the occurrence of extensive plains 
 to wliich the VLWCiQjilga is generally applied. It means originally, I think, merely a water- 
 course, and, on a large scale, these plains may be looked upon as water-courses of former 
 water-sheets. They occm’ at the base of the high range, and in some respects resemble the 
 duns of the southern slopes of the Himalayas. North of Tongitar one of these large 
 plains occurs within the limestone rocks, being surrounded by them on aU sides. It must 
 be about 30 miles long from east to west, and about 16 from north to south. Several 
 isolated limestone hiUs and ridges occur in it, and it is drained off by the Bogoz and Sogon 
 rivers, the former rising in the south-west, the latter in the south-east corner. The average 
 elevation is about 5,000 feet. The greater portion is covered with a low scrubby vegetation, 
 and, near the rivers, with high grass. The principal camping grounds are Bash-sogon and 
 Tughamati. The whole plain, which affords good pasturage ground, is occupied by about 
 120 tents of Kirghiz during the summer. 
 
 The next jilga is the Jigda Jilga. It differs considerably both in its physical situation 
 and in its general character from the former. It stretches from west by south to east by 
 north for about 35 miles, while the diameter of the eastern half is about 20 and that 
 of the western about 12 miles. Save for a few low luUocks it is almost a level plain 
 throughout. On the north-western, northern, and north-eastern side it is bounded by the 
 Koktan range, from which several water-courses lead into it, one about the middle from the 
 north, and one from north-east of considerable size, this containing a large quantity of 
 crystalline pebbles ; the rock from wliich they are derived must be in situ near the axis of the 
 ridge. A third big stream comes from the east, leading from the Uibulak pass. None of 
 these streams had any water in them. On the south, east, and south-east the plain is bounded 
 by the much lower hills composed of Artysh beds ; their slopes covered with gravel. 
 
 An elevated gap or saddle situated in the south-west corner appears to connect this jilga 
 with that of Tughamati. There is no drainage from this jilga ; all the water is absorbed by 
 the enormous thickness of sand and mud which fills the entire basin. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 33 
 
 The southern part of the jilga, particularly south-east of Jaitupa, is lowest, and here a 
 large quantity of pure salt, in small cubical crystals, is collected. The fact that there is such 
 a large quantity of saline matter together with salt swamps in the southern part, seems to 
 prove that this jilga at least, and probably most of the others, had been washed out by the sea» 
 and that, while others had gradually, though only partially, drained off the saline matter, this 
 one retained it, because it has at present no outlet. It is in fact a dried-up saKne lake, which 
 at some remote time was cut off from the sea, of which it was a fiord. 
 
 A third jilga is south of the Belauti pass and north-east of the TJihulak pass. It is 
 about 8 miles in breadth and the same in length. There are two large water-courses 
 leading to it from the range. On the southern side it is enclosed by Artysh and gravel beds 
 but whether an outlet exists is not known. A southerly outlet very likely exists. 
 
 [Some little information as to the geology of the Thian Shan may be gained from 
 Russian travellers, although, so far as I am aware, no general description of the range has been 
 hitherto attempted by them ; nor, indeed, have the mountains been sufficiently explored to 
 enable its geology to be thoroughly understood. 
 
 With the exception of publications in the Russian language, the only original papers 
 in which the geology of the Thian Shan is treated, so far as I know, are those by Semenoff 
 and SevertzofP,^ Osten-Sacken’s interesting journey across the mountains, from Vernoye to the 
 neighbourhood of Kashghar,^ affording very little geological information. A very good general 
 resumd of the section across the Tliian Shan is given by Professor Suess ^ in a work which 
 has recently appeared on the “ Origin of the Alps,” in which the geology of various mountain 
 chains is discussed. The following translation will probably serve to give a better idea of the 
 constitution of these mountain ranges than any which I could compile from the same 
 materials. 
 
 After describing Dr. Stoliczka’s discoveries. Professor Suess says, referring to the Russian 
 explorers, — 
 
 “ From these works it appears that these mountains are solely composed of old rocks, stratified and un- 
 stratified. To granite, syenite, and diorite succeed old slates, and then palseozoie limestones, amongst which 
 the existence of mountain limestone is proved by fossils. The newest formation is Permian (Rothiegende) in 
 the form of red sandstone and conglomerate, locally containing salt and gypsum. A band of red porphyry 
 runs along the northern foot of the most northerly of these ehains, the Trans-Ili-Alatau. * 
 
 “No mesozoic or tertiary beds are known to occur; consequently the succession of strata is nearly the same 
 as in the Kuenluen, and as, according to Richthofen, in a great portion of the Chinese empire. The moun- 
 tains are composed of great folds, the strike of which occasionally corresponds with that of the separate chains. 
 
 “ The main chain of the Thian Shan consists, according to SemenofP, of two parallel axes of granite and 
 syenite, the southern of which forms the principal ridge of the mountains,® the northern the ridge of a 
 
 > SemenofF ; Erforschungsreise im Innern Asiens im Jahre 1857, Pet. Mit., 1858, p 350; Narrative of an exploring expedition 
 from Fort Vernoye to the western shore of Issik-kul Lake, Eastern Turkestan. — Jour. Roy. Geogl. Soc., 1869, p. 311. 
 
 Severtzoif : A journey to the western part of the celestial range (Thian Shan), Jour. Roy. Geogl. Soc., 1870, p. 343 (translated 
 from the Russian). — Erforschung des Thian Schan Gebirgssystems, &c., Erganzungshefte No. 42, 43, Pet. Mit., 1875. 
 
 - Jour. Roy. Geogl. Soc., 1870. p. 250. 
 
 ® Entshehung der Alpen, 1875, pp. 135, 142. 
 
 * The names adopted for these various mountain chains by Russian and German geographers are cumbrous, and might be 
 simplified with advantage. The Trans-Ili-Alatau is the range just south of Fort Vernoye, and is the more northern of two parallel 
 chains north of Lake Issik (Issik-kul). 
 
 ® The main range is considered to be that lying south of Lake Issik. The highest and best marked portion of this main 
 range lies further to the eastward than the meridian of the lake. 
 
34 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 parallel secondary chain. Between the two the palaeozoic rocks rise to a considerable elevation, forming: 
 synclinal and longitudinal valleys. We shall follow the section to the north-east, from the foot of the principal 
 ridge, according to Severtzoff’s latest accounts, and begin at the Naryn River, the valley of which is bounded 
 on the south by an outer range of the Thian Shan, the Chakir-tau. This consists of granite and mica schist, 
 the opposite slope of the valley being entirely composed of contorted clay-slate, which locally, overlaid by dark 
 violet porphyry conglomerate, extends to the north-west to the top of the Sari-tau, in which, at the pass of 
 Barskoum, syenite is exposed. 
 
 “ Proceeding from this pass towards Lake Issik diorite and serpentine are first seen ; then mountain 
 limestone, which forms a synclinal. This synclinal coincides with the longitudinal valley separating the Sari-tau 
 from the next range to the north, the Terskei-Alatau, and this latter corresponds to the Sari-tau ridge 
 precisely, so that, on the north side of the intervening valley, first mountain limestone with the slope reversed, 
 then diorite, and finally syenite, are met with. Below, on the shores of Issik-kul, sandstone is found, which 
 may be compared with the carboniferous strata of the Kara-tau. ^ At the eastern end of Issik-kul the little 
 range of Kisil-kija^ consists of red argillaceous sandstone; this range lies nearly in the direction of the 
 greatest (longitudinal) diameter of the lake itself, and in the line of strike of the Rothliegende at the western 
 end of the lake, in the gorge of the Boam stream and on the northern slopes of the Khighiz Alatau.® 
 Proceeding over the Santash pass into the region of the Trans-lli-Alatau, this is found to consist of granite 
 intersected by two or more bands of limestone standing at high angles or bent into trough-shaped curves ; one 
 of these bands forming the ridge between the rivers Chilik and Chanishk. 
 
 “ Finally, the granite northern slopes of the Trans-Ili-Alatau, as already stated, are terminated, towards the 
 north, by a long but rather low chain of hills which consist of porphyry.^'] 
 
 ' North of Chemkend and Tashkend. | - Tasma mountains on some maps. 
 
 ^ Now called on many maps Alexandrovski range. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 35 
 
 PAET VI. 
 
 Prom Yangihissar, Kashghar, to Panjah, in Wakhan, by the Little Pamir, and 
 RETURN JOURNEY BY THE GrEAT PaMIR. 
 
 [This section, like that describing the country between Mari and Leh, is simply compiled 
 from Dr. StoUczka’s diary. It commences from Yangihissar, two marches, or about 40 miles, 
 from Kashghar, on the road to Yarkand. Thence the route followed led in a south-west direction 
 through the district of Sarikol (Sirikol) to the frontier of Wakhan, at or near Aktash, a 
 distance of about 150 miles in a direct line, and thence in a west-south- west direction for 120 
 miles more across the Pamir steppe to Panjah or Kila Panjah in Wakhan. The road from the 
 Yarkand frontier to Panjah traverses a district known as the Little Pamir, and follows the more 
 southern of the two streams which unite near Panjah to form the head of the Amu or Oxus; the 
 return route to Aktash was by the northern stream (that followed by Wood) and the Victoria 
 lake. From Aktash the party with which Dr. Stoliczka was associated returned by the same 
 route as before to Yangihissar. The geological notes made on this portion of the return east- 
 ward journey have been incorporated with those made in the same localities on the westward 
 route. The former largely supplement the latter, which were made ^when the ground was 
 much concealed by snow.] 
 
 March 21st, Yangihissar to Ighiz Yar . — Started for Sarikol under Gordon, with Bid- 
 dulph and Trotter. March of about 18 miles almost due south. A mile from Yangihissar 
 we crossed several low ridges, extending for about a couple of miles, of what appeared 
 to be upper Artysh beds, consisting of sand, clay, and conglomeratic beds. The dip was at 
 first north by east, then the beds were horizontal, and further on they dipped to south by 
 west. Crossed the Yangihissar stream, and traversed, first, a saline plain, and then one of 
 gravel. The ascent throughout was very gradual, but must have amounted altogether to 
 more than 1,000 feet. 
 
 March 22nd, AMala . — A march of about 18 miles, chiefly in a south-western direction. 
 The low hills west of Ighiz Yar are composed of lower Artysh beds, hardened greenish sand- 
 stones much contorted.^ Leaving Ighiz Yar, we crossed the plain for about 3 miles, and 
 then entered the narrow valley of the Bin or Bing river. 
 
 The rocks at the entrance are lower Artysh sandstones, much contorted and disturbed- 
 They continue for fully a mile, and are then succeeded by greenish sandstones and shales 
 of a much older appearance. These rocks are again at first very much disturbed, but further 
 on they dip regularly at a low angle to west by south, or even to west. The general dip, 
 however, appears to be north-east. Nearer to the camp Aktala, the sandstones and slates 
 alternate with highly carbonaceous shales and slates, and some highly ferruginous or hsema- 
 
 ’ On the return route from the Pamir and Wakhan on this march from Aktala to Ighiz Yar the following remark occurs ; “ The 
 same slates and thin-kedded sandstones continue all the way. Towards the plain they alternate with coarser and conglomeratic 
 beds ; hut they all appear to belong to the same old series.” I infer from this that Dr. Stoliczka was finally inclined to believe that 
 the rocks near Ighiz Yar, which he at first assigned to the Artysh beds (tertiary), were really older. 
 
36 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 titic beds. These older beds very much resemble those we saw about Chakmak,^ which also 
 may turn out to be the same we saw north of Tam.^ The sides of the hills are more or less 
 thickly covered with loess dust, which much obscured the bedding of the rocks. I found 
 no fossils. 
 
 Among the river boulders I noticed boulders of the red sandstone we saw south of Sanju, 
 and a greenish syenitic rock. 
 
 Taka. Aktala. Ighix Yar. 
 
 1 . Clay, loo feet above the plain. . 4. Earthy limestone. 
 
 3. Gravel and loess. 5. Sandstone and conglomerate. 
 
 3. Slates and sandstones, occasionally conglomeratic. I 6. Greenstone. 
 
 Section from Sasak Taka to Ighiz Yar. 
 
 March 2Srd, Sdsak Taka, 13^ miles. — The dark slates, shales, and sandstone continued for 
 a couple of miles, then followed greenish chloritic and felspathic rocks, very much hke those 
 south of Sanju, but more massive, being in fact a form of greenstone. These cap the whole 
 series, and in one or two places come down to the bed of the river. Next follow earthy 
 limestones, wliitish or dark in colour, without any fossils, and then shales, carbonaceous 
 slates, &c., with occasional conglomeratic beds and coarse sandstones. The whole of this 
 series appears to be the same we saw on the road from Tam to Sanju. Some of the strata 
 very highly carbonaceous, but not a trace of a fossil anywhere, 
 
 March 24th, Kaskasu. — Fourteen miles up the river Kaskasu. Nothing but the same 
 carbonaceous slates and shales which are probably palaeozoic, or occasional beds of grey more or 
 less coarse sandstone, or even conglomerate. Not a trace of a fossil anywhere. The beds are 
 mostly much disturbed and contorted, but where traces of regularity occur, they are seen 
 dipping to south-west at an angle of about 50°. About half-way the old rocks were overlain 
 hy an old alluvial deposit, mostly consisting of boulders of the red sandstone, somewhat 
 sparingly intermixed with boulders of gneiss. I have, however, not seen anywhere in situ the 
 red sandstone ; the greater portion seems to have come from a valley leading into the Kas- 
 kasu from the west about 4 miles east of our camp at Kaskasu. In several of the 
 streams coming from the north, pebbles of white doloniitic limestone are seen containing a 
 fossil hke Bellerophon. These are probably from the white hmestone, which is seen further 
 on from the pass, and which is probably carboniferous. There were also blocks of a black 
 earthy limestone, fuU of crinoid stems ; this last is probably Silurian and interbedded with 
 the black slates. A very similar limestone was seen on the road, but it contained no crinoids. 
 
 March 25th, Chehil Gomhdz. — A short march of 11 miles across the Kaskasu pass. The 
 bed of the Kaskasu river was strewn with boulders of gneiss, which must have come from 
 the head of the stream. East of the pass the rocks are the same as before ; palseozoic slates, 
 sandstones, and conglomerates striking north and south, nearly vertical, much contorted, but 
 sometimes dipping to the westward. On the pass the beds apparently dip north-east, but the 
 strike is very indistinct, the surface being covered with fine clay, partly derived from the 
 
 ' North -north-west of Ivashghar, p. 26. | ^ Near the Sanju pass, south of Yarkand, p. 21. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 37 
 
 decomposition of the slates, but principally, in all probability, a subaerial deposit, like the 
 loess. In some places this clay covering is thin, and on a sharp incbne parts of it are often 
 carried away, so that some of the slopes have a rather rugged appearance. Looking north 
 from the pass, I saw what was evidently limestone on one of the hills ; it was probably the 
 same as the carboniferous limestone seen south-west of Sanju, hut there was no possibility 
 of getting near the hiU. In a north by east direction I saw red thin-bedded sandstones 
 capping one or two hills, the beds apparently dipping to north-east. This red rock was very 
 probably identical with the cretaceous red sandstone north-west of Sanju, thus remarkably 
 indicating that this portion of the hills is a continuation of the Kuenluen. 
 
 From the pass to Chehil Gombaz the rocks are palaeozoic carbonaceous slates, very vari- 
 able in strike and dip. Near the pass the strike is indistinct: in the valley north of Chehil 
 Gombaz, it is nearly east and west, the beds being vertical and much contorted. 
 
 March 26th, Fasrobdt {across the Tor at pass). — The whole way nothing hut the same 
 carbonaceous slates and shales, and partly sandstone, were seen. They were dipping at a very 
 high angle to north by east or nerth-east by east. In some places they were interhedded 
 with crystalline limestone, and with white quartzite, in strata of about 40 to 50 feet in 
 thickness. At the junction of the two streams, the Pasrohat and the Tongitar, and much 
 higher up, I noticed old diluvial gravel, in some places up to the thickness of 300 feet, 
 the boulders mostly consisting of crystaUine gneissic rock : some of the boulders are of 
 huge dimensions, and all are weU-rounded. These boulder deposits must have been formed 
 by enormous rivers and large quantities of snow. The gneiss is either fine-grained, with 
 biotite mica, sometimes almost schistose, or it is porphyritic with rosy quartz, white felspar 
 and a greenish mica. There is little schorl to he observed in any of the pieces. 
 
 March 27th, Tdrbdshi, about eight miles in a western direction. — The carbonaceous slates 
 and sandstone continued for about a mile from camp, seeming, however, more micaceous. 
 Then they gradually changed into dark carbonaceous mica schists with garnets ; this again 
 gradually into hght-coloured mica schist, with more white quartz and less garnets, and this 
 after about two and a half miles from camp into gneiss. All the strata were dipping at about 
 50° to north-east and north-east by east. In many places gravels conceal the rocks to a 
 height of 150 feet above the river. On the greater heights dark-coloured schistose rocks are 
 seen ; they are mostly hornblendic. 
 
 March 28th, Balghun. — A march of about 20 miles across the Chichiklik plain and 
 the Kokmainak pass. All the rocks around are gneiss, which gets gradually schistose, but it 
 is cleaved in all directions and breaks up easily ; the irregular cleavage entirely obliterates the 
 bedding. 
 
 March 29th and 30th, Balghun to Chushman, and thence to Tashhurgdn (Sarihol) . — Two 
 marches of rather more than 20 miles altogether. The rocks are all metamorphic schists, rarely 
 micaceous, but chiefly chloritic, quartzose, and hornblendic. North-west of the camp the dip 
 is west by north ; previously it was east by south. On the western side of the valley are thick 
 gravel deposits, the boulders mostly of gneiss and syenite. 
 
 April 2nd, Kanshubar, 16 miles. — The whole way nothing but gneiss, in different varia- 
 tions, was to be observed. At first where we entered the Tongitar (vaUey), the fine-grained 
 pale-whitish gneiss was interstratified with dark gneiss and syenitic gneiss, full of schorl ; 
 further on, syenitic gneiss prevailed, then bands of beautiful reddish gneiss occurred in it, 
 with reddish-brown quartz, reddish glassy felspar in large crystals, and bits of schorl. 
 Further on, the gneiss became more ordinary, both coarse and fine grained. 
 
 a: 
 
38 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 April 3rd, Kogachak, near AktdsJi. — [Erontier of Sarikol belonging to Kasbgliar, and 
 Wakhan under the rule of Kabul.] EoUowed up the valley for about a mile, when the gneiss 
 was apparently underlain by black palaeozoic slates, strike almost from east to west, and the dip 
 very little towards the gneiss — or, rather, the beds were vertical. I could not find a trace of 
 fossils. The slate is brittle, and very much cleaved in different dffections : it would not do for 
 roofing purposes, unless large quarries were opened. The slates continued for more than a 
 mile, then they gradually became calcareous, and a series of thin-bedded whitish lim estones 
 followed — first, again, almost vertical, but, a little further on, distinctly dipping at an angle of 
 about 50° towards the slates, though evidently younger. The limestone was dolomitic and 
 liighly bituminous, but unfossiliferous. After about a mile it changed to grey limestone, and 
 became slaty. Then followed a band of greenstone for about half a mile, overlain by 
 brownish-black shales, apparently carboniferous ; and these shales were overlain by greenish 
 dolomitic crinoidal limestones, lithologically the same as those which I found to be carbonifer- 
 ous in the Artysh district. I dare say this limestone is also carboniferous. However, the 
 upper beds of this limestone series are paler, and apparently less dolomitic ; and in them I found 
 a cordiform pelecypod, like Megalodon, very common. Possibly the whole of the limestones, 
 but certainly those on the western side of the range, are triassic. They rest here on purple 
 and greenish shales and slates, which are afterwards traversed by greenstone. (See also diary 
 of May 6th.) 
 
 April 4t1i, Onkul. — A march of about 24 miles. Crossed a spur over an old gravel 
 deposit, and traversed a valley, the rocks on both sides of which were whitish triassic lime- 
 stone, resting on reddish shaly rock, which, again, overlaid black slates, evidently palseozoic. 
 Before we reached camp the slates rested on gneiss. 
 
 April 5th, Oi-kul or Kul-i-F amir Khurd {Little Fdmir Lake). — Marched about 24 miles 
 along the valley of Pamir Khurd, or Little Pamir. The rocks composing the hills to the left 
 of the valley are all gneiss to an elevation of 2,000 or 2,500 feet above the valley; those to the 
 right are higher and more sharply ridged, but their composition could not be ascertained. 
 
 April 6th, Langar. — Marched about 24 miles. After 6 miles, in a west by south 
 direction, the hills to the north became black slates, resting on gneiss. These same slates 
 were seen dipping at an angle of about 60° to north-east by north at the entrance into the 
 valley, which was here very narrow. They were overlain higher up by reddish slates and con- 
 glomerates, and the whole of the series has bands of quartzite, often iutercalated : one of these 
 quartzite bands seems to have passed right across the stratification of the slaty rocks at the 
 entrance of the narrow part of the valley from the Pamir, which here terminates. The 
 gneiss on the Pamir appears to have had only a very slight dip to north. The black slaty 
 rock continued all the way to camp. 
 
 April 7th, Daraz-dkodn, 15 miles. — Black slates, dipping north by east, were seen on 
 both sides of the valley, and on the right the purplish or reddish slates and conglomerates rested 
 on them. The conglomerates consisted of angular boulders of white quartzite in a reddish or 
 purphsh matrix. I saw fragments of similar conglomerate in the Sanju river. 
 
 April 8th, Sarhada. — March of 11 miles. Eor the first 2 miles black slates were seen along 
 the road, wliich was above the level of the river ; further on, the slates rested on the same fine- 
 grained gneiss which we had seen at Pamir Khurd, until within half a nfile of Sarhada, where 
 the slate again came down into the valley. 
 
 Throughout the valley, from the spot where it was entered from Pamir Khurd, old banks 
 of bedded clay and gravel are seen up to 1,200 and 1,500 feet above the present level of the 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 39 
 
 river. They are generally seen at the turns of the river, and can be traced all the way down, 
 but are nowhere more extensive. Before the river cut its present deep bed, its com’se was 
 probably often interrupted, and small lakes formed, or, at least, its course was retarded, so as to 
 form these deposits. 
 
 April 9th, 10th, and 11th, Sarhada to Fatir, halting at Patuchand Yiir.— Three marches 
 of 15, and 12 miles. Black slates alone were seen till 9 mUes beyond Patuch, thence 
 gneiss (fine-grained) and metamorphic rocks for the remainder of the way. The gneiss is 
 sandy, and disintegrates easily. 
 
 April 12th and 13th, Fatir to Fanjah, or Kila Fanj, halting at Zang ; 20 miles from the 
 former, only 3 from the latter. 
 
 [No special description of the geology is given. The beds seen were probably all metamor- 
 phic, the same as before. A hot spring opposite Patir is said to rise in black metamorphic slates.] 
 
 AU the hnis at Pan j ah consist of a metamorphic quartzose schist, wliich composes the 
 hills on the left bank of the vaUey. The rocks dip to south or south by east into the valley : 
 a few miles west they are overlain by dark hornblendic schist. 
 
 [After a halt of 12 days in Panjah, the party marched back to Kashghar territory by the 
 Great Pamir, re-entering their former line of march at Kanshubar, east of Aktash.] 
 
 April 26th and 27th, Fanjah to Langerkish, 6 miles only. — Visited the hot spring near 
 Zang ; the water is 120°. The rocks are quartz, hornblendic, and mica schist, with garnets, 
 dipping to the south-east. 
 
 April 27th, Yumkhana, 16 miles.— Old clay deposits reach to about 2,000 feet above the 
 present level of the river. The metamorphic schists are very variable, but highly micaceous 
 throughout (containing biotite) ; they stiU dip to the south-east, and include beds of white 
 marble. On the left bank of the river they seem to dip under the gneiss, which is not dis- 
 tinctly stratified. 
 
 April 28th, Yolmazdr, 12 miles. — Bocks same as before — all fine-grained gneiss, with 
 biotite, — very much resembling the Himalayan central gneiss, with biotite mica, traversed mostly 
 by thin veins of albite granite, with muscovite. It reaUy seems that this is the continuation of 
 the central gneiss, in which the Spiti and Zaskar secondary rocks may form a bay, extending 
 from south-east towards north-west. About Dras the secondary rocks go over a saddle into 
 Kashmir, but the gneiss continues northward. Hornblendic beds often occur in the gneiss ; they 
 consist of dark, rather homogeneous rocks, which include hornblende and staurolite crystals. 
 
 April 29th to May 1st, Yolmazdr to Lake Victoria {Wood's Lake) Three marches, alto- 
 
 gether about 37 miles. 
 
 [Bocks throughout described as gneiss ; that on the first march described as containing a 
 little green mica or chlorite ; on the second but little rock was seen in place, the valley being 
 largely occupied by beds of pebbles and boulders, which form terraces along the sides, whilst the 
 hills were covered with snow. The gneiss seen was “ remarkably altered, craggy, conglomeratic, 
 split in all directions, and as if it had been burnt,” but no trace of an eruptive rock was seen.] 
 
 The shingle boulders were mostly rounded ; some of very large size only slightly so, and 
 mixed with sand. The whole mass must have been accumulated more by the agency of snow 
 and ice than running water. 
 
 [The hiUs around the lake are described as entirely of gneiss, and rather sharply pointed.] 
 The lake is about two mUes in width, and surrounded by terraces of rounded worn boulders, mixed 
 with sand. These terraces rise to at least 100 feet above the lake, and show that the lake was 
 formerly much more extensive than it now is. [The details will be found in the diary.] 
 
40 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 May 2nd, Shashtupa, 18 miles. — Eor the first 6 or 7 miles the rocks are apparently 
 gneiss ; further, black slates and shales overlie the metamorphic rocks, and the hills on both 
 sides become more rounded. Immediately above the gneiss the slates look rather metamorphic , 
 but, further on, they are of the usual type, and reddish beds overlie them near the camp. 
 The dip is low to north by east. 
 
 [The whole march nearly was over what Dr. Stoliczka terms “ shingle beds,” and the 
 watershed was formed by a mixture of boulders and sand. See diary.^] 
 
 3Iay 3rd, IsUgli, 18 miles. — About three miles north of camp the upper reddish slates of 
 the sihcious group are overlaid by darkish grey limestone, dipping to north by east. I found 
 no fossils in it. This limestone («) is about 1,000 feet tliick, and extends for about a quarter 
 of a mile. Then follows a very indistinctly stratified white or light grey limestone (/3), 
 which must be at least 2,000 feet thick, and extends for about one mile. I saw Crinoid stems 
 in it, but nothing else. After this follows, again, a darker grey limestone, evidently belong- 
 ing to a different series, being unconformable on the former. This series of limestones forms 
 the highest ridge, some of the rugged mountains rising to fully 20,000 feet; and the 
 thickness of the rocks must be from 3,000 to 4,000 feet. The general strike is west by 
 north to east by south, and the dip to north by east, or almost north, with angles ranging 
 from 80° to 90°. The thickness of this limestone series must be about 3,000 feet. The 
 whole of these limestones appear to be of palaeozoic age — probably for the most part carboni- 
 ferous. 
 
 After this follows a great series of dark shales, with beds of limestone. The shales them- 
 selves (S) are higlily carbonaceous, and the limestones are earthy, mostly thin-bedded, but 
 greatly contorted, rising in more or less vertical ridges. 
 
 May 4th, Ahtdsh, 36 miles. — After four miles over the plain, the road led for two miles 
 through a narrow gorge between limestone (s), on wliich, further on, rest brownish, rather 
 sihcious sandstone, and grey, then black, crumbling shales. The road crosses a low pass, and 
 then follows through these shales, in almost a due eastern direction, to the junction with the 
 Ishgh. The whole road passes through these shales, with a little sandstone, but more of the 
 earthy hmestone. The series extended north, as far as I could see, the shale hills being 
 rounded, and the limestone ridges sharp. Greenstone appears to pierce through it in the 
 distance, and the elevations of the hills appears to decrease. South of the road runs the 
 high limestone range in a west by north to east by south direction towards Aktash. The shales 
 (S) and limestones (e) appear to be triassic. Near Isligh I saw a lot of Mhynchonellce in one 
 of the earthy limestone beds, but could not extract any thing very recognisable. 
 
 May 5th, halted at AMdsh. — Going about a mile north of camp, and then tunring in a 
 western direction up a gorge, I found myself north of the great limestone hill, and here, resting 
 on the limestone, were the dark crumbling shales, exactly like the Spiti shales in mineralogical 
 c'haracter. The shales (5) contained a few beds of the brown sandstone, but both appeared 
 enthely unfossiliferous. In the interbedded limestone (s) I found, however, a great number 
 of Mhynchonellce, which decidedly appear to be triassic, if not younger. In the more com- 
 pact limestone I could only see crinoids, no other distinguishable fossil ; not a trace of a 
 Cephalopod. In a block of more earthy grey limestone loose in the stream bed I got several 
 llhynchonellce ; but I am not sure whether that hmestone is (e) ; it seems more probably (y) 
 
 ' It is not quite clear from the diary what Dr. Stoliczka’s views were on the subject of these accumulation. He repeatedly 
 says they must have been brought down by snow, or snow and ice. He never mentions glaciers or moraines, and never notices the 
 presence or absence of striation on the rocks. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 41 
 
 Afterwards I went south of the camp, where on our road westward ^ I got a section like 
 that of a Megalodon. The hmestone is mostly dolomitic, white or hght grey, and less 
 bituminous than (e). I got crinoid stems in it, and a small Fecten; I could not say whether 
 lower trias or carboniferous. 
 
 May 6th, Kanshuhar {same camp as on April 2nd). — Two and a half miles from Aktash, 
 at a spot where the stream from the Nezatash pass is joined by another flowing from 
 the south-east, there is a mass of greenstone in the shales, and east of that mass the shales 
 are very much altered, evidently indicating that the outburst of the greenstone must have 
 taken place after the deposition of the triassic shales. Looking north, the shales continue 
 for about a couple of miles, composing the hills, which rise to about 3,000 feet.ahove the valley. 
 To the north-west is a great mass of greenstone again, while a sharp ridge of limestone runs 
 through the shales, coming from the west, and disappearing and broken up towards the east. 
 Eurther on, the shales are seen to be overlain by reddish sandstones and shales, towards the top 
 much alternating with greenish-grey beds ; and this series is again capped by a light-brownish 
 rock of inconsiderable thickness. These last rocks and the limestones dip north by east, but 
 the crumbhng shales are very much contorted, mostly by the greenstone. 
 
 The section from Aktash to the north is something like tliis : — 
 
 Aktash. 
 
 Sketch section of the rocks north of Aktash. 
 
 Proceeding towards the Nezatash pass, I found in the limestone (e) dark beds full of 
 Malobia Lomelli ?, and I also noticed the Fhynchonella limestone, which is very earthy and 
 brown, m situ in the shales. In the limestone (?) Fhynchonellce are very rare, or, at leastj very 
 difficult to observe. The limestone («) is, however, always very much less bituminous than 
 (y), and usually darker, and weathers out in flakes, which peel off the surface, while (y) is 
 usually massive. Limestone (?) forms the Nezatash pass in a ridge crossing the pass, but 
 the passage itself is in shales, which are also seen in a kind of basin east of the pass, the 
 basin being quite encircled by very high chffs of limestone (s). Crossing into the stream, 
 which comes from the south, and combines with that flowing eastward from the pass, I 
 observed a number of pelecypod sections in the hmestone, which appear to belong to Megalo- 
 don. They were rather large, but otherwise not distinguishable. 
 
 Eurther on, the shales were several times crossed by greenstone, and then foUowed the 
 bedded grey rock. The carboniferous limestone ridge runs from Aktash almost due eastward, 
 and about 5 miles before reaching Kanshubar it turns graduaUy to south-east, stiU retaining 
 its great height. 
 
 [Erom Kanshubar the return route to Yarkand via Ighiz Yar was over ground previously 
 traversed, and the geological notes have already been incorporated with those of the journey 
 westward.] 
 
 * See notes for April 3rd, p. 38. 
 
42 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 PART VII. 
 
 Eeom Yaekand to Buetsi, south of the Kaeakoeam Pass, via Kugiae, the uppee valley 
 OF THE Yaekand Rivee, Aktagh, and the Kaeakoeam Pass. 
 
 [This route lies in general considerably to tbe west of that traversed by Dr. Stoliczka in 
 the preceding autumn. Por two marches from Yarkand to Karghalik the road is the same as 
 before ; thence it leads a little west of south across the Kuenluen to the upper valley of the 
 Yarkand river; it turns eastward up the valley of that stream as far as Aktagh, where it 
 meets the former route, but it then turns southward across the Karakoram pass. The 
 following notes commence from Karghahk and are copied, like those in the preceding section, 
 from the diary.] 
 
 May 31st, Karghalik to Beshterek, 20 miles. — The first 10 miles over gravelly desert ; 
 thence the road lies up the Kugiar stream, a broad desert valley, nearly a couple of 
 miles wide. Gravel beds, as much as 150 feet tliick in places, extend up to the vfilage : they 
 are evidently alluvial, and not Artysh beds, though the reddish sandstones at Bora ^ belong 
 to the latter. Loess rests on the gravel, and in places has been re-deposited by the river and 
 stratified. There is a good deal of this stratified loess in the valley itself, but it is chiefly 
 sand. 
 
 June 1st, Kugiar, 17 miles. — Por 14 miles the road lay across desert, over some- 
 what elevated* terrace land of sand and gravel. About 4 miles north of Kugiar, Artysh 
 beds, clayey sandstone, and fine conglomerate are seen below horizontal beds of diluvial 
 gravel. Purther on, they again entmely disappear under the diluvial terraces, which rise 
 about 200 feet above the elevated ground. The amount of sand, clay, and gravel brought 
 from the lulls is something enormous. The Artysh beds evidently form the axis of the low 
 ridge, which runs from east to west, about 4 or 5 miles north of Kugiar ; but they are covered 
 with diluvial gravel. 
 
 June 2nd, Ak Masjid, about 27 miles. — The first half of the road is entirely over gravel 
 beds, then a grey dolomite begins to crop out. The beds undulate, but the general dip is 
 north : not a trace of a fossil could be detected. Pm4her on, close to camp, a reddish, some- 
 what siUcious sandstone, and thin-bedded streaked limestone of the same colour, with a high 
 northerly dip, underlies the grey dolomite, and rests upon other grey and whitish dolomitic 
 limestone, less distinctly stratified. As a rule, dust covers aU the slopes of the hills so thickly 
 that, except on a precipitous chfP, not a trace of solid rock can be seen. In the vaUey, loess 
 attains a thickness of fully 30 feet ; it is partly stratified, but the accumulation appears 
 mostly due to moisture. 
 
 June 3rd, Chiklik, 13 miles. — Up to the foot of the pass the grey limestone rock continues, 
 gradually becoming in places thinner bedded, streaked, and metamorphic. Near the foot 
 of the pass it changes to a stratified cliloritic rock, while the grey limestone occupies the 
 
 These were noticed in Part HI, and were observed on the road between Sanju and Yarkand ; ante, p. 22. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 43 
 
 greater height. The green rock alternates with thick beds of a white quartzose and calca- 
 reous schist, and beyond the pass the green rock becomes more solid, loses its stratification, 
 and becomes a regular greenstone, exactly like that I met with east of Sastekke, on the 
 Sarikol road. Black slate I only saw in one or two places, and then in mere fragments or 
 blocks ; hut it is evident that the whole series of rocks is the same as that south-west of Sanju- 
 June 4th and 5th^ Chiklik to camp, about 2 miles west of Mazarkhoja. — Two short 
 marches, together about 16 miles. Nearly all the way nothing was seen but greenstone, similar 
 to that near Sasak Taka : towards the end of the second march this unstratified greenstone 
 is overlain by chloritic schists and other bedded metamorphic rocks, resembling those to the 
 north of the Sanju pass. 
 
 June 6th and 7th, Mazarkhoja to Grinjikalik. — Two marches, together 18 or 19 miles. A 
 mixture of metamorphic rocks was met with, like those north of the Sanju pass, dipping at a 
 rather high angle to north-west, west, and south-west. The whole series seems much disturbed. 
 The prevalent rock isaquartziticand highly hornhlendic schist, traversed in all dfiections by rami- 
 fying veins of white quartz, with some schorl, and by other darker veins, containing hornblende. 
 
 June 8th, Jiraksheldi, 10 miles. — The same metamorphic rocks continue for about a mile 
 beyond yesterday’s camp, and rest here on light-coloured, rather fine-grained gneiss, which is 
 indistinctly stratified, and dips to the north-west. It is traversed by dark hornhlendic veins. 
 This greyish white gneiss continues for a couple of miles, and rests on an unstratified mass of 
 fine gneiss porphyry,^ similar to that I saw west of Sarikol. This fedlspathic gneiss seems to 
 form the axis of the whole metamorphic mass ; for, further to south by east from this camp, 
 within about a mile, it is again overlain by the same somewhat fine-grained greyish- white 
 gneiss, dipping to the south. This gneiss is, again, overlain at the camp by almost vertical and 
 much-contorted beds of black shale, grey sandstone, and conglomerate, the same as I saw 
 north of Tam. The coarse conglomerate has a comparatively recent aspect, hut the whole 
 series of rocks must he upper palaeozoic, although one cannot help doubting the fact. 
 
 June 9th, Kulunaldi, 12 miles. — [This march led across the main ridge of the Kuenluen 
 by the Yangi pass (16,000 feet), and down again into the upper valley of the Yarkand river. 
 The corresponding pass to the eastward crossed on the journey to Yarkand is that of Suget.] 
 Erom yesterday’s camp, the sandstones, conglomerates, and interhedded shales continued 
 up the pass, where the conglomerates were of great thickness, evidently occupying the top 
 of the series, and dipping with a slight angle to west. On the other or western (southern) side of 
 the pass, the conglomerates and sandstones all continue for about 2^ miles highly inclined, and 
 dipping towards east by north'; they rest at about the third mile from the pass on black slates, 
 which soon pass into dark grey and greenish metamorphic schist, sometimes with small garnets. 
 
 Jerakshedi. Yangi. Yarkand rii/er. 
 
 I, Conglomerate; 2, Sandstone; 3, Shales; 4, Black slates ; S, Metamorphic rocks, dark-colourcd, with quartzite; 6, Fine-grained gneiss,; 1, Unstratified 
 ^anitoid) potphyritic gneiss. 
 
 Section across the Yangi Pass, north of Yarkand River. 
 
 The metamorphic series is often traversed by veins of a solid greenstone-like rock, and 
 towards the Yarkand valley there is a considerable thickness of a white quartzitic schist. 
 
 Evidently, from the description, a granitoid rock. 
 
44 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 more or less massive : under it lies a brownish sub-metamorphic schist, which is also found on 
 the other side of the Yarkand river at the camp. 
 
 June 10th, Kirghiz Jangal, 16 miles. — The suh-metamorpliic sehists near Kulunaldi are 
 overlain by a reddish, very coarse conglomerate, and from beneath this, further along the road, 
 a series of grey and pink metamorphic schists crops out, occasionally with graphitic layers 
 interstratified. The last continue up to camp. The beds dip first to west 30° north, and 
 afterwards almost west. The coarse, reddish conglomerates are the same which I saw in 
 going from the Pamir-kul to the camp Langar, in Wakhan. 
 
 June 11th, Kashmir Jilga, about 24^ miles. — The rocks are all grey silky, or brownish mica 
 schist. Eor the first 14 miles it is difficult to see any stratification, the schists having 
 distinct baciUary cleavage ; but further on, the schists dip to the north-east on the right 
 bank, and for the last 6 or 7 miles the valley runs along an anticlinal, the beds dipping 
 on the right bank to north by east, and on the left bank to south by west, at an angle of 
 about 50°. The schists decompose easily, and cover the slopes with fine debris. Almost 
 all along the bank of the river there are extensive deposits of detritus, some of them con- 
 taining beds of clay and sand, left by the river. At the openings of the lateral ravines there 
 are extensive fans of debris, some of them more than 100 feet thick. 
 
 June 12th, Kufelang, 11 miles. — Rocks the same all 'the way ; greenish metamorphic 
 schists, often alternating with graphitic layers. The schists decompose and break up very 
 readily, and the hill-sides, in some cases up to the top, are covered with debris, loose or 
 cemented together. The dip is very variable, usually at a high angle to south-west or south. 
 
 June 13th, Ahtdgh, about 20 miles. — [Here the road joins that followed on the journey 
 northward, but it immediately diverges again.] 
 
 Jktdgh. H^oabjilga, 
 
 1, Argillaceous beds (? tertiary) ; 2, Shaly sub-metamorphic beds (trias); 3, Grey limestones (trias); 4, Red limestones, with Ammoniteg 
 latieni, &c. (trias) ; ? Trias; 6, Dark triassic limestone; 7, Limestone (? carboniferous) ; 8, Grey limestones (? carboniferous) ; 9, Red 
 
 calcareous sandstone; 10, Sub-metamorphic schists. 
 
 Section near Aktdgh. 
 
 The schists, greenish and metamorphic in general, but blackish and sub-metamorphic in 
 parts, continue for about a couple of miles along the river ; they are mostly almost vertical. 
 Then some of the beds incline to the south, and are more regularly bedded ; but there does not 
 seem to be any distinct break between these latter and the vertical beds. After the second 
 mile the greenish silky schists are overlain unconformahly by reddish earthy and calcareous 
 sandstones of about 150 feet in thickness, dipping regularly to south by east at an angle of 
 about 30°. These reddish beds pass into distinctly bedded grey limestone and whitish marl 
 of some 500 feet at least, the dip being to the south, but the angle gradually decreasing 
 until the beds, after some 8 miles, become almost liorizontal. Eurther on, they again dip to 
 the southward, and the top beds have a reddish colour. There are greenstones in these 
 rocks, like those which I saw about Aktash on the Pamir ; and the limestones must be carboni- 
 ferous or triassic, but I could not find a trace of a fossil. The higher beds are often brownish 
 and sandy ; some beds almost a calcareous sandstone, alternating with conglomeratic beds. 
 
 Near Aktagb the series is overlain by much more recent looking earthy and conglom- 
 eratic beds, readily yielding to decomposition. The hill Aktagh at camp consists of these 
 (? tertiary) beds, dipping at about 45° or 50° to the south. 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 45 
 
 There must be greenstones somewhere in this southern direction among the dark 
 crumbhng rock. 
 
 The light-coloured bedded limestone strikes over to Karatagh lake, and the hills to the 
 west, east, and south-east appear to consist of it. I noticed, when I marched last year, that 
 their steepness indicates in part limestone cliffs, and some of them at least were of a light 
 colour. 
 
 This is also the pale limestone seen north of our camp, some miles north of Khush 
 Maidan, and no doubt these limestones extend to the south of Aktash. [That is to say, that 
 this pale limestone, which is probably of carboniferous age, appears to stretch across from the 
 high ground between the Mastagh and Kuenluen ranges to the eastern edge of the Pamir.] 
 
 June 14th, Woabjilga, 12 miles. — The hills all covered with detritus. 
 
 A little way south of Aktagh the grey limestones, wliich appear to be carboniferous, are 
 overlain by dark crumbling dolomitic limestone and sub-metamorphic shales, in several places 
 in contact with greenstone, which is again either typical, like that near Aktash, or it is dark, 
 and very homogeneous in texture, and at first strikingly resembles basalt. Further on, the 
 grey dolomitic limestones again crop out from under the detritus of the valley ; and near the 
 camp the sub-metamorphic schists are overlain by more compact grey dolomitic limestone, 
 which rises high upon a.hiU a little south by east of our camp. These grey dolomitic lime- 
 stones regularly bend over at the top, and in the centre are exposed what may be called 
 Hallstddt or St. Cassian beds — a red, somewhat earthy, marble, with Arcestes ? johannis 
 austrice. Ammonites hatteni, Aulacoceras, and Crinoids. ’ I shall speak of this red marble 
 as the A. hatteni bed. 
 
 The A. hatteni bed is seen exposed far towards the west, overlain by the grey limestone, 
 and is mostly higlily inclined towards the north. I must see more of the whole triassic 
 series to-morrow. 
 
 June 15th, Karahoram-hrdngsa, 14miles. — Starting from Woabjilga, the grey triassic lime- 
 stones were met with, afterwards the red limestones succeeded them, and continued to 
 camp, often interrupted by patches of greenstone, which is greatly developed at the camp 
 north of the pass. 
 
 June 16th, Daulatheg Tlldi (crossing the Karakoram pass), about 22 miles. — Leaving- 
 camp, the greenstones are underlain by black crumbling shale, in mmeralogical character 
 like the Spiti shales, but very likely triassic, like that near Aktfish. Then follows an 
 alternation of grey or whitish limestones and shales and the triassic red limestone; and 
 on these rest blackish and grey marly shales, which are overlain by almost horizontal strata 
 of brown limestone, very much like the lower Taglang limestone, and which contains fragments 
 of Belemnites. These liassic rocks form the Karakoram range proper, and extend far east- 
 ward. The lulls to the west are much higher, and do not allow a distant view. 
 
 After crossing the pass, the road skirts the base of the centre ridge in a south-east direc- 
 tion ; and here the liassic limestones come down several times, and about four miles from the 
 pass grey marly shale, or almost marly limestone, crops out from under the brown limestone : 
 both are evidently liassic. On the right bank of the stream more massive limestones occur, 
 dipping to north-east, but very indistinctly. I should think that these are triassic limestones. 
 They very reacUly crumble to pieces, being highly dolomitic ; and these often contain reddish 
 beds interstratified. 
 
 June 17th, Burtsi, 24 miles. — First we crossed the Dipsang plain, with solitary low hills, 
 probably still belonging to the Taglang series. Then we ascended towards the watershed. 
 
46 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 The low w(5rn down hills to the west were thickly strewed with round pieces of whitish or 
 reddish compact limestone, intermingled with boulders, large and small, of fine-grained syenitic 
 gneiss. This rock must he in situ somewhere near the head of the watershed. Further on 
 were many greenstone boulders coming down from the west, and this rock must also he found 
 in that direction. At last we descended into a narrow gorge, the sides of which for fully a mile 
 consisted of a limestone conglomerate, the boulders of white, grey, or black limestone being 
 well rounded and worn and cemented together by a stiff bright red clay. Upon tliis followed 
 dolomitic limestone, rather indifferently bedded, massive and white, and this was overlain 
 by bluish shales and well-bedded limestone, extending from about 6 miles north of Burtsi 
 to the camp. These limestones appear to be triassic : they are compact, with layers full of 
 small gasteropods, amongst which I recognised a Nerinea. The so-called Karakoram 
 stones, i.e.y corals, occur in dark shales below the Limestones, which are capped by a 
 yellowish-brown limestone, well bedded, but of unascertained age. The whole series dips 
 south-west, at a moderate angle. [The last paragraph closes the diary, and is here repeated, as 
 it is entirely geological,] 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 47 
 
 Concluding Summary. 
 
 As tliis collection of Dr. Stoliczka’s geological notes on the countries traversed during his 
 journey was introduced hy a brief account of his previous geological work in the Himalayas 
 and Western Tibet, it may most fitly he concluded by a general sketch of the additional 
 information which he has obtained in the countries north of those explored in earlier years. 
 
 His explorations in his last journey extended over portions of Northern Ladak, of the 
 Mastagh or Karakoram, Kuenluen, Pamir, and Karatagh ranges, the last being a part of 
 the Thian Shan. He also examined the plains of Yarkand and Kashghar, and the upper 
 valleys of the streams which form the source of the Oxus or Amu. The notes on Kashmir, 
 and on the Indus valley west of Leh, although interesting and affording some addition to our 
 previous knowledge of the geology, do not touch on fresh ground, or add more than details to 
 what was known before. Each of the other areas demands a few notes separately. 
 
 The Ladak range, north of the Indus, proved, so far as it was examined, to consist entirely 
 of metamorphic rocks, principally syenitic gneiss. The same formations extend to the north- 
 ward to the western end of the Pankong lake, and, so far as is known, throughout the greater 
 portion of the Changchenmo, Shayok, and Nuhra valleys, passing in places into a greenish 
 chloritic rock, more or less schistose. These metamorphic rocks are heheved hy Hr. Stoliczka 
 to he of Silurian age. In the northern portion of the valleys named beds of dark shales 
 and sandstones are met with, probably belonging to the carboniferous series : they are un- 
 fossiliferous, hut agree with rocks of that age in Spiti and elsewhere, and they are succeeded, in 
 ascending order, hy fossOiferous triassic limestones, red and grey in colour, with dark shales ; 
 whilst the crest of the Karakoram pass, and some of the smaller hills immediately south of it, 
 are composed of liassic rocks, containing fragmentary Belerrmites. At one spot alone near 
 Kium, in the Changchenmo valley, sandstones and conglomerates of comparatively recent 
 aspect were observed, which are perhaps tertiary, and may belong to the same eocene forma- 
 tion as the rocks in the Indus valley near Leh.^ 
 
 The vaUey of the Upper Yarkand river between the Mastagh (Karakoram) and Kuenluen 
 ranges consists of metamorphic and suh-metamorphic schists and slates, reddish calcareous 
 sandstone, and grey limestones, aU unfossiliferous. The schists and slates are considered 
 hy Dr. Stoliczka as probably silurian ; the other rocks, carboniferous. Some triassic lime- 
 stones are found on the northern slopes of the Karakoram pass ; and at Aktagh some recent- 
 looking argillaceous beds were noticed, perhaps tertiary. 
 
 Two sections across the Kuenluen were examined — one, on the Karakash river, the Suget 
 and Sanju passes ; the other, further west hy the Yangi Diwan. On the former route the 
 greater portion of the range consists of syenitic gneiss, associated with various forms of 
 schists, with some of which pale-green jade is associated. On the more western route the 
 same metamorphic rocks are found, but the syenitic gneiss is less developed, and there is a 
 great quantity of greenstone. 
 
 * Drew (Jummoo and Kashmir, p. 343) has noticed the occurrence of hippuritic limestone (cretaceous) resting unconformably 
 on older encrinital limestone (? palaeozoic) in the Lokzhung range, north of the Lingzi-thung plain and east by south of the 
 Karakoram pass. In the same work there is an excellent account of the extraordinary high plateaus of northern Ladak, west 
 of which appear to be of lacustrine origin. 
 
48 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 North of the metamorpliic axis of the Kuenluen range, the hills sloping down to the 
 plain of Yarkand consist principally of various forms of schistose rock, slates, and hmestone. 
 In the latter, north of Sanju, carboniferous fossils were found in some places, hut the rocks 
 are, as a rule, destitute of organic remains. On the western route the only limestone seen 
 was dolomitic and unfossihferous. Towards the edge of the plain, formations of later date 
 crop out ; and near Sanju red sandstones, capped by grey calcareous sandstones and chloritic 
 marls, are found, the latter containing cretaceous fossils ; and upon these, again, rest gravels 
 and clays of stiU later date. The cretaceous rocks were not observed further west. 
 
 The ranges lying west of the Yarkand plain, and intervening between it and the Pamir 
 watershed, appear to be composed chiefly of the same rocks as the Kuenluen, south of 
 Yarkand. Only one section was examined, and this was traversed twice. Near the plain 
 the prevailing beds are carbonaceous slates, sandstones, and conglomerates, probably palaeozoic, 
 with which greenstone is associated. A few hmestones were seen, and traces of the red 
 cretaceous sandstones of Sanju: the latter, however, was not examined m No fossili- 
 
 ferous beds were observed, hut the slates, sandstones, and conglomerates are probably palaeozoic, 
 like the corresponding rocks in the Kuenluen. Eurther from the plain, in the district of 
 Sarikol, the slates and their associated beds become metamorphosed, and pass into scliist and 
 gneiss, upon which, close to the frontier of Wakhan, near Aktash, rest black slates, and lime- 
 stones of apparently carboniferous age ; and above these, again, other limestones with triassic 
 fossils, and sandstones. 
 
 The Pamir itself between the Yarkand frontier at Aktash and Panjah, the principal village 
 of Wakhan, was twice crossed, the return route lying a httle north of the other, and each 
 following one of the two streams, which unite to form the head of the southern or main 
 source of the Oxus. The geology throughout is of the very simplest description. The carboni- 
 ferous and triassic limestones were only found for a very short distance west of the Yarkand 
 frontier ; and thence to Panjah the whole country consisted of black slates, occasionally capped 
 by reddish slates and conglomerates, and resting upon gneiss, which forms the great mass of 
 the plateau. The slates are, doubtless, palaeozoic ; but no evidence of their precise age was 
 obtained. The gneiss is fine-grained ; it contains biotite, and is, in places, traversed by veins 
 of albite granite, and it altogether so much resembles the “ central gneiss ” of the Himalayas 
 north of Simla, that it may he a continuation of the same rock. Immense accumulations of 
 boulders and sand were observed on the Pamir, in aU the river valleys and around the lakes. 
 
 The two journeys made to the mountains north of Kashghar, which are a continuation 
 of the Thian Shan range, and unite it to the Pamir or Bolor, scarcely extended beyond 
 the southern skirts of the range, the greater portion of which hes within the Russian terri- 
 tory. The first of these journeys extended nearly 100 miles in a direction north by west, 
 from Kashghar to a lake called the Chadyr-kul ; the second, to a distance of about 120 miles 
 north-east to the Belauti pass. After passing the gravel slopes on the edge of the Kashghar plain, 
 and some ridges of sand and clays, which appear to be of tertiary date, and which Dr. Stohczka 
 calls the Artysh beds, the first range met with to the , westward consists of dark triassic 
 limestones, resting on greenish shales, and the next range of old shales, slates, and sandstones, 
 with crystalline hmestone. More to the eastward all the fosshiferous rocks are of carboniferous 
 age : they consist of grey dolomitic hmestone, resting on a hmestone breccia, passing into con- 
 glomerate, and locahy interstratified with greenish shales. Tliis series, probably, represents the 
 old slates and then* associates seen further to the west. On this eastern route the carboniferous 
 limestones extend to the Belauti pass, where they are capped by darker hmestones, on which 
 
GEOLOGY. 
 
 49 
 
 rest greenish and purplish sandstones and shales, — aU which rocks are possibly triassic. Korth 
 of the old palaeozoic formations to the westward volcanic outbursts of very recent date are 
 found, and the remains of old craters are conspicuous ; and beyond these, again, are limestones 
 and slates of undetermined age, the latter occasionally showing signs of metamorphism. 
 Some of the limestones resemble the triassic rocks in character, hut no fossUs were detected in 
 them. The presence of metamorphic rocks in the ranges north of Kashghar is proved by the 
 occurrence of gneiss pebbles in the gravels derived from the hills. 
 
 It is probable that coal occurs in places in the carboniferous formation, as specimens 
 brought from the mountains were examined and roughly analysed by Dr, Stohczka when 
 in Kashghar.^ Rocks of the carboniferous period are largely developed in Western Turkestan, 
 and coal has been found in several places. 
 
 The plains of Yarkand and Kashghar consist of recent deposits of clay and sand, with 
 occasional ridges of gravel and marly clay. They, doubtless, resemble closely the other great 
 plains of Central Asia, all of which, having no exit, are basins of deposit, andmre being 
 gradually raised by the alluvium brought from the surrounding hills by rivers and streams, 
 which dry up and lose themselves on the plains. Towards the edge of all such plains there 
 are immense gravel accumulations,^ which greatly conceal aU the rocks. Below these gravels, 
 aU round the edge of the Kashghar plain, there is found a series of clays, sandstones, and con- 
 glomerates, often much disturbed, but evidently not of old date, called by Dr. Stoliczka 
 Artysh beds, from the Artysh valley north of Kashghar, where they are extensively exposed. 
 No fossils were found in them, but their discoverer was inclined to consider them marine. 
 They present a marked resemblance, both in composition and in their position at the base of 
 higher ranges, to the Sub-Himalayan rocks of Northern India, and the molasse of the Alps, 
 
 AU of these deposits, and the rocks on the slopes of the hills for some distance from the 
 great plain, are much concealed by an extremely fine unstratified accumulation, precisely similar 
 in character to the loess of the Rhine and Danube, and which is evidently composed of 
 fine dust, deposited by the atmosphere. The air in Eastern Turkestan, as in parts of China, 
 is constantly, during the day, thick from the fine sand raised by the wind ; so much so, that 
 objects at a comparatively short distance are rendered invisible. 
 
 It is evident that* there is great similarity in the geology of all the mountains surround- 
 ing the Yarkand basin. So far as they were examined, the prevalent formations were 
 palaeozoic, resting upon gneiss and other metamorphic rocks ; and carboniferous limestones 
 were constantly found largely developed. The only lower mesozoic rocks recognised were of 
 triassic age, but traces of cretaceous beds were found to the south and west, whilst in the 
 mountains north of Kashghar evidence of comparatively recent volcanic eruptions was met 
 with. No representatives of the Jurassic formations of the Himalayas and Western Tibet have 
 hitherto been recognised in this part of Central Asia north of the Karakoram. 
 
 ' Diary for 1st to 13th February. See also Severtzoff : Journal, Eoyal Geological Society, 1870, Vol. XL, pp. 410, &c. I am 
 also indebted to Mr. Hume for a copy of a report by a Russian Engineer officer named Eamanoffsky, in which the occurrence of 
 coal in Western Turkestan is described. 
 
 - 1 have described similar deposits in Persia: Quarterly Journal, Geological Society, 1873, Vol. XXIX, p. 493. 
 
 N 
 
SCIENTIFIC EESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. 
 
 SYRINGOSPH^RID^. 
 
 PROFESSOR P. MARTIN DUNCAN, M.B. Lond., F.R.S., 
 
 TICK-PRESIDENT OF THE GEOXOGICAL SOCIETY, CORRESPONDENT OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCE OF PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 ^ublishcb bn ovbcr of the ®obcrnment of Eubiit. 
 
 CALCUTTA : 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING 
 
 1879 . 
 
SOIENTIFIO EESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YAHKAND MISSION 
 
 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES 
 
 OF THE LATE 
 
 FERDINAND STOLTCZKA, PhD. 
 
 SYRINGOSPII^RIDtE. 
 
 BY 
 
 PROFESSOR P. MARTIN DUNCAN, AI.R. Lond., F.R.S., 
 
 TICE-PEESIDENT OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, COUKESPONDENT OF THE ACADEMY OF NATDEAL SCIENCE OF PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Dublishcb by orbci* of the ^obcrnmcnt of Enbiii. 
 
 C A L C U T T A : 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING 
 
 1879 . 
 
CALCUTTA : 
 
 PEINTED BY THE SHPEEINTENDENT OF GOVEENMENT PEINIING, 
 8, HASTINGS STEEET. 
 
KARAKORAM STONES, 
 
 SYRINGOSPHiERIDT®. 
 
 PROPESSOE, P. MARTIN DUNCAN. M.B. Lond., F.R.S., &c. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 I. — The history of the discovery of the new order of Rhizopoda, the Syringosphmndce, and the literature of the 
 
 subject 1 
 
 II. The general morphology of the Fossils, their histology, and their position in the clas.sificatory scale. List of the 
 
 genera and species 3 
 
 III. — A description of the genera and 10 
 
 IV. — A description of the species Syringosphcsria verrucosa, Syringospheeria moniicnlaria, SyringosphcBria tuberculata, 
 
 Syringosphceria plana, Audi Syringosphceria porosa II 
 
 V.— A description of Stoliczicaria granulata 16 
 
 VI. — Description of the plates 18 
 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 KARAKORAM STONES, 
 
 OR 
 
 SYEINGOSPHiEIlID^. 
 
 By P. martin DUNCAN, M.B. Bond., F.R.S. 
 
 I. — The history of the discovery of the Syringosphmribm and the literature of the 
 
 SUBJECT. 
 
 A number of spheroidal and of spherical stones, ornamented naturally on the surface, 
 and which give no indications of ever having been attached to other bodies, could not but 
 attract the attention of those geologists who years since travelled in Kashmir. Measuring 
 in some instances two or three inches in diameter and in others not half an inch, and resem- 
 bling stone balls in shape, these fossils, from the Karakoram range, became known to the 
 curious as “ Karakoram stones.” But that they were not simple mineral productions was 
 evident from the first to the educated collector ; nevertheless, the nature of their external 
 anatomy was singularly mistaken by those palaeontologists into whose hands they first came. 
 Dr. Verch^re, when writing on the geology of Kashmir in the Journal of the Asiatic Society 
 of Bengal in 1867, had the benefit of the palaeontological skill of M. de Verneuil, and two 
 plates of figures accompanied the descriptions of these remarkable forms.^ 
 
 The description given of one species was that the bodies are “ perfectly globular, covered 
 with small rounded warts, sharply defined. The whole shell, between the warts, is pierced 
 with minute pores. No traces of plates ; no mouth nor stalk scar visible.” The locality 
 whence the specimens were derived was the rocky plains at the foot of the Masha Brum, 
 Karakoram chain. The generic position was stated to be that of Sphmronites. 
 
 Another species had the name Sphceronites ryallii, Verch., given to it ; and the diag- 
 nosis is as follows : — “ Globular, large warts well set apart and not very sharply defined. 
 The whole shell is covered with pores. No mouth. A stalk stem very conspicuous.” A third 
 specimen, also classed as a Sphcermites, is thus noticed : — “ Depressed, no warts or spines : no 
 plates or traces of plates, no stalk scar. The whole surface pierced by minute pores.” These 
 two specimens were derived from the same locality as the first. 
 
 * Journal, Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1867, Ft. 2, No. 3, Appendix p. 208, Plate VIII, Figs, 5 and 6, and Plate IX, Fig. 1. 
 
2 
 
 SECOTs'D YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 The illustrations of this essay of Dr. Verch^re do not assist the comprehension of the 
 subject, and they were evidently drawn with a crinoidally disposed pencil. The so-called 
 stalk stem is evidently an adventitious and accidentally adherent body. 
 
 The only other notice of the Karakoram stones previously to that of Stoliczka was 
 attached to a specimen of one which was presented to the Geological Society by Major, 
 now Colonel Godwin-Austen, and collected by him. This specimen closely resembles a 
 Tarlteria, and this did not escape the accomplished palaeontologist, who, at the time of the 
 reception of the fossil, had charge of the Museum of the Society. Professor Rupert Jones, 
 r.R.s., wrote on the label of the specimen “ FarTceria” 
 
 The next and the most important notice of the Karakoram stones was the last effort of 
 Stoliczka, whose lamented death occurred soon after he concluded his short description of their 
 geological position. 
 
 The following extract from Stoliczka’s last diary places the subject at the point whence 
 the present attempt to explain the morphological characters and the classificatory position 
 of the Karakoram stones may be said to commence : — ^ 
 
 Extract from Stoliczka' s last diary. 
 
 “ June ]Sth, KaraJcoram-lrdngsa, 14 miles. — Starting from Woabjilga, the grey triassic limestones were 
 met with, afterwards the red limestones succeeded them, and continued to camp, often interrupted by patches of 
 greenstone, which is greatly developed at the camp north of the pass. 
 
 “ 16th, Baulaibeg TJldi (crossing the Karakoram pass), about 22 miles. — Leaving camp, the green stones 
 ai’e underlain by black crumbling shale, in mineralogical character like the Spiti shales, but are very likely 
 triassic, like that near Aktash. Then follows an alternation of grey or whitish limestones and shales, and the 
 triassic red limestones ; and on these rest blackish and grey marly shales, which are overlain by almost hori- 
 zontal strata of brown limestone, very much like the lower Taglang limestone, and whieh contains fragments 
 of Belemnites, These liassic rocks form the Karakoram range proper, and extend far eastward. The hills to 
 the west are much higher, and do not allow a distant view. 
 
 After crossing the pass, the road skirts the base of the centre ridge in a south-east direction ; and here the 
 liassic limestones come down several times, and about four miles from the pass grey marly shale, or almost marly 
 limestone, crops out from under the brown limestones ; both are evidently liassic. On the right bank of the 
 stream more massive limestones occur, dipping to north-east, but very indistinctly. I should think that these 
 are triassic limestones. They very readily crumble to pieces, being dolomitie ; and these often contain reddish 
 beds interstratified. 
 
 “ 17th, Burtsi, 24 miles. — First we crossed the Dipsang plain, with solitary low hills, probably still belong- 
 ing to the Taglang series. Then we ascended towards the watershed. The low worn-down hills to the west 
 were thickly strewed with round pieces of whitish or reddish compact limestone, intermingled with boulders, 
 large and small, of fine-grained syenitic gneiss. This rock must be in situ somewhere near the head of the 
 watershed. Further on were many greenstone boulders coming down from the west, and this rock must also be 
 found in that direction. At last we descended into a narrow gorge, the sides of which for fully a mde con- 
 sisted of a limestone conglomerate, the boulders of white, grey, or black limestone being well rounded and 
 worn and cemented together by a stiff bright red clay. Upon this followed dolomitie limestone, rather 
 indifferently bedded, massive and white, and this was overlain by bluish shales and well bedded limestone, extend- 
 ing from about six miles north of Burtsi to the camp. These limestones appear to be triassic ; they are com- 
 pact, with layers full of small gasteropods, among which I recognised a Nerinma. The so-called Karakoram 
 stones, i.e., corals, occur in dark shales below the limestones, which are capped by a yellowish-brown limestone, 
 well bedded, but of unascertained age. The whole series dips south-west at a moderate angle. [The last 
 paragraph closes the diary.]” 
 
 * See the portion of the present work relating to Geology, by W. T. Blanford, page 45. 
 
KARAKOEAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPHAIRIDA:. 
 
 3 
 
 The late distinguished Palaeontologist to the Geological Survey of India had traced these 
 remarkable spheroids to their time and place in the succession of rocks, and he expressed an 
 opinion regarding their zoological position. They were found in shales beneath limestones 
 wliich were certainly lower than the Lias, and which were probably triassic in age. The term 
 “coral” was singularly justified, for some of the superficial markings on the stones resemble, 
 in their radiate appearance and regularity, the casts of the cahces of minute Madrepcn'‘aria of 
 the genera Astroccenia and Styloccenia. But it is only necessary to remark that Stoliczka’s 
 great knowledge of the AntJiozoa would have led him to the expression of a different opinion 
 had his specimens been prepared for microscopic examination. 
 
 The so-called Karakoram stones collected during the second Yarkand Expedition by my 
 lamented friend were placed in my hands by Mr. W. T. Blanford in 1878. 
 
 The specimens are numerous and in very perfect condition ; the weathering to which 
 some have been subjected rendering the outside details all the more visible. Their surfaces 
 are free from other fossils, and a broken serpula tube is the only one to be recognised. 
 
 Eossilization has occurred by the introduction of calcite, and this is usually somewhat 
 dark in colour, but is transparent in thin sections. The original structure of the body now 
 consist of carbonate of lime of a different and lighter colour to the infiltrated calcite, and it 
 appears that on the outside of the fossils the original structure has usually disappeared and 
 the intermediate or infiltrated mineral has lasted. 
 
 Carefully made radial and tangential sections of the fossils, assisted by biting out with 
 dilute acids, and the use of low and high powers of the microscope, assisted by the polarising 
 apparatus, rendered their remarkable construction evident, and also that it was necessary to 
 include all the Karakoram stones in a new order of Wiizopoda called the Syringosphceridco. 
 A notice of this new order was published in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History 
 for October 1878, Ser. 5, Vol. II, page 297. 
 
 II. — The general morphology of the Eossils, their histology, and their position 
 
 IN THE CLASSIFICATORY SCALE. 
 
 The Karakoram stones are either nearly perfectly spherical, or more or less spheroidal 
 or ellipsoidal in shape. They may be of small size, and some are more than three inches in 
 their greatest diameter ; but they are always symmetrical, and there is no trace of a stalk or 
 of any former attachment by the surface to other bodies. Some forms are nearly smooth, 
 others are minutely granular, each granule having a definite construction, and the most 
 numerous types have tubercules, wart-like growths, and large eminences crowded, more or 
 less, with papillse and little warts upon them. There is one group of forms with a very 
 verrucose surface, and, on the other hand, another type is covered with a finely granulate 
 surface ; nevertheless this external structure does not interfere with the general curvature of 
 the mass, the tops of the highest and lowest eminences never exceeding their symmetrical 
 position. 
 
 The more rugose and mammilated surfaces of the fossils have smaU circular or deformed 
 shallow pits scattered here and there ; they are very numerous in some of the types with 
 rounded surface tubercles, and are but scantily distributed in others, and whilst they crowd 
 the surface of one form with a granular surface, they do not exist on another. These pits 
 become elongate on the equatorial part of some of the spheroidal fossils, and are found on the 
 
4 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 sides and on the edge of the bases of some of the papiUge, tubercles and warts of other types. 
 Their resemblance to minute oscula of sponges is superficially evident ; but it is to be shown 
 that one great group of the fossils under consideration does not possess them, that they differ 
 in their number in different parts of the same fossil and in different individuals of the same 
 species. I have called them “ pores,” and their absence in one of the groups of the fossils 
 has led me to divide these Karakoram SyringosphcBridae into two genera — one with pores on 
 the outer surface is termed Syringosphceria, and that without pores I have dedicated to 
 Stohczka’s memory, terming it StoliczJcaria. 
 
 The method of examination of the fossils is necessarily a simple one. Their surfaces are 
 usually well preserved and not over- weathered, and the insides, in the majority of instances, 
 yield good sections, both radial and tangential. Careful washing adds to the details of the 
 surface, and biting with hydrochloric acid and water is necessary to distinguish tube structure 
 from the intertubular calcite of fossilization which sometimes simulates it. 
 
 The sections, on account of the brilliant opacity and white or white-brown colour of the 
 tubes, can be well studied by reflected light, and indeed it is advisable to do this preparatory 
 to the examination by transmitted rays. The dilute acid is very useful in some confused 
 sections, for it dissolves the infiltrated calcite which exists between the tubes, and leaves their 
 granular wall to a certain extent untouched. The paths of tubes can then be seen by 
 reflected light very well. If the acid is allowed to act too strongly, all structure disappears. 
 
 The tubes, both radial and interradial, are easy to see in the majority of instances, but 
 in one particular case polarized light and the selenite plate determined the visibility of the 
 structures, which were hidden amongst a confused mass of calcite. The calcite which was 
 introduced dm'ing fossilization fills the tubes as well as their interspaces, and it has taken on 
 definite or indefinite cleavage planes. These must be studied under polarized light, for the dark 
 lines they produce to ordinary transmitted light, and which simulate coenenchymal structure 
 can then be decided to be only divisions between crystals or parts of different polarizing 
 influence on the ray. 
 
 Low powers of the microscope suffice for most of the examination, but a good f -inch 
 object glass is required to distinguish the granules and granule-spiculate elements of the 
 tubes. 
 
 No other form of fossilization but that by calcite has been noticed, and silica does not 
 enter into the composition of the bodies. 
 
 On examining the surface of a rugged or tuberculate specimen of either of these genera 
 with a hand lens, a reticulate appearance is seen between the projections. In very good speci- 
 mens, on the ordinary level of the surface, after biting with dilute acid, or sometimes without 
 this proceeding, this reticulation resolves itself into a gyrose tabulation ; the tubes coming to 
 the surface, running along it in close proximity, dipping down again suddenly and re-appear- 
 ing, and sometimes bifurcating. Between the tubes is a more or less linear interspace filled 
 with dark calcite. Weathering sometimes has destroyed the tubulation and left the thin 
 interspace to look like a mesh, or the interspace has been left void, the tubules remaining. 
 
 Besides this reticulation, there are in some types numerous, and in others but a few 
 minute openings from j-oVo sio diameter, and they have a margin or tube layer. 
 
 They are sometimes separate, and at others they are clearly the outside opening of one of the 
 superficial tubes just mentioned. Usually the cahber of the tubes is filled with brownish 
 coloured calcite, or with granular carbonate of Hme, but in some instances the presence of a 
 very delicate tube wallj imattached by its outside to any structure, is evident. 
 
KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPHJERIM. 
 
 5 
 
 On the projections, whether mammilated, wart-like, papillate, tuherculate or granular, 
 there are markings to he seen which are of two kinds. On the top or centrally are circular 
 markings, few or many, which on careful examination turn out to be the openings of tubes. 
 They are often very minute, and their caliber is smaller than that of the tubes seen in the 
 interspaces just alluded to. On the sides, and converging to the margins of the top of the 
 eminences, are numerous close, straight lines, usually continuous, hut sometimes wavy, broken 
 and bifurcate. They are, according to the condition of the fossil, either the preserved calcite 
 of converging tube interspaces, or they may be the walls of the tubes themselves, or both. 
 These tubes may he traced on the surface to he continuous with some of those of the spaces 
 between the projections, to appear from within the fossil and to run up outside the eminences. 
 In many instances they open, finally, at the surface around those smaller ones which appear 
 in the centre of the top. 
 
 In some forms, especially where the eminences are broad and low, these converging tubes 
 open all over the projection. 
 
 It is evident that the projections, whether they are simple or compound, are made up of 
 the outsides of tubes, tube openings, and of calcite which fills up the interspaces between 
 them ; there being much bifurcation and side inosculation of the tubes also. The projections, 
 mammilation or granulate tube openings and convergings belong to a radial tube series, 
 and the tuhulation between these eminences to an interradial series. No coenenchyma or 
 skeleton exists. 
 
 The pores are spaces in the superficial interradial tubulations, but in rare instances they 
 are found elsewhere. They are surrounded and limited at their margin by tubes bounded 
 within by others, and their shallow floor has the outward openings of deeply-seated tubes on 
 it. The distinction between the interradial tube reticulation and the radial tube series is best 
 seen in the genus StoliczTcaria, on account of the definite intervals, without pores, which 
 exist between the granules containing the end of the radial series. It is well seen in the 
 pore hearing Syringosphcerice, which have distinct eminences, and it is the least apparent in 
 some spheroidal kinds, where there is as much space occupied by pores as by eminences. 
 
 The relative positions of the radial and interradial series of tubes, and the close and con- 
 verging character of the one and the reticulate appearance of the other, must be kept in niind 
 as this description proceeds, for they have the same definite relation within the fossil. In 
 some species, moreover, the radial tubes are readily distinguished, because they are smaller 
 than those of the interradial series. 
 
 This persistence of the radial series of tubes, and the environing interradial and reticulate 
 tuhulation, can be well seen in tangential sections of those types in which the structure is 
 close ; for instance, in StoliczJearia granulata, especially if the thin slice is taken rather close 
 to the surface of the body. Then a number of star-shaped masses are seen, separated from 
 one another by a denser structure. The centre of the star contains small tubes cut across, 
 and giving off small branches to the outside and separating structures, which consist of sec- 
 tions of larger tubes made in different directions, such as oblique, transverse, and longitudinal. 
 The small tubes of the centre of the star are well separated from each other, except where 
 they bifurcate, but the surrounding tube reticulation is close, the tubes being nearly in con- 
 tact. Clear calcite fills the spaces between the small tube ends of the star, and there is less 
 of it amongst the large tubes around. The opacity of the calcareous structure of the walls is 
 evident, and they are usually brilhantly white or brown under reflected light. Here and there 
 the lumen of a tube may be seen filled with calcite. (Plate III, Eig. 5.) 
 
6 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 In other types the limitation and surrounding of the radial series of tubes by the larger 
 and more extensive series of reticulating ones is readily seen in tangential sections close to 
 the surface, but it becomes rather confused at some distance within, on account of the obli- 
 quity of the radial series in relation to the surface. Eor they start as it were from a central 
 point in the fossil, and radiate in all directions, increasing in width and in their number of tubes. 
 The distinction between the two series is readily made, however, for the interradial is usually 
 the largest in extent and its tubes are eminently bifurcate and form close reticulations, bend- 
 ing often suddenly and showing geniculate outlines. Tangential sections fmdher in, even 
 although they are less distinct, show that the breadth of the radial and interradial series 
 diminishes centrally. 
 
 In one group of the fossils, forming the genus Stoliczkaria, no trace of the surface- 
 pores exists and no vestige of any of them can be distinguished in sections. But in the 
 other group forming the genus Syringosphceria, the pores can usually be distinguished in 
 some parts of the fossil, besides the surface, especially in tangential sections, as circum- 
 scribed structureless spaces filled with clear or opaque calcite. It does not appear that the 
 tubes which pass out of the pores, at the surface, are restricted to one particular series, and 
 they may belong to the radial group, or more frequently to the reticulate or interradial set. 
 
 Badial sections of the fossils show structm’es which correspond to those seen in tangential 
 sections, and the morphology of the forms is divisible into two categories. In one, the 
 structures consist of numerous conical congeries of bifurcating radial tubes, the apex being 
 central and the base at the surface of the body ; and of a reticulate tubulation separating 
 the cones, joining their external tubes and arising from them. The cones and the inter- 
 medial reticulation increase in size towards and at the surface of the body, on which are 
 widely or closely-placed tubes passing radially, tangentially, and obliquely. Hence the 
 surface of the body presents the ends of the radial tubes and those of the reticulation, and it 
 is mainly composed of the tubes which are placed tangentially over the circumference. 
 
 In those types of the Syringosplmridce, where there are eminences with radial tubes 
 surrounded by much space occupied with tube-reticulation, the radial seetions illustrat'e the 
 structure of the whole admirably. One of these sections may be considered m three parts 
 in order to explain the morphology. Near the centre fossilization confuses the structure, 
 but it appears that a simple tubular structure arises from around a foreign body, such as a 
 many-chambered Eoraminifer, or that one tube branches .suddenly in every direction. The 
 tubes radiate in separate groups, each tube bifurcating frequently as it recedes outwards, 
 and there are frequent lateral tubes connecting them together. Hence the mass of tubes 
 increases in the number of its tubes, and forms in section a more or less triangular outline, 
 the apex being towards the centre of the body. At the same time the tubes of the outside 
 of the triangle or longitudinal section of the cone give off others which form in part the 
 reticulation of the interradial part. This is small at first, but increases in section in the 
 middle of the body. 
 
 In the middle of the body, in sections, the radial series is seen to be broader and the 
 interradial to form large meshes. Close to the surface of the body, in sections, the radial 
 series of tubes is seen to bifurcate to the last, and to open directly on an eminence so far 
 as its central tubes are concerned, and many of the outer tubes pass obliquely on the flanks 
 and open at the top. The interradial series also opens hy its radial tubes at the surface and 
 hy its oblique tubes, but those parallel with the circumference pass over it. (Plate III, Figs. 
 1 , 4 , 6 ). 
 
KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRING0SPHA:RIDA]. 
 
 7 
 
 The relative size of the radial and interradial series is apparently of specific impor- 
 tance. 
 
 In the radial sections the pores are seen to be spaces surrounded by interradial tubes, 
 some of which open on the floor. 
 
 But in the radial sections of those types which have a great number of radial series and 
 a very scanty surrounding reticulate tubulation, the appearances under the microscope are 
 not so striking as in the other instances. In these the radial cone is very long, and bifurca- 
 tion occurs comparatively scantily, so that it is narrow, and the sides of the series often 
 appear to be parallel. The tubes of the radial series, moreover, are smaller than the sur- 
 rounding series ; they are not so close together side by side, and their course is almost invari- 
 ably straight. The interradial surrounding tubes are closer and larger than the others, and 
 they bend so as to present oval or geniculate knots, the continuity of the tube being often 
 lost to sight, a cross line denoting the upward or downward bend. They bend laterally also, 
 and touch here and there and bifurcate. The size of this series is usually larger than the 
 other, so that in these radial sections a radiating series of light lines is separated by broader 
 dark ones. 
 
 This close structure is best seen in the group without pores, but it exists in the other, 
 in some species. (Plate III, Eig. 6). 
 
 In one type of the SyringosphceridcB the pores are very developed, especially equatori- 
 ally.^ In radial sections their presence is evident in the body or from the surface. They 
 extend in long rectangles one outside the other, and evidently bound radial series, but they 
 are situated just within the interradial. On either side of them are elongate tubes, off- 
 shoots of the envffoning series, and separating one space from another ; that is to say, from 
 within outwards is a bridge of cross and reticulate tubes parallel with the circumference, like 
 a tabula of a hydrocoral. Several of these bridges exist, and the last one is incomplete, 
 often quite at the surface where a pore is about to be occluded. 
 
 In tangential sections, the circular outline of the pores may be seen surrounded with 
 tubes. 
 
 In other specimens, this absence of tube-structure along definite lines, that is to say, 
 the presence of pores, is not so visible, but they can be detected as vacant pits or circular 
 spaces filled up with extraneous material. 
 
 No special tubes enter the pores. 
 
 The tubes forming both series are continuous, bifurcating, and inosculating ; and, as has 
 been already noticed, some are in the main straight and others are curved and form the 
 edges or sides of greater or less meshes or vacant spaces. 
 
 The tubes are much larger in some types than in others, and they range from inch 
 to 3 ^ inch in diameter ; they usually retain the same caliber for some distance or altogether, 
 but frequently in some types they swell out, become varicose, flat, and again return to their 
 original cylindrical condition. (Plate III, Pigs. 6, 8.) The union of tubes is by small 
 offshoots usually, but the bifurcation, often at an acute angle, gives origin to two tubes of 
 equal size to the parent, or nearly so. 
 
 The tubes have a wall and a lumen, and the thickness of the wall varies ; moreover, 
 some of the constituents of it pass irregularly into the caliber, as well as occasionally sur- 
 round the tubes like a furry investment. 
 
 * Syringosphceria porosa, Duncan. Plate III, Fig. 3. 
 
8 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 There are no diaphragms in the tubes. In some types a part of the tube-wall is 
 so homogeneous as to render the possibility of the former existence of a membrane well 
 wmrthy of consideration ; hut in the majority of instances, the construction of the wall is 
 evidently of close and semi-spiculate granules and of shapeless granules, and was 
 probably not quite impervious. The tubes are filled with calcite. They are often perfectly 
 transparent, and at other times impervious to light. Under high powers the structural 
 element of the tube is shown to be mainly spiculo-granular and molecular; the grains 
 usually being l oooo ’ txooo inch, or less in breadth. But in some instances there are elongate 
 pieces with spiny processes on them, all being however excessively small. The structure of 
 the tube-wall was organic in its origin, and not the result of simple adhesion of foreign 
 or arenaceous particles. 
 
 The question whether there is an intertubular coenenchyma of fibres,or a reticulate skeleton, 
 which supports the tubes, separates them, and allows the symmetry and ornamentation 
 of the surface to be kept up, is by no means readily answered. The examination of the 
 forms of Syrmgospliceridce, with the radial series of tubes separated by much tube reticula- 
 tion, leaves this question not satisfactorily solved. The fossilization is by calcite, and the 
 cleavage planes, commencing cleavage planes, irregular crystals, and cracks show dark lines 
 l)y transmitted light, which in many instances resemble sponge structure, and even in one 
 instance a hexactinellid spicule was suggested to the eye. Polarized light, with or without the 
 selenite plate, resolves these markings into the limiting lines of different crystals, and, although 
 one or two evidently extraneous organic bodies have been seen amongst the tubes, no continu- 
 ous or partial interskeleton can be determined to exist now. In the centre of the masses, 
 the confusion of tube radiations, cleavage planes, and the presence of some foreign body, which 
 formed in some instances the nucleus, or rather the starting point of the Syidngosphceridm, 
 renders it impossible to decide dogmatically whether there is a coenenchyma or not. On the 
 other hand, in those forms where the tubes are close, even in the interradial series, the 
 absence of coenenchyma is evident enough. Under correction, and relying on the specimens 
 examined, I do not think that there ever was a structure in them external to the tubes and 
 which supported and separated them after the manner of a coenenchyma. 
 
 The position of these spherical and spheroidal masses of radiating and interradiating 
 tubes in the classificatory scale must be low. . The minute size of the tubes, their bifurcat- 
 ing so frequently, and inosculating, and giving off others from small offshoots, and the struc- 
 ture of the wall, do not render the SyringosplKBridce polyzoan in their nature. The analogy 
 with the tubular or more or less globular masses of Fascicularia found in the English Crag 
 is of the slightest in degree. It is tempting to theorize, so as to place a Gastrozooid in each 
 pore, supplying it by the radial tabulation, and to decide that the tubes of the interradial series 
 opening at the surface were those of Daclylozooids, the whole being a hydroid. But the 
 absence of pores in some forms, the evidence that there are places where growth is not pro- 
 ceeding in others, and the deficiency of surrounding open tube mouths in most, prevents 
 this idea from having any value. There are moreover no tabulae in the tubes. 
 
 That these great and small spherical and spheroidal masses are corals is, of course, out 
 of the question, and the evidence of their sponge nature is small. 
 
 Had there been a coenenchyma between the tubes, the bodies would have resembled 
 foraminifera, with gigantic canal systems, but its absence and the peculiar nature of the tube- 
 wall remove these forms from that polymorphic group. The absence of labyrinthic spaces, 
 
KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPH.ERID^. 
 
 9 
 
 and the fact that the tubes are not formed by arenaceous particles, separate the Syringosphte- 
 ridce from the arenaceous foraminifera of the Parkeria group. 
 
 It is evident that the calcareous granules and spicules were not collected by these tube- 
 makers mechanically, and their occasional presence in the tubes themselves, and their extend- 
 ing beyond them, but stiU clinging to the furry outside in other instances, show that the tube 
 structure is organic in origin and that it resembles that of some Rhizopoda. The symmetry 
 of the bodies could only have been maintained by a common sarcode, enveloping the whole ; 
 food could only have been obtained by pseudopodia from the tubes, and these soft external 
 substances would not be unfavourable to the shape of the mass, and to its never being found 
 worn by resting or attrition. 
 
 That these fossils are rhizopodous is almost a necessary belief, but it is evident that 
 they cannot he brought within the order Radiolaria any more than they can within any 
 group of the foraminifera. It remains, therefore, to establish a new order, the Sy^nngosphce- 
 ridce, amongst the class Mhizopoda, and to include these triassic or lower Hassle fossils 
 within it. 
 
10 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 Class: EHIZOPODA. 
 
 Order : SYEIN G OSFH^BID^. 
 Genus : SYRINGOSPH.®RIA. 
 
 Species Syringosph^ria verrucosa. 
 
 „ S. MONTICULARIA. 
 
 „ S. TUBERCULATA. 
 
 „ S. POROSA. 
 
 „ S. PLANA. 
 
 Variety S. monticularia var. aspera. 
 
 Genus : STOLICZKARIA. 
 
 Species Stoliczkaria granulata. 
 
 III. — A DESCRIPTION OP THE GENERA SyRINGOSPH^BIA AND StOLICZKARIA OF THE ORDER 
 S YRING08PHMR1BM. 
 
 Order : SYRINGOSPHA^EIDA]. 
 
 Body free, spherical or spheroidal in shape, consisting of numbers of limited, more or 
 less conical, radiating congeries of minute, continuous, long, bifurcating and inosculating 
 tubes ; also of an interradial close or open tube reticulation arising from and surrounding 
 the radial congeries. Tubes opening at the surface on eminences and in pores, and ramify- 
 ing over it. Tubes minute, consisting of a wall of granular and granulospiculate carbonate 
 of lime. Cmnenchyma absent. 
 
 The presence of pores on the surface of some forms of the order, and their absence in 
 others, and the very close nature of the interradial reticulation in the poreless kinds, necessi- 
 tates its division into two genera. 
 
 Genus : SYRINGOSPHiERIA. 
 
 Body large, symmetrical, nearly spherical or oblately spheroidal, covered with large com- 
 pound wart-like prominences with intermediate verrucosities, or with compound monticules 
 liaving rounded summits, with solitary eminences between them, or with close broadly round- 
 ed tubercles, or with minute granulations. Bounded, or oblique, or linear depressions occur 
 on the surface usually between the eminences, but sometimes upon them ; they are shallow 
 and are bounded by tubes, some of which open on their floor. The surface has tubes opening 
 on it from the internal radial series, and also from the interradial tube reticulation ; also 
 
KAEAKORAM STONES, OE SYEINGOSPHAIEIDA:. 11 
 
 masses of tubes running over it, converging on the eminences, and more or less reticulate 
 elsewhere. 
 
 Eadial congeries of tubes numerous and defined, and the interradial tubulation is open 
 or close and varicose. 
 
 Genus: STOLICZKARIA. 
 
 Body very large, symmetrical, oblately spheroidal, covered with a great number of 
 minute distinct granulations, which are circular at the base, short and rather flat where free, 
 and which are separated by an amount of surface about equal to their breadth. No pores 
 exist. Tube openings occur on the granulations, and tubes, with or without openings, con- 
 verge to their base and cover the intermediate surface. The tubes opening on to the granu- 
 lations are terminations of the very numerous radial series, and are small ; and the others > 
 wMch are larger, belong to the closely-packed varicose and much contorted interradial series. 
 The body within consists of a vast number of small, not very conical, but rather straight, 
 radial series, whose rather distant tubes give off minute offshoots to the surrounding large 
 tubes of the close interradial series. No coenenchyma can be discovered. 
 
 I have named the most remarkable of all these fossils, those which belong to the poreless 
 division of the order, after the distinguished Palaeontologist, whose loss, whilst in the perform- 
 ance of his duty and whilst studying these very forms, is greatly and justly regretted. 
 
 IV. — A DESCRIPTION OP THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS SyRINGOSPH^RIA. 
 
 There is nothing more unsatisfactory than the endeavour to separate and deflne rhizopodal 
 forms into species, and the attempt would not have been made in this instance were there not 
 five well-characterised types of the first, and one of the second genus. 
 
 As the presence and absence of pores have been held to be of generic value in classify- 
 ing the order, so the paucity or abundance of them can enter into the specific diagnosis ; 
 moreover, the surface ornamentation, although of doubtful value, becomes more important 
 to the specialist when it is accompanied, or not, by an open or close condition of the interradial 
 tube series. 
 
 There is one group of the genus Syringosphceria in which the pores are in excess, and occupy 
 as much of the smTace as the eminences do. This forms a specific distinction and is all the 
 more important, because the presence of former pores can be detected within the body, 
 and the interradial tube reticulation is rather close. These, then, are the specific characters 
 of Syringosphceina porosa. Plate II, Pigs. 3 and 4. 
 
 The kinds with compound verrucose elevations have a moderate number of pores and 
 a very open tube reticulation in the interradial series ; they form, with the group possessing 
 compound and simple monticules, a tolerably well-defined set, divisible into two species by 
 the surface growths. They are SyringosphcBria verrucosa and Syringosphceria monticularia; 
 Plate I, Pigs. 1 to 12 ; Plate III, Pigs. 1 to 4, 8 and 9. The species Syringosphceria mon- 
 ticularia is, however, subject to variation, and the monticules may be very flat, the whole 
 surface being nearly level, or the eminences may be sharply defined. The forms classified 
 under the last head constitute the variety aspera ; Plate II, Pigs. 6 and 7. A form with 
 granular and minute processes with pores leads to the next genus. ■ It is Syringosphceria 
 plana. All these are well defined and readily recognised species. 
 
12 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 There is hut one species of the genus Stoliczkaria, the granulate, poreless surface of 
 which distinguishes it from all other forms of the order. 
 
 SYRINGOSPH.ERIA VERRUCOSA, Duncan. Plate I, Pigs. 1 to 3. 
 
 The body is spheroidal in shape, and the surface has numerous large compound wart-hke 
 or rounded or conical mammiliform eminences on it, and also solitary mammiliform projec- 
 tions, as well as small, distant, sharp granules. Numerous minute, shallow, circular pores exist, 
 especially on the bases of the verrucose and mammiliform projections, and there are some 
 on the surface between them. The largest of these eminences are on the equatorial region. 
 The surface between the great and small verrucosities and mammiliform eminences 
 supports the majority of the small granulations, and is covered with closely-packed tubes 
 and many tube openings. The tubes run short courses, bend and dip down, and are from 
 ioTo to inch in diameter. They are separated by linear, low projections of dark coloured 
 calcite, and very frequently the tube has disappeared and left these limiting products of 
 fossihzation only. The openings of the tubes at the surface are sm-rounded by circular rims 
 of the dark calcite. 
 
 The top of every mammiliform, conical or verruciform eminence is smooth, and many 
 tubes open on the summit and resemble circular patches of a slightly different colour to the 
 brownish calcite which environs them. On the sides of the eminences, and reaching around 
 and more or less on to the summit (Plate I, Pig. 3), are converging, wavy, linear projections of 
 calcite, separated by long broad spaces. The spaces are the remains of tubes, and amongst 
 them are wavy tube openings, limited by calcite rims. The pores have tubes around them 
 and opening on their shallow floor, and they appear to he parts where the upward growth of 
 some radial systems has not been as rapid as the interradial. The height of the body is 
 inch, and the breadth is If inch. The diameter of the base of a large compound verrucose 
 prominence is inch. In the fossilization of this form the tube- wall is light brown and the 
 calcite, which has been infiltrated, is darker brown and smooth. 
 
 Syringosph^ria monticularia, Duncan. Plate I, Pigs. 4 to 12 ; Plate III, Pigs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 
 
 8 and 9. 
 
 The body is ohlately spheroidal in shape, and the surface has wide-apart, low, rounded, 
 compound mammillae on it, consisting of one large rounded eminence surrounded by many 
 smaller ; also solitary, short, flatly rounded mammillse, and very small blunt granules of two or 
 three sizes may exist. The pores are very numerous and are small, being found everywhere 
 on the surface, and opening directly or obliquely. 
 
 The intermammillate surface is marked mainly with the openings of tubes, and by a 
 few sides of tubes passing for a short distance on the surface and converging on the eminences. 
 Most of the tubes are inch in diameter. The mammillse are crowded with tube openings 
 which are circular, and often the lighter colour- of the substance within the tube is seen 
 surrounded by infiltrated calcite. In some specimens the tubes are excessively bent and 
 geniculate, and they dip down or end suddenly. They surround the pores and open into 
 them. The tubes are crowded, close, and the linear dark calcite often alone remains, 
 ndicating the lateral limits of former tuhulation. 
 
KAHAKOEAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPHAIRIDA:. 
 
 13 
 
 Radial sections show the radial series of tubes to bifurcate or inosculate frequently, and 
 to increase in size in varicosities. These tubes mainly go to the surface and open there 
 directly ; and some of them give off branches on all sides to form the interradial tube 
 reticulation. As much of this reticulation consists of radiating tubes, the last series of them 
 opens at the surface. The tubes of the outer meshes are also represented at the surface by flat 
 or bent tubes. The interradial series thus formed separates, very distinctly, the wide conical 
 radial congeries from each other. Almost every mammilla has its radial congeries of tubes. 
 The diameter of the smallest lateral tubes given off is jo^ inch, but the average size of the 
 tubes is 3-^ inch in diameter. Near the surface there are occasionally great differences in the 
 size of the tubes, many of which become flat, and the same spreading out is seen further in, 
 where the granular element of the tube- wall has been formed in excess. 
 
 The typical specimen is inch high and 1 inch broad. The diameter of the pores is 
 ^0 inch to ^ inch. (Plate I, Pigs. 4, 5, 6). 
 
 A young specimen has the compound mammillae hardly formed, but the single ones and 
 the pores are abundant. It is more spheroidal than the type (Plate I, Pigs. 7, 8, 9). The 
 magnified radial sections (Plate III, Pigs. 1, 8, 9) were taken from this form. 
 
 A variety of the species has a larger body than the type (Plate I, Pigs. 10, 11, 12), but 
 the mammillae are low and insignificant. The magnified oblique section, showing the diver- 
 gence of the very open tube series (Plate III, Pig. 4), is from this form, as is also the top of a 
 monticule showing tubes and tube openings (Plate III, Pig. 3). 
 
 SvEiNGOSPH.a:iiiA MONTICULAEIA, variety ASPEEA, Duncan. Plate II, Pigs. 6, 7. 
 
 This transitional variety has very few compound mammillae, but a great number of 
 single ones and pores. It is a large form, and is oblately spheroidal, about 1 inch in height 
 and 2 inches in breadth. It was collected by Colonel Godwin- Austen, and is introduced here 
 in exemplification of the series. 
 
 The radial section shows that the radial congeries are very widely separated by reticulate 
 tubulation ; that the tubes are large, usually 3^ inch, that they have a very delicate wall, are 
 often varicose, and that they pass in great multitudes to the surface close together. Parther 
 in, the intertubular space equals the diameter or the tubes, and gives rise to much confusion, 
 and it is difficult to know, except by reflected light, wliich is tube and what is calcite 
 infiltration. 
 
 In some parts the tube reticulation is close, and the tubes crowded together, and in this 
 there is an approximation to the next species. 
 
 SvEiNGOSPH^EiA TUBEECTJLATA, Duncan. Plate II, Pigs. 1, 2. 
 
 The body is spherical and symmetrical in shape, and is covered with numerous low, 
 rounded, broad elevations, separated by indistinct interspaces. There are minute pores 
 scattered over the whole surface. The eminences about inch across at their base, are not 
 ^ of that measurement in height ; they are sometimes irregularly shaped. In some parts 
 the interspaces are as broad as the bases of the eminences, but usually the slope of one 
 eminence merges into that of another, the interspaces being confined to the concavity. The 
 interspaces are covered with a very crowded and close arrangement of the tubes ; many 
 
 D 
 
14 
 
 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. 
 
 tubes pass out radially on them, and the orifices are only seen ; others come up to the surface 
 and bend down again suddenly, leaving a geniculate swelling visible ; and others enlarge 
 and diminish in their caliber. Some of these pass along the surface for a very short distance, 
 and all very close together laterally, and others pass up the flanks of the eminences converging 
 close to the summit and opening on them with their orifices, or more frequently on the 
 centre of the tubercular elevations. 
 
 The pores are numerous, small, shallow, and universal; they are limited by lateral 
 tubes, and some open on their floor. The fossilization is by calcite, and in many places 
 the interspace between the surface tubes infiltrated with calcite has been preserved, the tubes 
 having weathered away. The tubes are so close together that the infiltrated calcite is difficult 
 to distinguish from tube ; but its breadth is usually much the smaller. 
 
 In radial sections the radial series of tubes are numerous and large, but the interradial 
 systems are not very distinct from them, there being no wide tube reticulation. 
 
 The tubes of the radial series are rather close, large, bifurcate, varicose, geniculate often, 
 suddenly diminishing in size where joining others ; they join much with each other, side by 
 side, are usually distinctly radial in their direction, which, however, is locally irregular, and 
 they have thin walls and a large caliber. 
 
 The interradial tubes, very radial in their course, however, are often seen passing for short 
 distances, parallel with the circumference, in all parts of the body. They are more varied in 
 their courses than the radial series, and are usually close together and crowded, the distance 
 between them being small. They unite with the radial systems by offshoots of tubes, 
 and it is evident that at the surface of the body most of the interradial tubes open directly 
 outwards. 
 
 There is no very definite relation between the outward opening of the tubes within and 
 the eminences and interspaces ; moreover, the pores are situated without order. 
 
 The majority of the tubes are nearly -3^ inch in diameter, some being inch, but 
 very small tubes are rare. 
 
 The fossilization of the interior of the body has led to radiating portions being infiltrated 
 with a denser semi-granular calcite which hides much structure, and especially centrally. 
 In some places the tubes are filled with opaque matter, and the intertubular spaces are 
 readily distinguished, whilst in others the intertubular spaces are large, and the tube has 
 either disappeared or remains in very transparent calcite. Under this condition, it is difficult 
 to distinguish tube from continuous infiltrated calcite in section. Eelics of the pores, as clear 
 spaces, are to be seen in radial sections. The height of the body is inches, and the whole 
 resembles a Farkeria. 
 
 Syeingosph.i:eia plana, Duncan. 
 
 The body is oblately spheroidal, almost smooth on the surface, with many minute 
 granules on it, and numerous small shallow scattered pores. The granules are flat, with 
 rounded, or elongate, or irregular bases, and are about the same size as the pores. Many tubes 
 open on them, forming circles on their periphery, and also into the pores, and there is con- 
 siderable variation in their caliber. No tube reticulation exists on the surface, but the 
 massing of the tubes is closer in some places than in others. 
 
 In radial sections of the body a very marked tube arrangement is to be seen. A very 
 considerable number of long, narrow, radial series pass on all sides to the surface, bounded 
 
KAEAKOEAM STONES, OE SYEINGOSPH^EID.E. 
 
 15 
 
 and environed by broader interradial series, with slightly larger, closer, and very bent tubes. 
 The tubes of the radial series are wider apart than the others, although their course is usually 
 radial and straight ; they often bend much here and there, are irregular, and are often genicu- 
 late at the sides. They unite by means of very small offshoots, and bifurcate, but rarely 
 increase in number sufficiently to present the aspect of a cone in the mass. They rather 
 form linear radial lines. 
 
 The larger and closer interradial series bend, unite, bifurcate, and are singularly gyrose, 
 varicose, and irregular in their course in many places. They are often so close together that 
 they resemble knots of tubes, and then the section having cut across many, exhibits the 
 more or less circular incision in the tube-wall and the lumen. 
 
 The tubes are usually 3^0 inch in diameter, those of the interradial series being the 
 largest. Throughout the number of tubes in the interradial series is very great. 
 
 In some spots calcite has filled up a vacant space which was evidently once a surface 
 pore, and in one or two places the tubes end at one of these places. New tubes were formed 
 distally to the space by the arching over of side ones, and the branches taking a radial 
 direction. In some parts the radial tubes are smaller than in others, and then there is 
 manifest difference between them and those of the adjoining interradial series, which branch 
 give off offshoots from one side, and twist in a close and remarkable manner. 
 
 The interspaces between the radial tubes are the largest, and those of the interradials are 
 very minute. 
 
 Towards the centre of the section a confused mass of convoluted tubes exists, and the 
 radial and interradial series appear to start from it. The tubes are thin at the wall, and the 
 structural element, granular, molecular and thinly set, is minute in the extreme. 
 
 At the surface of the body every granule with its circlet of pores is the outlet of a 
 radial series, and the space between the granules, pores included, represents the interradial 
 structure within. 
 
 The greatest breadth of the spheroidal body is one and a half inch. 
 
 Syringosph^ria porosa, Duncan. Plate II, Pigs 3, 4. 
 
 The body is very oblately spheroidal in shape and symmetrical. The surface is covered 
 with minute low, rounded granules. The granules vary much in size, the pores are exceedingly 
 numerous and unequally distributed, and the space between many of them is in ridges, 
 giving a boldly reticulate appearance, especially equatorially. No large amount of tube 
 reticulation is visible on the surface ; on the contrary, it appears, except at the pores, to be 
 made up of tubes opening directly with circular or oblique outlines, and of wide intertubular 
 interspaces filled with dark calcite. Where there is much space between the pores, the 
 irregularity of this calcite indicates the former existence of peripheral tubes which have 
 weathered out ; but where the granules show any structure, it is that of tubes on their sides, 
 converging upwards and opening at the top, and of tubes opening on the centre of the top. 
 The pores are clearly spaces where tube- growth has not progressed equally with that of the 
 surrounding parts. The sides of the pores present tubes passing radially, and tubes open on 
 their floor. 
 
 Tangential sections, under low powers, exhibit localised and more or less circular groups 
 of tubes which correspond to granules. In some the tubulation is reticulate, and in others, so 
 radial that only the cut ends of tubes are seen. There are spots where the reticulation is 
 
16 
 
 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 
 
 very diffused, the tubes being very irregular in size, shape, and position in the section. In 
 some places the tubes are very close, bifurcate, as in the other instances, and are more or less 
 around the circular groups. There is not much difference in the size of the tubes, which 
 vary from 3^ to 3^ inch. There are spots without any tube structure, and these are 
 circumscribed and are the relics of old pores, passed by during the radial growth of the 
 body. 
 
 In radial sections there is in many places such an exact relation in shape between the 
 tube-structure, whether reticulate or radial, and the interspaces, that it is very difficult to 
 distinguish interspaces filled with clear calcite from very transparent tubes. So many 
 circular spaces exist, 3^0 i^^ch in diameter, in these parts of the section, that they may be 
 taken for tube sections, surrounded by a whitish and rather opaque calcite. But they are 
 reaUy interspaces, the true tubes having the translucent walls. The radial series is not, on 
 the whole, very distinguishable from the interradial, but the pores exist as vacant elongate 
 spaces bounded by tubes aU around, and bridged over tangentially by tube reticulation. 
 They are not lined by any special structure. 
 
 The minute structure of the tubes is a finely granular substance (carbonate of lime), 
 lightish red to transmitted light, and there are dark granules like minute dendrites. There 
 is no trace of a coenenchyma, and the fossHization simulates many structm’es, which are, 
 however, readily resolved by even low powers of the microscope. 
 
 The height of the body is 1 3% inch, and the breadth 2 inches. 
 
 V. — The species of stoliczkabia. 
 
 One species of this genus is amongst the collection, and its forms are readily known by 
 their great size, minutely, but not sharply, granular appearance, and the absence of pores. 
 
 Stoliczkahia granulata, Duncan. Plate II, Pig. 5 ; Plate III, Pigs. 5, 6, 7. 
 
 The body is large, spheroidal, and symmetrical ; it is covered with a vast number of 
 minute eminences and interspaces. The eminences are separated by about their own breadth, 
 or they may be closer, touching at their bases ; they are usually circular in outline, low, 
 flat or rounded at the free extremity, and are about as tall as their base is broad. There are 
 usually five, and the corresponding interspaces, in 3^ inch. In some places the bases are con- 
 tinuous so as to form long narrow gyrose ridges, and in others they are absent, the circular 
 base existing only. Here and there are some larger ones, and minute granules are inter- 
 spersed. 
 
 Rather large tubes are on the outside and flanks of the eminences, and they open around 
 and close within the circular top edge. They pass on to the spaces between the eminences, 
 and are closely crowded, very bent, and form a dense reticulation, some opening there 
 outwards. 
 
 The inner or central part of the upper surface of the eminences has a few, rather wide- 
 apart tubes opening there ; they are radial and small, and are readily distinguished from the 
 interradial series around. Where an eminence is rudimentary, the central radial tubes 
 may be seen separated by a little interspace from the dense reticulation of larger and closer 
 interradial tubes. 
 
KARAKOEAM STONES, OE SYEINGOSPHAIEIDA:. 
 
 17 
 
 Sections of the body tangentially show a vast number of small circular radial systems, 
 surrounded by encircling interradial tube-structures (Plate III, Pig. 5) . The tubes are for the 
 most part seen cut across, and the radial are very small, few in number, and are wide apart. 
 The surrounding mass of tubes consists of those of large caliber, often with minute off- 
 shoots to the radial series, and usually very varied in shape and size on account of their gyrose, 
 varicose, rapidly bending course, of their inosculating and bifurcating, and of the necessary 
 obliquity of their section. They are close and crowded. Both series have the tube-wall 
 developed and thin, and the radial tubes are usually ji ^ inch in diameter, the others measuring 
 usually not much less than -j-io iiich. The section gives the appearance of a multitude of 
 stars by transmitted light, the centre of each being most distinct and occupied by the radial 
 tubes. These combined series do not increase much in their size from within outwards, and 
 they are inch across. The interradial tubes of one system communicate with those of the 
 neighbours, and with the surrounding radial series sometimes. The sections of some of the 
 interradial tubes present a flask-shaped outline, and this arises from the radial tubes or the 
 interradial now and then giving off very delicate tubes of connection. 
 
 The sections made radially present a totally different appearance to those just described. 
 
 A little way below the surface a series of nearly equal parallel systems of tubes is seen ; 
 one set of tubes is closely crowded, and they are close, large, swell out here and there, bend, 
 bifurcate, and give off minute offshoots. The other consists of a few wide-apart, narrow, 
 not over-straight, tubes which give off tubes of their own size or a little smaller to each other 
 and to the larger tubes of the set at their side. The larger set is the interradial system, seen, 
 longitudinally or radially, and the smaller by its side is a radial system. Next comes another 
 interradial system, about as broad as the radial one thus included, or perhaps a little broader ; 
 (Plate III, Pig. 6). 
 
 When the radial section is examined, close below and at the surface, the large tubes of 
 the interradial systems are seen in lines, with the smaller radial ones parallel with them. 
 
 The height of the body is 2y ^ inches, and the breadth nearly 3 inches. 
 

 ¥ 
 
 > 
 
 ♦ 
 
 
 < 
 
 ? 
 
 I 
 
 
 Y 
 
 I ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 
VI -DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. 
 
 PLATE I. 
 
 1. The body of Syringosplmria vermcosa, Duncan. Natural size. 
 
 2. A portion of the surface of the same specimen magnified to show the superficial projections, 
 
 pores, and tubulation. 
 
 3. The top of a large eminence, with pores on its sides ; the tubes are seen crowding the 
 
 surface, and many round markings at the apex denote the openings of internal tubes. 
 The specimen is the same as the last, and is more highly magnified. 
 
 4. The body of Syringosphteria monticularia, Duncan. Natural size. 
 
 5. The same specimen magnified in part to show the monticules, pores and openings of 
 
 tubes, with many ramifying and superficial tubes on the surface. 
 
 6. A monticule more highly magnified to show canal openings, canals and spaces between 
 
 them, also some small monticules. 
 
 7. The body of a smaller and less mature specimen of Syringosphceria monticularia. 
 
 8. A portion magnified, the radiating canals and the canal openings being shown on the 
 
 monticules. 
 
 9. A portion more highly magnified, showing a large monticule and smaller ones, with 
 
 superficial tubulation and the exit of internal tubes. Pores are also shown. 
 
 10. A part of the body of a large specimen of a mature Syringosphreria monticularia. 
 
 11. A portion considerably magnified, showing a minute monticule and two pores. The 
 
 tubulation is between the dark lines, and the dots on the monticule and elsewhere are 
 the openings of internal radiating tubes. 
 
 1 2. A portion less highly magnified, showing numerous minute pores and larger monticules. 
 
Plate 1. 
 
 SYRIISIGOSPILERID^ . 
 
y* 
 
 
 w- 
 
 
PLATE II. 
 
 1. The body of Syringosplmria tuherculata, Duncan. Natural size. 
 
 %. A portion magnified^ showing the tabulation on the surface of the body and monticules, 
 and a few pores. 
 
 3. The body of Syringosphceria porosa, Duncan, shown in outline, with a portion indicating 
 
 the numerous pores. Natural size. 
 
 4. A portion magnified, showing numerous round pores with canal openings and the inter- 
 
 mediate surface with indistinct tabulation. 
 
 5. The body of Stoliczkaria granulata, Duncan, shown in outline. The upper portion of 
 
 details is of the size of nature, and indicates the numerous irregularly disposed granula- 
 tions. The lower portion is in part magnified to show the numerous granulations, the 
 tube openings on their top and their radiating tubulation on their sides and in the 
 intervening space. 
 
 6. The body of Sgringosphceria monticularia, Duncan, variety aspera. Natural size. 
 
 7. A portion magnified, showing the openings of tubes on the monticules and the other 
 
 tubulation, the black lines being interspaces between stout, crooked tubes. 
 
Mintern Bros iir^ 
 
 ASPoari dd.PM.I)ancan Ar 
 
 SYRINGOSPH^RID^ . 
 

 # 
 
 

 4 
 
 
 7 - ■ 
 
 I.. : 
 
 <5i 
 
 \ 't- ■ f- 
 l^fc - . 
 
 ^:: - 
 
 f . ' • 
 
 
PLATE III 
 
 1. A section taken from Syringospharia monticularia , Duncan, the specimen being figured 
 
 on Plate I in figure 7. The section is radial, and the top represents a small monticule 
 at the surface ; the lower part is towards the centre of the body. Many tubes are 
 seen reaching to the surface and opening, some on the faintly rounded monticule, and 
 others in the depressed part. The tubes in the centre of the section are essentially part 
 of a radial congeries. At the sides there is tube reticulation and some of the endings 
 of these tubes are seen at the surface. Swellings of the tubes are seen in some places. 
 Magnified, half-inch object glass. 
 
 2. The surface of a specimen of Syrmgosy>hceria monticularia magnified, showing on the 
 
 right a small pore with one large tube opening and two smaller. The dark, straight, 
 bent, and branching dark lines elsewhere are the calcite intertubular infiltration, and the 
 white or shaded spaces between them are tubes, some running, as on the left, a short 
 course and opening on the surface, others bounding the pore, and some only showing 
 geniculate portions of their track. 
 
 3. The top and sides of a small monticule of the same specimen, less highly magnified. 
 
 There are tube openings of the radial series in the centre, and portions of tubes, partly 
 of the radial and partly of the interradial series, covering the sides of the monticule, 
 and opening externally around the top. 
 
 4. An oblique section near the centre of a specimen of Syringosphaeria monticularia magnified. 
 
 In the centre is what may be called a parent tube which gives off others that in turn 
 bifurcate and radiate. Those on the sides of the section are becoming interradial 
 reticulations, and are here and there irregularly swollen. Many small tubes cut across 
 are seen disconnected. The central tubes are two radial sets, and the bifurcating is 
 very characteristic. 
 
 5. A tangential section of one of the granules of Stoliczharia granulata magnified. The 
 
 small radial tubes open in the midst directly, and the large interradial tubes, most 
 irregular in their outline of section, are, some of them, provided with neck-like pro- 
 longations. These are connected with the small radial series. 
 
 6. A longitudinal section of the same specimen and through a granule. In the centre are 
 
 a few inosculating and bifurcating small tubes, and three of them open at the surface 
 on the top of a granule, being equivalent to the central openings in figure 5. On either 
 side are large interradial tubes, two uniting with the radial series by small short neck- 
 like tubes. Magnified under quarter-inch object glass. 
 
 7. The surface of a rugged part of the same Stoliczharia slightly magnified. The granules 
 
 show tube openings on them and some large tube reticulation, the dark lines being 
 intertubular weathering. 
 
 8. A longitudinal or radial section of Syringospharia monticularia magnified. The depi’ession 
 
 is a poi’e, and the relation of some tubes to it is shown. Other tubes are opening out 
 at the surface close by. 
 
 9. A radial section of the same specimen showing an interradial tube reticulation opening 
 
 at the surface and running over it, forming there a tubular series. Elsewhere the 
 irregular size of the tubes is shown and their general reticulation. 
 
Plate HL. 
 
 SYRINGOSPIL^LRlDi®: . 
 

 
 
 4 ^' . 
 
 1 
 
 \ 
 
 {